SEALY CORP
8-K, 1998-01-02
HOUSEHOLD FURNITURE
Previous: PAINEWEBBER MANAGED INVESTMENTS TRUST, N-30D, 1998-01-02
Next: EVERGREEN INVESTMENT TRUST, 485APOS, 1998-01-02



<PAGE>
 


                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, DC  20549

                           ________________________

                                   FORM 8-K

                                CURRENT REPORT


    PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


Date of report (Date of earliest event reported):  December 18, 1997
                                                   ------------------------
                               SEALY CORPORATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

<TABLE> 
<S>                               <C>                        <C> 
           Delaware                       1-8738                  36-3284147
- -------------------------------   -----------------------    --------------------- 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (Commission File Number)     (I.R.S. Employer
         Incorporation)                                      Identification Number)  
</TABLE>

520 Pike Street                     Seattle, Washington                   98101
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                              (Zip code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (206) 625-1233
                                                    ----------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 1.   CHANGES IN CONTROL OF REGISTRANT

     On December 18, 1997, Sealy Corporation (the "Company") consummated a
merger (the "Merger") pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger, dated as of
October 30, 1997, as amended, (the "Merger Agreement"), with Sandman Merger
Corporation, a transitory Delaware merger corporation ("Sandman"), and
Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Zell"). Prior to the
Merger, Zell beneficially owned approximately 87% of the voting securities of
the Company.  Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Sandman was merged with and into
the Company with the Company being the surviving corporation.  Prior to the
Merger, the Company converted certain of the existing common stock held by Zell
into shares of the Company's voting preferred stock (the "Preference Stock").
In connection with the Merger (i) the Preference Stock was converted into $25.0
million in aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated notes of the
Company (the "Junior Subordinated Notes") and the Zell Equity (as defined below)
and (ii) the aggregate issued and outstanding shares of the existing common
stock at the time of the Merger were converted into the right to receive an
aggregate amount of cash equal to (x) $419.4 million minus (y) certain fees and
expenses of the Merger minus (z) certain costs in connection with the
extinguishment of certain outstanding options and warrants of the Company.

     The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including the
Merger, the Tender Offer and related Consent Solicitation (each as defined
below) and the refinancing of the Company's existing indebtedness were funded
by:  (i) $450.0 million of term loan borrowings by Sealy Mattress Company, a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("SMC"), pursuant to the Senior Credit
Agreements (as defined below); (ii) $10.0 million of revolving borrowings under
the Senior Credit Agreements; (iii) the offerings (the "Offerings") of certain
debt securities of SMC (the "Notes"), with aggregate gross proceeds of $200.4
million; (iv) the issuance of the Junior Subordinated Notes to Zell; (v) an
equity investment in the Company by funds managed by Bain Capital, Inc., its
related investors, including members of management, and other institutional
investors (collectively, the "New Investors") of approximately $128.8 million
and (vi) a retained equity investment in the Company by Zell with a fair value
of approximately $14.3 million (such equity investment, the "Zell Equity").  As
a result of the Merger, the New Investors beneficially own approximately 85.3%
of the voting securities of the Company.

TENDER OFFER AND CONSENT SOLICITATION

     On November 18, 1997, the Company commenced an offer (the "Tender Offer")
to purchase for cash up to all (but not less than a majority in principal amount
outstanding) of its 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 (the "Old Notes")
and a related solicitation (the "Consent Solicitation") of consents to modify
certain terms of the indenture under which the Old Notes were issued.  The
purchase price paid in respect of validly tendered Old Notes was $1,057.03 per
$1,000 of principal amount tendered and the payment with respect to the Consent
Solicitation was $20 per $1,000 of principal amount tendered prior to the
consent expiration date therefor.  Old Notes in the aggregate principal amount
of $197.7 million were tendered and accepted for payment and the related

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
consents received.  The Tender Offer was consummated concurrently with the
Merger and a supplemental indenture with respect to the Old Notes took effect at
such time.

SENIOR CREDIT AGREEMENTS

     Upon consummation of the Merger, SMC entered into the AXELs/*/ credit
agreement (the "Senior AXELs Credit Agreement") and a credit agreement providing
for Tranche A term Loans and revolving borrowings (the "Senior Revolving Credit
Agreement" and, together with the Senior AXELs Credit Agreement, the "Senior
Credit Agreements") with Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as arranger and
syndication agent, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as administrative
agent, and Bankers Trust Company, as documentation agent; and other institutions
party thereto.  The Senior Credit Agreements provide for loans of up to $550.0
million, consisting of a $450.0 million term loan facility (the "Term Loan
Facility") and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit
Facility").  SMC distributed the proceeds of the Term Loan Facility and its
initial borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to the Company to provide
a portion of the funds necessary to consummate the Merger and related
transactions.  Indebtedness of SMC under the Senior Credit Agreements is secured
and guaranteed by the Company and certain of SMC's current and all of SMC's
future U.S. subsidiaries and will bear interest at a floating rate. The Senior
Credit Agreements require the Company to meet certain financial tests, including
minimum levels of EBITDA, minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratio.
The Senior Credit Agreements also contain covenants which, among other things,
limit capital expenditures, indebtedness and/or the incurrence of additional
indebtedness, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales,
mergers and consolidations, prepayments of other indebtedness (including the
Notes), liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such
agreements.

THE NOTES

     Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, SMC issued the Notes in
the Offerings to the initial purchasers thereof, who resold the Notes in
reliance upon Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 (the
"Securities Act").  The Notes consist of (1) $125.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2007 (the
"Senior Subordinated Notes") and (ii) $128.0 million in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due December
15, 2007 (the "Senior Subordinated Discount Notes"), yielding gross proceeds of 
$75.4 million.

     SMC's payment obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally
guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis (the "Guarantees") by the Company and
certain of SMC's current and all of SMC's future U.S. Subsidiaries (the
"Subsidiary Guarantors" and, together with the Company, the "Guarantors").  The
Notes are not guaranteed by certain other of SMC's U.S. Subsidiaries or by any
of its current or future foreign Subsidiaries (the "Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries").  The Guarantees are

_______________________________

/1/  "AXELs" is a registered servicemark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
subordinated to the guarantees of Senior Debt issued by the Guarantors under the
Senior Credit Agreements.

     The Notes are general, unsecured senior subordinated obligations of SMC,
subordinated in right of payment to all senior debt (as defined herein) of SMC,
pari passu with all future senior subordinated debt of SMC and senior in right
of payment to all future subordinated debt of SMC. The claims of creditors
(including trade creditors) of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries generally have
priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries over the claims of the holders of
the Notes.

     The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the indenture
governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes contain certain covenants that,
among other things, limit the ability of SMC and its Subsidiaries to incur
additional indebtedness and issue disqualified stock, pay dividends or
distributions or make investments or make certain other restricted payments,
enter into certain transactions with affiliates, dispose of certain assets,
incur liens and engage in mergers and consolidations.

     Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights
Agreement") among SMC, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers of the Notes,
SMC and the Guarantors have agreed to file a registration statement (the
"Exchange Offer Registration Statement") on the appropriate form with respect to
an offer to exchange (i) the Senior Subordinated Notes for a new issue of debt
securities of SMC and (ii) the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes for a new
issue of debt securities of SMC, each of which will be registered under the
Securities Act, with terms identical to those of the Senior Subordinated Notes
and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, as applicable (the "Exchange
Offer").  If (i) the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or (ii)
any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies SMC within the specified
time period that (A) it alone or together with holders who hold in the aggregate
at least $1.0 million in principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of
Notes is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the Exchange
Offer, (B) it may not resell the new notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer
to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for
such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from
SMC or an affiliate of SMC, SMC and the Guarantors will be required to provide a
shelf registration statement to cover resales of the Notes by the holders
thereof.

ITEM 7.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND EXHIBITS

     (c)    Exhibits.
            ---------

               Exhibit No.              Exhibit Description
               -----------              -------------------

               2.1                      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as
                                        of October 30, 1997, by and among the
                                        Registrant, Sandman Merger Corporation
                                        and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
               2.2                      First Amendment to the Agreement and
                                        Plan of Merger, dated as of December 18,
                                        1997, by and among the Registrant,
                                        Sandman Merger Corporation and
                                        Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.
 
               4.1                      Indenture, dated as of December 18,
                                        1997, by and among Sealy Mattress
                                        Company, the Guarantors named therein
                                        and The Bank of New York, as trustee,
                                        with respect to the Series A and Series
                                        B 9 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
                                        2007.

               4.2                      Indenture, dated as of December 18,
                                        1997, by and among Sealy Mattress
                                        Company, the Guarantors named therein
                                        and The Bank of New York, as trustee,
                                        with respect to the Series A and Series
                                        B 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount
                                        Notes due 2007.

               4.3                      Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as
                                        of December 5, 1997, by and between the
                                        Registrant and The Bank of New York, as
                                        trustee.

               10.1                     Dealer Manager Agreement, dated as of
                                        November 18, 1997, among Sandman Merger
                                        Corporation, the Registrant and Goldman,
                                        Sachs & Co.

               10.2                     Purchase Agreement, dated as of December
                                        11, 1997, by and among Sealy Mattress
                                        Company, the Guarantors named therein,
                                        Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan
                                        Securities Inc. and BT Alex. Brown
                                        Incorporated.

               10.3                     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as
                                        of December 18, 1997, by and among Sealy
                                        Mattress Company, the Guarantors named
                                        therein, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P.
                                        Morgan Securities Inc. and BT Alex.
                                        Brown Incorporated.

               10.4                     Credit Agreement, dated as of December
                                        18, 1997, among Sealy Mattress Company,
                                        the Guarantors named therein, Goldman
                                        Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as arranger
                                        and syndication agent, Morgan Guaranty
                                        Trust Company of New York, as
                                        administrative agent, Bankers Trust
                                        Company, as documentation agent, and the
                                        other institutions named therein.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
               10.5                     AXEL Credit Agreement, dated as of
                                        December 18, 1997, among Sealy Mattress
                                        Company, the Guarantors named therein,
                                        Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as
                                        arranger and syndication agent, Morgan
                                        Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as
                                        administrative agent, Bankers Trust
                                        Company, as documentation agent, and the
                                        other institutions named therein.
 
               10.6                     Amended and Restated Employment
                                        Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1997,
                                        by and between Sealy Corporation and
                                        Ronald L. Jones.

               10.7                     Employment Agreement, dated as of August
                                        25, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Bruce G. Barman.

               10.8                     Employment Agreement, dated as of August
                                        12, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Jeffrey C. Claypool.

               10.9                     Employment agreement, dated as of July
                                        30, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Gary T. Fazio.

               10.10                    Employment Agreement, dated as of August
                                        25, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Douglas E. Fellmy.

               10.11                    Employment Agreement, dated as of August
                                        28, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and David J. McIlquham.

               10.12                    Employment Agreement, dated as of August
                                        1, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Lawrence J. Rogers.

               10.13                    Change of Control Agreement, dated as of
                                        September 3, 1997 by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and John G. Bartik.

               10.14                    Change of Control Agreement, dated as of
                                        August 4, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and James F. Goughenour.

               10.15                    Change of Control Agreement, dated as of
                                        August 27, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Richard F. Sowerby.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
               10.16                    Change of Control Agreement, dated as of
                                        August 1, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Ronald H. Stolle.

               10.17                    Change of Control Agreement, dated as of
                                        August 11, 1997, by and between Sealy
                                        Corporation and Kenneth L. Walker.

               10.18                    Amendment to Amended and Restated
                                        Employment Agreement and Termination of
                                        Stockholders Agreement, dated as of
                                        December 17, 1997, between Ronald L.
                                        Jones and the Registrant.

               10.19                    Amendment to Employment Agreements,
                                        dated as of December 17, 1997, between
                                        the employees named therein and the
                                        Registrant.

               10.20                    Form of Amendment to Change of Control
                                        Agreements, dated as of December 17,
                                        1997.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES



     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned hereunto duly authorized.


                                                 SEALY CORPORATION



                                                 By: /s/ Kenneth L. Walker
                                                     ___________________________
                                                     Kenneth L. Walker
                                                     Vice President - General 
                                                     Counsel

Date:  December 30, 1997
       ----------------------


                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
                                 -------------
 
2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 1997, by and among
       the Registrant, Sandman Merger Corporation and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

2.2    First Amendment to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December
       18, 1997, by and among the Registrant, Sandman Merger Corporation and
       Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

4.1    Indenture, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and among Sealy Mattress
       Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York,
       describing the Series A and Series B 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
       2007

4.2    Indenture, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and among Sealy Mattress
       Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York,
       describing the Series A and Series B 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount
       Notes due 2007

4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 1997, by and
       between the Registrant and The Bank of New York

10.1   Dealer Manager Agreement, dated as of November 18, 1997, among Sandman
       Merger Corporation, the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

10.2   Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1997, by and among Sealy
       Mattress Company, the Guarantors named therein, Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
       J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated

10.3   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and
       among Sealy Mattress Company, the Guarantors named therein, Goldman,
       Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated

10.4   Credit Agreement

10.5   AXEL Credit Agreement

10.6   [Change of Control Agreement]

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.1
                                                                     -----------


                                                                  Execution Copy




================================================================================


                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                     Among

                              Sealy Corporation,

                          Sandman Merger Corporation

                                      and

                           Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.


                               October 30, 1997


================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                            <C> 
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS........................................................................... 1

ARTICLE II  THE MERGER........................................................................... 7
     Section 2.01.  The Merger................................................................... 7
     Section 2.02. Effect of Merger.............................................................. 7
     Section 2.03. Additional Actions............................................................ 7
     Section 2.04. Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, Directors and Officers
                         of the Surviving Corporation............................................ 8

ARTICLE III  CONVERSION OF COMPANY STOCK......................................................... 8
     Section 3.01. Conversion of Shares.......................................................... 8
     Section 3.02. Surrender of Company Share Certificates; Payment of Cash
                         Consideration...........................................................10
     Section 3.03. Stock Transfer Books..........................................................11
     Section 3.04. Shares of Dissenting Stockholders.............................................11

ARTICLE IV  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY........................................12
     Section 4.01. Organization..................................................................12
     Section 4.02. Subsidiaries..................................................................12
     Section 4.03. Capitalization................................................................12
     Section 4.04. Authorization.................................................................13
     Section 4.05. No Violation..................................................................13
     Section 4.06. Approvals.....................................................................13
     Section 4.07. Periodic SEC Filings; Financial Statements....................................14
     Section 4.08. Absence of Certain Transactions...............................................15
     Section 4.09. Taxes.........................................................................17
     Section 4.10. Litigation....................................................................19
     Section 4.11. Environmental Matters.........................................................20
     Section 4.12. Real Property.................................................................21
     Section 4.13. Personal Property.............................................................22
     Section 4.14. Contracts.....................................................................22
     Section 4.15. Employee and Labor Matters and Plans..........................................23
     Section 4.16. Insurance Policies............................................................24
     Section 4.17. Intellectual Properties.......................................................25
     Section 4.18. Permits.......................................................................26
     Section 4.19. Compliance with Laws..........................................................26
     Section 4.20. Brokerage Fees................................................................26

ARTICLE V  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SHAREHOLDER.....................................27
     Section 5.01. Authorization.................................................................27
     Section 5.02. No Violation..................................................................27
</TABLE> 

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                              <C> 
     Section 5.03. Approvals.....................................................................27
     Section 5.04. Ownership of Owned Shares.....................................................27

ARTICLE VI  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER..........................................28
     Section 6.01. Organization..................................................................28
     Section 6.02. Authorization.................................................................28
     Section 6.03. No Violation..................................................................28
     Section 6.04. Approvals.....................................................................29
     Section 6.05. Litigation....................................................................29
     Section 6.06. Financing.....................................................................29
     Section 6.07. Brokerage Fees................................................................30
     Section 6.08. Purchaser Activities..........................................................30
     Section 6.09. Capitalization................................................................30

ARTICLE VII  COVENANTS...........................................................................30
     Section 7.01. Interim Operations of the Company.............................................30
     Section 7.02. Access to Information; Assistance with Financing..............................32
     Section 7.03. Acquisition Proposals.........................................................33
     Section 7.04. Consents and Approvals........................................................33
     Section 7.05. Employment Matters............................................................33
     Section 7.06. Publicity.....................................................................34
     Section 7.07. Notification of Certain Matters...............................................34
     Section 7.08. Directors' and Officers' Indemnification......................................34
     Section 7.09. Stockholder Approval..........................................................35
     Section 7.10. Consent by Shareholder........................................................35
     Section 7.11. Further Assurances............................................................35
     Section 7.12. Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation...............................................35
     Section 7.13. Warrants......................................................................36
     Section 7.14. Information Statement.........................................................37
     Section 7.15. Preferred Stock of Purchaser..................................................37
     Section 7.16. Assistance with Financing.....................................................37

ARTICLE VIII  CONDITIONS.........................................................................38
     Section 8.01. Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party...................................38
     Section 8.02. Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser....................................38
     Section 8.03. Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and the
                         Shareholder.............................................................41

ARTICLE IX  CLOSING; TERMINATION.................................................................41
     Section 9.01. Closing.......................................................................41
     Section 9.02. Termination...................................................................42
     Section 9.03. Effect of Termination.........................................................42

ARTICLE X  GENERAL PROVISIONS....................................................................42
     Section 10.01. Non-Survival.................................................................42
     Section 10.02. Costs and Expenses...........................................................43
</TABLE> 

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
     <S>                                                                                         <C> 
     Section 10.03. Notices......................................................................43
     Section 10.04. Counterparts.................................................................44
     Section 10.05. Entire Agreement.............................................................44
     Section 10.06. Independent Investigation....................................................45
     Section 10.07. Governing Law................................................................45
     Section 10.08. Third Party Rights; Assignment...............................................45
     Section 10.09. Waivers and Amendments.......................................................45
     Section 10.10. Schedules....................................................................45
</TABLE> 

Exhibit A Term Sheet - Junior Subordinated Notes

Exhibit B Term Sheet - Stockholders' Agreement

Exhibit C Form of Legal Opinion - Company and Shareholder's Counsel

Exhibit D Form of Legal Opinion - Purchaser's Counsel

                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the "Agreement"), dated October 30,
                                             ---------                      
1997, among Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Sandman
                                                            -------           
Merger Corporation, a transitory Delaware merger corporation ("Purchaser"), and
                                                               ---------       
Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "Shareholder").
                                                               -----------   

          WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of each of Purchaser and the Company
have approved the acquisition of the Company by Purchaser;

          WHEREAS, Purchaser is a new corporation formed by Bain Capital, Inc.
("Bain"), its Affiliates and/or other investors (collectively, the "Investors");
  ----                                                              ---------   

          WHEREAS, in furtherance of such acquisition, the Boards of Directors
of each of Purchaser and the Company have approved a merger (the "Merger") of
                                                                  ------     
Purchaser with and into the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in this Agreement, with the Company surviving the Merger;

          WHEREAS, it is intended that the Merger be recorded as a
recapitalization for financial reporting purposes; and

          WHEREAS, as a condition to its willingness to enter into this
Agreement, Purchaser has required that the Shareholder agree, and the
Shareholder is willing to agree, to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and agreements of the parties hereto contained herein, and other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are
acknowledged, and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.01.  Certain Definitions.  Certain terms used in this
                         -------------------                                 
Agreement and the Schedules are defined as follows:

          "Adjusted Equity Value" means US$418.7 million ($418,700,000).
           ---------------------                                        

          "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the
           ---------                                                       
regulations promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act.

          "Class A Common Stock" shall mean the Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par
           --------------------                                                
value per share, of the Company.
<PAGE>
 
          "Class B Common Stock" shall mean the Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par
           --------------------                                                
value per share, of the Company.

          "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the Closing occurs.
           ------------                                                  

          "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
           ----                                                           

          "Common Stock Purchase Price" means the difference of (a) the Adjusted
           ---------------------------                                          
Equity Value minus (b) the Equity Adjustment Amount.
             -----                                  

          "Common Stock Per Share Amount" means (a) the Common Stock Purchase
           -----------------------------                                     
Price divided by (b) the number of shares of Company Common Stock which would be
      ----------                                                                
converted into the right to receive cash as of the Effective Time pursuant to
Section 3.01(a) hereof assuming there are no Dissenting Shares.

          "Company Common Stock" shall mean the Class A Common Stock and the
           --------------------                                             
Class B Common Stock.

          "Company Expenses" means the sum of the following:  (a) all fees and
           ----------------                                                   
expenses (including, without limitation, all legal, accounting and investment
banking fees and expenses) paid or payable by, or incurred by the Company or any
of the Company Subsidiaries in connection with the auction of the Company, the
negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby except those fees and expenses paid,
payable or incurred in connection with the tender for the Senior Sub Notes, (b)
all fees and expenses (including, without limitation, all legal, accounting and
investment banking fees and expenses) paid or payable by, or incurred by the
Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries on behalf of the Shareholder in
connection with the auction of the Company, the negotiation, execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, (c) all one time bonus payments and change-in-control payments
(excluding any severance payments) paid or payable by, or incurred by the
Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries in connection with the execution of
this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
including those identified on Schedule 1.01 along with all Taxes and expenses in
connection with such payments, and (d) the cost of obtaining the opinion
referred to in Section 8.03(e)(ii), if such opinion is required; provided that
                                                                 --------     
Company Expenses shall not include any fees and expenses paid or payable by, or
incurred by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries in connection with
Section 7.02(b) or any amount included in the Warrant and Option Charges.  As
contemplated by Section 10.02 hereof, the parties hereto shall agree to the
amount, and timing of payment, of the Company Expenses prior to the Effective
Date.  The Company and Purchaser shall cooperate to obtain reasonable detail
from the Company's service providers as to the nature of services performed.

          "Company Stock" shall mean all shares of the Company's capital stock
           -------------                                                      
authorized, issued or outstanding prior to the Effective Time, of whatever class
or series, including , without limitation, all of the Class A Common Stock,
Class B Common Stock and Preference Stock of the Company.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          "Company Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company.
           ------------------                                           

          "Effective Time" shall mean the time the Certificate of Merger is
           --------------                                                  
filed with the Secretary of State.

          "Environmental Law" shall mean any Law of any Governmental Entity as
           -----------------                                                  
in effect on or prior to the date hereof, including all  common law, relating to
pollution, protection of the environment, waste generation, handling, treatment,
storage, disposal or transportation, and exposure to hazardous or toxic
substances, and includes without limitation, the terms and conditions of any
Environmental Permit, and judicial, administrative, or other regulatory decrees,
judgments, orders, and decisions of any Governmental Entity.  The term
"Environmental Law" shall include, but not be limited to the following statutes
 -----------------                                                             
and the regulations promulgated thereunder:  the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.
(S)7401 et seq., the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. (S)1251 et seq., the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), 42 U.S.C. (S)6901 et seq., the Superfund
                                ----                                            
Amendments and Reauthorization Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)11011 et seq., the Toxic
Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. (S)2601 et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act,
42 U.S.C. (S)300 et seq., the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), 42 U.S.C. (S)9601 et seq., and the
                                  ------                                      
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)11001 et seq.

          "Environmental Permit" shall mean any license, permit, registration,
           --------------------                                               
consent, identification number, authorization or other approval required by any
Environmental Law for the operation of the business of the Company or any
Company Subsidiary.

          "Equity Adjustment Amount" means (a) the Company Expenses, plus (b)
           ------------------------                                  ----    
the Warrant and Option Charges, minus (c) the aggregate exercise price received
                                -----                                          
by the Company on all options and warrants of the Company actually exercised
during the period from the date hereof through the Effective Time.

          "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
           -----                                                           
1974, as amended.

          "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
           ------------                                                    
amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "GAAP" shall mean United States generally accepted accounting
           ----                                                        
principles.

          "Governmental Entity" shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign
           -------------------                                                 
court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or
instrumentality or subdivision thereof.

          "Hazardous Materials" shall mean any chemical, waste, pollutant, or
           -------------------                                               
contaminant that is regulated under any Environmental Law and includes but is
not limited to:  (i) petroleum and petroleum substances, (ii) asbestos, (iii)
polychlorinated biphenyls, (iv) any substance designated as a "hazardous
substance" pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act,
33 U.S.C. (S)1251 et seq. (33 U.S.C. (S)1321) or listed pursuant to (S)307 of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. (S)1317), (v) any substance
defined as a "hazardous

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
substance" pursuant to Section 101 of CERCLA, and the Emergency Planning and
Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U.S.C. (S)11001 et seq., and (vi) any substance
defined as a "solid waste" or a "hazardous waste" pursuant to Section 1004 of
RCRA.

          "HSR Act" shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
           -------                                                             
of 1976, as amended.

          "IRS" shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service, or any
           ---                                                               
successor agency thereto.

          "Judgment" shall mean any and all judgments, orders, writs,
           --------                                                  
directives, rulings, decisions, injunctions (temporary, preliminary or
permanent), decrees or awards of any Governmental Entity.

          "Law" shall mean all laws (whether statutory or otherwise),
           ---                                                       
ordinances, rules, regulations and Judgments of all Governmental Entities.

          "Liabilities" shall mean any known liabilities or obligations of any
           -----------                                                        
nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to
become due and whether or not required to be disclosed in the SEC Filings.

          "Lien" shall mean, with respect to any property or asset, any
           ----                                                        
mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien (statutory or other), charge,
encumbrance or other similar restrictions or limitations of any kind or nature
whatsoever on or with respect to such property or asset (but specifically
excluding any such restrictions or limitations created pursuant to the Company's
$275,000,000 Second Restated Secured Credit Agreement dated as of February 25,
1997).

          "Merger Warrants" shall mean those warrants to purchase Class B Common
           ---------------                                                      
Stock outstanding pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement dated as of August
1, 1989 between The Ohio Mattress Holding Company and First Chicago Trust
Company of New York.

          "Owned Shares" shall mean the 26,143,506 shares of Company Common
           ------------                                                    
Stock owned beneficially and of record by the Shareholder as of the date hereof
(as such number may be reduced as a result of the conversion of shares into
Preference Stock as contemplated by this Agreement).

          "Permits" shall mean all franchises, licenses, authorizations,
           -------                                                      
approvals, permits (excluding Environmental Permits), consents or other rights
granted by any Governmental Entity and all certificates of convenience or
necessity, immunities, privileges, licenses, concessions, consents, grants,
ordinances and other rights, of every character whatsoever required for the
conduct of business and the use of properties by the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries as currently conducted or used.

          "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
           ------                                                              
liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or other
entity or Governmental Entity.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
          "Preference Stock" shall mean the Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, of
           ----------------                                                    
the Company.

          "Proceeding" shall mean any action, claim, suit, or legal,
           ----------                                               
administrative, arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution proceeding
or investigation.

          "Requisite Approvals" shall mean all permits, approvals, filings and
           -------------------                                                
consents required to be obtained or made, and all waiting periods required or
contemplated to expire, prior to the consummation of the Merger under applicable
Laws, including without limitation notifications, approvals and filings pursuant
to the HSR Act and filings under "transaction-triggered" and "responsible
property transfer" Environmental Laws.

          "Restructure Warrants" shall mean those Series A Warrants and Series B
           --------------------                                                 
Warrants outstanding pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement dated as of
November 6, 1991, between Sealy Corporation and Sealy, Inc.

          "Rollover Options" means the options to purchase Company Common Stock
           ----------------                                                    
to be rolled-over into stock options of the Surviving Corporation owned by the
individuals identified on a list to be provided to Purchaser by the Company
(which list must be reasonably acceptable to Purchaser) no later than thirty
days before the Closing (which list shall identify the number of such options
owned by each such Person).

          "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
           ---                                                    

          "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
           --------------                                                    
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Senior Sub Notes" means the Company's 10- 1/4% Senior Subordinated
           ----------------                                                  
Notes due 2003.

          "Stockholder Approval" shall mean the affirmative vote of or the
           --------------------                                           
written consent by the holders of the numbers of outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Company or Purchaser, as the case may be, required under the DGCL
and the applicable certificate of incorporation to approve this Agreement, the
Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby.

          "Subsidiary" shall mean, in respect of any specified Person, any
           ----------                                                     
company or other entity of which 50% or more of the outstanding share capital or
other equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such specified
Person.

          "Surviving Corporation Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock and
           ----------------------------------                                 
Class L Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation, as provided in Section
3.01(c).

          "Warrant and Option Charges" means the sum of (a) the aggregate amount
           --------------------------                                           
paid or payable by, or incurred by the Company or any of the Company
Subsidiaries in connection with the extinguishment of outstanding warrants and
options of the Company, plus (b) the aggregate spread on the Merger Warrants
                        ----                                                
that remain outstanding as of the Effective Time, which spread shall be valued
as the difference between the cash which a holder of the Merger Warrants would

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
have been entitled to receive in the Merger had such Merger Warrants been
exercised immediately prior to the Effective Time minus the exercise price of
                                                  -----                      
such Merger Warrants, plus (c) the aggregate spread on the Rollover Options,
                      ----                                                  
which spread shall be valued based on the difference between the cash which a
holder of the Rollover Option would have been entitled to receive in the Merger
had such Rollover Option been exercised immediately prior to the Effective Time
minus the exercise price of such Rollover Option, including, in each case,
- -----                                                                     
without limitation, all redemption payments, premiums, penalties, fees and
expenses.

          Section 1.02.  Additional Definitions. The following terms shall
                         ----------------------                                
have the respective meanings specified in the indicated Sections of this
Agreement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Defined Term                             Section Defined in
          ------------                             -------------------
          <S>                                      <C>   
          Affiliated Group                              4.09
          Agreement                                     Preamble
          Bain                                          Recitals
          Certificate of Merger                         2.01    
          Closing                                       9.01    
          Commitment Letters                            6.06    
          Company                                       Preamble
          Company Share Certificate                     3.02(b)(i)
          Company Stockholders                          4.04      
          Contracts                                     4.14      
          Covered Party                                 7.08      
          Debt Financing                                6.06      
          DGCL                                          2.02      
          Dissenting Shares                             3.05(a)   
          Employee Plan                                 4.15      
          Equity Financing                              6.06      
          First Tier Subsidiary                         7.16      
          Indebtedness                                  8.02      
          Information Statement                         7.14      
          Intellectual Property                         4.17      
          Investors                                     Recitals
          Leases                                        4.12      
          Leased Premises                               4.12(a)   
          Merger                                        Recitals  
          Multiemployer Plan                            4.15(b)   
          Owned Property                                4.12(a)   
          Paying Agent                                  3.02(a)   
          Purchaser                                     Preamble  
          Real Property                                 4.12      
          SEC Filings                                   4.07      
          Secretary of State                            2.01      
          Shareholder                                   Preamble  
          Surviving Corporation                         2.01      
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
          <S>                                           <C>
          Tax                                           4.09
          Tax Returns                                   4.09
          Trademarks                                    4.17
          Warrant Losses                                7.13
</TABLE>

                                  ARTICLE II

                                  THE MERGER

          Section 2.01.  The Merger.  At the Effective Time, subject to the
                         ----------                                         
terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall be merged with and into
the Company in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, with the
Company being the surviving corporation (following the Merger, the "Surviving
                                                                    ---------
Corporation").  The Merger shall be effective when a properly executed
- -----------                                                           
Certificate of Merger, together with any other documents required by the laws of
the State of Delaware to effectuate the Merger (collectively, the "Certificate
                                                                   -----------
of Merger"), shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware
- ---------                                                                       
(the "Secretary of State"), which filing shall be made as soon as possible after
      ------------------                                                        
the Closing, as provided for in Section 9.01 hereof.

          Section 2.02.  Effect of Merger.  By virtue of the Merger, as of the
                         ----------------                                      
Effective Time, all rights, privileges, immunities, powers and purposes of the
Company and Purchaser, and all the property, real and personal, including,
without limitation, causes of action, and every other asset of the Company and
Purchaser, shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, without any further act or
deed, and the separate existence of Purchaser shall cease and the corporate
existence of the Company as the Surviving Corporation and a corporation
organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"DGCL") shall continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger.  The Surviving
 ----                                                                         
Corporation shall assume and be liable for all the liabilities, obligations and
penalties of the Company and Purchaser; no liability or obligation due or to
become due, and no claim or demand for any cause of action existing against
either the Company or Purchaser, or any stockholder, officer or director
thereof, shall be released or impaired by the Merger; and no Proceeding, whether
civil or criminal, then pending by or against either the Company or Purchaser or
any stockholder, officer or director thereof, shall abate or be discontinued as
a result of or by the Merger, but may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or
compromised as if the Merger had not occurred, or the Surviving Corporation may
be substituted in such Proceeding in place of either the Company or Purchaser.

          Section 2.03.  Additional Actions.  If, at any time after the
                         ------------------                             
Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall consider or be advised that any
deeds, bills of sale, assignments, assurances or any other actions or things are
necessary or desirable to (i) vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise,
in the Surviving Corporation, its right, title or interest in, to or under, any
of the rights, properties or assets of the Company or Purchaser acquired or to
be acquired by the Surviving Corporation as a result of, or in connection with,
the Merger or (ii) otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the
Company and its officers and directors and Purchaser and its officers and
directors shall be deemed to have granted the Surviving Corporation an
irrevocable power of attorney to execute and deliver all such deeds, bills of
sale, assignments and assurances and to take and do all such other actions and
things as may be necessary or desirable to vest,

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
perfect or confirm any and all rights, title, properties or assets in the
Surviving Corporation or to otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement;
and the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized
in the name of the Company and of Purchaser or otherwise to take any and all
such actions.

          Section 2.04.  Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, Directors and
                         ----------------------------------------------------
Officers of the Surviving Corporation.  (a)  From and after the Effective Time,
- -------------------------------------                                           
the Certificate of Incorporation of Purchaser in effect immediately prior to the
Effective Time shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving
Corporation until altered, amended or repealed in accordance with applicable Law
and this Agreement, except that, as of the Effective Time, Article I of such
Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended to read as follows:  "The name of
the Corporation is Sealy Corporation."

          (b)  From and after the Effective Time, the By-laws of Purchaser in
effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the By-laws of the
Surviving Corporation until altered, amended or repealed in accordance with
applicable Law and this Agreement.

          (c)  From and after the Effective Time, the directors of Purchaser
immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving
Corporation to serve until such time as their successors have been elected and
qualified in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the
Surviving Corporation, applicable Law and this Agreement.

          (d)  From and after the Effective Time, the officers of the Company
shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation to serve until such time as
their successors have been elected and qualified in accordance with the
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Surviving Corporation,
applicable Law and this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE III

                          CONVERSION OF COMPANY STOCK

          Section 3.01.  Conversion of Shares.  (a)  Each share of Company
                         --------------------                              
Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time
(other than shares of Company Common Stock to be canceled pursuant to Section
3.01(d) hereof and Dissenting Shares (as defined below)) shall, at the Effective
Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder
thereof, be converted into (as provided in and subject to the limitations set
forth in this Article III) the right to receive cash in an amount equal to the
Common Stock Per Share Amount payable to the holder thereof, without interest
thereon, upon the surrender of the certificate previously representing such
share of Company Common Stock.

          (b)  The aggregate Preference Stock issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time (other than shares of Preference Stock to be
canceled pursuant to Section 3.01(d) hereof) shall, at the Effective Time, by
virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof,
be converted into (as provided in and subject to the limitations set forth
in this Article III) the right to receive (i) that number of fully paid and
nonassessable shares of 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
Surviving Corporation Common Stock such that immediately following the Effective
Time such holder will own ten percent (10%) of each class of the issued and
outstanding Surviving Corporation Common Stock which is intended to represent a
number of shares of the Surviving Corporation Common Stock valued at $15 million
based on the purchase price of the Surviving Corporation Common Stock to be
purchased by the Investors at the Closing (such percentage shall be adequately
increased as a result of Rollover Options to the extent necessary to preserve
such valuation) and (ii) $25 million principal amount of junior subordinated
notes of the Surviving Corporation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Shareholder, containing the terms set forth in the term sheet in Exhibit
A hereto, upon the surrender of the certificate previously representing such
shares of Preference Stock.

          (c)  Each share of the Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of
Purchaser, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time,
shall, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on
the part of the Investors or any other Person, be converted into one fully paid
and nonassessable share of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the
Surviving Corporation.  Each share of Class L Common Stock, $0.01 par value per
share, of Purchaser, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective
Time, shall, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any
action on the part of the Investors or any other Person, be converted into one
fully paid and nonassessable share of Class L Common Stock, $0.01 par value per
share, of the Surviving Corporation.

          (d)  All shares of Company Common Stock and Preference Stock that are
owned by the Company as treasury stock shall, at the Effective Time, be canceled
and retired and shall cease to exist without any consideration payable therefor.

          (e)  All shares of Company Common Stock deemed "restricted" under any
of the Company's incentive plans shall be deemed issued and outstanding for
purposes of this Agreement, and the holders of such shares immediately prior to
the Effective Time (as set forth in the Company's stock register) shall be
entitled to the consideration set forth in Section 3.01(a) hereof in respect of
such shares.

          (f)  At and after the Effective Time, holders of certificates which
immediately prior to the Effective Time represented outstanding shares of
Company Common Stock shall cease to have any rights as stockholders of the
Company, except the right to receive the cash into which their shares of Company
Common Stock have been converted by the Merger as provided in Section 3.01(a).

          (g)  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the parties agree
to amend this Agreement prior to Closing to permit shares of Company Common
Stock owned by certain employees of the Company (whether or not such shares are
deemed "restricted" under any of the Company's incentive plans) to be rolled
over into shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock with corresponding
adjustments to be made to this Section 3.01 and the related definitions.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          Section 3.02.  Surrender of Company Share Certificates; Payment of
                         ---------------------------------------------------
Cash Consideration.
- ------------------  

          (a)  Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall select a bank or
other financial institution acceptable to Purchaser to serve as the paying agent
(the "Paying Agent").
      ------------   

          (b)  At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver:

               (i)   to each Person identified on a list to be provided to
     Purchaser by the Company no later than five days before the Closing who
     shall have surrendered to the Company and Purchaser at the Closing one or
     more certificates which, immediately prior to the Effective Time,
     represented shares of Company Common Stock (such certificates, "Company
                                                                     -------
     Share Certificates"), the amount of cash into which the shares of Company
     ------------------                                                       
     Common Stock represented by the Company Share Certificate so surrendered
     have been converted pursuant to the provisions of this Article III;

               (ii)  to the Shareholder who shall have surrendered to Purchaser
     at the Closing the certificate which, immediately prior to the Effective
     Time, represented all of the shares of outstanding Preference Stock, the
     securities of the Surviving Corporation into which the shares of Preference
     Stock represented by such certificate have been converted pursuant to the
     provisions of this Article III; and

               (iii) to the Paying Agent, for the benefit of holders of Company
     Common Stock not so listed, funds in the aggregate amount into which such
     shares of Company Common Stock shall have been converted pursuant to the
     provisions of this Article III.

          (c)  As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall mail to each holder of record (other than the Investors) of
Company Common Stock not surrendered pursuant to subsection (b) above (i) a form
of letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected,
and risk of loss and title to the Company Common Stock shall pass, only upon
delivery of the Company Share Certificates to the address specified therein) and
(ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Company Share
Certificates for payment therefor.  Upon surrender of a Company Share
Certificate for cancellation to the Paying Agent, together with such letter of
transmittal, duly executed, the holder of such Company Share Certificate shall
be entitled to receive in payment therefor from the Paying Agent the amount of
cash into which the shares of Company Common Stock theretofore represented by
the Company Share Certificate so surrendered shall have been converted pursuant
to the provisions of this Article III, and the Company Share Certificate so
surrendered shall forthwith be canceled.  No interest will be paid or accrued on
the cash payable upon the surrender of the Company Share Certificate.

          (d)  In the event that any Company Share Certificate shall have been
lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the
Person claiming such Company Share Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed,
the Surviving Corporation will pay in exchange for such lost, stolen or
destroyed Company Share Certificate, the cash payable in respect thereof as
determined in accordance with this Article III, except that when authorizing
such payment, the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation may, in its
discretion and as a condition to such

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
payment, require the owner of such Company Share Certificate to give the
Surviving Corporation a bond in such amount as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the Surviving Corporation with
respect to such Company Share Certificate.

          (e)  One year after the Closing Date, all unclaimed cash held by the
Paying Agent shall be returned by it to the Surviving Corporation, and
thereafter any Company Share Certificates that must be surrendered shall be
surrendered to, and payment therefor delivered by, the Surviving Corporation.
With respect to any Company Share Certificates which shall not have been
surrendered prior to five years after the Closing Date, the unclaimed cash
payable in exchange for such Company Share Certificates shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable escheat or other Laws, become the property of the
Surviving Corporation, free and clear of all claims or interest of any Person
previously entitled thereto.

          Section 3.03.  Stock Transfer Books.  At the Effective Time, the
                         --------------------                              
stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed and there shall be no
further registration of transfers of shares of Company Common Stock on the
records of the Company.  If, after the Effective Time, certificates previously
representing shares of Company Common Stock are presented to the Surviving
Corporation, they shall be canceled and exchanged for cash pursuant to the
provisions of this Article III.

          Section 3.04.  Shares of Dissenting Stockholders.  (a)
                         ---------------------------------        
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any shares of
Company Common Stock that are issued and outstanding as of the Effective Time
and that are held by a holder who has properly exercised his or her appraisal
rights (the "Dissenting Shares") under the DGCL shall not be converted into the
             -----------------                                                 
right to receive the consideration provided for in this Article III, unless and
until such holder shall have failed to perfect, or shall have effectively
withdrawn or lost, his or her right to dissent from the Merger under the DGCL
and to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due with respect to
such Dissenting Shares pursuant to and subject to the requirements of the DGCL.
If any such holder shall have so failed to perfect or have effectively withdrawn
or lost such right, each share of such holder's Company Common Stock shall
thereupon be deemed to have been converted into and to have become, as of the
Effective Time, the right to receive, without any interest thereon, the
consideration provided for in this Article III.

          (b)  The Company shall give Purchaser (i) prompt notice of any notice
or demands for appraisal or payment for shares of Company Common Stock received
by the Company and (ii) the opportunity to participate in and direct all
negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demands or notices.  The
Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, make any
payment with respect to, or settle, offer to settle or otherwise negotiate, with
respect to any such demands.

          (c)  Dissenting Shares, if any, after payments of fair value in
respect thereto have been made to the holders thereof pursuant to the DGCL,
shall be canceled.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE IV

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

          The Company hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:

          Section 4.01.  Organization.  Each of the Company and each Company
                         ------------                                         
Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has full
corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being
conducted and to own, operate or lease the properties and assets it currently
owns, operates or holds under lease.  Each of the Company and each Company
Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing
as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where such qualification or
licensing is necessary, except where the failure to so qualify or be licensed
would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the
Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          Section 4.02.  Subsidiaries.  Schedule 4.02 sets forth a list as of
                         ------------   -------------                        
the date hereof of all corporations and other legal entities of which the
Company owns, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock or other
equity ownership interests.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.02, all
                                                    -------------     
outstanding shares of stock of each Company Subsidiary have been duly authorized
and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Company free and clear of any Liens, and there
are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities, calls, rights,
commitments, preemptive rights or agreements or instruments or understandings of
any character, obligating any Company Subsidiary to issue, deliver or sell, or
cause to be issued, delivered or sold, contingently or otherwise, additional
shares of such Company Subsidiary or any securities or obligations convertible
or exchangeable for such shares or to grant, extend or enter into any such
option, warrants, convertible security, call, right, commitment, preemptive
right or agreement.

          Section 4.03.  Capitalization.  The authorized capital stock of the
                         --------------                                        
Company consists of (a) 49,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which
29,925,287 shares were issued and outstanding as of October 13, 1997, (b)
500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, of which 11,282 were issued and
outstanding as of October 13, 1997, and (c) 10,000,000 shares of Preference
Stock, of which no shares are issued and outstanding on the date of this
Agreement.  All outstanding shares of Company Common Stock have been duly
authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  Except as
set forth in Schedule 4.03 and as provided in this Agreement, there are no
             -------------                                                
authorized or outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities, calls,
rights, commitments, preemptive rights or agreements or instruments or
understandings of any character, to which the Company is a party or by which the
Company is bound, obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to
be issued, delivered or sold, contingently or otherwise, additional shares of
capital stock of the Company or any securities or obligations convertible into
or exchangeable for such shares or to grant, extend or enter into any such
option, warrant, convertible security, call, right, commitment, preemptive right
or agreement.  With respect to each type of option or warrant listed on Schedule
                                                                        --------
4.03, Schedule 4.03 further lists, as of the date of this Agreement, the
- ----  -------------                                                     
exercise price and the aggregate number of shares of Company Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of such type of option or warrant (after giving effect to
all

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
applicable anti-dilution provisions). Except as set forth on Schedule 4.03 and
                                                             -------------
as provided in this Agreement, to the Company's knowledge, there are no
shareholders agreements or similar agreements regarding the ownership of equity
securities of the Company among any of the holders of any equity securities of
the Company.

          Section 4.04.  Authorization.  The Company has all requisite
                         -------------                                  
corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its
obligations hereunder.  The affirmative vote of or written consent by the
holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of the Company
Stock is the only vote of any holders of Company Stock ("Company Stockholders")
                                                         --------------------  
under the DGCL that is necessary for Stockholder Approval of the Merger, this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution and delivery
of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
have been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and the
requisite Company Stockholders and no other corporate proceedings on the part of
the Company are necessary to authorize the Merger, this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by the Company and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery
by Purchaser), constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company,
enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforcement may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws relating to creditors'
rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (whether applied in a
proceeding at law or in equity).

          Section 4.05.  No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this
                         ------------                                       
Agreement by the Company does not, and the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, (i) conflict with, or
result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any
provision of the Company's or any Company Subsidiary's Certificate of
Incorporation or By-laws; (ii) except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.05
                                                                -------------
hereto and subject to the matters described in Section 4.06 hereof, conflict
with or result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any
Law or Judgment of any Governmental Entity to which the Company or any Company
Subsidiary is a party or to which any of its property is subject; or (iii)
except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.05, conflict with, or result in a
                                 -------------                               
breach or violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, or accelerate
the performance required by, the terms of any agreement, contract, indenture or
other instrument to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or to
which any of its property is subject, or constitute a default or loss of any
right thereunder or any event which, with the lapse of time or notice or both,
might result in a default or loss of any right thereunder or the creation of any
Lien upon any of the assets or properties of the Company or any Company
Subsidiary, except with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) hereof, where the
breach, violation, default, loss of benefit, acceleration or loss of right would
not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company and
the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the parties to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          Section 4.06.  Approvals.  The execution and delivery of this
                         ---------                                       
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement by the Company will not require the consent, approval, order or
authorization of any Governmental Entity or any other Person under any
agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Company or any

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
Company Subsidiary is a party or to which any of its properties is subject,
other than the items disclosed in Schedule 4.06, and no declaration, filing or
                                  -------------
registration with any Governmental Entity is required by the Company or any
Company Subsidiary in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the consummation of transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
except for (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger as required by the DGCL
and the filing of appropriate documents with the relevant authorities of other
states in which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is qualified to do
business, (ii) the filing pursuant to the HSR Act, as amended, and the
expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under such Act, (iii)
compliance with any applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange
Act or any other applicable securities laws, (iv) those that may be required
solely by reason of Purchaser's participation in the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement, (v) those the failure of which to obtain would not have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company and the
Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the parties to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (vi) filings and
notices not required to be made or given until after the Effective Time.

          Section 4.07.  Periodic SEC Filings; Financial Statements.  (a)
                         ------------------------------------------        
Since December 1, 1994, the Company has timely filed all forms, reports and
documents with the SEC that were required to be filed by the Company under the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act.  As of their respective filing dates, all
of such forms, reports and documents (the "SEC Filings") complied in all
                                           -----------                  
material respects with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and,
where applicable, the Securities Act.  As of their respective filing dates, none
of the SEC Filings, including without limitation any financial statements or
schedules included therein, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading, except to the extent that such statements have been
modified or superseded by a later filed SEC Filing.

          (b)  The audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited
interim consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 1, 1996
and its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended March 2,
1997, June 1, 1997 and August 31, 1997 have been prepared in accordance with
GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q of
the Exchange Act), applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved
(except as may be set forth in the notes thereto), and fairly present in all
material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and the
consolidated Company Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof and the consolidated
results of their operations and changes in financial position for the periods
then ended, subject, in the case of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated
financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and any other adjustments
described therein, none of which would have a material effect on such interim
financial information.

          (c)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.07(c), neither the Company nor
                                   -------------------                         
any Company Subsidiary has any Liabilities, other than Liabilities (i) that have
been specifically disclosed or provided for in the most recent audited
consolidated balance sheet of the Company filed with the SEC, (ii) that have
been specifically disclosed or provided for in the most recent consolidated
balance sheet of the Company filed with the SEC, (iii) that have been incurred
in the

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the date of the
most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company filed with the
SEC, (iv) that are not required by GAAP to have been included in the Company's
consolidated balance sheet and would not in the aggregate have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or (v) liabilities which in the aggregate are not in excess of
$1,000,000.

          (d)  Schedule 4.07(d) sets forth all obligations of the Company and
               ----------------                                              
the Company Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement for borrowed money.

          (e)  Attached hereto as Schedule 4.07(e) is a true and complete copy
                                  ----------------                            
of the latest projections of the consolidated income and cash flows of the
Company for the fiscal years ending November 1997, November 1998, November 1999,
November 2000 and November 2001.  Such projections are based on assumptions
which on the whole the Company reasonably believed at the time such projections
were prepared to be fair and reasonable in light of the historical financial
performance of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and of current and
reasonably foreseeable business conditions.

          Section 4.08.  Absence of Certain Transactions.  Except as set forth
                         -------------------------------                       
in the SEC filings and on Schedule 4.08, and except for actions taken by the
                          -------------                                     
Company in preparation for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
(which actions have been previously disclosed to Purchaser), and except for the
execution of this Agreement or as otherwise specifically contemplated or
permitted by this Agreement, since December 1, 1996 through the date of this
Agreement:

               (a)  Ordinary Course.  The Company and each Company Subsidiary
                    ---------------                                          
     has carried on its business in the usual and ordinary course consistent
     with past practice.

               (b)  Dividends; Securities.  Neither the Company nor any Company
                    ---------------------                                      
     Subsidiary has (i) declared or paid any dividend or made any other
     distribution with respect to Company Stock or the capital stock of any
     Company Subsidiary, (ii) redeemed, purchased, canceled or otherwise
     acquired, directly or indirectly, any outstanding shares of Company Stock
     or any shares of capital stock of any Company Subsidiary, (iii) issued
     additional stock (other than upon the exercise or conversion of outstanding
     options, warrants or convertible securities), warrants, options or any
     other similar rights to acquire Company Stock or any shares of capital
     stock of any Company Subsidiary, or (iv) split, combined or reclassified
     any shares of Company Stock or any shares of capital stock of any Company
     Subsidiary or issued or authorized the issuance of any other securities in
     respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of, shares of Company
     Stock or any shares of capital stock of any Company Subsidiary.

               (c)  Certain Transactions.  Neither the Company nor any Company
                    --------------------                                      
     Subsidiary has merged or consolidated, reorganized, restructured,
     recapitalized, liquidated or filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
               (d)  Indebtedness.  Neither the Company nor any Company
                    ------------                                      
     Subsidiary has incurred any obligation for borrowed money, incurred any
     account payable, or entered into or modified any material contract,
     agreement, commitment or arrangement with respect to the foregoing, except
     in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

               (e)  Employee Compensation.  Neither the Company nor any Company
                    ---------------------                                      
     Subsidiary has granted any increase in compensation to any salaried
     employees or paid any bonus, except for increases in salary or wages in the
     ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

               (f)  Prohibited Dispositions.  Other than provision of services
                    -----------------------                                   
     or sales in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
     practices, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has (i) sold,
     leased, licensed, transferred or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or
     property having a book or market value, individually, in excess of
     $250,000, or in the aggregate, in excess of $1,000,000, or (ii) entered
     into, or consented to the entering into of, any agreement granting a
     preferential right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of such
     assets.

               (g)  Lines of Business and Capital Expenditures.  Neither the
                    ------------------------------------------              
     Company nor any Company Subsidiary has (i) entered into any new line of
     business, (ii) changed its investment, liability management or other
     material policies in any material respect, (iii) incurred or committed to
     incur any capital expenditures, obligations or liabilities in connection
     therewith other than capital expenditures, obligations or liabilities that
     do not exceed, individually, $500,000 or, in the aggregate, $1,000,000,
     (iv) acquired or agreed to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or
     acquired or agreed to acquire by purchasing a substantial portion of the
     assets of, or in any other manner, any business or Person, or (v) otherwise
     acquired or agreed to acquire any other assets or made any lease
     commitments for a total individual consideration in excess of $500,000 or
     in the aggregate in excess of $1,000,000.

               (h)  Accounting Methods.  Neither the Company nor any Company
                    ------------------                                      
     Subsidiary has changed its methods of accounting or keeping its books of
     account or accounting practice in effect at December 1, 1996, except as
     required by GAAP as concurred in by the Company's independent auditors.

               (i)  Miscellaneous.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.08(i),
                    -------------                          ---------------- 
     neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has (i) made any
     cancellation or waiver of (A) any right material to the operation of the
     business of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or (B) any debts or
     claims against any Affiliate of the Company (other than any Company
     Subsidiary), (ii) made any disposition of, or failed to keep in effect any
     material rights in, to or for the use of any material patent, trademark,
     service mark, trade name, copyright or trade secret of the Company or any
     Company Subsidiary, or (iii) entered into any agreement, arrangement or
     transaction with any Affiliate of the Company (other than any Company
     Subsidiary).

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
          Section 4.09.  Taxes.
                         -----  

          (a)  Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has timely filed
all Tax Returns it was required to file by applicable Law.  All such Tax Returns
were prepared in compliance with applicable Law, and all such Tax Returns are
correct and complete in all material respects, except to the extent modified,
superseded or amended by subsequently filed amended Tax Returns.  All Taxes owed
by any of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on a Tax
Return) have been paid or reserved on the books of the Company or the relevant
Company Subsidiary.  Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has
withheld or paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection
with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor,
stockholder or other third party.  The unpaid Taxes of the Company and the
Company Subsidiaries did not, as of August 31, 1997, exceed the reserve for Tax
liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect
timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the
balance sheet for the quarter ended on that date as referenced in Section 4.07
(rather than in any notes thereto), and do not exceed that reserve as adjusted
for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past
custom and practice of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in filing their
Tax Returns.

          (b)  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.09 hereto:
                                      -------------        

                    (i)   none of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is
     currently the beneficiary of an extension of time within which to file any
     Tax Return;

                    (ii)  none of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has
     waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any
     extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency;

                    (iii) there is no dispute or claim concerning any Tax
     liability of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries either (x) claimed or
     raised by any authority in writing or (y) as to which any of the directors
     and officers (and employees responsible for Tax matters) of the Company and
     the Company Subsidiaries has knowledge based upon personal contact with any
     agent of such authority;

                    (iv)  each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has
     disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein
     that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax
     within the meaning of Code (S)6662;

                    (v)   from December 1, 1994 through the date of this
     Agreement, no claim that has not been resolved has been made by a taxing
     authority in a jurisdiction where any of the Company and the Company
     Subsidiaries does not file Tax Returns that the Company or any Company
     Subsidiary is or may be subject to taxation in such jurisdiction;

                    (vi)  none of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has
     filed a consent concerning collapsible corporations under Code (S)341(f)
     (or any corresponding provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law);

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                    (vii)  there are no liens on any assets of the Company and
     the Company Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or
     alleged failure) to pay any material Tax:

                    (viii) none of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries will
     be required as a result of (A) a change in method of accounting for a
     taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, to include any
     adjustment in taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof)
     ending after the Closing Date, (B) any "closing agreement", as described in
     Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local or
     foreign income Tax law), to include any item of income in, or exclude any
     item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion
     thereof) ending after the Closing Date, or (C) any deferred intercompany
     gain described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-13 or any excess loss
     account described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1502-19 (or any
     corresponding or similar provision or administrative rule of federal,
     state, local or foreign income tax law), to include any item of income in
     taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the
     Closing Date;

                    (ix)   since December 31, 1986, none of the Company and the
     Company Subsidiaries has been a member of an Affiliated Group other than
     one of which the Company was the common parent, or filed or been included
     in a combined, consolidated or unitary income Tax Return other than one
     filed by the Company;

                    (x)    none of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries is a
     party to or bound by any Tax allocation or Tax sharing agreement or has a
     current or potential contractual obligation to indemnify any other person
     with respect to Taxes;

                    (xi)   none of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has
     made any payments, is obligated to make any payments, or is a party to any
     agreement that under certain circumstances could obligate it to make any
     payments that will not be deductible under Code (S) 280G (or any
     corresponding provision of state, local or foreign income Tax law); and

                    (xii)  none of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries owns
     any interest in real property in the State of New York or in any other
     jurisdiction in which a Tax (other than a net income or franchise tax) is
     imposed on the gain on a transfer of an interest in real property.

               (c)  The Company has made available to Purchaser true and correct
copies of all federal, state, local and foreign income Tax Returns filed with
respect to any of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries for taxable periods
ending on or after December 31, 1991. Schedule 4.09 lists those Tax Returns that
                                      -------------
are currently being audited. The Company has made available to Purchaser correct
and complete copies of all examination reports, and statements of deficiencies
assessed against or agreed to by any of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries
since December 31, 1991.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
          (d)  A certification issued by the Company pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Section 1897-2 to the effect that the Company is not a "United States
real property holding corporation" as defined in Code (S)897 shall be delivered
to Purchaser prior to the Closing.

          (e)  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
following respective meanings.

                    (i)   "Affiliated Group" means an affiliated group as
     defined in Code (S)1504 (or any analogous combined, consolidated or unitary
     group defined under state, local or foreign income Tax law) of which the
     Company is or has been a member.

                    (ii)  "Tax" means any (A) federal, state, local or foreign
     income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, add-on
     minimum, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, excise, natural
     resources, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profit,
     environmental, customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital
     stock, social security, unemployment, disability, payroll, license,
     employee or other withholding, or other tax, of any kind whatsoever,
     whether disputed or not, including any interest, penalties or additions to
     tax or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing; (B) liability of any
     of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries for the payment of any amounts
     of the type described in clause (A) arising as a result of being (or
     ceasing to be) a member of any Affiliated Group (or being included (or
     required to be included) in any Tax Return relating thereto); and (C)
     liability of any of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries for the
     payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (A) as a transferee
     or successor by contract (including as a result of any express or implied
     obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of
     any other person), or otherwise; and

                    (iii) "Tax Returns" means returns, declarations, reports,
     claims for refund, information returns or other documents (including any
     related or supporting schedules, statements or information) filed or
     required to be filed in connection with the determination, assessment or
     collection of Taxes of any party or the administration of any laws,
     regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Taxes.

          Section 4.10.  Litigation.   Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10,
                         ----------                           ------------- 
there is no Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened
against the Company or any Company Subsidiary by or before any Governmental
Entity or by any Person, which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be
expected to (i) result in a judgment against the Company or one of the Company
Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $250,000, (ii) materially interfere with
the conduct of the business of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries or (iii)
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company and the
Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10,
                                                                ------------- 
neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is a party to or, to the
knowledge of the Company, bound by any Judgment.  Schedule 4.10 lists all single
                                                  -------------                 
instances of any Proceeding or series of related Proceedings against the Company
or any Company Subsidiary or any predecessor (whether arising out of similar
facts or circumstances, a consistent or pervasive course of conduct or practice
or otherwise) which have been settled (x) in the last five years for settlements
which

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
have, or have had, a material adverse effect on the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (y) since January 1, 1995, for amounts paid by
the Company and the Company Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000, or (z) to the
knowledge of the Company, since January 1, 1995, for amounts paid by the Company
and the Company Subsidiaries in excess of $100,000.

          Section 4.11.  Environmental Matters.
                         ---------------------  

          (a)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(a):  (i) to the Company's
                                      ----------------                       
knowledge, the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have been, and are, in
material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) to the
Company's knowledge, the Company and each Company Subsidiary has obtained all
material Environmental Permits necessary for the operation of the business of
the Company and the Company Subsidiaries; and (iii) there are no outstanding
notices or claims against the Company or any Company Subsidiary for damages,
penalties or other obligations or liabilities relating to the presence,
generation, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous
Materials in, at, under or from any property owned, leased or operated by the
Company or any Company Subsidiary.

          (b)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(b), to the Company's
                                      ----------------                  
knowledge, there are no underground storage tanks on any property currently
owned or leased by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or any property
formerly owned or leased by the Company or any Company Subsidiary for which
either the Company or any Company Subsidiary has responsibility or liability.

          (c)  Except as specified on the various reports and other documents
set forth on Schedule 4.11(c), to the Company's knowledge, there is no asbestos
             ----------------                                                  
or asbestos-containing material at, on, or in any real property or improvement
currently owned or leased by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or any
property formerly owned or leased by the Company or any Company Subsidiary for
which either the Company or any Company Subsidiary has responsibility or
liability.

          (d)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(a), to the Company's
                                      ----------------                  
knowledge, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has treated, stored,
disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, or
released any Hazardous Materials or owned or operated any property or facility
(and no such property or facility is contaminated by any Hazardous Materials) in
a manner that has given or will give rise to material liabilities to the Company
or any Company Subsidiary, including any material liability for response costs,
corrective action costs, personal injury, property damage, natural resources
damages or attorney fees, pursuant to CERCLA, RCRA or any other Environmental
Law.

          (e)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11(a), to the Company's
                                      ----------------                  
knowledge, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has, either expressly
or by operation of law, assumed, undertaken or otherwise become subject to any
liability of any other Person relating to Environmental Law, including without
limitation any obligation for corrective or remedial action.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
          Section 4.12.  Real Property.
                         -------------  

          (a)  Schedule 4.12 identifies by street address all real estate
               -------------                                             
leased, subleased or otherwise occupied pursuant to an agreement (the "Leases")
                                                                       ------  
by the Company or any Company Subsidiary (the "Leased Premises") or owned by the
                                               ---------------                  
Company or any Company Subsidiary ("Owned Property", and, collectively with the
                                    --------------                             
Leased Premises, the "Real Property").  The Leased Premises are leased to the
                      -------------                                          
Company or such Company Subsidiary pursuant to written leases, copies of which
have been made available to Purchaser. With respect to each Lease: (i) the
Company or the applicable Company Subsidiary has a good and valid leasehold
interest in and to all of the Leased Premises, and, to the Company's knowledge,
such leasehold interest is subject to no Liens other than those listed on
Schedule 4.12; (ii) each Lease is in full force and effect and is enforceable in
- -------------                                                                   
accordance with its terms and none of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has
assigned, transferred, conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust, or encumbered any
interest in such Lease; (iii) there exists no default or condition which, with
the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, could become a default under
any Lease; and (iv) no consent, waiver, approval or authorization is required
from the landlord under any Lease as a result of the execution of this Agreement
or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 4.12, there are no outstanding options or rights of first
         -------------                                                     
refusal to purchase the Owned Property or any portion thereof or interest
therein.  The Company or a Company Subsidiary has good and marketable title in
and to the Owned Property, free and clear of all Liens, except (i) for general
real estate taxes and special assessments not yet delinquent, easements, rights
of parties in possession, covenants, conditions and restrictions and other
matters of record which do not materially impair the occupancy or use of the
Real Property for the purposes for which it is currently used in connection with
the Company's business, utility easements, building restrictions, zoning
restrictions and other easements and restrictions, whether or not recorded,
existing generally with respect to properties of a similar character and which
are not violated in any material respect by the current use and operation of the
Real Property and (ii) as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.12.
                                                 ------------- 

          (b)  The Real Property constitutes all of the real properly owned,
leased, occupied or otherwise utilized in connection with the business of the
Company and the Company Subsidiaries.  Other than the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries, there are no parties in possession or parties having any current
or future right to occupy any of the Real Property, except tenants under any
leases disclosed on Schedule 4.12 who are in possession of space to which they
                    -------------                                             
are entitled.  The Real Property is in good condition and repair (subject to
normal wear and tear) and is sufficient and appropriate for the conduct of the
Company's and the Company Subsidiaries' business.  To the Company's knowledge
(i) all permits, licenses and other approvals necessary to the current occupancy
and use of the Real Property (excluding Environmental Permits as described in
Section 4.11) have been obtained, are in full force and effect and have not been
violated in any material respect and (ii) there exists no violation of any
material covenant, condition, restriction, easement, agreement or order
affecting any portion of the Real Property.  All improvements located on the
Real Property have direct access to a public road adjoining such Real Property.
All facilities located on the Real Property are supplied with adequate utilities
and other services necessary for the operation of such facilities, including
gas, electricity, water, telephone, sanitary sewer and storm sewer.  There is no
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened condemnation proceeding,
or material lawsuit or

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
administrative action affecting any portion of the Real Property to which the
Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries is a named party.

          Section 4.13.  Personal Property.
                         ----------------- 

          (a)  The Company or a Company Subsidiary has good and merchantable
title to all personalty of any kind or nature which the Company or a Company
Subsidiary purports to own, free and clear of all Liens, except for (i) Liens
identified on Schedule 4.13, (ii) Liens for non-delinquent ad valorem taxes and
              -------------                                                    
non-delinquent statutory liens arising other than by reason of default, (iii)
statutory Liens of landlords, Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and
materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due,
(iv) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in
connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of
social security, (v) purchase money Liens, and (vi) minor irregularities of
title which do not materially detract from the value or use of said personalty.
The Company or a Company Subsidiary as lessee has the right under valid and
subsisting leases to use, possess and control all personalty leased by and
material to the Company or such Company Subsidiary as now used, possessed and
controlled by the Company or such Company Subsidiary.

          (b)  All machinery, equipment and other tangible assets currently
being used by the Company or any Company Subsidiary which are owned or leased by
the Company or any Company Subsidiary are in good operating condition,
maintenance and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, are usable in the
ordinary course of business and are reasonably adequate and suitable for the
uses to which they are being put, except where any other condition of any
machinery, equipment or other tangible asset would not have a material adverse
effect on the financial condition of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole.

          Section 4.14.  Contracts.   Schedule 4.14 is a complete list of all
                         ---------    -------------                          
written agreements of the Company or any Company Subsidiary (other than
contracts for the sale in the ordinary course of business of products
manufactured by the Company or any Company Subsidiary) that are currently in
effect (except for those set forth in clause (x) below) and that are (i) leases,
sales contracts and other agreements with respect to any property, real or
personal, of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries which provide for the
receipt or expenditure by the Company or any Company Subsidiary after the date
of this Agreement, of more than $100,000; (ii) contracts or commitments for
capital expenditures or acquisitions in excess of $100,000 for one project or
set of related projects; (iii) guarantees of third party obligations; (iv)
agreements (including non competition agreements) which restrict the kinds of
businesses in which the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries may engage or
the geographical area in which any of them may conduct their business; (v)
indentures, mortgages, loan agreements or other agreements relating to the
borrowing of money, the granting of Liens or lines of credit; (vi) collective
bargaining agreements; (vii) material licenses, agreements, assignments or
contracts (whether as licensor or licensee, assignor or assignee) relating to
any patent and trademark rights; (viii) brokerage or finder's agreements; (ix)
joint venture agreements, partnership agreements or similar agreements; (x)
stock purchase agreements, asset purchase agreements or other acquisition or
divestiture agreements executed within the last five years; (xi) employment,
consulting or management agreements; (xii) agreements or other arrangements with
any director, officer,

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
employee or shareholder of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any         
Affiliate of any of the foregoing (other than customary at will employment
arrangements); or (xiii) any agreement or contract which is not of the foregoing
type and is material to the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries (all
items required to be identified in Schedule 4.14 being hereinafter referred to
                                   -------------                              
as "Contracts").  True and correct copies of all the Contracts identified in
    ---------                                                               
Schedule 4.14 have been made available to Purchaser.  Except as set forth on
- -------------                                                               
Schedule 4.14, (i) all Contracts are valid and subsisting and in full force and
- -------------                                                                  
effect, and the Company and the Company Subsidiaries have duly performed their
obligations thereunder in all material respects to the extent such obligations
have accrued, and (ii) no breach or default thereunder by the Company or any
Company Subsidiary or, to the Company's knowledge, by any other party thereto,
has occurred, except where such breach or default would not reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the
Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          Section 4.15.  Employee and Labor Matters and Plans.
                         ------------------------------------ 

          (a)  Schedule 4.15(a) lists each of the following plans and contracts
               ----------------                                                
which is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Company
Subsidiary for the benefit of any current or former employee, director or other
personnel:  (i) any "employee benefit plan," as such term is defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to the provisions of ERISA; and (ii) any
other employment, consulting, collective bargaining, stock option, stock bonus,
stock purchase, phantom stock, incentive, bonus, deferred compensation,
retirement, severance, vacation, medical or dental contract, policy or
arrangement which is not an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA (each such plan, contract, policy and arrangement being herein referred to
as an "Employee Plan").
       -------------   

          (b)  With respect to each Employee Plan, except for any multiemployer
plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA (a "Multiemployer Plan") and
                                                      ------------------      
except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(b), the Company has made available to
                       ----------------                                   
Purchaser true and complete copies of each contract, plan document, policy
statement, summary plan description and other written material governing or
describing the Employee Plan (including, without limitation, any related trust
agreement or insurance company contract) or, if there are no such written
materials, a summary description of the Employee Plan.  With respect to each
Employee Plan which is a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) and
also is a Multiemployer Plan, the Company has identified each such plan on
Schedule 4.15(b).
- ---------------- 

          (c)  With respect to each Employee Plan which is an "employee benefit
plan" within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA or which is a "plan" within
the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the Code, there has occurred no transaction
which is prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or which constitutes a "prohibited
transaction" under Section 4975(c) of the Code and with respect to which a
prohibited transaction exception has not been granted and is not currently in
effect except where such "Prohibited Transaction" would not have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (d)  Schedule 4.15(d) identifies each funded Employee Plan which is an
               ----------------                                                 
employee pension plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a
multiemployer plan

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA).  With respect to each such funded
Employee Plan: (i) the Employee Plan is a qualified plan under Section 401(a) or
403(a) of the Code, and its related trust is exempt from federal income taxation
under Section 501(a) of the Code; (ii) a request for favorable IRS determination
letter has been made and, since the date of such request, the Employee Plan has
not been amended or operated in a manner which would materially adversely affect
its qualified status and no event has occurred which has caused or could cause
the loss of such status; (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been
no termination or partial termination within the meaning of Section 411(d)(3) of
the Code; (iv) no such Employee Plan (other than the Sealy Retirement Plan) is
covered by Section 412 of the Code; and (v) no such Employee Plan (other than
the Sealy Retirement Plan) is covered by Title IV of ERISA.  The Company has not
ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of
Section 4068(f) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become
subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA, withdrawn as a sponsor of a
multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA, or ceased
making contributions on or before the Closing Date to any Employee Plan which is
a pension plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 4.15(d), as of October 21, 1997, the Company is not aware of any
- ----------------                                                         
withdrawal liability claims against the Company or any Company Subsidiary in
connection with plant closings or other activity.

          (e)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(e), the consummation of the
                                      ----------------                         
transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not entitle any employee or
other person to receive severance or other compensation which would not
otherwise be payable absent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or cause the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of
any award or entitlement under any Employee Plan.

          (f)  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(f), to the knowledge of the
                                      ----------------                         
Company, since December 1, 1995, there have been no governmental audits of the
equal employment opportunity practices of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.
There is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint against the Company or any
Company Subsidiary pending before the National Labor Relations Board or strike,
dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened against or involving the Company that is likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
and none has occurred since December 1, 1995.

          (g)  Each Employee Plan (and each related trust or insurance contract)
complies in form and in operation in all material respects with the applicable
requirements of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable laws.  All required
reports and descriptions (including Form 5500 Annual Reports, Summary Annual
Reports, PBGC-l'S, and Summary Plan Descriptions) have been filed or distributed
appropriately with respect to each Employee Plan.  All contributions (including
all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions),
premiums, reimbursements and accruals which related to or arise from any period
ending on or prior to the Closing Date have been paid or accrued.

          Section 4.16.  Insurance Policies.   Schedule 4.16 contains a summary
                         ------------------    -------------                   
description of all material insurance policies of the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries and each such policy is in full force and effect.  All premiums
with respect to the insurance policies listed on

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
Schedule 4.16 which are due and payable prior to the Effective Time have been
- -------------                                                                
paid or will be paid prior to the Effective Time, and no written notice of
cancellation or termination has been received by the Company with respect to any
such policy.  To the knowledge of the Company, there are no pending claims
against such insurance by the Company or any Company Subsidiary as to which the
insurers have denied coverage or otherwise reserved rights.  Neither the Company
nor any Company Subsidiary has been refused any insurance with respect to its
assets or operations during the past five years.  The Company's Risk and
Investment Guide, which has been made available to Purchaser, describes any
self-insurance or risk retention arrangements currently in effect for the
Company or any Company Subsidiary other than customary deductibles.

          Section 4.17.  Intellectual Properties.
                         ----------------------- 

          (a)  "Intellectual Property" shall mean all patents, patent
                ---------------------                                
applications and patent disclosures; all inventions (whether or not patentable
and whether or not reduced to practice); all trademarks, service marks, trade
dress, trade names and all the goodwill associated therewith; all registered and
unregistered copyrights; all registrations, applications and renewals for any
other foregoing; all trade secrets, confidential information, ideas, formulae,
compositions, know-how, manufacturing and production processes and techniques,
research information, drawings, specifications, designs, plans, improvements,
proposals, technical and computer data, documentation and software, financial,
business and marketing plans, customer and supplier lists and related
information, marketing materials and all other intellectual property rights.

          (b)  Schedule 4.17 contains a complete list of all domestic and
               -------------                                             
foreign patents, patent applications, patent licenses, trade names, trademarks
and service marks ("Trademarks"), Trademark registrations and applications,
                    ----------                                             
copyright registrations and applications owned (in whole or in part), licensed
to any extent or used by the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries.

          (c)  (i) The Company or a Company Subsidiary, as the case may be, is
the owner of or is duly licensed to use pursuant to a valid and enforceable
license agreement the Intellectual Property used in the conduct of its business;
(ii) each item constituting part of the Intellectual Property in which the
Company or a Company Subsidiary has an ownership interest has been, to the
extent indicated in Schedule 4.17, duly registered with, filed in or issued by,
                    -------------                                              
as the case may be, the United States Patent and Trademark Office or such other
Governmental Entities, domestic or foreign, as are indicated in Schedule 4.17;
                                                                ------------- 
and (iii) each Trademark registration, copyright registration and patent owned
by the Company or a Company Subsidiary has been maintained in good standing, and
remains in full force and effect.

          (d)  No claim of infringement or misappropriation of Intellectual
Property of any other Person or contesting the validity, enforceability, use or
ownership of any Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company or any
Company Subsidiary has been made against the Company or any Company Subsidiary,
and neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary is infringing or
misappropriating any Intellectual Property of any other Person.  Without
limiting the foregoing, except as set forth on Schedule 4.17 no claim is pending
                                               -------------                    
or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to the effect that the conduct
by the Company or any Company Subsidiary of its business conflicts with or
infringes in any way upon any Intellectual Property owned by any

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
other Person that the Company or any Company Subsidiary needs to or should enter
into a license arrangement so as to continue the conduct of its business without
infringing such other Person's Intellectual Property or that any of the
Trademarks set forth on Schedule 4.17 has been abandoned.  The Company actively
                        -------------                                          
defends its Intellectual Property from infringement and misappropriation by
other Persons.  All Intellectual Properly owned or used by the Company or any
Company Subsidiary immediately prior to the Closing will be owned or available
for use by the Company and the Company Subsidiaries on identical terms and
conditions immediately subsequent to the Closing.

          (e)  Without limiting any other provisions hereof, except as set forth
on Schedule 4.17, neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary has granted any
   -------------                                                                
license, franchise or permit to any Person to use any of the Intellectual
Property of the Company or the Company Subsidiaries, and no other Person has the
right to use the same Trademarks, service marks or trade names owned by the
Company or the Company Subsidiaries or any similar trademarks, service marks or
trade name in connection with the same or similar applications as those of the
Company and the Company Subsidiaries

          Section 4.18.  Permits.   The Company and the Company Subsidiaries
                         -------                                            
have all Permits, except for those Permits the failure to have would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company
and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Schedule 4.18 contains a
                                                 -------------           
complete list of the material Permits, exclusive of any Environmental Permits
and Permits with respect to state or local sales, use or other Taxes.  To the
knowledge of the Company, all of the Permits are in full force and effect except
where the failure to be so in effect would not have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.  No outstanding notice of cancellation or termination has been delivered
to the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with any such Permit nor,
to the knowledge of the Company, has any such cancellation or termination been
threatened.  To the knowledge of the Company, no application, action or
proceeding for the modification of any such Permits is pending or threatened
that may result in the revocation, modification, nonrenewal or suspension of any
material Permits.  Each of the Company and each Company Subsidiary has filed
when due all documents required to be filed with any Governmental Entity in
connection with such Permits and, at the time of the filing thereof, all such
filings were accurate and complete in all material respects.

          Section 4.19.  Compliance with Laws.   Except for matters relating to
                         --------------------                                  
Environmental Laws (which are the subject of Section 4.11), neither the Company
nor any Company Subsidiary is in violation of or has violated or failed to
comply with any Law or Judgment applicable to its business or operations, except
for violations and failures to comply that would not, individually or in the
aggregate, be reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on the
financial condition of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken a whole.

          Section 4.20.  Brokerage Fees.   Except as set forth on Schedule 4.20,
                         --------------                           ------------- 
neither the Company nor the Shareholder has retained any financial advisor,
broker, agent or finder or agreed to pay an financial advisor, broker, agent or
finder on account of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or
any transaction of like nature that would give rise to any valid

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
claim against Purchaser for any broker's or finder's fee or similar compensation
in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                   ARTICLE V

               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SHAREHOLDER

          The Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as
follows:

          Section 5.01.  Authorization.   The Shareholder has the requisite
                         -------------                                     
partnership power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its
obligations hereunder.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized,
and no other partnership proceedings on the part of the Shareholder are
necessary to authorize this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Shareholder and
(assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser) constitutes a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Shareholder, enforceable against the
Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be
subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
transfer or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally and (ii)
general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding at law or in
equity).

          Section 5.02.  No Violation.   The execution and delivery of this
                         ------------                                      
Agreement by the Shareholder do not, and the consummation by the Shareholder of
the transactions contemplated hereby will not, (i) conflict with or violate the
partnership agreement of the Shareholder, (ii) subject to making the filings and
obtaining the approvals identified in Section 5.03, conflict with or violate any
Law or Judgment applicable to the Shareholder or by which the Shareholder or any
Owned Shares is bound or affected, or (iii) result in any breach of or
constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both
would become a default) under, result in the loss of a material benefit under,
or give to others any right of purchase or sale, or any right of termination,
amendment, acceleration, increased payments or cancellation of, or result in the
creation of a Lien on any Owned Shares pursuant to any contract, agreement or
other instrument or obligation to which the Shareholder is a party or by which
the Shareholder or any property or asset of the Shareholder is bound or
affected.

          Section 5.03.  Approvals.   The execution and delivery of this
                         ---------                                      
Agreement by the Shareholder do not, and the performance of this Agreement and
the consummation by the Shareholder of the transactions contemplated hereby will
not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with
or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except for (i) the filing of the
Certificate of Merger as required by the DGCL and the filing of appropriate
documents with the relevant authorities of other states in which the Company or
any Company Subsidiary is qualified to do business, (ii) applicable
requirements, if any, of the Exchange Act and (iii) the notification
requirements under the HSR Act.

          Section 5.04.  Ownership of Owned Shares.   The Shareholder is the
                         -------------------------                          
sole record and beneficial owner of the Owned Shares, free and clear of any
Liens and free of any other limitation or restriction (including any restriction
on the right to vote, sell or otherwise dispose of

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
the Owned Shares or any interest therein) except pursuant to this Agreement.
The Owned Shares constitute all of the Company Common Stock owned of record or
beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the
Shareholder.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

          Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the
Shareholder as follows:

          Section 6.01.  Organization.  Purchaser is a corporation duly
                         ------------                                  
incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation and has full corporate power and authority to
conduct its business as it is now being conducted and to own, operate or lease
the properties and assets it currently owns, operates or holds under lease.
Purchaser is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing
as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where such qualification or
licensing is necessary, except where the failure to so qualify or be licensed
would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Purchaser
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          Section 6.02  Authorization.  Purchaser has all requisite corporate
                        -------------                                        
power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations
hereunder.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly approved by the Board of
Directors of Purchaser, and by the Investors as the stockholders of Purchaser,
and no other corporate proceeding on the part of Purchaser is necessary to
authorize the Merger, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser and (assuming
due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company and the Shareholder)
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable
against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may
be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent
transfer or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally and (ii)
general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding at law or in
equity).

          Section 6.03.  No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this
                         ------------                                     
Agreement by Purchaser does not, and the consummation by Purchaser of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, (i) conflict with, or
result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any
provision of Purchaser's Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws; (ii) except as
otherwise set forth in Schedule 6.03 hereto and subject to the matters described
                       -------------                                            
in Section 6.04 hereof, conflict with or result in any violation of or default
or loss of any benefit under, any Law or Judgment of any Governmental Entity to
which Purchaser is a party or to which any of its property is subject; or (iii)
except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 6.03, conflict with, or result in a
                                 -------------                               
breach or violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, or accelerate
the performance required by, the terms of any agreement, contract, indenture or
other instrument to which Purchaser is a party or to which any of its property
is subject, or constitute a default or loss of any right thereunder or an event
which, with the lapse of time or notice or both, might result in a default or
loss of any right thereunder or the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance
upon

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
any of the assets or properties of Purchaser, except with respect to clauses
(ii) and (iii) hereof, where the breach, violation, default, loss of benefit,
acceleration or loss of right would not have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition of Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on
the ability of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

          Section 6.04.  Approvals.   The execution and delivery of this
                         ---------                                      
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement by Purchaser will not require the consent, approval, order or
authorization of any Governmental Entity or any other Person under any
agreement, indenture or other instrument to which Purchaser is a party or to
which any of its properties is subject, other than the items disclosed in
Schedule 6.04, and no declaration, filing or registration with any Governmental
- -------------                                                                  
Entity is required by Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the consummation of transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, except for (i) the delivery and filing of the Certificate of Merger
as required by the DGCL and the filing of appropriate documents with the
relevant authorities of other states in which Purchaser is qualified to do
business, (ii) the filing pursuant to the HSR Act, and the expiration or
termination of the applicable waiting period under such Act, (iii) compliance
with any applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any
other applicable securities laws, (iv) those the failure of which to obtain
would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Purchaser
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the parties to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) filings and
notices not required to be made or given until after the Effective Time.

          Section 6.05.  Litigation.   Except as set forth on Schedule 6.05,
                         ----------                           ------------- 
there is no Proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened
against Purchaser by or before any Governmental Entity or by any Person, which,
if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to (i) result in a
judgment against Purchaser in an amount in excess of $250,000, (ii) materially
interfere with the conduct of the business of Purchaser or (iii) have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition of Purchaser.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 6.05, Purchaser is not a party to or, to the knowledge of Purchaser,
- -------------                                                                
bound by any Judgment.

          Section 6.06.  Financing.  Purchaser has received and has furnished to
                         ---------                                              
the Company a copy of (i) a commitment letter from Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
L.P., dated October 29, 1997, pursuant to which Goldman Sachs Credit Partners
L.P. has committed to provide or cause to be provided up to $435 million of term
and $50 million of revolving senior debt financing and (ii) a commitment letter
from Goldman, Sachs & Co. dated October 29, 1997, pursuant to which Goldman,
Sachs & Co. has committed to place or cause to be placed up to $165 million of
senior subordinated notes and $75 million of senior subordinated discount
debentures (collectively, the "Commitment Letters").  The Commitment Letters are
                               ------------------                               
in full force and effect on the date of this Agreement and Purchaser believes it
will be able to obtain the financing (the "Debt Financing") described in the
                                           --------------                   
Commitment Letters on the terms and conditions provided in the Commitment
Letters.  The Investors have committed, subject only to the conditions set forth
in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof, to capitalize Purchaser with $135 million of
equity (the "Equity Financing") which, subject to Section 7.15 hereof, may
             ----------------                                             
include common and preferred stock in the discretion of the Investors.  The Debt
Financing and the Equity Financing, if, as and when received, will provide the
funds necessary to pay the cash consideration payable in the Merger pursuant to

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
Section 3.01(a) hereof, the Company Expenses, the Warrant and Option Charges and
the repayment or refinancing of Indebtedness, including the Senior Sub Notes,
and accrued interest thereon, plus expenses incurred in connection therewith.

          Section 6.07.  Brokerage Fees.   Except as set forth on Schedule 6.07,
                         --------------                           ------------- 
Purchaser has not retained any financial advisor, broker, agent or finder or
agreed to pay any financial advisor, broker, agent or finder on account of this
Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or any transaction of like
nature that would give rise to any valid claim against the Company or the
Shareholder for any broker's or finder's fee or similar compensation in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

          Section 6.08.  Purchaser Activities.   Purchaser was organized solely
                         --------------------                                  
for the purpose of entering into this Agreement and consummating the
transactions contemplated hereby and has not engaged in any activities or
business, and has incurred no liabilities or obligations whatsoever, in each
case, other than those incident to its organization and the execution of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          Section 6.09.  Capitalization.   On the Closing Date, the authorized
                         --------------                                        
capital stock of Purchaser will consist of shares of Common Stock, par value
$0.01 per share, shares of Class L Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and
shares of blank-check preferred stock.  Except as provided in, or contemplated
by, this Agreement, there are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants,
convertible securities, calls, rights, commitments, preemptive rights or
agreements or instruments or understandings of any character, to which Purchaser
is a party or by which Purchaser is bound, obligating Purchaser to issue,
deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, contingently or
otherwise, additional shares of capital stock of Purchaser or any securities or
obligations convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or to grant, extend
or enter into any such option, warrant, convertible security, call, right,
commitment, preemptive right or agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VII


                                   COVENANTS

          Section 7.01.  Interim Operations of the Company .  During the period
                         ---------------------------------                     
from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, except as specifically
contemplated by this Agreement (including upon the conversion of Company Common
Stock into Preference Stock and the steps taken to extinguish, repurchase or
refinance the Indebtedness, options and warrants, all as contemplated hereby) or
as set forth on Schedule 7.01 or as otherwise consented to in writing by
                -------------                                           
Purchaser, the Company will and will cause each Company Subsidiary to:

               (a)  carry on its business in, and only in, the ordinary course
     in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and, to the extent
     consistent with such business, use all reasonable efforts to (i) preserve
     intact its present business organization, (ii) keep available the services
     of its present officers and employees, (iii) preserve its relationships
     with clients, suppliers, customers, distributors, licensees, licensors and
     others having

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     business dealings with it, (iv) maintain all assets other than those
     disposed of in the ordinary course of business in good repair and
     condition, (v) maintain all insurance, (vi) maintain its books of account
     and records in the usual, regular and ordinary manner, and (vii) maintain
     and protect all of their Intellectual Property so as not to affect
     adversely the validity or enforceability thereof;

               (b)  not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or
     other governing document or agreement;

               (c)  not acquire by merging or consolidating with, or purchasing
     all or substantially all of the assets of, or otherwise acquiring, any
     business of any corporation, partnership, association or other business
     organization or division thereof, in each case for consideration having a
     value in excess of $1,000,000;

               (d)  not split, combine or reclassify its outstanding capital
     stock or declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution
     in respect of its capital stock (in cash or otherwise) other than (i)
     dividends paid by the Company's wholly-owned Subsidiaries to the Company or
     its wholly-owned Subsidiaries and (ii) the issuance of Preference Stock to
     the Shareholder (as contemplated by Section 8.02(j));

               (e)  not issue or sell (or agree to issue or sell) any shares of
     its capital stock of any class or series, or any options, warrants,
     conversion or other rights to purchase any such shares or any securities
     convertible into or exchangeable for such shares (other than upon the
     exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities
     outstanding on the date hereof), or grant, or agree to grant, any such
     options or modify or alter the terms of any of the above;

               (f)  not, other than in the ordinary course of business, (i)
     incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or vary the material terms of any
     existing debt securities, (ii) issue or sell any debt securities, (iii)
     acquire or dispose of any assets having a book or market value in excess of
     $500,000, (iv) enter into any material contract, or (v) modify in any
     material respect or terminate any material Contract;

               (g)  not take any steps to mortgage or pledge to secure any
     material obligation, or to subject to any material Lien, any of its
     material properties, other than in the ordinary course of business
     consistent with prior practice and following prior notice to and
     consultation with Purchaser;

               (h)  not grant to any director or officer, or, except in the
     ordinary course of business, consultant or other employee any increase in
     compensation in any form, or any severance or termination pay, or make any
     loan to or enter into any employment agreement, collective bargaining
     agreement or arrangement with any such person, except in each case as may
     be legally required pursuant to any existing Employee Plan;

               (i)  not adopt, enter into, amend in any material respect,
     announce any intention to adopt or terminate, any Employee Plan or other
     employee benefit plan,

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
     program or arrangement of general applicability, except as required by
     applicable Law or as disclosed on any disclosure schedule pursuant to
     Section 4.15;

               (j)  not discharge or satisfy any material Lien or pay or satisfy
     any material obligation or Liability (fixed or contingent) except in the
     ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or commence any
     voluntary petition, proceeding or action under any bankruptcy, insolvency
     or other similar Laws;

               (k)  not make or institute any change in its accounting
     procedures or practices unless mandated by GAAP;

               (l)  not make any Tax election or settle or compromise any
     material federal, state, local or foreign income Tax liability;

               (m)  not enter into any transaction which would have been
     required to be listed on Schedule 4.08 had such transaction occurred during
                              -------------                                     
     the period between December 1, 1996 and the date of this Agreement;

               (n)  not enter into any agreement or other arrangement with any
     director, officer, employee or shareholder of the Company or any Company
     Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, except in the ordinary
     course of business or as disclosed on Schedule 4.08;
                                           ------------- 

               (o)  not take any action or omit to take any action which would
     result in a violation of any applicable law or would cause a breach of any
     agreement, contract or commitment, which violation or breach would have a
     material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or

               (p)  not authorize or propose, or agree to take, any of the
     actions set forth in the foregoing subparagraphs (b) through (o).

          Section 7.02.  Access to Information; Assistance with Financing .  (a)
                         ------------------------------------------------     
The Company shall (and shall cause each Company Subsidiary to) afford to the
officers, employees, accountants, counsel and other representatives of
Purchaser, reasonable access, during normal business hours, during the period
prior to the Effective Time, to all of the properties, books, contracts,
commitments, records, officers, personnel and accountants of the Company and the
Company Subsidiaries and will furnish to Purchaser all such documents and copies
of documents and financial records and all information with respect to the
affairs of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries as Purchaser may reasonably
request.  Purchaser and such representatives will hold any such information
which is non-public in confidence in accordance with the provisions of the
existing confidentiality agreement between the Company and Purchaser dated as of
August 8, 1997.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company
acknowledges that Purchaser may cause an information memorandum to be prepared
and used in connection with the consummation of the Purchaser's financing of the
transactions contemplated hereby and agrees to use commercially reasonable
efforts to furnish Purchaser with access to, and to permit the use of, all
information necessary and to furnish Purchaser with access to, and to cause the
cooperation of,

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
all personnel necessary for Purchaser to consummate such financing (it being
understood that such financing shall not require the filing of any registration
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Closing).  In
addition,  the Company shall request its accountants to consent to the inclusion
of their report or reports in, and to issue a comfort letter in connection with,
any offering memoranda or filings required by such financing.

          (b)  If required by Purchaser's financing sources, with respect to any
parcel of Owned Property, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable
efforts to deliver to Purchaser title insurance and/or a survey or surveys for
such parcel of Owned Property, in each case, in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to Purchaser.  If required by Purchaser's financing sources, with
respect to each leased parcel of Real Property, the Company shall use its
commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Purchaser a nondisturbance
agreement, a consent and waiver and/or an estoppel letter executed by the
landlord, lessor, landlord and/or licensor of such leased Real Property, in each
case, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser.  Any fees and
expenses paid or payable by, or incurred by the Company or any of the Company
Subsidiaries in connection with this Section 7.02(b) shall not be deemed to be
Company Expenses.

          Section 7.03.  Acquisition Proposals.   The Company and the
                         ---------------------                       
Shareholder shall not, and the Company shall cause the Company Subsidiaries not
to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate or encourage the submission of
any inquiries, discussions or proposals or offers from any other Person relating
to a possible disposition of the stock or any material portion of the assets of
the Company or any Company Subsidiary, (ii) continue, propose, solicit,
initiate, encourage or enter into negotiations or discussions relating to a
possible disposition of the stock or any material portion of the assets of the
Company or any Company Subsidiary, (iii) enter into or consummate any agreement
or understanding providing for the disposition of the stock or any material
portion of the assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary, or (iv) assist,
participate in, facilitate or encourage any effort or attempt by any other
Person to do or seek any of the foregoing.  The Company shall promptly notify
Purchaser of, and communicate to Purchaser the terms of, any such inquiry,
proposal or request for information received by, or negotiations or discussions
sought with, the Company or the Company Subsidiaries.

          Section 7.04.  Consents and Approvals .  Each of the Company and
                         ----------------------                           
Purchaser will take all reasonable actions necessary to comply promptly with all
legal requirements which may be imposed on it with respect to this Agreement and
the transactions contemplated hereby which actions shall include, without
limitation, furnishing all information in connection with Requisite Approvals,
and will promptly cooperate with and furnish information to each other in
connection with any such requirements imposed upon any of them or any of their
Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby.  Each of the Company and Purchaser will, and will cause its Subsidiaries
to, take all reasonable actions necessary to obtain any Requisite Approvals.

          Section 7.05.  Employment Matters .  (a)  After the Effective Time,
                         ------------------                                  
Purchaser shall either continue the existing Employee Plans of the Company and
the Company Subsidiaries or shall provide, or cause the Surviving Corporation to
provide, benefits to employees of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries that
are no less favorable in the aggregate to such

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
employees than the existing Employee Plans of the Company and the Company
Subsidiaries and shall remain at existing levels for the one-year period
immediately following the Effective Time.  For purposes of any such benefit
plans: (i) Purchaser and the Surviving Corporation shall grant all employees of
the Company credit for all service with the Company and the Company Subsidiaries
prior to the Effective Time for all purposes for which such service was
recognized by the Company; (ii) any pre-existing conditions shall be waived; and
(iii) expenses incurred on or before the Effective Time shall be taken into
account for purposes of establishing satisfaction of any applicable deductible,
coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket provisions.

          (b)  From and after the Effective Time, Purchaser shall cause the
Surviving Corporation to honor the Company's existing severance plan and
severance agreements in accordance with the terms thereof.

          Section 7.06.  Publicity .  So long as this Agreement is in effect,
                         ---------                                           
none of the Company, Purchaser, the Shareholder or any of their agents shall
issue or cause the publication of any press release or other public statement or
announcement with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby without the prior written consent of all the parties hereto, except as
may be required by Law, and in such case shall use all reasonable efforts to
consult with all the parties hereto prior to such release or announcement being
issued.

          Section 7.07.  Notification of Certain Matters .  The Company and the
                         -------------------------------                       
Shareholder shall give prompt notice to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall give
prompt notice to the Company and the Shareholder, of (i) the occurrence or non-
occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would cause
any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be untrue or
inaccurate in any material respect and (ii) any material failure of the Company,
the Shareholder or Purchaser, as the case may be, to comply with or satisfy any
covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it
hereunder, in each case, to the extent such event or circumstance is or becomes
known to the party required to give such notice.

          Section 7.08.  Directors' and Officers' Indemnification .  (a)  The
                         ----------------------------------------              
Company agrees that, for the six-year period immediately following the Effective
Time, it or the Surviving Corporation shall indemnify each Person who is now, or
has been at any time prior to the date hereof, a director or officer of the
Company or of any Company Subsidiary or a Person entitled to indemnification
(individually a "Covered Party," and collectively the "Covered Parties"), to the
                 -------------                         ---------------          
same extent and in the same manner as is now provided in the respective
Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company and such Company
Subsidiaries in effect on the date hereof, with respect to any claims and/or
Damages (as defined below) based in whole or in part on, or arising in whole or
in part out of, any matter existing or occurring at or prior to the Effective
Time.

          (b)  The Company agrees that, for the three-year period immediately
following the Effective Time, it or the Surviving Corporation shall maintain in
effect the director and officer insurance coverage on terms substantially no
less advantageous to the insureds than the director and officer insurance
coverage currently maintained by the Company for the Covered Parties; provided,
                                                                      -------- 
however, that in the event the annual premium for such coverage exceeds an
- -------                                                                   
amount equal to twice the aggregate annual premiums currently paid by the
Company and the Company

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
Subsidiaries for such coverage, the Surviving Corporation shall notify the
Covered Parties who shall then elect as a group either (i) to continue coverage
under the policy then maintained by the Surviving Corporation, in which event
each of the Covered Parties shall be severally (but not jointly) liable to the
Surviving Corporation for their pro rata share of such excess, or (ii) to seek
coverage from another carrier, in which event the Surviving Corporation shall
reimburse the Covered Parties the cost of such alternate coverage up to an
amount equal to twice the aggregate annual premiums currently paid by the
Company and the Company Subsidiaries for such coverage.

          Section 7.09.  Stockholder Approval .  The Company shall take all
                         --------------------                              
action necessary in accordance with the DGCL and its Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws to obtain the requisite approval and adoption of this
Agreement and the Merger by the Company Stockholders by written consent pursuant
to Section 228 of the DGCL and shall take such other actions as may be required
by such Section (including giving prompt notice of such written consent to those
Company Stockholders who have not consented in writing).

          Section 7.10.  Consent by Shareholder .  In accordance with the DGCL,
                         ----------------------                                
the Shareholder hereby approves this Agreement and the Merger.

          Section 7.11.  Further Assurances .  Subject to the terms and
                         ------------------                            
conditions herein provided, each of the parties hereto (including the
Shareholder) agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause
to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary,
proper or advisable, whether under applicable Law (including the HSR Act) or
otherwise, or to remove any injunctions or other impediments or delays, legal or
otherwise, to consummate and make effective the Merger and the other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the taking of all
appropriate actions by Purchaser and the Company in furtherance of the
consummation of the financing of the transactions contemplated hereby by
Purchaser and the refinancing of Indebtedness.

          Section 7.12.  Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .  For a period of
                         -------------------------------                   
three (3) years from and after the Closing, the Shareholder shall not, directly
or indirectly, (i) own, manage, operate, join, control or participate in the
ownership, management, operation or control of, as stockholder or partner or any
other similar capacity with any business which is in competition with or
potential competition with the Company, the Surviving Corporation, any of the
Company Subsidiaries or any successor to any of the foregoing, or (ii) solicit,
employ, retain as a consultant, interfere with or attempt to entice away from
the Company, the Surviving Corporation, any of the Company Subsidiaries or any
successor to any of the foregoing, any individual who is, has agreed to be or
within one year of such solicitation, employment, retention, interference or
enticement has been, employed or retained by the Company, the Surviving
Corporation, any of the Company Subsidiaries or any successor to any of the
foregoing in a supervisory or more senior capacity.  Ownership of not more than
2% of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded company shall not, in and of
itself, be a violation of this Section 7.12.  The restrictive covenant contained
in this Section 7.12 is a covenant independent of any other provision of this
Agreement, and the existence of any claim which the Shareholder may allege
against Purchaser, the Company, the Surviving Corporation or any of their
Affiliates, whether based on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not prevent the
enforcement of this covenant.  The Shareholder agrees that a breach of this

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
Section 7.12 shall cause irreparable harm to Purchaser, the Company, the
Surviving Corporation and their Affiliates, that Purchaser's, the Company's and
the Surviving Corporation's remedies at law for any breach or threat of breach
of the provisions of this Section 7.l2 shall be inadequate, and that Purchaser,
the Company and/or the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to an injunction
or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Section 7.12 and to enforce
specifically the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to
which Purchaser, the Company and/or the Surviving Corporation may be entitled at
law or in equity. The three year period shall be tolled during any period of
violation of this Section 7.12 and during any other period required for
litigation during which Purchaser, the Company and/or the Surviving Corporation
seeks to enforce this covenant. In the event that this Section 7.12 shall be
determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason
of its extending for too long a period of time or over too large a geographical
area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it shall be
interpreted to extend only over the longest period of time for which it may be
enforceable, and/or over the largest geographical area as to which it may be
enforceable and/or to the maximum extent in all other aspects as to which it may
be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

          Section 7.13.  Warrants.  (a)  The Company shall take such steps as
                         --------                                             
it deems appropriate to extinguish or redeem the Merger Warrants prior to
Closing or to cause the Merger Warrants to be exercisable at and after the
Closing only for cash in an amount equal to the amount which such holder would
have been entitled to receive upon or as a result of the Merger had such warrant
been exercised immediately prior to the Effective Time.

          (b)  As soon as reasonably practicable after the date hereof, the
Company shall cause the warrant agent under the Warrant Agreement dated November
6, 1991 to deliver an effective notice of redemption to each holder of
Restructure Warrants which notice shall contemplate the redemption by the
Company of all  of the outstanding Restructure Warrants.

          (c)  The Company shall provide to Purchaser (i) a copy of each notice
to be delivered to any warrant agent of the Company or to any holder of Merger
Warrants or Restructure Warrants two days prior to such delivery and (ii) a copy
of any written correspondence received from any holder of Merger Warrants or
Restructure Warrants within two days after such receipt.

          (d)  From and after the Effective Time until December 31, 2001, the
Shareholder shall indemnify the Surviving Corporation from and against any and
all Warrant Losses.  "Warrant Losses" shall mean any amounts required to be paid
                      --------------                                            
by the Surviving  Corporation (including all legal, accounting and other fees)
(i) in excess of the per warrant redemption amount set forth in the notice
delivered to such holder pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Warrant Agreement dated
November 6, 1991, in connection with the Restructure Warrants, and (ii) in
excess of the spread on the Merger Warrants, which spread shall be valued as the
difference between the cash that a holder of the Merger Warrants would have been
entitled to receive in the Merger had such Merger Warrants been exercised
immediately prior to the Effective Time minus the exercise price of such Merger
Warrants, in connection with the Merger Warrants.  Any such indemnity shall be
paid to the Surviving  Corporation in cash within 30 days after receipt of
notice from the Surviving  Corporation (with supporting documentation) that it
has suffered a Warrant Loss.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
          (e)  In the event that any claim, demand or Proceeding is asserted
against the Surviving  Corporation which could give rise to Warrant Losses, the
Surviving Corporation shall with reasonable promptness send to the Shareholder a
written notice specifying the nature of such claim, demand or Proceeding and the
amount or estimated amount (and the basis of such estimated amount) of the
Warrant Loss; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the
              --------                                                          
indemnification hereunder except to the extent the Shareholder shall have been
actually prejudiced as a result of such failure.  Following receipt of such
notice, the Shareholder shall be entitled to assume and control the defense of
such claim, demand or Proceeding with counsel of its choice, in which case the
Shareholder shall not be required to pay the fees and disbursements of separate
counsel to the Surviving Corporation with regard thereto.  If requested by the
Shareholder, the Surviving  Corporation agrees to cooperate with the Shareholder
and its counsel in contesting any claim or demand which the Shareholder defends,
or, if appropriate and related to the claim in question, in making any
counterclaim against the Person asserting such claim or demand, or any cross-
complaint against any Person.  No claim, demand or Proceeding for which
indemnity is sought hereunder may be settled without the consent of the
Shareholder.

          Section 7.14.  Information Statement.  The Company will cause a
                         ---------------------                            
notice (the "Information Statement") to be sent within 30 days after the date
             ---------------------                                           
hereof to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 262(d)(2) of the
DGCL.  The Information Statement shall comply in all respects with the
requirements of the DGCL and other applicable law.

          Section 7.15.  Preferred Stock of Purchaser.  The parties hereto
                         ----------------------------                      
acknowledge that the provisions contained herein as of the date hereof with
respect to the conversion of Preference Stock into securities of the Surviving
Corporation as of the Effective Time assumes that the Equity Financing will
consist solely of the issuance of Surviving Corporation Common Stock and/or
Rollover Options.  Purchaser may determine to issue preferred stock as part of
the Equity Financing; provided that in the event preferred stock is included in
                      --------                                                 
the Equity Financing, (i) such preferred stock shall be in amounts and on terms
reasonably acceptable to the Shareholder, (ii) Purchaser shall not so issue
preferred stock unless the parties hereto have amended this Agreement (which
amendment the parties agree to negotiate in good faith) in a manner that will
maintain the general economic intent of this Agreement as of the date hereof,
and (iii) no such amendment shall provide that Bain or any of its Affiliates
shall be issued any such preferred stock unless the Shareholder is also issued
such preferred stock.

          Section 7.16.  Assistance with Financing.  In order to assist
                         -------------------------                      
Purchaser with its financing of the transactions contemplated hereby, at or
prior to Closing, the Company shall take such commercially reasonable steps as
are necessary to cause the following to occur:

          (a)  At any time prior to the Closing, Purchaser may request that, at
the Closing, the Company shall have only one direct wholly-owned Subsidiary (the
"First Tier Subsidiary").  If Purchaser makes such request, then (i) prior to
 ---------------------                                                       
the Closing, Purchaser shall select, by written notice to the Company, which of
the Company Subsidiaries shall be the First Tier Subsidiary; provided, that the
                                                             --------          
Company Subsidiary selected by Purchaser to be the First Tier Subsidiary must be
one of the direct wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company as of the date
hereof, and (ii) at or immediately prior to the Closing, the Company shall
contribute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the
Company Subsidiaries directly owned by the Company

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
(other than the issued and outstanding capital stock of the First Tier
Subsidiary) to the capital of the First Tier Subsidiary.

          (b)  At Purchaser's request, the Company shall prepare or shall cause
to be prepared prior to the Closing any financial statements required in
connection with Purchaser's financing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (c)  If requested by Purchaser, the Company shall take all steps
necessary to permit a merger of a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Purchaser with the
First Tier Subsidiary at the Closing.

          (d)  At Purchaser's request, the Company shall take or cause to be
taken any other actions, including a restructuring of the Company Subsidiaries,
necessary for Purchaser to consummate its financing of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

          (e)  No actions taken by or on behalf of the Company in connection
with its obligations under this Section 7.16 or arising as a result of the
taking of such action shall constitute a breach of any representation or
warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement for any purpose hereunder,
including without limitation Sections 8.02(a) and 9.02(iii) of this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   CONDITIONS

          Section 8.01.  Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party.  The
                         -------------------------------------------       
obligations of each of the Company, the Shareholder and Purchaser to consummate
the Merger are subject to the satisfaction (or, if permissible, waiver by the
party for whose benefit such conditions exist) of the following conditions:

               (a)  there shall not be any Judgment or Law restraining,
     enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Merger; and

               (b)  all waiting periods under the HSR Act shall have expired or
     been terminated.

          Section 8.02.  Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser.  The
                         ------------------------------------------       
obligations of Purchaser to consummate the Merger are subject to the
satisfaction (or waiver by Purchaser) of the following further conditions prior
to or concurrent with the Closing:

               (a)  the representations and warranties of the Company contained
     in this agreement which are qualified as to materiality shall be true and
     correct and all such representations and warranties that are not qualified
     as to materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects, in
     each case when made and at and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as
     of the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties that
     address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a
     specific period of time which need only be true and accurate as of such
     date or with respect to such period);

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
     provided that this paragraph (a) shall be deemed satisfied so long as the
     --------                                                                 
     failure of all such representations and warranties to be true and correct
     in the aggregate does not have a material adverse effect on the Company and
     the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

               (b)  the Company shall have performed in all material respects
     its material obligations hereunder required to be performed by it at or
     prior to the Closing Date;

               (c)  the Company shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate
     (dated as of the Closing Date), signed by an officer or officers with
     authority to bind the Company as to compliance with the conditions set
     forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.02 and the Shareholder
     shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate (dated as of the Closing
     Date), signed by an officer with authority to bind the Shareholder, as to
     compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this
     Section 8.02;

               (d)  the representations and warranties of the Shareholder
     contained in this agreement which are qualified as to materiality shall be
     true and correct and all such representations and warranties that are not
     qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all material
     respects, in each case when made and at and as of the Closing Date as if
     made at and as of the Closing Date (except for those representations and
     warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with
     respect to a specific period of time which need only be true and accurate
     as of such date or with respect to such period);

               (e)  the Shareholder shall have performed in all material
     respects its material obligations hereunder required to be performed by it
     at or prior to the Closing Date;

               (f)  the Shareholder shall have executed and delivered a
     Shareholders Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
     Purchaser, containing the terms set forth in the term sheet annexed hereto
     as Exhibit B;

               (g)  Purchaser shall have obtained the debt financing described
     in the Commitment Letters on the terms and conditions set forth therein or
     otherwise obtained debt financing sufficient to consummate the transactions
     contemplated hereby on terms reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser;

               (h)  except for the indebtedness for borrowed money listed on
                                                                            
     Schedule 8.02(h) hereto, (i) all outstanding indebtedness for borrowed
     ----------------                                                      
     money of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries ("Indebtedness") shall be
                                                         ------------           
     paid in full, (ii) any outstanding letters of credit issued by lenders who
     hold Indebtedness shall be terminated, and (iii) the Company shall have
     obtained (x) the release of all Liens on the capital stock of the Company
     and each of the Company Subsidiaries and all assets securing such
     Indebtedness and (y) the release of all guarantees with respect to such
     Indebtedness.  At the Closing, the Company shall provide or arrange to be
     provided to Purchaser all releases and other documents in form and
     substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser demonstrating the release of
     such Liens and guarantees;

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
               (i)  since the date of this Agreement, no event shall have
     occurred which has or which would reasonably be expected to have a material
     adverse effect on the financial condition or business of the Company and
     the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

               (j)  of the Company Common Stock owned by Shareholder as of the
     date of this Agreement, the Shareholder shall have converted into
     Preference Stock a number of shares equal to the quotient of $40,000,000
     divided by the Common Stock Per Share Amount (calculated assuming that the
     ----------                                                                
     Common Stock Purchase Price is increased by $40,000,000 and assuming that
     the Company Common Stock so converted will be converted into the right to
     receive cash as of the Effective Time pursuant to Section 3.01(a) hereof)
     which shall be the only Preference Stock outstanding immediately prior to
     Closing;

               (k)  all outstanding options of the Company (other than the
     Rollover Options) shall be extinguished and, as of immediately prior to the
     Closing, the Company shall have no Liabilities with respect to such
     options;

               (l)  the Company shall have taken such steps as are contemplated
     by Section 7.13(a) with respect to the Merger Warrants;

               (m)  the Company shall have (i) delivered to the warrant agent
     under the Warrant Agreement dated November 6, 1991 a certified copy of the
     Board resolution authorizing the redemption of all warrants issued and
     outstanding under such Warrant Agreement as contemplated by, and in
     compliance with, Section 4.3 of such Warrant Agreement and (ii) caused the
     warrant agent under such Warrant Agreement to have mailed a notice of such
     redemption at least 30 days prior to Closing to each holder of such
     warrants as contemplated by, and in compliance with, Section 4.5 of such
     Warrant Agreement;

               (n)  the Company shall have delivered to Purchaser the opinion of
     counsel to the Company and the Shareholder reasonably acceptable to
     Purchaser, with respect to the matters described on Exhibit C hereto in a
     form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser;

               (o)  the Company shall have obtained all consents,
     authorizations, approvals and waivers from third parties, in form
     reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, which are necessary in order to enable
     (i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) the
     Company and its Subsidiaries to conduct their business in all material
     respects after the Closing Date on the same basis as conducted prior to the
     date hereof, in each case except for those the failure of which to obtain
     would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the
     Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and

               (p)  the number of Dissenting Shares shall not exceed five
     percent (5%) of the total number shares of Company Common Stock outstanding
     immediately prior to the conversion referred to in paragraph (j) of this
     Section 8.02.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
          Section 8.03.  Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and the
                         ----------------------------------------------------
Shareholder.  The obligations of the Company and the Shareholder to consummate
- -----------                                                                    
the Merger are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Company or the
Shareholder, as the case may be) of the following further conditions prior to or
concurrent with the Closing:

               (a)  the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in
     this agreement which are qualified as to materiality shall be true and
     correct and all such representations and warranties that are not qualified
     as to materiality shall be true and correct in all material respects, in
     each case when made and at and as of the Closing Date as if made at and as
     of the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties that
     address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a
     specific period of time which need only be true and accurate as of such
     date or with respect to such period);

               (b)  Purchaser shall have performed in all material respects all
     of its material obligations hereunder required to be performed by Purchaser
     at or prior to the Closing Date;

               (c)  Purchaser shall have delivered to the Company and the
     Shareholder certificates (dated as of the Closing Date), signed by an
     officer or officers with authority to bind Purchaser, as to compliance with
     the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 8.03;

               (d)  Investors shall have executed and delivered a Shareholders
     Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Shareholder,
     containing the terms set forth in the term sheet annexed hereto as Exhibit
     B;

               (e)  Purchaser shall have provided to the Company and the
     Shareholder either (i) a copy, addressed to the Company and the
     Shareholder, of the opinion as to the solvency of the Surviving Corporation
     as of the Effective Time that is obtained and provided to the lenders in
     connection with the financing of the transactions contemplated hereby, or
     (ii) if no such opinion is provided to such Lenders, an opinion, addressed
     to the Company and the Shareholder, from a nationally recognized valuation
     firm, which firm and opinion are both reasonably satisfactory to the
     Company, as to the solvency of the Surviving Corporation as of the
     Effective Time, and taking into account the transactions contemplated
     hereby which opinion shall be a Company Expense; and

               (f)  Purchaser shall have delivered to the Company an opinion of
     counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company with respect to the matters
     described in Exhibit D hereto in a form reasonably acceptable to the
     Company.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CLOSING; TERMINATION

          Section 9.01.  Closing.  Unless this Agreement shall have been
                         -------                                         
terminated and the Merger abandoned, the closing of the transactions
contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take
                          -------              

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
place at the offices of Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton, 153 East 53rd
Street, New York, New York, on the third business day following the satisfaction
of all conditions precedent to Closing (or at such other place and on such other
date as shall be agreed to by the parties hereto).  At the Closing, the parties
shall exchange the documents referred to in Article VIII hereof and all
necessary filings with the Secretary of State to consummate the Merger under the
DGCL shall be made.

          Section 9.02.  Termination.  Anything herein or elsewhere to the
                         -----------                                       
contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger
contemplated herein may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time:

               (i)    with the consent of each of the parties hereto;

               (ii)   by the Shareholder, the Company or Purchaser if the Merger
     shall not have occurred on or prior to February 15, 1998; provided,
                                                               -------- 
     however, that the right to terminate this Agreement and abandon the Merger
     -------                                                                   
     under this clause (ii) shall not be available to any party whose failure to
     fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or
     resulted in, the failure of the Merger to occur on or prior to such date;

               (iii)  by Purchaser, at any time prior to the Closing, following
     written notice by Purchaser to the Company or the Shareholder, as the case
     may be, of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the
     Company or the Shareholder contained in this Agreement such that the
     conditions set forth in Section 8.02(a) or Section 8.02(b) cannot be
     satisfied, if such breach is not cured by the Company or the Shareholder,
     as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after receiving notice thereof;
     or

               (iv)   by the Company, at any time prior to the Closing,
     following written notice by the Company to the Purchaser, as the case may
     be, of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of Purchaser
     contained in this Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section
     8.03(a) or Section 8.03(b) cannot be satisfied, if such breach is not cured
     by Purchaser within thirty (30) days after receiving notice thereof.

          Section 9.03.  Effect of Termination.  In the event of the
                         ---------------------                       
termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 9.02 hereof, written notice
thereof shall forthwith be given to the other party or parties specifying the
provision hereof pursuant to which such termination is made, and this Agreement
shall forthwith become null and void, and there shall be no liability on the
part of any of the parties hereto except (i) for fraud or for willful breach of
this Agreement and (ii) as set forth in Section 10.02.

                                   ARTICLE X

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

          Section 10.01.  Non-Survival.  No representation or warranty
                          ------------                                 
contained in this agreement shall survive the Closing.

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
          Section 10.02.  Costs and Expenses.  Whether or not the transactions
                          ------------------                                   
contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, Purchaser shall bear the costs
and expenses incurred by Purchaser and, subject to the calculation of the Common
Stock Purchase Price as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall bear the
costs and expenses incurred by the Company or the Shareholder in connection with
the negotiation, preparation, execution and closing of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.  No later than five days prior to Closing, the
Shareholder and the Company shall provide to Purchaser their best estimate of
Company Expenses and the parties hereto shall agree, prior to Closing, to the
final amount of Company Expenses.

          Section 10.03.  Notices.  All notices or other communications required
                          -------                                               
or permitted by this Agreement shall be effective upon receipt and shall be in
writing and delivered personally or by overnight courier, or sent by facsimile,
as follows:

          (i)  if to Purchaser, to:

               Sandman Merger Corporation
               Two Copley Place
               Boston, MA  02116
               Attention:  Josh Bekenstein and Paul Edgerley
               Facsimile:  (617) 572-3274

               with a copy to:

               Kirkland & Ellis
               153 East 53d Street
               New York, NY  10022
               Attention:  Lance C. Balk, Esq.
               Facsimile:  (212) 446-4900

          (ii) if to the Company or the Shareholder, to:

               Sealy Corporation
               c/o Sealy, Inc.
               1228 Euclid Avenue
               Cleveland, OH  44115
               Attention:  Ronald Jones
               Facsimile:  (216) 522-1976

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
               and to:

               Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.
               Two North Riverside Plaza
               Suite 1500
               Chicago, IL  60606
               Attention:  Rod F. Dammeyer
               Facsimile:  (312) 902-1512

               with a copy to:

               Rosenberg & Liebentritt, P.C.
               Two North Riverside Plaza
               Suite 1601
               Chicago, Illinois 60606
               Attention:  Alisa Singer, Esq.
               Facsimile:  (312) 454-0335

               and to:

               Calfee, Halter & Griswold, L.L.P.
               Suite 1800
               800 Superior Avenue
               Cleveland, Ohio  44114
               Attention:  Lawrence Schultz, Esq.
               Facsimile:  (216) 241-0816


               and to:

               Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton
               One Liberty Plaza
               New York, New York  10006
               Attention:  William A. Groll, Esq.
               Facsimile:  (212) 225-3999

or to such other address as hereafter shall be furnished as provided in this
Section 10.03 by any of the parties hereto to the other parties hereto.

          Section 10.04.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
                          ------------                                         
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute a single instrument.

          Section 10.05.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement (including the
                          ----------------                                 
Schedules referred to herein), and the Confidentiality Agreement referred to in
Section 7.02, sets forth the entire understanding and agreement between the
parties as to the matters covered herein and

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
supersedes and replaces any prior understanding, agreement or statement of
intent, in each case, written or oral, of any and every nature with respect
thereto.

          Section 10.06.  Independent Investigation.  Purchaser acknowledges
                          -------------------------                          
hereby that it has conducted its own independent review and analysis of the
Company and the Company Subsidiaries and their assets and businesses and that it
has been provided sufficient access to the properties, records and personnel of
the Company and the Company Subsidiaries for such purpose.  Except for the
representations and warranties expressly made by the Company or the Shareholder
in this Agreement or in any statement contained in the Schedules hereto or any
certificate furnished pursuant to this Agreement, Purchaser acknowledges that
there are no representations or warranties, express or implied, as to the
financial condition, assets, liabilities, equity, operations, business or
prospects of the Company or Company Subsidiaries.

          Section 10.07.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed in
                          -------------                                       
all respects, by the laws of the State of Delaware, including validity,
interpretation and effect, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

          Section 10.08.  Third Party Rights; Assignment.  This Agreement is
                          ------------------------------                     
intended to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and is not intended
to confer any benefits upon, or create any rights in favor of, any Person other
than the parties hereto and shall not be assignable without the prior written
consent of the other party; provided, however, that Purchaser may assign its
rights and obligations hereunder in whole or in part to any Affiliate of
Purchaser and Purchaser and the Company may assign their respective rights and
obligations hereunder as collateral security to any Person providing financing
to Purchaser and/or the Company.

          Section 10.09.  Waivers and Amendments.  No modification of or
                          ----------------------                         
amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless in a writing signed by the
parties hereto referring specifically to this Agreement and stating the parties'
intention to modify or amend the same.  Any waiver of any term or condition of
this Agreement must be in a writing signed by the party sought to be charged
with such waiver referring specifically to the term or condition to be waived,
and no such waiver shall be deemed to constitute the waiver of any other breach
of the same or of any other term or condition of this Agreement.

          Section 10.10.  Schedules.  For purposes of this Agreement, any
                          ---------                                       
matter that is clearly disclosed in a Schedule to this Agreement in such a way
as to make its relevance to the information called for by another Schedule to
this Agreement readily apparent shall be deemed to have been included in such
other Schedule, notwithstanding the omission of an appropriate cross-reference
thereto.  Disclosure of any fact or item in any Schedule shall not necessarily
mean that such item or fact is material to the Company or a Company Subsidiary
individually or to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered as
of the date first written above.

                                 SANDMAN MERGER CORPORATION

                                 By:/s/ PAUL EDGERLEY
                                    ___________________________________
                                    Name:  Paul Edgerley
                                    Title: Vice President and Secretary


                                 SEALY CORPORATION

                                 By:/s/ RONALD L. JONES
                                    ___________________________________
                                    Name:  Ronald L. Jones
                                    Title: President and CEO

                                 ZELL/CHILMARK FUND, L.P.

                                 By ZC Limited Partnership, general partner
                                 By ZC Partnership, general partner
                                 By ZC Inc., a partner

                                 By:/s/ ROD DAMMEYER
                                    ___________________________________
                                    Name:  Rod Dammeyer
                                    Title: Vice President

                                       46

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 2.2
                                                                   -----------


                                                               EXECUTION COPY

              FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
                                        
     This First Amendment (this "Amendment"), dated as of December 18, 1997 to
                                 ---------                                    
the certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") dated October
                                               ----------------                
30, 1997 by and among Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
                                                                      -------   
Sandman Merger Corporation, a transitory Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser")
                                                                    ---------  
and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
"Shareholder").
 -----------   

     WHEREAS, Purchaser, the Company, and the Shareholder (collectively, the
"Parties") desire to amend the Merger Agreement on the terms and conditions set
 -------                                                                       
forth herein.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein,
the Parties agree as follows:

     1.   Capitalized Terms.   Capitalized terms used herein without definition
          -----------------                                                    
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

     2.   Definitions.
          ----------- 

          (i)  The definitions of "Adjusted Equity Value", "Owned Shares",
"Preference Stock" and "Surviving Corporation Common Stock" within Section 1.01
of the Merger Agreement shall be amended and restated in their entirety as
follows:

          "Adjusted Equity Value" shall mean US $419.39 million ($419,390,000).
           ---------------------                                               

          "Owned Shares" shall mean the 26,143,506 shares of Class A Common
           ------------                                                    
          Stock owned beneficially and of record by the Shareholder as of the
          date hereof (as such number may be reduced as a result of conversion
          of shares into Preference Stock as contemplated by this Agreement) and
          the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
          1,400,000 Merger Warrants owned beneficially and of record by the
          Shareholder as of the date hereof.

          "Preference Stock" shall mean the Series A Transitory Preferred Stock,
           ----------------                                                     
          the Series B Transitory Preferred Stock and the Preferred Stock, $0.01
          par value, of the Company.

          "Surviving Corporation Common Stock" shall mean the Surviving
           ----------------------------------                          
          Corporation Class A Common Stock, Surviving Corporation Class B Common
          Stock, Surviving Corporation Class L Common Stock and Surviving
          Corporation Class M Common Stock."
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)   The following sentence shall be added as the last sentence to
the definition of "Company Expenses":

          Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the special
          cash bonus paid or payable to Ronald Jones which was approved by the
          Company's board of directors prior to the consummation of the Merger
          shall be deemed to be part of the "one time bonus payments" described
          in (c) above.

          (iii)  The following definitions shall be added to Section 1.01 of
the Merger Agreement:

          "Series A Transitory Preferred Stock"shall mean the Series A
           -----------------------------------                        
          Transitory Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the
          Company.

          "Series B Transitory Preferred Stock"shall mean the Series B
           -----------------------------------                        
          Transitory Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

          "Surviving Corporation Class A Common Stock" shall mean Class A Common
           ------------------------------------------                  
          Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.
 
          "Surviving Corporation Class B Common Stock" shall mean Class B Common
           ------------------------------------------                  
          Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

          "Surviving Corporation Class L Common Stock" shall mean Class L Common
           ------------------------------------------ 
          Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

          "Surviving Corporation Class M Common Stock" shall mean Class M Common
           ------------------------------------------
          Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

     3.   Conversion of Company Stock.   Sections 3.01(b) and (c) of the Merger
          ---------------------------                                          
Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:

               "(b)(i)  The aggregate Series A Transitory Preferred Stock issued
          and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than
          shares of Series A Transitory Preferred Stock to be canceled pursuant
          to Section 3.01(d) hereof) shall, at the Effective Time, by virtue of
          the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof,
          be converted into (as provided in and subject to the limitations set
          forth in this Article III) the right to receive (A) 2,862,000 shares
          of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Surviving Corporation Class
          A Common Stock and 318,000 shares of fully paid and nonassessable
          shares of Surviving Corporation Class L Common Stock and (B) $25
          million principal amount of junior subordinated notes of the Surviving
          Corporation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
          Shareholder, containing the terms set forth in the

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          term sheet in Exhibit A hereto, upon the surrender of the certificate
          previously representing such shares of Series A Transitory Preferred
          Stock.

               (ii)   The aggregate Series B Transitory Preferred Stock issued
          and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than
          shares of Series B Transitory Preferred Stock to be canceled pursuant
          to Section 3.01(d) hereof) shall, at the Effective Time, by virtue of
          the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof,
          be converted into (as provided in and subject to the limitations set
          forth in this Article III) the right to receive 48,366 shares of fully
          paid and nonassessable shares of Surviving Corporation Class A Common
          Stock and 5,374 shares of fully paid and nonassessable shares of
          Surviving Corporation Class L Common Stock, upon the surrender of the
          certificate previously representing such shares of Series B Transitory
          Preferred Stock; and

          (c)  Each share of the Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per
     share, of Purchaser, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
     Effective Time, shall at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and
     without any action on the part of the Investors or any other Person, be
     converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Surviving
     Corporation Class A Common Stock. Each share of the Class B Common Stock,
     $0.01 par value per share, of Purchaser, issued and outstanding immediately
     prior to the Effective Time, shall at the Effective Time, by virtue of the
     Merger and without any action on the part of the Investors or any other
     Person, be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of
     Surviving Corporation Class B Common Stock. Each share of the Class L
     Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of Purchaser, issued and
     outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall at the Effective
     Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the
     Investors or any other Person, be converted into one fully paid and
     nonassessable share of Surviving Corporation Class L Common Stock. Each
     share of the Class M Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of Purchaser,
     issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall at
     the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the
     part of the Investors or any other Person, be converted into one fully paid
     and nonassessable share of Surviving Corporation Class M Common Stock."

     4.   Surrender of Company Share Certificates.
          --------------------------------------- 

          (i)  Section 3.02(b)(ii) of the Merger Agreement is hereby amended
in its entirety to read as follows:

               "(ii) to the Shareholder who shall have surrendered to Purchaser
          at the Closing the certificate which immediately prior to the
          Effective Time, represented all of the shares of outstanding Series A
          Transitory Preferred Stock, the securities of the Surviving
          Corporation into which the shares of Series A Transitory Preferred
          Stock represented by such certificate have been converted pursuant to
          the provisions of this Article III;"

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)   The following paragraph shall be added as Section 3.02(b)(iii)
of the Merger Agreement:

                 "(iii) to Ronald Jones who shall have surrendered to Purchaser
          at the Closing the certificate which, immediately prior to the
          Effective Time, represented all of the shares of outstanding Series B
          Transitory Preferred Stock, the securities of the Surviving
          Corporation into which the shares of Series B Transitory Preferred
          Stock represented by such certificate have been converted pursuant to
          the provisions of this Article III; and"

          (iii)  Section 3.02(b)(iii) of the Merger Agreement shall be
renumbered Section 3.02(b)(iv).

     5.   Financing.   The third sentence of Section 6.06 of the Merger
          ---------                                                    
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:
 
          "The Investors have committed, subject only to the conditions set
     forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof, to capitalize Purchaser with at
     least $120,000,000 of equity (the "Equity Financing") which, subject to
                                        ----------------                    
     Section 7.15 hereof, may include common and preferred stock in the
     discretion of the Investors."

     6.   Capitalization.   The first sentence of Section 6.09 of the Merger
          --------------                                                    
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

          "As of immediately prior to the Effective Time, the authorized capital
     stock of Purchaser will consist of 600,000,000 shares of Class A Common
     Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 16,471,967 shares will be issued
     and outstanding, 200,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value
     $0.01 per share, of which 7,791,324.644 shares will be issued and
     outstanding, 6,000,000 shares of Class L Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
     share, of which 1,830,218.5555 shares will be issued and outstanding,
     2,000,000 shares of Class M Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of
     which 865,703.0716 shares will be issued and outstanding, and 100,000,000
     shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares
     will be issued and outstanding."

     7.   Additional Representation.   A new Section 6.10 is added to the Merger
          -------------------------                                             
Agreement to read in its entirety as follows:

          "Hart-Scott-Rodino Matters.   Purchaser, taken together with the
           -------------------------                                      
          "ultimate parent entity" of Purchaser, if any, and all entities which
          Purchaser and such ultimate parent entity control directly or
          indirectly, is not a person which has total assets or annual net sales
          (as such terms are defined under the HSR Act) of $10,000,000 or more
          for purposes of 15 U.S.C. (S)18(a) of the HSR Act."

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     8.   Warrants.   A new sentence is added at the end of Section 7.13(e) of
          --------                                                            
the Merger Agreement to read as follows:

          "The Shareholder shall not enter into any settlement agreement with
     respect to any such claim, demand or Proceeding for the payment by the
     Surviving Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of any consideration other
     than cash without the consent of the Surviving Corporation."

     9.   Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser.  Section 8.02(j) of the
          ------------------------------------------                         
Merger Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

          "(j) of the Company Common Stock owned by Shareholder as of the date
     of this Agreement, the Shareholder shall have converted into Series A
     Transitory Preferred Stock a number of shares equal to the quotient of
     $39,310,000 divided by the Common Stock Per Share Amount (calculated
     assuming that the Common Stock Purchase Price is increased by $39,310,000
     and assuming that the Company Common Stock so converted will be converted
     into the right to receive cash as of the Effective Time pursuant to Section
     3.01(a) hereof) which, along with the Series B Transitory Preferred Stock
     issued to Ronald Jones, shall be the only Preference Stock outstanding
     immediately prior to Closing;"

     10.  Consent to Bonus.   Purchaser hereby consents, for purposes of Section
          ----------------                                                      
7.01(h) of the Merger Agreement, to the approval and payment of the special cash
bonus to Ronald Jones described in the last sentence of the definition of
"Company Expenses" as amended by this Amendment.

     11.  Waivers.
          ------- 

          (i)   With respect to the definition of "Rollover Options" in Section
1.01 of the Merger Agreement, Purchaser hereby waives the condition that the
Company shall have provided to Purchaser no later than thirty days prior to
Closing a list of individuals whose options to purchase Company Common Stock are
to be rolled over into stock options of the Surviving Corporation.

          (ii)  With respect to Section 8.02(m)(ii) of the Merger Agreement,
Purchaser hereby waives the condition that the Company shall have caused the
warrant agent under the Warrant Agreement dated November 6, 1991, to have mailed
to each holder of the warrants issued thereunder a notice of redemption pursuant
to Section 4.5 of such Warrant Agreement at least 30 days prior to Closing.

     12.  Governing Law.   This Amendment shall be governed in all respects, by
          -------------                                                        
the laws of the State of Delaware, including validity, interpretation and
effect, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     13.  Counterparts.   This Amendment may be executed in any number of
          ------------                                                   
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute a single instrument.

     14.  Agreement.   In all other respects the Agreement is ratified and
          ---------                                                       
shall, as so changed by these amendments, continue in full force and effect.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of
the date first set forth above.

                                    SANDMAN MERGER CORPORATION

                                    By: /s/ PAUL EDGERLEY
                                       _______________________
                                       Name: Paul Edgerley
                                       Title: Vice President and Secretary

 
                                    SEALY CORPORATION

                                    By: /s/ RONALD L. JONES
                                       _______________________
                                       Name: Ronald L. Jones
                                       Title: President and CEO


                                    ZELL/CHILMARK FUND, L.P.

                                    By:  ZC Limited Partnership, its General
                                         Partner
 
                                    By:  ZC Partnership, its General Partner
 
                                    By:  ZC, Inc., a Partner

                                    By: /s/ ROD DAMMEYER
                                       _______________________
                                       Name: Rod Dammeyer
                                       Title: Vice President

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1
                                                                     -----------

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

________________________________________________________________________________


                             Sealy Mattress Company


                             SERIES A AND SERIES B

                   9-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                                   INDENTURE

                                        
                         _____________________________ 

                         Dated as of December 18, 1997

                         _____________________________


                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                    Trustee

                                ______________


________________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
 
                            CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Act Section                                       Indenture Section
<S>                                               <C>
310 (a)(1)..................................................   7.10
(a)(2)......................................................   7.10
(a)(3)......................................................   N.A.
(a)(4)......................................................   N.A.
(a)(5)......................................................   7.10
(i)(b)......................................................   7.10
(ii)(c).....................................................   N.A.
311(a)......................................................   7.11
(b).........................................................   7.11
(iii(c).....................................................   N.A.
312 (a).....................................................   2.05
(b).........................................................  11.03
(iv)(c).....................................................  11.03
313(a)......................................................   7.06
(b)(2)......................................................   7.07
(v)(c)......................................................   7.06;
                                                              11.02
(vi)(d).....................................................   7.06
314(a)......................................................   4.03;
                                                              11.02
(c)(1)......................................................  11.04
(c)(2)......................................................  11.04
(c)(3)......................................................   N.A.
(vii)(e)....................................................  11.05
(f).........................................................   N.A.
315 (a).....................................................   7.01
(b).........................................................   7.05,
                                                              11.02
(A)(c)......................................................   7.01
(d).........................................................   7.01
(e).........................................................   6.11
316 (a)(last sentence)......................................   2.09
(a)(1)(A)...................................................   6.05
(a)(1)(B)...................................................   6.04
(a)(2)......................................................   N.A.
(b).........................................................   6.07
(B)(c)......................................................   2.12
317 (a)(1)..................................................   6.08
(a)(2)......................................................   6.09
(b).........................................................   2.04
318 (a).....................................................  11.01
(b).........................................................   N.A.
(c).........................................................  11.01
</TABLE> 

N.A. means not applicable.
*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 PAGE
                                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE............................................................ 1

 Section 1.01. Definitions....................................................................................... 1
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions.................................................................................20
 Section 1.03. Trust Indenture Act Definitions...................................................................21
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction.............................................................................21
                                                                                                                 
ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES.............................................................................................21
                                                                                                                 
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating...................................................................................21
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication......................................................................23
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent........................................................................23
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust...............................................................24
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists......................................................................................24
 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.............................................................................24
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes.................................................................................35
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes.................................................................................36
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes....................................................................................36
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes...................................................................................36
 Section 2.11. Cancellation......................................................................................36
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest................................................................................37
                                                                                                                 
ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT.............................................................................37
                                                                                                                 
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee................................................................................37
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed.................................................................37
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption..............................................................................38
</TABLE> 

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                                 <C> 
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption...................................................................... 39
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price......................................................................... 39
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.............................................................................. 39
 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption................................................................................. 39
 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption................................................................................ 40
 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Proceeds Offer Amount....................................... 40

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS............................................................................................... 42

 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes.................................................................................... 42
 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency..................................................................... 42
 Section 4.03. Reports............................................................................................. 43
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.............................................................................. 43
 Section 4.05. Taxes............................................................................................... 44
 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws...................................................................... 44
 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments................................................................................. 44
 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries...................................... 47
 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.......................................... 47
 Section 4.10. Asset Sales......................................................................................... 50
 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates........................................................................ 52
 Section 4.12. Liens............................................................................................... 53
 Section 4.13. Conduct of Business................................................................................. 53
 Section 4.14. Corporate Existence................................................................................. 53
 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.......................................................... 54
 Section 4.16. No Senior Subordinated Debt......................................................................... 55
 Section 4.17. Additional Note Guarantees.......................................................................... 55

ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS.............................................................................................. 55
</TABLE> 

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                                 <C> 
 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets............................................................ 55
 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted................................................................... 56

ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES................................................................................... 56

 Section 6.01. Events of Default................................................................................... 56
 Section 6.02. Acceleration........................................................................................ 57
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies...................................................................................... 58
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults............................................................................. 58
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority................................................................................. 59
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits................................................................................. 59
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment....................................................... 59
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.......................................................................... 59
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.................................................................... 60
 Section 6.10. Priorities.......................................................................................... 60
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs............................................................................... 60

ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE................................................................................................. 61

 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee................................................................................... 61
 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee................................................................................... 62
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee........................................................................ 62
 Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer................................................................................ 62
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults.................................................................................. 63
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.......................................................... 63
 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.......................................................................... 63
 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.............................................................................. 64
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.................................................................... 65
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification....................................................................... 65
</TABLE> 

                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                                 <C> 
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company................................................... 65

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE................................................................ 65

 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance............................................ 65
 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge...................................................................... 65
 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance................................................................................. 66
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.......................................................... 66
 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions....... 68
 Section 8.06. Repayment to Company................................................................................ 68
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement....................................................................................... 68

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER........................................................................ 69

 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes................................................................. 69
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.................................................................... 70
 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act................................................................. 71
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents................................................................... 71
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.................................................................... 71
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc..................................................................... 71

ARTICLE 10. SUBORDINATION.......................................................................................... 72

 Section 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate........................................................................... 72
 Section 10.02. Certain Definitions................................................................................ 72
 Section 10.03. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy............................................................... 73
 Section 10.04. Default on Designated Senior Debt.................................................................. 73
 Section 10.05. Acceleration of Securities......................................................................... 74
 Section 10.06. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over................................................................ 74
 Section 10.07. Notice by Company.................................................................................. 74
</TABLE> 

                                      iv
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                                 <C> 
 Section 10.08. Subrogation........................................................................................ 74
 Section 10.09. Relative Rights.................................................................................... 75
 Section 10.10. Subordination May Not be Impaired by Company....................................................... 75
 Section 10.11. Distribution or Notice to Representative........................................................... 75
 Section 10.12. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent................................................................. 75
 Section 10.13. Authorization to Effect Subordination.............................................................. 76
 Section 10.14. Amendments......................................................................................... 76

ARTICLE 11. NOTE GUARANTEES...............................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.

 Section 11.01. Guarantee.......................................................................................... 76
 Section 11.02. Subordination of Note Guarantee.................................................................... 77
 Section 11.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.................................................................. 77
 Section 11.04. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee........................................................... 78
 Section 11.05. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms................................................. 78
 Section 11.06. Releases Following Sale of Assets.................................................................. 79

ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................................................... 79

 Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls....................................................................... 79
 Section 12.02. Notices............................................................................................ 79
 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes...................................... 81
 Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent................................................. 81
 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion...................................................... 81
 Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents........................................................................ 81
 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders........................... 82
 Section 12.08. Governing Law...................................................................................... 82
 Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements...................................................... 82
 Section 12.10. Successors......................................................................................... 82
</TABLE> 
                                       v
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
   <S>                                                                                                                <C> 
   Section 12.11. Severability....................................................................................... 82
   Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals.............................................................................. 82
   Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc................................................................... 82 
</TABLE> 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A  FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E  FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE
Exhibit F  FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                                      vi
<PAGE>
 
               INDENTURE dated as of December 18, 1997 between Sealy Mattress
Company, a Ohio corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors (as herein defined)
and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee").

               The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for
the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders
of the 9-7/8% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Series A Notes")
and the 9-7/8% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Series B Notes"
and, together with the Series A Notes, the "Notes"):

                                  ARTICLE 1.
                  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.  Definitions.

               "144A Global Note" means a global note in the form of Exhibit A-1
hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or
its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

               "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of
its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or that is assumed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of assets from such
Person, in each case excluding any Indebtedness incurred by such Person in
connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition.

               "Additional Notes" means up to $175.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this
Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof.

               "Affiliate" means a Person who directly or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries controls, or controlled by, or is under common control
with, the Company. The term "control" means the possession directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person (other than the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) in whom a Securitization Entity makes
an Investment in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be
deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries solely by
reason of such Investment.

               "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

               "all or substantially all" shall have the meaning given such
phrase in the Revised Model Business Corporation Act.

               "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any Note on any
Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note or
(ii) the excess of (A) the present value at the Redemption Date of (1) the
redemption price of such Note at December 15, 2002 (such redemption price being
set forth in Section 3.07 hereof) plus (2) all required interest payments due on
such Note through December 15, 2002 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest),
computed using a discount rate equal to the

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Treasury Rate at the Redemption Date plus 75 basis points over (B) the principal
amount of such Note, if greater.

               "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or
exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and
procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Cedel that apply to such transfer or
exchange.

               "Asset Acquisition" means (a) an Investment by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person if, as a result of such
Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or
shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or any
division or line of business of any other Person.

               "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale, issuance,
conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the
ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of (a) any Capital Stock of
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (b) any other property or assets of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the
ordinary course of business; provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not
include (i) a transaction or series of related transactions for which the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less
than $1.0 million, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other
transfer of all substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted by
Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control,
(iii) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts
receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection
with the compromise or collection thereof, (iv) the factoring of accounts
receivable arising in the ordinary course of business pursuant to arrangements
customary in the industry, (v) the licensing of intellectual property, (vi)
disposals or replacements of obsolete, uneconomical, negligible, worn out or
surplus property in the ordinary course of business, (vii) the sale, lease
conveyance, disposition or other transfer by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of assets or property to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with Investments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof, (viii) sales of
accounts receivable, equipment and related assets (including contract rights) of
the type specified in the definition of "Qualified Securitization Transaction"
to a Securitization Entity for the fair market value thereof, including cash in
an amount at least equal to 75% of the fair market value thereof. For the
purposes of clause (viii), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash.

               "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal
or state law for the relief of debtors.

               "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company,
or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

               "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

               "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination
thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease
that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
               "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person
the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
assets of, the issuing Person.

               "Cash Equivalents" means: (i) marketable direct obligations
issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or
issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of
the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or
any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two
highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's; (iii) commercial paper
maturity no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and at the time
of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from
Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances (or, with respect
to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Japan or any
member of the European Economic Community or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank
having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not
less than $200.0 million; provided that instruments issued by banks not having
one for the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's or by
banks organized under the laws of Japan or any member of the European Economic
Community shall not constitute Cash Equivalents for purposes of the
subordination provisions of this Indenture; (v) repurchase obligations with a
term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types
described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money
market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the
types described in clauses (i) through (v) above.

               "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, SA.

               "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the
following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons, as defined
in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Group"), whether or not otherwise in
compliance with the provisions hereof, other than Bain Capital, Inc. and its
Related Parties (ii) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company
of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company
(whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions hereof); (iii) any
Person or Group (other than Bain Capital, Inc. and its Related Parties) shall
become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares
representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by
the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Parent or any successor to all or
substantially all of its assets; (iv) the first day on which a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors of the Company or Parent are not Continuing
Directors; or (v) the first day on which Parent ceases to hold 100% of the
outstanding Equity Interests of the Company (other than as a result of a Merger
of the Company and Parent permitted by Indenture).

               "Company" means Sealy Mattress Company, and any and all
successors thereto.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
               "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any
period, the sum (without duplication) of such Person's (i) Consolidated Net
Income and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby,
(A) all income taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period,
(B) Consolidated Interest Expense, (C) Consolidated Noncash Charges, (D) all 
one-time cash compensation payments made in connection with the Transactions,
(E) any payments related to addressing the Company's or any Restricted
Subsidiary's "Year 2000" information systems issue and Emerging Issues Task
Force 97-13 "Reengineering" Efforts and (F) all bad debt and factoring losses
incurred specifically with respect to the bankruptcy of Montgomery Ward.

               "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to
any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the most
recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available (the "Four-Quarter Period") ending on or prior to the date of the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such
Person for the Four-Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the
foregoing, for purposes of this definition, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated
Fixed Charges shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for
the period of such calculation to (i) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the
issuance of any preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment of
other Indebtedness or redemption of other preferred stock occurring during the
Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-
Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence,
repayment, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of
the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period and
(ii) any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including, without limitation, any
Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result
of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring,
assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including
any Consolidated EBITDA (including any Pro Forma Cost Savings) associated with
any such Asset Acquisition) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any
time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to
the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the
incurrence of, or assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness or Acquired
Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. If such
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees
Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the
incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such
guaranteed Indebtedness. Furthermore, in calculating Consolidated Fixed Charges
for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, (1) interest on outstanding
Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and
which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have
accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such
Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; (2) if interest on any
Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be
determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in
effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the
Four-Quarter Period; and (3) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on
Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is
covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to
accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of
such agreements.

               "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Interest
Expense (before amortization or write-off of debt

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
issuance costs) plus (ii) the amount of all cash dividend payments on any series
of preferred stock of such Person plus (iii) the amount of all dividend payments
on any series of Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock or Permitted
Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock; provided that with respect to any series of
preferred stock that was not paid cash dividends during such period but that is
eligible to be paid cash dividends during any period prior to the maturity date
of the Notes, cash dividends shall be deemed to have been paid with respect to
such series of preferred stock during such period for purposes of clause (ii) of
this definition.

               "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate of all cash
and non-cash interest expense with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the net costs associated
with Interest Swap Obligations, for such period determined on a consolidated
basis in conformity with GAAP, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period,
and (iii) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued
and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP.

               "Consolidated Net Income" of the Company means, for any period,
the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance
with GAAP, provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) gains and losses
from Asset Sales (without regard to the $1.0 million limitation set forth in the
definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto and the related
tax effects according to GAAP, (b) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations
in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (c) items
classified as a cumulative effect accounting change or as extraordinary, unusual
or nonrecurring gains and losses (including, without limitation, severance,
relocation and other restructuring costs), and the related tax effects according
to GAAP, (d) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of
interests transaction accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or is merged or consolidated with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (e) the net income of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the declaration of dividends or
similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of that
income is restricted by contract, operation, operation of law or otherwise, (f)
the net loss of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
(g) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by such Person, (h) only for
purposes of clause (c)(i) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof, any
amounts included pursuant to clause (c)(iii) of the first paragraph of Section
4.07 hereof, and (i) one time non-cash compensation charges, including any
arising from existing stock options resulting from any merger or
recapitalization transaction. For purposes of clause (c)(i) of the first
paragraph of Section 4.07, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by any cash
dividends paid with respect to any series of Designated Preferred Stock.

               "Consolidated Noncash Charges" means, with respect to any Person
for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash
expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated
Net Income of such Person for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP excluding any such non-cash charge constituting an
extraordinary item or loss or any such non-cash charge which requires an accrual
of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period.

               "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination,
any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such
Board of Directors on the date of this

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of
Directors by any of the Principals or with the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.

               "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at the address
of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to
which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

               "Credit Facilities" means one or more debt facilities (including,
without limitation, the Senior Credit Agreements) or commercial paper facilities
with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans,
term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to
such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables) and/or letters of credit.

               "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against
fluctuations in currency values.

               "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or
the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

               "Definitive Note" means a certificated Note registered in the
name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in
the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global
Note Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note" attached thereto.

               "Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued
in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof
as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto
appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.

               "Designated Noncash Consideration" means any non-cash
consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash
Consideration pursuant to an Officers' Certificate executed by the principal
executive officer and the principal financial officer of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary. Such Officers' Certificate shall state the basis of such
valuation, which shall be a report of a nationally recognized investment banking
firm with respect to the receipt in one or a series of related transactions of
Designated Noncash Consideration with a fair market value in excess of $10.0
million.

               "Designated Preferred Stock" means Preferred Stock that is so
designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers' Certificate
executed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer
of the Company, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are
excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii) of the first paragraph
of Section 4.07.

               "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms
(or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it
is exchangeable, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of
any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in
whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on
which the Notes mature; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would
constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right
to

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase
or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof.

               "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options
or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that
is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

               "Equity Offering" means any offering of Qualified Capital Stock
of Parent or the Company; provided that, in the event of any Equity Offering by
Parent, Parent contributes to the common equity capital of the Company (other
than as Disqualified Stock) the portion of the net cash proceeds of such Equity
Offering necessary to pay the aggregate redemption price (plus accrued interest
to the redemption date) of the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to the preceding
paragraph.

               "Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

               "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

               "Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer
pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

               "Exchange Offer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

               "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" has the meaning set forth
in the Registration Rights Agreement.

               "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreements) in
existence on the date hereof, until such amounts are repaid.

               "Foreign Subsidiaries" means the Company's current and future 
non-U.S. Subsidiaries.

               "Four-Quarter Period" has the meaning specified in the definition
of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

               "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth
in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date hereof.

               "Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under
this Indenture.

               "Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of the
Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of
Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv),
2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
               "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or
obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for
which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

               "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),
direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a
pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

               "Guarantors" means (i) Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
Sealy Mattress Company of Puerto Rico, an Ohio corporation, Ohio--Sealy Mattress
Manufacturing Co., Inc. (Randolph), a Massachusetts corporation, Ohio--Sealy
Mattress Manufacturing Co.--Ft. Worth, a Texas corporation, Ohio--Sealy Mattress
Manufacturing Co., a Georgia corporation, Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing
Co.--Houston, a Texas corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of Michigan, Inc., a
Michigan corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of Kansas City, Inc., a Missouri
corporation, Sealy of Maryland and Virginia, Inc., a Maryland corporation, Sealy
Mattress Company of Illinois, an Illinois corporation, A. Brandwein & Company,
an Illinois corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of Albany, Inc., a New York
corporation, Sealy of Minnesota, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, Sealy Mattress
Company of Memphis, a Tennessee corporation, The Stearns & Foster Bedding
Company, a Delaware corporation, The Stearns & Foster Upholstery Furniture
Company, an Ohio corporation, Sealy, Inc., an Ohio corporation, The Ohio
Mattress Company Licensing and Components Group, a Delaware corporation, Sealy
Mattress Manufacturing Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation and (ii) any future
U.S. Subsidiary.

               "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest
rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements (including Interest Swap
Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such
Person against fluctuations in interest rates (including Currency Agreements).

               "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

               "IAI Global Note" means the global Note in the form of Exhibit A-
1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

               "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any
indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed
money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters
of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's
acceptances or representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred
and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging
Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or
trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing (other than letters of
credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all Indebtedness of
others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise
included, the Guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person.
The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the
accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount, and (ii) the principal amount thereof, together with any
interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other
Indebtedness. For purposes of calculating the amount of Indebtedness of a
Securitization Entity outstanding as of any date, the face

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
or notional amount of any interest in receivables or equipment that is
outstanding as of such date shall be deemed to be Indebtedness but any such
interests held by Affiliates of such Securitization Entity shall be excluded for
purposes of such calculation.

               "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from
time to time.

               "Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial
interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

               "Initial Notes" means $125.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

               "Initial Public Offering" means the first underwritten public
offering of Qualified Capital Stock by either Parent or by the Company pursuant
to a registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities
Act for aggregate net cash proceeds of a least $50.0 million; provided that in
the event the Initial Public Offering is consummated by Parent, Parent
contributes to the common equity capital of the Company at least $50.0 million
of the net cash proceeds of the Initial Public Offering.

               "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is
an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

               "Interest Swap Obligations" means the obligations of any Person,
pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or
indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic
payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on
a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other
Persons calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the
same notional amount.

               "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments
by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market
value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an
amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07.

               "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are
authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment
date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall
accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

               "Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal to be
prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such
Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
               "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable
law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing
statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction).

               "Liquidated Damages" means all liquidated damages then owing
pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

               "Marketable Securities" means publicly traded debt or equity
securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange and
that were issued by a corporation whose debt securities are rated in one of the
three highest rating categories by either S&P or Moody's.

               "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

               "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of
the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and any reserve for adjustment in
respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with
GAAP.

               "Non-Guarantors" means (i) the Foreign Subsidiaries and (ii)
Advanced Sleep Products, a California corporation, Sealy Components--Pads, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of San Diego, a California
corporation, Sealy Connecticut, Inc., a Connecticut corporation, and Sealy
Mattress Company of S.W. Virginia, a Virginia corporation.

               "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither
the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support
of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor
or otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect
to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in
writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

               "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

               "Note Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to
the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

               "Note Guarantee" means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the
Company's payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
               "Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this
Indenture.

               "Obligations" means any principal, interest (including, without
limitation, interest that, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with
respect to an obligor, would accrue on such obligations), penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

               "Offering" means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

               "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer,
the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the
Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

               "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of
the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the
principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 12.05 hereof.

               "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section
12.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

               "Parent" means Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

               "Parent Notes" means the existing 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2003 of Parent.

               "Parent Note Indenture" means the indenture governing the Parent
Notes between The Bank of New York (as successor trustee to Mellon Bank, F.S.B.
(as successor trustee to KeyBank National Association)) and Parent.

               "Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or
Cedel, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel,
respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include
Euroclear and Cedel).

               "Participating Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

               "Permitted Business" means any business (including stock or
assets) that derives a majority of its revenues from the manufacture,
distribution and sale of mattresses, foundation and other bedding products and
activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable
extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Indenture.

               "Permitted Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock" means any series
of Preferred Stock of a domestic restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
constitutes Qualified Capital Stock and has a fixed dividend rate, the
liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate
amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred
pursuant to clause (xvi) of Section 4.09 does not exceed $30.0 million; provided
that such amount shall increase to $50.0 million upon consummation of an Initial
Public Offering.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
               "Permitted Investments" means (i) Investments by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary (whether existing on the
date of this Indenture or created thereafter) or in any other Person (including
by means of any transfer of cash or other property) if as a result of such
Investment such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
is a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary and Investments in the Company by any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii)
Investments existing on the date of this Indenture, (iv) loans and advances to
employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of Business, (v) accounts receivable created or acquired in the
ordinary course of Business, (vi) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap
Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company's businesses and
otherwise in compliance with the applicable Indenture, (vii) Investments in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed
$20.0 million; (viii) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers
received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the
bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers, (ix) guarantees
by the Company of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that are either Guarantors or Foreign Subsidiaries
under this Indenture, (x) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market
value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(x) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5% of Total Assets at the
time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value), (xi) any Investment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in a
Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any other
Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that
any Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money
Note or an equity interest, (xii) any transaction to the extent it constitutes
an Investment that is permitted by, and made in accordance with, clause (b) of
Section 4.11 (other than transactions described in clause (v) of such clause
(b)), (xiii) Investments the payment for which consists exclusively of Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company and (xiv) Investments received by the Company or
its Restricted Subsidiaries as consideration for asset sales, including Asset
Sales; provided that in the case of an Asset Sale, such Asset Sale is effected
in compliance with Section 4.10.

               "Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock" means any series
of Preferred Stock of a foreign Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
constitutes Qualified Capital Stock and has a fixed dividend rate, the
liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate
amount of Indebtedness of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company
incurred pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,
does not exceed $15.0 million; provided that such amount shall increase to $30.0
million upon consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

               "Permitted Liens" means the following types of Liens:

               (i)     Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
          claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by
          appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or its Restricted
          Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be
          required pursuant to GAAP;

               (ii)    statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers,
          warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other
          Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for
          sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such
          reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required
          by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
               (iii)   Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
          business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment
          insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien
          securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business
          consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure
          the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
          bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-
          money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations
          for the payment of borrowed money);

               (iv)    judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default;

               (v)     easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other
          similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not
          interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the
          business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

               (vi)    any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized
          Lease Obligation;

               (vii)   purchase money Liens to finance property or assets of the
          Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired in the
          ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (A) the related
          purchase money Indebtedness shall not exceed the cost of such property
          or assets and shall not be secured by any property or assets of the
          Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than the
          property and assets so acquired and (B) the Lien securing such
          Indebtedness shall be created with 90 days of such acquisition;

               (viii)  Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and
          proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect
          of bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such
          Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such
          inventory or other goods;

               (ix)    Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect
          to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other
          property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds
          thereof;

               (x)     Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations
          arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty
          requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
          including rights of offset and set-off;

               (xi)    Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest
          Swap Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted
          under this Indenture;

               (xii)   Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements;

               (xiii)  Liens securing Indebtedness of foreign Restricted
          Subsidiaries of the Company incurred in reliance on clause (iii) of
          the second paragraph of Section 4.09;

               (xiv)   Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in
          reliance on clause (viii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09;

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
               (xv)    Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
          Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations that
          do not in the aggregate exceed $10.0 million at any one time
          outstanding;

               (xvi)   Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity
          or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in
          connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

               (xvii)  leases or subleases granted to others that do not
          materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the
          Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

               (xviii) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code
          financing statements regarding leases;

               (xix)   Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising
          as a matter of law to secure payment of customer duties in connection
          with the importation of goods;

               (xx)    Liens on assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure
          Non-Recourse Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

               (xxi)   Liens existing on the date hereof, together with any
          Liens securing Indebtedness incurred in reliance on clause (xiv) of
          the Section 4.09 in order to refinance the Indebtedness secured by
          Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; provided that the Liens
          securing the refinancing Indebtedness shall not extend to property
          other than that pledged under the Liens securing the Indebtedness
          being refinanced.

               "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including any subdivision
or ongoing business of any such entity or substantially all of the assets of any
such entity, subdivision or business).

               "Preferred Stock," of any person, means Capital Stock of such
Person of any class or series (however designated) that ranks prior, as to
payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of
Capital Stock of any other class or series of such Person.

               "Principals" means Parent, Bain Capital, Inc. and any other
stockholder of Parent that owns at least 10% of the outstanding Equity Interests
of Parent as of the date of issuance of the Notes.

               "Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where
otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

               "Pro Forma Cost Savings" means, with respect to any period, the
reduction in costs that occurred during the Four-Quarter Period or after the end
of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date that were (i)
directly attributable to an Asset Acquisition and calculated on a basis that is
consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied
as of January 1, 1997 or (ii) implemented by the business that was the subject
any such Asset Acquisition within six months of the date of the Asset
Acquisition and that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying
accounting

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
records of such business, as if, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), all
such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period.

               "Productive Assets" means assets (including Capital Stock) that
are used or usable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Permitted
Businesses.

               "Purchase Money Note" means a promissory note of a Securitization
Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to
the Securitization Entity, other than amounts required to be established as
reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of
interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid
in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables or newly acquired
equipment.

               "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule
144A.

               "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not
Disqualified Stock.

               "Qualified Securitization Transaction" means any transaction or
series of transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization
Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in case of a transfer by a
Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts
receivable or equipment (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the
future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets
related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such
accounts receivable and equipment, all contracts and contract rights and all
Guarantees or other obligations in respect such accounts receivable and
equipment, proceeds of such accounts receivable and equipment an other assets
(including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in respect of
which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset
securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and equipment.

               "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and among the Company and the other
parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional
Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the
other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the
purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the
Securities Act.

               "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act.

               "Regulation S Global Note" means a Regulation S Temporary Global
Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

               "Regulation S Permanent Global Note" means a permanent global
Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon
expiration of the Restricted Period.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
               "Regulation S Temporary Global Note" means a temporary global
Note in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto bearing the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount
of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

               "Related Party" with respect to any Principal means (A) any
controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate
family member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal or (B) any trust,
corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling
interest of which consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred
to in the immediately preceding clause (A).

               "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee,
means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or
any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

               "Restricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend.

               "Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend.

               "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a
Permitted Investment.

               "Restricted Period" means the 40-day restricted period as defined
in Regulation S.

               "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the
referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

               "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

               "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

               "Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

               "Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act.

               "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

               "S&P" means Standard & Poor's.

               "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

               "Securitization Entity" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company (or another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
transfers accounts receivable or equipment and related assets) that engages in
no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable
or equipment and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as
provided below) as a Securitization Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or
any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
(excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest
on, Indebtedness)) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (ii) is
recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii)
subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the
satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization
Undertakings, (B) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or
understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons
that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary
course of business in connection with servicing receivables of such entity, and
(c) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity's financial condition or
cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such
designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to each
of the Trustees by filing with the Trustees a certified copy of the resolution
of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and
an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing conditions.

               "Senior Credit Agreements" means, collectively, (i) that certain
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, and (ii) that certain AXEL
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, in each case by and among the
Company, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as arranging agent and syndication
agent, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as administrative agent,
Bankers Trust Company, as documentation agent, and the financial institutions
party thereto, initially providing for up to $550.0 million of revolving and
term credit borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral
documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in
each case as amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof),
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or restructured (including,
without limitation, any amendment increasing the amount of available borrowing
thereunder) from time to time and whether with the same or any other agent,
lender or group of lenders.

               "Senior Subordinated Discount Note Indenture" means the indenture
among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as
of December 18, 1997, governing the Company's 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated
Discount Notes due 2007.

               "Senior Subordinated Discount Notes" means the Company's 10-7/8%
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007, issued pursuant to the Senior
Subordinated Discount Note Indenture.

               "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration
Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

               "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on
the date of this Indenture.

               "Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company that are reasonably customary in an accounts
receivable or equipment transactions.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
               "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of
interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such
payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original
documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior
to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

               "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any
corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a
combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or
the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such
Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof), but shall not
include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

               "Subsidiary Guarantors" means each of (i) all Restricted
Subsidiaries (but excluding the Non-Guarantors) and (ii) any other subsidiary
that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and
their respective successors and assigns.

               "Tax Allocation Agreement" means that certain tax allocation
agreement between Parent and the Company, dated as of December 18, 1997.

               "Total Assets" means the total consolidated assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as set forth on the Company's most recent
consolidated balance sheet.

               "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. (S)(S)
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified
under the TIA.

               "Transactions" means concurrent with the consummation of the
Offering and the offering of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
(collectively, the "Offerings"), the Company's consummation of (i) the merger
whereby, among other things, funds managed by Bain (the "Bain Funds"), together
with other equity investors, including members of management (the "Management
Investors" and collectively with the other investors, the "Investors"), acquired
an approximate 90% equity stake in Parent (the "Merger"), (ii) the offer to
purchase for cash all of the Parent Notes (the "Tender Offer") and the related
consent solicitation (the "Consent Solicitation") to modify certain terms of the
Parent Note Indenture and (iii) a refinancing (the "Refinancing") whereby the
Company entered into and borrowed under the Senior Credit Agreements and Parent
indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement. The Merger will be
accounted for as a recapitalization. The Offerings, the Merger, the Tender Offer
and related Consent Solicitation and the Refinancing are collectively referred
to herein as the "Transactions."

               "Treasury Rate" means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to
maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve
Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is
no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most
nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to December 15, 2002;
provided, however, that if the period from such Redemption Date to December 15,
2002 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be
used.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
               "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and
thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

               "Unrestricted Global Note" means a permanent global Note in the
form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that
has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

               "Unrestricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive Notes
that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

               "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is designated
by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution
of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has
no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons
who are not Affiliates of the Company; (c) is a Person with respect to which
neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (y) to
maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person
to achieve any specified levels of operating results; (d) has not guaranteed or
otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one
director on its board of directors that is not a director or executive officer
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one
executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any such designation by the Board of
Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such
designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.
If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing
requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under the Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in
default of such covenant). The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such
Indebtedness is permitted under the Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro
forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-
quarter reference period, (ii) such Subsidiary shall execute a Note Guarantee
and deliver an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and (iii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation.

               "U.S. Person" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under
the Securities Act.

               "U.S. Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is
incorporated in a State in the United States or the District of Columbia or that
Guarantees or otherwise becomes an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of
the Company or another Guarantor.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
               "Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital
Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the
Board of Directors of such Person.

               "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

               "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of
such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of
which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by
such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one
or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

               "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or
other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares)
shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02.  Other Definitions.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                Defined in
          Term                                    Section
     <S>                                        <C> 
     "Acceleration Notice"......................... 6.02   
     "Affiliate Transaction"....................... 4.11   
     "Asset Sale Offer"............................ 3.09   
     "Authentication Order"........................ 2.02   
     "Change of Control Offer"..................... 4.15   
     "Change of Control Payment"................... 4.15   
     "Change of Control Payment Date".............. 4.15   
     "Covenant Defeasance"......................... 8.03   
     "Event of Default"............................ 6.01   
     "incur"....................................... 4.09   
     "Legal Defeasance"............................ 8.02   
     "Net Proceeds Offer".......................... 4.10   
     "Net Proceeds Offer Amount"................... 4.10   
     "Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date"............. 4.10   
     "Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date"............. 4.10   
     "Offer Period"................................ 3.09   
     "Payment Blockage Notice"..................... 10.04   
     "Paying Agent"................................ 2.03   
     "Permitted Indebtedness"...................... 4.09   
     "Purchase Date"............................... 3.09   
     "Redemption Date"............................. 3.07   
     "Refunding Capital Stock"..................... 4.07   
     "Registrar"................................... 2.03   
</TABLE> 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
     <S>                                            <C> 
     "Restricted Payments"......................... 4.07
     "Retired Capital Stock"....................... 4.07
</TABLE>

Section 1.03.  Trust Indenture Act Definitions

               Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

               The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings:

               "indenture securities" means the Notes;

               "indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note;

               "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

               "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee;
and

               "obligor" on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company
and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and
the Note Guarantees, respectively.

               All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04.  Rules of Construction.

               Unless the context otherwise requires:

                 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
          assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                 (3) "or" is not exclusive;

                 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural
          include the singular;

                 (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

                 (6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act
          shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor
          sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

                                  ARTICLE 2.
                                   THE NOTES

Section 2.01.  Form and Dating.

          (a)  General.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
          The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each
Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and
are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However,
to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.

     (b)  Global Notes.

          Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibits A-1 or A-2 attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon
and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as
shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed
thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to
reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect
the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note
Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions
given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

     (c)  Temporary Global Notes.

          Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued
initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be
deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the
Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered
in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts
of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Cedel Bank, duly executed
by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The
Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of (i) a
written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates
from Euroclear and Cedel Bank certifying that they have received certification
of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any
beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted
Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act
and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global
Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as
contemplated by Section 2.06(a)(ii) hereof), and (ii) an Officers' Certificate
from the Company.  Following the termination of the Restricted Period,
beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be
exchanged for beneficial interests in Regulation S Permanent Global Notes
pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.  Simultaneously with the authentication
of Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation
S Temporary Global Note.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes may from time
to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection
with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     (d)  Euroclear and Cedel Procedures Applicable.


          The provisions of the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System"
and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and
Conditions of Cedel Bank" and "Customer Handbook" of Cedel Bank shall be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by
Participants through Euroclear or Cedel Bank.

Section 2.02.  Execution and Authentication.


          Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

          A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has
been authenticated under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two
Officers (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Notes for original issue up
to the aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes.  The
aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such
amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the
Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes
whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an
Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent.

          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent").  The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.
The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents.  The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term
"Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party
to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity
as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any
of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

          The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to
act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

          The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and
Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
Section 2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and
will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such
payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon
any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the
Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05.  Holder Lists.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA (S) 312(a).  If the Trustee is
not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven
Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the
Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of
Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA (S) 312(a).

Section 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.

          (a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

          A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, the Depositary or any such
nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i)
the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is
unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a
successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the
date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company in its sole
discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be
exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to
the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities
Act.  Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or (ii)
above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall
instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole
or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note
authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any
portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof,
shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global
Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as
provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note
may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b),(c) or (f)
hereof.

     (b)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
           The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes
shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable
to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require
compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as
one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

     (i)   Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial
  interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
  delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted
  Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the
  Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of
  the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Temporary
  Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account
  or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial
  interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who
  take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
  Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be
  delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section
  2.06(b)(i).

     (ii)  All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
  Notes.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests
  that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such
  beneficial interest must deliver to the Depositary either (A) (1) a written
  order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
  accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit
  or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an
  amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2)
  instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing
  information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such
  increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
  Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
  Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in
  an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and
  (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing
  information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be
  registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above
  provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer
  or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
  prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by
  the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the
  Securities Act].  Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in
  accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section
  2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the
  Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered
  by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.
  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
  beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes
  or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the
  principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h)
  hereof.

     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.
  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a
  Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
  another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements
  of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
          (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
       interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
       certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
       in item (1) thereof;

          (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
       interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S
       Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
       of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
       and

          (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
       interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
       certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
       and certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
       applicable.

     (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
  Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note.  A beneficial
  interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof
  for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a
  Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
  Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the
  requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

          (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder
       of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange,
       or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable
       Letter of Transmittal or via the Depositary's book-entry system that it
       is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
       distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate
       (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

          (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

          (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

          (D) the Registrar receives the following:

            (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
     interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in
     the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a)
     thereof; or

            (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
     take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
     Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
     Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
     Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
     such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
     the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
     Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
     Securities Act.

          If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D)
above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to
subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

          Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

     (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
  Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
  Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
  Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
  delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon
  receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

          (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
       Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
       Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
       hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

          (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in
       accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
       effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
       item (1) thereof;

          (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
       Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904
       under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
       Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

          (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
       exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
       accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
       effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
       item (3)(a) thereof;

          (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
       Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
       registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed
       in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set
       forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
       Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
          (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or
       any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
       B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

          (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
       effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate
       to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
       in item (3)(c) thereof,

     the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
     Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
     and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
     deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in
     the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
     for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
     Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
     authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial
     interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the
     Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall
     deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are
     so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
     interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i)
     shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all
     restrictions on transfer contained therein.

     (ii)  Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial
  interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a
  Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
  form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period
  and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to
  Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a
  transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
  Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

     (iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
  Definitive Notes.  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
  Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
  or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
  thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder
       of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the
       transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter
       of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
       participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person
       who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

           (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

           (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
            (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note
     that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such
     holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
     item (1)(b) thereof; or

            (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
     take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear
     the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of
     Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
     Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
     such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
     the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
     Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
     Securities Act.

     (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
  Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
  Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
  Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
  thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
  conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause
  the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced
  accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute
  and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the
  instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any
  Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
  Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
  authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial
  interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary
  and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such
  Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.
  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to
  this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

     (d)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

     (i)  Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
  Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
  exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to
  transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery
  thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note,
  then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

          (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
       exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note,
       a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including
       the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

          (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB
       in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to
       the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
       item (1) thereof;

                                      29
<PAGE>
 
          (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-
       U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
       Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth
       in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

          (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant
       to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
       in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to
       the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
       item (3)(a) thereof;

          (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an
       Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
       registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed
       in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set
       forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
       Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

          (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the
       Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth
       in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;
       or

          (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant
       to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
       certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
       certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

     the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause
     to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause
     (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause
     (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (c) above, the
     Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
  Global Notes.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note
  for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such
  Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
  of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

          (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
       Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
       transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
       not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
       of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in
       Rule 144) of the Company;

          (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

          (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

          (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
            (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such
     Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
     certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
     certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

            (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such
     Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
     beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
     such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
     in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
     Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
     such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
     the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
     Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
     Securities Act.

     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
     Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and
     increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the
     Unrestricted Global Note.

     (iii)  Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
  Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may
  exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
  transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
  form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall
  cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be
  increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global
  Notes.

            If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued,
the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

     (e)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.

     Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance
with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the
transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of
transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the
Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by
such Holder or by his attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the
requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and
information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of
this Section 2.06(e).

     (i)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any
  Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of
  Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note
  if the Registrar receives the following:

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
          (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the
       Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
       form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
       thereof;

          (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904,
       then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
       hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

          (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from
       the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor
       must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
       certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)
       thereof, if applicable.

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any
  Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an
  Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take
  delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

          (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
       Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
       transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
       not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
       of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in
       Rule 144) of the Company;

          (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

          (C) any such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

          (D) the Registrar receives the following:

            (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
     exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
     such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
     in item (1)(d) thereof; or

            (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
     transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
     of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
     form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
     Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
     the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
     and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
     maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
     (iii)  Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A
  Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person
  who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall
  register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from
  the Holder thereof.

            (f) Exchange Offer.

            Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall
authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the
applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they
are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are
not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for
exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive
Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the
issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount
of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive
Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

            (g) Legends.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless
specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

     (i)    Private Placement Legend.

            (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note
       and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
       substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the
       following form:

     "THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED
     OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A)(1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
     REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING
     OF RULE 144a UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE
     ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144a, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT, (3) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
     FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (4) PURSUANT TO
     AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE
     144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
     STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL
     APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER
     JURISDICTIONS."

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
          (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note
       issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii),
       (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes
       issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the
       Private Placement Legend.

     (ii) Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
  substantially the following form:

     "THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
     GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
     BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY
     CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS
     MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL
     NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a)
     OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE
     FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS
     GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR
     WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY."

     (iii)  Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend.  The Regulation S
  Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

     "THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE
     CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES,
     ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).  NEITHER THE HOLDER
     NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL
     BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON."

            (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.

            At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note
have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been
redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global
Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance
with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person
who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another
Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented
by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be
made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of
the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being
exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note
shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global
Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
reflect such increase.

     (i)    General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
     (i)    To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company
  shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive
  Notes upon the Company's order or at the Registrar's request.

     (ii)   No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest
  in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of
  transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
  to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
  therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
  payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10,
  4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

     (iii)  The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or
  exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
  unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

     (iv)   All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration
  of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid
  obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same
  benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
  surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     (v)    The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the
  transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening
  of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of notice of redemption
  under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on such day, (B)
  to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption
  in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed
  in part or (c) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
  record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

     (vi)   Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
  Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in
  whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the
  purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and
  for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company
  shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     (vii)  The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in
  accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

     (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required
  to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a
  registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07.  Replacement Notes

            If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company
and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss
or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's
requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity
bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the
Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any
authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and
shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08.  Outstanding Notes.

          The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by
the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this
Section as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note
does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section
3.07(b) hereof.

          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section
4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

          If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an
Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest.

Section 2.09.  Treasury Notes.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the
Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as
though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10.  Temporary Notes

          Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the
Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in
the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

          Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of
this Indenture.

Section 2.11.  Cancellation.

          The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of 

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all
Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement
or cancellation and shall return canceled Notes to the Company. Certification of
the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The
Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12.  Defaulted Interest.

          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it
shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company shall notify the Trustee
in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note
and the date of the proposed payment.  The Company shall fix or cause to be
fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such
special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date
for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the
name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to
Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date
and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13.  CUSIP Numbers.

          The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or the
omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in the CUSIP numbers.

                                  ARTICLE 3.

                           REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01.  Notices to Trustee.

          If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional
redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee,
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an
Officers' Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal
amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, (v) the CUSIP numbers
of the Notes to be redeemed.

Section 3.02.  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an
offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed
or purchased among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements
of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in
accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate.  In
the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed
shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor 

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the
outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  Notes and portions of
Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000;
except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of
$1,000, shall be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also
apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03.  Notice of Redemption

          Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause
to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose
Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed, including CUSIP
numbers, and shall state:

     (a)  the redemption date;

     (b)  the redemption price;

     (c)  if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal
amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon
surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

     (d)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (e)  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
Agent to collect the redemption price;

     (f)  that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
redemption date;

     (g)  the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant
to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

     (h)  that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

          At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
in the preceding paragraph.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
Section 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption

          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03
hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.

Section 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price

          Prior to 10 a.m. on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit
with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money
deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the
amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all
Notes to be redeemed.

          If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed
on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person
in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record
date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for
redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding
paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption
date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes
and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06.  Notes Redeemed in Part.

          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall
issue and, upon the Company's written request, the Trustee shall authenticate
for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal
amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07.    Optional Redemption.

          (a) Except as provided below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the
Company's option prior to December 15, 2002.  Thereafter, the Notes will be
subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption
prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon to the applicable
redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on
December 15 of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PERCENTAGE OF
                                                        PRINCIPAL
          YEAR                                           Amount
          ----                                           ------
          <S>                                         <C>
          2002.......................................  104.937%
          2003.......................................  103.292%
          2004.......................................  101.646%
          2005 and thereafter........................  100.000%
</TABLE>

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the first 36 months after
the date of this Offering Circular, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued
under the Indenture at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if
any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of any Equity Offerings;
provided that at least $80.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes
remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption
(excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and provided further
that such redemption shall occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of
any such Equity Offering.

          (c) At any time prior to December 15, 2002, the Notes may also be
redeemed, as a whole but not in part, at the option of the Company upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
prior notice (but in no event may any such redemption occur more than 90 days
after the occurrence of such Change of Control) mailed by first-class mail to
each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to, the date of redemption (the
"Redemption Date").

          (d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08.  Mandatory Redemption.

          The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption
payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09.  Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Proceeds Offer Amount.

          In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall
be required to commence a Net Proceeds Offer, it shall follow the procedures
specified below.

          The Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business
Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a
longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period").  No later than
five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "Purchase
Date"), the Company shall purchase the Net Proceeds Offer Amount or, if less
than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in
response to the Net Proceeds Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be
made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

          If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or
before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall
be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer.

          Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Company shall send,
by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a
copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds
Offer.  The Net Proceeds Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, shall state:

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
     (a)  that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section
3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Net Proceeds Offer shall
remain open;

     (b)  the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase
Date;

     (c)  that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to
accrete or accrue interest;

     (d)  that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrete
or accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

     (e)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Net
Proceeds Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not
elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

     (f)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Net
Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
"Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note completed, or
transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by
the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least
three days before the Purchase Date;

     (g)  that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not
later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

     (h)  that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be
purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or
integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

     (i)  that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued
new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

          On or before 10:00 a.m on the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the
extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary,
the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Net
Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that
such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in
accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.  The Company, the Depositary or
the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later
than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder
an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and
accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new
Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate
and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to
any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall
be promptly 

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall
publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date.

          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

                                  ARTICLE 4.

                                   COVENANTS


Section 4.01.  Payment of Notes.

          The Company or a Guarantor shall pay or cause to be paid the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes
on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if
any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, shall be considered paid on
the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary
thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by
the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to
pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
then due.  The Company shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same
manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

          The Company or a Guarantor shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the
rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the
Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period)
at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of
New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served.  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee.

          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or
all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes.  The Company shall give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and
of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

          The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section
2.03.

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
Section 4.03.  Reports.

     (a)  Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so
long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of
Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
were required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that describes the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of
the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of
the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company) and, with respect to the annual
information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified independent
accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with
the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each
case, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations.  For
so long as the Parent is a Guarantor of the Notes, Company may satisfy its
obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to
Parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that
explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating
to Parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.  In addition,
following consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the
rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such
information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time
periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not
accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts
and prospective investors upon request.  The Company shall at all times comply
with TIA (S) 314(a).

     (b)  For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the
Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04.  Compliance Certificate.

     (a)  The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is
so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after
the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of
the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal
year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer
signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company
has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in
this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of
the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of
Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or
her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which
payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is
prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. For
purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall be determined without regard
to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Indenture.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
     (b)  So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Company's independent public accountants (who shall be
a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated
any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has
occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being
understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

     (c)  The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding,
deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event
of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto.

Section 4.05.  Taxes.

          The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to
pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06.  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

          The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that
it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in
any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay,
extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force,
that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants
that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07.  Restricted Payments.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:  (i) declare or pay any dividend or
make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's Equity
Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to the direct or indirect
holders of the Company's Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than
dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company);
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including,
without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the
Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of
the Company; or (iii) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and
other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above being collectively
referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment:

          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

         

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
          (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
     after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
     been made at the beginning of the applicable Four-Quarter Period, have been
     permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
     the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
     paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and

          (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
     other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted
     Payments permitted by clauses (3), (5), (6), (8) and (9) of the next
     succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of (i)
     50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
     one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter
     commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company's
     most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements
     are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
     Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such
     deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including the
     fair market value of property other than cash that would constitute
     Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) received by the Company
     since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity
     capital (other than from a Subsidiary or that were financed with loans from
     the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or from the issue or sale of
     Qualified Capital Stock (including Capital Stock issued upon the conversion
     of convertible Indebtedness or in exchange for outstanding Indebtedness) of
     the Company (excluding any net proceeds from an Equity Offering or capital
     contribution to the extent used to redeem Notes in accordance with the
     optional redemption provisions of the Notes) or from the issue or sale of
     Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been
     converted into Qualified Capital Stock (other than Qualified Capital Stock
     (or Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary
     of the Company), plus (iii) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including
     the fair market value of property other than cash that would constitute
     Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) of any (A) sale or
     other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) dividend from, or the sale of the stock of,
     an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the
immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit (1) the payment of any
dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after
the date of declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the
dividend or payment of the redemption price, as the case may be, would have been
permitted on the date of declaration or notice; (2) if no Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof, the
acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company (the "Retired Capital
Stock"), either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of
the Company (the "Refunding Capital Stock"), or (ii) through the application of
the net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company,
and, in the case of subclause (i) of this clause (2), if immediately prior to
the retirement of the Retired Capital Stock the declaration and payment of
dividends thereon was permitted under clause (3) of this paragraph, the
declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock in an
aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per
annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately
prior to such retirement; provided that at the time of the declaration of any
such dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
(3) if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof, the declaration and payment of dividends
to holders of any class 

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued
after the date of this Indenture (including, without limitation, the declaration
and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends
declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph);
provided that, at the time of such issuance, the Company, after giving effect to
such issuance on a pro forma basis, would have had a Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 for the most recent Four-Quarter Period;
(4) payments to Parent for the purpose of permitting, and in an amount equal to
the amount required to permit, Parent to redeem or repurchase Parent's common
equity or options in respect thereof, in each case in connection with the
repurchase provisions of employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or
other agreements to compensate management employees; provided that all such
redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause (4) shall not exceed $12.5
million (which amount shall be increased by the amount of any net cash proceeds
received from the sale since the date of this Indenture of Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) to members of the Company's management team that
have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant
to the terms of the preceding paragraph (c) and by the cash proceeds of any 
"key-man" life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or
repurchases) in the aggregate since the date of this Indenture; provided,
further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members
of management of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
with such a repurchase of Capital Stock of Parent will not be deemed to
constitute a Restricted Payment under this Indenture; (5) the making of
distributions, loans or advances to Parent in an amount not to exceed $1.5
million per annum in order to permit Parent to pay the ordinary operating
expenses of Parent (including, without limitation, directors' fees,
indemnification obligations, professional fees and expenses, but excluding any
payments on or repurchases of the Seller Note); (6) payments to Parent in
respect of taxes pursuant to the terms of the Tax Allocation Agreement as in
effect on the date of this Indenture and as amended from time to time pursuant
to amendments that do not increase the amounts payable by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder; (7) if no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof
and the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.09
hereof, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12.5
million since the date of this Indenture; (8) repurchases of Capital Stock
deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock
represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; and (9) distributions to
Parent to fund the Transactions and payments with respect to Parent Notes
whether made at or subsequent to the date hereof.

          In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made
subsequent to the date of this Indenture in accordance with clause (c) of the
immediately preceding paragraph, (a) amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1),
(2), (4), and (7) shall be included in such calculation; provided such
expenditures pursuant to clause (4) shall not be included to the extent of the
cash proceeds received by the Company from any "key man" life insurance policies
and (b) amounts expended pursuant to clauses (3), (5), (6), (8) or (9) shall be
excluded from such calculation.

          The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be
an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default.  For
purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in
the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the
time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted
Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant.  All such outstanding
Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the
fair market value of such Investments at the time of such designation.  Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the
fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

Section 4.08.  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction
on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any
other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock, (b) make loans or
advances or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or
any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (c) transfer any of its
property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated
Discount Note Indenture; (3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any
lease entered into in the ordinary course of business; (4) any instrument
governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than
the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; (5) agreements
existing on the date of this Indenture (including, without limitation, the
Senior Credit Agreements and the Existing Note Indenture); (6) restrictions on
the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under the applicable
Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; (7) restrictions imposed by any
agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted under the applicable
Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale; (8) any agreement or
instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person that is in effect on the date
such Person is acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; (9) any Purchase Money Note, or other Indebtedness or other contractual
requirements of a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such
Securitization Entity; (10) any agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness
or Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock (whether or not outstanding) of
Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that was permitted by the applicable
Indenture to be incurred; (11) other Indebtedness or Domestic Subsidiary
Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred subsequent to the date of this
Indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09; provided that any such
restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness
or preferred stock being incurred or issued (under the relevant circumstances);
(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers
under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (13) any
encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses
(1) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company's Board of
Directors, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment
restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions
prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase,
supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Section 4.09.  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee
or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,
with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness and, the Company shall
not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the
Company may incur Indebtedness 

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
or issue shares of Disqualified Stock if (i) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the
incurrence of any such Indebtedness or the issuance of any such Disqualified
Stock and (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's
most recently ended Four-Quarter Period would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0,
determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net
proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the
Disqualified Stock had been issued, at the beginning of such Four-Quarter
Period.

          The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant will not apply
to the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
"Permitted Indebtedness"):

          (i)    the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and, in each
     case, the Note Guarantees thereof;

          (ii)   Indebtedness incurred pursuant to one or more Credit Facilities
     in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding (with letters of
     credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum
     potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder) not to
     exceed $550.0 million less (A) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of
     Securitization Entities at the time outstanding less (B) the amount of all
     optional or mandatory principal payments actually made by the Company or
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture in
     respect of term loans under Credit Facilities (excluding any such payments
     to the extent refinanced at the time of payment under a Credit Facility)
     and (C) further reduced by any repayments of revolving credit borrowings
     under Credit Facilities that are accompanied by a corresponding commitment
     reduction thereunder; provided that the amount of Indebtedness permitted to
     be incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreements in accordance with
     this clause (ii) shall be in addition to any Indebtedness permitted to be
     incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreements in reliance on, and in
     accordance with, clauses (x) and (xvi) below;

          (iii)  the incurrence of Indebtedness and/or the issuance of Permitted
     Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company,
     which together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred
     pursuant to this clause (iii) and the aggregate liquidation value of all
     Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause
     (iii), does not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding; provided
     that such amount shall increase to $30.0 million upon the consummation of
     an Initial Public Offering;

          (iv)   other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     outstanding on the date of this Indenture for so long as such Indebtedness
     remains outstanding;

          (v)    Interest Swap Obligations of the Company covering Indebtedness
     of the Company; provided that any Indebtedness to which any such Interest
     Swap Obligations correspond is otherwise permitted to be incurred under the
     applicable Indenture; and provided, further, that such Interest Swap
     Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of the Company, to protect
     the Company from fluctuation in interest rates on its outstanding
     Indebtedness;

          (vi)   Indebtedness of the Company under Currency Agreements;

          (vii)  the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) if the
     Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, 

                                      48
<PAGE>
 
     such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in
     cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes and (ii)(A) any
     subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any
     such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a
     Subsidiary thereof and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such
     Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
     incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted
     Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause
     (vii);

          (viii) the incurrence of Acquired Indebtedness of Restricted
     Subsidiaries of the Company to the extent the Company could have incurred
     such Indebtedness in accordance with the first paragraph of this covenant
     on the date such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness;

          (ix)   Guarantees by the Company and the Guarantors of each other's
     Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred
     under the applicable Indenture;

          (x)    Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred
     by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the
     purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment
     (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any
     Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not
     to exceed 5% of Total Assets at the time of any incurrence thereof
     (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) (which amount
     may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Senior Credit
     Agreements);

          (xi)   Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
     of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without
     limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers' compensation claims or
     self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type
     obligations regarding workers' compensation claims;

          (xii)  Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification,
     adjustment of purchase price, earn out or other similar obligations, in
     each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any
     business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than
     guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any
     portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose
     of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable
     liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the
     gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

          (xiii) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and
     completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     of the Company in the ordinary course of business;

          (xiv)  any refinancing, modification, replacement, renewal,
     restatement, refunding, deferral, extension, substitution, supplement,
     reissuance or resale of existing or future Indebtedness (other than
     intercompany Indebtedness), including any additional Indebtedness incurred
     to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such
     existing or future Indebtedness as in effect at the time of issuance
     thereof ("Required Premiums") and fees

                                      49
<PAGE>
 
in connection therewith ("Refinancing Indebtedness"); provided that any such
event shall not (1) directly or indirectly result in an increase in the
aggregate principal amount of Permitted Indebtedness (except to the extent such
increase is a result of a simultaneous incurrence of additional Indebtedness (A)
to pay Required Premiums and related fees or (B) otherwise permitted to be
incurred under the applicable Indenture) of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and (2) create Indebtedness with a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity at the time such Indebtedness is incurred that is less than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity at such time of the Indebtedness being
refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended,
substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold (except that this subclause (2)
will not apply in the event the Indebtedness being refinanced, modified,
replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended, substituted,
supplemented, reissued or resold was originally incurred in reliance upon clause
(xvi) of this paragraph);


          (xv)   the incurrence by a Securitization Entity of Indebtedness in a
     Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-Recourse Debt with respect
     to the Company and its other Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Standard
     Securitization Undertakings);

          (xvi)  the incurrence of additional Indebtedness by the Company or any
     of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or the issuance of Permitted Domestic
     Subsidiary Preferred Stock by the Company's U.S. Subsidiaries, which
     together with the aggregate principal amount of other Indebtedness incurred
     pursuant to this clause (xvi) and the aggregate liquidation value of all
     other Permitted Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this
     clause (xvi), does not exceed $30.0 million at any one time outstanding
     (which amount, in the case of Indebtedness, may, but need not, be incurred
     in whole or in part under the Senior Credit Agreements); provided that such
     amount shall increase to $50.0 million upon the consummation of an Initial
     Public Offering.

          For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the
event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xvi)
above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of
Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant.  Accrual of
interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of
interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the
same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of
additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to
be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for
purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof
is included in Consolidated Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued.

Section 4.10.  Asset Sales

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at
the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the
assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the
Company's Board of Directors), (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received
by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset
Sale shall be cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of (a) any
liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most
recent balance sheet) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other
than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are
assumed by the transferee of any such assets, (b) any notes or other obligations

                                      50

<PAGE>
 
received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are immediately converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into
cash (to the extent of the cash received) and (c) any Designated Noncash
Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all
other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that
is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 10% of Total Assets at the time of
the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value
of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time
received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be
deemed to be cash for the purposes of this provision, and (iii) upon the
consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted
Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within
365 days of receipt thereof either (A) to repay any Senior Debt and, in the case
of any Senior Debt under any revolving credit facility, effect a commitment
reduction under such revolving credit facility, (B) to reinvest in Productive
Assets, or (C) a combination of prepayment, repurchase and investment permitted
by the foregoing clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B).  Pending the final application
of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may
temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or
otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in Cash Equivalents.  On the 366th day
after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of
the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net
Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (iii)(A),
(iii)(B) or (iii)(C) of the next preceding sentence (each, a "Net Proceeds Offer
Trigger Date"), the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds that have not been
applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in
clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of the next preceding sentence (each a
"Net Proceeds Offer Amount") shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the "Net Proceeds Offer") on a date
(the "Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date") not less than 30 nor more than 45 days
following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders on a
pro rata basis that amount of Notes equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date
of purchase; provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration
(including any Designated Noncash Consideration) received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any
Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other
than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then
such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale
hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with
this covenant.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Net Proceeds Offer Amount is less
than $10.0 million, the application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting such
Net Proceeds Offer Amount to a Net Proceeds Offer may be deferred until such
time as such Net Proceeds Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Net
Proceeds Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date
relating to such initial Net Proceeds Offer Amount from all Asset Sales by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries aggregates at least $10.0 million, at
which time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all Net Cash
Proceeds constituting all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts that have been so deferred
to make a Net Proceeds Offer (the first date the aggregate of all such deferred
Net Proceeds Offer Amounts is equal to $10.0 million or more shall be deemed to
be a "Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date").

          Notwithstanding the two immediately preceding paragraphs, the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale
without complying with such paragraphs to the extent (i) at least 75% of the
consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Productive Assets, cash, Cash
Equivalents and/or Marketable Securities and (ii) such Asset Sale is for fair
market 

                                      51
<PAGE>
 
value (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors);
provided that any consideration not constituting Productive Assets received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset
Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall be subject to the
provisions of the two preceding paragraphs.

          To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the
Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale
provisions of this Indenture by virtue thereof.

Section 4.11.  Transactions with Affiliates.

          (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to occur any
transaction or series or related transactions (including, without limitation,
the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any
service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $2.5 million (an "Affiliate Transaction"), other than
(x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under paragraph (b) below and (y) Affiliate
Transactions on terms that are not materially less favorable than those that
might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on
an arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company;
provided, however, that for a transaction or series of related transactions with
an aggregate value of $7.5 million or more, at the Company's option, either (i)
a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company
shall determine in good faith that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that
are not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been
obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from
a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or (ii) the Board of Directors
of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary party to such Affiliate
Transaction shall have received an opinion from a nationally recognized
investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms not
materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in
a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from a Person
that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and provided, further, that for an
Affiliate Transaction with an aggregate value of $10.0 million or more the Board
of Directors of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary party to such
Affiliate Transaction shall have received an opinion from a nationally
recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms
not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been
obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from
a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

          (b)  The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) reasonable fees
and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers,
directors, employee or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors or senior
management; (ii) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted
Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the
applicable Indenture; (iii) transactions effected as part of a Qualified
Securitization Transaction; (iv) any agreement as in effect as of the date of
this Indenture or any amendment or replacement thereto or any transaction
contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment or replacement
thereto) so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more
disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original
agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture; (v) Restricted Payments
permitted by this Indenture; (vi) the payment of customary annual management,
consulting and advisory fees and related expenses to the Principals and their
Affiliates made pursuant to any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or
placement agreement 

                                      52
<PAGE>
 
or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without
limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which are approved
by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in good
faith; (viii) payments or loans to employees or consultants that are approved by
the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, (ix) the existence of, or
the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its
obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any
registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it
is a party as of the date of this Indenture and any similar agreements which it
may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the
performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations
under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar
agreement entered into after the date of this Indenture shall only be permitted
by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new
agreement are not disadvantageous to the Holders of the applicable series of
Notes in any material respect; (x) transactions permitted by, and complying
with, Section 5.01 hereof; and (xi) transactions with customers, clients,
suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services,
in each case in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation,
pursuant to joint venture agreements) and otherwise in compliance with the terms
of the applicable Indenture which are fair to the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the
Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable
as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party.

Section 4.12.  Liens.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind
against or upon any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, unless
(i) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is expressly subordinate or
junior in right of payment to the Notes, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such
property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens and (ii)
in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured, except for (A)
Liens existing as of the date of this Indenture and any extensions, renewals or
replacements thereof, (B) Liens securing Senior Debt, (C) Liens securing the
Notes, (D) Liens securing intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on assets of any Subsidiary of the Company,
(E) Liens securing Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance Indebtedness that
was secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated
Discount Note Indenture that was incurred in accordance with the provisions of
the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Discount Note Indenture; provided,
however, that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so
refinanced, and (F) Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13.  Conduct of Business.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, engage in any businesses a majority of whose revenues are not
derived from the same or reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a
reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this
Indenture.

Section 4.14.  Corporate Existence.

          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its
corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each
of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective 

                                      53
<PAGE>
 
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the
Company or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory),
licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its
Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in
any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.15.  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

     (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will
have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the
offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash
(the "Change of Control Payment") equal to 101% of the aggregate principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon,
if any, to the date of purchase.  Within ten days following any Change of
Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be no
earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), pursuant to the procedures
required by the applicable Indenture and described in such notice.  The Company
shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a
result of a Change of Control.

     (b)  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the
extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly
tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying
Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes
or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
applicable Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being
purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of
Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee
shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry)
to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a
principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as
practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

          Prior to the mailing of any notice required by the Indenture, but in
any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall (i)
repay in full in cash and terminate all commitments under Indebtedness under the
Senior Credit Agreements and all other Senior Debt the terms of which require
repayment upon a Change of Control or offer to repay in full in cash and
terminate all commitments under all Indebtedness under the Senior Credit
Agreements and all other such Senior Debt and to repay the Indebtedness owed to
each lender under the Senior Credit Agreements that has accepted such offer or
(ii) obtain the requisite consents under the Senior Credit Agreements and all
such other Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided above.
The Company shall first comply with this covenant before it shall be required to
repurchase Notes pursuant to the provisions described herein.  The Company's
failure to comply with the immediately preceding sentence shall constitute an
Event of Default described in clause (c) and not in clause (b) under "Events of
Default" below.

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the
Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at
the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this
Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) the Company
exercises its option to purchase all the Notes upon a Change of Control as
described in Section 3.07(c).

Section 4.16.  No Senior Subordinated Debt.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, (i) the Company
shall not incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for
any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior
Debt and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Notes, and (ii) no
Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise
become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of
payment to any Senior Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor and senior in any respect
in right of payment to the Note Guarantees.

Section 4.17.  Additional Note Guarantees

          If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire or
create another U.S. Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, or if any
Subsidiary becomes a U.S. Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, then such
newly acquired or created Subsidiary, shall execute a Note Guarantee and deliver
an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, that all
Subsidiaries that have properly been designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in
accordance herewith shall not be subject to the requirements of this covenant
for so long as they continue to constitute Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01.  Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

          The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or
not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or
assets in one or more related transactions, to another corporation, Person or
entity unless (i) the Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a
supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii)
immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(iv) except in the case of a merger of the Company with or into a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company and except in the case of a merger entered into solely
for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, the
Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will, at the time of
such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable

                                       55

<PAGE>
 
Four-Quarter Period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

Section 5.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted.

          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation
formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is
made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date
of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Company" shall refer instead to
the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right
and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such
successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that
the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the
principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of
the Company's assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 6.
                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.  Events of Default.

          "Event of Defaults" are:

     (a)  the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and
payable if the default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such
payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 hereof;

     (b)  the failure to pay the principal on any Notes when such principal
becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including
the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer), whether or not such payment shall be
prohibited by Article 10 hereof;

     (c)  a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or
agreement contained herein if the default continues for a period of 30 days
after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding
that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

     (d)  the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to any
extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity), which failure
continues for at least 10 days, or the acceleration of the maturity of any such
Indebtedness, which acceleration remains uncured and unrescinded for at least 10
days, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay
principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $20.0
million or more at any time;

     (e)  one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0
million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a
period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-
appealable;

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
     (f)  the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of
Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary
pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

     (i)    commences a voluntary case,

     (ii)   consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
  involuntary case,

     (iii)  consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or
  substantially all of its property,

     (iv)   makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

     (v)    generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

     (g)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
any Bankruptcy Law that:

     (i)    is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant
  Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
  constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

     (ii)   appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant
  Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
  constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the
  property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of
  Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
  Subsidiary; or

     (iii)  orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant
  Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
  constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

   and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
   days; or

     (h)  except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in
any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on
behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such
Guarantor's Note Guarantee.

Section 6.02.  Acceleration.

          If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, any
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken as a
whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately
and the same (i) shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) if there are
any amounts outstanding under either of the Senior Credit Agreements, shall
become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration
under either of the Senior Credit Agreements or five Business Days after receipt
by the Company and the Representative under the applicable Senior Credit
Agreement of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then
continuing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in
clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any
of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a
whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes

                                      57
<PAGE>
 
shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders
rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not
conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default
(except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely
because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

          If an Event of Default occurs on or after December 15, 2002 by reason
of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the
Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company
would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes
pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an
equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the
extent permitted by law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the
contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default occurs prior to December 15,
2002 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on
behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on
redemption of the Notes prior to such date, then, upon acceleration of the
Notes, an additional premium shall also become and be immediately due and
payable in an amount, for each of the years beginning on December 15 of the
years set forth below, as set forth below (expressed as a percentage of the
aggregate principal amount to the date of payment that would otherwise be due
but for the provisions of this sentence):

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
          YEAR                                         PERCENTAGE
          ----                                         ----------
          <S>                                          <C> 
          1997........................................  113.167%
          1998........................................  111.521%
          1999........................................  109.875%
          2000........................................  108.229%
          2001........................................  106.583% 
</TABLE> 

Section 6.03.  Other Remedies.

          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies
are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

          Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest
on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided,
however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences,
including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration).
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be 

                                      58
<PAGE>
 
deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

Section 6.05.  Control by Majority.

          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the
Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.

          A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture
or the Notes only if:

          (a)  the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default;

          (b)  the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

          (c)  such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if
requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
any loss, liability or expense;

          (d)  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
indemnity; and

          (e)  during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request.

          A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights
of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07.  Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of
any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.

          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and
as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of
principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest remaining
unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful,
interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

                                      59
<PAGE>
 
Section 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall
be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to
the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to
it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and
any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall
be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be
entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan
of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall
be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt
on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10.  Priorities.

          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall
pay out the money in the following order:

          First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and
expenses of collection;

          Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any and
interest, respectively; and

          Third:  to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party 

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more
than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                    TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.

     (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

     (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (i)    the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express
  provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties
  that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no
  implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
  Trustee; and

     (ii)   in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
  conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
  the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the
  Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the
  Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or
  not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that:

     (i)    this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
  Section;

     (ii)   the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
  good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was
  negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

     (iii)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes
  or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it
  pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

     (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b), and (c) of this Section.

     (e)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the
request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

     (f)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by
it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
Section 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.

     (a)  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

     (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with
counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in reliance thereon.

     (c)  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

     (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

     (e)  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand,
request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by
an Officer of the Company.

     (f)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for
permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with
like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11
hereof.

Section 7.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer.

          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or
any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
Section 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.

     (a)  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event
of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge
thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is
received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such
notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

     (b)  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case
of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding
the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

          Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following
the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such
reporting date that complies with TIA (S) 313(a) (but if no event described in
TIA (S) 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting
date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA
(S) 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required
by TIA (S) 313(c).

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of
Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA (S) 313(d).  The
Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock
exchange.

Section 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.

          The Company and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to
time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time.  The Trustee's
compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust.  The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses
incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such
expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses
of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

          The Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee against any
and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this
Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against
the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending
itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company and the Guarantors or
any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any
such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad
faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Guarantors promptly of any
claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company
shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The
Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees
and expenses of such

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
counsel. The Company and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section
7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

          To secure the Company's and the Guarantors' payment obligations in
this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay
principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law.

          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA (S) 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable.

Section 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.

          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section.

          The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of Notes of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.  The Company may
remove the Trustee if:

     (a)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

     (b)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (c)  a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or

     (d)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or
the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has
been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section
7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any 

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly
transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided
all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien
provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07
hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all
or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation,
the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor
Trustee.

Section 7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.

          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate
trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA (S) 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA
(S) 310(b).

Section 7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

          The Trustee is subject to TIA (S) 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA (S) 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA (S) 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01.  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by
a resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, at any time, elect to have
either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight.

Section 8.02.  Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been
discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on 

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal
Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture
referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other
obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive
until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section
8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due, (b) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes under Article
2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities
of the Trustee hereunder and the Company's obligations in connection therewith
and (d) this Article Eight. Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the
Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03.  Covenant Defeasance.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its
obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof with respect to the outstanding
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are
satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter
be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent
or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding"
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may
omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or
by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or
in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default
or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified
above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected
thereby.  In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(d) through
6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04.  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

          The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

     (a)  the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any,
and interest on the

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable
redemption date, as the case may be;

     (b)  in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

     (c)  in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (d)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting
from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which
will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article Eight concurrently
with such incurrence) or insofar as Sections 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof is
concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of
deposit;

     (e)  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit
Agreements or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this
Indenture and other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the
incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be
used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article Eight concurrently with such
incurrence) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

     (f)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that on the 91st
day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally;

     (g)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the
intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of
the Company; and

     (h)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with.

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
Section 8.05.  Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust;
               Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
"Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to
become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but
such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law.

          The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal
and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

          Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request
of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as
provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.

Section 8.06.  Repayment to Company.

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a
secured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money,
and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease;
provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date
specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07.  Reinstatement.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States
dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court
or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any

                                      68
<PAGE>
 
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 8.08.  Survival.

          The Trustee's rights under Article 8 shall survive termination of the
Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE 9.
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Note
Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

     (a)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (b)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any
Holder;

     (c)  to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's
obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company or a
Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof;

     (d)  to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note;

     (e)  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

     (f)  to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or

     (g)  to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a
Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its
Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section
7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the
execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by
the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

                                      69
<PAGE>
 
Section 9.02.  With Consent of Holders of Notes.

          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 3.09, 4.10 and
4.15 hereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of
the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a
single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04
and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default
or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration
that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the
Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional
Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the
Notes).  Without the consent of at least 75% in principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer
or exchange offer for, or purchase of, such Notes), no waiver or amendment to
this Indenture may make any change in the provisions of Article 10 hereof that
adversely affects the rights of any Holder of Notes.  Section 2.08 hereof shall
determine which Notes are considered to be "outstanding" for purposes of this
Section 9.02.

          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its
Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the
Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by
the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture
unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case
the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
such amended or supplemental Indenture.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes
under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.

          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of
the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes,
if any) then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a
particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the
Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or
waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-
consenting Holder):

     (a)  reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver;

     (b)  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or
alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the
Notes, other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09 or 4.15 hereof;

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
including default interest, on any Note;

     (d)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) and a waiver
of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

     (e)  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

     (f)  make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments
of principal of or interest on the Notes;

     (g)  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note, other than a
payment required by Section 3.09 or 4.15;

     (h)  make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions; or

     (i)  release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture.

Section 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be
set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as
then in effect.

Section 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents.

          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent
to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written
notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes
effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance
with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment,
supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

          The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture
authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities 

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or
supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing
any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive
and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon,
in addition to the documents required by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officer's
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended
or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE 10.
                                 SUBORDINATION

Section 10.01.  Agreement to Subordinate.

          The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that
the Company's Obligations with respect to the Notes are subordinated in right of
payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the
prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt (whether
outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or
guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of
Senior Debt.  The foregoing provisions regarding subordination are solely for
the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Senior Debt on
the one hand and the Holders on the other hand.  Such provisions shall be
enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt directly against the Holders (and
their successors and assigns).  This Article 10 shall constitute a continuing
offer to all persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt
(whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance
of the Notes).

Section 10.02.  Certain Definitions.

          "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding under
the Senior Credit Agreements and (ii) after payment in full of all Indebtedness
outstanding under the Senior Credit Agreements, any other Senior Debt permitted
under the Indentures the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and
that has been designated by the Company as "Designated Senior Debt."

          "Permitted Junior Securities" means Equity Interests in the Company or
any Guarantor or debt securities that are unsecured and are subordinated to all
Senior Debt (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to
substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are
subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant to Article 10 hereof (without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, such securities shall have no required principal
payments until after the final maturity of all Senior Debt).

          "Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent
or representative for any Senior Debt.

          "Senior Debt" means (i) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of the
Guarantors outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with
respect thereto, (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the
Company under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which
such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (iii) all Obligations with
respect to the foregoing.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
foregoing, Senior Debt will not include (w) any liability for federal, state,
local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (x) any Indebtedness of the
Company to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables
or (z) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
          A distribution may consist of cash, securities or other property, by
set-off or otherwise.

Section 10.03.  Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

          Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, in
an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the Company's
assets and liabilities:

          (1)  holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in
full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at
the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before Holders of the Notes
shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that
Holders may receive (i) Permitted Junior Securities and (ii) payments and other
distributions made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01
hereof); and

          (2)  until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt (as provided in
subsection (1) above) are paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any
distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be
made to holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive (i)
Permitted Junior Securities and (ii) payments and other distributions made from
any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof), as their
interests may appear.

Section 10.04.  Default on Designated Senior Debt.

          The Company may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or
any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect to the Notes and may not
acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any Notes for cash or property (other
than (a) Permitted Junior Securities and (b) payments and other distributions
made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof) until
all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been
paid in full if:

     (i)    a default in the payment of any principal or other Obligations with
  respect to Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any
  applicable grace period in the agreement, indenture or other document
  governing such Designated Senior Debt; or

     (ii)   a default, other than a payment default, on Designated Senior Debt
  occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of the Designated Senior
  Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the
  default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the trustee, agent or other
  representative of the holders of Designated Senior Debt, or the holders of
  Designated Senior Debt or the Company.  If the Trustee receives any such
  Payment Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be
  effective for purposes of this Section unless and until (i) at least 360 days
  shall have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment
  Blockage Notice and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any,
  and interest on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
  No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery
  of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis
  for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been
  waived for a period of not less than 180 days.

          The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in
respect of the Notes and may acquire them upon the earlier of:

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
          (1)  the date upon which the default is cured or waived, or

          (2)  in the case of a default referred to in Section 10.04(ii) hereof,
179 days pass after the Payment Blockage Notice is received if the maturity of
such Designated Senior Debt has not been accelerated,

if this Article 10 otherwise permits the payment, distribution or acquisition at
the time of such payment or acquisition.

Section 10.05.  Acceleration of Securities.

          If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of
Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the
acceleration.

Section 10.06.  When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.

          In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of
any Obligations with respect to the Notes at a time when the Trustee or such
Holder, as applicable, has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by
Section 10.03 or 10.04 hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such
Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and
delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Debt as their
interests may appear or their Representative under the indenture or other
agreement (if any) pursuant to which such Senior Debt may have been issued, as
their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all
Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary
to pay such Obligations in full in cash or Cash Equivalents in accordance with
their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or
for the holders of Senior Debt.

          With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to
perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set
forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect
to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the
Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the
Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company
or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a
result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

Section 10.07.  Notice by Company.

          The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of
any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such
notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as
provided in this Article 10.

Section 10.08.  Subrogation.

          After all Senior Debt is paid in full and all commitments to lend
thereunder have been terminated and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of
Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness pari
passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive
distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions
otherwise payable to the Holders of 

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under
this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to
Holders of Notes is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the
Company on the Notes.

Section 10.09.  Relative Rights.

          This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and
holders of Senior Debt.  Nothing in this Indenture shall:

          (1)  impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal
of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

          (2)  affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of
the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or

          (3)  prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of
holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments
otherwise payable to Holders of Notes.

          If the Company fails because of this Article 10 to pay principal of or
interest on a Note on the due date, the failure shall nevertheless be a Default
or Event of Default.

Section 10.10.  Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.

          No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of
the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure
to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any
Holder to comply with this Indenture.

Section 10.11.  Distribution or Notice to Representative.

          Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of
Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative.

          Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to
in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to
rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or
upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or
agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders
of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the
Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

Section 10.12.  Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or
distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue
to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its
Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such
payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10.  Only the 

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
Company or a Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 10
shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 7.07 hereof. Nothing in this Section 10.12 is intended to or shall
relieve any Holder of Notes from the obligations imposed under Section 10.06
with respect to other distributions received in violation of the provisions
hereof.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent may
do the same with like rights.

Section 10.13.  Authorization to Effect Subordination.

          Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes
and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this
Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder's attorney-in-fact
for any and all such purposes.  If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of
claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in
Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file
such claim, the Representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate
claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 10.14.  Amendments.

          The provisions of this Article 10 shall not be amended or modified
without the written consent of the majority of the lenders under each of the
Senior Credit Agreements.

Section 10 15.  Changes in Senior Debt.

          Any holder of Senior Debt may at any time and from time to time
without the consent of or notice to any Holder or the Trustee:  (a) extend,
renew, modify, waive or amend the terms of the Senior Debt; (b) sell, exchange,
release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise
securing Senior Debt; (c) release any guarantor or any other person (except the
Company) liable in any manner for the Senior Debt or amend or waive the terms of
any guaranty of Senior Debt; (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Company or any other Person; (e) apply any sums by whomever paid or
however realized to Senior Debt; and (f) take any other action which otherwise
might be deemed to impair the rights of the holders of Senior Debt without
incurring any responsibility to any Holder or the Trustee and without impairing
or releasing the obligations of any Holder or the Trustee to the holders of
Senior Debt.


                                  ARTICLE 11.
                                NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01.  Guarantee.

          Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and
severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns,
irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or
the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal
of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other
obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder
will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or
renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that 

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the
terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any
performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly
and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that
this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions
hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action
to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby
waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court
in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or
other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the
Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect.

          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed
hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each
Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and
the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof
for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or
not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors
for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to
seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such
right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

Section 11.02.  Subordination Of Note Guarantee.

          The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to
this Article 11 shall be junior and subordinated to the Senior Debt of such
Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior
Debt of the Company.  For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee
and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of
the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in
respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 11 hereof.

Section 11.03.  Limitation On Guarantor Liability.

          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of
such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes
of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
Note 

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and
the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor
under its Note Guarantee and this Article 11 shall be limited to the maximum
amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such
laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result
in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 11.04.  Execution And Delivery Of Note Guarantee.

          To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each
Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in
the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor
on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture
shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its
Vice Presidents.

          Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure
to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

          If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note
Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the
Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid
nevertheless.

          The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication
thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth
in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

          In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries
subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.17 hereof,
the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to
this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.17 hereof and
this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

Section 11.05.  Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., On Certain Terms.

          No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or
not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person whether or not
affiliated with such Guarantor unless:

          (a)  subject to Section 11.05 hereof, the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the
Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant
to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and
the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein;

          (b)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
or Event of Default exists; and

          (c)  the Company would be permitted, immediately after giving effect
to such transaction, to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
          In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon
the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note
Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of
the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor,
such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with
the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor
Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be
endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not
have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

          Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding
clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the
Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the
Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the
property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor.

Section 11.06.  Releases Following Sale Of Assets.

          In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other
disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor
(in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation
acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of
such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof.
Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by
the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture,
including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any
documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor
from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

          Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note
Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest
on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture
as provided in this Article 11.

                                  ARTICLE 12.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
the duties imposed by TIA (S) 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 12.02.  Notices.

          Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the
Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
mailed by first class mail (registered or 

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address:

          If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

          Sealy Mattress Company
          Halle Building
          10th Floor
          1228 Euclid Avenue
          Cleveland, Ohio  44115
          Telecopier No.:  (216) 522-1366
          Attention:  General Counsel

          With a copy to:

          Kirkland & Ellis
          153 East 53rd Street
          New York, NY  10022
          Telecopier No.:  (212) 446-4900
          Attention:  Lance Balk

          If to the Trustee:

          The Bank of New York
          101 Barclay Street
          Floor 21 West
          New York, New York  10286
          Telecopier No.:(212) 815-5915
          Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

          The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders)
shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if
personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to
the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept
by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any
Person described in TIA (S) 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure
to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

          If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above
within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall
mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03.  Communication By Holders Of Notes With Other Holders Of Notes.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA (S) 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company,
the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA (S)
312(c).

Section 12.04.  Certificate And Opinion As To Conditions Precedent.

          Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

          (a)  an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

          (b)  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA (S) 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA
(S) 314(e) and shall include:

          (a)  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
has read such covenant or condition;

          (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

          (c)  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has or
they have made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him
to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
has been satisfied; and

          (d)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 12.06.  Rules By Trustee And Agents.

          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
Section 12.07.  No Personal Liability Of Directors, Officers, Employees And
                Stockholders

          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator
or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes,
the Note Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or
by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08.  Governing Law.

          THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT
TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION
OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 12.09.  No Adverse Interpretation Of Other Agreements.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan
or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.
Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture.

Section 12.10.  Successors.

          All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall
bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind
its successors.

Section 12.11.  Severability.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.12.  Counterpart Originals.

          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

Section 12.13.  Table Of Contents, Headings, Etc.

          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the
Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in
no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                     [Indenture signature pages(s) follow]

                                       82
<PAGE>
 
                         [Indenture signature pages(s)]

Dated as of December 18, 1997

                                    Sealy Mattress Company

                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                       Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                       Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                    Guarantors:

                                    Sealy Corporation


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                       Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                       Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                    Sealy Mattress Company Of Puerto Rico


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                       Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                       Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co., Inc.
                                      (Randolph)


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                       Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                       Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co. - Ft.
                                      Worth


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                       Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                       Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.

                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                       Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                       Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                       83
<PAGE>
 
                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.-
                                      Houston


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Company Of Michigan, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                    Sealy Mattress Company Of Kansas City, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Of Maryland And Virginia, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Company Of Illinois


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    A. Brandwein & Company


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer




                                       84
<PAGE>
 
                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Albany, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Of Minnesota, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Memphis


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    The Stearns & Foster Bedding Company


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    The Stearns & Foster Upholstery Furniture
                                      Company


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer




                                       85
<PAGE>
 
                                    The Ohio Mattress Company Licensing and
                                      Components Group


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Company, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                                    The Bank of New York

                                    By: /s/ LUCILLE FIRRINCIELI
                                       ___________________________________
                                    Name: Lucille Firrincieli
                                    Title: Vice President

                                       86
<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT A-1

                                 (Face of Note)

[INSERT THE GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE
                                   INDENTURE]

 [INSERT THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS
                               OF THE INDENTURE]

                                                    CUSIP/CINS _________________

        9-7/8% [SERIES A] [SERIES B] SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007

No.                                                         $ __________________

                             SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

promises to pay to ________________________________

or registered assigns,

     the principal sum of__________________________

Dollars on December 15, 2007.

Interest Payment Dates:  June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates:  June 1 and December 1.


                                    Sealy Mattress Company

                                    By:___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                    By:___________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

This is one of the Global
Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:________________________         Dated:  December 18, 1997
Name:
Title:

                                     A-1-1

<PAGE>
 
                                (Back of Note)

        9-7/8% [Series A] [Series B] Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          1.   Interest. Sealy Mattress Company, an Ohio corporation (the
"Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9-
7/8% per annum from December 18, 1997 until maturity and shall pay the
Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights
Agreement referred to below. The Company shall pay interest and Liquidated
Damages semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such
day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an
"Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the
date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment
of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to
on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall
accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that
the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 1998. The Company shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on
demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it
shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages
(without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at
the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          2.   Method Of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1
next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after
such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided
in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes
will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and
interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the
Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed
to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and
provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be
required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated
Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have
provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such
payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

          3.   Paying Agent And Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York, the
Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

          4.   Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of December 18, 1997 ("Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S. Code (S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and

                                     A-1-2

<PAGE>
 
Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express
provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the indenture shall govern and be
controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company limited to $300.0 million
in aggregate principal amount.

          5.   Optional Redemption.

          (a)  Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the
Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to December 15, 2002.
Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon
to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                                     PRINCIPAL
          YEAR                                        AMOUNT
          ----                                        ------
          <S>                                      <C>
          2002................................     104.937%
          2003................................     103.292%
          2004................................     101.646%
          2005 and thereafter.................     100.000%
</TABLE>

          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this
Paragraph 5, during the first 36 months after December 11, 1997, the Company may
on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
of Notes originally issued under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture at a
redemption price of 109.875 of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the redemption date,
with the net cash proceeds of any Equity Offerings; provided that at least $80.0
million in aggregate principal amount of Notes remain outstanding immediately
after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Senior Subordinated Notes
held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and provided further that such
redemption shall occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of any such
Equity Offering.

          (c)  At any time prior to December 15, 2002, the Notes may also be
redeemed, as a whole but not in part, at the option of the Company upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
prior notice (but in no event may any such redemption occur more than 90 days
after the occurrence of such Change of Control) mailed by first-class mail to
each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to, the date of redemption (the
"Redemption Date").

          6.   Mandatory Redemption.

          Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

          7.   Repurchase At Option Of Holder.

                                     A-1-3


<PAGE>
 
          (a)  If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to
make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase
(the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 10 days following any Change of
Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the
procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

          (b)  If the Company or a Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales,
within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds
Offer Amount exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all
Holders of Notes (as "Net Proceeds Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the
Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any
Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at
an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any,
to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount
of Notes (including any Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Net Proceeds
Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company (or such
Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the
aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the
amount of Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be
purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer
to purchase will receive an Net Proceeds Offer from the Company prior to any
related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing
the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the
Notes.

          8.   Notice Of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption.

          9.   Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Company
need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record
date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

          10.  Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

          11.  Amendment, Supplement And Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single
class, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of
the Holders of a majority in 

                                     A-1-4


<PAGE>
 
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any,
voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to
cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes
in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption
of the Company's or Guarantor's obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a
merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the
requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification
of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, to provide for the Issuance of
Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture,
or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture
and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

          12.  Defaults And Remedies.

          Events of Default include:  (i) the failure to pay interest on any
Notes when the same becomes due and payable if the default continues for a
period of 30 days, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10
hereof; (ii)the failure to pay the principal on any Notes when such principal
becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including
the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer), whether or not such payment shall be
prohibited by Article 10 of the Indenture; (iii) a default in the observance or
performance of any other covenant or agreement contained herein if the default
continues for a period of 30 days after the Company receives written notice
specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of
the Notes; (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to
any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity), which failure
continues for at least 10 days, or the acceleration of the maturity of any such
Indebtedness, which acceleration remains uncured and unrescinded for at least 10
days, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay
principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $20.0
million or more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in
excess of $20.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or
unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final
and non-appealable; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect
to the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries; and (vii) except as
permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any
Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor's Note
Guarantee.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
declare all the Notes to be due and payable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further
action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from
Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default
(except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
the Indenture except a continuing Default or 

                                     A-1-5


<PAGE>
 
Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.
The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding
compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware
of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement
specifying such Default or Event of Default.

          13.  Trustee Dealings With Company.  The Trustee, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

          14.  No Recourse Against Others.  A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the
issuance of the Notes.

          15.  Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          16.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).

          17.  Additional Rights of Holders Of Restricted Global Notes And
Restricted Definitive Notes.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the A/B Exchange
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997, between the Company
and the parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of
Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive
Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights
agreements, if any, between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating
to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes
(collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreement").

          18.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

                                     A-1-6


<PAGE>
 
          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.
Requests may be made to:

          Sealy Mattress Company
          Halle Building
          10th Floor
          1228 Euclid Avenue
          Cleveland, Ohio  44115
          Attention:  General Counsel

                                     A-1-7


<PAGE>
 
                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer
this Note to

________________________________________________________________________________
                 (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint_________________________________________________________
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

________________________________________________________________________________

Date:________________
                              Your Signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              ________________________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                     A-1-8


<PAGE>
 
                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

          SECTION 4.10     SECTION 4.15

          If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: $________

Date:______________
                              Your Signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              _________________________________

                                    Signatures must be guaranteed by an
                                    "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the
                                    requirements of the Registrar, which
                                    requirements include membership or
                                    participation in the Security Transfer Agent
                                    Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other
                                    "signature guarantee program" as may be
                                    determined by the Registrar in addition to,
                                    or in substitution for, STAMP, all in
                                    accordance with the Securities Exchange Act
                                    of 1934, as amended.

                                     A-1-9


<PAGE>
 
            SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE (1)/


          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest
in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of
another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have
been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Principal Amount
                   Amount of decrease   Amount of increase     of this Global          Signature of
                      in Principal         in Principal        Note following        authorized officer
                     Amount of this     Amount of this       such decrease (or       of Trustee or Note
Date of Exchange       Global Note          Global Note         increase)                 Custodian
- ----------------   -------------------  ------------------   -----------------       -------------------
<S>                <C>                  <C>                  <C>                     <C> 
</TABLE>

                                    A-1-10


<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT A-2

                 (Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)

          THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND
THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE
AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED
TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.

          UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO
THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY
SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ("DTC"),
TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,
AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER
NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT
IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD,
PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A)(1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144a UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT
OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 144a, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903
OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (5) PURSUANT TO
AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED
STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

                                                          CUSIP/CINS____________

              9-7/8% SERIES A SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007

No.___                                                                $_________

                                     A-2-1
<PAGE>
 
                            SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

promises to pay to ____________________________________

or registered assigns,

     the principal sum of ______________________________

Dollars on December 15, 2007.

Interest Payment Dates:  June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates:  June 1 and December 1.

                                    Sealy Mattress Company

                                    By:
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

                                    By:
                                      Name:
                                      Title:
This is one of the Global
Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Trustee

By:              Dated:  December 18, 1997
Name:
Title:

                                     A-2-2
<PAGE>
 
                 (Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)

              9-7/8% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          1.   Interest. Sealy Mattress Company, an Ohio corporation (the
"Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 9-
7/8% per annum from December 18, 1997 until maturity and shall pay the
Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights
Agreement referred to below.  The Company shall pay interest and Liquidated
Damages semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such
day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an
"Interest Payment Date").  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the
payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,
interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided,
further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 1998.  The
Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to
time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in
effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to
time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or
more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be
entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full,
this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled
to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.

          2.   Method Of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1
next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after
such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided
in Section 2.12 of the Indenture (as herein defined) with respect to defaulted
interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained
for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the
option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by
check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of
Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available
funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and
Liquidated Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which
shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying
Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts.

          3.   Paying Agent And Registrar.  Initially, The Bank of New York, the
Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The
Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.
The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

                                     A-2-3
<PAGE>
 
          4.   Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of December 18, 1997 ("Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S. Code (S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. The Notes are obligations of the Company limited to $300.0 million in
aggregate principal amount. 

          5.   Optional Redemption.

          (a)  Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the
Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to December 15, 2002.
Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon
to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PERCENTAGE OF
                                                        PRINCIPAL  
          YEAR                                            AMOUNT   
          ----                                            ------
          <S>                                         <C> 
          2002.......................................      104.937% 
          2003.......................................      103.292%  
          2004.......................................      101.646%  
          2005 and thereafter........................      100.000%  
</TABLE>

          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this
Paragraph 5, during the first 36 months after December 11, 1999 the Company may
on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount
of Notes originally issued under the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture at a
redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the redemption date,
with the net cash proceeds of any Equity Offerings; provided that at least $80.0
million in aggregate principal amount of Notes remain outstanding immediately
after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Senior Subordinated Notes
held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and provided further that such
redemption shall occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of any such
Equity Offering.

          (c)  At any time prior to December 15, 2002, the Notes may also be
redeemed, as a whole but not in part, at the option of the Company upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
prior notice (but in no event may any such redemption occur more than 90 days
after the occurrence of such Change of Control) mailed by first-class mail to
each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to, the date of redemption (the
"Redemption Date").

          6.   Mandatory Redemption.

          Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

                                     A-2-4
<PAGE>
 
          7.   Repurchase at Option of Holder.

          (a)  If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to
make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase
(the "Change of Control Payment").  Within 10 days following any Change of
Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the
procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

          (b)  If the Company or a Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales,
within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds
Offer Amount exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all
Holders of Notes (as "Net Proceeds Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the
Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any
Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at
an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any,
to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount
of Notes (including any Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Net Proceeds
Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company (or such
Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the
aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the
amount of Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be
purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer
to purchase will receive an Net Proceeds Offer from the Company prior to any
related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing
the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the
Notes.

          8.   Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption.

          9.   Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, it need not
exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and
the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

          This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in
part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the
40-day restricted period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation
of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required
by Article 2 of the Indenture.  Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary
Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this
Regulation S Temporary Global Note.

                                     A-2-5
<PAGE>
 
          10.  Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

          11.  Amendment, Supplement And Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent
of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of the Notes
in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to
comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

          12.  Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include:  (i) the
failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable if
the default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment shall
be prohibited by Article 10 hereof; (ii)the failure to pay the principal on any
Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption
or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer), whether or not
such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 of the Indenture; (iii) a default
in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained
herein if the default continues for a period of 30 days after the Company
receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default
be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes; (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity
(giving effect to any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
Securitization Entity), which failure continues for at least 10 days, or the
acceleration of the maturity of any such Indebtedness, which acceleration
remains uncured and unrescinded for at least 10 days, if the aggregate principal
amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or
which has been accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more at any time; (v)
one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0 million shall
have been rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries
and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60
days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; (vi)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of
its Material Subsidiaries; and (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any
Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid
or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor,
or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its
obligations under such Guarantor's Note Guarantee.  If any Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be
due and payable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of
Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding
Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may
not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any
continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then 

                                     A-2-6
<PAGE>
 
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under
the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of
interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver
to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and
the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default,
to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default.

          13.  Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

          14.  No Recourse Against Others.  A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such,
shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such
Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

          15.  Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          16.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).

          17.  Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the A/B Exchange
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997, between the Company
and the parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of
Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive
Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights
agreements, if any, between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating
to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes
(collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreement").

          18.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.
Requests may be made to:

          Sealy Mattress Company
          Halle Building
          10th Floor

                                     A-2-7
<PAGE>
 
          1228 Euclid Avenue
          Cleveland, Ohio  44115
          Attention:  General Counsel

                                     A-2-8
<PAGE>
 
                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer
this Note to


                 (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)



             (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The
agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date:_________________

                              Your Signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                               this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              _________________________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                     A-2-9
<PAGE>
 
                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below:

     [_] Section 4.10     [_] Section 4.15

          If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased:  $___________

________________________________________________________________________________

Date:___________
                              Your Signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                               this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              _________________________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                    A-2-10
<PAGE>
 
          SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

          The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary
Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or of other Restricted
Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have
been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Principal Amount   
                        Amount of           Amount of increase     of this Global Note      Signature of
                       decrease in             in Principal          following such      authorized officer
                     Principal Amount         Amount of this          decrease (or       of Trustee or Note 
Date of Exchange    of this Global Note        Global Note              increase)            Custodian 
- ----------------    -------------------      -----------------      ------------------   ------------------
<S>                 <C>                     <C>                    <C>                   <C> 
</TABLE> 
 
                                    A-2-11
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT B

                        FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Sealy Mattress Company
Halle Building
10th Floor
1228 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio  44115
Attention:  General Counsel

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Floor 21 West
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

          Re:  9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
               -----------------------------------------

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18,
1997 (the "Indenture"), between Sealy Mattress Company, as issuer (the
"Company"), and The Bank of New York, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

          ______________, (the "Transferor") owns and proposes to transfer the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the
principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Transfer"),
to  __________ (the "Transferee"), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In
connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1.    CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A.  The Transfer is
- -----------------------------------------------------------                  
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to
which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each
such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule
144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2.    CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and
- -----------------------------                                                 
in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further
certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United
States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was
outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf
reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United
States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a
designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person
acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in
the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in
contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S
under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme
to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the
proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted
Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of
the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and/or the
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3.    [_] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
INTEREST IN THE IAI GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S.  The Transfer is
- ----------------------------------------------------------                  
being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the
Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

          (a)  [_]  such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

                                       or

          (b)  [_]  such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a
subsidiary thereof;

                                       or

          (c)  [_]  such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

                                       or

          (d)  [_]  such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional
Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904,
and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any
general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act
and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes
and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported
by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the
Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes
at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by
the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to
this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon 

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

4.    [_] Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

          (a)  [_]  CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the
Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

          (b)  [_]  CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in
the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture.

          (c)  [_]  CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION.  (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule
903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in
the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.
                                        ________________________________
                                        [Insert Name of Transferor]

                                        By:_____________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

Dated:  __________, ____

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
                      ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.        The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

                           [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

          (a)  [_]  a beneficial interest in the:

               (i)   [_]  144A Global Note (CUSIP  ________), or

               (ii)  [_]  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP  ________), or

               (iii) [_]  IAI Global Note (CUSIP  _______); or

          (b)  [_]  a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.        After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

                                  [CHECK ONE]

          (a)  [_]  a beneficial interest in the:

               (i)   [_]  144A Global Note (CUSIP  _______), or

               (ii)  [_]  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP  _______), or

               (iii) [_]  IAI Global Note (CUSIP  _______); or

               (iv)  [_]  Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP  _______); or

          (b)  [_]  a Restricted Definitive Note; or

          (c)  [_]  an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

              in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C
                        FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE


Sealy Mattress Company
Halle Building
10th Floor
1228 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio  44115
Attention:  General Counsel

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Floor 21 West
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

          Re:  9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
               -----------------------------------------

                             (CUSIP ______________)

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18,
1997 (the "Indenture"), between Sealy Mattress Company, as issuer (the
"Company"), and The Bank of New York, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

          ____________, (the "Owner") owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s]
or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
$____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Exchange").  In connection with
the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1.  EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

          (a)  [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
                    --------------------------------------------------
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.

          (b)  [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
                    --------------------------------------------------
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the
- ------------------------------------------------------
Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note
is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Restricted Global Notes

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act
and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

          (c)  [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO
                    -------------------------------------------------------
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the
- --------------------------------------------------
Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States .

          (d)  [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO
                    -------------------------------------------------------
UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.  In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a
- ----------------------------                                               
Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2.  EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

          (a)  [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
                    --------------------------------------------------
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the
- ----------------------------------------------------
Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a
Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note
issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in
the Indenture and the Securities Act.

          (b)  [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO
                    -------------------------------------------------------
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  In connection with the
- -----------------------------------------------                         
Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in
the [CHECK ONE]  144A Global Note,  Regulation S Global Note,  IAI Global Note
with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial
interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii)
such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed
Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest
issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                          ___________________________________
                                                [Insert Name of Owner]


                                          By:________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

Dated:  __________, ____

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT D

                           FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
                  ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Sealy Mattress Company
Halle Building
10th Floor
1228 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio  44115
Attention:  General Counsel

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Floor 21 West
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

          Re:  9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
               -----------------------------------------

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18,
1997 (the "Indenture"), between Sealy Mattress Company, as issuer (the
"Company"), and The Bank of New York, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

               In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________
aggregate principal amount of:

          (a)  [_]    a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

          (b)  [_]    a Definitive Note,

          we confirm that:

          1.   We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any
interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in
the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell,
pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in
compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

          2.   We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein
may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We
agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting
as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein,
we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a "qualified institutional
buyer" (as defined therein), (c) to an institutional "accredited investor" (as
defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its
behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter
substantially in the form of this letter and, 

                                      D-1
<PAGE>
 
if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of
transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of
Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule
144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any
person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note
from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of
this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are
restricted as stated herein.

          3.   We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or
beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the
Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the
Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with
the foregoing restrictions.  We further understand that the Notes purchased by
us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.  We further understand that any
subsequent transfer by us of the Notes or beneficial interest therein acquired
by us must be effected through one of the Placement Agents.

          4.   We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have
such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable
of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and
any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of
our or its investment.

          5.   We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein
purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which
is an institutional "accredited investor") as to each of which we exercise sole
investment discretion.

          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.


                                 __________________________________________
                                 [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]



                                 By:_______________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


Dated: __________________, ____

                                      D-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT E
                         FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE


          For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor
Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the
provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 18, 1997 (the "Indenture")
among Sealy Mattress Company, the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and
The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), (a) the due and punctual
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as
defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and
premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual
performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the
Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any
extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed
in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to
the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the
Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference
is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.
Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound
by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such
Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee
attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that the
Indebtedness evidenced by this Note Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated
and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture.

                                 [Name of Guarantor(s)]



                                 By:________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

                                      E-1
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT F
                        FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
                   TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS


          Supplemental Indenture (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of
________________, among  __________________ (the "Guaranteeing Subsidiary"), a
subsidiary of Sealy Mattress Company (or its permitted successor), an Ohio
corporation (the "Company"), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in
the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the
indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the
Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of December 18, 1997 providing
for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $300.0 million of 9-
7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Notes");

          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally
guarantee all of the Company's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on
the terms and conditions set forth herein (the "Note Guarantee"); and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

          1.   Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          2.   Agreement To Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees
as follows:

          (a)  Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and
               severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
               delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors
               and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of
               the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company
               hereunder or thereunder, that:

               (i)  the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly
                    paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
                    redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
                    principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful,
                    and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or
                    the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in
                    full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof
                    and thereof; and

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
               (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of
                    any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will
                    be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance
                    with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
                    stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing
                    payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any
                    performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
                    Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay
                    the same immediately.

          (b)  The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of
               the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the
               Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
               waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
               any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment
               against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other
               circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
               equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

          (c)  The following is hereby waived:  diligence presentment, demand of
               payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency
               or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding
               first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands
               whatsoever.

          (d)  This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
               performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the
               Indenture.

          (e)  If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or
               otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any
               custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting
               in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount
               paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
               Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be
               reinstated in full force and effect.

          (f)  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of
               subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
               obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
               obligations guaranteed hereby.

          (g)  As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and
               the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
               obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
               Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note
               Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
               prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
               obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
               declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in
               Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due
               and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the
               Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

          (h)  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any
               non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does
               not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
          (i)  Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect
               to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed
               liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or
               fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any
               collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments
               made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
               obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the
               Indenture shall result in the obligations of such Guarantor under
               its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
               conveyance.

          3    Execution And Delivery.  Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that
the Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

          4.   Guaranteeing Subsidiary May Consolidate, Etc. On Certain Terms.

     (a)  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge with or
          into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another
          corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with such
          Guarantor unless:

          (i)  subject to Section 11.05 of the Indenture, the Person formed by
               or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a
               Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the
               obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental
               indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
               Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on
               the terms set forth herein or therein; and

          (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
               or Event of Default exists.

     (b)  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon
          the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental
          indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in
          form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and
          the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and
          conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such
          successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the
          Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a
          Guarantor.  Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be
          signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of
          the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been
          signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note
          Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank
          and benefit under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and
          thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as
          though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the
          execution hereof.

          (c) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and
notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or
in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor
with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or
conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
          5.   Releases.

     (a)  In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
          any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale
          or other disposition of all to the capital stock of any Guarantor,
          then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by
          way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock
          of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the
          event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of
          the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any
          obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds
          of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
          applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation
          Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the
          Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
          effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in
          accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without
          limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute
          any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of
          any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

     (b)  Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note
          Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and
          interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor
          under the Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the Indenture.

          6.   No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present or future director,
officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the
Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of the
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public
policy.

          7.   New York Law To Govern. The Internal Law Of The State Of New York
Shall Govern And Be Used To Construe This Supplemental Indenture But Without
Giving Effect To Applicable Principles Of Conflicts Of Law To The Extent That
The Application Of The Laws Of Another Jurisdiction Would Be Required Thereby.

          8.   Counterparts  The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement.

          9.   Effect Of Headings.  The Section headings herein are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

          10   The Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner
whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which
recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
written.

Dated:  _______________, ____
                                 [Guaranteeing Subsidiary]


                                 By:___________________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

                                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                    as Trustee


                                 By:___________________________
                                 Name:
                                 Title:
<PAGE>
 
SCHEDULE I

                            SCHEDULE OF GUARANTORS

          The following schedule lists each Guarantor under the Indenture as of
          the Issue Date:

          1.     Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

          2.     Sealy Mattress Company of Puerto Rico, an Ohio corporation.

          3.     Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co., Inc. (Randolph), a 
                 Massachusetts corporation.

          4.     Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.--Ft. Worth, a Texas 
                 corporation.

          5.     Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co., a Georgia corporation.

          6.     Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.--Houston, a Texas 
                 corporation.

          7.     Sealy Mattress Company of Michigan, Inc., a Michigan 
                 corporation.

          8.     Sealy Mattress Company of Kansas City, Inc., a Missouri 
                 corporation.

          9.     Sealy of Maryland and Virginia, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

          10.    Sealy Mattress Company of Illinois, an Illinois corporation.

          11.    A. Brandwein & Company, an Illinois corporation.

          12.    Sealy Mattress Company of Albany, Inc., a New York corporation.

          13.    Sealy of Minnesota, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.

          14.    Sealy Mattress Company of Memphis, a Tennessee corporation.
     
          15.    The Stearns & Foster Bedding Company, a Delaware corporation.

          16.    The Stearns & Foster Upholstery Furniture Company, an Ohio 
                 corporation.

          17.    Sealy, Inc., an Ohio corporation 

          18.    The Ohio Mattress Company Licensing and Components Group, a 
                 Delaware corporation.

          19.    Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Company, Inc., a Delaware 
                 corporation.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

================================================================================

                             Sealy Mattress Company



                             SERIES A AND SERIES B
              10-7/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2007
                                   INDENTURE


                         _____________________________
                                        

                         Dated as of December 18, 1997

                         _____________________________


                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                    Trustee

                                 ______________


================================================================================
 
<PAGE>
 
                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Act Section                   Indenture Section
<S>                           <C>
310 (a)(1).................................7.10
(a)(2).....................................7.10
(a)(3).....................................N.A.
(a)(4).....................................N.A.
(a)(5).....................................7.10
(i)(b).....................................7.10
(ii)(c)....................................N.A.
311 (a)....................................7.11
(b)........................................7.11
(iii(c)....................................N.A.
312 (a)....................................2.05
(b).......................................11.03
(iv)(c)...................................11.03
313 (a)....................................7.06
(b)(2).....................................7.07
(v)(c)....................................7.06;
                                          11.02
(vi)(d)....................................7.06
314 (a)....................................4.03;
                                          11.02
(c)(1)....................................11.04
(c)(2)....................................11.04
(c)(3).....................................N.A.
(vii)(e)..................................11.05
(f)....................................... N.A.
315 (a)....................................7.01
(b)........................................7.05,
                                          11.02
(A)(c).....................................7.01
(d)........................................7.01
(e)........................................6.11
316 (a)(last sentence).....................2.09
(a)(1)(A)..................................6.05
(a)(1)(B)..................................6.04
(a)(2).....................................N.A.
(b)........................................6.07
(B)(c).....................................2.12
317 (a)(1).................................6.08
(a)(2).....................................6.09
(b)........................................2.04
318 (a)...................................11.01
(b)........................................N.A.
(c).......................................11.01
N.A. means not applicable.
</TABLE>

*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.........................................................     1

 Section 1.01. Definitions....................................................................................     1
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions..............................................................................    20
 Section 1.03. Trust Indenture Act Definitions................................................................    21
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction..........................................................................    21

ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES..........................................................................................    22

 Section 2.01. Form and Dating................................................................................    22
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication...................................................................    23
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.....................................................................    23
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust............................................................    24
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists...................................................................................    24
 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange..........................................................................    24
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes..............................................................................    36
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes..............................................................................    36
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes.................................................................................    36
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes................................................................................    37
 Section 2.11. Cancellation...................................................................................    37
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.............................................................................    37

ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT..........................................................................    38

 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.............................................................................    38
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed..............................................................    38
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption...........................................................................    38
</TABLE> 

                                       i
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                               <C> 
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.................................................................    39
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price....................................................................    39
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.........................................................................    39
 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption............................................................................    40
 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption...........................................................................    40
 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Proceeds Offer Amount..................................    40

Article 4. Covenants..........................................................................................    42

 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes...............................................................................    42
 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency................................................................    42
 Section 4.03. Reports........................................................................................    43
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate.........................................................................    44
 Section 4.05. Taxes..........................................................................................    44
 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.................................................................    45
 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments............................................................................    45
 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.................................    47
 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.....................................    48
 Section 4.10. Asset Sales....................................................................................    51
 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates...................................................................    52
 Section 4.12. Liens..........................................................................................    54
 Section 4.13. Conduct of Business............................................................................    54
 Section 4.14. Corporate Existence............................................................................    54
 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.....................................................    54
 Section 4.16. No Senior Subordinated Debt....................................................................    55
 Section 4.17. Additional Note Guarantees.....................................................................    56

Article 5. Successors.........................................................................................    56
</TABLE> 

                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                               <C> 
 SECTION 5.01. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS.......................................................    56
 SECTION 5.02. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED..............................................................    56

ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES..............................................................................    57

 SECTION 6.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT..............................................................................    57
 SECTION 6.02. ACCELERATION...................................................................................    58
 SECTION 6.03. OTHER REMEDIES.................................................................................    59
 SECTION 6.04. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS........................................................................    59
 SECTION 6.05. CONTROL BY MAJORITY............................................................................    60
 SECTION 6.06. LIMITATION ON SUITS............................................................................    60
 SECTION 6.07. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT..................................................    60
 SECTION 6.08. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.....................................................................    60
 SECTION 6.09. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM...............................................................    61
 SECTION 6.10. PRIORITIES.....................................................................................    61
 SECTION 6.11. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS..........................................................................    61

ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE............................................................................................    62

 SECTION 7.01. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE..............................................................................    62
 SECTION 7.02. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE..............................................................................    63
 SECTION 7.03. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE...................................................................    63
 SECTION 7.04. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER...........................................................................    63
 SECTION 7.05. NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.............................................................................    64
 SECTION 7.06. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES.....................................................    64
 SECTION 7.07. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.....................................................................    64
 SECTION 7.08. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.........................................................................    65
 SECTION 7.09. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC...............................................................    66
 SECTION 7.10. ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION..................................................................    66
</TABLE> 

                                      iii
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                               <C> 
 SECTION 7.11. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY..............................................    66

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE...........................................................    66

 SECTION 8.01. OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.......................................    66
 SECTION 8.02. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.................................................................    66
 SECTION 8.03. COVENANT DEFEASANCE............................................................................    67
 SECTION 8.04. CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.....................................................    67
 SECTION 8.05. DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST; OTHER
               MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.......................................................................    69
 SECTION 8.06. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY...........................................................................    69
 SECTION 8.07. REINSTATEMENT..................................................................................    69

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER...................................................................    70

 SECTION 9.01. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES............................................................    70
 SECTION 9.02. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES...............................................................    71
 SECTION 9.03. COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT............................................................    72
 SECTION 9.04. REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS..............................................................    72
 SECTION 9.05. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES...............................................................    72
 SECTION 9.06. TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC................................................................    73

ARTICLE 10. SUBORDINATION.....................................................................................    73

 SECTION 10.01. AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE......................................................................    73
 SECTION 10.02. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS...........................................................................    73
 SECTION 10.03. LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY..........................................................    74
 SECTION 10.04. DEFAULT ON DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT.............................................................    74
 SECTION 10.05. ACCELERATION OF SECURITIES....................................................................    75
 SECTION 10.06. WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER...........................................................    75
 SECTION 10.07. NOTICE BY COMPANY.............................................................................    75
</TABLE> 

                                      iv
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                               <C> 
 Section 10.08. Subrogation...................................................................................    76
 Section 10.09. Relative Rights...............................................................................    76
 Section 10.10. Subordination May Not be Impaired by Company..................................................    76
 Section 10.11. Distribution or Notice to Representative......................................................    76
 Section 10.12. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent............................................................    77
 Section 10.13. Authorization to Effect Subordination.........................................................    77
 Section 10.14. Amendments....................................................................................    77

ARTICLE 11. NOTE GUARANTEES...................................................................................    78

 Section 11.01. Guarantee.....................................................................................    78
 Section 11.02. Subordination of Note Guarantee...............................................................    79
 Section 11.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.............................................................    79
 Section 11.04. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee......................................................    79
 Section 11.05. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms............................................    80
 Section 11.06. Releases Following Sale of Assets.............................................................    80

ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................................    81

 Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls..................................................................    81
 Section 12.02. Notices.......................................................................................    81
 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes With Other Holders of Notes.................................    82
 Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent............................................    82
 Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.................................................    82
 Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents...................................................................    83
 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders......................    83
 Section 12.08. Governing Law.................................................................................    83
 Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.................................................    83
 Section 12.10. Successors....................................................................................    83
</TABLE> 

                                       V
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                                               <C> 
 SECTION 12.11. SEVERABILITY..................................................................................    83
 SECTION 12.12. COUNTERPART ORIGINALS.........................................................................    84
 SECTION 12.13. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC..............................................................    84
</TABLE>

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A  FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit B  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Exhibit C  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Exhibit D  FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
Exhibit E  FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE
Exhibit F  FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                                      vi
<PAGE>
 
          INDENTURE dated as of December 18, 1997 between Sealy Mattress
Company, a Ohio corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors (as herein defined)
and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee").

          The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the
benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of
the 10-7/8% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007 (the "Series A
Notes") and the 10-7/8% Series B Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007
(the "Series B Notes" and, together with the Series A Notes, the "Notes"):

                                  ARTICLE 1.
                  DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.  Definitions.

          "144A Global Note" means a global note in the form of Exhibit A-1
hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or
its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount at maturity of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

          "Accreted Value" means, as of any date of determination prior to the
Full Accretion Date, the sum of (a) the initial offering price of each Note and
(b) the portion of the excess of the principal amount of each Note over such
initial offering price which shall have been accreted thereon through such date,
such amount to be so accreted on a daily basis at 10-7/8% per annum of the
initial offering price of the Notes, compounded semi-annually on each June 15
and December 15 from the date of issuance of the Notes through the date of
determination; provided that, on and after the Full Accretion Date, the Accreted
Value of each Note shall be equal to the principal amount of such Note.

          "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company or that is assumed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in
each case excluding any Indebtedness incurred by such Person in connection with,
or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition.

          "Additional Notes" means up to $147.0 million in aggregate principal
amount at maturity of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this
Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof.

          "Affiliate" means a Person who directly or indirectly through one or
more intermediaries controls, or controlled by, or is under common control with,
the Company.  The term "control" means the possession directly or indirectly, of
the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a
Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person (other than the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company) in whom a Securitization Entity makes an
Investment in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be
deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries solely by
reason of such Investment.

          "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
          "all or substantially all" shall have the meaning given such phrase in
the Revised Model Business Corporation Act.

          "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption
Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such Note or (ii) the
excess of (A) the present value at the Redemption Date of (1) the redemption
price of such Note at December 15, 2002 (such redemption price being set forth
in Section 3.07 hereof) plus (2) all Accreted Value on such Note through
December 15, 2002, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at
the Redemption Date plus 75 basis points over (B) the Accreted Value of such
Note as of such Redemption Date, if greater.

          "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or
exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and
procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Cedel that apply to such transfer or
exchange.

          "Asset Acquisition" means (a) an Investment by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person if, as a result of such
Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or
shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or any
division or line of business of any other Person.

          "Asset Sale" means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance,
transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course
of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of (a) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company or (b) any other property or assets of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of
business; provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not include (i) a
transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $1.0
million, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all
substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted by Section 5.01
hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (iii) the sale
or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in
the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or
collection thereof, (iv) the factoring of accounts receivable arising in the
ordinary course of business pursuant to arrangements customary in the industry,
(v) the licensing of intellectual property, (vi) disposals or replacements of
obsolete, uneconomical, negligible, worn out or surplus property in the ordinary
course of business, (vii) the sale, lease conveyance, disposition or other
transfer by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets or property to
one or more Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with Investments permitted by
Section 4.07 hereof, (viii) sales of accounts receivable, equipment and related
assets (including contract rights) of the type specified in the definition of
"Qualified Securitization Transaction" to a Securitization Entity for the fair
market value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the
fair market value thereof.  For the purposes of clause (viii), Purchase Money
Notes shall be deemed to be cash.

          "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or
state law for the relief of debtors.

          "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company, or
any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

          "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination
thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease
that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.

          "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited
liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person
the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
assets of, the issuing Person.

          "Cash Equivalents" means: (i) marketable direct obligations issued by,
or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in
each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (ii)
marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either S&P or Moody's; (iii) commercial paper maturity no more
than one year from the date of creation thereof and at the time of acquisition,
having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's; (iv)
certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances (or, with respect to foreign
banks, similar instruments) maturing within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Japan or any
member of the European Economic Community or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank
having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not
less than $200.0 million; provided that instruments issued by banks not having
one for the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's or by
banks organized under the laws of Japan or any member of the European Economic
Community shall not constitute Cash Equivalents for purposes of the
subordination provisions of this Indenture; (v) repurchase obligations with a
term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types
described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money
market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the
types described in clauses (i) through (v) above.

          "Cedel" means Cedel Bank, SA.

          "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the
following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one
transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons, as defined
in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Group"), whether or not otherwise in
compliance with the provisions hereof, other than Bain Capital, Inc. and its
Related Parties (ii) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company
of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company
(whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions hereof); (iii) any
Person or Group (other than Bain Capital, Inc. and its Related Parties) shall
become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares
representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by
the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Parent or any successor to all or
substantially all of its assets; (iv) the first day on which a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors of the Company or Parent are not Continuing
Directors; or (v) the first day on which Parent ceases to hold 100% of the

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
outstanding Equity Interests of the Company (other than as a result of a Merger
of the Company and Parent permitted by Indenture).

          "Company" means Sealy Mattress Company, and any and all successors
thereto.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any
period, the sum (without duplication) of such Person's (i) Consolidated Net
Income and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby,
(A) all income taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period,
(B) Consolidated Interest Expense, (C) Consolidated Noncash Charges, (D) all
one-time cash compensation payments made in connection with the Transactions,
(E) any payments related to addressing the Company's or any Restricted
Subsidiary's "Year 2000" information systems issue and Emerging Issues Task
Force 97-13 "Reengineering" Efforts and (F) all bad debt and factoring losses
incurred specifically with respect to the bankruptcy of Montgomery Ward.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any
Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the most recent
four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
(the "Four-Quarter Period") ending on or prior to the date of the transaction
giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for
the Four-Quarter Period.  In addition to and without limitation of the
foregoing, for purposes of this definition, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated
Fixed Charges shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for
the period of such calculation to (i) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the
issuance of any preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment of
other Indebtedness or redemption of other preferred stock  occurring during the
Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-
Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence,
repayment, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of
the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period and
(ii) any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including, without limitation, any
Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result
of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring,
assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including
any Consolidated EBITDA (including any Pro Forma Cost Savings) associated with
any such Asset Acquisition) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any
time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to
the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the
incurrence of, or assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness or Acquired
Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period.  If such
Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees
Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the
incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such
guaranteed Indebtedness.  Furthermore, in calculating Consolidated Fixed Charges
for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, (1) interest on outstanding
Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and
which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have
accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such
Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; (2) if interest on any
Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be
determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in
effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the
Four-Quarter Period; and (3) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on
Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is
covered by 

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at
the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such
agreements.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense
(before amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs) plus (ii) the amount
of all cash dividend payments on any series of preferred stock of such Person
plus (iii) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Permitted
Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock or Permitted Domestic Subsidiary Preferred
Stock; provided that with respect to any series of preferred stock that was not
paid cash dividends during such period but that is eligible to be paid cash
dividends during any period prior to the maturity date of the Notes, cash
dividends shall be deemed to have been paid with respect to such series of
preferred stock during such period for purposes of clause (ii) of this
definition.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate of all cash and
non-cash interest expense with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the net costs associated with
Interest Swap Obligations, for such period determined on a consolidated basis in
conformity with GAAP, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, and (iii)
the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP.

          "Consolidated Net Income" of the Company means, for any period, the
aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP,
provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) gains and losses from Asset
Sales (without regard to the $1.0 million limitation set forth in the definition
thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto and the related tax
effects according to GAAP, (b) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in
currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (c) items
classified as a cumulative effect accounting change or as extraordinary, unusual
or nonrecurring gains and losses (including, without limitation, severance,
relocation and other restructuring costs), and the related tax effects according
to GAAP, (d) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of
interests transaction accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or is merged or consolidated with the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (e) the net income of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the declaration of dividends or
similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of that
income is restricted by contract, operation, operation of law or otherwise, (f)
the net loss of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
(g) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by such Person, (h) only for
purposes of clause (c)(i) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof, any
amounts included pursuant to clause (c)(iii) of the first paragraph of Section
4.07 hereof, and (i) one time non-cash compensation charges, including any
arising from existing stock options resulting from any merger or
recapitalization transaction.  For purposes of clause (c)(i) of the first
paragraph of Section 4.07, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by any cash
dividends paid with respect to any series of Designated Preferred Stock.

          "Consolidated Noncash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for
any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income
of such Person for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP excluding any such non-cash charge constituting an

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
extraordinary item or loss or any such non-cash charge which requires an accrual
of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period.

          "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any
member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such
Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture or (ii) was nominated for
election or elected to such Board of Directors by any of the Principals or with
the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such
Board at the time of such nomination or election.

          "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at the address of the
Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the
Trustee may give notice to the Company.

          "Credit Facilities" means one or more debt facilities (including,
without limitation, the Senior Credit Agreements) or commercial paper facilities
with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans,
term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to
such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders
against such receivables) and/or letters of credit.

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in
currency values.

          "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

          "Definitive Note" means a certificated Note registered in the name of
the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in the
form of Exhibit A-1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note
Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note" attached thereto.

          "Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as
the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto
appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.

          "Designated Noncash Consideration" means any non-cash consideration
received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with
an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant
to an Officers' Certificate executed by the principal executive officer and the
principal financial officer of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.  Such
Officers' Certificate shall state the basis of such valuation, which shall be a
report of a nationally recognized investment banking firm with respect to the
receipt in one or a series of related transactions of Designated Noncash
Consideration with a fair market value in excess of $10.0 million.

          "Designated Preferred Stock" means Preferred Stock that is so
designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers' Certificate
executed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer
of the Company, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are
excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii) of the first paragraph
of Section 4.07.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
          "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by
the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is
exchangeable, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any
event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in
whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on
which the Notes mature; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would
constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right
to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if
the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or
redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase
or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof.

          "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

          "Equity Offering" means any offering of Qualified Capital Stock of
Parent or the Company; provided that, in the event of any Equity Offering by
Parent, Parent contributes to the common equity capital of the Company (other
than as Disqualified Stock) the portion of the net cash proceeds of such Equity
Offering necessary to pay the aggregate redemption price (plus accrued interest
to the redemption date) of the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to the preceding
paragraph.

          "Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels
office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant
to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

          "Exchange Offer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

          "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" has the meaning set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

          "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Agreements) in
existence on the date hereof, until such amounts are repaid.

          "Foreign Subsidiaries" means the Company's current and future non-U.S.
Subsidiaries.

          "Four-Quarter Period" has the meaning specified in the definition of
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

          "Full Accretion Date" means December 15, 2002.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant
segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date hereof.

          "Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under
this Indenture.

          "Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of the
Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, in the form of
Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv),
2.06(d)(ii) or 2.06(f) hereof.

          "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the
United States pledges its full faith and credit.

          "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of
assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

          "Guarantors" means (i) Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
Sealy Mattress Company of Puerto Rico, an Ohio corporation, Ohio--Sealy Mattress
Manufacturing Co., Inc. (Randolph), a Massachusetts corporation, Ohio--Sealy
Mattress Manufacturing Co.--Ft. Worth, a Texas corporation, Ohio--Sealy Mattress
Manufacturing Co., a Georgia corporation, Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing
Co.--Houston, a Texas corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of Michigan, Inc., a
Michigan corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of Kansas City, Inc., a Missouri
corporation, Sealy of Maryland and Virginia, Inc., a Maryland corporation, Sealy
Mattress Company of Illinois, an Illinois corporation, A. Brandwein & Company,
an Illinois corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of Albany, Inc., a New York
corporation, Sealy of Minnesota, Inc., a Minnesota corporation, Sealy Mattress
Company of Memphis, a Tennessee corporation, The Stearns & Foster Bedding
Company, a Delaware corporation, The Stearns & Foster Upholstery Furniture
Company, an Ohio corporation, Sealy, Inc., an Ohio corporation, The Ohio
Mattress Company Licensing and Components Group, a Delaware corporation, Sealy
Mattress Manufacturing Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation and (ii) any future
U.S. Subsidiary.

          "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest
rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements (including Interest Swap
Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such
Person against fluctuations in interest rates (including Currency Agreements).

          "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

          "IAI Global Note" means the global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1
hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount at maturity of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited
Investors.

          "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of
such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances
or representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase 

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations, except any such
balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the
extent any of the foregoing (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all Indebtedness of others secured
by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee
by such Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of any
Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof,
in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and (ii)
the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more
than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. For purposes of
calculating the amount of Indebtedness of a Securitization Entity outstanding as
of any date, the face or notional amount of any interest in receivables or
equipment that is outstanding as of such date shall be deemed to be Indebtedness
but any such interests held by Affiliates of such Securitization Entity shall be
excluded for purposes of such calculation.

          "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

          "Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial interest
in a Global Note through a Participant.

          "Initial Notes" means $128.0 million in aggregate principal amount at
maturity of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

          "Initial Public Offering" means the first underwritten public offering
of Qualified Capital Stock by either Parent or by the Company pursuant to a
registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act
for aggregate net cash proceeds of a least $50.0 million; provided that in the
event the Initial Public Offering is consummated by Parent, Parent contributes
to the common equity capital of the Company at least $50.0 million of the net
cash proceeds of the Initial Public Offering.

          "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is an
"accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

          "Interest Swap Obligations" means the obligations of any Person,
pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or
indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic
payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on
a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other
Persons calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the
same notional amount.

          "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by
such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an
Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market
value of the 

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount
determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07.

          "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by
law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment date is a
Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the
next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on
such payment for the intervening period.

          "Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal to be prepared
by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in
connection with the Exchange Offer.

          "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).

          "Liquidated Damages" means all liquidated damages then owing pursuant
to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

          "Marketable Securities" means publicly traded debt or equity
securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange and
that were issued by a corporation whose debt securities are rated in one of the
three highest rating categories by either S&P or Moody's.

          "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

          "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of
the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and any reserve for adjustment in
respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with
GAAP.

          "Non-Guarantors" means (i) the Foreign Subsidiaries and (ii) Advanced
Sleep Products, a California corporation, Sealy Components--Pads, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of San Diego, a California
corporation, Sealy Connecticut, Inc., a Connecticut corporation, and Sealy
Mattress Company of S.W. Virginia, a Virginia corporation.

          "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of
any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor
or otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect
to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause 

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity;
and (iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will
not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries.

          "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

          "Note Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the
Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

          "Note Guarantee" means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the
Company's payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

          "Notes" has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this
Indenture.

          "Obligations" means any principal, interest (including, without
limitation, interest that, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with
respect to an obligor, would accrue on such obligations), penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

          "Offering" means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

          "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer,
the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the
Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

          "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the
Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the
principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 12.05 hereof.

          "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section
12.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

          "Parent" means Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

          "Parent Notes" means the existing 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2003 of Parent.

          "Parent Note Indenture" means the indenture governing the Parent Notes
between The Bank of New York (as successor trustee to Mellon Bank, F.S.B. (as
successor trustee to KeyBank National Association)) and Parent.

          "Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or
Cedel, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel,
respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include
Euroclear and Cedel).

          "Participating Broker-Dealer" has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
          "Permitted Business" means any business (including stock or assets)
that derives a majority of its revenues from the manufacture, distribution and
sale of mattresses, foundation and other bedding products and activities that
are reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension,
development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Indenture.

          "Permitted Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock" means any series of
Preferred Stock of a domestic restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
constitutes Qualified Capital Stock and has a fixed dividend rate, the
liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate
amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred
pursuant to clause (xvi) of Section 4.09 does not exceed $30.0 million; provided
that such amount shall increase to $50.0 million upon consummation of an Initial
Public Offering.

          "Permitted Investments" means (i) Investments by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
that is a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary (whether existing on the date of
this Indenture or created thereafter) or in any other Person (including by means
of any transfer of cash or other property) if as a result of such Investment
such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a
Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary and Investments in the Company by any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii)
Investments existing on the date of this Indenture, (iv) loans and advances to
employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of Business, (v) accounts receivable created or acquired in the
ordinary course of Business, (vi) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap
Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the Company's businesses and
otherwise in compliance with the applicable Indenture, (vii) Investments in
Unrestricted Subsidiaries in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed
$20.0 million; (viii) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers
received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the
bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers, (ix) guarantees
by the Company of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that are either Guarantors or Foreign Subsidiaries
under this Indenture, (x) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market
value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(x) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5% of Total Assets at the
time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value), (xi) any Investment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in a
Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any other
Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that
any Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money
Note or an equity interest, (xii) any transaction to the extent it constitutes
an Investment that is permitted by, and made in accordance with, clause (b) of
Section 4.11 (other than transactions described in clause (v) of such clause
(b)), (xiii) Investments the payment for which consists exclusively of Qualified
Capital Stock of the Company and (xiv) Investments received by the Company or
its Restricted Subsidiaries as consideration for asset sales, including Asset
Sales; provided that in the case of an Asset Sale, such Asset Sale is effected
in compliance with Section 4.10.

          "Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock" means any series of
Preferred Stock of a foreign Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that
constitutes Qualified Capital Stock and has a fixed dividend rate, the
liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate
amount of Indebtedness of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company
incurred pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,
does not exceed $15.0 million; provided that such amount shall increase to $30.0
million upon consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
          "Permitted Liens" means the following types of Liens:

          (i)      Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
     claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by
     appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or its Restricted
     Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be
     required pursuant to GAAP;

          (ii)     statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers,
     warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens
     imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet
     delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other
     appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been
     made in respect thereof;

          (iii)    Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
     business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance
     and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of
     credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
     practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders,
     statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government
     contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar
     obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

          (iv)     judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default;

          (v)      easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other
     similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real property not interfering
     in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
     Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (vi)     any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease
     Obligation;

          (vii)    purchase money Liens to finance property or assets of the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired in the
     ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (A) the related
     purchase money Indebtedness shall not exceed the cost of such property or
     assets and shall not be secured by any property or assets of the Company or
     any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than the property and assets
     so acquired and (B) the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be created
     with 90 days of such acquisition;

          (viii)   Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and
     proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of
     bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to
     facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other
     goods;

          (ix)     Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to
     commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property
     relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

          (x)      Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising
     from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the
     Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset
     and set-off;

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
          (xi)      Liens securing Interest Swap Obligations which Interest Swap
     Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this
     Indenture;

          (xii)     Liens securing Indebtedness under Currency Agreements;

          (xiii)    Liens securing Indebtedness of foreign Restricted
     Subsidiaries of the Company incurred in reliance on clause (iii) of the
     second paragraph of Section 4.09;

          (xiv)     Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness incurred in reliance on
     clause (viii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09;

          (xv)      Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do
     not in the aggregate exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;

          (xvi)     Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on
     assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred in connection
     with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;

          (xvii)    leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially
     interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (xviii)   Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing
     statements regarding leases;

          (xix)     Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as
     a matter of law to secure payment of customer duties in connection with the
     importation of goods;

          (xx)      Liens on assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure
     Non-Recourse Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

          (xxi)     Liens existing on the date hereof, together with any Liens
     securing Indebtedness incurred in reliance on clause (xiv) of the Section
     4.09 in order to refinance the Indebtedness secured by Liens existing on
     the date of this Indenture; provided that the Liens securing the
     refinancing Indebtedness shall not extend to property other than that
     pledged under the Liens securing the Indebtedness being refinanced.

          "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or agency or political subdivision thereof (including any subdivision
or ongoing business of any such entity or substantially all of the assets of any
such entity, subdivision or business).

          "Preferred Stock," of any person, means Capital Stock of such Person
of any class or series (however designated) that ranks prior, as to payment of
dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital
Stock of any other class or series of such Person.

          "Principals" means Parent, Bain Capital, Inc. and any other
stockholder of Parent that owns at least 10% of the outstanding Equity Interests
of Parent as of the date of issuance of the Notes.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
          "Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where
otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

          "Pro Forma Cost Savings" means, with respect to any period, the
reduction in costs that occurred during the Four-Quarter Period or after the end
of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date that were (i)
directly attributable to an Asset Acquisition and calculated on a basis that is
consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied
as of January 1, 1997 or (ii) implemented by the business that was the subject
any such Asset Acquisition within six months of the date of the Asset
Acquisition and that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying
accounting records of such business, as if, in the case of each of clause (i)
and (ii), all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of
such period.

          "Productive Assets" means assets (including Capital Stock) that are
used or usable by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in Permitted
Businesses.

          "Purchase Money Note" means a promissory note of a Securitization
Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to
the Securitization Entity, other than amounts required to be established as
reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of
interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid
in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables or newly acquired
equipment.

          "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

          "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not
Disqualified Stock.

          "Qualified Securitization Transaction" means any transaction or series
of transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization
Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in case of a transfer by a
Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts
receivable or equipment (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the
future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets
related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such
accounts receivable and equipment, all contracts and contract rights and all
Guarantees or other obligations in respect such accounts receivable and
equipment, proceeds of such accounts receivable and equipment an other assets
(including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in respect of
which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset
securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and equipment.

          "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and among the Company and the other
parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional
Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the
other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the
purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the
Securities Act.

          "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
          "Regulation S Global Note" means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note
or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

          "Regulation S Permanent Global Note" means a permanent global Note in
the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

          "Regulation S Temporary Global Note" means a temporary global Note in
the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto bearing the Private Placement Legend and
deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or
its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount
at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

          "Related Party" with respect to any Principal means (A) any
controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate
family member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal or (B) any trust,
corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling
interest of which consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred
to in the immediately preceding clause (A).

          "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means
any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter,
any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of
and familiarity with the particular subject.

          "Restricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend.

          "Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the Private
Placement Legend.

          "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

          "Restricted Period" means the 40-day restricted period as defined in
Regulation S.

          "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the
referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          "Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act.

          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "S&P" means Standard & Poor's.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Securitization Entity" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company
(or another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes
an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
transfers accounts receivable or equipment and related assets) that engages in
no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable
or equipment and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as
provided below) as a Securitization Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or
any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of
Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness))
pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (ii) is recourse to or
obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any way
other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects
any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction
thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (B) with
which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any
material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms
no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that
might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the
Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in
connection with servicing receivables of such entity, and (c) to which neither
the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to
maintain or preserve such entity's financial condition or cause such entity to
achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board
of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to each of the Trustees by filing
with the Trustees a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors
of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

          "Senior Credit Agreements" means, collectively, (i) that certain
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, and (ii) that certain AXEL
Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, in each case by and among the
Company, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as arranging agent and syndication
agent, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as administrative agent,
Bankers Trust Company, as documentation agent, and the financial institutions
party thereto, initially providing for up to $550.0 million of revolving and
term credit borrowings, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral
documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in
each case as amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof),
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or restructured (including,
without limitation, any amendment increasing the amount of available borrowing
thereunder) from time to time and whether with the same or any other agent,
lender or group of lenders.

          "Senior Subordinated Note Indenture" means the indenture among the
Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as of
December 18, 1997,  governing the Company's 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2007.

          "Senior Subordinated Notes" means the Company's 9-7/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007, issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture.

          "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration Statement
as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
          "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on
the date of this Indenture.

          "Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company that are reasonably customary in an accounts
receivable or equipment transactions.

          "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest
or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b)
the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof), but shall not include
any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "Subsidiary Guarantors" means each of (i) all Restricted Subsidiaries
(but excluding the Non-Guarantors) and (ii) any other subsidiary that executes a
Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and their respective
successors and assigns.

          "Tax Allocation Agreement" means that certain tax allocation agreement
between Parent and the Company, dated as of December 18, 1997.

          "Total Assets" means the total consolidated assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, as set forth on the Company's most recent
consolidated balance sheet.

          "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. (S)(S) 77aaa-
77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the
TIA.

          "Transactions" means concurrent with the consummation of the Offering
and the offering of the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes (collectively, the
"Offerings"), the Company's consummation of (i) the merger whereby, among other
things, funds managed by Bain (the "Bain Funds"), together with other equity
investors, including members of management (the "Management Investors" and
collectively with the other investors, the "Investors"), acquired an approximate
90% equity stake in Parent (the "Merger"), (ii) the offer to purchase for cash
all of the Parent Notes (the "Tender Offer") and the related consent
solicitation (the "Consent Solicitation") to modify certain terms of the Parent
Note Indenture and (iii) a refinancing (the "Refinancing") whereby the Company
entered into and borrowed under the Senior Credit Agreements and Parent
indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.  The Merger will
be accounted for as a recapitalization.  The Offerings, the Merger, the Tender
Offer and related Consent Solicitation and the Refinancing are collectively
referred to herein as the "Transactions."

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
          "Treasury Rate" means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to
maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve
Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is
no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most
nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to December 15, 2002;
provided, however, that if the period from such Redemption Date to December 15,
2002 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be
used.

          "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and
thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

          "Unrestricted Global Note" means a permanent global Note in the form
of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has
the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto,
and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the
Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

          "Unrestricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive Notes that
do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is designated by
the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of
the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no
Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons
who are not Affiliates of the Company; (c) is a Person with respect to which
neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (y) to
maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person
to achieve any specified levels of operating results; (d) has not guaranteed or
otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one
director on its board of directors that is not a director or executive officer
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one
executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.  Any such designation by the Board of
Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such
designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.
If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing
requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
incurred as of such date under the Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in
default of such covenant).  The Board of Directors of the Company may at any
time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be
permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under the Section 4.09 hereof,
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the
beginning of the four-quarter reference period, (ii) such Subsidiary shall
execute a Note 

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
Guarantee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture and (iii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation.

          "U.S. Person" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the
Securities Act.

          "U.S. Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is
incorporated in a State in the United States or the District of Columbia or that
Guarantees or otherwise becomes an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness of
the Company or another Guarantor.

          "Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of
such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of
Directors of such Person.

          "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

          "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such
Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of
which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by
such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one
or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries
of such Person.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                       Defined in
          Term                                           Section
       <S>                                             <C>
       "Acceleration Notice"............................. 6.02
       "Affiliate Transaction"........................... 4.11
       "Asset Sale Offer"................................ 3.09
       "Authentication Order"............................ 2.02
       "Change of Control Offer"......................... 4.15
       "Change of Control Payment"....................... 4.15
       "Change of Control Payment Date".................. 4.15
       "Covenant Defeasance"............................. 8.03
       "Event of Default"................................ 6.01
       "incur"........................................... 4.09
       "Legal Defeasance"................................ 8.02
       "Net Proceeds Offer".............................. 4.10
       "Net Proceeds Offer Amount"....................... 4.10
       "Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date"................. 4.10
</TABLE> 

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
       <S>                                               <C> 
       "Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date"................. 4.10
       "Offer Period".................................... 3.09
       "Payment Blockage Notice".........................10.04
       "Paying Agent".................................... 2.03
       "Permitted Indebtedness".......................... 4.09
       "Purchase Date"................................... 3.09
       "Redemption Date"................................. 3.07
       "Refunding Capital Stock"......................... 4.07
       "Registrar"....................................... 2.03
       "Restricted Payments"............................. 4.07
       "Retired Capital Stock"........................... 4.07
</TABLE>

Section 1.03. Trust Indenture Act Definitions

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

          The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings:

          "indenture securities" means the Notes;

          "indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note;

          "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

          "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and

          "obligor" on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and
the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the
Note Guarantees, respectively.

          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA
have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04.  Rules of Construction.

          Unless the context otherwise requires:

               (1)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

               (2)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
     assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

               (3)  "or" is not exclusive;

               (4)  words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural
     include the singular;

               (5)  provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
               (6)  references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act
     shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or
     rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

                                  ARTICLE 2.
                                  THE NOTES

Section 2.01.  Form and Dating.

     (a)  General.

          The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note
shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and
are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However,
to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.

     (b)  Global Notes.

          Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibits A-1 or A-2 attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon
and the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note" attached
thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as
shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding Notes from time to time
endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount at maturity of
outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any
endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease
in the aggregate principal amount at maturity of outstanding Notes represented
thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of
the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as
required by Section 2.06 hereof.

     (c)  Temporary Global Notes.

          Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued
initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be
deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the
Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered
in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts
of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Cedel Bank, duly executed
by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The
Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of (i) a
written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates
from Euroclear and Cedel Bank certifying that they have received certification
of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal
amount at maturity of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the
extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during
the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the
Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in
a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a 

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(a)(ii) hereof),
and (ii) an Officers' Certificate from the Company. Following the termination of
the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in Regulation S Permanent
Global Notes pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the
authentication of Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel
the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount at
maturity of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S
Permanent Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its
nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as
hereinafter provided.

     (d)  Euroclear and Cedel Procedures Applicable.

          The provisions of the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System"
and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and
Conditions of Cedel Bank" and "Customer Handbook" of Cedel Bank shall be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary
Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by
Participants through Euroclear or Cedel Bank.

Section 2.02.  Execution and Authentication.

          Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

          A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has
been authenticated under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two
Officers (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Notes for original issue up
to the aggregate principal amount at maturity stated in paragraph 4 of the
Notes.  The aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes outstanding at any
time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the
Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes
whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an
Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent.

          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent").  The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.
The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents.  The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term
"Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party
to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity
as Registrar or Paying 

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

          The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to
act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

          The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and
Paying Agent and to act as Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and
will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such
payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon
any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the
Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05.  Holder Lists.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA (S) 312(a).  If the Trustee is
not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven
Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the
Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of
Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA (S) 312(a).

Section 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.

          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

          A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, the Depositary or any such
nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i)
the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is
unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a
successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the
date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company in its sole
discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be
exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to
the Trustee; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to (x) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities
Act.  Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or (ii)
above, Definitive 

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the
Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as
provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and
delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof,
pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be
authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A
Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be
transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b),(c) or (f) hereof.

     (b)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global
Notes.


          The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes
shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable
to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require
compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as
one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

     (i)    Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial
  interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
  delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted
  Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the
  Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of
  the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Temporary
  Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account
  or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial
  interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who
  take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
  Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be
  delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section
  2.06(b)(i).

     (ii)   All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
  Notes.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests
  that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such
  beneficial interest must deliver to the Depositary either (A) (1) a written
  order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
  accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit
  or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an
  amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2)
  instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing
  information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such
  increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect
  Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable
  Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in
  an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and
  (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing
  information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be
  registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above
  provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer
  or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note
  prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by
  the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the
  Securities Act].  Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in
  accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section
  2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the
  Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered
  by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.
  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
  beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this 

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
  Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the
  Trustee shall adjust the principal amount at maturity of the relevant Global
  Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

     (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.
  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a
  Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
  another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements
  of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

           (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
       interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
       certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
       in item (1) thereof;

           (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
       interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or the Regulation S
       Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
       of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
       and

           (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
       interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
       certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
       and certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
       applicable.

     (iv)   Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
  Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note.  A beneficial
  interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof
  for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a
  Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
  Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the
  requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder
       of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange,
       or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable
       Letter of Transmittal or via the Depositary's book-entry system that it
       is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
       distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate
       (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

           (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

           (D) the Registrar receives the following:

            (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
     interest in an Unrestricted 

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
     hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

            (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
     take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
     Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
     Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
     Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
     such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
     the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
     Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
     Securities Act.

          If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D)
above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to
the aggregate principal amount at maturity of beneficial interests transferred
pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

          Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

     (c)  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

     (i)  Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
  Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
  Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
  Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
  delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon
  receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

          (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
       Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
       Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
       hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

          (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in
       accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
       effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
       item (1) thereof;

          (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
       Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904
       under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
       Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

          (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
       exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
       accordance with Rule 144 

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
       under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
       Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

            (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
       Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
       registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed
       in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set
       forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
       Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

            (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company
       or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in
       Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

            (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
       effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate
       to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
       in item (3)(c) thereof,

     the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
     applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section
     2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
     authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a
     Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount at maturity.  Any
     Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
     Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered
     in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations
     as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar
     through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect
     Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the
     Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note
     issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
     pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend
     and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

     (ii)   Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial
  interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a
  Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
  form of a Definitive Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period
  and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to
  Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a
  transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
  Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

     (iii)  Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
  Definitive Notes.  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
  Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
  or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
  thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

            (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder
       of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the
       transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter
       of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
       participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person
       who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
          (B)   such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

          (C)   such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

          (D)   the Registrar receives the following:

            (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note
     that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such
     holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
     item (1)(b) thereof; or

            (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
     Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
     take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear
     the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of
     Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
     Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
     such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
     the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
     Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
     Securities Act.

     (iv)   Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
  Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
  Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
  Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
  thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
  conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause
  the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the applicable Global Note to be
  reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall
  execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person
  designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal
  amount at maturity.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
  interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such
  name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the
  holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through
  instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.
  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names
  such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
  beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the
  Private Placement Legend.

     (d)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

     (i)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
  Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
  exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to
  transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery
  thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note,
  then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
          (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
       exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note,
       a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including
       the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

          (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB
       in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to
       the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
       item (1) thereof;

          (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-
       U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
       Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth
       in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

          (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant
       to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
       in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to
       the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
       item (3)(a) thereof;

          (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an
       Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
       registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed
       in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set
       forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
       Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

          (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the
       Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth
       in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;
       or

          (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant
       to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
       certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
       certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

     the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause
     to be increased the aggregate principal amount at maturity of, in the case
     of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of
     clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (c) above,
     the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
  Global Notes.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note
  for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such
  Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
  of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

          (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
       Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
       transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
       not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
       of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in
       Rule 144) of the Company;

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
          (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

          (C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

          (D) the Registrar receives the following:

            (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such
     Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
     certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
     certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

            (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such
     Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
     beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from
     such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
     in item (4) thereof;

     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
     Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that
     such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
     the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
     Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
     Securities Act.

     Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
     Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and
     increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount at
     maturity of the Unrestricted Global Note.

     (iii)  Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
  Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may
  exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
  transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
  form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall
  cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be
  increased the aggregate principal amount at maturity of one of the
  Unrestricted Global Notes.

          If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued,
the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to
the principal amount at maturity of Definitive Notes so transferred.

     (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.

     Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder's compliance
with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the
transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of
transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the
Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instruction of transfer in form 

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by his attorney,
duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any
additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required
pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

     (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any
  Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of
  Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note
  if the Registrar receives the following:

          (A)   if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the
       Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
       form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
       thereof;

          (B)   if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904,
       then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
       hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

          (C)   if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption
       from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the
       transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
       including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
       required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

     (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any
  Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an
  Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take
  delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

          (A)   such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange
       Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
       Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
       transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is
       not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
       of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in
       Rule 144) of the Company;

          (B)   any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration
       Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

          (C)   any such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer
       pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
       the Registration Rights Agreement; or

          (D)   the Registrar receives the following:

            (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
     exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
     such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
     in item (1)(d) thereof; or

            (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
     transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
     of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
     form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
     and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
     so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
     Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
     the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
     and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
     maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     (iii)  Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A
  Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person
  who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.
  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall
  register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from
  the Holder thereof.

          (f)  Exchange Offer.

          Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall
authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount at maturity equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that
certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-
dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes
and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and
accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an
aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the principal amount at maturity
of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.
Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the applicable Restricted Global Notes
to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive
Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount at
maturity.

          g)  Legends.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless
specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

     (i)  Private Placement Legend.

          (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note
       and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
       substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the
       following form:

     "THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED
     OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A)(1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
     REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING
     OF RULE 144a UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE
     ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144a, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT, (3) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
     FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (4) PURSUANT TO
     AN 

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
     EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144
     THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
     STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL
     APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER
     JURISDICTIONS."

            (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive
       Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii),
       (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all
       Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear
       the Private Placement Legend.

     (ii)   Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
  substantially the following form:

     "THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
     GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
     BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY
     CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS
     MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL
     NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a)
     OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE
     FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS
     GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR
     WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY."

     (iii)  Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend.  The Regulation S
  Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

     "THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE
     CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES,
     ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).  NEITHER THE HOLDER
     NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL
     BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON."

     (iv)   Original Issue Discount Legend.  Each Note shall bear a legend in
  substantially the following form:

     "FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE
     CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THE NOTES ARE BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE
     DISCOUNT:  FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES, THE ISSUE PRICE
     IS $589.43, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $410.57, THE ISSUE
     DATE IS DECEMBER 18, 1997 AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS 10-7/8% PER ANNUM."

            (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
          At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note
have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been
redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global
Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance
with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person
who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another
Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount at maturity of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement
shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial
interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note,
such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall
be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction
of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

     (i)    General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

     (i)    To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company
  shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive
  Notes upon the Company's order or at the Registrar's request.

     (ii)   No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest
  in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of
  transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
  to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
  therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
  payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10,
  4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

     (iii)  The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or
  exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
  unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

     (iv)   All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration
  of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid
  obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same
  benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
  surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     (v)    The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the
  transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening
  of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of notice of redemption
  under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on such day, (B)
  to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption
  in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed
  in part or (c) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
  record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

     (vi)   Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
  Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in
  whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the
  purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and
  for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company
  shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     (vii)  The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in
  accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
     (viii)  All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required
  to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a
  registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07.  Replacement Notes

          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and
the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or
theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's
requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity
bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the
Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any
authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is
replaced.  The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and
shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08.  Outstanding Notes.

          The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by
the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this
Section as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note
does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section
3.07(b) hereof.

          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If the principal amount at maturity or Accreted Value, as applicable,
of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

          If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an
Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest.

Section 2.09.  Treasury Notes.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount at
maturity of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall
be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such
direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned
shall be so disregarded.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
Section 2.10.  Temporary Notes

               Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the
Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in
the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

               Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture.

Section 2.11.  Cancellation.

               The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.
The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration
of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall return
canceled Notes to the Company. Certification of the destruction of all canceled
Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to
replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation.

Section 2.12.  Defaulted Interest.

               If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it
shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company shall notify the Trustee
in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note
and the date of the proposed payment.  The Company shall fix or cause to be
fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such
special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date
for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the
name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to
Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date
and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13.  CUSIP Numbers.

               The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or the
omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in the CUSIP numbers.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE 3.
                           REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01.  Notices to Trustee.

               If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional
redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee,
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an
Officers' Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the Accreted
Value of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, (v) the CUSIP numbers
of the Notes to be redeemed.

Section 3.02.  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

               If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in
an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be
redeemed or purchased among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot
or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and
appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to
be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than
30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the
outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

               The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the
Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount or Accreted Value, as applicable thereof to be
redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or
whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be
redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if
not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding
sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption
also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03.  Notice of Redemption

               Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail
or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

               The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed, including
CUSIP numbers, and shall state:

          (a)  the redemption date;

          (b)  the redemption price;

          (c)  if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
principal amount at maturity of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal
amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon
cancellation of the original Note;

          (d)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
          (e)  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the
Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

          (f)  that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption
payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after
the redemption date;

          (g)  the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

          (h)  that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy
of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

               At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption

               Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section
3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on
the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.

Section 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price

               Prior to 10 a.m. on the redemption date, the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that
date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any
money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of
the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on,
all Notes to be redeemed.

               If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrete or
accrue, as the case may be, on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for
redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or
prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest
shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close
of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be
so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to
comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid
principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the
extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at
the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06.  Notes Redeemed in Part.

               Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company
shall issue and, upon the Company's written request, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in
principal amount at maturity to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
Section 3.07.  Optional Redemption.

               (a)  Except as provided below, the Notes will not be redeemable
at the Company's option prior to December 15, 2002. Thereafter, the Notes will
be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Company, in whole or
in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption
prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon to the applicable
redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on
December 15 of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF
                                                       PRINCIPAL
          YEAR                                          AMOUNT
          ----                                       -------------
          <S>                                        <C>
          2002....................................      105.437%
          2003....................................      103.625%
          2004....................................      101.812%
          2005 and thereafter.....................      100.000%
</TABLE>
                                                                                
               (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the first 36 months
after the date of this Offering Circular, the Company may on any one or more
occasions redeem up to 35% of the Accreted Value of Notes originally issued
under the Indenture at a redemption price of 110.875% of the Accreted Value
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the
redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of any Equity Offerings; provided
that at least $50.0 million in aggregate Accreted Value of Notes remain
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes
held by the Company and its Subsidiaries); and provided further that such
redemption shall occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of any such
Equity Offering.

               (c)  At any time prior to December 15, 2002, the Notes may also
be redeemed, as a whole but not in part, at the option of the Company upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
prior notice (but in no event may any such redemption occur more than 90 days
after the occurrence of such Change of Control) mailed by first-class mail to
each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
Accreted Value thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to, the date of redemption (the
"Redemption Date").

               (d)  Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08.  Mandatory Redemption.

               The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption
payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09.  Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Proceeds Offer Amount.

               In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company
shall be required to commence a Net Proceeds Offer, it shall follow the
procedures specified below.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
               The Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20
Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent
that a longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period"). No
later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the
"Purchase Date"), the Company shall purchase the Net Proceeds Offer Amount or,
if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered
in response to the Net Proceeds Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall
be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

               If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and
 on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest
 shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
 business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to
 Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer.

               Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Company shall
send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with
a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds
Offer. The Net Proceeds Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, shall state:

          (a)  that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Net Proceeds
Offer shall remain open;

          (b)  the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the purchase price and the
Purchase Date;

          (c)  that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue
to accrete or accrue interest;

          (d)  that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any
Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer shall cease to
accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

          (e)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Net
Proceeds Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not
elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

          (f)  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any
Net Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form
entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note
completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if
appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

          (g)  that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not
later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount at maturity of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

          (h)  that, if the aggregate principal amount (or Accreted Value, as
applicable) of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the
Company shall select the Notes to be purchased 

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the
Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, shall be purchased); and

          (i)  that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount at maturity to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

               On or before 10:00 a.m. on the Purchase Date, the Company shall,
to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Net Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the
Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any
case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each
tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by
such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall
promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the
Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in
a principal amount at maturity equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note
surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by
the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the
results of the Net Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date.

               Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any
purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions
of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 4.
                                   COVENANTS

Section 4.01.  Payment of Notes.

               The Company or a Guarantor shall pay or cause to be paid the
principal amount or Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided
in the Notes. Principal amount or Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, shall be considered paid on the date
due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof,
holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the
Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay
all principal amount or Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, then due. The Company shall pay all Liquidated
Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

               The Company or a Guarantor shall pay interest (including post-
petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable
interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any
applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Section 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

               The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City
of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the
Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such
office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such
required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

               The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations;
provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

               The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section
2.03.

Section 4.03.  Reports.

               (a)  Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the
SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the
Holders of Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would
be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if
the Company were required to file such forms, including a "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that
describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and
its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face
of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of
the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company) and, with respect to the annual
information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified independent
accountants and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with
the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each
case, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations. For
so long as the Parent is a Guarantor of the Notes, Company may satisfy its
obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to
Parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that
explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating
to Parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand. In addition,
following consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the
rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such
information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time
periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not
accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts
and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply
with TIA (S) 314(a).

               (b)  For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and
the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
Section 4.04.  Compliance Certificate.

               (a)  The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such
Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90
days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating that a
review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the
preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further
stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of
his or her knowledge the Company kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each
and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the
performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this
Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing
all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and
that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in
existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or
interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a
description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto. For purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall
be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice
provided under the Indenture.

               (b)  So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations
of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be
accompanied by a written statement of the Company's independent public
accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in
making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements,
nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the
Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any
such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence
thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly
or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such
violation.

               (c)  The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware
of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such 
Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto.

               (d)  The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such
Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90
days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate stating the
amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods)
accrued on the Notes as of the end of such fiscal year and such other
information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. The
obligation to deliver such Officer's Certificate shall cease at December 15,
2002.

Section 4.05.  Taxes.

               The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
Section 4.06.  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

               The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or
in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay,
extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force,
that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants
that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07.  Restricted Payments.

               The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:  (i) declare or pay any dividend or
make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's Equity
Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to the direct or indirect
holders of the Company's Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than
dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company);
(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including,
without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the
Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of
the Company; or (iii) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and
other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above being collectively
referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving
effect to such Restricted Payment:

               (a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

               (b)  the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment
     and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
     been made at the beginning of the applicable Four-Quarter Period, have been
     permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
     the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
     paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and
 
               (c)  such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount
     of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted
     Payments permitted by clauses (3), (5), (6), (8) and (9) of the next
     succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of (i)
     50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
     one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter
     commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company's
     most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements
     are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
     Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such
     deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including the
     fair market value of property other than cash that would constitute
     Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) received by the Company
     since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity
     capital (other than from a Subsidiary or that were financed with loans from
     the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or from the issue or sale of
     Qualified Capital Stock (including Capital Stock issued upon the conversion
     of convertible Indebtedness or in exchange for outstanding Indebtedness) of
     the Company (excluding any net proceeds from an

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
     Equity Offering or capital contribution to the extent used to redeem Notes
     in accordance with the optional redemption provisions of the Notes) or from
     the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company
     that have been converted into Qualified Capital Stock (other than Qualified
     Capital Stock (or Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities) sold
     to a Subsidiary of the Company), plus (iii) 100% of the aggregate net
     proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash that
     would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) of any (A)
     sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and
     its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) dividend from, or the sale of the stock
     of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the
immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit (1) the payment of any
dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after
the date of declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the
dividend or payment of the redemption price, as the case may be, would have been
permitted on the date of declaration or notice; (2) if no Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof, the
acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company (the "Retired Capital
Stock"), either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of
the Company (the "Refunding Capital Stock"), or (ii) through the application of
the net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company,
and, in the case of subclause (i) of this clause (2), if immediately prior to
the retirement of the Retired Capital Stock the declaration and payment of
dividends thereon was permitted under clause (3) of this paragraph, the
declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock in an
aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per
annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately
prior to such retirement; provided that at the time of the declaration of any
such dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
(3) if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof, the declaration and payment of dividends
to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) issued after the date of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock
in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2)
of this paragraph); provided that, at the time of such issuance, the Company,
after giving effect to such issuance on a pro forma basis, would have had a
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0 for the most
recent Four-Quarter Period; (4) payments to Parent for the purpose of
permitting, and in an amount equal to the amount required to permit, Parent to
redeem or repurchase Parent's common equity or options in respect thereof, in
each case in connection with the repurchase provisions of employee stock option
or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management
employees; provided that all such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this
clause (4) shall not exceed $12.5 million (which amount shall be increased by
the amount of any net cash proceeds received from the sale since the date of
this Indenture of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to members of
the Company's management team that have not otherwise been applied to the
payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to the terms of the preceding paragraph
(c) and by the cash proceeds of any "key-man" life insurance policies which are
used to make such redemptions or repurchases) in the aggregate since the date of
this Indenture; provided, further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing
to the Company from members of management of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such a repurchase of Capital Stock of
Parent will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment under this
Indenture; (5) the making of distributions, loans or advances to Parent in an
amount not to exceed $1.5 million per annum in order to permit Parent to pay the
ordinary operating

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
expenses of Parent (including, without limitation, directors' fees,
indemnification obligations, professional fees and expenses, but excluding any
payments on or repurchases of the Seller Note); (6) payments to Parent in
respect of taxes pursuant to the terms of the Tax Allocation Agreement as in
effect on the date of this Indenture and as amended from time to time pursuant
to amendments that do not increase the amounts payable by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder; (7) if no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof
and the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.09
hereof, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12.5
million since the date of this Indenture; (8) repurchases of Capital Stock
deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock
represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; and (9) distributions to
Parent to fund the Transactions and payments with respect to Parent Notes
whether made at or subsequent to the date hereof.

               In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made
subsequent to the date of this Indenture in accordance with clause (c) of the
immediately preceding paragraph, (a) amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1),
(2), (4), and (7) shall be included in such calculation; provided such
expenditures pursuant to clause (4) shall not be included to the extent of the
cash proceeds received by the Company from any "key man" life insurance policies
and (b) amounts expended pursuant to clauses (3), (5), (6), (8) or (9) shall be
excluded from such calculation.

               The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to
be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For
purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in
the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the
time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted
Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant. All such outstanding
Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the
fair market value of such Investments at the time of such designation. Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

               The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be
the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

Section 4.08.  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

               The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction
on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any
other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock, (b) make loans or
advances or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or
any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (c) transfer any of its
property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Note
Indenture; (3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease entered
into in the ordinary course of business; (4) any instrument governing Acquired
Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person,
or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the
properties or assets of the Person so acquired; (5) agreements existing on the
date of this Indenture (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit
Agreements and the Existing Note Indenture); (6) restrictions on the transfer of
assets subject to

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
any Lien permitted under the applicable Indenture imposed by the holder of such
Lien; (7) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock
permitted under the applicable Indenture to any Person pending the closing of
such sale; (8) any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person
that is in effect on the date such Person is acquired by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (9) any Purchase Money Note, or other
Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Securitization Entity in
connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such
restrictions apply only to such Securitization Entity; (10) any agreement or
instrument governing Indebtedness or Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred
Stock (whether or not outstanding) of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company that
was permitted by the applicable Indenture to be incurred; (11) other
Indebtedness or Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred
subsequent to the date of this Indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section
4.09; provided that any such restrictions are ordinary and customary with
respect to the type of Indebtedness or preferred stock being incurred or issued
(under the relevant circumstances); (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits
or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; and (13) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or
obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided that such
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the
Company's Board of Directors, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend
and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other
payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement,
renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Section 4.09.  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

               The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee
or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,
with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness and, the Company shall
not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the
Company may incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock if (i) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or
as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness or the issuance of
any such Disqualified Stock and (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for the Company's most recently ended Four-Quarter Period would have been
at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness
had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, at the beginning
of such Four-Quarter Period.

               The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant will not
apply to the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness
(collectively, "Permitted Indebtedness"):

               (i)  the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes and, in each case,
     the Note Guarantees thereof;

               (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to one or more Credit
     Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding (with
     letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the
     maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder)
     not to exceed $550.0 million less (A) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness
     of Securitization Entities at the time outstanding less (B) the amount of
     all optional or mandatory principal payments actually made by the Company
     or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
     this Indenture in respect of term loans under Credit Facilities (excluding
     any such payments to the extent refinanced at the time of payment under a
     Credit Facility) and (C) further reduced by any repayments of revolving
     credit borrowings under Credit Facilities that are accompanied by a
     corresponding commitment reduction thereunder; provided that the amount of
     Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit
     Agreements in accordance with this clause (ii) shall be in addition to any
     Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit
     Agreements in reliance on, and in accordance with, clauses (x) and (xvi)
     below;

               (iii)  the incurrence of Indebtedness and/or the issuance of
     Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock by Foreign Subsidiaries of the
     Company, which together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
     incurred pursuant to this clause (iii) and the aggregate liquidation value
     of all Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this
     clause (iii), does not exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding;
     provided that such amount shall increase to $30.0 million upon the
     consummation of an Initial Public Offering;

               (iv)   other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     outstanding on the date of this Indenture for so long as such Indebtedness
     remains outstanding;

               (v)    Interest Swap Obligations of the Company covering
     Indebtedness of the Company; provided that any Indebtedness to which any
     such Interest Swap Obligations correspond is otherwise permitted to be
     incurred under the applicable Indenture; and provided, further, that such
     Interest Swap Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of the Company,
     to protect the Company from fluctuation in interest rates on its
     outstanding Indebtedness;

               (vi)   Indebtedness of the Company under Currency Agreements;

               (vii)  the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and
     any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) if the
     Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly
     subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with
     respect to the Notes and (ii)(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of
     Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
     Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof and (B) any sale or
     other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the
     Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each case,
     to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such
     Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this
     clause (vii);

               (viii) the incurrence of Acquired Indebtedness of Restricted
     Subsidiaries of the Company to the extent the Company could have incurred
     such Indebtedness in accordance with the first paragraph of this covenant
     on the date such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness;

               (ix)   Guarantees by the Company and the Guarantors of each
     other's Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be
     incurred under the applicable Indenture;

               (x)    Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations)
     incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance
     the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or
     equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital
     Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount
     outstanding

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
     not to exceed 5% of Total Assets at the time of any incurrence thereof
     (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) (which amount
     may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Senior Credit
     Agreements);

               (xi)   Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect
     to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including,
     without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers' compensation
     claims or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to
     reimbursement type obligations regarding workers' compensation claims;

               (xii)  Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a
     Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification,
     adjustment of purchase price, earn out or other similar obligations, in
     each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any
     business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than
     guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any
     portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose
     of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable
     liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the
     gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

               (xiii) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and
     completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     of the Company in the ordinary course of business;

               (xiv)  any refinancing, modification, replacement, renewal,
     restatement, refunding, deferral, extension, substitution, supplement,
     reissuance or resale of existing or future Indebtedness (other than
     intercompany Indebtedness), including any additional Indebtedness incurred
     to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such
     existing or future Indebtedness as in effect at the time of issuance
     thereof ("Required Premiums") and fees in connection therewith
     ("Refinancing Indebtedness"); provided that any such event shall not (1)
     directly or indirectly result in an increase in the aggregate principal
     amount of Permitted Indebtedness (except to the extent such increase is a
     result of a simultaneous incurrence of additional Indebtedness (A) to pay
     Required Premiums and related fees or (B) otherwise permitted to be
     incurred under the applicable Indenture) of the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries and (2) create Indebtedness with a Weighted Average Life to
     Maturity at the time such Indebtedness is incurred that is less than the
     Weighted Average Life to Maturity at such time of the Indebtedness being
     refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred,
     extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold (except that this
     subclause (2) will not apply in the event the Indebtedness being
     refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred,
     extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold was originally
     incurred in reliance upon clause (xvi) of this paragraph);

               (xv)   the incurrence by a Securitization Entity of Indebtedness
     in a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-Recourse Debt with
     respect to the Company and its other Restricted Subsidiaries (except for
     Standard Securitization Undertakings);

               (xvi)  the incurrence of additional Indebtedness by the Company
     or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or the issuance of Permitted
     Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock by the Company's U.S. Subsidiaries,
     which together with the aggregate principal amount of other

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
     Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xvi) and the aggregate
     liquidation value of all other Permitted Domestic Subsidiary Preferred
     Stock issued pursuant to this clause (xvi), does not exceed $30.0 million
     at any one time outstanding (which amount, in the case of Indebtedness,
     may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under the Senior Credit
     Agreements); provided that such amount shall increase to $50.0 million upon
     the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

               For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the
event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xvi)
above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
covenant, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of
Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant.  Accrual of
interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of
interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the
same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of
additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to
be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for
purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof
is included in Consolidated Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued.

Section 4.10.  Asset Sales

               The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at
the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the
assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the
Company's Board of Directors), (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received
by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset
Sale shall be cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of (a) any
liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most
recent balance sheet) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other
than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are
assumed by the transferee of any such assets, (b) any notes or other obligations
received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are immediately converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into
cash (to the extent of the cash received) and (c) any Designated Noncash
Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all
other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that
is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 10% of Total Assets at the time of
the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value
of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time
received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be
deemed to be cash for the purposes of this provision, and (iii) upon the
consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted
Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within
365 days of receipt thereof either (A) to repay any Senior Debt and, in the case
of any Senior Debt under any revolving credit facility, effect a commitment
reduction under such revolving credit facility, (B) to reinvest in Productive
Assets, or (C) a combination of prepayment, repurchase and investment permitted
by the foregoing clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B).  Pending the final application
of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may
temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or
otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in Cash Equivalents.  On the 366th day
after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of
the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net
Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (iii)(A),
(iii)(B) or (iii)(C) of the next preceding sentence (each, a "Net Proceeds Offer
Trigger Date"), the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds that have not been
applied on or before

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B)
and (iii)(C) of the next preceding sentence (each a "Net Proceeds Offer Amount")
shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer
to purchase (the "Net Proceeds Offer") on a date (the "Net Proceeds Offer
Payment Date") not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable
Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders on a pro rata basis that
amount of Notes equal to the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100%
of the Accreted Value thereon on the date fixed for the closing of such offer
plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages thereon, if any (if prior to the Full
Accretion Date), or 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the
date of purchase (if after the Full Accretion Date); provided, however, that if
at any time any non-cash consideration (including any Designated Noncash
Consideration) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into
or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with
respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition
shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds
thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Net Proceeds Offer Amount is
less than $10.0 million, the application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting
such Net Proceeds Offer Amount to a Net Proceeds Offer may be deferred until
such time as such Net Proceeds Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Net
Proceeds Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date
relating to such initial Net Proceeds Offer Amount from all Asset Sales by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries aggregates at least $10.0 million, at
which time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all Net Cash
Proceeds constituting all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts that have been so deferred
to make a Net Proceeds Offer (the first date the aggregate of all such deferred
Net Proceeds Offer Amounts is equal to $10.0 million or more shall be deemed to
be a "Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date").

               Notwithstanding the two immediately preceding paragraphs, the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate an Asset
Sale without complying with such paragraphs to the extent (i) at least 75% of
the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Productive Assets, cash, Cash
Equivalents and/or Marketable Securities and (ii) such Asset Sale is for fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors);
provided that any consideration not constituting Productive Assets received by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset
Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall be subject to the
provisions of the two preceding paragraphs.

               To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the
Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale
provisions of this Indenture by virtue thereof.

Section 4.11.  Transactions with Affiliates.

               (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to
occur any transaction or series or related transactions (including, without
limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the
rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.5 million (an "Affiliate
Transaction"), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under paragraph
(b) below and (y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are not materially less
favorable than

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at
such time on an arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the
Company; provided, however, that for a transaction or series of related
transactions with an aggregate value of $7.5 million or more, at the Company's
option, either (i) a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith that such Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable than those that
might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on
an arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or
(ii) the Board of Directors of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary
party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have received an opinion from a
nationally recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is
on terms not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have
been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis
from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and provided, further,
that for an Affiliate Transaction with an aggregate value of $10.0 million or
more the Board of Directors of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary
party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have received an opinion from a
nationally recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is
on terms not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have
been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis
from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

               (b)  The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) reasonable
fees and compensation paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers,
directors, employee or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary as
determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors or senior
management; (ii) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted
Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the
applicable Indenture; (iii) transactions effected as part of a Qualified
Securitization Transaction; (iv) any agreement as in effect as of the date of
this Indenture or any amendment or replacement thereto or any transaction
contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment or replacement
thereto) so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more
disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original
agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture; (v) Restricted Payments
permitted by this Indenture; (vi) the payment of customary annual management,
consulting and advisory fees and related expenses to the Principals and their
Affiliates made pursuant to any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or
placement agreement or in respect of other investment banking activities,
including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures
which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary in good faith; (viii) payments or loans to employees or consultants
that are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, (ix)
the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement
(including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related
thereto) to which it is a party as of the date of this Indenture and any similar
agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the
existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing
agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the date of this
Indenture shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the
terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not disadvantageous to the
Holders of the applicable series of Notes in any material respect; (x)
transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01 hereof; and (xi)
transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or
purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course
of business (including, without limitation, pursuant to joint venture
agreements) and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the applicable
Indenture which are fair to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the
reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably
have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party.

Section 4.12.  Liens.

               The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind
against or upon any of its property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, unless
(i) in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness that is expressly subordinate or
junior in right of payment to the Notes, the Notes are secured by a Lien on such
property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens and (ii)
in all other cases, the Notes are equally and ratably secured, except for (A)
Liens existing as of the date of this Indenture and any extensions, renewals or
replacements thereof, (B) Liens securing Senior Debt, (C) Liens securing the
Notes, (D) Liens securing intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on assets of any Subsidiary of the Company,
(E) Liens securing Indebtedness that is incurred to refinance Indebtedness that
was secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated
Note Indenture that was incurred in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; provided, however, that
such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced,
and (F) Permitted Liens.

Section 4.13.  Conduct of Business.

               The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, engage in any businesses a majority of whose revenues are not
derived from the same or reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a
reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this
Indenture.

Section 4.14.  Corporate Existence.

               Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its
corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each
of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents
(as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such
Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises
of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the
corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the
Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.15.  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

          (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes
will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to
the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in
cash (the "Change of Control Payment") equal to 101% of the Accreted Value
thereof on the date of purchase (if prior to the Full Accretion Date), or 101%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (if after the Full
Accretion Date). Within ten days following any Change of Control, the Company
shall mail a

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute
the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in
such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60
days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"),
pursuant to the procedures required by the applicable Indenture and described in
such notice. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under
the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.

          (b)  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the
extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly
tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying
Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes
or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
applicable Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate
stating the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes or portions thereof
being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each
Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and
the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by
book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount at maturity to
any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each
such new Note will be in a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change
of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date.

               Prior to the mailing of any notice required by the Indenture, but
in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall
(i) repay in full in cash and terminate all commitments under Indebtedness under
the Senior Credit Agreements and all other Senior Debt the terms of which
require repayment upon a Change of Control or offer to repay in full in cash and
terminate all commitments under all Indebtedness under the Senior Credit
Agreements and all other such Senior Debt and to repay the Indebtedness owed to
each lender under the Senior Credit Agreements that has accepted such offer or
(ii) obtain the requisite consents under the Senior Credit Agreements and all
such other Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided above.
The Company shall first comply with this covenant before it shall be required to
repurchase Notes pursuant to the provisions described herein. The Company's
failure to comply with the immediately preceding sentence shall constitute an
Event of Default described in clause (c) and not in clause (b) under "Events of
Default" below.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15,
the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and purchases all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) the
Company exercises its option to purchase all the Notes upon a Change of Control
as described in Section 3.07(c).

Section 4.16.  No Senior Subordinated Debt.

               Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, (i) the
Company shall not incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become
liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to
any Senior Debt and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Notes, and
(ii) no Subsidiary Guarantor shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in
right of payment to any Senior Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor and senior in
any respect in right of payment to the Note Guarantees.

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
Section 4.17.  Additional Note Guarantees

               If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall
acquire or create another U.S. Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, or
if any Subsidiary becomes a U.S. Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture,
then such newly acquired or created Subsidiary, shall execute a Note Guarantee
and deliver an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance with the terms hereof;
provided, that all Subsidiaries that have properly been designated as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries in accordance herewith shall not be subject to the
requirements of this covenant for so long as they continue to constitute
Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

                                  ARTICLE 5.

                                  SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01.  Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

               The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether
or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties
or assets in one or more related transactions, to another corporation, Person or
entity unless (i) the Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the
Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a
supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii)
immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(iv) except in the case of a merger of the Company with or into a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of the Company and except in the case of a merger entered into solely
for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, the
Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will, at the time of
such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Four-Quarter Period,
be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph
of Section 4.09 hereof.

Section 5.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted.

               Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor
corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is
merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and
after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Company" shall
refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may
exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein;
provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal amount at maturity or Accreted Value of and
interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company's
assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 6.

                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.   Events of Default.

                "Event of Defaults" are:

          (a)   the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes
due and payable if the default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not
such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 hereof;

          (b)   the failure to pay the principal on any Notes when such
principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise
(including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to
a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer), whether or not such payment
shall be prohibited by Article 10 hereof;

          (c)   a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant
or agreement contained herein if the default continues for a period of 30 days
after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding
that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

          (d)   the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to
any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity), which failure
continues for at least 10 days, or the acceleration of the maturity of any such
Indebtedness, which acceleration remains uncured and unrescinded for at least 10
days, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay
principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $20.0
million or more at any time;

          (e)   one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0
million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a
period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-
appealable;

          (f)   the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group
of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

          (i)   commences a voluntary case,

          (ii)  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
     involuntary case,

          (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or
     substantially all of its property,

          (iv)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

          (v)   generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
          (g)   a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree
under any Bankruptcy Law that:

          (i)   is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant
     Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
     constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

          (ii)  appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant
     Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
     constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the
     property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group
     of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
     Subsidiary; or

          (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant
     Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
     constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
     days; or 

          (h)   except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is
held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease
for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person
acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under
such Guarantor's Note Guarantee.

Section 6.02.   Acceleration.

                If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the
Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Significant Subsidiaries
that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at
maturity of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and
payable immediately and the same (i) shall become immediately due and payable or
(ii) if there are any amounts outstanding under either of the Senior Credit
Agreements, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of
an acceleration under either of the Senior Credit Agreements or five Business
Days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the applicable
Senior Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of
Default is then continuing. Upon such declaration, all principal of and accrued
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on (if on or after the Full Accretion
Date) or Accreted Value of and Liquidated Damages, if any, on (if prior to the
Full Accretion Date the Notes shall be due and payable immediately.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or
(g) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any of its
Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes shall be due
and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes
by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an
acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of
principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the
acceleration) have been cured or waived.

                If an Event of Default occurs on or after December 15, 2002 by
reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf
of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the
Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the
Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an
equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the
extent permitted by law,

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. If
an Event of Default occurs prior to December 15, 2002 by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with
the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to
such date, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an additional premium shall
also become and be immediately due and payable in an amount, for each of the
years beginning on December 15 of the years set forth below, as set forth below
(expressed as a percentage of the Accreted Value to the date of payment that
would otherwise be due but for the provisions of this sentence):

               YEAR                                           PERCENTAGE
               ----                                           ----------

               1997............................................  114.500%
               1998............................................  112.687%
               1999............................................  110.875%
               2000............................................  109.062%
               2001............................................  107.250%

Section 6.03.  Other Remedies.

               If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

               The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess
any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

               Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf
of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default
and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or
interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase)
(provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its
consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any
Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05.  Control by Majority.

               Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any
trust or power conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines
may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may
involve the Trustee in personal liability.

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
Section 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.

               A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this
Indenture or the Notes only if:

               (a)  the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of
a continuing Event of Default;

               (b)  the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity
of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue
the remedy;

               (c)  such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if
requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
any loss, liability or expense ;

               (d)  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days
after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
indemnity; and

               (e)  during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in
principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes do not give the
Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

               A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over
another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07.  Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right
of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.

               If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name
and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of
principal amount or Accreted Value, as applicable, of, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on
overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

               The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall
be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to
it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and
any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall
be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be
entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan
of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall
be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt
on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10.  Priorities.

               If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it
shall pay out the money in the following order:

               First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due
under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and
expenses of collection;

               Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the
Notes for principal amount or Accreted Value, as applicable, premium and
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for
principal amount or Accreted Value, as applicable, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any and interest, respectively; and

               Third:  to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.

               The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.

               In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.
This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a
Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in
principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 7.
                                   TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.

     (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

     (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

    (i)   the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express
  provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties
  that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no
  implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
  Trustee; and

    (ii)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively
  rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions
  expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and
  conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall
  examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform
  to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except
that:

    (i)   this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
  Section;

    (ii)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
  good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was
  negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

    (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes
  or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it
  pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

     (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) of this Section.

     (e)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under
no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at
the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

     (f)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by
it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
Section 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.

     (a)  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

     (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in reliance thereon.

     (c)  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

     (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

     (e)  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand,
request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by
an Officer of the Company.

     (f)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for
permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with
like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11
hereof.

Section 7.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer.

          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or
any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
Section 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.

     (a)  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event
of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge
thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is
received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such
notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

     (b)  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case
of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a
committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding
the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

          Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following
the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such
reporting date that complies with TIA (S) 313(a) (but if no event described in
TIA (S) 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting
date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA
(S) 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required
by TIA (S) 313(c).

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of
Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA (S) 313(d).  The
Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock
exchange.

Section 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.

          The Company and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to
time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time.  The Trustee's
compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust.  The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses
incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such
expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses
of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

          The Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee against any
and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this
Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against
the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending
itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company and the Guarantors or
any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any
such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad
faith.  The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Guarantors promptly of any
claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company
shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The
Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees
and expenses of such

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
counsel. The Company and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section
7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

          To secure the Company's and the Guarantors' payment obligations in
this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay
principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law.

          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA (S) 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable.

Section 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.

          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section.

          The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of Notes of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.  The Company may
remove the Trustee if:

     (a)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

     (b)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (c)  a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or

     (d)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or
the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount at maturity of the then
outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has
been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section
7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any 

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly
transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided
all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien
provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07
hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all
or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation,
the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor
Trustee.

Section 7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.

          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate
trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA (S) 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA
(S) 310(b).

Section 7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

          The Trustee is subject to TIA (S) 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA (S) 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA (S) 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01.  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by
a resolution set forth in an Officers' Certificate, at any time, elect to have
either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight.

Section 8.02.  Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been
discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal
Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture
referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other
obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive
until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section
8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of
the principal amount at maturity or Accreted Value (as applicable) of, premium,
if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company's
obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof,
(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder
and the Company's obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article
Eight. Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise
its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its
option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03.  Covenant Defeasance.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its
obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof with respect to the outstanding
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are
satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter
be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent
or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding"
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may
omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or
by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or
in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default
or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified
above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected
thereby.  In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(d) through
6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04.  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

          The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

     (a)  the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for
the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal amount at maturity or Accreted Value (as
applicable) of, premium and 

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated
date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may
be;

     (b)  in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

     (c)  in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (d)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting
from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which
will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article Eight concurrently
with such incurrence) or insofar as Sections 6.01(f) or 6.01(g) hereof is
concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of
deposit;

     (e)  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit
Agreements or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this
Indenture and other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the
incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be
used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article Eight concurrently with such
incurrence) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

     (f)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that on the 91st
day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally;

     (g)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the
intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of
the Company; and

     (h)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with.

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
Section 8.05.  Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust;
               Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
"Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to
become due thereon in respect of principal amount or Accreted Value, as
applicable, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law.

          The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal
and amount or Accreted Value, as applicable, interest received in respect
thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

          Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request
of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as
provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.

Section 8.06.  Repayment to Company.

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal amount or Accreted
Value, as applicable, of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining
unclaimed for two years after such principal, amount or Accreted Value, as
applicable, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a
secured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money,
and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease;
provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date
specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07.  Reinstatement.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States
dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court
or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the 

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant
to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 8.08.  Survival.

          The Trustee's rights under Article 8 shall survive termination of the
Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE 9.
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Note
Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

     (a)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (b)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any
Holder;

     (c)  to provide for the assumption of the Company's or a Guarantor's
obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company or a
Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof;

     (d)  to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note;

     (e)  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

     (f)  to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or

     (g)  to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a
Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its
Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section
7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the
execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by
the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
Section 9.02.  With Consent of Holders of Notes.

          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 3.09, 4.10 and
4.15 hereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at
maturity of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding
voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to
Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other
than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an
acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of
the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then
outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer
for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of at least 75% in
principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase
of, such Notes), no waiver or amendment to this Indenture may make any change in
the provisions of Article 10 hereof that adversely affects the rights of any
Holder of Notes. Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered
to be "outstanding" for purposes of this Section 9.02.

          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its
Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the
Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by
the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture
unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case
the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
such amended or supplemental Indenture.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes
under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.

          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of
the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes (including
Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this
Indenture or the Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected,
an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any
Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

     (a)  reduce the principal amount at maturity of Notes whose Holders must
consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

     (b)  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or
alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the
Notes, other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
or 4.15 hereof or amend or modify the calculation of Accreted Value so as to
reduce the amount of Accreted Value of the Notes;

     (c)  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
including default interest, on any Note;

     (d)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
at maturity of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)
and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

     (e)  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

     (f)  make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments
of principal of or interest on the Notes;

     (g)  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note, other than a
payment required by Section 3.09 or 4.15;

     (h)  make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions; or

     (i)  release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note
Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture.

Section 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be
set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as
then in effect.

Section 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents.

          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent
to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written
notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes
effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance
with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

Section 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment,
supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

          Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
Section 9.06.  Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

          The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture
authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board
of Directors approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof)
shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required
by Section 11.04 hereof, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE 10.
                                 SUBORDINATION

Section 10.01.  Agreement to Subordinate.

          The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that
the Company's Obligations with respect to the Notes are subordinated in right of
payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the
prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt (whether
outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or
guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of
Senior Debt.  The foregoing provisions regarding subordination are solely for
the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Senior Debt on
the one hand and the Holders on the other hand.  Such provisions shall be
enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt directly against the Holders (and
their successors and assigns).  This Article 10 shall constitute a continuing
offer to all persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt
(whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance
of the Notes).

Section 10.02.  Certain Definitions.

          "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding under
the Senior Credit Agreements and (ii) after payment in full of all Indebtedness
outstanding under the Senior Credit Agreements, any other Senior Debt permitted
under the Indentures the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and
that has been designated by the Company as "Designated Senior Debt."

          "Permitted Junior Securities" means Equity Interests in the Company or
any Guarantor or debt securities that are unsecured and are subordinated to all
Senior Debt (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to
substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes are
subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant to Article 10 hereof (without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, such securities shall have no required principal
payments until after the final maturity of all Senior Debt).

          "Representative" means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent
or representative for any Senior Debt.

          "Senior Debt" means (i) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of the
Guarantors outstanding under Credit Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with
respect thereto, (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the
Company under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which
such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (iii) all Obligations with
respect to the foregoing.  

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt will not
include (w) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing
by the Company, (x) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries
or other Affiliates, (y) any trade payables or (z) any Indebtedness that is
incurred in violation of this Indenture.

          A distribution may consist of cash, securities or other property, by
set-off or otherwise.

Section 10.03.  Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

          Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, in
an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the Company's
assets and liabilities:

          (1)  holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in
full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at
the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before Holders of the Notes
shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that
Holders may receive (i) Permitted Junior Securities and (ii) payments and other
distributions made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01
hereof); and

          (2)  until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt (as provided in
subsection (1) above) are paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any
distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be
made to holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive (i)
Permitted Junior Securities and (ii) payments and other distributions made from
any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof), as their
interests may appear.

Section 10.04.  Default on Designated Senior Debt.

          The Company may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or
any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect to the Notes and may not
acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any Notes for cash or property (other
than (a) Permitted Junior Securities and (b) payments and other distributions
made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof) until
all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been
paid in full if:

     (i)  a default in the payment of any principal or other Obligations with
  respect to Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any
  applicable grace period in the agreement, indenture or other document
  governing such Designated Senior Debt; or

     (ii) a default, other than a payment default, on Designated Senior Debt
  occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of the Designated Senior
  Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the
  default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the trustee, agent or other
  representative of the holders of Designated Senior Debt, or the holders of
  Designated Senior Debt or the Company.  If the Trustee receives any such
  Payment Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be
  effective for purposes of this Section unless and until (i) at least 360 days
  shall have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment
  Blockage Notice and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any,
  and interest on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
  No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery
  of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
  for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been
  waived for a period of not less than 180 days.

          The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in
respect of the Notes and may acquire them upon the earlier of:

          (1)  the date upon which the default is cured or waived, or

          (2)  in the case of a default referred to in Section 10.04(ii) hereof,
179 days pass after the Payment Blockage Notice is received if the maturity of
such Designated Senior Debt has not been accelerated,

if this Article 10 otherwise permits the payment, distribution or acquisition at
the time of such payment or acquisition.

Section 10.05.  Acceleration of Securities.

          If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of
Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the
acceleration.

Section 10.06.  When Distribution Must be Paid Over.

          In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of
any Obligations with respect to the Notes at a time when the Trustee or such
Holder, as applicable, has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by
Section 10.03 or 10.04 hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such
Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and
delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Debt as their
interests may appear or their Representative under the indenture or other
agreement (if any) pursuant to which such Senior Debt may have been issued, as
their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all
Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary
to pay such Obligations in full in cash or Cash Equivalents in accordance with
their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or
for the holders of Senior Debt.

          With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to
perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set
forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect
to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the
Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the
Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company
or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a
result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

Section 10.07.  Notice by Company.

          The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of
any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such
notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as
provided in this Article 10.

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
Section 10.08.  Subrogation.

          After all Senior Debt is paid in full and all commitments to lend
thereunder have been terminated and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of
Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness pari
passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive
distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions
otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of
Senior Debt.  A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior
Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between
the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on the Notes.

Section 10.09.  Relative Rights.

          This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and
holders of Senior Debt.  Nothing in this Indenture shall:

          (1)  impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal
of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

          (2)  affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of
the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or

          (3)  prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of
holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments
otherwise payable to Holders of Notes.

          If the Company fails because of this Article 10 to pay principal of or
interest on a Note on the due date, the failure shall nevertheless be a Default
or Event of Default.

Section 10.10.  Subordination May Not be Impaired by Company.

          No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of
the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure
to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any
Holder to comply with this Indenture.

Section 10.11.  Distribution or Notice to Representative.

          Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of
Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative.

          Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to
in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to
rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or
upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or
agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders
of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the
Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
Section 10.12.  Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or
distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue
to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its
Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such
payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10.   Only the Company or a
Representative may give the notice.  Nothing in this Article 10 shall impair the
claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.
Nothing in this Section 10.12 is intended to or shall relieve any Holder of
Notes from the obligations imposed under Section 10.06 with respect to other
distributions received in violation of the provisions hereof.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent may
do the same with like rights.

Section 10.13.  Authorization to Effect Subordination.

          Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes
and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this
Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder's attorney-in-fact
for any and all such purposes.  If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of
claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in
Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file
such claim, the Representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate
claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 10.14.  Amendments.

          The provisions of this Article 10 shall not be amended or modified
without the written consent of the majority of the lenders under each of the
Senior Credit Agreements.

Section 10.15.  Changes in Senior Debt.

          Any holder of Senior Debt may at any time and from time to time
without the consent of or notice to any Holder or the Trustee:  (a) extend,
renew, modify, waive or amend the terms of the Senior Debt; (b) sell, exchange,
release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise
securing Senior Debt; (c) release any guarantor or any other person (except the
Company) liable in any manner for the Senior Debt or amend or waive the terms of
any guaranty of Senior Debt; (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights
against the Company or any other Person; (e) apply any sums by whomever paid or
however realized to Senior Debt; and (f) take any other action which otherwise
might be deemed to impair the rights of the holders of Senior Debt without
incurring any responsibility to any Holder or the Trustee and without impairing
or releasing the obligations of any Holder or the Trustee to the holders of
Senior Debt.

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE 11.
                                NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 11.01.  Guarantee.

          Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and
severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns,
irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or
the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal
of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other
obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder
will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or
renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be
promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so
guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a
guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

          The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions
hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action
to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby
waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court
in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever
and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or
other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the
Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect.

          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed
hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each
Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and
the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof
for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of
such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or
not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors
for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to
seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such
right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
Section 11.02.  Subordination of Note Guarantee.

          The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to
this Article 11 shall be junior and subordinated to the Senior Debt of such
Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior
Debt of the Company.  For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee
and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of
the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in
respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 11 hereof.

Section 11.03.  Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of
such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes
of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
Note Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders
and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such
Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this Article 11 shall be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such
laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result
in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 11.04.  Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

          To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each
Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in
the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor
on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture
shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its
Vice Presidents.

          Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure
to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

          If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note
Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the
Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid
nevertheless.

          The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication
thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth
in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

          In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries
subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.17 hereof,
the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to
this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.17 hereof and
this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
Section 11.05.  Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

          No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or
not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person whether or not
affiliated with such Guarantor unless:

          (a)  subject to Section 11.05 hereof, the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the
Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant
to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and
the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein;

          (b)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
or Event of Default exists; and

          (c)  the Company would be permitted, immediately after giving effect
to such transaction, to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

          In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon
the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note
Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of
the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor,
such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with
the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor
Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be
endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not
have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note
Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

          Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding
clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the
Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the
Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the
property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor.

Section 11.06.  Releases Following Sale of Assets.

          In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other
disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor
(in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation
acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved
of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of
such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof.
Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by
the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture,

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any
documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor
from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

          Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note
Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest
on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture
as provided in this Article 11.

                                  ARTICLE 12.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
the duties imposed by TIA (S) 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 12.02.  Notices.

          Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the
Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or
mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested),
telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to
the others' address:

          If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

          Sealy Mattress Company
          Halle Building
          10th Floor
          1228 Euclid Avenue
          Cleveland, Ohio  44115
          Telecopier No.:  (216) 522-1366
          Attention:  General Counsel

          With a copy to:

          Kirkland & Ellis
          153 East 53rd Street
          New York, NY  10022
          Telecopier No.:  (212) 446-4900
          Attention:  Lance Balk

          If to the Trustee:

          The Bank of New York
          101 Barclay Street
          Floor 21 West
          New York, New York  10286
          Telecopier No.:(212) 815-5915
          Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
          The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders)
shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if
personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to
the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept
by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any
Person described in TIA (S) 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure
to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

          If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above
within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.

          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall
mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03.  Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA (S) 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company,
the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA (S)
312(c).

Section 12.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

          Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

          (a)  an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

          (b)  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA (S) 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA
(S) 314(e) and shall include:

          (a)  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
has read such covenant or condition;

                                       82
<PAGE>
 
          (b)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

          (c)  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has or
they have made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him
to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
has been satisfied; and

          (d)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

Section 12.06.  Rules by Trustee and Agents.

          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07.  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
                Stockholders.

          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator
or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes,
the Note Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or
by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08.  Governing Law.

          THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT
TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION
OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 12.09.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan
or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.
Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture.

Section 12.10.  Successors.

          All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall
bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind
its successors.

Section 12.11.  Severability.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                                       83
<PAGE>
 
Section 12.12.  Counterpart Originals.

          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

Section 12.13.  Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the
Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in
no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                     [Indenture signature pages(s) follow]

                                       84
<PAGE>
 
                         [Indenture signature pages(s)]

Dated as of December 18, 1997

                                    Sealy Mattress Company

                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer
 
                                    Guarantors: 

                                    Sealy Corporation

                                     By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Puerto Rico

                                     By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                        

                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co., Inc.
                                      (Randolph)

                                      By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co. - Ft.
                                      Worth


                                       By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.

                                       By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                    
                                                                              


                                       85
<PAGE>
 
                                    Ohio-Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.-
                                      Houston

                                      By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                          _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Michigan, Inc.
                                        
                                      By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                          _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Kansas City, Inc.


                                      By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                          _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy of Maryland and Virginia, Inc.


                                      By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                          _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Illinois

                                      By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                          _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    A. Brandwein & Company


                                      By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                          _________________________________
                                      Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                      Title: Vice President & Treasurer
  
                                       86
<PAGE>
 
                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Albany, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy of Minnesota, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Company of Memphis


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    The Stearns & Foster Bedding Company


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    The Stearns & Foster Upholstery Furniture
                                      Company


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer

                                       87
<PAGE>
 
                                    The Ohio Mattress Company Licensing and
                                      Components Group


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________ 
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Company, Inc.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                        _________________________________ 
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    The Bank of New York

                                    By: /s/ LUCILLE FIRRINCIELI
                                        _________________________________ 
                                    Name: Lucille Firrincieli
                                    Title: Vice President





                                       88
<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT A-1

                                 (Face of Note)

[INSERT THE GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE
                                   INDENTURE]

 [INSERT THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS
                               OF THE INDENTURE]

          FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THE NOTES ARE BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT:  FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES, THE ISSUE PRICE IS
$589.43, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $410.57, THE ISSUE DATE IS
DECEMBER 18, 1997 AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS 10-7/8% PER ANNUM.

                                                          CUSIP/CINS ___________

   10-7/8% [SERIES A] [SERIES B] SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2007

No. _____                                                            $ _________

                            SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

promises to pay to __________________________________________________

or registered assigns,

     the principal sum of ___________________________________________

Dollars on December 15, 2007.

Interest Payment Dates:  June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates:  June 1 and December 1.

                                             Sealy Mattress Company

                                             By: ___________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:

                                             By: ___________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:

This is one of the Global
Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee
By: __________________________               Dated:  December 18, 1997
Name:
Title:

                                     A-1-1
<PAGE>
 
                                 (Back of Note)

   10-7/8% [Series A] [Series B] Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          1.   Interest.  Sealy Mattress Company, an Ohio corporation (the
"Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10-
7/8% per annum and shall pay the Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section
5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. Interest will not
accrue prior to December 15, 2002. Thereafter, the Company shall pay interest
semi-annually, if any, on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2003,
or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day
(each an "Interest Payment Date"). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from December 15, 2002; provided that if there is no existing Default in
the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,
interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided,
further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 2003. The
Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to
time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in
effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to
time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          2.   Method of Payment.  The Company will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1
next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after
such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided
in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes
will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and
interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the
Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed
to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and
provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be
required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated
Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have
provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such
payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

          3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, The Bank of New York, the
Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

          4.   Indenture.  The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of December 18, 1997 ("Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S. Code (S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and

                                     A-1-2
<PAGE>
 
Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express
provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the indenture shall govern and be
controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company limited to $275.0 million
in aggregate principal amount at maturity.

          5.   Optional Redemption.

          (a)  Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the
Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to December 15, 2002.
Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon
to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PERCENTAGE OF
                                                            PRINCIPAL
          YEAR                                               AMOUNT
          ----                                               ------ 
          <S>                                             <C>        
          2002............................................   105.437%
          2003............................................   103.625%
          2004............................................   101.812%
          2005 and thereafter.............................   100.000%
</TABLE>

          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this
Paragraph 5, during the first 36 months after December 11, 1997, the Company may
on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the Accreted Value of Notes
originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 110.875% of the
Accreted Value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages
thereon, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of any
Equity Offerings; provided that at least $50.0 million in aggregate Accreted
Value of Notes remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption (excluding Senior Subordinated Notes held by the Company and its
Subsidiaries); and provided further that such redemption shall occur within 120
days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

          (c)  At any time prior to December 15, 2002, the Notes may also be
redeemed, as a whole but not in part, at the option of the Company upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
prior notice (but in no event may any such redemption occur more than 90 days
after the occurrence of such Change of Control) mailed by first-class mail to
each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
Accreted Value thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to, the date of redemption (the
"Redemption Date").

          6.  Mandatory Redemption.

          Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

          7.  Repurchase at Option of Holder.

                                     A-1-3
<PAGE>
 
          (a)  If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to
make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof on the date of purchase (if
prior to the Full Accretion Date), or 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any,
to the date of purchase (if after the Full Accretion Date) (the "Change of
Control Payment"). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company
shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the
Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

          (b)  If the Company or a Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales,
within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds
Offer Amount exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all
Holders of Notes (as "Net Proceeds Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the
Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any
Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at
an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Value on the
date fixed for the closing of such offer plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated
Damages thereon, if any (if prior to the Full Accretion Date), or 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages
thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer (if after the
Full Accretion Date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any
Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Net Proceeds Offer is less than the
Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company (or such Subsidiary) may use such
deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds Offer
Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an
Net Proceeds Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may
elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes.

          8.  Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption.

          9.  Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Company
need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record
date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

          10.  Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

          11.  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the 

                                     A-1-4
<PAGE>
 
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then
outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and
any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Note
Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes and
Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any
Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended
or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
provide for the assumption of the Company's or Guarantor's obligations to
Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change
that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes
or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any
such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to
effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act, to provide for the Issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the
limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a
supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to
the Notes.

          12.  Defaults and Remedies.

          Events of Default include:  (i) the failure to pay interest on any
Notes when the same becomes due and payable if the default continues for a
period of 30 days, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10
hereof; (ii) the failure to pay the principal on any Notes when such principal
becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including
the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer), whether or not such payment shall be
prohibited by Article 10 of the Indenture; (iii) a default in the observance or
performance of any other covenant or agreement contained herein if the default
continues for a period of 30 days after the Company receives written notice
specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of
the Notes; (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to
any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity), which failure
continues for at least 10 days, or the acceleration of the maturity of any such
Indebtedness, which acceleration remains uncured and unrescinded for at least 10
days, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay
principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $20.0
million or more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in
excess of $20.0 million shall have been rendered against the Company or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or
unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final
and non-appealable; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect
to the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries; and (vii) except as
permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in
full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any
Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor's Note
Guarantee.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding
Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon any acceleration of
maturity of the Notes, all principal of and accrued interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on (if on or after the Full Accretion Date) or Accreted Value
of and Liquidated Damages, if any, on (if prior to the Full Accretion Date) the
Notes shall be due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further
action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in principal amount at maturity of the 

                                     A-1-5
<PAGE>
 
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any
continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the
Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing
Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a
continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the
principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee
annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is
required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to
the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

          13.  Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

          14.  No Recourse Against Others.  A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the
issuance of the Notes.

          15.  Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          16.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).

          17.  Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the A/B Exchange
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997, between the Company
and the parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of
Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive
Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights
agreements, if any, between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating
to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes
(collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreement").

          18.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

                                     A-1-6
<PAGE>
 
          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.
Requests may be made to:

          Sealy Mattress Company
          Halle Building
          10th Floor
          1228 Euclid Avenue
          Cleveland, Ohio  44115
          Attention:  General Counsel

                                     A-1-7
<PAGE>
 
                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer
this Note to

________________________________________________________________________________
                 (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint_________________________________________________________
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

________________________________________________________________________________

Date: ________________
                              Your Signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              _________________________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                     A-1-8
<PAGE>
 
                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

          [_] Section 4.10     [_] Section 4.15

          If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: $________

Date: _______________
                              Your Signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              _________________________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                     A-1-9
<PAGE>
 
            SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE /I//

          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest
in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of
another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have
been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Principal Amount at                     
                          Amount of          Amount of increase     Maturity of this                       
                         decrease in            in Principal          Global Note          Signature of   
                       Principal  Amount     Amount at Maturity      following such      authorized officer
                      at Maturity of this      of this Global         decrease (or       of Trustee or Note 
Date of Exchange          Global Note               Note               increase)             Custodian      
- ----------------          -----------            ---------            -----------           -----------
<S>                   <C>                    <C>                   <C>                   <C> 
</TABLE> 


________________________
 
/I/  This should be included only if the Debenture is issued in global form. 
 
                                    A-1-10
<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT A-2

                  (Face of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)

          THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND
THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE
AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).  NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED
TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.

          UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO
THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY
SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW
YORK) ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER
ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN.

          THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD,
PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A)(1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144a UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT
OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 144a, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903
OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (5) PURSUANT TO
AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED
STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

          FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THE NOTES ARE BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT:  FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES, THE ISSUE PRICE IS
$589.43, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $410.57, THE ISSUE DATE IS
DECEMBER 18, 1997 AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS 10-7/8% PER ANNUM.

                                     A-2-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                      CUSIP/CINS _______________

          10-7/8% SERIES A SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2007

No._____                                                           $____________

                             SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

promises to pay to_________________________________________________

or registered assigns,

     the principal sum of__________________________________________

Dollars on December 15, 2007.

Interest Payment Dates:  June 15 and December 15

Record Dates:  June 1 and December 15

                                             Sealy Mattress Company

                                             By:__________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

                                             By:__________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title: 
This is one of the Global
Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Trustee
By: _________________________                Dated:  December 18, 1997
Name:
Title:

                                     A-2-2
<PAGE>
 
                  (Back of Regulation S Temporary Global Note)

         10-7/8% Series A Senior Subordinated Discount  Notes due 2007

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          1.  Interest.  Sealy Mattress Company, an Ohio corporation (the
"Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10-
7/8% per annum and shall pay the Liquidated Damages payable pursuant to Section
5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.  Interest will not
accrue prior to December 15, 2002.  Thereafter, the Company shall pay interest
semi-annually, if any, on June 15 and December 15, commencing on June 15, 2003,
or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day
(each an "Interest Payment Date").  Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from December 15, 2002; provided that if there is no existing Default in
the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,
interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided,
further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be June 15, 2003.  The
Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to
time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in
effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to
time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or
more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be
entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full,
this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled
to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.

          2.  Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1
next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after
such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided
in Section 2.12 of the Indenture (as herein defined) with respect to defaulted
interest.  The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained
for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the
option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by
check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of
Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available
funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and
Liquidated Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which
shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying
Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts.

          3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, The Bank of New York, the
Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

                                     A-2-3
<PAGE>
 
          4.   Indenture.  The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated
as of December 18, 1997 ("Indenture") between the Company and the Trustee. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of
the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15
U.S. Code (S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. The Notes are obligations of the Company limited to $275.0 million in
aggregate principal amount at maturity.

          5.   Optional Redemption.

          (a)  Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the
Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to December 15, 2002.
Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon
to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on December 15 of the years indicated below:


<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                       PERCENTAGE OF
                                                         PRINCIPAL 
          YEAR                                            AMOUNT    
          ----                                            ------
          <S>                                          <C>       
          2002.........................................  105.437%
          2003.........................................  103.625%
          2004.........................................  101.812%
          2005 and thereafter..........................  100.000% 
</TABLE>

          (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this
Paragraph 5, during the first 36 months after December 11, 1999 the Company may
on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the Accreted Value of Notes
originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 110.875% of the
Accreted Value thereof, plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages thereon, if
any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of any Equity Offerings;
provided that at least $50.0 million in aggregate Accreted Value principal
amount of Notes remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption (excluding Senior Subordinated Notes held by the Company and its
Subsidiaries); and provided further that such redemption shall occur within 120
days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

          (c)  At any time prior to December 15, 2002, the Notes may also be
redeemed, as a whole but not in part, at the option of the Company upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
prior notice (but in no event may any such redemption occur more than 90 days
after the occurrence of such Change of Control) mailed by first-class mail to
each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
Accreted Value thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to, the date of redemption (the
"Redemption Date").

          6.   Mandatory Redemption.

          Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

                                     A-2-4
<PAGE>
 
          7.   Repurchase at Option of Holder.

          (a)  If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to
make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof on the date of purchase (if
prior to the Full Accretion Date) or 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any,
to the date of purchase (if after the Full Accretion Date) (the "Change of
Control Payment").  Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company
shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the
Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

          (b)  If the Company or a Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales,
within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds
Offer Amount exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all
Holders of Notes (as "Net Proceeds Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the
Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any
Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at
an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Value on the
date fixed for the closing of such offer plus accrued and unpaid Liquidated
Damages thereon, if any (if prior to the Full Accretion Date), or 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages
thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer (if after the
Full Accretion Date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any
Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Net Proceeds Offer is less than the
Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company (or such Subsidiary) may use such
deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds Offer
Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.
Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an
Net Proceeds Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may
elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes.

          8.   Notice of Redemption.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be
redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption.

          9.   Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as
provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, it need not
exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and
the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

          This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in
part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the
40-day restricted period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation
of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required
by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary

                                     A-2-5
<PAGE>
 
Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this
Regulation S Temporary Global Note.

          10.  Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

          11.  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then
outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of
the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.  Without the consent
of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of the Notes
in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to
comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

          12.  Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include:  (i) the
failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable if
the default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment shall
be prohibited by Article 10 hereof; (ii) the failure to pay the principal on any
Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption
or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer), whether or not
such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 of the Indenture; (iii) a default
in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained
herein if the default continues for a period of 30 days after the Company
receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default
be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes; (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity
(giving effect to any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
Securitization Entity), which failure continues for at least 10 days, or the
acceleration of the maturity of any such Indebtedness, which acceleration
remains uncured and unrescinded for at least 10 days, if the aggregate principal
amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or
which has been accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more at any time; (v)
one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $20.0 million shall
have been rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries
and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60
days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; (vi)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of
its Material Subsidiaries; and (vii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any
Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid
or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor,
or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its
obligations under such Guarantor's Note Guarantee.  If any Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the
Notes to be due and payable.  Upon any acceleration of maturity of the Notes,
all principal of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on (if on
or after the Full Accretion Date) or Accreted Value of and Liquidates Damages,
if any, on (if prior to the Full Accretion Date) the Notes shall be due and
payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of
Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding
Notes will become due and payable without 

                                     A-2-6

<PAGE>
 
further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of
a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of
the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is
required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance
with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying
such Default or Event of Default.

          13.  Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the
Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

          14.  No Recourse Against Others.  A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such,
shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such
Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

          15.  Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          16.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).

          17.  Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes.  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the A/B Exchange
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 1997, between the Company
and the parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of
Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive
Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights
agreements, if any, between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating
to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes
(collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreement").

          18.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

                                     A-2-7

<PAGE>
 
          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.
Requests may be made to:

          Sealy Mattress Company
          Halle Building
          10th Floor
          1228 Euclid Avenue
          Cleveland, Ohio  44115
          Attention:  General Counsel


                                     A-2-8

<PAGE>
 
                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer
this Note to

________________________________________________________________________________
                 (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
             (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint_________________________________________________________
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

________________________________________________________________________________

Date: _________________
                              Your Signature: __________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              _________________________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                     A-2-9
<PAGE>
 
                      OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below:

     [_] Section 4.10     [_] Section 4.15

          If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased:  $___________

________________________________________________________________________________

Date: _______________
                              Your Signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Note)

                              Tax Identification No:____________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              _________________________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                    A-2-10
<PAGE>
 
          SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

          The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Temporary
Global Note for an interest in another Global Note, or of other Restricted
Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global Note, have
been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Principal Amount at
                              Amount of       Amount of increase     Maturity of this                      
                             decrease in         in Principal          Global Note          Signature of  
                           Principal Amount   Amount at Maturity     following such      authorized officer
                         at Maturity of this    of this Global        decrease (or       of Trustee or Note
Date of Exchange             Global Note             Note               increase)            Custodian     
- ----------------             -----------             ----               ---------            ---------
<S>                      <C>                  <C>                  <C>                   <C> 
</TABLE>

                                    A-2-11
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT B

                        FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Sealy Mattress Company
Halle Building
10th Floor
1228 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio 44115
Attention:  General Counsel

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Floor 21 West
New York, New York 10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

          Re:  10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007
               ---------------------------------------------------

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18,
1997 (the "Indenture"), between Sealy Mattress Company, as issuer (the
"Company"), and The Bank of New York, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

          ______________, (the "Transferor") owns and proposes to transfer the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the
principal amount at maturity  of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the
"Transfer"), to  __________ (the "Transferee"), as further specified in Annex A
hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1.   [_] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A.  The Transfer is
- -----------------------------------------------------------                  
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to
which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each
such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule
144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2.   [_] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE PURSUANT TO 
- ----------------

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
 
REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
- ------------
Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor
hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in
the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the
Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person
acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was
outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through
the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such
Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was
prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts
have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule
904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not
part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S.
Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial
Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note
will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act.

3.   [_] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL
         -------------------------------------------------------------------
INTEREST IN THE IAI GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S.  The Transfer is
- ----------------------------------------------------------                  
being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the
Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

          (a) [_] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance
with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

                                      or

          (b) [_] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary
thereof;

                                      or

          (c) [_] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

                                      or

          (d) [_] such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited
Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor
hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation
within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer
complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a
Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of
the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate
executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if
such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of
transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor
or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
 
certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4.   [_] Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

          (a) [_] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities
Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States
and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

          (b) [_] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in
the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture.

          (c) [_] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION.  (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule
903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in
the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                                 _______________________________
                                                 [Insert Name of Transferor]

                                                 By:____________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
 
Dated:_________, ________

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
 
                      ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

                           [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

     (a)  [_] a beneficial interest in the:

          (i)   [_] 144A Global Note (CUSIP  ________), or

          (ii)  [_] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP  ________), or
     
          (iii) [_] IAI Global Note (CUSIP  _______); or

     (b)  [_] a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

                                  [CHECK ONE]

     (a)  [_] a beneficial interest in the:

          (i)   [_] 144A Global Note (CUSIP  _______), or
    
          (ii)  [_] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP  _______), or

          (iii) [_] IAI Global Note (CUSIP  _______); or

          (iv)  [_] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP  _______); or

     (b)  [_] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

     (c)  [_] an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

        in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
        
                                      B-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C

                        FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE


Sealy Mattress Company
Halle Building
10th Floor
1228 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio  44115
Attention:  General Counsel

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Floor 21 West
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

          Re:  10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007
               ---------------------------------------------------

                             (CUSIP ______________)

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18,
1997 (the "Indenture"), between Sealy Mattress Company, as issuer (the
"Company"), and The Bank of New York, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

          ____________, (the "Owner") owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s]
or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount at
maturity of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "Exchange").  In
connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1.  EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

          (a) [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  In
- -----------------------------------------------------------------     
connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.

          (b) [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.  In connection with the Exchange of
- -------------------------------------------                                     
the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being
acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Restricted Global Notes

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
 
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act
and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

          (c) [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO
                   -------------------------------------------------------
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  In connection with the     
- --------------------------------------------------
Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States.

          (d) [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO
                   -------------------------------------------------------
UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.  In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a
- ----------------------------                                               
Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2.  EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

          (a) [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.  In connection with the Exchange of
- -----------------------------------------                                     
the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted
Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that
the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account
without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue
to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture
and the Securities Act.

          (b) [_]  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO
                   -------------------------------------------------------
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE.  In connection with the
- -----------------------------------------------                         
Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in
the [CHECK ONE] [_] 144A Global Note, [_] Regulation S Global Note, [_] IAI
Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without
transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to
and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of
the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted
Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
 
          This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                                   _____________________________
                                                      [Insert Name of Owner]


                                                   By:__________________________
                                                      Name:
                                                      Title:

Dated:  __________, ____

                                      C-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT D

                           FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
                  ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Sealy Mattress Company
Halle Building
10th Floor
1228 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, Ohio  44115
Attention:  General Counsel

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
Floor 21 West
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

          Re:  10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007
               ---------------------------------------------------

          Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 18,
1997 (the "Indenture"), between Sealy Mattress Company, as issuer (the
"Company"), and The Bank of New York, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

          In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate
principal amount at maturity of:

          (a) [_] a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

          (b) [_] a Definitive Note,

          we confirm that:

          1.  We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any
interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in
the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell,
pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in
compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

          2.  We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein
may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We
agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting
as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein,
we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a "qualified institutional
buyer" (as defined therein), (c) to an institutional "accredited investor" (as
defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its
behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter
substantially in the form of this letter and,

                                      D-1
<PAGE>
 
if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of
transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of
Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule
144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any
person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note
from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of
this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are
restricted as stated herein.

          3.  We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or
beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the
Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the
Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with
the foregoing restrictions.  We further understand that the Notes purchased by
us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.  We further understand that any
subsequent transfer by us of the Notes or beneficial interest therein acquired
by us must be effected through one of the Placement Agents.

          4.  We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have
such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable
of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and
any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of
our or its investment.

          5.  We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein
purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which
is an institutional "accredited investor") as to each of which we exercise sole
investment discretion.

          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested
party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby.


                                 __________________________________________
                                 [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]


                                 By: _______________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


Dated: __________________, ____

                                      D-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT E

                         FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

          For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor
Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the
provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 18, 1997 (the "Indenture")
among Sealy Mattress Company, the Guarantors listed on Schedule I thereto and
The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"), (a) the due and punctual
payment of the principal amount at maturity or Accreted Value, as applicable,
of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture),
whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and
punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the
extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all
other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of
payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same
will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms
of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the
Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth
in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for
the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting
the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes
and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the
Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such
purpose; provided, however, that the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note
Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon
any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

                                 [Name of Guarantor(s)]


                                 By: ________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                      E-1
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT F

                        FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                   TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS


          Supplemental Indenture (this "Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of
________________, among  __________________ (the "Guaranteeing Subsidiary"), a
subsidiary of Sealy Mattress Company (or its permitted successor), an Ohio
corporation (the "Company"), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in
the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the
indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

          WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the
Trustee an indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of December 18, 1997 providing
for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $275.0 million of 10-
7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007 (the "Notes");

          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally
guarantee all of the Company's Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on
the terms and conditions set forth herein (the "Note Guarantee"); and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is
authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

          1.   Capitalized Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          2.   Agreement to Guarantee.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby
agrees as follows:

          (a)  Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and
               severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
               delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors
               and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of
               the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company
               hereunder or thereunder, that:

               (i)  the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly
                    paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
                    redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
                    principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful,
                    and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or
                    the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in
                    full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof
                    and thereof; and

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
               (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of
                    any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will
                    be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance
                    with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
                    stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing
                    payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any
                    performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
                    Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay
                    the same immediately.

          (b)  The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of
               the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the
               Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
               waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to
               any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment
               against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other
               circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
               equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

          (c)  The following is hereby waived:  diligence presentment, demand of
               payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency
               or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding
               first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands
               whatsoever.

          (d)  This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
               performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the
               Indenture.

          (e)  If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or
               otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any
               custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting
               in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount
               paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
               Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be
               reinstated in full force and effect.

          (f)  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of
               subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
               obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
               obligations guaranteed hereby.

          (g)  As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and
               the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
               obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
               Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note
               Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
               prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
               obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
               declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in
               Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due
               and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the
               Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

          (h)  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any
               non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does
               not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
          (i)  Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect
               to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed
               liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or
               fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any
               collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments
               made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
               obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the
               Indenture shall result in the obligations of such Guarantor under
               its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
               conveyance.

          3    Execution and Delivery.  Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that
the Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

          4.   Guaranteeing Subsidiary May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.

     (a)  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge with or
          into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another
          corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with such
          Guarantor unless:

          (i)  subject to Section 11.05 of the Indenture, the Person formed by
               or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a
               Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the
               obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental
               indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
               Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on
               the terms set forth herein or therein; and

          (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
               or Event of Default exists.

     (b)  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon
          the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental
          indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in
          form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and
          the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and
          conditions of the Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such
          successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the
          Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a
          Guarantor.  Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be
          signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of
          the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been
          signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note
          Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank
          and benefit under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and
          thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as
          though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the
          execution hereof.

          (c)  Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 of the Indenture, and
notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or
in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor
with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or
conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
          5.  Releases.

     (a)  In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
          any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale
          or other disposition of all to the capital stock of any Guarantor,
          then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by
          way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock
          of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the
          event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of
          the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any
          obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds
          of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
          applicable provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation
          Section 4.10 of the Indenture. Upon delivery by the Company to the
          Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
          effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in
          accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, including without
          limitation Section 4.10 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall execute
          any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of
          any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

     (b)  Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note
          Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and
          interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor
          under the Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the Indenture.

          6.  No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present or future director,
officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the
Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of the
Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public
policy.

          7.  NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN.  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT
THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

          8.  Counterparts  The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement.

          9.  Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

          10  The Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner
whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which
recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
written.

Dated:  _______________, ____
                                    [Guaranteeing Subsidiary]


                                    By:___________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:

                                    THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                       as Trustee


                                    By:___________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:
<PAGE>
 
SCHEDULE I

                            SCHEDULE OF GUARANTORS

          The following schedule lists each Guarantor under the Indenture as of
the Issue Date:

          1.   Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
          2.   Sealy Mattress Company of Puerto Rico, an Ohio corporation.
          3.   Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co., Inc. (Randolph), a
               Massachusetts corporation.
          4.   Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.--Ft. Worth, a Texas
               corporation.
          5.   Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co., a Georgia corporation.
          6.   Ohio--Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Co.--Houston, a Texas
               corporation.
          7.   Sealy Mattress Company of Michigan, Inc., a Michigan corporation.
          8.   Sealy Mattress Company of Kansas City, Inc., a Missouri
               corporation.
          9.   Sealy of Maryland and Virginia, Inc., a Maryland corporation.
          10.  Sealy Mattress Company of Illinois, an Illinois corporation.
          11.  A. Brandwein & Company, an Illinois corporation.
          12.  Sealy Mattress Company of Albany, Inc., a New York corporation.
          13.  Sealy of Minnesota, Inc., a Minnesota corporation.
          14.  Sealy Mattress Company of Memphis, a Tennessee corporation.
          15.  The Stearns & Foster Bedding Company, a Delaware corporation.
          16.  The Stearns & Foster Upholstery Furniture Company, an Ohio
               corporation.
          17.  Sealy, Inc., an Ohio corporation
          18.  The Ohio Mattress Company Licensing and Components Group, a
               Delaware corporation.
          19.  Sealy Mattress Manufacturing Company, Inc., a Delaware
               corporation.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.3
                                                                    ----------- 

================================================================================


                               Sealy Corporation,

                                   as Issuer,

                                  $200,000,000

                   10 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003
                      
                       _________________________________
                        

                               _________________

                         SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                         Dated as of December 5, 1997
                               _________________



                               _________________


                              The Bank Of New York

                               _________________

                   Successor Trustee to Mellon Bank, F.S.B.


===============================================================================
<PAGE>
 
            SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of December 5, 1997 between
Sealy Corporation., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), as issuer, and The
Bank of New York, as successor trustee (the "Trustee") to Mellon Bank, F.S.B.,
to the INDENTURE, dated as of May 7, 1993 between the Company and the Trustee,
as supplemented by the FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of February 19,
1997 between the Company and the Trustee (as so supplemented, the "Indenture").

Section 1.  Waiver of Certain Restrictive Covenants and Events of Default.  The
            -------------------------------------------------------------      
application of Section 4.03 - "Limitation on Debt", Section 4.04 - "Limitation
on Debt and Preferred Stock of Subsidiary", Section 4.05 - "Limitation on
Restricted Payments", of the Indenture are hereby waived with respect to the
Offer, the Solicitation and the other Transactions (each as defined in the
Company's Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement (the
"Statement"), dated November 18, 1997 with respect to the Notes) and any Event
of Default under Section 6.01 of the Indenture which has occurred or may occur
in connection with the Refinancing is hereby waived.

Section 2.  Amendments to the Indenture
            ---------------------------

     (a)    The following covenants and all references thereto are hereby
deleted from the Indenture: Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09,
and 5.01.

     (b)    Section 4.02 is modified to provide that following completion of a
registered exchange offer for any securities issued by Sealy Mattress Company,
as described in the Preliminary Offering Circular, dated as of November 26,
1997, the Company may satisfy its obligations to Securityholders by delivery of
periodic reports filed with the SEC by either the Company or Sealy Mattress
Company.

     (c)    The definition of "Permitted Holder" in Section 1.01 is amended to
include all persons who will beneficially own 5% or more of the equity of the
Company upon consummation of the Transactions.

     (d)    The following Events of Default and all references thereto are
hereby deleted from the Indenture: clauses (3) and (4) (as it relates to
compliance with the covenants listed in (a) above).

     (e)    All definitions in the Indenture which are used exclusively in the
Sections and clauses deleted pursuant to (a), (b), (c) and (d) above are hereby
deleted.

Section 3.  Effectiveness; Operativeness
            ----------------------------

            (a) This Second Supplemental Indenture will become effective and
binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders as of the day and
year first above written and (b) Section 2 of this Second Supplemental Indenture
will become operative on the Acceptance Date (as defined in the Statement).

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
Section 4.  Reference to and Effect on the Indenture
            ----------------------------------------

            (a) On and after the effective date of this Second Supplemental
Indenture, each reference in the Indenture to "this Indenture," "hereunder,"
"hereof," or "herein" shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as
supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise
requires.

            (b) Except as specifically amended above, the Indenture shall remain
in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 5.  Governing Law
            -------------

            This Second Supplemental Indenture shall be construed and enforced
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Section 6.  Defined Terms
            -------------

            Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used herein and not
defined shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Indenture.

Section 7.  Counterparts and Method of Execution
            ------------------------------------

            This Second Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several
counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on
all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all the parties have not signed the
same counterpart.

Section 8.  Titles
            ------

            Section titles are for descriptive purposes only and shall not
control or alter the meaning of this Second Supplemental Indenture as set forth
in the text.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second
Supplemental Indenture to be executed as of the day and year first above
written.

                                 Sealy Corporation



                                 By:  /s/ RONALD STOLLE
                                      _________________________________
                                      Its: Vice President and Treasurer


                                 The Bank of New York
                                 as Trustee



                                 By:  /s/ MARY JANE MORRISSEY
                                      _________________________________
                                      Its: Vice President

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

                           DEALER MANAGER AGREEMENT
                           ------------------------

November 18, 1997

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
As Dealer Manager
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Sealy Corporation, (the "Company"), in connection with the merger of
Sandman Merger Corporation (the "Purchaser") with and into the Company, plans to
make a tender offer (the "Tender Offer") for any and all of the 10-1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2003 (the "Bonds") of the Company and engage in a related
solicitation of consents from holders of Bonds to certain amendments to the
indenture under which the Bonds were issued (the "Indenture") (such tender offer
and consent solicitation being collectively referred to herein as the "Tender
Offer"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the tender
offer and consent solicitation material (the "Offer Material") which the Company
has caused to be prepared and furnished to you for use in connection with the
Tender Offer, including (a) the offer to purchase and consent solicitation
statement dated the date hereof (the "Launch Date") and appendices thereto (the
"Offer to Purchase") (b) the consent and letter of transmittal to be used by
holders to consent and tender Bonds and delivering consents pursuant to the
Tender Offer (the "Letter of Transmittal"), (c) the notice of guaranteed
delivery to be used by holders tendering Bonds and delivering consents pursuant
to the Tender Offer, (d) the letter to brokers, securities dealers, commercial
banks, trust companies and nominees, (e) any newspaper advertisements relating
to the Tender Offer and (f) any press releases relating to the Tender Offer.
Any other offering materials and information relating to the Tender Offer that
the Purchaser may prepare or approve for use in connection with the Tender Offer
shall be called "Additional Material."

     1.   Appointment of Dealer Manager
          -----------------------------

          The Purchaser and the Company hereby appoint you as Dealer Manager in
connection with the Tender Offer (the "Dealer Manager") and authorize you to act
on their behalf in accordance with this agreement and the terms of the Offer
Material and Additional Material.  The Purchaser and the Company have approved
the Offer Material and the Additional Material and authorize you and any other
securities dealer or any commercial bank or trust company to use the Offer
Material and Additional Material in connection with the solicitation of tenders
and consents.  In soliciting tenders and consents, you, as Dealer Manager, shall
act as independent contractors and shall not be deemed to act as agents of the
Purchaser or the Company, and the Purchaser and the Company shall not be deemed
to act as agents of the Dealer Manager.

     2.   Mailing of Offer Material
          -------------------------

          The Purchaser and the Company shall cause to be mailed on the Launch
Date to each registered holder of any Bonds a copy of the Offer to Purchase and
other appropriate 

                                    Page 1
<PAGE>
 
Offer Material and Additional Material, together with a return envelope.
Thereafter, to the extent practicable until the expiration of the Tender Offer,
the Purchaser and the Company shall use their best efforts to cause copies of
such material and a return envelope to be mailed to each person who becomes a
holder of record of any Bonds.

     3.   Solicitation of Tenders
          -----------------------
     (a)  You agree to use your best efforts to solicit tenders and consents of
          Bonds pursuant to the Tender Offer. You shall have no liability in
          tort, contract or otherwise to either the Purchaser or the Company or
          any person related to either the Purchaser or the Company for any act
          or omission on the part of any securities broker or dealer (other than
          yourselves), commercial bank or trust company that may solicit tenders
          and consents, and you shall have no liability in tort, contract or
          otherwise hereunder except for your own gross negligence, bad faith or
          willful misconduct.

     (b)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company agrees to furnish to you as many
          copies as you may reasonably request of the Offer Material and
          Additional Material in final form for use by you in connection with
          the Tender Offer. Neither the Purchaser nor the Company shall amend or
          supplement the Offer Material, nor prepare or approve any Additional
          Material for use in connection with the Tender Offer, without your
          consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     (c)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company agrees to advise you promptly of
          the occurrence of any event which could cause the Purchaser or the
          Company to withdraw, rescind or modify the Tender Offer or to amend or
          supplement the Offer Material or Additional Material.

     (d)  Neither the Purchaser nor the Company will use or publish any material
          in connection with the Tender Offer, or refer to you in any such
          material, without first consulting you. Each of the Purchaser and the
          Company will promptly inform you of any litigation or administrative
          action with respect to the Tender Offer.

     (e)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company agrees to furnish to you, to the
          extent the same is available to either the Purchaser or the Company,
          cards or lists or copies thereof showing the names and addresses of,
          and principal amount of Bonds held by, the registered holders of Bonds
          as of a recent date, and shall use their best efforts to advise you
          from day to day during the period of the Tender Offer as to any
          transfers of record of Bonds. You agree to use such information only
          in connection with the Tender Offer and not to furnish such
          information to any other person except in connection with the Tender
          Offer.

     (f)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company shall arrange for the depositary
          named in the Letter of Transmittal orally to inform you during each
          business day during the Tender Offer (to be followed on a daily basis
          by written confirmation) as to the principal amount of Bonds that have
          been tendered pursuant to the Tender Offer during the interval since
          its previous daily report to you under this 

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>
 
          provision, and the names and addresses of any registered holder
          tendering $50,000 or more aggregate principal amount of Bonds.

     4.   Compensation and Expenses
          -------------------------

     (a)  The Purchaser and the Company jointly and severely agree to pay to
          you, as compensation for your services as Dealer Manager, a fee of
          $250,000.00. Such fee shall be payable concurrently with the payment
          for Bonds by the Company under the Tender Offer (the "Closing Date")
          or other termination of the Tender Offer.

     (b)  Whether or not any Bonds are tendered pursuant to the Tender Offer,
          the Purchaser and the Company shall pay all expenses of the
          preparation, printing, mailing and publishing of the Offer Material
          and Additional Material, all fees payable to securities dealers
          (including you), commercial banks, trust companies and nominees as
          reimbursement of their customary mailing and handling expenses
          incurred in forwarding the Offer Material and Additional Material to
          their customers, all fees and expenses of the depositary referred to
          above, the trustee under the Indenture, any forwarding agent and any
          information agent, all advertising charges, any applicable transfer
          taxes payable by the Purchaser or the Company in connection with the
          Tender Offer and all other expenses in connection with the Tender
          Offer and shall reimburse you for all expenses incurred by you in
          connection with your serving as Dealer Manager, including, (i) your
          reasonable expenses and the reasonable fees and the disbursements of
          your counsel, and (ii) any expenses incurred as a result of presenting
          testimony or evidence, or preparing to present testimony or evidence,
          in connection with any court or administrative proceeding arising out
          of the Tender Offer or in connection with any other acquisition of
          Bonds.

     5.   Representations and Warranties by the Purchaser and the Company
          ----------------------------------------------------------------

          Each of the Purchaser and the Company represents and warrants to you
          that:

     (a)  The Purchaser and the Company have each been duly incorporated and are
          validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
          the State of Delaware.

     (b)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company have duly taken all necessary
          corporate actions to authorize the making and consummation of the
          Tender Offer (including any related borrowings or other provisions for
          the payment for Bonds by the Purchaser and the Company), the execution
          and delivery of the supplemental indenture enacting the proposed
          amendments described in the Offer Material (the "Supplemental
          Indenture") and the performance of the Indenture as supplemented
          thereby, and the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement
          and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; and this
          agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and
          constitutes a valid and binding agreement of, the Purchaser or the
          Company, as the case may be, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
          subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization

                                    Page 3
<PAGE>
 
          and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting
          creditors' rights and to general equity principles.

     (c)  The Offer Material and Additional Material complies and (as amended or
          supplemented, if amended or supplemented) will comply in all material
          respects with all applicable requirements of the federal securities
          laws; and the Offer Material and Additional Material does not and (as
          amended or supplemented, if amended or supplemented) will not contain
          any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
          fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

     (d)  The making and consummation of the Tender Offer (including any related
          borrowings or other provisions for the payment for Bonds by the
          Purchaser and the Company), the execution and delivery of the
          Supplemental Indenture and the performance of the Indenture as
          supplemented thereby, the execution, delivery and performance by the
          Purchaser and the Company of this agreement and the consummation of
          the transactions contemplated herein do not and will not conflict
          with, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under or in a
          breach of, or constitute a default under, any of the provisions of any
          indenture, agreement or undertaking to which the Purchaser or the
          Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, as the case may be,
          is a party or by which they are bound or to which any of their
          property or assets are subject, nor will such action result in any
          violation of their Certificates of Incorporation or By-laws, as
          amended as of the date hereof, and do not and will not contravene any
          United States federal, state or local law, rule or regulation or any
          order applicable to the Purchaser or the Company or any of their
          respective subsidiaries, as the case may be, of any court or of any
          other governmental agency or instrumentality having jurisdiction over
          it or any of its property.

     (e)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company has obtained all consents,
          approvals, authorizations and orders of, and has duly made all
          registrations, qualifications and filings with, any court or
          regulatory authority or other governmental agency or instrumentality
          required in connection with the making and consummation of the Tender
          Offer (including any related borrowings or other provisions for the
          payment for Bonds by the Purchaser and the Company), the execution and
          delivery of the Supplemental Indenture and the performance of the
          Indenture as supplemented thereby, the execution, delivery and
          performance of this agreement and the consummation of the transactions
          contemplated herein.

     (f)  Upon execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Supplemental Indenture
          will conform in all material respects to the description thereof in
          the Offer Material and the Additional Material and may be entered into
          upon the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate
          outstanding principal amount of the Bonds (excluding those owned by
          the Company and its affiliates) pursuant to the provisions of the
          Indenture and, together with the Offer Material and the Additional
          Material, complies in all material respects with the requirements of
          such Indenture and (ii) the Supplemental Indenture will constitute a
          valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance
          with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to (x) bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability
          relating to or affecting creditors' rights, (y) to general equity

                                    Page 4
<PAGE>
 
          principles (regardless of whether such enforcement is considered in a
          proceeding in equity or at law) and (z) the unenforcability under
          certain circumstances under laws or court decisions of provisions for
          the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a
          liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to
          public policy.

     (g)  There is no action, suit, order, investigation or proceeding before or
          by any government, governmental instrumentality or court (domestic or
          foreign) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Purchaser or the
          Company, threatened against or affecting the Purchaser, the Company or
          any of their subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that
          seeks to restrain, enjoin, prevent the consummation of or otherwise
          challenge the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
          this agreement or the Offer Material and Additional Material, or that
          questions the legality or validity of this agreement or any such
          transactions or seeks to recover damages or obtain other relief in
          connection with any such transactions.

     (h)  Except as contemplated by the Transactions (as defined in the Offer
          Material and Additional Material), since the date of its most recent
          audited financial statements included in the Offer Material and
          Additional Material, there has not been (i) any material adverse
          change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings,
          business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its
          subsidiaries and considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising
          in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any transaction entered into
          by the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than in the ordinary
          course of business, that is material to the condition, financial or
          otherwise, or the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of
          the Company and its subsidiaries and considered as one enterprise or
          (iii) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made
          by the Company on its capital stock.

    (i)  The Company has or will have available funds, and is authorized to use
         such funds under applicable law, to pay the full purchase price of the
         Bonds that it may become committed to purchase pursuant to the Tender
         Offer and all related fees and expenses.

    (j)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company agrees to pay promptly, in
         accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer
         Material and Additional Material, such full purchase price and all
         related fees and expenses. Each of the Purchaser and the Company has
         made appropriate arrangements with The Depository Trust Company,
         Pacific Securities Depository Trust Company, the Midwest Securities
         Trust Company, the Philadelphia Depository Trust Company and any other
         "qualified" registered securities depository to allow for the book-
         entry movement of tendered Bonds between depository participants and
         the depository referred to above. If the Dealer Manager (acting as
         riskless principal on behalf of and at the request of the Purchaser and
         the Company) purchase any Bonds pursuant to the Tender Offer, each of
         the Purchaser and the Company will, concurrently with the settlement of
         such purchase (or at such later time as the parties may agree),
         purchase and pay for such Bonds at the same full purchase price as paid
         for such Bonds by the Dealer Manager pursuant to the Tender Offer
         (plus, if payment for such Bonds by the Dealer Manager is not

                                    Page 5
<PAGE>
 
         concurrent with payment for such Bonds by the Purchaser or the Company,
         interest thereon at such interest rate as the parties may agree).

     6.   Agreements of the Purchaser and the Company
          -------------------------------------------

     (a)  The Purchaser, the Company and their respective subsidiaries will
          comply in all material respects with the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations of the
          Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") thereunder (the
          "Exchange Act"), the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
          applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the
          "Securities Act") and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and
          the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the
          "Trust Indenture Act") in connection with the Offer Material and
          Additional Material, the Offer to Purchase, the Supplemental Indenture
          and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. If at any time
          when any of the Offer Material and Additional Material are required to
          be delivered in connection with the Offer to Purchase, any event shall
          occur or condition exist as a result of which it shall be necessary,
          in the reasonable opinion of your counsel or counsel for the Purchaser
          or the Company, to amend or supplement any of the Offer Material and
          Additional Material in order that such Offer Material and Additional
          Material will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or
          omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
          statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at the time
          such Offer Material and Additional Material are delivered to a Holder,
          not misleading, or if it shall be necessary, in the reasonable opinion
          of any of such counsel, at any time to amend or supplement any of the
          Offer Material and Additional Material in order to comply with the
          requirements of the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, the Purchaser
          or the Company, as applicable, shall promptly prepare and furnish
          copies to you of, and, if necessary, file with the Commission, such
          amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such untrue
          statement or omission or to make such Offer Material and Additional
          Material comply with such requirements.

     (b)  The Purchaser, the Company and each of their subsidiaries shall
          promptly file any report or other document required to be filed by it
          with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act during
          the period of time from the date hereof to the termination or
          expiration of the Offer to Purchase; provided, however, that neither
          the Purchaser nor the Company shall or shall permit any of its
          subsidiaries to file any such report or other document unless you
          shall have previously been advised that such filing is contemplated
          and given a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon. Promptly
          following any such filing, the Purchaser or the Company shall deliver
          to you, without charge, such number of copies of such report or other
          document as you may reasonably request.

     7.   Conditions of Obligation
          ------------------------

          Your obligation to act as Dealer Manager hereunder shall at all times
be subject, in your discretion, to the conditions that:

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>
 
     (a)  All representations, warranties and other statements of the Purchaser
          and the Company contained herein are now, and at all times during the
          Tender Offer will be, true and correct in all material respects.

     (b)  Each of the Purchaser and the Company at all times during the Tender
          Offer shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder therefore
          required to have been performed.

     (c)  Kirkland & Ellis, counsel to the Purchaser and the Company and 
          Kenneth L. Walker, General Counsel of the Company, shall have
          furnished to you on each of the Launch Date, the date that the
          Supplemental Indenture is executed (the "Consent Date") and the
          Closing Date, as Dealer Manager, their opinions, dated the date of the
          Launch Date, the Consent Date or the Closing Date, as the case may be,
          in each case substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, Exhibit A-2,
          Exhibit A-3, Exhibit B-1 or Exhibit B-2, respectfully.

     (d)  The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you a
          certificate of the Vice President and Treasurer and the General
          Counsel of the Company satisfactory to you identifying all material
          indentures, agreements and instruments to which the Company or any of
          its subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound or to
          which any of their respective property or assets are subject.

     (e)  The Company shall have caused all of its subsidiaries that are
          providing guarantees of any indebtedness of the Company (the
          "Guarantors") to become jointly and severally liable with the Company
          and the Purchaser to you under Section 8 hereof.

     8.   Indemnity and Survival of Certain Provisions
          --------------------------------------------

     (a)  Each of the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors jointly and
          severally agrees (i) to indemnify and hold you harmless against any
          loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (or action in respect
          thereof) (A) which arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement
          or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Offer
          Material, Additional Material or any of the documents referred to
          therein or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, or
          which arises out of or is based upon the omission or alleged omission
          to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
          necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (B) which
          arises out of or is based upon any breach by the Purchaser, the
          Company or the Guarantors of any representation or warranty or failure
          to comply with any of the agreements set forth herein or (C) which
          arises out of or is based upon a withdrawal, rescission, termination
          or modification of or a failure to make or consummate the Tender
          Offer; and (ii) to indemnify and hold you harmless against any other
          loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (or action in respect
          thereof) which otherwise arises out of or is based upon or asserted
          against you in connection with your acting as Dealer Manager in
          connection with the Tender Offer or rendering any financial advisory
          services to the Purchaser, the Company or the Guarantors or which
          arises in connection with any other matter referred to in this
          agreement, except to the 

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>
 
          extent that any such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim
          referred to in clause (ii) of this Section 8(a) results from your
          gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in performing the
          services that are the subject of this agreement. The indemnity
          provided by the preceding sentence, to the extent it applies in
          accordance with its terms to any loss, damage, expense, liability or
          claim (or action in respect thereof), shall apply without regard to
          your exclusive or contributory negligence. In the event that you
          become involved in any capacity in any action, proceeding or
          investigation brought by or against any person, including stockholders
          of the Purchaser or the Company, in connection with any matter
          referred to in this agreement, each of the Purchaser, the Company and
          the Guarantors also agrees periodically to reimburse you for your
          legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and
          preparation) incurred in connection therewith. Each of the Purchaser,
          the Company and the Guarantors also agrees that neither you nor any of
          your affiliates, nor any partners, directors, agents, employees or
          controlling persons (if any), as the case may be, of you or any such
          affiliates, shall have any liability to any of the Purchaser, the
          Company and the Guarantors or any person asserting claims on behalf of
          or in right of any of the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors
          for or in connection with any matter referred to in this agreement
          except to the extent that any loss, damage, expense, liability or
          claim incurred by any of the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors
          results from your gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in
          performing the services that are the subject of this agreement.

     (b)  Promptly after receipt by you of notice of your involvement in any
          action, proceeding or investigation, you shall, if a claim in respect
          thereof is to be made against the Purchaser, the Company or the
          Guarantors under subsection (a) of this Section 8, notify the
          Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors either in writing of such
          involvement, but the omission so to notify the Purchaser, the Company
          and the Guarantors shall not relieve either of them from any liability
          which they may otherwise have to you. In case any such action,
          proceeding or investigation shall be brought against or otherwise
          involve you and you shall notify the Purchaser, the Company and the
          Guarantors of the commencement thereof or your involvement therein,
          the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors shall be entitled to
          participate therein, but the defense of such action, proceeding or
          investigation shall be conducted by your counsel unless you shall
          consent to a request by the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors
          to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to you (who
          shall not, except with your additional consent, be counsel to the
          Purchaser, the Company or the Guarantors). Upon assumption by the
          Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors of the defense of such
          action, proceeding or investigation, you shall have the right to
          participate in such action, proceeding or investigation and to retain
          your own counsel, but the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors
          shall not be liable to you under this subsection (b) of this Section 8
          for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each
          case subsequently incurred by you, in connection with the defense
          thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and preparation,
          unless the Purchaser, the Company, the Guarantors and you are named
          parties to any such action, proceeding or investigation (including any
          impleaded parties) and representation of both parties 

                                    Page 8
<PAGE>
 
          by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
          differing interests between them.

     (c)  If for any reason the indemnification provided for in subsection (a)
          of this Section 8 is unavailable or insufficient to hold you harmless,
          then the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors shall contribute to
          the amount paid or payable by you as a result of such loss, damage,
          expense, liability or claim (or actions in respect thereof) referred
          to therein in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
          relative benefits of the Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors and
          their respective stockholders on the one hand and you on the other
          hand in the matters contemplated by this agreement as well as the
          relative fault of the Purchaser, the Company, the Guarantors and you
          with respect to such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (or
          actions in respect thereof) and any other relevant equitable
          considerations. The relative benefits of the Purchaser, the Company,
          the Guarantors and their respective stockholders on the one hand and
          you on the other hand in the matters contemplated by this agreement
          shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the maximum aggregate
          value of the consideration proposed to be paid by the Purchaser, the
          Company and the Guarantors to acquire Bonds pursuant to the Tender
          Offer bears to the maximum aggregate fee proposed to be paid to you
          pursuant to Section 4(a) of this agreement as a result of such
          acquisition of Bonds. The relative fault of the Purchaser, the
          Company, the Guarantors and you shall be determined by reference to,
          among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of
          a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
          material fact relates to information supplied by, or relating to,
          Purchaser, the Company, the Guarantors and their respective affiliates
          or you and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
          information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
          omission. The Purchaser, the Company, the Guarantors and you agree
          that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to
          this subsection (c) of this Section 8 were determined by pro rata
          allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take
          account of the equitable considerations referred to in this 
          subsection (c) of this Section 8.

     (d)  The agreements contained in Section 4 and in this Section 8 and the
          representations and warranties of the Purchaser and the Company set
          forth in Section 5 hereof shall survive any termination or
          cancellation of this agreement, any completion of the engagement
          provided by this agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf
          of you and any of your officers or partners or any person controlling
          you and shall survive any acquisition of Bonds, whether pursuant to
          the Tender Offer or otherwise.

     (e)  The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the
          Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 8 shall
          be in addition to any liability that the Purchaser, the Company or the
          Guarantors may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and
          conditions to your affiliates and the partners, directors, agents,
          employees and controlling persons (if any), as the case may be, of you
          and any such affiliate, and shall be binding upon and inure to the
          benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives
          of the Purchaser, the Company, the Guarantors, you, any such affiliate
          and any 

                                    Page 9
<PAGE>
 
          such person. If the obligations of the Purchaser, the Company and the
          Guarantors set forth in this Section 8 are not assumed by operation of
          law or by contract by a party or parties satisfactory to you, the
          Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors agree to arrange alternative
          means of providing for such obligations, including providing insurance
          or creating an escrow, in each case in an amount and upon terms and
          conditions satisfactory to you.

     9.   Miscellaneous
          -------------

     (a)  This agreement is made solely for the benefit of you, the Purchaser,
          the Company and any partner, director, agent, employee, controlling
          person or affiliate referred to in Section 8 hereof, and their
          respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives, and no
          other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue or
          this agreement.

     (b)  In the event that any provision hereof shall be determined to be
          invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination shall not
          affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision
          hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

     (c)  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this agreement, whenever
          notice is required by the provisions of this agreement to be given to
          (i) the Purchaser, such notice shall be in writing addressed to the
          Purchaser, c/o Bain Capital, Inc. at its office at Two Copley Place,
          Boston Massachusetts 02116, facsimile number (617) 572-3274,
          Attention: Josh Bekenstein and Paul Edgerley; (ii) the Company, such
          notice shall be in writing addressed to the Company, at its office at
          1228 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44115, facsimile number 
          (216) 522-1366, Attention: General Counsel; and (iii) you, such notice
          shall be in writing addressed to you, at 85 Broad Street, New York,
          New York 10004, facsimile number (212) 902-4103, Attention:
          Registration Department.

     (d)  This agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with
          respect to your acting as Dealer Manager of the Tender Offer,
          superseding all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations with
          respect to such activities by you. This agreement shall be governed by
          and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
          without regard to principles of conflict of laws. This agreement may
          be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an
          original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and
          the same agreement.

               [Dealer Manager Agreement signature page follows]

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>
 
          Please sign and return to us a duplicate of this letter, whereupon it
will become a binding agreement.



Very truly yours,



Sandman Merger Corporation



By: /s/ MICHAEL KRUPKA
   -----------------------------
Name: Michael A. Krupka
Title: Vice President



Sealy Corporation



By:/s/ RONALD L. JONES
   -------------------------------
Name: Ronald L. Jones
Title: President/C.E.O.

The undersigned hereby confirms 
that the foregoing letter, as of 
the date thereof, correctly sets 
forth the agreement between the 
Purchaser, the Company and the 
undersigned.


     /s/ GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
- ----------------------------------
      (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

                    Dealer Manager Agreement Signature Page
<PAGE>
 
To be executed on the Closing Date:

The undersigned hereby confirms 
that the foregoing letter, as of 
the date thereof, correctly sets 
forth the agreement between the 
Purchaser, the Company, the Dealer 
Manager and the undersigned


SEALY CORPORATION


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title: Vice President, General Counsel
        & Secretary


SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF PUERTO RICO


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title: Vice President, General Counsel
        & Secretary


OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO., INC. (RANDOLPH)


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title: Vice President, General Counsel
        & Secretary


OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO. - FT. WORTH


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title: Vice President, General Counsel
        & Secretary


OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title: Vice President, General Counsel
        & Secretary

 Assumption of the Dealer Manager Agreement by Guarantors Signature Pages - 1
<PAGE>
 
OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO.- HOUSTON


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF MICHIGAN, INC.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF KANSAS CITY, INC.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY OF MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA, INC.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF ILLINOIS


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


A. BRANDWEIN & COMPANY


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary

 Assumption of the Dealer Manager Agreement by Guarantors Signature Pages - 2
<PAGE>
 
SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF ALBANY, INC.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY OF MINNESOTA, INC.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF MEMPHIS


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


THE STEARNS & FOSTER BEDDING COMPANY


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


THE STEARNS & FOSTER UPHOLSTERY FURNITURE COMPANY


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY, INC.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary

 Assumption of the Dealer Manager Agreement by Guarantors Signature Pages - 3
<PAGE>
 
THE OHIO MATTRESS COMPANY LICENSING AND COMPONENTS GROUP


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary


SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
   ---------------------------------
Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
Title:  Vice President, General Counsel
         & Secretary

 Assumption of the Dealer Manager Agreement by Guarantors Signature Pages - 4

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2
                                                                    ------------


                            Sealy Mattress Company

             $125,000,000 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
        $128,000,000 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007

                               Purchase Agreement
                               ------------------

                                                               December 11, 1997

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
85 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Sealy Mattress Company, an Ohio corporation (the "Company"), proposes,
subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the
Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the "Purchasers") an aggregate of
$125,000,000 principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the
"Senior Subordinated Notes") and $128,000,000 principal amount of the Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Subordinated Discount Notes",
and, together with the Senior Subordinated Notes, the "Securities"), in each
case, of the Company.  The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sealy
Corporation, a Delaware Corporation ("Parent").  The Company's obligations under
the Securities will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior subordinated
basis (the "Guarantees") by Parent and certain of the Company's U.S.
subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Guarantors", and, together with Parent, the
"Guarantors").  When used herein, the term "Subsidiaries" shall mean all
subsidiaries of the Company existing as of the date hereof.

          Pursuant to an agreement (the "Merger Agreement") dated October 30,
1997, among Parent, the Sandman Merger Corporation, a transitory Delaware merger
corporation (the "Bain Entity"), and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("Zell"), (i) the Bain entity will be merged with and into
Parent, with Parent being the surviving corporation, (ii) the Bain Entity and
certain other persons will acquire approximately 90% of the common stock of
Parent (the "New Parent Common Stock"), and (iii) Zell will receive, in exchange
for its old common stock  of Parent (the "Old Parent Common Stock"), $418.7
million in cash (minus (a) certain fees and expenses of the merger and (b)
certain costs in connection with the extinguishment of certain outstanding
options and warrants of Parent), a $25.0 million junior subordinated note of
Parent (the "Parent Junior Subordinated Note") and approximately 10% of the New
Parent Common Stock to be outstanding following the transaction (all such
transactions being referred to herein as the "Recapitalization").

          Concurrent with the issuance of the Securities, the Company will enter
into the Senior Credit Agreements (as defined in the Offering Circular), which
will be used to fund a portion of the costs of the Recapitalization, including
the repayment existing indebtedness.  The Parent has also executed an indenture
(the "Supplemental Indenture"), which amended the terms of an indenture

                                    Page 1
<PAGE>
 
previously executed between the Parent and The Bank of New York, as trustee,
dated as of May 7, 1993.

          1.  The Company and each of the Guarantors represent and warrant to,
and agree with, each of the Purchasers that:
 
              (a)  A preliminary offering circular, dated November 26, 1997 (the
     "Preliminary Offering Circular") and an offering circular, dated December
     11, 1997 (the "Offering Circular") have been prepared in connection with
     the offering of the Securities. Any reference to the Preliminary Offering
     Circular or the Offering Circular shall be deemed to refer to and include
     (i) any documents filed by the Parent or the Company with the United States
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") pursuant to Section
     13(a), 13(c) or 15(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
     as amended (the "Exchange Act") after the date of the Preliminary Offering
     Circular or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and (ii) any
     Additional Issuer Information (as defined in Section 5(f)) furnished by the
     Parent or the Company prior to the completion of the distribution of the
     Securities; and all documents filed under the Exchange Act and so deemed to
     be included in the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular,
     as the case may be, or any amendment or supplement thereto are hereinafter
     called the "Exchange Act Reports". The Exchange Act Reports, when they were
     or are filed with the Commission, conformed or will conform in all material
     respects to the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the
     applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The
     Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular and any amendments
     or supplements thereto and the Exchange Act Reports did not and will not,
     as of their respective dates, contain an untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and
     warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance
     upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company
     by a Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

              (b)  Neither the Parent, the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries
     has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements
     included in the Offering Circular any material loss or interference with
     its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not
     covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental
     action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the
     Offering Circular; and, since the respective dates as of which information
     is given in the Offering Circular, there has not been any change in the
     capital stock or long-term debt of the Parent, the Company or any of the
     Subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a
     prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs,
     management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of
     operations of the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries, otherwise than
     as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular;

              (c)  The Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries have good and
     marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable
     title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear
     of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the
     Offering Circular or such as do not materially affect the value of such
     property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of
     such property by the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries; and any real
     property and buildings held under lease by the Parent, the Company and the
     Subsidiaries are held by them


                                    Page 2
<PAGE>
 
     under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are
     not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made
     of such property and buildings by the Parent, the Company and the
     Subsidiaries;

              (d)  The Parent has been duly incorporated and is validly existing
     as a corporation in good standing under the laws of Delaware, with power
     and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described
     in the Offering Circular, and has been duly qualified as a foreign
     corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under
     the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties
     or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject
     to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so
     qualified in any such jurisdiction.

              (e)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
     existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of Ohio, with
     power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as
     described in the Offering Circular, and has been duly qualified as a
     foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing
     under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases
     properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or
     is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure
     to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction; and each Subsidiary of the
     Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation
     in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

              (f)  The Parent has an authorized capitalization as set forth in
     the Offering Circular, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the
     Parent have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid
     and non-assessable; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the
     Company (except for directors' qualifying shares and except as otherwise
     set forth in the Offering Circular) are owned directly by the Parent, free
     and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

              (g)  The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in
     the Offering Circular, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the
     Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid
     and non-assessable; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each
     Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued,
     are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors' qualifying
     shares and except as otherwise set forth in the Offering Circular) are
     owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens,
     encumbrances, equities or claims;

              (h)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries;

              (i)  The Senior Subordinated Notes have been duly authorized and,
     when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will have been duly
     executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will constitute valid and
     legally binding obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, entitled to
     the benefits provided by the indenture to be dated as of December 18, 1997
     (the "Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture") between the Company, the
     Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Senior Subordinated
     Notes Trustee"), under which they are to be issued, which will be
     substantially in the form previously delivered to you; the Senior
     Subordinated Notes Indenture has been duly authorized and, when executed
     and delivered by the Company, the Guarantors and the Senior Subordinated
     Trustee, the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture will constitute a valid
     and legally binding 



                                    Page 3
<PAGE>
 
     instrument, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to
     enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of
     general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
     general equity principles; and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior
     Subordinated Notes Indenture will conform to the descriptions thereof in
     the Offering Circular and will be in substantially the form previously
     delivered to you;

              (j)  The Senior Subordinated Discount Notes have been duly
     authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will
     have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will
     constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company and the
     Guarantors entitled to the benefits provided by the indenture to be dated
     as of December 18, 1997 (the "Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
     Indenture", and, together with the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, the
     "Indentures") between the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York,
     as trustee (the "Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Trustee"), under which
     they are to be issued, which will be substantially in the form previously
     delivered to you; the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Indenture has been
     duly authorized and, when executed and delivered by the Company, the
     Guarantors and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Trustee, the Senior
     Subordinated Discount Notes Indenture will constitute a valid and legally
     binding instrument, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as
     to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of
     general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
     general equity principles; and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and
     the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Indenture will conform to the
     descriptions thereof in the Offering Circular and will be in substantially
     the form previously delivered to you;

              (k)  The Guarantees have been duly authorized by the Guarantors,
     and when executed, authenticated, issued and delivered pursuant to this
     Agreement and the applicable Indenture, will constitute valid and legally
     binding obligations of the Guarantors entitled to the benefits provided by
     the applicable Indenture, as the case may be, enforceable in accordance
     with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or
     affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles. The
     Guarantees will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Offering
     Circular;

              (l)  The registration rights agreement (the "Registration Rights
     Agreement") has been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantors, and
     when executed, authenticated, issued and delivered by the Company and the
     Guarantors, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the
     Company and the Guarantors, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
     subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and
     other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors'
     rights and to general equity principles. Pursuant to the Registration
     Rights Agreement, the Company will agree to file with the Commission, under
     the circumstances set forth therein, (i) a registration statement under the
     United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") relating to
     (a) another series of debt securities of the Company with terms
     substantially identical to the Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Exchange
     Senior Subordinated Notes") to be offered in exchange for the Senior
     Subordinated Notes and (b) another series of debt securities of the Company
     substantially identical to the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes (the
     "Exchange Senior Subordinated Discount Notes", and, together with the
     Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes, the "Exchange Securities") to be
     offered in exchange for the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes (the
     "Exchange Offer"), and (ii) to the extent required by the Registration
     Rights Agreement, a shelf registration statement 



                                    Page 4
<PAGE>
 
     pursuant to Rule 415 of the Act relating to the resale by certain holders
     of the Securities, and in each case, to use its best efforts to cause such
     registration statements to be declared effective. The Exchange Securities
     have been duly authorized for issuance by the Company, and when issued and
     authenticated in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture, as
     the case may be, will be the valid and legally binding obligations of the
     Company, entitled to the benefits provided by the applicable Indenture, as
     the case may be, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to
     enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of
     general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to
     general equity principles.

              (m)  The guarantees of the Company's obligations under the
     Securities to be issued with terms substantially identical to the
     Guarantees (the "Exchange Guarantees") to be offered in exchange for the
     Guarantees in the Exchange Offer have been duly authorized by the
     Guarantors, and when executed, authenticated, issued and delivered pursuant
     to this Agreement and the applicable Indenture, as the case may be; will
     constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors entitled
     to the benefits provided by the applicable Indenture, as the case may be,
     enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforcement, to
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general
     applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general
     equity principles. The Exchange Guarantees will conform to the descriptions
     thereof in the Offering Circular;

              (n)  The Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized,
     executed, authenticated, issued and delivered by the Parent, and
     constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Parent,
     enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general
     applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general
     equity principles;

              (o)  The Senior Credit Agreements (as defined in the Offering
     Circular) have been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantors, and
     when executed, authenticated, issued and delivered by the Company and the
     Guarantors, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the
     Company and the Guarantors, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
     subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and
     other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors'
     rights and to general equity principles;

              (p)  None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
     (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the sale of
     the Securities) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the
     Exchange Act, or any regulation promulgated thereunder, including, without
     limitation, Regulations G, T, U, and X of the Board of Governors of the
     Federal Reserve System;

              (q)  Prior to the date hereof, neither the Parent, the Company nor
     any of its affiliates has taken any action which is designed to or which
     has constituted or which might have been expected to cause or result in
     stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company
     in connection with the offering of the Securities;

              (r)  The issue and sale of the Securities and the compliance by
     the Company with all of the provisions of the Securities, the Indentures,
     the Registration Rights Agreement and this Agreement and the consummation
     of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with
     or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or 


                                    Page 5
<PAGE>
 
     provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed
     of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument material to the
     Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to which the
     Parent, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the
     Parent, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of
     the property or assets of the Parent, the Company or any of the
     Subsidiaries is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of
     the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the
     Parent, the Company or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any
     court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Parent,
     the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their properties; and no
     consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of
     or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the
     issue and sale of the Securities or the consummation by the Parent and the
     Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the
     Indentures, except for the filing of a registration statement by the
     Company with the Commission pursuant to the Act pursuant to Section 5(l)
     hereof and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or
     qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws
     in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the
     Underwriters;

              (s)  Neither the Parent, the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries
     is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or in
     default in the performance or observance of any material obligation,
     covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
     loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a
     party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

              (t)  The statements set forth in the Offering Circular under the
     caption "Description of Notes", insofar as they purport to constitute a
     summary of the terms of the Securities, and under the caption "Certain
     Federal Income Tax Considerations", insofar as they purport to describe the
     provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate,
     complete and fair;

              (u)  Other than as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are
     no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Parent, the
     Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of
     the Parent, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is the subject which, if
     determined adversely to the Parent, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries,
     would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on
     the current or future financial position, shareholders' equity or results
     of operations of the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries; and, to the
     best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or
     contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

              (v)  When the Securities and Guarantees are issued and delivered
     pursuant to this Agreement, the Securities and Guarantees will not be of
     the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act) as
     securities or guarantees which are listed on a national securities exchange
     registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in a U.S.
     automated inter-dealer quotation system;

              (w)  The Parent is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
     Act;

              (x)  None of Parent, the Company or the Subsidiaries is, or after
     giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities will be, an
     "investment company", or an entity 



                                    Page 6
<PAGE>
 
     "controlled" by an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the
     United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment
     Company Act");

              (y)  Neither the Parent, the Company, any of the Subsidiaries, nor
     any person acting on its or their behalf has offered or sold the Securities
     by means of any general solicitation or general advertising within the
     meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Act or, with respect to Securities sold
     outside the United States to non-U.S. persons (as defined in Rule 902 under
     the Act), by means of any directed selling efforts within the meaning of
     Rule 902 under the Act and the Parent, the Company, any affiliate of the
     Parent, any affiliate of the Company and any person acting on its or their
     behalf has complied with and will implement the "offering restriction"
     within the meaning of such Rule 902;

              (z)  Within the preceding six months, neither the Parent, the
     Company nor any other person acting on behalf of the Parent or the Company
     has offered or sold to any person any Securities, or any securities of the
     same or a similar class as the Securities, other than Securities offered or
     sold to the Purchasers hereunder. The Parent and the Company will take
     reasonable precautions designed to insure that any offer or sale, direct or
     indirect, in the United States or to any U.S. person (as defined in Rule
     902 under the Act) of any Securities or any substantially similar security
     issued by the Parent or the Company, within six months subsequent to the
     date on which the distribution of the Securities has been completed (as
     notified to the Company by Goldman, Sachs & Co.), is made under
     restrictions and other circumstances reasonably designed not to affect the
     status of the offer and sale of the Securities in the United States and to
     U.S. persons contemplated by this Agreement as transactions exempt from the
     registration provisions of the Act;

              (aa) Neither the Parent, the Company nor any of their respective
     affiliates does business with the government of Cuba or with any person or
     affiliate located in Cuba within the meaning of Section 517.075, Florida
     Statutes;

              (bb) KPMG Peat Marwick, who have certified certain financial
     statements of the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries, are independent
     public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of
     the Commission thereunder;

              (cc) The Parent, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries has
     complied in all respects with all laws, regulations and orders applicable
     to it or its businesses the violation of which would have a material
     adverse effect upon the business, properties, financial condition,
     earnings, or prospects of the Parent, the Company or any of the
     Subsidiaries (a "Material Adverse Effect"); and

              (dd) The Parent, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries owns or
     possesses or has the right to use the patents, patent rights, licenses,
     inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other
     unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information,
     systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names
     (collectively, the "Intellectual Property") presently employed by it in
     connection with, and material to, collectively or in the aggregate, the
     operation of the businesses now operated by it, and, except as defined in
     the Offering Circular, none of the Parent, the Company or the Subsidiaries
     has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights
     of others with respect to the foregoing which, individually or in the
     aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding,
     would result in a Material Adverse Effect.




                                    Page 7
<PAGE>
 
          2.
              (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
     Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the
     Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company,
     at a purchase price of 97.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus
     accrued interest, if any, from December 18, 1997 to the Time of Delivery
     hereunder, the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes set forth
     opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule I hereto.

              (b)  Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
     Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Purchasers, and each of the
     Purchasers agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company,
     at a purchase price of 57.175% of the principal amount thereof, plus
     accreted value, if any, from December 18, 1997 to the Time of Delivery
     hereunder, the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Discount Notes set
     forth opposite the name of such Purchaser in Schedule I hereto.

          3.  Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Securities,
the several Purchasers propose to offer the Securities for sale upon the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Offering Circular and each
Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Company that:

              (a)  It will offer and sell the Securities only to:(i) persons who
     it reasonably believes are "qualified institutional buyers" ("QIBs") within
     the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act in transactions meeting the
     requirements of Rule 144A or, (ii) upon the terms and conditions set forth
     in Annex I to this Agreement;

              (b)  It is an Institutional Accredited Investor; and

              (c)  It will not offer or sell the Securities by any form of
     general solicitation or general advertising, including but not limited to
     the methods described in Rule 502(c) under the Act. 

          4.

              (a)  The Securities to be purchased by each Purchaser hereunder
     will be represented by one or more definitive global Securities in book-
     entry form which will be deposited by or on behalf of the Company with The
     Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its designated custodian. The Company
     will deliver the Securities to Goldman, Sachs & Co., for the account of
     each Purchaser, against payment by or on behalf of such Purchaser of the
     purchase price therefor by certified or official bank check or checks,
     payable to the order of the Company in Federal (same day) funds, by causing
     DTC to credit the Securities to the account of Goldman, Sachs & Co. at DTC.
     The Company will cause the certificates representing the Securities to be
     made available to Goldman, Sachs & Co. for checking at least twenty-four
     hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) at the office of DTC
     or its designated custodian (the "Designated Office"). The time and date of
     such delivery and payment shall be 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on
     December 18, 1997 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
     the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date are herein called
     the "Time of Delivery".




                                    Page 8
<PAGE>
 
              (b)  The documents to be delivered at the Time of Delivery by or
     on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the
     cross-receipt for the Securities and any additional documents requested by
     the Purchasers pursuant to Section 7(j) hereof, will be delivered at such
     time and date at the offices of Latham & Watkins, 885 Third Avenue, New
     York, NY 10022 (the "Closing Location"), and the Securities will be
     delivered at the Designated Office, all at the Time of Delivery. A meeting
     will be held at the Closing Location at 12:00 noon, New York City time, on
     the New York Business Day next preceding the Time of Delivery, at which
     meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the
     preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For
     the purposes of this Section 4, "New York Business Day" shall mean each
     Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which
     banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by
     law or executive order to close.

          5.  The Company and each of the Guarantors agrees with each of the
Purchasers:

              (a)  To prepare the Offering Circular in a form approved by you;
     to make no amendment or any supplement to the Offering Circular which shall
     be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; and to
     furnish you with copies thereof;

              (b)  Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may
     reasonably request to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under
     the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply
     with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings
     therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete
     the distribution of the Securities, provided that in connection therewith
     the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to
     file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

              (c)  To furnish the Purchasers with copies of the Offering
     Circular and each amendment or supplement thereto signed by an authorized
     officer of the Company with the independent accountants' report(s) in the
     Offering Circular, and any amendment or supplement containing amendments to
     the financial statements covered by such report(s), signed by the
     accountants, and additional copies thereof in such quantities as you may
     from time to time reasonably request, and if, at any time prior to the
     expiration of nine months after the date of the Offering Circular, any
     event shall have occurred as a result of which the Offering Circular as
     then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make
     the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
     were made when such Offering Circular is delivered, not misleading, or, if
     for any other reason it shall be necessary or desirable during such same
     period to amend or supplement the Offering Circular, to notify you and upon
     your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Purchaser and to
     any dealer in securities as many copies as you may from time to time
     reasonably request of an amended Offering Circular or a supplement to the
     Offering Circular which will correct such statement or omission or effect
     such compliance;

              (d)  During the period beginning from the date hereof and
     continuing until the date six months after the Time of Delivery, not to
     offer, sell contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided
     hereunder, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to
     the Securities;




                                    Page 9
<PAGE>
 
              (e)  Not to be or become, at any time prior to the expiration of
     three years after the Time of Delivery, an open-end investment company,
     unit investment trust, closed-end investment company or face-amount
     certificate company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8
     of the Investment Company Act;

              (f)  At any time when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or
     15(d) of the Exchange Act, for the benefit of holders from time to time of
     Securities, to furnish at its expense, upon request, to holders of
     Securities and prospective purchasers of securities information (the
     "Additional Issuer Information") satisfying the requirements of subsection
     (d)(4)(i) of Rule 144A under the Act;

              (g)  If requested by you, to use its best efforts to cause such
     Securities to be eligible for the PORTAL trading system of the National
     Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;

              (h)  to file with the Commission, not later than 15 days after the
     Time of Delivery, five copies of a notice on Form D under the Act (one of
     which will be manually signed by a person duly authorized by the Company);
     to otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 503 under the Act; and to
     furnish promptly to you evidence of each such required timely filing
     (including a copy thereof);

              (i)  Until such time as the Company has Consummated (as defined in
     the Registration Rights Agreement) an Exchange Offer (as defined in the
     Registration Rights Agreement), to furnish to the holders of the Securities
     as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report
     (including a balance sheet and statements of income, shareholders' equity
     and cash flows of the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries certified by
     independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end
     of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the
     fiscal quarter ending after the date of the Offering Circular),
     consolidated summary financial information of the Parent, the Company and
     the Subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

              (j)  Until such time as the Company has Consummated an Exchange
     Offer, during a period of five years from the date of the Offering
     Circular, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications
     (financial or other) furnished to shareholders of the Parent or the
     Company, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of
     any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the
     Commission or any securities exchange on which the Securities or any class
     of securities of the Parent or the Company is listed; and (ii) such
     additional information concerning the business and financial condition of
     the Parent or the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request
     (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the
     accounts of the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries are consolidated
     in reports furnished to the stockholders generally or to the Commission);

              (k)  Until such time as the Company has Consummated an Exchange
     Offer, during the period of two years after the Time of Delivery, the
     Company will not, and will not permit any of its "affiliates" (as defined
     in Rule 144 under the Act) to, resell any of the Securities which
     constitute "restricted securities" under Rule 144 that have been reacquired
     by any of them; and




                                    Page 10
<PAGE>
 
              (l)  To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the
     Securities pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the
     Offering Circular under the caption "Use of Proceeds".

          6.  The Company and each of the Guarantors covenant and agree with the
several Purchasers that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following:
(i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and
accountants in connection with the issue of the Securities and all other
expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the
Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular and any amendments and
supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the
Purchasers and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement
among Purchasers, this Agreement, each of the Indentures, the Blue Sky
Memoranda, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other
documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the
Securities; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the
Securities for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in
Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Purchasers in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue
Sky and legal investment surveys; (iv) any fees charged by securities rating
services for rating the Securities; (v) the cost of preparing the Securities;
(vi) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any agent of the Trustee and the
fees and disbursements of counsel for the Trustee in connection with the
Indentures and the Securities and (vii) all other costs and expenses incident to
the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise
specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that,
except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the Purchasers
will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their
counsel, transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities by them, and any
advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

          7.  The obligations of the Purchasers hereunder shall be subject, in
their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and
other statements of the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries herein are, at
and as of the Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Parent,
the Company and the Subsidiaries shall have performed all of their obligations
hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

              (a)  Latham & Watkins, counsel for the Purchasers, shall have
     furnished to you such opinion or opinions, dated the Time of Delivery, with
     respect to such matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel
     shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably
     request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

              (b)  Kirkland & Ellis, counsel for the Company, shall have
     furnished to you their written opinion, dated the Time of Delivery,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto;

              (c)  On the date of the Offering Circular prior to the execution
     of this Agreement and also at the Time of Delivery, KPMG Peat Marwick shall
     have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of
     delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

              (d)  Neither the Parent, the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries
     shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial
     statements included in the Offering Circular any loss or interference with
     its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not
     covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental
     action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the
     Offering Circular, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which
     information is given in the Offering Circular 



                                    Page 11
<PAGE>
 
     there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt
     of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any change, or any development
     involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs,
     management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of
     operations of the Parent, the Company and the Subsidiaries, otherwise than
     as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular, the effect of which,
     in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the
     Purchasers so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or
     inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Securities
     on the terms and in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and in the
     Offering Circular;

              (e)  On or after the date hereof (i) no downgrading shall have
     occurred in the rating accorded the Parent's or the Company's debt
     securities by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization",
     as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2)
     under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced
     that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative
     implications, its rating of any of the Parent's or the Company's debt
     securities;

              (f)  On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any
     of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in
     securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange; (ii) a general
     moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or
     New York State authorities; (iii) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities
     involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a
     national emergency or war, if the effect of any such event specified in
     this Clause (iii) in the judgment of the Purchasers makes it impracticable
     or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the
     Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering
     Circular; or (iv) the occurrence of any material adverse change in the
     existing financial, political or economic conditions in the United States
     or elsewhere, which, in the judgment of the Purchasers, would materially
     and adversely affect the financial markets or the markets for the
     Securities and other debt securities;

              (g)  The Securities shall have been designated for trading on
     PORTAL;

              (h)  The Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished or caused
     to be furnished to you at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of
     the Company and the Guarantors satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of
     the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors herein
     at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company
     and the Guarantors of all of their obligations hereunder to be performed at
     or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in
     subsections (e) and (f) of this Section and as to such other matters as you
     may reasonably request;

              (i)  The Merger (as defined in the Offering Circular) shall have
     been consummated and evidence as to such, satisfactory to the Purchasers
     and their counsel, shall have been delivered to you;

              (j)  All of the assets of Parent shall have been contributed to
     the common equity capital of the Company, including, without limitation,
     the capital stock of Sealy, Inc., an Ohio corporation, The Stearns & Foster
     Bedding Company, a Delaware corporation, Advanced Sleep Products, a
     California corporation, Sealy Components-Pads, Inc., a Delaware
     corporation, and Sealy Mattress Company of San Diego, a California
     corporation, and evidence as to such, satisfactory to the Purchasers and
     their counsel, shall have been delivered to you;




                                    Page 12
<PAGE>
 
          (k)  The Company and the Guarantors shall have entered into the
Registration Rights Agreement and you shall have received executed counterparts
thereof;

          (l)  The Tender Offer and Consent Solicitation (each as defined in the
Offering Circular) shall have been consummated and evidence as to such,
satisfactory to the Purchasers and their counsel, shall have been delivered to
you;

          (m)  The Parent shall have executed the Supplemental Indenture and you
shall have received executed counterparts thereof;

          (n)  The Company shall have entered into the Senior Credit Agreements
and you shall have received executed counterparts thereof;

          (o)  The Parent shall have terminated the Existing Credit Agreement,
repaid all borrowings thereunder and evidence as to such, satisfactory to the
Purchasers and their counsel, shall have been delivered to you;

          (p)  You shall have been permitted to rely upon an opinion, addressed
to the Purchasers, as to the solvency of the Company after giving effect to the
Recapitalization (as defined in the Offering Circular).

     8.
          (a)  The Company and each of the Guarantors will indemnify and hold
harmless each Purchaser against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
joint or several, to which such Purchaser may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering
Circular or the Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or
arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein
a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and
will reimburse each Purchaser for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending any
such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the
Company and each of the Guarantors shall not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made in any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or
any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company by any Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs &
Co. expressly for use therein.

          (b)  Each Purchaser will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
each of the Guarantors against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to
which the Company or any of the Guarantors may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Offering
Circular or the Offering 


                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
 
Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Offering
Circular or the Offering Circular or any such amendment or supplement in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by such Purchaser through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use
therein; and will reimburse the Company or any of the Guarantors for any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating
or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

     (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or
(b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party
shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying
party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the
commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall
not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party
otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought
against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate
therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the
consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and,
after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be
liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of
other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent
of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to
the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or
claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party
to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i)
includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability
arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to,
or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of
any indemnified party.

     (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable
to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or
(b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received
by the Company and each of the Guarantors on the one hand and the Purchasers on
the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation
provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable
law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under
subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative
fault of the Company and each of the Guarantors on the one hand and the
Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
benefits received by the Company and each of the Guarantors on the one hand and
the Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the
total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the
Company bear to the 


                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
 
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Purchasers, in each
case as set forth in the Offering Circular. The relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and each of the
Guarantors on the one hand or the Purchasers on the other and the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent such statement or omission. The Company and each of the Guarantors and
the Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if
the Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other
method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be
deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action
or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Purchaser
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to
investors were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages which such
Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The Purchasers' obligations in
this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective
underwriting obligations and not joint.

          (e)  The obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors under
this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and each
of the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Purchaser within the
meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Purchasers under this Section 8
shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Purchasers may
otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each
officer and director of the Parent and to each person, if any, who controls the
Parent within the meaning of the Act.

     9.

          (a)  If any Purchaser shall default in its obligation to purchase the
Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder, you may in your discretion
arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on
the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any
Purchaser you do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the
Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which
to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such
Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed
periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of
such Securities, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the
purchase of such Securities, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone
the Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to
effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Circular,
or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to prepare
promptly any amendments to the Offering Circular which in your opinion may
thereby be made necessary. The term "Purchaser" as used in this Agreement shall
include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such
person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such
Securities.

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>
 
               (b)  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase
     of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the
     Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount
     of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh
     of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Company
     shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to purchase
     the principal amount of Securities which such Purchaser agreed to purchase
     hereunder and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Purchaser to
     purchase its pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities
     which such Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of
     such defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers for which such arrangements have
     not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Purchaser from
     liability for its default.

               (c)  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase
     of the Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or Purchasers by you and the
     Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount
     of Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the
     aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Company shall
     not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-
     defaulting Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Purchaser or
     Purchasers, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without
     liability on the part of any non-defaulting Purchaser or the Company,
     except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Purchasers as
     provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements
     in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting
     Purchaser from liability for its default.

          10.  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations,
warranties and other statements of the Company, the Guarantors and the several
Purchasers, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them,
respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect,
regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof)
made by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any controlling person of any
Purchaser, or the Parent or the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or any
officer or director or controlling person of the Parent or the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.

          11.  If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9
hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall not then be under any liability to
any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any
other reason, the Securities or the Guarantees are not delivered by or on behalf
of the Company and the Guarantors as provided herein, the Company will reimburse
the Purchasers through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by
you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the
Purchasers in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the
Securities, but the Company and the Guarantors shall then be under no further
liability to any Purchaser except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

          12.  In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the
Purchasers, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any
statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Purchaser made or given
by you.

          All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in
writing, and if to the Purchasers shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or
facsimile transmission to you in care of Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department; and if to the
Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission 

                                    Page 16
<PAGE>
 
to the address of the Company set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention:
Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to a Purchaser pursuant to Section
8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission
to such Purchaser at its address set forth in its Purchasers' Questionnaire, or
telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the
Company by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or
agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

          13.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the
benefit of, the Purchasers, the Parent, the Company, the Subsidiaries and, to
the extent provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of
the Parent and each person who controls the Parent or any Purchaser, and their
respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no
other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Securities from any Purchaser shall be
deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

          14.  Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

          15.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of New York.

          16.  This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties
hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and
the same instrument.

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign
and return to us one for the Company and each of the Purchasers plus one for
each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on
behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall
constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers and the Company.
It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the
Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among
Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination
upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the
signers thereof.

                 [Purchase Agreement Signature Page(s) Follow]

                                    Page 17
<PAGE>
 
                                    Very truly yours,


                                    Issuer:

                                    SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                                    Guarantors:

                                    SEALY CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF PUERTO RICO


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO., INC.
                                      (RANDOLPH)


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                                    OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO. - FT.
                                      WORTH


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                      Purchase Agreement Signature Page 1
<PAGE>
 
                                    OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO.-
                                      HOUSTON


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF MICHIGAN, INC.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF KANSAS CITY, INC.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY OF MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA, INC.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF ILLINOIS


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                      Purchase Agreement Signature Page 2
<PAGE>
 
                                    A. BRANDWEIN & COMPANY


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF ALBANY, INC.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY OF MINNESOTA, INC.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF MEMPHIS


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    THE STEARNS & FOSTER BEDDING COMPANY


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    THE STEARNS & FOSTER UPHOLSTERY FURNITURE
                                      COMPANY


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                      Purchase Agreement Signature Page 3
<PAGE>
 
                                    SEALY, INC.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    THE OHIO MATTRESS COMPANY LICENSING AND
                                      COMPONENTS GROUP


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer


                                    SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.


                                    By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                                    Title: Vice President & Treasurer




                      Purchase Agreement Signature Page 4
<PAGE>
 
Accepted as of the date hereof:

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED



By: /s/ GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
   ---------------------------------
        (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)





                      Purchase Agreement Signature Page 5
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE I

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                        
                                                                                Principal Amount of Senior
                                                                                 Subordinated Notes to be
Purchaser                                                                                Purchased
- ---------
 
<S>                                                                        <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co........................................................          $ 78,125,000
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.................................................            34,375,000
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated................................................            12,500,000
                                                                           -----------------------------------
 
     Total.................................................................          $125,000,000
                                                                           ===================================
<CAPTION> 

 
                                                                                Principal Amount of Senior
                                                                              Subordinated Discount Notes to
Purchaser                                                                              be Purchased
 
<S>                                                                        <C>  
Goldman, Sachs & Co........................................................          $ 80,000,000
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.................................................            35,200,000
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated................................................            12,800,000
                                                                           -----------------------------------
 
     Total.................................................................          $128,000,000
                                                                           ===================================
</TABLE>



                                 Schedule I-1
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         ANNEX I
                                                                                

          (1)  The Securities have not been and will not be registered under the
Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the
account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under
the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Act.  Each Purchaser represents that it has offered and sold the Securities, and
will offer and sell the Securities (i) as part of their distribution at any time
and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the
offering and the Time of Delivery, only in accordance with Rule 903 of
Regulation S , Rule 144A or pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Annex I under the
Act.  Accordingly, each Purchaser agrees that neither it, its affiliates nor any
persons acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed
selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and it and they have complied
and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.
Each Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sale of Securities
(other than a sale pursuant to Rule 144A) or pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this
Annex I, it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a
selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it
during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the
following effect:

               "The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the
     U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and may not be offered
     and sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of,
     U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii)
     otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering
     and the closing date, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S
     (or Rule 144A if available) under the Securities Act.  Terms used above
     have the meaning given to them by Regulation S."

          Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by
Regulation S.

          Each Purchaser further agrees that it has not entered and will not
enter into any contractual arrangement with respect to the distribution or
delivery of the Securities, except with its affiliates or with the prior written
consent of the Company.

          (2)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Securities in registered form may
be offered, sold and delivered by the Purchasers in the United States and to
U.S. persons pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement without delivery of the
written statement required by paragraph (1) above.

          (3)  Each Purchaser further represents and agrees that (i) it has not
offered or sold and prior to the date six months after the date of issue of the
Securities will not offer or sell any Securities to persons in the United
Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring,
holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the
purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not
resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom
within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995, (b) it
has complied, and will comply, with all applicable provisions of the Financial
Services Act of 1986 of Great Britain with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom,
and (c) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the
United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issuance of
the Securities to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the
Financial Services Act 1986 


                                   Annex I-1
<PAGE>
 
(Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996
of Great Britain or is a person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be
issued or passed on.

          (4)  Each Purchaser agrees that it will not offer, sell or deliver any
of the Securities in any jurisdiction outside the United States except under
circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws thereof,
and that it will take at its own expense whatever action is required to permit
its purchase and resale of the Securities in such jurisdictions.  Each Purchaser
understands that no action has been taken to permit a public offering in any
jurisdiction outside the United States where action would be required for such
purpose.  Each Purchaser agrees not to cause any advertisement of the Securities
to be published in any newspaper or periodical or posted in any public place and
not to issue any circular relating to the Securities, except in any such case
with Goldman, Sachs & Co.'s express written consent and then only at its own
risk and expense.




                                   Annex I-2

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY






                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



                         Dated as of December 18, 1997


                                 by and among


                            SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY,




              The Guarantors Named on the Signature Pages Hereto,



                                      and


                             GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.,
                          J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
                                      AND
                          BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED
<PAGE>
 
     This Registration Rights Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of December 18, 1997, by and among Sealy Mattress Company, an Ohio
corporation (the "Company"), the guarantors named on the signature pages hereto
(the "Guarantors") and Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and BT
Alex. Brown Incorporated (each an "Initial Purchaser" and, collectively, the
"Initial Purchasers"), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company's (i) 9-
7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") and
(ii) 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007 (the "Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes," and together with the Senior Subordinated Notes,
the "Notes") pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

     This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated December
11, 1997, (the "Purchase Agreement," by and among the Company, the Guarantors
and the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to
purchase the Notes, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the
registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of
this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set
forth in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement.

     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used as defined
in either of the Indentures (as defined herein).

     The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.         DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the
     following meanings:

     Accreted Value: As defined in the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
     Indenture.

     Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     Affiliate:  As defined in Rule 144 of the Act.

     Broker-Dealer:  Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

     Closing Date:  The date hereof.

     Commission:  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed "Consummated" for purposes of
this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the
Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes
to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange
Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to
Section 3(b) hereof and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under
the applicable Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal
amount as the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered by Holders thereof
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

     Effectiveness Deadline: As defined in Section 3(a) and 4(a) hereof.

     Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                    Page 1
<PAGE>
 
     Exchange Notes: Both the Company's (i) 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2007 and (ii) 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007, in each case,
to be issued pursuant to the applicable Indenture : (x) in the Exchange Offer or
(y) as contemplated by Section 4 hereof.

     Exchange Offer: The exchange and issuance by the Company of a principal
amount at maturity of Exchange Notes (which shall be registered pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to the outstanding principal amount
at maturity of the Notes that are tendered by such Holders in connection with
such exchange and issuance.

     Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating
to an Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

     Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 3(a) and 4(a) hereof.

     Guarantors: The Guarantors defined in the preamble hereto and any Person
which becomes a guarantor of either series of Notes, in each case after the date
hereof pursuant to the terms of either of the Indentures.

     Holders:  As defined in Section 2 hereof.

     Indemnified Holder:  As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

     Indentures: The Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture and the Senior
Subordinated Discount Notes Indenture.

     Participating Broker-Dealer: Any Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Notes
that were acquired in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Notes that such Broker-
Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities or
other trading activities (other than Notes acquired directly from the Company or
any of its affiliates)

     Person: An individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation,
trust, unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political
subdivision thereof.

     Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time
such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or supplemented by
any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-
effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such
Prospectus.

     Recommencement Date:  As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.

     Registration Default:  As defined in Section 5 hereof.

     Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company and the
Guarantors relating to (a) an offering of any Exchange Notes (including
guarantees thereof by the Guarantors) pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the
registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement, in each case, (i) that is filed pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement and (ii) including the Prospectus included therein,
all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and
all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

     Regulation S:  Regulation S promulgated under the Act.


                                    Page 2
<PAGE>
 
     Rule 144:  Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

     Securities: The Notes and the Exchange Notes (including guarantees thereof
by the Guarantors).

     Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Indenture: The indenture, dated the
Closing Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as
trustee (the "Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Trustee"), pursuant to which
the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes are to be issued, as such indenture is
amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

     Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture: The indenture, dated the Closing Date,
among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the
"Senior Subordinated Notes Trustee"), pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated
Notes are to be issued, as such indenture is amended or supplemented from time
to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

     Shelf Registration Statement:  As defined in Section 4 hereof.

     Suspension Notice:  As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.

     TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date of the Indentures.

     Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Security, until the earliest to occur
of (a) the date on which such Security is exchanged in an Exchange Offer and
entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with
the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act, (b) the date on which such
Security has been disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement,
(c) the date on which such Security is disposed of by a Broker-Dealer pursuant
to the "Plan of Distribution" contemplated by an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein) or (d) the
date on which such Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144
under the Act.

SECTION 2.         HOLDERS

     A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each,
a "Holder") whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

SECTION 3.         REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER

     (a)  Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable federal
law or policy of the Commission (after the procedures set forth in Section
6(a)(i) below have been complied with), the Company and the Guarantors shall (i)
cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission
as soon as practicable after the Closing Date (the "Exchange Offer Filing
Date"), but in no event later than 90 days after the Closing Date (such 90th day
being the "Filing Deadline"), (ii) use its best efforts to cause such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time,
but in no event later than 150 days after the Closing Date (such 150th day being
the "Effectiveness Deadline"), (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file
all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as
may be necessary in order to cause it to become effective, (B) file, if
applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) cause all necessary
filings, if any, in connection with the registration and qualification of the
Exchange Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are
necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the
effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, use its best
efforts to commence and 

                                    Page 3
<PAGE>
 
Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate
form permitting registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for
the Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of
Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Exchange Offer for Notes
that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market
making activities or other trading activities (other than Notes acquired
directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) as contemplated by Section
3(c) below.

     (b)  The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective best efforts
to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously,
and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum
period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate
the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be
less than 20 Business Days. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the
Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
No securities other than the Exchange Notes shall be included in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their
respective best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the
earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has
become effective, but in no event later than 30 Business Days thereafter.

     (c)  The Company and the Guarantors shall include a "Plan of Distribution"
section in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
and indicate therein that any Broker-Dealer who holds Transfer Restricted
Securities that were acquired for the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer
Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company), may exchange such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the
Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an "underwriter"
within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale of any Exchange
Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer and that the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement may be used to
satisfy such prospectus delivery requirement. Such "Plan of Distribution"
section shall also contain all other information with respect to such sales by
such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such
sales pursuant thereto, but such "Plan of Distribution" shall not name any such
Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by
any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by the Commission as a
result of a change in policy, rules or regulations after the date of this
Agreement.

     To the extent necessary to ensure that the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is available for sales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers, the
Company and the Guarantors agree to use their respective best efforts to keep
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented
and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and in
conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies,
rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a
period of 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer is Consummated, or
such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities
covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The
Company and the Guarantors shall promptly provide sufficient copies of the
latest version of such Prospectus to such Broker-Dealers promptly upon request,
and in no event later than one day after such request, at any time during such
period.

                                    Page 4
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 4.         SHELF REGISTRATION

     (a)  Shelf Registration. If (i) the Exchange Offer is not permitted by
          -------------------
applicable law or policy of the Commission (after the Company and the Guarantors
have complied with the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below) or (ii)
any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall notify the Company in writing
within 20 Business Days following the Consummation of the Exchange Offer that
(A) such Holder was prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in
the Exchange Offer or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired
by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and
the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder or (C) such Holder is a
Broker-Dealer and holds Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its
Affiliates, then the Company and the Guarantors shall:

     (x)  cause to be filed, on or prior to 45 days after the earlier of (i) the
date on which the Company determines that the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement cannot be filed as a result of clause (a)(i) above and (ii) the date
on which the Company receives the notice specified in clause (a) (ii) above,
(such earlier date, the "Filing Deadline"), a shelf registration statement
pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which may be an amendment to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement")), relating to
all Transfer Restricted Securities, and

     (y)  shall use their respective best efforts to cause such Shelf
Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 90 days after the
Filing Deadline (such 90th day the "Effectiveness Deadline").

     If, after the Company has filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement
that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Company is required
to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely because the
Exchange Offer is not permitted under applicable federal law or policy of the
Commission, then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall
be deemed to satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above; provided that, in
such event, the Company shall remain obligated to meet the Effectiveness
Deadline set forth in clause (y).

     The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective best efforts to
keep any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously
effective, supplemented and amended as required by and subject to the provisions
of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is
available for sales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders thereof
entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms
with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and
regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at
least two years (as extended pursuant to Section 6(c)(i)) following the date on
which such Shelf Registration Statement first becomes effective under the Act,
or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities
covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto.

     (b)  Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may
- ----------------------------
include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to
the Company in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a request therefor, the
information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of
the Act for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or
Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities shall be entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to
Section 5 hereof unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such
information. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly 

                                    Page 5
<PAGE>
 
furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order to make the
information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially
misleading.

SECTION 5.         LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

     If (i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed
with the Commission on or prior to the applicable Filing Deadline, (ii) any such
Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or
prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline, (iii) the Exchange Offer has not
been Consummated within 30 Business Days after the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is first declared effective by the Commission or (iv) any Registration
Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall
thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose
without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such
Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared
effective immediately (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv),
a "Registration Default"), then the Company and the Guarantors hereby jointly
and severally agree to pay to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
affected thereby liquidated damages in an amount equal to $.05 per week per
$1,000 in (x) principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities, if such
Securities are Senior Subordinated Notes, and (y) Accreted Value of Transfer
Restricted Securities, if such Securities are Senior Subordinated Discount
Notes, held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof that the
Registration Default continues for the first 90-day period immediately following
the occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the liquidated
damages shall increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 in principal
amount or Accreted Value, as applicable, of Transfer Restricted Securities with
respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have
been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $.50 per week per
$1,000 in principal amount or Accreted Value, as applicable, of Transfer
Restricted Securities; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall in no
event be required to pay liquidated damages for more than one Registration
Default at any given time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
herein, (1) upon filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if
applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of (i) above, (2)
upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if
applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of (ii) above, (3)
upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer, in the case of (iii) above, or (4) upon
the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or an
additional Registration Statement that causes the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement) to again be
declared effective or made usable in the case of (iv) above, the liquidated
damages payable with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a result
of such clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), as applicable, shall cease.

     All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid to the Holders entitled
thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Senior
Subordinated Notes Indenture or Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Indenture, as
applicable, on each respective Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in
each of the Indentures and the Securities. All obligations of the Company and
the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with
respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to
be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such
obligations with respect to such Security shall have been satisfied in full.

SECTION 6.         REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

     (a)  Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange
          -------------------------------------
Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all applicable
provisions of Section 6(c) below, shall use their respective best efforts to
effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Exchange Notes by 

                                    Page 6
<PAGE>
 
Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Notes that such Broker-Dealer
acquired for its own account as a result of its market making activities or
other trading activities (other than Notes acquired directly from the Company or
any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or
methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following
provisions :

          (i)      If, following the date hereof there has been announced a
     change in Commission policy with respect to exchange offers such as the
     Exchange Offer, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company
     raises a substantial question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted
     by applicable federal law, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to
     seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission
     allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for
     such Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company and the Guarantors hereby
     agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff
     level. In connection with the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors
     hereby agree to take all such other actions as may be requested by the
     Commission or otherwise required in connection with the issuance of such
     decision, including without limitation (A) participating in telephonic
     conferences with the Commission, (B) delivering to the Commission staff an
     analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases,
     if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer
     should be permitted and (C) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need
     not be favorable) by the Commission staff.

          (ii)     As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer,
     each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without
     limitation, any Holder who is a Broker Dealer) shall furnish, upon the
     request of the Company, prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a
     written representation to the Company and the Guarantors (which may be
     contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer
     Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of
     the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in,
     and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in,
     a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and
     (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business.
     Each Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of
     the Exchange Notes hereby acknowledges and agrees that, if the resales are
     of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Notes acquired
     directly from the Company or an Affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under
     Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement, rely on the
     position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc.
                                              ----------------------------
     (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available
                                  ---------------------------------- 
     May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman &
                                                                 ----------  
     Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (including, if
     -------- 
     applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above),
     and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
     requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction
     and that such a secondary resale transaction must be covered by an
     effective registration statement containing the selling security holder
     information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K.

          (iii)    Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration
     Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall provide a supplemental
     letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors
     are registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the
     Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May
                              ----------------------
     13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) as
                ----------------------------
     interpreted in the Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2,
                                               -------------------
     1993, and, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause
     (i) above, (B) including a representation that neither the 

                                    Page 7
<PAGE>
 
     Company nor any Guarantor has entered into any arrangement or understanding
     with any Person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the
     Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company's and each Guarantor's
     information and belief, each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer is
     acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no
     arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the
     distribution of the Exchange Notes received in the Exchange Offer and (C)
     any other undertaking or representation required by the Commission as set
     forth in any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, if
     applicable.

     (b)  Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the
provisions of Section 6(c) below and shall use their respective best efforts to
effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted
Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of
distribution thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to the Company
pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto the Company and the
Guarantors will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement
relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form
shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in
accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof within
the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof.

     (c)  General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and
any related Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Company and the
Guarantors shall :

          (i)      use their respective best efforts to keep such Registration
     Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial
     statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as
     applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a
     material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for
     resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this
     Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall file promptly an
     appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement curing such defect,
     and, if Commission review is required, use their respective best efforts to
     cause such amendment to be declared effective as soon as practicable.

          (ii)     prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and 
     post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may
     be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the
     applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as the case may be;
     cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus
     supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under
     the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, 430A and 462, as applicable,
     under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act
     with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
     Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the
     intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth
     in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

          (iii)    advise the selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such
     Persons, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any
     Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with
     respect to any applicable Registration Statement or any post-effective
     amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request
     by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or
     amendments or supplements to 

                                    Page 8
<PAGE>
 
     the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the
     issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness
     of the Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any
     state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted
     Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of
     any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of
     any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a
     material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any
     amendment or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference
     therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes
     in the Registration Statement in order to make the statements therein not
     misleading, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in
     the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If at any time
     the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
     the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other
     regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or
     exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under
     state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use
     their respective best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such
     order at the earliest possible time;

          (iv)     subject to Section 6(c)(i), if any fact or event contemplated
     by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a
     supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or
     related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or
     file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the
     purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not
     contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

          (v)      furnish to the Initial Purchasers and each selling Holder
     named in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in connection with such
     sale, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration
     Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or
     supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all
     documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such
     Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review and
     comment of such Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period
     of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such
     Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any
     such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents
     incorporated by reference) to which the selling Holders of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement in connection
     with such sale, if any, shall reasonably object within five Business Days
     after the receipt thereof. A selling Holder shall be deemed to have
     reasonably objected to such filing if such Registration Statement,
     amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be
     filed, contains a material misstatement or omission or fails to comply with
     the applicable requirements of the Act;

          (vi)     promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be
     incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus,
     provide copies of such document to the selling Holders in connection with
     such sale, if any, make the Company's and the Guarantors' representatives
     available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence
     matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing
     thereof as such selling Holders may reasonably request;


                                    Page 9
<PAGE>
 
          (vii)    make available at reasonable times for inspection by the
     selling Holders participating in any disposition pursuant to such
     Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such
     selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
     documents of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company's and the
     Guarantors' officers, directors and employees to supply all information
     reasonably requested by any such selling Holder, attorney or accountant in
     connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment
     thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness;

          (viii)   if requested by any selling Holders in connection with such
     sale, if any, promptly include in any Registration Statement or Prospectus,
     pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such
     information as such selling Holders may reasonably request to have included
     therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the "Plan
     of Distribution" of the Transfer Restricted Securities; and make all
     required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment
     as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be
     included in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

          (ix)     furnish to each selling Holder in connection with such sale,
     if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as
     first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including
     all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including
     exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

          (x)      deliver to each selling Holder, without charge, as many
     copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any
     amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the
     Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use (in accordance with
     law) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of
     the selling Holders in connection with the offering and the sale of the
     Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment
     or supplement thereto;

          (xi)     upon the request of any selling Holder, enter into such
     agreements (including underwriting agreements) and make such
     representations and warranties and take all such other actions in
     connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of
     the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any applicable Registration
     Statement contemplated by this Agreement as may be reasonably requested by
     any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale or
     resale pursuant to any applicable Registration Statement and in such
     connection, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

          (A)      upon request of any selling Holder, furnish (or in the case
        of paragraphs (2) and (3), use its best efforts to cause to be
        furnished) to each selling Holder, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf
        Registration Statement or upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as
        the case may be:

                   (1)  (1) a certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of
          the Company and each Guarantor by (x) the President or any Vice
          President and (y) a principal financial or accounting officer of the
          Company and such Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof, the
          matters set forth in Section 7(h) of the Purchase Agreement and such
          other similar matters as the selling Holders may reasonably request;

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>
 
                   (2)  an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the
          Exchange Offer, or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
          Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the
          Guarantors covering matters similar to those set forth in Section 7(b)
          of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as the selling Holders
          may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the
          effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers
          and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors,
          representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company
          and the Guarantors and have considered the matters required to be
          stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such
          counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or
          fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on
          the basis of the foregoing (relying as to materiality to the extent
          such counsel deems appropriate upon the statements of officers and
          other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors), no facts
          came to such counsel's attention that caused such counsel to believe
          that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such
          Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became
          effective and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration
          Statement, as of the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer,
          contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
          material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
          statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in
          such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the
          opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of
          the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material
          fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make
          the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
          they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such
          counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility
          for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or
          fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other
          financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by
          this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and

                   (3)  a customary comfort letter, dated the date of
          Consummation of the Exchange Offer, or as of the date of effectiveness
          of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the
          Company's independent accountants, in the customary form and covering
          matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to
          underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings, and affirming
          the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to
          Section 7(c) of the Purchase Agreement;

          (B)      set forth in full or incorporated by reference in the
        underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and
        procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be
        indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

          (C)      deliver such other documents and certificates as may be
        reasonably requested by the selling Holders to evidence compliance with
        clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the any
        agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to
        this clause (xi).

          If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and
     each of the Guarantors set forth in the certificate contemplated in clause
     (A)(1) above cease to be true and correct, the Company shall so advise the
     Initial Purchasers and the underwriters, if any, and each selling Holder
     promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in
     writing;

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>
 
          (xii)    prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
     Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in
     connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
     jurisdictions as the selling Holders may request and do any and all other
     acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such
     jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the
     applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the
     Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to register or qualify as a
     foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action
     that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation,
     other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration
     Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject;

          (xiii)   issue, upon the request of any Holder of Notes covered by any
     Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, Exchange Notes
     having an aggregate principal amount or Accreted Value equal to the
     aggregate principal amount or Accreted Value of Senior Subordinated Notes
     or Senior Subordinated Discount Notes, respectively, surrendered to the
     Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder;
     such Exchange Notes to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the
     name of the purchasers of such Exchange Notes, as the case may be; in
     return, the Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company
     for cancellation;

          (xiv)    in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities
     that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer Restricted
     Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders to facilitate the timely
     preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted
     Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and to
     register such Transfer Restricted Securities in such denominations and such
     names as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior
     to such sale of Transfer Restricted Securities;

          (xv)     use their respective best efforts to cause the disposition of
     the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to
     be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or
     authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to
     consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject
     to the proviso contained in clause (xii) above;

          (xvi)    provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities
     not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering such
     Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Senior Subordinated Notes
     Trustee and the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Trustee under Indentures
     with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are
     in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

          (xvii)   otherwise use their respective best efforts to comply with
     all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally
     available to its security holders with regard to any applicable
     Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings
     statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited)
     covering a twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the
     Registration Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule
     158 under the Act);

          (xviii)  make appropriate officers of the Company available to the
     selling Holders for meetings with prospective purchasers of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities and prepare and 

                                    Page 12
<PAGE>
 
       present to potential investors customary "road show" material in a manner
       consistent with other new issuances of other securities similar to the
       Transfer Restricted Securities; and

             (viii)  cause the Indentures to be qualified under the TIA not
       later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement
       required by this Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with
       the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indentures as
       may be required for such Indentures to be so qualified in accordance with
       the terms of the TIA; and execute and use its best efforts to cause the
       Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such
       changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the
       Commission to enable such Indentures to be so qualified in a timely
       manner; and

             (ix)    provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document
       filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or
       Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

       (d)   Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a
             ----------------------- 
Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of the notice referred to in
Section 6(c)(i) or any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of
the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a "Suspension
Notice"), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until
(i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
contemplated by Section 6(c)(iv) hereof, or (ii) such Holder is advised in
writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has
received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated
by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the "Recommencement Date"). Each
Holder receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will either (i)
destroy any Prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such
Holder's possession which have been replaced by the Company with more recently
dated Prospectuses or (ii) deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all
copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder's possession of
the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at
the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof,
as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days
in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice
to the date of delivery of the Recommencement Date.

SECTION 7.   REGISTRATION EXPENSES

       (a)   All expenses incident to the Company's and the Guarantors'
performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company,
regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including
without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all
fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or
securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates
for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of
Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors; (v) all application
and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national
securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements
hereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public
accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any
special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

       The Company will, in any event, bear its and the Guarantors' internal
expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its
officers and employees performing legal or accounting 


                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
 
duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any
Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors.

       (b)   In connection with any Registration Statement required by this
Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors
will reimburse the Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities
being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the "Plan of
Distribution" contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the
reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel (not to exceed
$25,000), who shall be Latham & Watkins, unless another firm shall be chosen by
the Holders of a majority in principal amount (or Accreted Value, as the case
may be) of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such
Registration Statement is being prepared. Such Holders shall be responsible for
any and all other out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders incurred in connection
with the registration of the Securities.

SECTION 8.   INDEMNIFICATION

       (a)   The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each person, if any, who
controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the persons referred to in this clause (ii)
being hereinafter referred to as a "controlling person") and (iii) the
respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents
of any Holder or any controlling person (any person referred to in clause (i),
(ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an "Indemnified Holder"), from
and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments,
(including without limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in
connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that
could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments)
caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus
(or any amendment or supplement thereto) provided by the Company to any holder
or any prospective purchaser of Exchange Notes, or caused by any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as
such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by an untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon
information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company
by any of the Holders.

       (b)   Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally
and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors,
and their respective directors and officers, and each person, if any, who
controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) the Company or the Guarantors, to the same extent as the foregoing
indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified
Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Indemnified
Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Holder expressly
for use in any Registration Statement. In no event shall any Indemnified Holder
be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total amount received by such Indemnified Holder with respect to its sale of
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the
amount paid by such Indemnified Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities.

       (c)   In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in
respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b) hereof
(the "indemnified party"), the 

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
 
indemnified party shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity
may be sought (the "indemnifying person") in writing and the indemnifying party
shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and the payment of all fees and
expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that in the case of any action in
respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to both Sections 8(a) and
8(b), an Indemnified Holder shall not be required to assume the defense of such
action pursuant to this Section 8(c), but may employ separate counsel and
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel,
except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Holder).
Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any
such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the
employment of such counsel shall have been specifically authorized in writing by
the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume
the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any
impleaded parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying
party, and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that
there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from
or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action
on behalf of the indemnified party). In any such case, the indemnifying party
shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially
similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same
general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of
more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for
all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as
they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by a majority of the
Indemnified Holders, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section
8(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section
8(b). The indemnifying party shall indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified
party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
judgments by reason of any settlement of any action (i) effected with its
written consent or (ii) effected without its written consent if the settlement
is entered into more than twenty business days after the indemnifying party
shall have received a request from the indemnified party for reimbursement for
the fees and expenses of counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are
at the expense of the indemnifying party) and, prior to the date of such
settlement, the indemnifying party shall have failed to comply with such
reimbursement request. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written
consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement or compromise of, or
consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened
action in respect of which the indemnified party is or could have been a party
and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the
indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes
an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability on claims
that are or could have been the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not
include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to
act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party.

       (d)   To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this Section
8 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each indemnifying
party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale
of Transfer Restricted Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause
8(d)(i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above
but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand,
and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the
statements or omissions which 

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>
 
resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company
and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other
hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company
or such Guarantor, on the one hand, or by the Indemnified Holder, on the other
hand, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or
payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
judgments referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a), any legal or
other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
investigating or defending any action or claim.

       The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be
just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined
by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The
amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set
forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any
action that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
or judgments. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Holder or its
related Indemnified Holders shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate,
any amount in excess of the amount by which the total received by such Holder
with respect to the sale of its Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a
Registration Statement exceeds the sum of (A) the amount paid by such Holder for
such Transfer Restricted Securities plus (B) the amount of any damages which
such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders' obligations to contribute pursuant to
this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount
or Accreted Value, as applicable, of Transfer Restricted Securities held by each
of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9.   RULE 144A

       The Company and each Guarantor hereby agrees with each Holder, for so
long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any
period in which the Company or such Guarantor is not subject to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities, to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer
Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective
purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities designated by such Holder or
beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in
order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule
144A.

SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS

       (a)   Remedies. The Company and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that
             --------
any failure by the Company and/or the Guarantors to comply with their respective
obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof may result in material irreparable
injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate
remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries
precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or
any Holder may obtain such relief as 

                                    Page 16
<PAGE>
 
may be required to specifically enforce the Company's and the Guarantor's
obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof. The Company and the Guarantors
further agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a
remedy at law would be adequate.

       (b)   No Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor
             --------------------------
will, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with
respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the
Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
Neither the Company nor any Guarantor has previously entered into any agreement
granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person.
The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and
are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's and
the Guarantors' securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

       (c)   Adjustments Affecting the Notes. Neither the Company nor any of
             -------------------------------
the Guarantors shall take any action, or permit any change to occur, with
respect to the Notes that would materially and adversely affect the ability of
the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.

       (d)   Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not
             ----------------------
be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures
from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 5
hereof and this Section 10(d)(i), the Company has obtained the written consent
of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the
case of all other provisions hereof, the Company has obtained the written
consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities (excluding Transfer Restricted Securities held by the
Company of its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent
to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights
of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer
and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders
whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be
given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of
Transfer Restricted Securities subject to such Exchange Offer.

       (e)   Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party
             -----------------------   
beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and
shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may
deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights
of Holders hereunder.

       (f)   Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
             -------
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air
courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

             (i)     if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of
       the Registrar under the Indentures, with a copy to the Registrar under
       the Indentures; and

             (ii)    if to the Company or the Guarantors:

                     Sealy Mattress Company
                     Halle Building, 10th Floor
                     1228 Euclid Avenue
                     Cleveland, Ohio 44115

                     Telecopier No.:  (216) 522-1310


                                    Page 17
<PAGE>
 
                     Attention:  Ken Walker

                     With a copy to:

                     Kirkland & Ellis
                     153 East 53rd Street
                     New York, NY 10022

                     Telecopier No.: (212) 446-4800
                     Attention: Lance Balk, Esq.

       All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business
Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered
to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

       Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the
address specified in the Indenture.

       Upon the date of filing of the Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration
Statement, as the case may be, notice shall be delivered to Goldman, Sachs &
Co., on behalf of the Initial Purchasers (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
A) and shall be addressed to: Attention: Matthew Leavitt (Special Execution), 85
Broad Street, New York, NY 10004.

       (g)   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
             ----------------------
of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties,
including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment,
subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, that nothing
herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition
of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the
Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall
acquire Transfer Restricted Securities in any manner, whether by operation of
law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to
all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer
Restricted Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to
be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement,
including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if
applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive
the benefits hereof.

       (h)   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
             ------------
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

       (i)   Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
             --------
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

       (j)   Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
             -------------
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

       (k)   Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
             ------------ 
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and 

                                    Page 18
<PAGE>
 
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

       (l)   Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a
             ----------------
final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of
the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises,
warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein
with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer
Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

           [Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page(s) Follow]


                                    Page 19
<PAGE>
 
       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.


                                   Company:



                                   SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary



                                   Guarantors:



                                   SEALY CORPORATION


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF PUERTO RICO


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO., 
                                     INC. (RANDOLPH)
                                  

                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


               Registration Rights Agreement Signature Pages S-1
<PAGE>
 
                                   OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO. 
                                     - FT. WORTH


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO.


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   OHIO-SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING CO.- 
                                      HOUSTON


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF MICHIGAN, INC.


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF KANSAS CITY, INC.


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY OF MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA, INC.


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary



               Registration Rights Agreement Signature Pages S-2
<PAGE>
 
                                   SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF ILLINOIS


                                   By:    /S/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   A. BRANDWEIN & COMPANY


                                   By:    /S/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF ALBANY, INC.


                                   By:    /S/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY OF MINNESOTA, INC.


                                   By:    /S/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY OF MEMPHIS


                                   By:    /S/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   THE STEARNS & FOSTER BEDDING COMPANY


                                   By:    /S/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary



               Registration Rights Agreement Signature Pages S-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   THE STEARNS & FOSTER UPHOLSTERY 
                                      FURNITURE COMPANY


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY, INC.


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   THE OHIO MATTRESS COMPANY LICENSING 
                                      AND COMPONENTS GROUP


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


                                   SEALY MATTRESS MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.


                                   By:    /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          --------------------------------    
                                   Name:  Kenneth L. Walker
                                   Title: Vice President, General Counsel & 
                                          Secretary


               Registration Rights Agreement Signature Pages S-4
<PAGE>
 
                                   Initial Purchasers:


                                   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                   J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
                                   BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED



                                   By:  /s/ GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                        --------------------------------    
                                        (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)



               Registration Rights Agreement Signature Pages S-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A

                              NOTICE OF FILING OF
                     EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT


To:        Goldman, Sachs & Co.
           Special Executions
           85 Broad Street
           New York, NY 10004
           Attn: Matthew Leavitt
           Fax: (212) 357-4451

From:      Sealy Mattress Company
           Halle Building, 10th Floor
           1228 Euclid Avenue
           Cleveland, OH 44115
           Re:       9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
                     10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2007


Date:  _______, 199_

           For your information only (NO ACTION REQUIRED):

Today, ______, 199_, we filed [an Exchange Registration Statement/a Shelf
Registration Statement] with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We
currently expect this registration statement to be declared effective within
____ business days of the date hereof.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4
                                                                    ------------

                                                                       EXECUTION

================================================================================




                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                          DATED AS OF DECEMBER 18, 1997


                                      AMONG


                             SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY,
                                  AS BORROWER,


                               SEALY CORPORATION,
                                  AS GUARANTOR,


                           THE LENDERS LISTED HEREIN,
                                   AS LENDERS,


                       GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                       AS ARRANGER AND SYNDICATION AGENT,


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                            AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,

                                       AND

                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                             AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT


================================================================================
<PAGE>
 
                             SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
   <S>      <C>                                                                             <C> 
                                          SECTION 1.
                                         DEFINITIONS.........................................  2
   1.1      Certain Defined Terms............................................................  2
   1.2      Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes of Calculations
            Under Agreement.................................................................. 41
   1.3      Other Definitional Provisions and Rules of Construction.......................... 42
   1.4      Changes in GAAP.................................................................. 42

                                          SECTION 2.
                           AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS........................ 42
   2.1      Commitments; Making of Loans; the Register; Notes................................ 42
   2.2      Interest on the Loans............................................................ 50
   2.3      Fees............................................................................. 53
   2.4      Repayments, Prepayments and Reductions in Revolving Loan Commitments; General 
            Provisions Regarding Payments; Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments 
            Under Guaranties................................................................. 54
   2.5      Use of Proceeds.................................................................. 65
   2.6      Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans............................... 65
   2.7      Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy......................................... 68
   2.8      Obligation of Lenders and Issuing Lenders to Mitigate............................ 72
   2.9      Defaulting Lenders............................................................... 72
   2.10     Removal or Replacement of a Lender............................................... 74

                                          SECTION 3.
                                      LETTERS OF CREDIT...................................... 75
   3.1      Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders' Purchase of Participations Therein.... 75
   3.2      Letter of Credit Fees............................................................ 79
   3.3      Drawings and Reimbursement of Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit............... 80
   3.4      Obligations Absolute............................................................. 82
   3.5      Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lenders' Duties............................... 83
   3.6      Increased Costs and Taxes Relating to Letters of Credit.......................... 84

                                          SECTION 4.
                           CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT......................... 85

</TABLE> 

                                      (i)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
   <S>      <C>                                                                             <C> 
   4.1      Conditions to Tranche A Term Loans and Recapitalization Revolving Loans.......... 85
   4.2      Conditions to All Loans.......................................................... 95
   4.3      Conditions to Letters of Credit.................................................. 96

                                              SECTION 5.
                       HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................ 97
   5.1      Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing, Business and
            Subsidiaries..................................................................... 97
   5.2      Authorization of Borrowing, etc.................................................. 98
   5.3      Financial Condition.............................................................. 99
   5.4      No Material Adverse Change.......................................................100
   5.5      Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property........................................100
   5.6      Litigation; Adverse Facts........................................................101
   5.7      Payment of Taxes.................................................................101
   5.8      Performance of Agreements; Materially Adverse Agreements.........................101
   5.9      Governmental Regulation..........................................................102
   5.10     Securities Activities............................................................102
   5.11     Employee Benefit Plans...........................................................102
   5.12     Certain Fees.....................................................................103
   5.13     Environmental Protection.........................................................103
   5.14     Employee Matters.................................................................104
   5.15     Solvency.........................................................................104
   5.16     Matters Relating to Collateral...................................................104
   5.17     Related Agreements...............................................................105
   5.18     Disclosure.......................................................................106
   5.19     Subordination of Seller Notes and Shareholder Subordinated Notes.................106

                                              SECTION 6.
                           HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.....................106
   6.1      Financial Statements and Other Reports...........................................106
   6.2      Corporate Existence, etc.........................................................112
   6.3      Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation...................................112
   6.4      Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Application of Net
            Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds..................................................112
   6.5      Inspection Rights; Audits of Inventory and Accounts Receivable;
            Lender Meeting...................................................................114
   6.6      Compliance with Laws, etc........................................................115
   6.7      Environmental Review and Investigation, Disclosure, Etc.; Company's
            Actions Regarding Hazardous Materials Activities, Environmental
            Claims and Violations of Environmental Laws......................................115
   6.8      Execution of Subsidiary Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral
            Documents by Future Subsidiaries.................................................118

</TABLE> 

                                      (ii)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
   <S>      <C>                                                                             <C> 
   6.9      Conforming Leasehold Interests; Matters Relating to Additional Real
            Property Collateral..............................................................119
   6.10     Interest Rate Protection.........................................................121
   6.11     Additional Foreign Subsidiary Collateral.........................................122
   6.12     Post-Closing Deliveries..........................................................122

                                               SECTION 7.
                            HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS.......................122
   7.1      Indebtedness.....................................................................123
   7.2      Liens and Related Matters........................................................126
   7.3      Investments; Joint Ventures......................................................128
   7.4      Contingent Obligations...........................................................130
   7.5      Restricted Junior Payments.......................................................131
   7.6      Financial Covenants..............................................................132
   7.7      Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales and Recapitalizations............135
   7.8      Consolidated Capital Expenditures................................................138
   7.9      Sales and Lease-Backs............................................................140
   7.10     Sale or Discount of Receivables..................................................140
   7.11     Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates....................................140
   7.12     Disposal of Subsidiary Stock.....................................................141
   7.13     Conduct of Business..............................................................141
   7.14     Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements; Amendments of Documents Relating 
             to Subordinated Indebtedness; Designation of "Designated Senior Debt "..........141
   7.15     Fiscal Year......................................................................142

                                               SECTION 8.
                                           EVENTS OF DEFAULT.................................143
   8.1      Failure to Make Payments When Due................................................143
   8.2      Default in Other Agreements......................................................143
   8.3      Breach of Certain Covenants......................................................143
   8.4      Breach of Warranty...............................................................143
   8.5      Other Defaults Under Loan Documents..............................................144
   8.6      Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.............................144
   8.7      Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc...............................144
   8.8      Judgments and Attachments........................................................145
   8.9      Dissolution......................................................................145
   8.10     Employee Benefit Plans...........................................................145
   8.11     Change in Control................................................................145
   8.12     Invalidity of Guaranties; Failure of Security; Repudiation of Obligations........146
   8.13     Failure to Consummate Recapitalization or Merger.................................146

</TABLE> 

                                      (iii)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
   <S>      <C>                                                                             <C> 
                                            SECTION 9.
                                              AGENTS.........................................147
   9.1      Appointment......................................................................147
   9.2      Powers and Duties; General Immunity..............................................149
   9.3      Representations and Warranties; No Responsibility For Appraisal of
            Creditworthiness.................................................................150
   9.4      Right to Indemnity...............................................................151
   9.5      Successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender.............................151
   9.6      Collateral Documents and Guaranty................................................152

                                            SECTION 10.
                                           MISCELLANEOUS.....................................153
   10.1     Assignments and Participations in Loans and Letters of Credit....................153
   10.2     Expenses.........................................................................156
   10.3     Indemnity........................................................................157
   10.4     Set-Off; Security Interest in Deposit Accounts...................................158
   10.5     Ratable Sharing..................................................................158
   10.6     Amendments and Waivers...........................................................159
   10.7     Independence of Covenants........................................................161
   10.8     Notices..........................................................................161
   10.9     Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements...........................161
   10.10    Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative............................161
   10.11    Marshalling; Payments Set Aside..................................................162
   10.12    Severability.....................................................................162
   10.13    Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights.......................162
   10.14    Headings.........................................................................162
   10.15    Applicable Law...................................................................162
   10.16    Successors and Assigns...........................................................163
   10.17    Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process...................................163
   10.18    Waiver of Jury Trial.............................................................164
   10.19    Confidentiality..................................................................164
   10.20    Counterparts; Effectiveness......................................................165

            Signature pages                                                                  S-1

</TABLE> 

                                      (iv)
<PAGE>
 
                                    EXHIBITS


I           FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
II          FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION
III         FORM OF NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT
IV          FORM OF TRANCHE A TERM NOTE
V           FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE
VI          FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE
VII         FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
VIII        FORM OF OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO LOAN PARTIES
IX          FORM OF OPINION OF O'MELVENY & MYERS LLP
X           FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
XI          FORM OF CERTIFICATE RE NON-BANK STATUS
XII         FORM OF FINANCIAL CONDITION CERTIFICATE
XIII        FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
XIV         FORM OF COMPANY PLEDGE AGREEMENT
XV          FORM OF COMPANY SECURITY AGREEMENT
XVI         FORM OF COMPANY PATENT AND TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
XVII        FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
XVIII       FORM OF SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT
XIX         FORM OF SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT
XX          FORM OF SUBSIDIARY PATENT AND TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
XXI         FORM OF HOLDINGS GUARANTY
XXII        FORM OF HOLDINGS PLEDGE AGREEMENT
XXIII       FORM OF HOLDINGS SECURITY AGREEMENT
XXIV        FORM OF MORTGAGE
XXV         FORM OF COLLATERAL ACCESS AGREEMENT
XXVI        FORM OF SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS



                                       (v)
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULES


1.1(i)      ADDBACKS TO EBITDA
1.1(ii)     RECAPITALIZATION TRANSACTIONS
2.1         LENDERS' COMMITMENTS AND PRO RATA SHARES
4.1C        CORPORATE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE; OWNERSHIP
4.1I        CLOSING DATE MORTGAGED PROPERTIES
4.1K        CLOSING DATE ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
5.1         SUBSIDIARIES OF COMPANY
5.5         REAL PROPERTY
5.12        CERTAIN FEES
5.13        ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
6.12        POST-CLOSING DELIVERIES
7.1(v)      EXISTING FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY INTERCOMPANY INDEBTEDNESS
7.1(xv)     CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
7.3(vii)    CERTAIN EXISTING INVESTMENTS
7.3(xiii)   EXISTING FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
7.3(xviii)  CERTAIN PROPOSED INVESTMENTS
7.4         CERTAIN EXISTING CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS
7.9         SALE-LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS

                                      (vi)
<PAGE>
 
                            SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

                               CREDIT AGREEMENT



     This CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of December 18, 1997 and entered into by
and among SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY, an Ohio corporation ("Company"), SEALY
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT
PARTNERS L.P. ("GSCP"), as arranger and syndication agent (in such capacity,
"Syndi cation Agent"), THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE
PAGES HEREOF (each individually referred to herein as a "Lender" and
collectively as "Lenders"), MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
("Morgan Guaranty"), as administrative agent for Lenders (in such capacity,
"Administrative Agent"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY ("BTCo."), as
documentation agent (in such capacity, "Documentation Agent").


                                R E C I T A L S
                                - - - - - - - -

     WHEREAS, Bain and the Other Investors have formed Sandman Merger
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Merger Corp."), for the purpose of
engaging with Holdings and Company in a series of Recapitalization Transactions,
including the Merger (capitalized terms used herein having the meanings assigned
to those terms in subsection 1.1), whereby Bain and the Other Investors will
acquire not less than 75% of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding
capital stock of Holdings;

     WHEREAS, Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, has requested
Lenders to extend, and Lenders have agreed to extend, certain credit facilities
in an aggregate principal amount of $220,000,000 to Company, the proceeds of
which will be used (i) in the aggregate principal amount of $130,400,000,
together with (a) the proceeds of $330,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of
borrowings under the AXEL Credit Agreement, (b) $128,700,000 in proceeds of the
Equity Contribution, (c) not less than $125,000,000 in cash proceeds of the
issuance and sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes, (d) not less than
$75,000,000 in cash proceeds of the issuance and sale of the Discount Notes, and
(e) the issuance of $25,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Junior
Subordinated Seller Notes, to permit consummation of the Merger, to refinance
certain existing Indebtedness of Holdings, to repurchase certain existing
Indebtedness of Holdings pursuant to the Debt Tender Offer, and to pay related
fees and expenses, and (ii) to provide financing for working capital and other
general corporate purposes of Company and its Subsidiaries;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Recapitalization Transactions, (i) Merger Corp.
will merge with and into Holdings, with Holdings being the surviving corporation
and the owner of 100%

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
of the outstanding capital stock of Company, and (ii) the capital stock of each
direct Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Company) immediately prior to the
Closing Date will be contributed to the capital of Company so that following
such contribution, Company shall be the only direct Subsidiary of Holdings;

     WHEREAS, Company desires to secure all of the Obligations hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents by granting to Administrative Agent, on behalf of
Lenders, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of its real, personal and
mixed property, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of each of its
Domestic Subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of each of its Foreign
Subsidiaries which is directly owned by Company; and

     WHEREAS, Holdings and all Subsidiaries of Company other than the Excluded
Subsidiaries desire to guarantee the Obligations hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents and to secure their guaranties by granting to Administrative
Agent, on behalf of Lenders, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of their
respective real, personal and mixed property, including (i) a pledge of all of
the capital stock of Company and (ii) a pledge of all of the capital stock of
each Domestic Subsidiary and 65% of the capital stock of each Foreign Subsidiary
which is directly owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor:

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements,
provisions and covenants herein contained, Company, Holdings, Lenders and Agents
agree as follows:


                                   SECTION 1.
                                  DEFINITIONS

1.1  Certain Defined Terms.
     --------------------- 

     The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following
meanings:

          "Acquired LTM Revenue" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 7.8.

          "Acquisition Loan Commitments" means a portion of the Revolving Loan
     Commitments initially equal to $50,000,000.  Any reduction of the
     Acquisition Loan Commitments shall reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments in
     an equal amount.

          "Acquisition Loans" means any Swing Line Loans or Revolving Loans
     the proceeds of which are applied for the purposes set forth in subsection
     2.5B(ii).

          "Additional Mortgage" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 6.9.

          "Additional Mortgaged Property" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 6.9.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Interest Rate
     Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate
     Loan, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) the arithmetic average
                                          --------                           
     (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16 of one percent) of the offered
     quotations, if any, to first class banks in the interbank Eurodollar market
     by Reference Lenders for U.S. dollar deposits of amounts in same day funds
     comparable to the respective principal amounts of the Eurodollar Rate Loans
     of Reference Lenders for which the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is then being
     determined (which principal amount shall be deemed to be $1,000,000 in the
     case of any Reference Lender not making, converting to or continuing such a
     Eurodollar Rate Loan) with maturities comparable to such Interest Period as
     of approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on such Interest Rate
     Determination Date by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the stated
                        --                                 -----           
     maximum rate of all reserve requirements (including any marginal,
     emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves) applicable on such
     Interest Rate Determination Date to any member bank of the Federal Reserve
     System in respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" as defined in Regulation
     D (or any successor category of liabilities under Regulation D); provided
                                                                      --------
     that if any Reference Lender fails to provide Administrative Agent with its
     aforementioned quotation then the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be
     determined based on the quotation(s) provided to Administrative Agent by
     the other Reference Lender(s).

          "Administrative Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement and also means and includes any successor
     Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to subsection 9.5A.

          "Affected Lender" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 2.6C.

          "Affiliate", as applied to any Person, means any other Person
     directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control
     with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control"
     (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling",
     "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any
     Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
     direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that
     Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract
     or otherwise.

          "Agent" means, individually, each of Syndication Agent,
     Administrative Agent and Documentation Agent, and for the purposes of
     Section 9 only (except as expressly noted), Collateral Agent, and
     "Agents" means Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent and Documentation
     Agent, and for the purposes of Section 9 only (except as expressly noted),
     Collateral Agent, collectively.

          "Agreement" means this Credit Agreement dated as of December 18,
     1997, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
     time.

          "Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage" means, (a) for the period
     from the Closing Date up to (but excluding) the date of commencement of the
     first Pricing Period,

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
     1/2 of 1% per annum and (b) at any date of determination thereafter, a rate
     per annum equal to the percentage set forth below opposite the Applicable
     Leverage Ratio in effect as of such date of determination, any change in
     the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage to be effective on the date of any
     corresponding change in the Applicable Leverage Ratio:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       =========================================================  
                                               APPLICABLE
            APPLICABLE                         COMMITMENT
          LEVERAGE RATIO                     FEE PERCENTAGE
          <S>                                <C>
       --------------------------------------------------------- 
          greater than or equal to                .500%
           5.25:1.00                             
       ---------------------------------------------------------     
          less than 5.25:1.00 but greater         .375%
           than or equal to 4.25:1.00            
       --------------------------------------------------------- 
          less than 4.25:1.00                     .250%
       ========================================================= 
</TABLE>

          "Applicable Leverage Ratio" means, with respect to any date of
     determination, the Leverage Ratio set forth in the Pricing Certificate (as
     defined below) in effect for the Pricing Period (as defined below) in which
     such date of determination occurs.  For purposes of this definition, (i)
     "Pricing Certificate" means an Officer's Certificate of Company
     certifying as to the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal
     Quarter and setting forth the calculation of such Leverage Ratio in
     reasonable detail, which Officer's Certificate may be delivered to
     Administrative Agent at any time on or after the date of delivery by
     Company of the Compliance Certificate (the "Related Compliance
     Certificate") with respect to the period ending on the last day of such
     Fiscal Quarter pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv), and (ii) "Pricing Period"
     means each period commencing on the first Business Day after the delivery
     to Administrative Agent of a Pricing Certificate and ending on the first
     Business Day after the next Pricing Certificate is delivered to
     Administrative Agent; provided that, anything contained in this definition
                           --------                                            
     to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) the first Pricing Period for purposes
     of calculating the Applicable Leverage Ratio shall commence no earlier than
     the date which is nine months after the Closing Date, and the Pricing
     Certificate in respect of such first Pricing Period may be delivered at any
     time on or after such nine-month anniversary date and shall relate to the
     most recent financial statements delivered by Company to Administrative
     Agent prior to such date pursuant to subsection 6.1(ii) or 6.1(iii), (b)
     the Applicable Leverage Ratio for the period from the Closing Date to but
     excluding the date of commencement of such first Pricing Period shall be
     deemed to be 6.4:1.00 for purposes of making the relevant calculation
     referred to above, and (c) in the event that, after the commencement of
     such first Pricing Period, (X) Company fails to deliver a Pricing
     Certificate to Administrative Agent setting forth the Leverage Ratio as of
     the last day of any Fiscal Quarter on or before the last day on which
     Company is required to deliver the Related Compliance Certificate (such
     last day being the "Cutoff Date") and (Y) Administrative Agent determines
     (each such determination being an "Agent

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     Determination") on or after the Cutoff Date (on the basis of the Related
     Compliance Certificate or a Pricing Certificate delivered after the Cutoff
     Date) that the Applicable Leverage Ratio that would have been in effect if
     Company had delivered a Pricing Certificate on the Cutoff Date is greater
     than the Leverage Ratio set forth in the most recent Pricing Certificate
     actually delivered by Company, then (1) the Applicable Leverage Ratio in
     effect for purposes of making the relevant calculation referred to above
     for the period from the Cutoff Date to the date of delivery by Company of
     the next Pricing Certificate (or, if earlier, the next date on which an
     Agent Determination is made) shall be the Leverage Ratio determined
     pursuant to the Agent Determination and (2) on the first Business Day after
     Administrative Agent delivers written notice to Company of any Agent
     Determination, Company shall pay to Administrative Agent, for distribution
     (as appropriate) to Lenders, an aggregate amount equal to the additional
     interest, letter of credit fees and commitment fees Company would have been
     required to pay in respect of all applicable Loans, Letters of Credit or
     Commitments in respect of which any interest or fees have been paid by
     Company during the period from the Cutoff Date to the date such notice is
     given by Administrative Agent to Company if the amount of such interest and
     fees had been calculated using the Applicable Leverage Ratio based on such
     Agent Determination.

          "Applicable Base Rate Margin" means (a) for the period from the
     Closing Date up to (but excluding) the date of commencement of the first
     Pricing Period, 1.25% per annum, and (b) for any date thereafter, a rate
     per annum equal to the percentage set forth below opposite the Applicable
     Leverage Ratio in effect as of such date of determination, any change in
     any such Applicable Base Rate Margin to be effective on the date of any
     corresponding change in the Applicable Leverage Ratio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      =========================================================  
                   APPLICABLE              APPLICABLE
                 LEVERAGE RATIO         BASE RATE MARGIN
      ========================================================= 
          <S>                           <C>
          greater than or equal to             1.25%
           5.75:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------            
          less than 5.75:1.00 but              1.00%
           greater than or equal to
           5.25:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------            
          less than 5.25:1.00 but              0.75%
           greater than or equal to
           4.75:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------            
          less than 4.75:1.00 but              0.50%
           greater than or equal to
           4.25:1.00
      --------------------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE> 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
          <S>                                  <C> 
      --------------------------------------------------------- 
          less than 4.25:1.00 but              0.25%
           greater than or equal to
           3.75:1.00
      --------------------------------------------------------- 
          less than 3.75:1.00                  0.00%
      =========================================================  
 </TABLE>

          "Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin" means (a) for the period from
     the Closing Date up to (but excluding) the date of commencement of the
     first Pricing Period, 2.25% per annum, and (b) for any date thereafter, a
     rate per annum equal to the percentage set forth below opposite the
     Applicable Leverage Ratio in effect as of such date of determination, any
     change in any such Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin to be effective on the
     date of any corresponding change in the Applicable Leverage Ratio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                   APPLICABLE              APPLICABLE
                 LEVERAGE RATIO         EURODOLLAR RATE
                                            MARGIN
      =========================================================  
           <S>                          <C>
           greater than or equal to            2.25%
            5.75:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------              
           less than 5.75:1.00 but             2.00%
            greater than or equal to
            5.25:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------              
           less than 5.25:1.00 but             1.75%
            greater than or equal to
            4.75:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------              
           less than 4.75:1.00 but             1.50%
            greater than or equal to
            4.25:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------              
           less than 4.25:1.00 but             1.25%
            greater than or equal to
            3.75:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------              
           less than 3.75:1.00 but             1.00%
            greater than or equal to
            3.25:1.00
      ---------------------------------------------------------  
           less than 3.25:1.00                 0.75%
      =========================================================  
 </TABLE>
 
           "Asset Sale" means the sale by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
     to any Person other than Holdings or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries
     of (i) any of the stock of any

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     of Holdings' Subsidiaries, (ii) substantially all of the assets of any
     division or line of business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or
     (iii) any other assets (whether tangible or intangible) of Holdings or any
     of its Subsidiaries (other than (a) inventory sold in the ordinary course
     of business and (b) any such other assets to the extent that the aggregate
     fair market value of such assets (at the time of sale thereof) sold in any
     single transaction or related series of transactions is equal to $500,000
     or less); provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not include (1) any
               --------  -------                                            
     sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable
     arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the
     compromise or collection thereof, (2) any sale or exchange of specific
     items of equipment, so long as the purpose of each such sale or exchange is
     to acquire (and results within 90 days of such sale or exchange in the
     acquisition of) replacement items of equipment which are the functional
     equivalent of the item of equipment so sold or exchanged, (3) the leasing
     (pursuant to operating leases in the ordinary course of business) or
     licensing of real or personal property, including intellectual property, or
     (4) disposals of obsolete, uneconomical, negligible, worn out or surplus
     property in the ordinary course of business.

          "Assignment Agreement" means an Assignment Agreement in
     substantially the form of Exhibit X annexed hereto.
                               ---------                

          "AXEL(SM) Credit Agreement" means that certain AXEL Credit Agreement
     dated as of even date herewith, by and among Company, Holdings, GSCP, as
     arranger and syndication agent, Morgan Guaranty, as administrative agent,
     and BTCo., as documentation agent, as such AXEL Credit Agreement may be
     amended, supplemented, refinanced, renewed, extended or otherwise modified
     from time to time to the extent permitted under subsection 7.14C.

          "AXEL Credit Documents" means the AXEL Credit Agreement, the
     promissory notes issued thereunder and each other document executed in
     connection with the AXEL Credit Agreement.

          "AXELs" means the senior secured term loans of Company under the
     AXEL Credit Agreement in the original principal amount of $330,000,000.

          "Bain" means Bain Capital, Inc. and/or one or more of its
     Affiliates.

          "Bain Advisory Services Agreement" means that certain Advisory
     Services Agreement by and among Company, Holdings and Bain, in the form
     delivered to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent prior to the
     Closing Date and as such agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented
     or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent permitted under
     subsection 7.14A.


- -------------------------
*    AXEL is a registered service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
          "Bain Management Fees" means the fees (including one-time fees
     payable in connection with acquisitions, divestitures and financings) and
     expenses payable by Holdings to Bain pursuant to the Bain Advisory Services
     Agreement.

          "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled
     "Bankruptcy", as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

          "Base Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect
     from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the
     higher of:

               (i)  the rate of interest announced publicly by Morgan Guaranty
          in New York, New York, from time to time, as Morgan Guaranty's base
          rate; and
 
               (ii) 1/2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

          "Base Rate Loans" means Loans bearing interest at rates determined
     by reference to the Base Rate as provided in subsection 2.2A.

          "BTCo." has the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to
     this Agreement.

          "Business Day" means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day
     which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a
     day on which banking institutions located in such state are authorized or
     required by law or other governmental action to close, and (ii) with
     respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection
     with the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or any Eurodollar Rate Loans, any day
     that is a Business Day described in clause (i) above and that is also a day
     for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank
     market.

          "Capital Lease", as applied to any Person, means any lease of any
     property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that,
     in conformity with GAAP, would be required to be accounted for as a capital
     lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

          "Carryforward" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection
          7.8.

          "Cash" means money, currency or a credit balance in a Deposit
     Account.

          "Cash Equivalents" means:  (i) marketable direct obligations issued
     by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or
     issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the
     United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of
     acquisition thereof; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state
     of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
     state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from
     the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one
     of the two highest

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P") or
     Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); (iii) commercial paper
     maturity no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and at the
     time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-l from S&P or at least
     P-1 from Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances (or,
     with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing within one
     year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized
     under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the
     District of Columbia, Japan or any member of the European Economic
     Community or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of
     acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than
     $200,000,000; (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven
     days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
     entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause
     (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money market funds which invest
     substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in
     clauses (i) through (v) above.

          "Certificate of Merger" means the Certificate of Merger dated as of
     December 18, 1997 by and between Merger Corp. and Holdings, in the form
     delivered to Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent and Lenders prior to
     or concurrently with their execution of this Agreement and as such
     Certificate of Merger may be amended from time to time thereafter to the
     extent permitted under subsection 7.14A.

          "Certificate re Non-Bank Status" means a certificate substantially
     in the form of Exhibit XI annexed hereto delivered by a Lender to
                    ----------                                        
     Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii).

          "Class" means, as applied to Lenders, each of the following classes
     of Lenders:  (i) Lenders having Tranche A Term Loan Exposure and (ii)
     Lenders having Revolving Loan Exposure.

          "Closing Date" means the date on or before February 16, 1998, on
     which the initial Loans are made.

          "Closing Date Mortgage" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 4.1I.

          "Closing Date Mortgaged Property" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 4.1I.

          "Collateral" means, collectively, all of the real, personal and
     mixed property (including capital stock) in which Liens are purported to be
     granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the
     Obligations.

          "Collateral Agent" means Morgan Guaranty acting in its capacity as
     collateral agent under the applicable Collateral Documents on behalf of the
     Lenders and the Persons party to the Intercreditor Agreement (other than
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries),

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
     and also means and includes any successor collateral agent appointed
     pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

          "Collateral Access Agreement" means any landlord waiver, mortgagee
     waiver, bailee letter or any similar acknowledgement or agreement of any
     landlord or mortgagee in respect of any Real Property Asset where any
     Collateral is located or any warehouseman or processor in possession of any
     Inventory of any Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXV
                                                               -----------
     annexed hereto with such changes thereto as may be agreed to by
     Administrative Agent in the reasonable exercise of its discretion.

          "Collateral Documents" means the Holdings Security Agreement, the
     Holdings Pledge Agreement, the Company Pledge Agreement, the Company
     Security Agreement, the Company Patent and Trademark Security Agreement,
     the Intercreditor Agreement, the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, the
     Subsidiary Security Agreement, the Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security
     Agreement, the Mortgages and all other instruments or documents delivered
     by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan
     Documents in order to grant to Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders, a
     Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Loan Party as security
     for the Obligations.

          "Commercial Letter of Credit" means any letter of credit or similar
     instrument issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment
     mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or
     services by Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
     business of Company or such Subsidiary.

          "Commitments" means the commitments of Lenders to make Loans as set
     forth in subsection 2.1A.

          "Company" has the meaning assigned to such term in the introduction
     to this Agreement.

          "Company Patent and Trademark Security Agreement" means the Company
     Patent and Trademark Security Agreement executed and delivered by Company
     and Collateral Agent on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of
                                                                           
     Exhibit XVI annexed hereto, as such Company Patent and Trademark Security
     -----------                                                              
     Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
     from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Company Pledge Agreement" means the Company Pledge Agreement
     executed and delivered by Company and Collateral Agent on the Closing Date,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit XIV annexed hereto, as such Company
                                  -----------                                
     Pledge Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise
     modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Company Security Agreement" means the Company Security Agreement
     executed and delivered by Company and Collateral Agent on the Closing Date,

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     substantially in the form of Exhibit XV annexed hereto, as such Company
                                  ----------                                
     Security Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise
     modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the
     form of Exhibit X annexed hereto delivered to Administrative Agent by
             ---------                                                    
     Company pursuant to subsection 6.1(iv).

          "Confidential Information Memorandum" means that certain
     Confidential Information Memorandum prepared by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and JP
     Morgan relating to the AXELs, the Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans
     dated November 1997.

          "Conforming Leasehold Interest" means any Recorded Leasehold
     Interest as to which the lessor has substantially agreed in writing for the
     benefit of Administrative Agent (which writing has been delivered to
     Administrative Agent), whether under the terms of the applicable lease,
     under the terms of a Landlord Consent and Estoppel, or otherwise, to the
     matters described in the definition of "Landlord Consent and Estoppel,"
     which interest, if a subleasehold or sub-subleasehold interest, is not
     subject to any contrary restrictions contained in a superior lease or
     sublease.

          "Consent Solicitation" means the solicitation by Holdings, from the
     holders of outstanding Existing Subordinated Notes, of consents to certain
     amendments to the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture in accordance with
     the terms of the Debt Tender Offer Materials.

          "Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of the
     amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated Net Income, (ii) Consolidated
     Interest Expense, together with any non-cash interest expense with respect
     to the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes not included in Consolidated
     Interest Expense, (iii) provisions for taxes based on income (including,
     without duplication, foreign withholding taxes), (iv) total depreciation
     expense, (v) total amortization expense, (vi) other non-cash items reducing
     Consolidated Net Income less other non-cash items increasing Consolidated
                             ----                                             
     Net Income, (vii) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net
     Income, those items described on Schedule 1.1(i) annexed hereto, and (viii)
                                      ---------------                           
     the cumulative effect of accounting changes to the extent such changes
     result in a reduction of Consolidated Net Income less the cumulative effect
                                                      ----                      
     of accounting changes to the extent such changes result in an increase in
     Consolidated Net Income, all of the foregoing as determined on a
     consolidated basis for Holdings and its Subsidiaries in conformity with
     GAAP.

          "Consolidated Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, the sum
     of (i) the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other
     consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of
     Capital Leases which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries) by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during that
     period that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in "purchases of
     property, plant or equipment" or comparable items reflected in the
     consolidated

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
     statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided,
                                                               -------- 
     however, that the following shall in any event be excluded from the
     -------                                                            
     definition of Consolidated Capital Expenditures:  (a) any such expenditures
     made with, or subsequently reimbursed out of, the proceeds of insurance,
     condemnation awards (or payments in lieu thereof), indemnity payments or
     payments in respect of judgments or settlements received from third parties
     for purposes of replacing or repairing the assets in respect of which such
     proceeds, awards or payments were received, so long as such expenditures
     are commenced within 270 days of the later of the occurrence of the damage
     to or loss of the assets being replaced or repaired and the receipt of such
     proceeds, awards or payments in respect thereof and (b) any such
     expenditures constituting the reinvestment of proceeds from the sales of
     assets in equipment or other productive assets of Company and its
     Subsidiaries, so long as such expenditures are commenced within 270 days of
     the receipt of such proceeds; and provided further, however, that
                                       -------- -------  -------      
     Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include any expenditures made
     by Company or any of its Subsidiaries to acquire in a Permitted Acquisition
     the business, property or fixed assets of any Person, or the stock or other
     evidence of beneficial ownership of any Person that, as a result of such
     acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary of Company or a Joint Venture to which
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

          "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" means, for any period,
     Consolidated Interest Expense for such period excluding, however, any
                                                   ---------  -------     
     interest expense not payable in Cash (including interest expense paid in
     kind and amortization of discount, of deferred financing fees, of premiums
     paid on Hedge Agreements and of debt issuance costs).

          "Consolidated Current Assets" means, as at any date of
     determination, the total assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a
     consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current assets in
     conformity with GAAP, excluding Cash, Cash Equivalents and deferred income
     taxes to the extent otherwise included in current assets.

          "Consolidated Current Liabilities" means, as at any date of
     determination, the total liabilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a
     consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current liabilities
     in conformity with GAAP, excluding the current portions of Funded Debt
                              ---------                                    
     (including accrued but unpaid interest) and any Revolving Loans and
     deferred income taxes to the extent otherwise included in current
     liabilities.

          "Consolidated Excess Cash Flow" means, for any period, an amount (if
     positive) equal to (i) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for
     such period of (a) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, (b) the Consolidated
     Working Capital Adjustment and (c) payments made to Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries as an adjustment to purchase price after the Closing Date
     under the Recapitalization Agreement, minus (ii) the sum, without
                                           -----                      
     duplication, of the amounts for such period (to the extent not financed
     with the proceeds of related financings) of (a) voluntary and scheduled
     repayments of Consolidated Total Debt (excluding repayments of Revolving
     Loans except to the extent the Revolving Loan Commitments are permanently
     reduced in connection with such

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     repayments), (b) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (net of any proceeds of
     any related financings with respect to such expenditures) plus (or minus,
                                                               ----     ----- 
     if negative) the Carryforward for such period to be carried forward to the
     next period less the Carryforward (if any) for the preceding period carried
                 ----                                                           
     forward to the current period, (c) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, (d)
     payments made by Holdings and its Subsidiaries as an adjustment to purchase
     price after the Closing Date under the Recapitalization Agreement, (e) any
     cash payments made during such period with respect to items set forth on
     Schedule 1.1(i) annexed hereto, and (f) the provision for current taxes
     ---------------                                                        
     based on income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and payable in cash with
     respect to such period, including taxes payable in cash within 90 days
     following the end of such period, (g) non-cash charges added in calculating
     Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in a prior period to the extent such non-cash
     charges are paid in cash in the current period, and (h) to the extent not
     otherwise deducted in determining Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, tender
     payments, fees and expenses paid during such period in connection with the
     exchange of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes, cash
     payments made during such period with respect to non-current liabilities
     and cash payments made during such period with respect to restructuring
     reserves and expenditures with respect to Permitted Acquisitions.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, total cash
     and non-cash interest expense (including that portion attributable to
     Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with
     GAAP with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and
     charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
     financing, net costs under Interest Rate Agreements, commitment fees
     accrued under subsection 2.3A and any administrative agent's fees payable
     to Administrative Agent, but excluding, however, any amounts referred to in
                                  ---------  -------                            
     subsection 2.3 payable to Agents and Lenders on or before the Closing Date
     and any non-cash interest expense with respect to the Junior Subordinated
     Seller Notes.

          "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income (or
     loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such
     period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with
     GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (i) the income (or loss) of any
           --------                                                             
     Person (other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which any other Person
     (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest,
     except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions
     actually paid to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during
     such period, (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the
     date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated
     with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person's assets are
     acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the income of any
     Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of
     dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not
     at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any
     agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
     governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary, (iv) any

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     after-tax gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus
     assets of any Pension Plan, and (v) (to the extent not included in clauses
     (i) through (iv) above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary
     losses.

          "Consolidated Rental Payments" means, for any period, the aggregate
     amount of all rents paid or payable by Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a
     consolidated basis during that period under all Capital Leases and
     Operating Leases to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as
     lessee.

          "Consolidated Total Debt" means, as at any date of determination,
     the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Holdings
     and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
     GAAP, excluding, however, the principal amount (including paid-in-kind
           ---------  -------                                              
     interest) of the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.

          "Consolidated Working Capital" means, as at any date of
     determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated
     Current Liabilities.

          "Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment" means, for any period on a
     consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which
     Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or
     is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period.

          "Contingent Obligation", as applied to any Person, means any direct
     or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (i) with
     respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another
     if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the
     Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such
     obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or
     discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with,
     or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in
     part) against loss in respect thereof, (ii) with respect to any letter of
     credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is
     otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings, or (iii) under Hedge
     Agreements.  Contingent Obligations shall include (a) the direct or
     indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in
     the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or
     sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another, (b) the
     obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless
     of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, and (c)
     any liability of such Person for the obligation of another through any
     agreement (contingent or otherwise) (X) to purchase, repurchase or
     otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide
     funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form
     of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or
     (Y) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or
     financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described
     under subclauses (X) or (Y) of this sentence, the primary purpose or intent
     thereof is as described in the preceding sentence.  The amount of any
     Contingent

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
     Obligation shall be equal to (A) the amount of the obligation so guaranteed
     or otherwise supported or, if less, the amount to which such Contingent
     Obligation is specifically limited, or (B) if neither amount in clause (A)
     is stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in
     respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform) as determined
     by such Person in good faith.  Contingent Obligations shall not include
     standard contractual indemnities entered into in the ordinary course of
     business.

          "Continuing Director" shall mean, as of any date of determination,
     any member of the Board of Directors of Company who (i) was a member of
     such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or (ii) was nominated for
     election or elected to such Board of Directors with the affirmative vote of
     Bain and the Other Investors.

          "Contractual Obligation", as applied to any Person, means any
     provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any material
     indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, con tract, undertaking, agreement or
     other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of
     its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
     swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other
     similar agreement or arrangement to which Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries is a party.

          "Debt Tender Offer" means the offer by Holdings to repurchase up to
     100% of its outstanding Existing Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Debt
     Tender Offer Materials.

          "Debt Tender Offer Materials" means the Offer to Purchase and
     Consent Solicitation Statement dated November 18, 1997 relating to the Debt
     Tender Offer and the accompanying Consent and Letter of Transmittal.

          "Deposit Account" means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like
     account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like
     organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate
     of deposit.

          "Discount Note Indenture" means the indenture pursuant to which the
     Discount Notes are issued, as such indenture may be amended from time to
     time to the extent permitted under subsection 7.14B.

          "Discount Notes" means the $128,000,000 in aggregate principal
     amount of 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due December 15, 2007
     of Company issued pursuant to the Discount Note Indenture.

          "Documentation Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
          "Dollars" and the sign "$" mean the lawful money of the United
     States of America.

          "Domestic Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of Company which is
     organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof.

          "EITF 97-13 Expenditures" means expenses associated with
     reengineering efforts in connection with Company's MIS projects.

          "Eligible Assignee" means (A) (i) a commercial bank organized under
     the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) a savings and loan
     association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States
     or any state thereof; (iii) a commercial bank organized under the laws of
     any other country or a political subdivision thereof; provided that (x)
                                                           --------         
     such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States
     or (y) such bank is organized under the laws of a country that is a member
     of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political
     subdivision of such country; and (iv) any other entity which is an
     "accredited investor" (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities
     Act) which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses including
     insurance companies, funds, investment companies and lease financing
     companies; and (B) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and, with
     respect to any Lender that is an investment fund that invests in commercial
     loans, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that
     is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by
     an Affiliate of such investment advisor; provided that no Affiliate of
                                              --------                     
     Holdings shall be an Eligible Assignee.

          "Employee Benefit Plan" means any "employee benefit plan" as
     defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was maintained or contributed
     to by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA
     Affiliates.

          "Employment Agreement" means the Employment Agreement between
     Company and Ron Jones providing for his exclusive employment by Company, in
     the form provided to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent pursuant to
     subsection 4.1C on or prior to the Closing Date.

          "Environmental Claim" means any investigation, notice, notice of
     violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or
     other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any governmental
     authority or any other Person, arising (i) pursuant to or in connection
     with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (ii) in
     connection with any Hazardous Materials or any actual or alleged Hazardous
     Materials Activity, or (iii) in connection with any actual or alleged
     damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the
     environment.

          "Environmental Laws" means any and all current or future statutes,
     ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental
     Authorizations, or any other requirements of governmental authorities
     relating to (i) environmental matters, including

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
     those relating to any Hazardous Materials Activity, (ii) the generation,
     use, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (iii)
     occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene, land use or the
     protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare from environmental
     hazards (including Hazardous Materials), in any manner applicable to
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Facility, including the
     Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42
     U.S.C. (S) 9601 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49
                     -- ---                                                  
     U.S.C. (S) 1801 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42
                     -- ---                                                  
     U.S.C. (S) 6901 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33
                     -- ---                                               
     U.S.C. (S) 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 7401 et seq.),
                     -- ---                                          -- ---   
     the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. (S) 2601 et seq.), the Federal
                                                          -- ---               
     Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. (S)136 et seq.), the
                                                                 -- ---       
     Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. (S) 651 et seq.), the Oil
                                                           -- ---           
     Pollution Act (33 U.S.C. (S) 2701 et seq.) and the Emergency Planning and
                                       -- ---                                 
     Community Right-to-Know Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 11001 et seq.), each as amended
                                                      -- ---                   
     or supplemented, any analogous present or future state or local statutes or
     laws, and any regulations promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing.

          "Equity Contribution" means, collectively, (i) the contribution by
     Bain and the Other Investors to Merger Corp. of cash in exchange for all of
     the outstanding common stock of Merger Corp and (ii) the rollover equity
     contribution by the Management Investors, in the aggregate amount of
     $128,700,000.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
     as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, and the
     regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

          "ERISA Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, (i) any
     corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within
     the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that
     Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not
     incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under
     common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue
     Code of which that Person is a member; and (iii) any member of an
     affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the
     Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in
     clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is
     a member.  Any former ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings
     or such Subsidiary within the meaning of this definition with respect to
     the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or such
     Subsidiary and with respect to liabilities arising after such period for
     which Holdings or such Subsidiary could be liable under the Internal
     Revenue Code or ERISA.

          "ERISA Event" means (i) a "reportable event" within the meaning of
     Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to
     any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice
     to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the
     minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with
     respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     accordance with Section 412(d) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure
     to make by its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the
     Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to
     make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision
     by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of
     ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress
     termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by
     Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA
     Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or
     the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability pursuant to
     Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of
     proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event
     or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination
     of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (vi)
     the imposition of liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of
     their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of
     ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii)
     the withdrawal of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
     respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the
     meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if
     there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Holdings, any
     of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice
     from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency
     pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate
     or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the
     occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of fines, penalties, taxes or related
     charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409,
     Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any
     Employee Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of a material claim (other than
     routine claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan other than a
     Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from
     the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan
     (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section
     401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the
     Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any
     Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of
     the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to
     Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to
     ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.

          "Eurodollar Rate Loans" means Loans bearing interest at rates
     determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate as provided in
     subsection 2.2A.

          "Event of Default" means each of the events set forth in Section 8.

          "Excess Proceeds Amount" shall initially be $0, which amount shall
     be (i) increased (a) on the date of delivery in any Fiscal Year of an
            ---------                                                     
     Officer's Certificate setting forth the calculation of Consolidated Excess
     Cash Flow for the preceding Fiscal Year pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii)(g)
     (each such date being a "Excess Cash Payment

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
     Date"), so long as any prepayment required pursuant to subsection
     2.4B(iii)(f) has been made, by an amount equal to the amount of such
     Consolidated Excess Cash Flow which is not so prepaid, and (b) on the date
     of the receipt by Holdings of any Net Equity Proceeds or up to $25,000,000
     of proceeds from the issuance of equity Securities of Holdings to Bain and
     the Other Investors after the Closing Date, so long as any prepayment
     required pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii)(e) has been made, by an amount
     equal to such Net Equity Proceeds and such other proceeds which are not so
     prepaid, and (ii) reduced (a) on each Excess Cash Payment Date where
                       -------                                           
     Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year is
     a negative number, by such amount, (b) at the time any Consolidated Capital
     Expenditure is made pursuant to subsection 7.8C, by the amount of such
     expenditure, (c) at the time any intercompany loan is made pursuant to the
     second proviso to subsection 7.1(v), by the principal amount of such loan,
     and (d) at the time any Investment is made pursuant to subsection 7.3(xx),
     by the amount of such Investment, it being understood that the Excess
     Proceeds Amount may be reduced to an amount below $0 after giving effect to
     the reductions enumerated in clause (ii)(a) above.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
     from time to time, and any successor statute.

          "Exchange Rate" means, on any date when an amount expressed in a
     currency other than Dollars is to be determined with respect to any Letter
     of Credit, the nominal rate of exchange of the applicable Issuing Lender in
     the New York foreign exchange market for the purchase by such Issuing
     Lender (by cable transfer) of such currency in exchange for Dollars at
     12:00 noon (New York time) one Business Day prior to such date, expressed
     as a number of units of such currency per one Dollar.

          "Excluded Subsidiaries" means, collectively, (i) all Foreign
     Subsidiaries which are not Subsidiary Guarantors and (ii) Advanced Sleep
     Products, a California corporation, Sealy Components--Pads, Inc., a
     Delaware corporation, Sealy Mattress Company of San Diego, a California
     corporation, Sealy Connecticut, Inc., a Connecticut corporation, and Sealy
     Mattress Company of S.W. Virginia, a Virginia corporation; provided,
                                                                -------- 
     however, that no Domestic Subsidiary shall be an Excluded Subsidiary if,
     -------                                                                 
     after the Closing Date, it acquires assets with a fair market value in
     excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate.

          "Existing Credit Agreement" means that certain Second Restated
     Credit Agreement dated as of February 25, 1997, by and among Holdings, as
     borrower, certain financial institutions, Banque Paribas, as documentation
     agent, Nationsbank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America
     Illinois, as administrative agent, as amended prior to the Closing Date.

          "Existing Subordinated Note Indenture" means the indenture pursuant
     to which the Existing Subordinated Notes were issued, as amended pursuant
     to the Consent

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
     Solicitation and as such indenture may be further amended from time to time
     to the extent permitted under subsection 7.14B.

          "Existing Subordinated Notes" means Holdings's $200,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003.

          "Facilities" means any and all real property (including all
     buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter
     or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates.

          "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating
     interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average
     of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
     Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for
     such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding
     Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is
     not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the
     quotations for such day on such transactions received by Administrative
     Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by
     Administrative Agent.

          "Financial Plan" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection
     6.1(xiii).

          "First Priority" means, with respect to any Lien purported to be
     created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that (i)
     such Lien has priority over any other Lien on such Collateral (other than
     Liens permitted pursuant to subsection 7.2A(iii) or 7.2A(iv)) and (ii) such
     Lien is the only Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances and Liens
     permitted pursuant to subsection 7.2) to which such Collateral is subject.

          "Fiscal Quarter" means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

          "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
     ending on the Sunday nearest to November 30th of each calendar year.  For
     purposes of this Agreement, any particular Fiscal Year shall be designated
     by reference to the calendar year in which such Fiscal Year ends.

          "Flood Hazard Property" means a Mortgaged Property located in an
     area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having
     special flood or mud slide hazards.

          "Foreign Borrowing Base Amount" means, at any time, the sum of (i)
     85% of the book value of all accounts receivable of all Foreign
     Subsidiaries of Holdings and (ii) 60% of the book value of all inventory of
     all Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
          "Foreign Cash Equivalents" means certificates of deposit or bankers
     acceptances of any bank organized under the laws of Canada, Japan or any
     country that is a member of the European Economic Community whose short-
     term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-2 or the equivalent
     thereof or from Moody's is at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof, in each
     case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of
     acquisition.

          "Foreign Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of Company other than a
     Domestic Subsidiary.

          "Foreign Subsidiary Working Capital Indebtedness" has the meaning
     assigned to that term in subsection 7.1.

          "Funded Debt", as applied to any Person, means all Indebtedness of
     that Person which by its terms or by the terms of any instrument or
     agreement relating thereto matures more than one year from, or is directly
     renewable or extendable at the option of that Person to a date more than
     one year from (including an option of that Person under a revolving credit
     or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend credit over
     a period of one year or more from), the date of the creation thereof.

          "Funding and Payment Office" means (i) the office of Administrative
     Agent and Swing Line Lender located at 500 Station Christiana Road, Newark,
     Delaware or (ii) such other office of Administrative Agent and Swing Line
     Lender as may from time to time hereafter be designated as such in a
     written notice delivered by Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender to
     Company and each Lender.

          "Funding Date" means the date of the funding of a Loan.

          "GAAP" means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof
     set forth in subsections 1.2 and 1.4, generally accepted accounting
     principles set forth in opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
     Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
     Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved
     by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case as the
     same are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

          "Guaranties" means the Holdings Guaranty and the Subsidiary
     Guaranty.

          "Governmental Authorization" means any permit, license,
     authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from
     any federal, state or local governmental authority, agency or court.

          "GSCP" has the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to
     this Agreement.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
          "Harvard Advisory Services Agreement" means that certain Management
     Services Agreement by and between Holdings and Harvard Private Capital
     Holdings, Inc., in the form delivered to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date and as such agreement may
     thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time
     to the extent permitted under subsection 7.14A.

          "Harvard Management Fees" means the fees and expenses payable by
     Holdings to Harvard Private Capital Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the Harvard
     Advisory Services Agreement.

          "Hazardous Materials" means (i) any chemical, material or substance
     at any time defined in any statute or regulation as or included in the
     definition in any statute or regulation of "hazardous substances",
     "hazardous wastes", "hazardous materials", "extremely hazardous
     waste", "acutely hazardous waste", "radioactive waste", "biohazardous
     waste", "pollutant", "toxic pollutant", "contaminant", "restricted
     hazardous waste", "infectious waste", "toxic substances",  or any
     other term or expression intended to define, list or classify substances by
     reason of properties harmful to health, safety or the indoor or outdoor
     environment (including harmful properties such as ignitability,
     corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive toxicity,
     "TCLP toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or words of similar meaning and
     regulatory effect under any applicable Environmental Laws); (ii) any oil,
     petroleum, petroleum fraction or petroleum derived substance; (iii) any
     drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the
     exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural gas or
     geothermal resources; (iv) any flammable substances or explosives; (v) any
     radioactive materials; (vi) any asbestos-containing materials; (vii) urea
     formaldehyde foam insulation; (viii) polychlorinated biphenyls, including
     any oil or dielectric fluid containing polychlorinated biphenyls; (ix)
     pesticides; and (x) any other chemical, material or substance which could
     pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any
     Persons in the vicinity of any Facility or to the indoor or outdoor
     environment.

          "Hazardous Materials Activity" means any past, present or future
     activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including
     the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, migration, Release,
     threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation,
     processing, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal,
     disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective
     action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

          "Hedge Agreement" means an Interest Rate Agreement or a Currency
     Agreement designed to hedge against fluctuations in interest rates or
     currency values, respectively.

          "Holdings" has the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals of
     this Agreement.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
          "Holdings Common Stock" means, collectively, (i) the Class A Common
     Stock of Holdings, par value $.01 per share, (ii) the Class B Common Stock
     of Holdings, par value $.01 per share, (iii) the Class L Common Stock of
     Holdings, par value $.01 per share, and (iv) the Class M Common Stock of
     Holdings, par value $.01 per share.

          "Holdings Guaranty" means the Holdings Guaranty executed and
     delivered by Holdings on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of
                                                                            
     Exhibit XXI annexed hereto, as such Holdings Guaranty may thereafter be
     -----------                                                            
     amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted
     thereunder and hereunder.

          "Holdings Pledge Agreement" means the Holdings Pledge Agreement
     executed and delivered by Holdings and Collateral Agent on the Closing
     Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXII annexed hereto, as such
                                        ------------                        
     Holdings Pledge Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or
     otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Holdings Security Agreement" means the Holdings Security Agreement
     executed and delivered by Holdings and Collateral Agent on the Closing
     Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXIII annexed hereto, as such
                                        -------------                        
     Holdings Security Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or
     otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Immaterial Subsidiaries" means, with respect to any Person, any
     Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of such Person the assets of which constitute,
     individually or in the aggregate, less than 5% of the total assets of such
     Person and its Subsidiaries.

          "Indebtedness", as applied to any Person, means (i) all indebtedness
     for borrowed money, (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to
     Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance
     sheet in conformity with GAAP, (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted
     representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations
     for borrowed money, (iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the
     deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding any such
     obligations incurred under ERISA and any accrued expenses or trade
     payables), (a) which obligation in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a
     liability on the balance sheet of such Person or (b) which purchase price
     is evidenced by a note or similar written instrument, and (v) all
     indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by
     that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall
     have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that
     Person.  The amount of any Indebtedness which is non-recourse to the
     obligor thereunder or to any other obligor and for which recourse is
     limited to an identified asset or assets shall be equal to the lesser of
     (1) the stated amount of such obligation and (2) the fair market value of
     such asset or assets.  Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements and
     Currency Agreements constitute (X) in the case of Hedge Agreements,
     Contingent Obligations, and (Y) in all other cases, Investments, and in
     neither case constitute Indebtedness.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
          "Indemnitee" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection
     10.3.

          "Independent Public Accountant" means any of the five largest public
     accounting firms in the United States selected by Holdings.

          "Initial Period" means the period commencing on and including the
     Closing Date and ending on (but excluding) the earlier of (i) the date on
     which Syndication Agent notifies Company that it has concluded its primary
     syndication of the Loans and Commitments and (ii) the date which is 30 days
     after the Closing Date.

          "Intellectual Property" means all patents, trademarks, tradenames,
     copyrights, technology, know-how and processes which are used in the
     conduct of the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as currently
     conducted that are material to the condition (financial or otherwise),
     business or operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          "Intercreditor Agreement" means that certain Intercreditor Agreement
     executed and delivered by Administrative Agent, Morgan Guaranty, as
     administrative agent for lenders under the AXEL Credit Agreement, and
     Collateral Agent on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit
                                                                        -------
     XIII annexed hereto, as such Intercreditor Agreement may thereafter be
     ----                                                                  
     amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted
     thereunder and hereunder.

          "Interest Payment Date" means (i) with respect to any Base Rate
     Loan, each February 28, May 31, August 31 and November 30 of each year,
     commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii)
     with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest
     Period applicable to such Loan; provided that in the case of each Interest
                                     --------                                  
     Period of longer than three months, "Interest Payment Date" shall also
     include each date that is three months, or an integral multiple thereof,
     after the commencement of such Interest Period.

          "Interest Period" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 2.2B.

          "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate swap agreement,
     interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other
     similar agreement or arrangement to which Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries is a party.

          "Interest Rate Determination Date" means, with respect to any
     Interest Period, the second Business Day prior to the first day of such
     Interest Period.

          "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any
     successor statute, and the regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue
     Service thereunder.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
          "Inventory" means, with respect to any Person as of any date of
     determination, all goods, merchandise and other personal property which are
     then held by such Person for sale or lease, including raw materials and
     work in process.

          "Investment" means (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other
     acquisition by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial
     interest in, any Securities of any other Person (including any Subsidiary
     of Holdings), (ii) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase
     or other acquisition for value, by any Subsidiary of Holdings from any
     Person other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, of any equity
     Securities of such Subsidiary, (iii) any direct or indirect loan, advance
     (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel
     expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course
     of business) or capital contribution by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
     to any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable
     from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from
     sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business, or (iv)
     Interest Rate Agreements or Currency Agreements not constituting Hedge
     Agreements. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such
     Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments
     for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-
     offs with respect to such Investment.

          "IP Collateral" means, collectively, the Collateral under the
     Company Patent and Trademark Security Agreement and the Subsidiary Patent
     and Trademark Security Agreement.

          "Issuing Lender" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the
     Lender which agrees or is otherwise obligated to issue such Letter of
     Credit, determined as provided in subsection 3.1B(ii).

          "Joint Venture" means a joint venture, partnership or other similar
     arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form;
                                                                        
     provided that in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be
     --------                                                                 
     considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

          "Junior Subordinated Seller Notes" means the Junior Subordinated
     Seller Notes issued in the initial principal amount of $25,000,000 on the
     Closing Date by Holdings in favor of Zell, and any additional amount of
     such notes as are permitted to be issued hereunder, as such notes may be
     amended from time to time to the extent permitted under subsection 7.14C.

          "Landlord Consent and Estoppel" means, with respect to any Leasehold
     Property, a letter, certificate or other instrument in writing from the
     lessor under the related lease, reasonably satisfactory in form and
     substance to Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such lessor
     substantially agrees, for the benefit of Administrative Agent, (i) that
     without any further consent of such lessor or any further action on the
     part of the Loan Party holding such Leasehold Property, such Leasehold
     Property may be

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
     encumbered pursuant to a Mortgage and may be assigned to the purchaser at a
     foreclosure sale or in a transfer in lieu of such a sale (and to a
     subsequent third party assignee if Administrative Agent, any Lender, or an
     Affiliate of either so acquires such Leasehold Property), (ii) that such
     lessor shall not terminate such lease as a result of a default by such Loan
     Party thereunder without first giving Administrative Agent notice of such
     default and at least 60 days (or, if such default cannot reasonably be
     cured by Administrative Agent within such period, such longer period as may
     reasonably be required) to cure such default, (iii) to the matters
     contained in a Collateral Access Agreement, and (iv) to such other matters
     relating to such Leasehold Property as Administrative Agent may reasonably
     request; provided, however, that Administrative Agent may determine in its
              --------  -------                                                
     reasonable discretion that any one or more of the agreements set forth in
     clauses (i) through (iv) are not required to be included in a Landlord
     Consent and Estoppel with respect to a particular Leasehold Property.

          "Leasehold Property" means any leasehold interest of any Loan Party
     as lessee under any lease of real property, other than any such leasehold
     interest designated from time to time by Administrative Agent in its
     reasonable discretion as not being required to be included in the
     Collateral.

          "Lender" and "Lenders" means the persons identified as "Lenders"
     and listed on the signature pages of this Agreement, together with their
     successors and permitted assigns pursuant to subsection 10.1, and the term
     "Lenders" shall include Swing Line Lender unless the context otherwise
     requires; provided that the term "Lenders", when used in the context of a
               --------                                                         
     particular Commitment, shall mean Lenders having that Commitment.

          "Letter of Credit" or "Letters of Credit" means Commercial Letters
     of Credit and Standby Letters of Credit issued or to be issued by Issuing
     Lenders for the account of Company pursuant to subsection 3.1.

          "Letter of Credit Usage" means, as at any date of determination, the
     sum of (i) the maximum aggregate amount which is or at any time thereafter
     may become available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then
     outstanding plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of
                 ----                                                           
     Credit honored by Issuing Lenders and not theretofore reimbursed by Company
     (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans
     pursuant to subsection 3.3B).  For purposes of this definition, any amount
     described in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence which is
     denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall be valued based on the
     applicable Exchange Rate for such currency as of the applicable date of
     determination.

          "Leverage Ratio" means the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Debt as
     of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
     for the four-Fiscal Quarter period then ended, in each case as set forth in
     the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered by Company to
     Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (iv) of subsection 6.1; provided,
                                                                     -------- 
     however, that with respect to any period during which a
     -------                                                

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     Permitted Acquisition occurs, for purposes of calculating the Leverage
     Ratio under subsections 2.4B(iii)(a), (b), (e) and (f) and in the
     definition of Applicable Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall
     be determined in accordance with the provisions of subsection 7.6D, except
     that any cost savings that would otherwise be given effect in calculating
     Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as a result of such provisions shall not be
     given effect until such cost savings are actually realized.

          "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security
     interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale
     or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and
     any agreement to give any security interest) and any option, trust or other
     preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the
     foregoing.

          "Loan" or "Loans" means one or more of the Tranche A Term Loans,
     Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans or any combination thereof.

          "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of
     Credit (and any applications for, or reimbursement agreements or other
     documents or certificates executed by Company in favor of an Issuing Lender
     relating to, the Letters of Credit), the Guaranties and the Collateral
     Documents.

          "Loan Party" means each of Holdings, Company and any of Company's
     Subsidiaries from time to time executing a Loan Document, and "Loan
     Parties" means all such Persons, collectively.

          "Management Investors" means certain management officers and
     employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries disclosed to Syndication Agent
     and Administrative Agent.

          "Margin Stock" has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation U
     of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from
     time to time.

          "Material Adverse Effect" means (i) a material adverse effect upon
     the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
     or (ii) the impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform, or of
     Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Lenders to enforce, the
     Obligations; provided that consummation of the Recapitalization
                  --------                                          
     Transactions in accordance with the terms of the Recapitalization Agreement
     shall not be deemed to have a Material Adverse Effect for purposes of
     subsection 5.4.

          "Material Contract" means any contract or arrangement to which
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Loan
     Documents) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to
     renew would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
          "Material Leasehold Property" means a Leasehold Property reasonably
     determined by Administrative Agent to be of material value as Collateral or
     of material importance to the operations of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, excepting any such Leasehold
                   --------  -------                                    
     Properties set forth on Schedule 4.1I annexed hereto, no Leasehold Property
                             -------------                                      
     with respect to which the aggregate amount of all rents payable during any
     one Fiscal Year never exceeds $250,000 shall be a "Material Leasehold
     Property".

          "Merger" means the merger of Merger Corp. with and into Holdings in
     accordance with the terms of the Recapitalization Agreement and the
     Certificate of Merger, with Holdings being the surviving corporation in
     such merger.

          "Merger Corp." has the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals
     of this Agreement.

          "MIS Upgrade Expenditures" means expenditures relating to the
     upgrade of Company's MIS systems to the extent these expenditures would
     have been capitalized by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with
     their accounting policies in effect on the Closing Date.

          "Morgan Guaranty" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement.

          "Mortgage" means (i) a security instrument (whether designated as a
     deed of trust or a mortgage or by any similar title) executed and delivered
     by any Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXIV annexed hereto
                                                     ------------               
     or in such other form as may be approved by Administrative Agent in its
     reasonable discretion, in each case with such changes thereto as may be
     recommended by Administrative Agent's local counsel based on local laws or
     customary local mortgage or deed of trust practices, or (ii) at
     Administrative Agent's option, in the case of an Additional Mortgaged
     Property, an amendment to an existing Mortgage, in form reasonably
     satisfactory to Administrative Agent, adding such Additional Mortgaged
     Property to the Real Property Assets encumbered by such existing Mortgage,
     in either case as such security instrument or amendment may be amended,
     supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.  "Mortgages" means
     all such instruments, including the Closing Date Mortgages and any
     Additional Mortgages, collectively.

          "Mortgaged Property" means a Closing Date Mortgaged Property or an
     Additional Mortgaged Property.

          "Multiemployer Plan" means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a
     "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

          "NAIC" means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
          "Net Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale,
     Cash payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment
     pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but
     only as and when so received) received from such Asset Sale, net of any
     bona fide costs incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, including (i)
     income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years
     of the date of such Asset Sale as a result of any gain recognized in
     connection with such Asset Sale and (ii) payment of the outstanding
     principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any
     Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock
     or assets in question and that is repaid as a result of such Asset Sale.

          "Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds" means any Cash payments or
     proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (i) under any
     business interruption or casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered
     loss thereunder or (ii) as a result of the taking of any assets of Holdings
     or any of its Subsidiaries by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent
     domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets
     to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, in each case
     net of any actual and documented costs incurred by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims
     of Holdings or such Subsidiary in respect thereof.

          "New Business" means any assets or business acquired by Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition.

          "New Business EBITDA" means Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
     attributable to any New Business for the twelve-month period most recently
     preceding the date of such acquisition.  Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
     shall, for purposes of this definition, (i) be calculated with respect to
     such twelve-month period and the acquired Subsidiaries, assets or
     businesses on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments (x)
     arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific
     transaction, are factually supportable and are expected to have a
     continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with
     Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as
     interpreted by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission as of
     January 1, 1997, which would include cost savings resulting from head count
     reduction, closure of facilities and similar restructuring charges, and (y)
     similar cost savings resulting from actions taken by management of the New
     Business during the six-month period immediately preceding such acquisition
     that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records
     of such business, which pro forma adjustments shall be certified by the
     principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of Company)
     using the historical financial statements of all entities or assets so
     acquired or to be acquired, which shall be reformulated (a) as if such
     acquisition and any Indebtedness or other liabilities incurred in
     connection with such acquisition had been consummated or incurred at the
     beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness bears
     interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to
     the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates
     applicable to outstanding Loans

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
     during such period), and (b) otherwise in conformity with certain
     procedures to be agreed upon between Administrative Agent and Company, all
     such calculations to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
     Administrative Agent, and (ii) be calculated with respect to such New
     Business as if all references to Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the
     definitions of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and its components were
     references to such New Business for such period.

          "New Sub Debt Indentures" means, collectively, the Senior
     Subordinated Note Indenture and the Discount Note Indenture.

          "Notes" means one or more of the Tranche A Term Notes, Revolving
     Notes or Swing Line Note or any combination thereof.

          "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice substantially in the form of
                                                                             
     Exhibit I annexed hereto delivered by Company to Administrative Agent
     ---------                                                            
     pursuant to subsection 2.1B with respect to a proposed borrowing.

          "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice substantially in
     the form of Exhibit II annexed hereto delivered by Company to
                 ----------                                       
     Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.2D with respect to a proposed
     conversion or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the
     interest rate with respect to the Loans specified therein.

          "Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit" means a notice
     substantially in the form of Exhibit III annexed hereto delivered by
                                  -----------                            
     Company to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 3.1B(i) with respect
     to the proposed issuance of a Letter of Credit.

          "Obligations" means all obligations of every nature of each Loan
     Party from time to time owed to Agents, Lenders or their respective
     Affiliates or any of them under the Loan Documents, whether for principal,
     interest, reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, fees,
     expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

          "Officers" Certificate" means, as applied to any corporation, a
     certificate executed on behalf of such corporation by its chairman of the
     board (if an officer) or its president or one of its vice presidents and by
     its principal financial officer or principal accounting officer or its
     treasurer; provided that every Officers' Certificate with respect to the
                --------                                                     
     compliance with a condition precedent to the making of any Loans hereunder
     shall include (i) a statement that the officer or officers making or giving
     such Officers' Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or
     other provisions contained in this Agreement relating thereto, (ii) a
     statement that, in the opinion of the signers, they have made or have
     caused to be made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
     enable them to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
     condition has been complied with, and (iii) a statement as to whether, in
     the opinion of the signers, such condition has been complied with.

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
          "Operating Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease
     (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any
     property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is not a Capital Lease
     other than any such lease under which that Person is the lessor.

          "Other Investors" means Harvard Private Capital Holdings, Inc.,
     BancBoston Investments, Inc., Chase Equity Associates, L.P. and CIBC WG
     Argosy Merchant Fund 2, L.L.C..

          "Other MIS Expenditures" means all expenditures, other than MIS
     Upgrade Expenditures, EITF 97-13 Expenditures and Year 2000 Expenditures,
     relating to Holdings' and its Subsidiaries' MIS systems.

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor
     thereto.

          "Pension Plan" means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a
     Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue
     Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

          "Permitted Acquisition" means the acquisition of assets or a business
     effected in accordance with the provisions of subsection 7.7(xiv).

          "Permitted Encumbrances" means the following types of Liens (excluding
     any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the
     Internal Revenue Code or by ERISA, any such Lien relating to or imposed in
     connection with any Environmental Claim, and any such Lien expressly
     prohibited by any applicable terms of any of the Collateral Documents):

               (i)     Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
          claims the payment of which is not, at the time, required by
          subsection 6.3;

               (ii)    statutory Liens of landlords, statutory Liens of banks
          and rights of set-off, statutory Liens of carriers, warehousemen,
          mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed
          by law, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business 
          (a) for amounts not yet overdue or (b) for amounts that are overdue
          and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in
          excess of 5 days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate
          proceedings, so long as (1) such reserves or other appropriate
          provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made
          for any such contested amounts, and (2) in the case of a Lien with
          respect to any portion of the Collateral, such contest proceedings
          conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral
          on account of such Lien;

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
               (iii)   Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
          business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment
          insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the
          performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
          bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts,
          performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations
          (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money), so long
          as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced
          with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

               (iv)    any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting an Event
          of Default under subsection 8.8;

               (v)     leases or subleases granted to third parties in
          accordance with any applicable terms of the Collateral Documents and
          not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of
          the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or resulting in a
          material diminution in the value of any Collateral as security for the
          Obligations;

               (vi)    easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments,
          and other defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do
          not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary
          conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or
          result in a material diminution in the value of any Collateral as
          security for the Obligations;

               (vii)   any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under
          any lease permitted by subsection 7.8, (b) restriction or encumbrance
          that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject
          to, or (c) subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee
          under such lease to any restriction or encumbrance referred to in the
          preceding clause (b), so long as the holder of such restriction or
          encumbrance agrees to recognize the rights of such lessee or sublessee
          under such lease;

               (viii)  Liens arising from filing UCC financing statements
          relating solely to leases permitted by this Agreement;

               (ix)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising
          as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection
          with the importation of goods;

               (x)     any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested
          in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of
          any real property;

               (xi)    Liens securing obligations (other than obligations
          representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating,
          reciprocal easement or

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
          similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of
          Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

               (xii)   licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual
          property rights granted by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the
          ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material
          respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or such
          Subsidiary; and

               (xiii)  Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in the
          Closing Date Mortgage Policies.

          "Permitted Seller Note" means a promissory note containing
     subordination provisions in substantially the form of, or no less favorable
     to Lenders (in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent) than the
     subordination provisions contained in, Exhibit XXVI annexed hereto,
                                            ------------                
     representing any Indebtedness of Company incurred in connection with any
     Permitted Acquisition payable to the seller in connection therewith, as
     such note may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
     time to the extent permitted under subsection 7.14B; provided that no
                                                          --------        
     Permitted Seller Note shall (i) be guarantied by any Subsidiary of Company
     or secured by any property of Company or any of its Subsidiaries or 
     (ii) bear cash interest at a rate no greater than 15% per annum; and 
     provided further, that no Permitted Seller Note shall provide for any
     -------- -------
     prepayment or repayment of all or any portion of the principal thereof
     prior to the date of the final scheduled installment of principal of any of
     the Loans.

          "Person" means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited
     partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited
     liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures,
     associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts,
     business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and
     governments (whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, and
     including political subdivisions thereof) and agencies or other
     administrative or regulatory bodies thereof.

          "Pledged Collateral" means, collectively, the "Pledged Collateral" as
     defined in the Holdings Pledge Agreement, the Company Pledge Agreement and
     the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement.

          "Potential Event of Default" means a condition or event that, after
     notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

          "Pro Rata Share" means (i) with respect to all payments, computations
     and other matters relating to the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment or the
     Tranche A Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing 
                                                                   --------
     (x) the Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (y) the aggregate
                                                         --
     Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (ii) with respect to all
     payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Loan
     Commitment or the Revolving Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit
     issued or participations therein purchased by any Lender or any
     participations in

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
     any Swing Line Loans purchased by any Lender, the percentage obtained by
     dividing (x) the Revolving Loan Exposure of that Lender by (y) the
     --------                                                --        
     aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and (iii) for all other
     purposes with respect to each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing
                                                                      --------
     (x) the sum of the Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of that Lender plus the
                                                                    ----    
     Revolving Loan Exposure of that Lender by (y) the aggregate Tranche A Term
                                            --                                 
     Loan Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of
                                  ----                                         
     all Lenders, in any such case as the applicable percentage may be adjusted
     by assignments permitted pursuant to subsection 10.1.  The initial Pro Rata
     Share of each Lender for purposes of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of
     the preceding sentence is set forth opposite the name of that Lender in
     Schedule 2.1 annexed hereto.
     ------------                

          "PTO" means the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any
     successor or substitute office in which filings are necessary in order to
     create or perfect Liens on any IP Collateral.

          "Real Property Asset" means, at any time of determination, any
     interest then owned by any Loan Party in any real property.

          "Recapitalization Agreement" means that certain Agreement and Plan
     of Merger dated as of October 30, 1997, by and among Holdings, Merger Corp.
     and Zell, in the form delivered to Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent
     and Lenders prior to their execution of this Agreement and as such
     agreement may be amended from time to time thereafter to the extent
     permitted under subsection 7.14A.

          "Recapitalization Financing Requirements" means the aggregate of all
     amounts necessary to finance the Recapitalization Transactions.

          "Recapitalization Revolving Loans" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 2.5A.

          "Recapitalization Transactions" means the series of transactions
     described in Schedule 1.1(ii) annexed hereto, together with (i) the
                  ----------------                                      
     contribution by Holdings to Company of the capital stock of each of the
     Subsidiaries of Holdings indicated on such Schedule, (ii) the repurchase of
     the Existing Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Debt Tender Offer and the
     repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement,
     (iii) the amendment of the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture pursuant to
     the Consent Solicitation, (iv) the Merger, and (v) the payment of
     Transaction Costs and the other transactions contemplated by the
     Recapitalization Agreement.

          "Recorded Leasehold Interest" means a Leasehold Property with
     respect to which a Record Document (as hereinafter defined) has been
     recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in Administrative Agent's
     reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice of such Leasehold Property
     to third-party purchasers and encumbrancers of the affected real property.
     For purposes of this definition, the term "Record Document" means, with
     respect to any Leasehold Property, (a) the lease

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
     evidencing such Leasehold Property or a memorandum thereof, executed and
     acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or 
     (b) if such Leasehold Property was acquired or subleased from the holder of
     a Recorded Leasehold Interest, the applicable assignment or sublease
     document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form
     sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise
     in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

          "Reference Lenders" means Morgan Guaranty and BTCo.

          "Refunded Swing Line Loans" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 2.1A(iii).

          "Register" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection 2.1D.

          "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
     Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

          "Reimbursement Date" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 3.3B.

          "Related Agreements" means, collectively, the Recapitalization
     Agreement, the Certificate of Merger, the Stockholders Agreement, the
     Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, the New Sub Debt Indentures, the Discount
     Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Existing Subordinated Note
     Indenture, the Existing Subordinated Notes and the Debt Tender Offer
     Materials.

          "Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping,
     pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal,
     dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or
     outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels,
     containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Materials),
     including the migration of any Hazardous Materials through the air, soil,
     surface water or groundwater.

          "Requisite Class Lenders" means, at any time of determination 
     (i) for the Class of Lenders having Tranche A Term Loan Exposure, Lenders
     having or holding at least 51% of the sum of the aggregate Tranche A Term
     Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and (ii) for the Class of Lenders having
     Revolving Loan Exposure, Lenders having or holding at least 51% of the sum
     of the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

          "Requisite Lenders" means Lenders having or holding more than 50% of
     the sum of the aggregate Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders plus
                                                                          ----
     the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

          "Responsible Officer" means any of the chairman of the board (if an
     officer), the president, any senior or executive vice president, the
     general counsel, its principal

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
     financial officer or principal accounting officer, the secretary or the
     treasurer of Holdings or, as applicable, any Subsidiary of Holdings.

          "Restricted Junior Payment" means (i) any dividend or other
     distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of
     stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding, except a
     dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock to the holders of
     that class, (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar
     payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of
     any shares of any class of stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter
     outstanding, (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender
     of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of
     any class of stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding, and
     (iv) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or
     interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-
     substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with
     respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

          "Revolving Loan Commitment" means the commitment of a Lender to make
     Revolving Loans to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii), and "Revolving
     Loan Commitments" means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.

          "Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date" means the earlier of
     (i) December 15, 2002 and (ii) the date of termination in whole of the
     Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to subsection 2.4B or Section 8.

          "Revolving Loan Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender as of
     any date of determination (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving
     Loan Commitments, that Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment plus the
                                                               ----    
     outstanding principal amount of any Acquisition Loans of that Lender and
     (ii) after the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments, the sum of
     (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of
     that Lender plus (b) in the event that Lender is an Issuing Lender, the
                 ----                                                       
     aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued
     by that Lender (in each case net of any participations purchased by other
     Lenders in such Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawings thereunder)
     plus (c) the aggregate amount of all participations purchased by that
     ----                                                                 
     Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawings
     under any Letters of Credit plus (d) in the case of Swing Line Lender, the
                                 ----                                          
     aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (net of any
     participations therein purchased by other Lenders) plus (e) the aggregate
                                                        ----                  
     amount of all participations purchased by that Lender in any outstanding
     Swing Line Loans.

          "Revolving Loans" means the Loans made by Lenders to Company
     pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii).

          "Revolving Notes" means any promissory notes of Company issued
     pursuant to subsection 2.1E to evidence the Revolving Loans of any Lenders,
     substantially in the

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
     form of Exhibit VIII annexed hereto, as they may be amended, supplemented
             ------------                                                     
     or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Secured Parties" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     Intercreditor Agreement.

          "Securities" means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting
     trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any
     profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds,
     debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebted ness, secured or
     unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any
     instruments commonly known as "securities" or any certificates of
     interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for
     the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or
     acquire, any of the foregoing.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from
     time to time, and any successor statute.

          "Senior Subordinated Note Indenture" means the indenture pursuant to
     which the Senior Subordinated Notes are issued, as such indenture may be
     amended from time to time to the extent permitted under subsection 7.14B.

          "Senior Subordinated Notes" means the $125,000,000 in aggregate
     principal amount of 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2007
     of Company issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

          "Shareholder Subordinated Note" shall mean an unsecured junior
     subordinated note issued by Holdings (and not guaranteed or supported in
     any way by Company or any of its Subsidiaries) containing subordination
     provisions substantially in the form of, or no less favorable to Lenders
     (in the reasonable judgment of Administrative Agent) than the subordination
     provisions contained in Exhibit XXVI annexed hereto, as such note may be
                             ------------                                    
     amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent
     permitted under subsection 7.14B.

          "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of
     determination both (A) (i) the then fair saleable value of the property
     (sold as a going concern) of such Person is (y) greater than the total
     amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person and
     (z) not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable
     liabilities on such Person's then existing debts as they become absolute
     and matured considering all financing alternatives and potential asset
     sales reasonably available to such Person; (ii) such Person's capital is
     not unreasonably small in relation to its business or any contemplated or
     undertaken transaction; and (iii) such Person does not intend to incur, or
     believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond
     its ability to pay such debts as they become due; and (B) such Person is
     "solvent" within the meaning given that term and similar terms under
     applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances.  For
     purposes of this definition, the amount of any

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
     contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in
     light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time,
     represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual
     or matured liability.

          "Standby Letter of Credit" means any standby letter of credit or
     similar instrument issued for the purpose of supporting (i) Indebtedness of
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of industrial revenue or
     development bonds or financings, (ii) workers' compensation liabilities of
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the obligations of third party
     insurers of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries arising by virtue of the
     laws of any jurisdiction requiring third party insurers, (iv) obligations
     with respect to Capital Leases or Operating Leases of Holdings or any of
     its Subsidiaries, (v) performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations
     of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, in any case if required by law or
     governmental rule or regulation or in accordance with custom and practice
     in the industry, and (vi) such other obligations of Company and its
     Subsidiaries as are reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent and the
     Issuing Lender and otherwise permitted to exist pursuant to the terms of
     this Agreement; provided that Standby Letters of Credit may not be issued
                     --------                                                 
     for the purpose of supporting (a) trade payables or (b) any Indebtedness
     constituting "antecedent debt" (as that term is used in Section 547 of
     the Bankruptcy Code).

          "Stockholders Agreement" means that certain Stockholders Agreement
     by and among Holdings, Bain, the Other Investors, Zell and the Management
     Investors, in the form delivered to Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent
     and Lenders prior to their execution of this Agreement and as such
     agreement may be amended from time to time thereafter to the extent
     permitted under subsection 7.14A.

          "Subordinated Indebtedness" means (i) the Indebtedness of Company
     evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes, (ii) the
     Indebtedness of Holdings evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes
     and any Existing Subordinated Notes not tendered pursuant to the Debt
     Tender Offer, (iii) the Indebtedness of Company evidenced by any Permitted
     Seller Notes and Shareholder Subordinated Notes, and (iv) any other
     Indebtedness of Holdings, Company or any of their Subsidiaries subordinated
     in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to documentation
     containing maturities, amortization schedules, covenants, defaults,
     remedies, subordination provisions and other material terms in form and
     substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Requisite
     Lenders.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
     partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other
     business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares
     of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the
     occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or
     Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing
     similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the
     management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled,
     directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other
     Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
          "Subsidiary Guarantor" means any Subsidiary of Holdings, other than
     Company, that executes and delivers a counterpart of the Subsidiary
     Guaranty on the Closing Date or from time to time thereafter pursuant to
     subsection 6.8.

          "Subsidiary Guaranty" means the Subsidiary Guaranty executed and
     delivered by all Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than Company and the
     Excluded Subsidiaries) on the Closing Date and to be executed and delivered
     by additional Subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time thereafter in
     accordance with subsection 6.8, substantially in the form of Exhibit XVII
                                                                  ------------
     annexed hereto, as such Subsidiary Guaranty may hereafter be amended,
     supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted
     thereunder and hereunder.

          "Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement" means each
     Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement executed and delivered
     by each existing Subsidiary Guarantor and Collateral Agent on the Closing
     Date and executed and delivered by any additional Subsidiary Guarantor from
     time to time thereafter in accordance with subsection 6.8, substantially in
     the form of Exhibit XX annexed hereto, as such Subsidiary Patent and
                 ----------                                              
     Trademark Security Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
     modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Subsidiary Pledge Agreement" means the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement
     executed and delivered by each existing Subsidiary Guarantor and Collateral
     Agent on the Closing Date and executed and delivered by any additional
     Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time thereafter in accordance with
     subsection 6.8, substantially in the form of Exhibit XVIII annexed hereto,
                                                  -------------                
     as such Subsidiary Pledge Agreement may be amended, supplemented or
     otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Subsidiary Security Agreement" means the Subsidiary Security
     Agreement executed and delivered by each existing Subsidiary Guarantor and
     Collateral Agent on the Closing Date or executed and delivered by any
     additional Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time thereafter in accordance
     with subsection 6.8, substantially in the form of Exhibit XIX annexed
                                                       -----------        
     hereto, as such Subsidiary Security Agreement may be amended, supplemented
     or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and
     hereunder.

          "Supplemental Collateral Agent" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 9.1D.

          "Swing Line Lender" means Morgan Guaranty, or any Person serving as
     a successor Administrative Agent hereunder, in its capacity as Swing Line
     Lender hereunder.

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
          "Swing Line Loan Commitment" means the commitment of Swing Line
     Lender to make Swing Line Loans to Company pursuant to subsection
     2.1A(iii).

          "Swing Line Loans" means the Loans made by Swing Line Lender to
     Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii).

          "Swing Line Note" means any promissory note of Company issued
     pursuant to subsection 2.1E to evidence the Swing Line Loans of Swing Line
     Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit IX annexed hereto, as it may
                                          ----------                          
     be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Syndication Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement.
 
          "Tax" or "Taxes" means any present or future tax, levy, impost,
     duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever
     called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied,
     collected, withheld or assessed; provided that "Tax on the overall net
                                      --------                              
     income" of a Person shall be construed as a reference to a tax imposed by
     the jurisdiction in which that Person is organized or in which that
     Person's principal office (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its lending
     office) is located or in which that Person (and/or, in the case of a
     Lender, its lending office) is deemed to be doing business on all or part
     of the net income, profits or gains (whether worldwide, or only insofar as
     such income, profits or gains are considered to arise in or to relate to a
     particular jurisdiction, or otherwise) of that Person (and/or, in the case
     of a Lender, its lending office).

          "Title Company" means, collectively, Chicago Title Insurance Company
     and/or one or more other title insurance companies reasonably satisfactory
     to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent.

          "Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments" means, as at any
     date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all
     outstanding Revolving Loans (other than Revolving Loans made for the
     purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans or reimbursing the
     applicable Issuing Lender for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit
     but not yet so applied) plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all
                             ----                                           
     outstanding Swing Line Loans plus (iii) the Letter of Credit Usage.
                                  ----                                  

          "Tranche A Term Loan" means a Loan made by a Lender to Company as a
     term loan pursuant to subsection 2.1A(i), and "Tranche A Term Loans"
     means any such Loan or Loans, collectively.

          "Tranche A Term Loan Commitment" means the commitment of a Lender to
     make a Tranche A Term Loan to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(i), and
     "Tranche A Term Loan Commitments" means such commitments of all Lenders
     in the aggregate.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
          "Tranche A Term Loan Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender as of
     any date of determination (i) prior to the funding of the Tranche A Term
     Loans, that Lender's Tranche A Term Loan Commitment and (ii) after the
     funding of the Tranche A Term Loans, the outstanding principal amount of
     the Tranche A Term Loan of that Lender.

          "Tranche A Term Notes" means any promissory notes of Company issued
     pursuant to subsection 2.1E to evidence the Tranche A Term Loans of any
     Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit IV annexed hereto, as they
                                           ----------                        
     may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Transaction Costs" means the fees, costs and expenses payable by
     Holdings and Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by
     the Loan Documents, the AXEL Credit Documents and the Related Agreements.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or
     equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

          "Year 2000 Expenditures" means expenditures related to addressing
     Holdings' and its Subsidiaries' Year 2000 Manbase software systems issues.

          "Zell" means Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

1.2  Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes of Calculations Under
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Agreement.
     --------- 

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all accounting
terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in
conformity with GAAP.  Financial statements and other information required to be
delivered by Company to Lenders pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (xiii)
of subsection 6.1 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the
time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation
statements provided for in subsection 6.1(v)).  Calculations in connection with
the definitions, covenants and other provisions of this Agreement shall utilize
accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the
financial statements referred to in subsection 5.3.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all computations
determining compliance with subsection 2.4 and Section 7, including the
definitions used therein, shall utilize accounting principles and policies in
effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with those used to
prepare, the November 30, 1996 financial statements of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders, but shall not give effect to purchase
accounting adjustments required or permitted by APB 16 and its interpretations
(including non-cash write-ups and non-cash charges relating to inventory, fixed
assets and in-process research and development, in each case arising in
connection with any Permitted Acquisitions) and APB 17 and its interpretations
(including non-cash charges relating to intangibles and goodwill arising in
connection with any Permitted Acquisitions).

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
1.3  Other Definitional Provisions and Rules of Construction.
     ------------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise
requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.

     B.   References to "Sections" and "subsections" shall be to Sections and
subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically
provided.

     C.   The use herein of the word "include" or "including", when
following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit
such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth
immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not
nonlimiting language (such as "without limitation" or "but not limited to"
or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be
deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest
possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

     D.   Each reference to a "Fiscal Quarter period" of a specified number of
Fiscal Quarters shall be a reference to a period of consecutive Fiscal Quarters
of such number.

1.4  Changes in GAAP.
     --------------- 

     In the event that a change in GAAP or other accounting principles and
policies after the date hereof affects in any material respect the calculations
of the compliance by Holdings and its Subsidiaries with the covenants contained
herein, Lenders, Company and Holdings agree to negotiate in good faith to amend
the affected covenants (and related definitions) to compensate for the effect of
such changes so that the restrictions, limitations and performance standards
effectively imposed by such covenants, as so amended, are substantially
identical to the restrictions, limitations and performance standards imposed by
such covenants as in effect on the date hereof; provided that if Requisite
                                                --------                  
Lenders, Company and Holdings fail to reach agreement with respect to such
amendment within a reasonable period of time following the date of effectiveness
of any such change, calculation of compliance by Holdings and its Subsidiaries
with the covenants contained herein shall be determined in accordance with GAAP
as in effect immediately prior to such change.


                                   SECTION 2.
                   AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

2.1  Commitments; Making of Loans; the Register; Notes.
     ------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Commitments.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Holdings and Company
herein set forth, each Lender hereby severally agrees to make the Loans
described in subsections 2.1A(i) and 2.1A(ii) and Swing Line Lender hereby
agrees to make the Loans described in subsection 2.1A(iii).

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
          (i)    Tranche A Term Loans.  Each Lender severally agrees to lend to
                 --------------------                                          
     Company on the Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of
     the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments to be used for
     the purposes identified in subsection 2.5A.  The amount of each Lender's
     Tranche A Term Loan Commitment is set forth opposite its name on 
     Schedule 2.1 annexed hereto and the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Term
     ------------
     Loan Commitments is $120,000,000; provided that the Tranche A Term Loan
     Commitments of Lenders shall be adjusted to give effect to any assignments
     of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments pursuant to subsection 10.1B. Each
     Lender's Tranche A Term Loan Commitment shall expire immediately and
     without further action on February 16, 1998 if the Tranche A Term Loans are
     not made on or before that date. Company may make only one borrowing under
     the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments. Amounts borrowed under this 
     subsection 2.1A(i) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be
     reborrowed.

          (ii)   Revolving Loans.  Each Lender severally agrees, subject to the
                 ---------------                                               
     limitations set forth below with respect to the maximum amount of Revolving
     Loans permitted to be outstanding from time to time, to lend to Company
     from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to but excluding
     the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date an aggregate amount not
     exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loan
     Commitments to be used for the purposes identified in subsection 2.5B.  The
     original amount of each Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment is set forth
     opposite its name on Schedule 2.1 annexed hereto and the aggregate original
                          ------------                                          
     amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments is $100,000,000; provided that the
                                                               --------         
     Revolving Loan Commitments of Lenders shall be adjusted to give effect to
     any assignments of the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to subsection
     10.1B; and provided, further that the amount of the Revolving Loan
                --------  -------                                      
     Commitments shall be reduced from time to time by the amount of any
     reductions thereto made pursuant to subsections 2.4B(ii) and 2.4B(iii).
     Each Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Loan
     Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts
     owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Loan
     Commitments shall be paid in full no later than that date; provided that
                                                                --------     
     each Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment shall expire immediately and
     without further action on February 16, 1998 if the Tranche A Term Loans are
     not made on or before that date.  Amounts borrowed under this subsection
     2.1A(ii) which are not Acquisition Loans may be repaid and reborrowed to
     but excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date.  All
     Acquisition Loans borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(ii) and subsequently
     repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed (and the Revolving Loan Commitments
     shall be reduced by the principal amount of any Acquisition Loans
     borrowed).

          Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
     the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be subject to
     the following limitations in the amounts and during the periods indicated:

                 (a)   in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan
          Commitments at any time exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments then in
          effect; and

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
                 (b)   for 30 consecutive days during each consecutive twelve-
          month period, the sum of (1) the aggregate outstanding principal
          amount of all Revolving Loans plus (2) the aggregate outstanding
                                        ----
          principal amount of all Swing Line Loans minus (3) the aggregate
                                                   -----
          outstanding principal amount of all Acquisition Loans, shall not
          exceed $25,000,000.

          (iii)  Swing Line Loans.  Swing Line Lender hereby agrees, subject to
                 ----------------                                              
     the limitations set forth below with respect to the maximum amount of Swing
     Line Loans permitted to be outstanding from time to time, to make a portion
     of the Revolving Loan Commitments available to Company from time to time
     during the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Loan
     Commitment Termination Date by making Swing Line Loans to Company in an
     aggregate amount not exceeding the amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment
     to be used for the purposes identified in subsection 2.5B, notwithstanding
     the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with Swing Line
     Lender's outstanding Revolving Loans and Swing Line Lender's Pro Rata Share
     of the Letter of Credit Usage then in effect, may exceed Swing Line
     Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment.  The original amount of the Swing Line
     Loan Commitment is $10,000,000; provided that any reduction of the
                                     --------                          
     Revolving Loan Commitments made pursuant to subsection 2.4B(ii) or
     2.4B(iii) which reduces the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments to an
     amount less than the then current amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment
     shall result in an automatic corresponding reduction of the Swing Line Loan
     Commitment to the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitments, as so reduced,
     without any further action on the part of Company, Administrative Agent or
     Swing Line Lender.  The Swing Line Loan Commitment shall expire on the
     Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and all Swing Line Loans and all
     other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Swing Line Loans shall be
     paid in full no later than that date; provided that the Swing Line Loan
                                           --------                         
     Commitment shall expire immediately and without further action on 
     February 16, 1998 if the Tranche A Term Loans are not made on or before
     that date. Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(iii) may be repaid
     and reborrowed to but excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination
     Date.

          Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
     the Swing Line Loans and the Swing Line Loan Commitment shall be subject to
     the following limitations in the amounts and during the periods indicated:

                 (a)   in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan
          Commit ments at any time exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments then in
          effect; and

                 (b)   for 30 consecutive days during each consecutive twelve-
          month period, the sum of (1) the aggregate outstanding principal
          amount of all Revolving Loans plus (2) the aggregate outstanding
                                        ----
          principal amount of all Swing Line Loans minus (3) the aggregate
                                                   -----
          outstanding principal amount of all Acquisition Loans, shall not
          exceed $25,000,000.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
          With respect to any Swing Line Loans which have not been voluntarily
     prepaid by Company pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i), Swing Line Lender may,
     at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, deliver to Administrative
     Agent (with a copy to Company), no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City
     time) on the first Business Day in advance of the proposed Funding Date, a
     notice (which shall be deemed to be a Notice of Borrowing given by Company)
     requesting Lenders to make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans on such
     Funding Date in an amount equal to the amount of such Swing Line Loans (the
     "Refunded Swing Line Loans") outstanding on the date such notice is given
     which Swing Line Lender requests Lenders to prepay.  Anything contained in
     this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the proceeds of such
     Revolving Loans made by Lenders other than Swing Line Lender shall be
     immediately delivered by Administrative Agent to Swing Line Lender (and not
     to Company) and applied to repay a corresponding portion of the Refunded
     Swing Line Loans and (ii) on the day such Revolving Loans are made, Swing
     Line Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be
     deemed to be paid with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan made by Swing Line
     Lender, and such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be so paid shall
     no longer be outstanding as Swing Line Loans and shall no longer be due
     under the Swing Line Note, if any, of Swing Line Lender but shall instead
     constitute part of Swing Line Lender's outstanding Revolving Loans and
     shall be due under the Revolving Note, if any, of Swing Line Lender.
     Company hereby authorizes Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender to
     charge Company's accounts with Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender
     (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately
     pay Swing Line Lender the amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans to the
     extent the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by Lenders, including the
     Revolving Loan deemed to be made by Swing Line Lender, are not sufficient
     to repay in full the Refunded Swing Line Loans.  If any portion of any such
     amount paid (or deemed to be paid) to Swing Line Lender should be recovered
     by or on behalf of Company from Swing Line Lender in bankruptcy, by
     assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the loss of the
     amount so recovered shall be ratably shared among all Lenders in the manner
     contemplated by subsection 10.5.

          If for any reason (a) Revolving Loans are not made upon the request of
     Swing Line Lender as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph in an
     amount sufficient to repay any amounts owed to Swing Line Lender in respect
     of any outstanding Swing Line Loans or (b) the Revolving Loan Commitments
     are terminated at a time when any Swing Line Loans are outstanding, each
     Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have purchased a
     participation in such outstanding Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to
     its Pro Rata Share (calculated, in the case of the foregoing clause 
     (b), immediately prior to such termination of the Revolving Loan
     Commitments) of the unpaid amount of such Swing Line Loans together with
     accrued interest thereon. Upon one Business Day's notice from Swing Line
     Lender, each Lender shall deliver to Swing Line Lender an amount equal to
     its respective participation in same day funds at the Funding and Payment
     Office. In order to further evidence such participation (and without
     prejudice to the effectiveness of the participation provisions set forth
     above), each Lender agrees to enter into a separate participation agreement
     at the request of Swing Line

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
     Lender in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Swing Line Lender.
     In the event any Lender fails to make available to Swing Line Lender the
     amount of such Lender's participation as provided in this paragraph, Swing
     Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such
     Lender together with interest thereon at the rate customarily used by Swing
     Line Lender for the correction of errors among banks for three Business
     Days and thereafter at the Base Rate.  In the event Swing Line Lender
     receives a payment of any amount in which other Lenders have purchased
     participations as provided in this paragraph, Swing Line Lender shall
     promptly distribute to each such other Lender its Pro Rata Share of such
     payment.

          Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each
     Lender's obligation to make Revolving Loans for the purpose of repaying any
     Refunded Swing Line Loans pursuant to the second preceding paragraph and
     each Lender's obligation to purchase a participation in any unpaid Swing
     Line Loans pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph shall be
     absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance,
     including (a) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right
     which such Lender may have against Swing Line Lender, Company or any other
     Person for any reason whatsoever; (b) the occurrence or continuation of an
     Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; (c) any adverse change in
     the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (d) any
     breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any party thereto;
     or (e) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or
     not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that such obligations of each
                                          --------                              
     Lender are subject to the condition that (X) Swing Line Lender believed in
     good faith that all conditions under Section 4 to the making of the
     applicable Refunded Swing Line Loans or other unpaid Swing Line Loans, as
     the case may be, were satisfied at the time such Refunded Swing Line Loans
     or unpaid Swing Line Loans were made or (Y) the satisfaction of any such
     condition not satisfied had been waived in accordance with subsection 10.6
     prior to or at the time such Refunded Swing Line Loans or other unpaid
     Swing Line Loans were made.

     B.   Borrowing Mechanics.  Tranche A Term Loans or Revolving Loans made on
any Funding Date (other than Revolving Loans made pursuant to a request by Swing
Line Lender pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii) for the purpose of repaying any
Refunded Swing Line Loans or Revolving Loans made pursuant to subsection 3.3B
for the purpose of reimbursing any Issuing Lender for the amount of a drawing
under a Letter of Credit issued by it) shall be in an aggregate minimum amount
of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount;
provided that Tranche A Term Loans or Revolving Loans made on any Funding Date
- --------                                                                      
as Eurodollar Rate Loans with a particular Interest Period shall be in an
aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in
excess of that amount.  Swing Line Loans made on any Funding Date shall be in an
aggregate minimum amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in
excess of that amount.  Whenever Company desires that Lenders make Tranche A
Term Loans or Revolving Loans it shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Notice
of Borrowing no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at least three
Business Days in advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the case of a
Eurodollar Rate Loan)

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
or at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Funding Date (in the
case of a Base Rate Loan).  Whenever Company desires that Swing Line Lender make
a Swing Line Loan, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Notice of
Borrowing no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the proposed Funding
Date.  The Notice of Borrowing shall specify (i) the proposed Funding Date
(which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount and type of Loans requested,
(iii) in the case of Swing Line Loans, that such Loans shall be Base Rate Loans,
(iv) in the case of any Revolving Loans, whether such Loans shall be Base Rate
Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (v) in the case of any Loans requested to be
made as Eurodollar Rate Loans, the initial Interest Period requested therefor.
Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans may be continued as or converted into
Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans in the manner provided in subsection
2.2D.  In lieu of delivering the above-described Notice of Borrowing, Company
may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any
proposed borrowing under this subsection 2.1B; provided that such notice shall
                                               --------                       
be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of Borrowing to
Administrative Agent on or before the applicable Funding Date.

     Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to
Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that
Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly
authorized officer or other person authorized to borrow on behalf of Company or
for otherwise acting in good faith under this subsection 2.1B, and upon funding
of Loans by Lenders in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any such
telephonic notice Company shall have effected Loans hereunder.

     Company shall notify Administrative Agent prior to the funding of any Loans
in the event that any of the matters to which Company is required to certify in
the applicable Notice of Borrowing is no longer true and correct as of the
applicable Funding Date, and the acceptance by Company of the proceeds of any
Loans shall constitute a re-certification by Company, as of the applicable
Funding Date, as to the matters to which Company is required to certify in the
applicable Notice of Borrowing.

     Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2.6B, 2.6C and 2.6G, a Notice
of Borrowing for a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof)
shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date,
and Company shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.

     C.   Disbursement of Funds.  All Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans
under this Agreement shall be made by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately
to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be
responsible for any default by any other Lender in that other Lender's
obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder nor shall the Commitment of any
Lender to make the particular type of Loan requested be increased or decreased
as a result of a default by any other Lender in that other Lender's obligation
to make a Loan requested hereunder.  Promptly after receipt by Administrative
Agent of a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to subsection 2.1B (or telephonic notice
in lieu thereof), Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender or Swing Line
Lender, as the case may be, of the proposed borrowing.  Each Lender shall make
the amount of its Loan available to Administrative Agent

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the applicable Funding Date,
and Swing Line Lender shall make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to
Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the
applicable Funding Date, in each case in same day funds in Dollars, at the
Funding and Payment Office.  Except as provided in subsection 2.1A(iii) or
subsection 3.3B with respect to Revolving Loans used to repay Refunded Swing
Line Loans or to reimburse any Issuing Lender for the amount of a drawing under
a Letter of Credit issued by it, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions
precedent specified in subsections 4.1 (in the case of Loans made on the Closing
Date) and 4.2 (in the case of all Loans), Administrative Agent shall make the
proceeds of such Loans available to Company on the applicable Funding Date by
causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such
Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders or Swing Line Lender, as the
case may be, to be credited to the account of Company at the Funding and Payment
Office.

     Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to
the Funding Date for any Loans that such Lender does not intend to make
available to Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender's Loan requested on
such Funding Date, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made
such amount available to Administrative Agent on such Funding Date and
Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to,
make available to Company a corresponding amount on such Funding Date.  If such
corresponding amount is not in fact made available to Administrative Agent by
such Lender, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such
corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon,
for each day from such Funding Date until the date such amount is paid to
Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by Administrative Agent for the
correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the
Base Rate.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon
Administrative Agent's demand therefor, Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify Company and Company shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to
Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such
Funding Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the
rate payable under this Agreement for Base Rate Loans.  Nothing in this
subsection 2.1C shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to
fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that Company may
have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

     D.   The Register.

          (i)  Administrative Agent shall maintain, at its address referred to
     in subsection 10.8, a register for the recordation of the names and
     addresses of Lenders and the Commitments and Loans of each Lender from time
     to time (the "Register"). The Register shall be available for inspection
     by Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
     reasonable prior notice.

          (ii) Administrative Agent shall record in the Register the Tranche A
     Term Loan Commitment and Revolving Loan Commitment and the Tranche A Term
     Loan and Revolving Loans from time to time of each Lender, the Swing Line
     Loan Commitment and the Swing Line Loans from time to time of Swing Line
     Lender, and each repayment

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
     or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loan
     or Revolving Loans of each Lender or the Swing Line Loans of Swing Line
     Lender.  Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company
     and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided that failure to make any
                                             --------                         
     such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any
     Lender's Commitments or Company's Obligations in respect of any applicable
     Loans.

          (iii)    Each Lender shall record on its internal records (including
     the Notes held by such Lender) the amount of any Tranche A Term Loan and
     each Revolving Loan made by it and each payment in respect thereof.  Any
     such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company, absent
     manifest error; provided that failure to make any such recordation, or any
                     --------                                                  
     error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender's Commitments or
     Company's Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; and provided,
                                                                   -------- 
     further that in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any
     -------                                                                    
     Lender's records, the recordations in the Register shall govern and be
     conclusive and binding on such Lender, absent manifest error.

          (iv)     Company, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and
     treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and
     owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all
     purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or
     Loan shall be effective, in each case unless and until an Assignment
     Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been
     accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided
     in subsection 10.1B(ii). Prior to such recordation, all amounts owed with
     respect to the applicable Commitment or Loan shall be owed to the Lender
     listed in the Register as the owner thereof, and any request, authority or
     consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving
     such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be
     conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of
     the corresponding Commitments or Loans.

          (v)      Company hereby designates Morgan Guaranty to serve as
     Company's agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided
     in this subsection 2.1D, and Company hereby agrees that, to the extent
     Morgan Guaranty serves in such capacity, Morgan Guaranty and its officers,
     directors, employees, agents and affiliates shall constitute Indemnitees
     for all purposes under subsection 10.3.

     E.   Optional Notes.  If so requested by any Lender by written notice to
Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at least two Business Days prior
to the Closing Date or at any time thereafter, Company shall execute and deliver
to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any
Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to subsection 10.1) on the
Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly
after Company's receipt of such notice) a promissory note or promissory notes to
evidence such Lender's Tranche A Term Loan, Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans,
substantially in the form of Exhibit IV, Exhibit V or Exhibit VI annexed hereto,
                             ----------  ---------    ----------                
respectively, with appropriate insertions.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
2.2  Interest on the Loans.
     --------------------- 

     A.   Rate of Interest.  Subject to the provisions of subsections 2.6 and
2.7, each Tranche A Term Loan and each Revolving Loan shall bear interest on the
unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through maturity (whether by
acceleration or otherwise) at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate or
the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.  Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.7, each
Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from
the date made through maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate
determined by reference to the Base Rate.  The applicable basis for determining
the rate of interest with respect to any Tranche A Term Loan or any Revolving
Loan shall be selected by Company initially at the time a Notice of Borrowing is
given with respect to such Loan pursuant to subsection 2.1B.  The basis for
determining the interest rate with respect to any Tranche A Term Loan or any
Revolving Loan may be changed from time to time pursuant to subsection 2.2D.  If
on any day a Tranche A Term Loan or Revolving Loan is outstanding with respect
to which notice has not been delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement specifying the applicable basis for determining
the rate of interest, then for that day that Loan shall bear interest determined
by reference to the Base Rate.

          (i)  Subject to the provisions of subsections 2.2E and 2.7, the
     Tranche A Term Loans and the Revolving Loans shall bear interest through
     maturity as follows:

               (a) if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Base Rate plus
                                                                         ----
          the Applicable Base Rate Margin; or

               (b) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Adjusted
          Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin.
                          ----                                       

          (ii) Subject to the provisions of subsections 2.2E and 2.7, the Swing
     Line Loans shall bear interest through maturity at the sum of the Base Rate
     plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin for Tranche A Term Loans.
     ----                                                          

     B.   Interest Periods.  In connection with each Eurodollar Rate Loan,
Company may, pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, select an interest period (each an
"Interest Period") to be applicable to such Loan, which Interest Period shall
be, at Company's option, either a one-, two-, three- or six-month period or, if
deposits in the interbank Eurodollar market are generally available for such
period (as determined by each Lender making, converting to or continuing such
Eurodollar Rate Loan), a two-week or twelve-month period; provided that:
                                                          --------      

          (i)  the initial Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan shall
     commence on the Funding Date in respect of such Loan, in the case of a Loan
     initially made as a Eurodollar Rate Loan, or on the date specified in the
     applicable Notice of Conversion/Continuation, in the case of a Loan
     converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan;

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)     in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods
     applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan continued as such pursuant to a Notice
     of Conversion/Continuation, each successive Interest Period shall commence
     on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

          (iii)    if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is
     not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next
     succeeding Business Day; provided that, if any Interest Period would
                              --------                                   
     otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the
     month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such
     Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;

          (iv)     any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a
     calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
     day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall,
     subject to clause (v) of this subsection 2.2B, end on the last Business Day
     of a calendar month;

          (v)      no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Tranche
     A Term Loans shall extend beyond December 15, 2002, and no Interest Period
     with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the
     Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date;

          (vi)     no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Tranche
     A Term Loans shall extend beyond a date on which Company is required to
     make a scheduled payment of principal of the Tranche A Term Loans unless
     the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Tranche A Term Loans that
     are Base Rate Loans plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of Tranche A
                         ----
     Term Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans with Interest Periods expiring on
     or before such date equals or exceeds the principal amount required to be
     paid on the Tranche A Term Loans on such date;

          (vii)    Company shall not select an Interest Period of longer than
     one month prior to the end of the Initial Period;

          (viii)   there shall be no more than twelve (12) Interest Periods
     outstanding at any time; and

          (ix)     in the event Company fails to specify an Interest Period for
     any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
     Conversion/Continuation, Company shall be deemed to have selected an
     Interest Period of one month.

     C.   Interest Payments.  Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.2E,
interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on and to each Interest
Payment Date applicable to that Loan, upon any prepayment of that Loan (to the
extent accrued on the amount being prepaid) and at maturity (including final
maturity); provided that in the event any Swing Line Loans or any Revolving
           --------                                                        
Loans that are Base Rate Loans are prepaid pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i),
interest accrued on such Swing Line Loans or Revolving Loans through the date of
such prepayment

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
shall be payable on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date applicable to Base
Rate Loans (or, if earlier, at final maturity).

     D.   Conversion or Continuation.  Subject to the provisions of subsection
2.6, Company shall have the option (i) to convert at any time all or any part of
its outstanding Tranche A Term Loans or Revolving Loans equal to $500,000 and
integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount from Loans bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to one basis to Loans bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to an alternative basis or (ii) upon
the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, to
continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to $1,000,000 and integral
multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount as a Eurodollar Rate Loan;
provided, however, that a Eurodollar Rate Loan may only be converted into a Base
- --------  -------                                                               
Rate Loan on the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable thereto; and
provided further, however, that Loans may not be continued as or converted to
- -------- -------  -------                                                    
Eurodollar Rate Loans with an Interest Period longer than one month prior to the
end of the Initial Period.

     Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation at any time after
the Closing Date to Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City
time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion date (in
the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan) and at least three Business Days
in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a
conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan).  A Notice of
Conversion/Continuation shall specify (i) the proposed conversion/continuation
date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount and type of the Loan to be
converted/continued, (iii) the nature of the proposed conversion/continuation,
(iv) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the requested Interest Period, and (v) in the case of a conversion to, or
a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, that no Potential Event of Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  In lieu of delivering the
above-described Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Company may give
Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed
conversion/continuation under this subsection 2.2D; provided that such notice
                                                    --------                 
shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation to Administrative Agent on or before the proposed
conversion/continuation date.  Upon receipt of written or telephonic notice of
any proposed conversion/continuation under this subsection 2.2D, Administrative
Agent shall promptly transmit such notice by telefacsimile or telephone to each
Lender.

     Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to
Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that
Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly
authorized officer or other person authorized to act on behalf of Company or for
otherwise acting in good faith under this subsection 2.2D, and upon conversion
or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the interest rate with
respect to any Loans in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any such
telephonic notice Company shall have effected a conversion or continuation, as
the case may be, hereunder.

     Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2.6B, 2.6C and 2.6G, a Notice
of Conversion/Continuation for conversion to, or continuation of, a Eurodollar
Rate Loan (or telephonic

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest
Rate Determination Date, and Company shall be bound to effect a conversion or
continuation in accordance there with.

     E.   Post-Maturity Interest.  Any principal payments on the Loans not paid
when due and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments
on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder not paid when due, in
each case whether at stated maturity, by notice of prepayment, by acceleration
or otherwise, shall, if Requisite Lenders so elect in writing, thereafter bear
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the
Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable on demand at a rate
which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable at
maturity under this Agreement with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the
case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2% per annum in
excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for Base Rate
Loans); provided that, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, upon the expiration
        --------                                                                
of the Interest Period in effect at the time any such increase in interest rate
is effective such Eurodollar Rate Loans shall thereupon become Base Rate Loans
and shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is 2% per
annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for
Base Rate Loans.  Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest
provided for in this subsection 2.2E is not a permitted alternative to timely
payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise
prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

     F.   Computation of Interest.  Interest on the Loans shall be computed (i)
in the case of Base Rate Loans, on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as
the case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, on the basis of
a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period
during which it accrues.  In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the
making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such
Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurodollar Rate Loan to such Base Rate
Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such
Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or,
with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such Eurodollar Rate Loan, as the
case may be, shall be excluded; provided that if a Loan is repaid on the same
                                --------                                     
day on which it is made, one day's interest shall be paid on that Loan.

2.3  Fees.
     ---- 

     A.   Commitment Fees.  Company agrees to pay to Administrative Agent, for
distribution to each Lender in proportion to that Lender's Pro Rata Share,
commitment fees for the period from and including the Closing Date to and
excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date equal to the average of
the daily excess of the Revolving Loan Commitments over the sum of (i) the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans (but not any
outstanding Swing Line Loans) plus (ii) the Letter of Credit Usage multiplied by
                              ----                                 -------------
the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage, such commitment fees to be calculated
on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and to be
payable quarterly in arrears

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
on February 28, May 31, August 31 and November 30 of each year, commencing on
the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Loan
Commitment Termination Date.

     B.   Other Fees.  Company agrees to pay to Syndication Agent and
Administrative Agent such fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed
upon between Company, Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent.

2.4  Repayments, Prepayments and Reductions in Revolving Loan Commitments;
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     General Provisions Regarding Payments; Application of Proceeds of
     -----------------------------------------------------------------
     Collateral and Payments Under Guaranties.
     ---------------------------------------- 

     A.   Scheduled Payments of Tranche A Term Loans.  Company shall make
principal payments on the Tranche A Term Loans in installments on the dates and
in the amounts set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         SCHEDULED REPAYMENT
                        DATE              OF TRANCHE A TERM
                                                LOANS
         =============================================================
                   <S>                   <C>
                   March 15, 1999            $ 2,500,000
         -------------------------------------------------------------
                   June 15, 1999             $ 2,500,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                 September 15, 1999          $ 2,500,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                 December 15, 1999           $ 2,500,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                  March 15, 2000             $ 6,750,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                   June 15, 2000             $ 6,750,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                 September 15, 2000          $ 6,750,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                 December 15, 2000           $ 6,750,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                  March 15, 2001             $ 9,500,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                   June 15, 2001             $ 9,500,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                 September 15, 2001          $ 9,500,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                 December 15, 2001           $ 9,500,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                  March 15, 2002             $11,250,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                   June 15, 2002             $11,250,000
         ------------------------------------------------------------- 
                 September 15, 2002          $11,250,000
         -------------------------------------------------------------
                 December 15, 2002           $11,250,000
         =============================================================

</TABLE>

; provided that the scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche A Term
  --------                                                                   
Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or
mandatory prepayments of the

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
Tranche A Term Loans in accordance with subsection 2.4B(iv); and provided,
                                                                 -------- 
further that the Tranche A Term Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with
- -------                                                                        
respect to the Tranche A Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than December
15, 2002, and the final installment payable by Company in respect of the Tranche
A Term Loans on such date shall be in an amount, if such amount is different
from that specified above, sufficient to repay all amounts owing by Company
under this Agreement with respect to the Tranche A Term Loans.

     B.   Prepayments and Reductions in Revolving Loan Commitments.

          (i)  Voluntary Prepayments.  Company may, upon written or telephonic
               ---------------------                                          
     notice to Administrative Agent on or prior to 12:00 Noon (New York City
     time) on the date of prepayment, which notice, if telephonic, shall be
     promptly confirmed in writing, at any time and from time to time prepay any
     Swing Line Loan on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate
     minimum amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of
     that amount.  Company may, upon written or telephonic notice on the date of
     prepayment, in the case of Base Rate Loans, and three Business Days' prior
     written or telephonic notice, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each
     case given to Administrative Agent by 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on
     the date required and, if given by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing
     to Administrative Agent (which original written or telephonic notice
     Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by telefacsimile or telephone
     to each Lender), at any time and from time to time prepay any Tranche A
     Term Loans or Revolving Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an
     aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in
     excess of that amount.  Notice of prepayment having been given as
     aforesaid, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall
     become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein.  Any such
     voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in subsection 2.4B(iv).

          (ii) Voluntary Reductions of Revolving Loan Commitments.  Company may,
               --------------------------------------------------               
     upon not less than three Business Days' prior written or telephonic notice
     confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (which original written or
     telephonic notice Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by
     telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender), at any time and from time to
     time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or
     penalty, the Revolving Loan Commitments in an amount up to the amount by
     which the Revolving Loan Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of
     Revolving Loan Commitments at the time of such proposed termination or
     reduction; provided that any such partial reduction of the Revolving Loan
                --------                                                      
     Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 and
     integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount; provided,
                                                                -------- 
     however, that Company may not reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments
     -------                                                            
     pursuant to this subsection to an amount less than $25,000,000 until after
     the Tranche A Term Loans shall have been repaid to the full extent thereof.
     Company's notice to Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which
     shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of
     any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving
     Loan Commitments shall be effective

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
     on the date specified in Company's notice and shall reduce the Revolving
     Loan Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share.

          (iii)  Mandatory Prepayments and Mandatory Reductions of Revolving
                 -----------------------------------------------------------
     Loan Commitments.  The Loans shall be prepaid and/or the Revolving Loan
     ----------------                                                       
     Commitments shall be permanently reduced in the amounts and under the
     circumstances set forth below, all such prepayments and/or reductions to be
     applied as set forth below or as more specifically provided in subsection
     2.4B(iv).

                 (a) Prepayments and Reductions From Net Asset Sale Proceeds. No
                     -------------------------------------------------------  
          later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Asset Sale Proceeds in
          respect of any Asset Sale, Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the
          Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an
          aggregate amount equal to such Net Asset Sale Proceeds; provided,
                                                                  -------- 
          however, that upon receipt by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of
          -------                                                            
          any such Net Asset Sale Proceeds, so long as no Event of Default shall
          have occurred and be continuing and to the extent that the aggregate
          amount of Net Asset Sale Proceeds and Net Insurance/Condemnation
          Proceeds from the Closing Date through the date of determination does
          not exceed $25,000,000, Company may deliver to Administrative Agent an
          Officers' Certificate setting forth (1) that portion of such Net Asset
          Sale Proceeds (such portion being the "Proposed Asset Sale
          Reinvestment Proceeds") that Company or such Subsidiary intends to
          reinvest (or enter into a contract to reinvest) in equipment or other
          productive assets of the general type used in the business (including
          capital stock of a corporation engaged in such business) of Company
          and its Subsidiaries (such equipment and other assets being "Eligible
          Assets") within 270 days of such date of receipt and (2) the proposed
          use of such Proposed Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds and such other
          information with respect to such reinvestment as Administrative Agent
          may reasonably request, and Company shall, or shall cause one or more
          of its Subsidiaries to, promptly and diligently apply such Proposed
          Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds to such reinvestment purposes;
          provided, however, that at Company's option, such Proposed Asset Sale
          --------  -------                                                    
          Reinvestment Proceeds may be applied to prepay outstanding Revolving
          Loans (without a reduction in Revolving Loan Commitments) to the full
          extent thereof.  In addition, Company shall, no later than 270 days
          after receipt of such Proposed Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds that
          have not theretofore been applied to the Obligations, make an
          additional prepayment of the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan
          Commitments shall be reduced) in the full amount of all such Proposed
          Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds that have not theretofore been so
          reinvested in Eligible Assets; provided that Company shall not be
                                         --------                          
          required to make any prepayment of the Loans to the extent that the
          sum of Net Asset Sale Proceeds plus Net Insurance/Condemnation
                                         ----                           
          Proceeds from the Closing Date through the date of determination does
          not exceed $5,000,000.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time
          of any required prepayment under this subsection the Leverage Ratio is
          not more than 4.0 to 1.0, Company shall only be required to

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
          prepay 75% of the amount which it would otherwise be required to
          prepay hereunder; provided, however, that if Company is required to
                            --------  -------                                
          apply any portion of Net Asset Sale Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness
          evidenced by the AXELs under the AXEL Credit Agreement or the Senior
          Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes (under the terms of the New
          Sub Debt Indentures), then notwithstanding anything contained in this
          Agreement to the contrary (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iv)(d)
          hereof), Company shall apply such Net Asset Sale Proceeds to the
          prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans and the AXELs pro rata
          according to the respective outstanding principal amount, if any, of
          each, then to the prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction
          of Revolving Loan Commitments, in each case so as to eliminate or
          minimize any obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness evidenced by
          the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

               (b) Prepayments and Reductions from Net Insurance/Condemnation
                   ----------------------------------------------------------
          Proceeds.  No later than the tenth Business Day following the date of
          --------                                                             
          receipt by Administrative Agent or by Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries of any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds that are
          required to be applied to prepay the Loans and/or reduce the Revolving
          Loan Commitments pursuant to the provisions of subsection 6.4C,
          Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments
          shall be permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to the
          amount of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds minus (if (1) no
                                                             -----           
          Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) Company
          shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, on or before such tenth
          Business Day, the Officers' Certificate described in subsection
          6.4C(ii)), any Proposed Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds; provided,
                                                                   -------- 
          however, that at Company's option, such Proposed Insurance
          -------                                                   
          Reinvestment Proceeds may be applied to prepay outstanding Revolving
          Loans (without a reduction in Revolving Loan Commitments) to the full
          extent thereof.  In addition, no later than 270 days after receipt of
          any Proposed Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds, Company shall prepay the
          Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently
          reduced in an amount equal to the amount of any such Proposed
          Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds that have not theretofore been applied
          to the costs of repairing, restoring or replacing the applicable
          assets of Company or its Subsidiaries or reinvested in Eligible
          Assets; provided that Company shall not be required to make any
                  --------                                               
          prepayment of the Loans to the extent that the sum of Net Asset Sale
          Proceeds plus Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds from the Closing
                   ----                                                     
          Date through the date of determination does not exceed $5,000,000.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of any required
          prepayment under this subsection the Leverage Ratio is not more than
          4.0 to 1.0, Company shall only be required to prepay 75% of the amount
          which it would otherwise be required to prepay hereunder; provided,
                                                                    -------- 
          however, that if Company is required to apply any portion of Net
          -------                                                         
          Insurance/ Condemnation Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness evidenced by
          the AXELs under the AXEL Credit Agreement or the Senior Subordinated
          Notes or the Discount Notes (under the terms of the New Sub Debt
          Indentures), then

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
          notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary
          (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iv)(d) hereof), Company shall apply
          such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the prepayment of the
          Tranche A Term Loans and the AXELs pro rata according to the
          respective outstanding principal amount, if any, of each, then to the
          prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction of Revolving Loan
          Commitments, in each case so as to eliminate or minimize any
          obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior
          Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

               (c) Prepayments and Reductions Due to Reversion of Surplus Assets
                   -------------------------------------------------------------
          of Pension Plans.  On the date of reversion to Company or any of its
          ----------------                                                    
          Subsidiaries of any surplus assets of any pension plan of Company or
          any of its Subsidiaries, Company shall prepay the Loans and/or the
          Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an
          aggregate amount (such amount being the "Net Pension Proceeds")
          equal to 100% of such returned surplus assets, net of transaction
          costs and expenses incurred in obtaining such return, including
          incremental taxes payable as a result thereof.  If Company is required
          to apply any portion of Net Pension Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness
          evidenced by the AXELs under the AXEL Credit Agreement or the Senior
          Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes (under the terms of the New
          Sub Debt Indentures), then notwithstanding anything contained in this
          Agreement to the contrary (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iv)(d)
          hereof), Company shall apply such Net Pension Proceeds to the
          prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans and the AXELs pro rata
          according to the respective outstanding principal amount, if any, of
          each, then to the prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction
          of Revolving Loan Commitments, in each case so as to eliminate or
          minimize any obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness evidenced by
          the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

               (d) Prepayments and Reductions Due to Issuance of Debt.  On the
                   --------------------------------------------------         
          date of receipt by Holdings, Company or any of their respective
          Subsidiaries of the Cash proceeds of any Indebtedness, including debt
          Securities of Holdings, Company or any of their respective
          Subsidiaries (other than the Loans and any other Indebtedness
          permitted under subsections 7.1(i) through (xvii) (such proceeds, net
          of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs
          and expenses associated therewith, including reasonable legal fees and
          expenses, being the "Net Indebtedness Proceeds")), Company shall
          prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be
          permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to such Net
          Indebtedness Proceeds; provided, however, that payment or acceptance
                                 --------  -------                            
          of the amounts provided for in this subsection 2.4B(iii)(d) shall not
          constitute a waiver of any Event of Default resulting from the
          incurrence of such Indebtedness or otherwise prejudice any rights or
          remedies of Agents or Lenders.  If Company is required to apply any
          portion of Net Indebtedness Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness evidenced
          by the AXELs under the AXEL Credit Agreement or the Senior
          Subordinated Notes or

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
          the Discount Notes (under the terms of the New Sub Debt Indentures),
          then notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
          contrary (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iv)(d) hereof), Company shall
          apply such Net Indebtedness Proceeds to the prepayment of the Tranche
          A Term Loans and the AXELs pro rata according to the respective
          outstanding principal amount, if any, of each, then to the prepayment
          of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments,
          in each case so as to eliminate or minimize any obligation to prepay
          any such Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes or
          the Discount Notes.

               (e) Prepayments and Reductions Due to Issuance of Equity
                   ----------------------------------------------------
          Securities.  On the date of receipt by Holdings or Company of Cash
          ----------                                                        
          proceeds (any such proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and
          commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated
          therewith, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, being "Net
          Equity Proceeds") from the issuance of any equity Securities of
          Holdings or Company after the Closing Date (other than (A) capital
          contributions by Holdings and Company, and (B) issuances of Holdings
          Common Stock (x) to employees, officers, directors and consultants of
          Holdings and its Subsidiaries to the extent such Holdings Common Stock
          constitutes compensation to such individuals, (y) to Bain or the Other
          Investors to the extent the Cash proceeds thereof are not in excess of
          $25,000,000, and (z) as payment of all or any portion of the purchase
          price of a business or assets in a Permitted Acquisition), Company
          shall prepay the Loans and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be
          permanently reduced in an aggregate amount equal to: (i) 50% (or, if
          the Leverage Ratio is not more than 4.0 to 1.0 on the date such Net
          Equity Proceeds are received, 25%) of such Net Equity Proceeds if such
          Net Equity Proceeds are derived from a non-public sale of equity
          Securities of Holdings or Company or (ii) 75% (or, if the Leverage
          Ratio is not more than 4.0 to 1.0 on the date such Net Equity Proceeds
          are received, 50%) of such Net Equity Proceeds if such Net Equity
          Proceeds are derived from the sale of equity Securities of Holdings or
          Company through a public offering.  If Company is required to apply
          any portion of Net Equity Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness evidenced by
          the AXELs under the AXEL Credit Agreement or the Senior Subordinated
          Notes or the Discount Notes (under the terms of the New Sub Debt
          Indentures), then notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement
          to the contrary (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iv)(d) hereof),
          Company shall apply such Net Equity Proceeds to the prepayment of the
          Tranche A Term Loans and the AXELs pro rata according to the
          respective outstanding principal amount, if any, of each, then to the
          prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction of Revolving Loan
          Commitments, in each case so as to eliminate or minimize any
          obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior
          Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

               (f) Prepayments and Reductions from Consolidated Excess Cash
                   --------------------------------------------------------
          Flow.  In the event that there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow
          ----
          for any Fiscal

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
          Year (commencing with Fiscal Year 1998), Company shall, no later than
          90 days after the end of such Fiscal Year, prepay the Loans and/or the
          Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced in an
          aggregate amount equal to 75% (or, if the Leverage Ratio is not more
          than 4.0 to 1.0 on the last day of any such Fiscal Year, 50%) of such
          Consolidated Excess Cash Flow.  If Company is required to apply any
          portion of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow to prepay Indebtedness
          evidenced by the AXELs under the AXEL Credit Agreement or the Senior
          Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes (under the terms of the New
          Sub Debt Indentures), then notwithstanding anything contained in this
          Agreement to the contrary (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iv)(d)
          hereof), Company shall apply such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow first,
                                                                          ----- 
          to the prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans and second, to the AXELs
                                                            ------              
          pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amount, if
          any, of each, then to the prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the
          reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments, in each case so as to
          eliminate or minimize any obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness
          evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

               (g) Calculations of Net Proceeds Amounts; Additional Prepayments
                   ------------------------------------------------------------
          and Reductions Based on Subsequent Calculations.  Concurrently with
          -----------------------------------------------                    
          any prepayment of the Loans and/or reduction of the Revolving Loan
          Commitments pursuant to subsections 2.4B(iii)(a)-(f), Company shall
          deliver to Administrative Agent an Officers' Certificate demonstrating
          the calculation of the amount (the "Net Proceeds Amount") of the
          applicable Net Asset Sale Proceeds, Net Insurance/Condemnation
          Proceeds, Net Pension Proceeds, Net Indebtedness Proceeds or Net
          Equity Proceeds (as such terms are defined in subsections
          2.4B(iii)(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e), respectively) or the applicable
          Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as the case may be, that gave rise to
          such prepayment and/or reduction.  In the event that Company shall
          subsequently determine that the actual Net Proceeds Amount was greater
          than the amount set forth in such Officers' Certificate, Company shall
          promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans (and/or, if
          applicable, the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently
          reduced) in an amount equal to the amount of such excess, and Company
          shall concurrently therewith deliver to Administrative Agent an
          Officers' Certificate demonstrating the derivation of the additional
          Net Proceeds Amount resulting in such excess.

               (h) Prepayments Due to Reductions or Restrictions of Revolving
                   ----------------------------------------------------------
          Loan Commitments.  Company shall from time to time prepay first the
          ----------------                                          -----    
          Swing Line Loans and second the Revolving Loans to the extent
                               ------                                  
          necessary so that the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments
          shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Loan Commitments then in
          effect.

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
          (iv)  Application of Prepayments.
                -------------------------- 

                (a) Application of Voluntary Prepayments by Type of Loans and
                    ---------------------------------------------------------
          Order of Maturity.  Any voluntary prepayments pursuant to subsection
          -----------------                                                   
          2.4B(i) shall be applied as specified by Company in the applicable
          notice of prepayment; provided that in the event Company fails to
                                --------                                   
          specify the Loans to which any such prepayment shall be applied, such
          prepayment shall be applied first to repay outstanding Swing Line
                                      -----                                
          Loans to the full extent thereof, second to repay outstanding
                                            ------                     
          Revolving Loans (applied first to Acquisition Loans, then to other
          Revolving Loans) to the full extent thereof, and third to repay
                                                           -----         
          outstanding Tranche A Term Loans to the full extent thereof.  Any
          voluntary prepayments of the Tranche A Term Loans pursuant to
          subsection 2.4B(i) shall be applied to reduce the scheduled
          installments of principal of the Tranche A Term Loans set forth in
          subsection 2.4A on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective
          outstanding principal amounts thereof).  Any voluntary prepayment of
          Acquisition Loans pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i) shall reduce both the
          Acquisition Loan Commitments and the Revolving Loan Commitments in the
          amount of such prepayment.  Any voluntary reduction of Revolving Loan
          Commitments pursuant to subsection 2.4B(ii) shall be applied as
          specified by Company in the applicable notice of reduction; provided
                                                                      --------
          that in the event Company fails to specify the manner in which any
          such prepayment shall be applied, such prepayment shall be applied
          first, to reduce the Acquisition Loan Commitments to the full extent
          -----                                                               
          thereof, and second, to reduce the remaining Revolving Loan
                       ------                                        
          Commitments in the amount of such reduction, to the full extent
          thereof.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection,
          so long as any AXELs are outstanding, any prepayment of the Tranche A
          Term Loans pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i) shall be applied to the
          repayment of the AXELs and the Tranche A Term Loans on a pro rata
          basis according to the respective outstanding principal amounts
          thereof.

                (b) Application of Mandatory Prepayments by Type of Loans.  Any
                    -----------------------------------------------------      
          amount (the "Applied Amount") required to be applied as a mandatory
          prepayment of the Loans and/or a reduction of the Revolving Loan
          Commitments pursuant to subsections 2.4B(iii)(a)-(f) shall be applied
          first to prepay the Tranche A Term Loans to the full extent thereof
          -----                                                              
          (provided, however, that Company shall apply any such amounts which
          ---------  -------                                                 
          are also required to be applied to repayment of the AXELs under the
          AXEL Credit Agreement to the Tranche A Term Loans and the AXELs pro
          rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts
          thereof, subject to the provisions of subsection 2.4B(iv)(d)), second,
                                                                         ------ 
          to the extent of any remaining portion of the Applied Amount, to
          prepay the Swing Line Loans to the full extent thereof and to
          permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments by the amount of
          such prepayment, third, to the extent of any remaining portion of the
                           -----                                               
          Applied Amount, to prepay the Revolving Loans to the full extent
          thereof and to further permanently reduce the Revolving Loan
          Commitments by the amount of such prepayment, and fourth, to the
                                                            ------        
          extent of any

                                      61
<PAGE>
 
          remaining portion of the Applied Amount, to further permanently reduce
          the Revolving Loan Commitments to the full extent thereof.

               (c) Application of Mandatory Prepayments of Tranche A Term Loans
                   ------------------------------------------------------------
          to the Scheduled Installments of Principal Thereof.  Any mandatory
          --------------------------------------------------                
          prepayments of the Tranche A Term Loans pursuant to subsection
          2.4B(iii) shall be applied on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the
          respective outstanding principal amounts thereof) to each scheduled
          installment of principal of the Tranche A Term Loans set forth in
          subsection 2.4A that is unpaid at the time of such prepayment.

               (d) Waiver of Certain Mandatory Prepayments.  Anything contained
                   ---------------------------------------                     
          herein to the contrary notwithstanding, so long as any Tranche A Term
          Loans are outstanding, that portion of any Waivable Mandatory
          Prepayment (as defined in the AXEL Credit Agreement) which would
          otherwise be payable (in the absence of such an election) to those
          Lenders that have elected to exercise the option under the AXEL Credit
          Agreement to waive such prepayments shall be applied to prepay the
          Tranche A Term Loans (which prepayment shall be applied to the
          scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche A Term Loans in
          accordance with subsection 2.4B(iv)(c)).

               (e) Application of Mandatory Prepayments to Revolving Loans and
                   -----------------------------------------------------------
          Revolving Loan Commitments.  Any mandatory prepayments of the
          --------------------------                                   
          Revolving Loans pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iv)(b) shall be applied
          first to repay outstanding Acquisition Loans to the full extent
          -----                                                          
          thereof and to permanently reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments by
          the amount of such prepayment, and second to repay other outstanding
                                             ------                           
          Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof and to permanently reduce
          the Revolving Loan Commitments by the amount of such prepayment.  Any
          reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments pursuant to subsection
          2.4B(iv)(b) (but not pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be
          applied first to reduce Acquisition Loan Commitments to the full
                  -----                                                   
          extent thereof, and second to reduce the remaining Revolving Loan
                              ------                                       
          Commitments to the full extent thereof.

               (f) Application of Prepayments to Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar
                   ------------------------------------------------------------
          Rate Loans.  Considering Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans
          ----------                                                       
          being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied
          first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application
          to Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the
          amount of any payments required to be made by Company pursuant to
          subsection 2.6D.

     C.   General Provisions Regarding Payments.

          (i)  Manner and Time of Payment. All payments by Company of principal,
               --------------------------
     interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder and under the Notes shall be
     made in Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim,
     free of any

                                      62
<PAGE>
 
     restriction or condition, and delivered to Administrative Agent not later
     than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date due at the Funding and
     Payment Office for the account of Lenders; funds received by Administrative
     Agent after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by
     Company on the next succeeding Business Day.  Company hereby authorizes
     Administrative Agent to charge its accounts with Administrative Agent in
     order to cause timely payment to be made to Administrative Agent of all
     principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject to sufficient
     funds being available in its accounts for that purpose).

          (ii)   Application of Payments to Principal and Interest.  Except as
                 -------------------------------------------------            
     provided in subsection 2.2C, all payments in respect of the principal
     amount of any Loan shall include payment of accrued interest on the
     principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in
     any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is
     due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment
     of interest before application to principal.

          (iii)  Apportionment of Payments.  Aggregate principal and interest
                 -------------------------                                   
     payments in respect of Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be
     apportioned among all outstanding Loans to which such payments relate, in
     each case proportionately to Lenders' respective Pro Rata Shares.
     Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender, at its
     primary address set forth below its name on the appropriate signature page
     hereof or at such other address as such Lender may request, its Pro Rata
     Share of all such payments received by Administrative Agent and the
     commitment fees of such Lender when received by Administrative Agent
     pursuant to subsection 2.3.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
     this subsection 2.4C(iii), if, pursuant to the provisions of subsection
     2.6C, any Notice of Conversion/Continuation is withdrawn as to any Affected
     Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro
     Rata Share of any Eurodollar Rate Loans, Administrative Agent shall give
     effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

          (iv)   Payments on Business Days.  Whenever any payment to be made
                 -------------------------                                  
     hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day,
     such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such
     extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of
     interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder, as the case may be.

          (v)    Notation of Payment. Each Lender agrees that before disposing
                 ------------------- 
     of any Note held by it, or any part thereof (other than by granting
     participations therein), that Lender will make a notation thereon of all
     Loans evidenced by that Note and all principal payments previously made
     thereon and of the date to which interest thereon has been paid; provided
                                                                      --------
     that the failure to make (or any error in the making of) a notation of any
     Loan made under such Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the
     obligations of Company hereunder or under such Note with respect to any
     Loan or any payments of principal or interest on such Note.

                                      63
<PAGE>
 
     D.   Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under Guaranties.

          (i)  Application of Proceeds of Collateral.  Except as provided in
               -------------------------------------                        
     subsections 2.4B(iii)(a) and 2.4B(iii)(b) with respect to prepayments from
     Net Asset Sale Proceeds and Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, all
     proceeds received by Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of,
     collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the
     Collateral under any Collateral Document may, in the discretion of
     Administrative Agent, be held by Administrative Agent as Collateral for,
     and/or (then or at any time thereafter) applied in full or in part by
     Administrative Agent against, the applicable Secured Obligations (as
     defined in such Collateral Document) in the following order of priority:

               (a) To the payment of all costs and expenses of such sale,
          collection or other realization, including all expenses, liabilities
          and advances made or incurred by Administrative Agent and its agents
          and counsel in connection therewith, and all amounts for which
          Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under such
          Collateral Document and all advances made by Administrative Agent
          thereunder for the account of the applicable Loan Party, and to the
          payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Administrative
          Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under
          such Collateral Document, all in accordance with the terms of this
          Agreement and such Collateral Document;

               (b) thereafter, to the extent of any excess such proceeds, to the
          payment of all other such Secured Obligations then due and owing for
          the ratable benefit of the holders thereof; and

               (c) thereafter, to the extent of any excess such proceeds, to the
          payment to or upon the order of such Loan Party or to whosoever may be
          lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent
          jurisdiction may direct.

          (ii) Application of Payments Under Guaranties.  All payments received
               ----------------------------------------                        
     by Administrative Agent under either Guaranty shall be applied promptly
     from time to time by Administrative Agent in the following order of
     priority:

               (a) To the payment of the costs and expenses of any collection or
          other realization under such the Guaranty, including all expenses,
          liabilities and advances made or incurred by Administrative Agent and
          its agents and counsel in connection therewith, all in accordance with
          the terms of this Agreement and Guaranty;

               (b) thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments, to the
          payment of all other Guarantied Obligations (as defined in such
          Guaranty) for the ratable benefit of the holders thereof; and

                                      64
<PAGE>
 
     (c)  thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments, to the payment
          to Holdings or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor or to whosoever may
          be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent
          jurisdiction may direct.

2.5  Use of Proceeds.
     --------------- 

     A.   Tranche A Term Loans and Initial Revolving Loans.  The Tranche A Term
Loans and up to $10,400,000 in aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans
made on the Closing Date (the "Recapitalization Revolving Loans"), together
with the proceeds of up to $330,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of AXELs
made on the Closing Date under the AXEL Credit Agreement and the proceeds of the
debt and equity capitalization of Holdings and Company described in subsections
4.1D(i), (iii) and (iv), shall be applied by Holdings and Company to fund the
Recapitalization Financing Requirements.

     B.   Post Closing Date Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans.

          (i)  Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans made after the Closing Date
     in an aggregate amount not to exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding
     may be used by Company for working capital and general corporate purposes,
     which may include the making of intercompany loans to any of Company's
     wholly owned Subsidiaries, in accordance with subsection 7.1(iv) or 7.1(v),
     for their own working capital and general corporate purposes and the making
     of intercompany loans to Company's Joint Ventures to the extent such
     Indebtedness is permitted hereunder, for their own working capital and
     general corporate purposes.

          (ii) Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans made after the Closing Date
     in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time outstanding
     may be used by Company or its Subsidiaries to finance Permitted
     Acquisitions and other expenditures which are included in the definition of
     Consolidated Capital Expenditures.

     C.   Margin Regulations.  No portion of the proceeds of any borrowing under
this Agreement shall be used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any
manner that might cause the borrowing or the application of such proceeds to
violate Regulation G, Regulation U, Regulation T or Regulation X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board or
to violate the Exchange Act, in each case as in effect on the date or dates of
such borrowing and such use of proceeds.

2.6  Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans.
     -------------------------------------------------- 

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the
following provisions shall govern with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans as to
the matters covered:

     A.   Determination of Applicable Interest Rate.  As soon as practicable
after 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date,
Administrative Agent

                                      65
<PAGE>
 
shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final,
conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to
the Eurodollar Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined
for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in
writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and each Lender.

     B.   Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate.  In the event that
Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final
and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate
Determination Date with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, that by reason of
circumstances affecting the interbank Eurodollar market adequate and fair means
do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the
basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, Administrative
Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed
in writing) to Company and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no
Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans until such time as
Administrative Agent notifies Company and Lenders that the circumstances giving
rise to such notice no longer exist and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice
of Conversion/Continuation given by Company with respect to the Loans in respect
of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Company.

     C.   Illegality or Impracticability of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  In the event
that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be
final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be made only
after consultation with Company and Administrative Agent) that the making,
maintaining or continuation of its Eurodollar Rate Loans (i) has become unlawful
as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, treaty,
governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any
such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the
force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful)
or (ii) has become impracticable, or would cause such Lender material hardship,
as a result of contingencies occurring after the date of this Agreement which
materially and adversely affect the interbank Eurodollar market or the position
of such Lender in that market, then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be
an "Affected Lender" and it shall on that day give notice (by telefacsimile or
by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and Administrative Agent of such
determination (which notice Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each
other Lender).  Thereafter (a) the obligation of the Affected Lender to make
Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until
such notice shall be withdrawn by the Affected Lender, (b) to the extent such
determination by the Affected Lender relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then
being requested by Company pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, the Affected Lender shall make such Loan as (or convert
such Loan to, as the case may be) a Base Rate Loan, (c) the Affected Lender's
obligation to maintain its outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans (the "Affected
Loans") shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the
Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when
required by law, and (d) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into
Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates
to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by Company pursuant to a Notice
of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation,

                                      66
<PAGE>
 
Company shall have the option, subject to the provisions of subsection 2.6D, to
rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation as to all
Lenders by giving notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing)
to Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected
Lender gives notice of its determination as described above (which notice of
rescission Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender).
Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, nothing in this
subsection 2.6C shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than an Affected
Lender to make or maintain Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate
Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     D.   Compensation For Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods.
Company shall compensate each Lender, promptly upon written request by that
Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts),
for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid
by that Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its
Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by that
Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds) which
that Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by that
Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date
specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a telephonic request for
borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does
not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation or
a telephonic request for conversion or continuation, (ii) if any prepayment
(including any prepayment pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i)) or other principal
payment or any conversion of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date
prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan, (iii) if
any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date
specified in a notice of prepayment given by Company, or (iv) as a consequence
of any other default by Company in the repayment of its Eurodollar Rate Loans
when required by the terms of this Agreement.

     E.   Booking of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Subject to its obligations under
subsection 2.8, any Lender may make, carry or transfer Eurodollar Rate Loans at,
to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an
Affiliate of that Lender.

     F.   Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Calculation
of all amounts payable to a Lender under this subsection 2.6 and under
subsection 2.7A shall be made as though that Lender had actually funded each of
its relevant Eurodollar Rate Loans through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit
bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to clause (i) of the definition
of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such Eurodollar
Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and
through the transfer of such Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of that
Lender to a domestic office of that Lender in the United States of America;
provided, however, that each Lender may fund each of its Eurodollar Rate Loans
- --------  -------                                                             
in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only
for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this subsection 2.6 and
under subsection 2.7A.

                                      67
<PAGE>
 
     G.   Eurodollar Rate Loans After Default.  After the occurrence of and
during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) Company may not elect to
have a Loan be made or maintained as, or converted to, a Eurodollar Rate Loan
after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for that Loan and
(ii) subject to the provisions of subsection 2.6D, any Notice of Borrowing or
Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Company with respect to a requested
borrowing or conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall be deemed
to be rescinded by Company.

2.7  Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy.
     ---------------------------------------- 

     A.   Compensation for Increased Costs and Taxes.  Subject to the provisions
of subsection 2.7B (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters
covered thereby), in the event that any Lender shall determine (which
determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding
upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation
or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or
application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or
governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or
governmental authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date
hereof, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive
issued or made after the date hereof by any central bank or other governmental
or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law):

          (i)   subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any
     additional Tax (other than any Tax on the overall net income of such
     Lender) with respect to this Agreement or any of its obligations hereunder
     or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of
     principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder;

          (ii)  imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any
     marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special
     deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against
     assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of,
     or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other
     acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than any such
     reserve or other requirements with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans that
     are reflected in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate); or

          (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax
     matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or
     its obligations hereunder or the interbank Eurodollar market;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of
agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount
received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with
respect thereto; then, in any such case, Company shall promptly pay to such
Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such
additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a
different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its
sole discretion shall determine) as may

                                      68
<PAGE>
 
be necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction
in amounts received or receivable hereunder.  Such Lender shall deliver to
Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth
in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to
such Lender under this subsection 2.7A, which statement shall be conclusive and
binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

     B.   Withholding of Taxes.

          (i)   Payments to Be Free and Clear. All sums payable by Company under
                -----------------------------
     this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall (except to the extent
     required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or
     withholding on account of, any Tax (other than a Tax on the overall net
     income of any Lender) imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by
     or within the United States of America or any political subdivision in or
     of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction from or to which
     a payment is made by or on behalf of Company or by any federation or
     organization of which the United States of America or any such jurisdiction
     is a member at the time of payment.

          (ii)  Grossing-up of Payments.  If Company or any other Person is
                -----------------------                                    
     required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any such
     Tax from any sum paid or payable by Company to Administrative Agent or any
     Lender under any of the Loan Documents:

                (a)  Company shall notify Administrative Agent of any such
          requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as Company
          becomes aware of it;

                (b)  Company shall pay any such Tax before the date on which
          penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to
          pay is imposed on Company) for its own account or (if that liability
          is imposed on Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be)
          on behalf of and in the name of Administrative Agent or such Lender;

                (c)  the sum payable by Company in respect of which the relevant
          deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be increased to
          the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that
          deduction, withholding or payment, Administrative Agent or such
          Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal
          to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or
          payment been required or made; and

                (d)  within 30 days after paying any sum from which it is
          required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within 30
          days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by
          clause (b) above to pay, Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent
          evidence satisfactory to the other affected

                                      69
<PAGE>
 
          parties of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the
          remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority;

     provided that no such additional amount shall be required to be paid to any
     --------                                                                   
     Lender under clause (c) above except to the extent that any change after
     the date hereof (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages
     hereof) or after the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which
     such Lender became a Lender (in the case of each other Lender) in any such
     requirement for a deduction, withholding or payment as is mentioned therein
     shall result in an increase in the rate of such deduction, withholding or
     payment from that in effect at the date of this Agreement or at the date of
     such Assignment Agreement, as the case may be, in respect of payments to
     such Lender.

          (iii)  Evidence of Exemption from U.S. Withholding Tax.
                 ----------------------------------------------- 

                 (a) Each Lender that is organized under the laws of any
          jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or other
          political subdivision thereof (for purposes of this subsection
          2.7B(iii), a "Non-US Lender") shall deliver to Administrative Agent
          for transmission to Company, on or prior to the Closing Date (in the
          case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof) or on or
          prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it
          becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other
          times as may be necessary in the determination of Company or
          Administrative Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its
          discretion), (1) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form
          1001 or 4224 (or any successor forms), properly completed and duly
          executed by such Lender, together with any other certificate or
          statement of exemption required under the Internal Revenue Code or the
          regulations issued thereunder to establish that such Lender is not
          subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income
          tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal,
          interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Loan
          Documents or (2) if such Lender is not a "bank" or other Person
          described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot
          deliver either Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to
          clause (1) above, a Certificate re Non-Bank Status together with two
          original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or any successor
          form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, together
          with any other certificate or statement of exemption required under
          the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations issued thereunder to
          establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding
          of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to
          such Lender of interest payable under any of the Loan Documents.

                 (b) Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or
          other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax
          withholding matters pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii)(a) hereby agrees,
          from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such
          forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or
          change in circumstances renders such forms,

                                      70
<PAGE>
 
          certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material
          respect, that such Lender shall promptly (1) deliver to Administrative
          Agent for transmission to Company two new original copies of Internal
          Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224, or a Certificate re Non-Bank Status
          and two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8, as the
          case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender,
          together with any other certificate or statement of exemption required
          in order to confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to
          deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with
          respect to payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents or (2)
          notify Administrative Agent and Company of its inability to deliver
          any such forms, certificates or other evidence.

               (c) Company shall not be required to pay any additional amount to
          any Non-US Lender under clause (c) of subsection 2.7B(ii) if such
          Lender shall have failed to satisfy the requirements of clause (a) or
          (b)(1) of this subsection 2.7B(iii); provided that if such Lender
                                               --------                    
          shall have satisfied the requirements of subsection 2.7B(iii)(a) on
          the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature
          pages hereof) or on the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to
          which it became a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), nothing
          in this subsection 2.7B(iii)(c) shall relieve Company of its
          obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant to clause (c) of
          subsection 2.7B(ii) in the event that, as a result of any change in
          any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order,
          or any change in the interpretation, administration or application
          thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms,
          certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the
          fact that such Lender is not subject to withholding as described in
          subsection 2.7B(iii)(a).

     C.   Capital Adequacy Adjustment.  If any Lender shall have determined that
the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the date hereof of
any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital
adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration
thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender
(or its applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive
regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the
effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any
corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to,
such Lender's Loans or Commitments or Letters of Credit or participations
therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans or the Letters
of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling
corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in,
applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of
such Lender or such controlling corporation with regard to capital adequacy),
then from time to time, within five Business Days after receipt by Company from
such Lender of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Company shall pay
to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender
or such controlling corporation on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such
Lender shall deliver to Company (with

                                      71
<PAGE>
 
a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable
detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, which statement
shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

2.8  Obligation of Lenders and Issuing Lenders to Mitigate.
     ----------------------------------------------------- 

     Each Lender and Issuing Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable
after the officer of such Lender or Issuing Lender responsible for administering
the Loans or Letters of Credit of such Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may
be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition
that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle
such Lender or Issuing Lender to receive payments under subsection 2.7 or
subsection 3.6, it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal
policies of such Lender or Issuing Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory
restrictions, use reasonable efforts (i) to make, issue, fund or maintain the
Commitments of such Lender or the affected Loans or Letters of Credit of such
Lender or Issuing Lender through another lending or letter of credit office of
such Lender or Issuing Lender, or (ii) take such other measures as such Lender
or Issuing Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances
which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or
the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such
Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to subsection 2.7 or subsection 3.6 would be
materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender or Issuing Lender in its
sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Commitments
or Loans or Letters of Credit through such other lending or letter of credit
office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not
otherwise materially adversely affect such Commitments or Loans or Letters of
Credit or the interests of such Lender or Issuing Lender; provided that such
                                                          --------          
Lender or Issuing Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other lending or
letter of credit office pursuant to this subsection 2.8 unless Company agrees to
pay all incremental expenses incurred by such Lender or Issuing Lender as a
result of utilizing such other lending or letter of credit office as described
in clause (i) above.  A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses
payable by Company pursuant to this subsection 2.8 (setting forth in reasonable
detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender or Issuing
Lender to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.

2.9  Defaulting Lenders.
     ------------------ 

     Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event
that any Lender (a "Defaulting Lender") defaults (a "Funding Default") in
its obligation to fund any Revolving Loan (a "Defaulted Revolving Loan") in
accordance with subsection 2.1 as a result of the appointment of a receiver or
conservator with respect to such Lender at the direction or request of any
regulatory agency or authority, then (i) during any Default Period (as defined
below) with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be
deemed not to be a "Lender" for purposes of voting on any matters (including
the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan
Documents, (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law, until such time as
the Default Excess (as defined below) with respect to such Defaulting Lender
shall have been reduced to zero, (a) any voluntary prepayment of the Revolving
Loans

                                      72
<PAGE>
 
pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i) shall, if Company so directs at the time of
making such voluntary prepayment, be applied to the Revolving Loans of other
Lenders as if such Defaulting Lender had no Revolving Loans outstanding and the
Revolving Loan Exposure of such Defaulting Lender were zero, and (b) any
mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii)
shall, if Company so directs at the time of making such mandatory prepayment, be
applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders (but not to the Revolving Loans
of such Defaulting Lender) as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted
Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender, it being understood and agreed that
Company shall be entitled to retain any portion of any mandatory prepayment of
the Revolving Loans that is not paid to such Defaulting Lender solely as a
result of the operation of the provisions of this clause (b), (iii) such
Defaulting Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment and outstanding Revolving Loans
and such Defaulting Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage shall
be excluded for purposes of calculating the commitment fee payable to Lenders
pursuant to subsection 2.3A in respect of any day during any Default Period with
respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be
entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to subsection 2.3A with respect
to such Defaulting Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment in respect of any Default
Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and (iv) the Total Utilization of
Revolving Loan Commitments as at any date of determination shall be calculated
as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Revolving Loans of such
Defaulting Lender.

     For purposes of this Agreement, (I) "Default Period" means, with respect
to any Defaulting Lender, the period commencing on the date of the applicable
Funding Default and ending on the earliest of the following dates:  (A) the date
on which all Revolving Loan Commitments are cancelled or terminated and/or the
Obligations are declared or become immediately due and payable, (B) the date on
which (1) the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have
been reduced to zero (whether by the funding by such Defaulting Lender of any
Defaulted Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender or by the non-pro rata
application of any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Revolving Loans in
accordance with the terms of this subsection 2.9 or by a combination thereof)
and (2) such Defaulting Lender shall have delivered to Company and
Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its
obligations under this Agreement with respect to its Revolving Loan Commitment,
and (C) the date on which Company, Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders
waive all Funding Defaults of such Defaulting Lender in writing, and (II)
"Default Excess" means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if
any, of such Defaulting Lender's Pro Rata Share of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Revolving Loans of all Lenders (calculated as if all
Defaulting Lenders (other than such Defaulting Lender) had funded all of their
respective Defaulted Revolving Loans) over the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender.

     No Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and,
except as otherwise expressly provided in this subsection 2.9, performance by
Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
shall not be excused or otherwise modified, as a result of any Funding Default
or the operation of this subsection 2.9.  The rights and remedies against a
Defaulting Lender under this subsection 2.9 are in addition to other rights

                                      73
<PAGE>
 
and remedies which Company may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect
to any Funding Default and which Administrative Agent or any Lender may have
against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default.

2.10 Removal or Replacement of a Lender.
     ---------------------------------- 

     A.   Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
in the event that:

          (i)    (a) any Lender (an "Increased-Cost Lender") shall give notice
     to Company that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such Lender is
     entitled to receive payments under subsection 2.7 or subsection 3.6, (b)
     the circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or
     which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect,
     and (c) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five Business
     Days after Company's request for such withdrawal; or

          (ii)   (a) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (b) the
     Default Period for such Defaulting Lender shall remain in effect, and (c)
     such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which
     it has become a Defaulting Lender within five Business Days after Company's
     request that it cure such default; or

          (iii)  (a) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification,
     termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions of
     this Agreement as contemplated by clauses (i) through (v) of the first
     provision to subsection 10.6A, the consent of Requisite Lenders shall have
     been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a
     "Non-Consenting Lender") whose consent is required shall not have been
     obtained, and (b) the failure to obtain Non-Consenting Lenders' consents
     does not result solely from the exercise of Non-Consenting Lenders' rights
     (and the withholding of any required consents by Non-Consenting Lenders)
     pursuant to the second provision to subsection 10.6A;

then, and in each such case, Company shall have the right, at its option, to
remove or replace the applicable Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender or
Non-Consenting Lender (the "Terminated Lender") to the extent permitted by
subsection 2.10B.

     B.   Company may, by giving written notice to Administrative Agent and any
Terminated Lender of its election to do so:

          (i)    elect to (a) terminate the Revolving Loan Commitment, if any,
     of such Terminated Lender upon receipt by such Terminated Lender of such
     notice and (b) prepay on the date of such termination any outstanding Loans
     made by such Terminated Lender, together with accrued and unpaid interest
     thereon and any other amounts payable to such Terminated Lender hereunder
     pursuant to subsection 2.3, subsection 2.6, subsection 2.7 or subsection
     3.6 or otherwise; provided that, in the event such Terminated Lender has
                       --------                                              
     any Loans outstanding at the time of such termination, the written

                                      74
<PAGE>
 
     consent of Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders (which consent shall
     not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required in order for
     Company to make the election set forth in this clause (i); or

          (ii) elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender
     hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans and its
     Revolving Loan Commitment, if any, in full to one or more Eligible
     Assignees (each a "Replacement Lender") in accordance with the provisions
     of subsection 10.1B; provided that (a) on the date of such assignment,
                          --------                                         
     Company shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender pursuant to
     subsection 2.3, subsection 2.6, subsection 2.7 or subsection 3.6 or
     otherwise as if it were a prepayment and (b) in the event such Terminated
     Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent,
     at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such
     Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender;

provided that (X) Company may not make either of the elections set forth in
- --------                                                                   
clauses (i) or (ii) above with respect to any Non-Consenting Lender unless
Company also makes one of such elections with respect to each other Terminated
Lender which is a Non-Consenting Lender and (Y) Company may not make either of
such elections with respect to any Terminated Lender that is an Issuing Lender
unless, prior to the effectiveness of such election, Company shall have caused
each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender to be cancelled.

     C.   Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and
the termination of such Terminated Lender's Revolving Loan Commitment, if any,
pursuant to clause (i) of subsection 2.10B, (i) Schedule 2.1 shall be deemed
                                                ------------                
modified to reflect any corresponding changes in the Revolving Loan Commitments
and (ii) such Terminated Lender shall no longer constitute a "Lender" for
purposes of this Agreement; provided that any rights of such Terminated Lender
                            --------                                          
to indemnification under this Agreement (including under subsections 2.6D, 2.7,
3.6, 10.2 and 10.3) shall survive as to such Terminated Lender.


                                  SECTION 3.
                               LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1  Issuance of Letters of Credit and Lenders' Purchase of Participations
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     Therein.
     ------- 

     A.   Letters of Credit.  In addition to Company requesting that Lenders
make Revolving Loans pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii) and that Swing Line Lender
make Swing Line Loans pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii), Company may request, in
accordance with the provisions of this subsection 3.1, from time to time during
the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Loan Commitment
Termination Date, that one or more Lenders issue Letters of Credit for the
account of Company for the purposes specified in the definitions of Commercial
Letters of Credit and Standby Letters of Credit; provided that all such
                                                 --------              
Commercial Letters of Credit shall provide for sight drawings.  Subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement and in reliance upon the representations
and warranties of Company herein set forth,

                                      75
<PAGE>
 
any one or more Lenders may, but (except as provided in subsection 3.1B(ii))
shall not be obligated to, issue such Letters of Credit in accordance with the
provisions of this subsection 3.1; provided that Company shall not request that
                                   --------                                    
any Lender issue (and no Lender shall issue):

          (i)    any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance,
     the Total Utilization of Revolving Loan Commitments would exceed the
     Revolving Loan Commitments then in effect;

          (ii)   any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance,
     the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $20,000,000;

          (iii)  any Standby Letter of Credit having an expiration date later
     than the earlier of (a) five Business Days prior to the Revolving Loan
     Commitment Termination Date and (b) the date which is one year from the
     date of issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit; provided that the
                                                        --------         
     immediately preceding clause (b) shall not prevent any Issuing Lender from
     agreeing that a Standby Letter of Credit will automatically be extended for
     one or more successive periods not to exceed one year each unless such
     Issuing Lender elects not to extend for any such additional period; and
     provided, further that such Issuing Lender shall elect not to extend such
     --------  -------                                                        
     Standby Letter of Credit if it has knowledge that an Event of Default has
     occurred and is continuing (and has not been waived in accordance with
     subsection 10.6) at the time such Issuing Lender must elect whether or not
     to allow such extension; provided, however, that notwithstanding clause (a)
                              --------  -------                                 
     but subject to the other restrictions of this subsection, Company may
     request the issuance (on a date prior to five Business Days prior to the
     Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date) of a Standby Letter of Credit
     having an expiration date later than five Business Days prior to the
     Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date if Company, at the time of such
     request, makes arrangements in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Issuing Lender thereof to cash collateralize such Letter of Credit,
     provided that Issuing Lender shall be under no obligation to issue such a
     --------                                                                 
     Letter of Credit if it shall reasonably determine that such cash
     collateralization arrangements could reasonably be expected to be less
     favorable to Issuing Lender than the reimbursement arrangements hereunder
     with respect to other Letters of Credit; or

          (iv)   any Commercial Letter of Credit having an expiration date 
     (a) later than the earlier of (X) the date which is 30 days prior to the
     Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and (Y) the date which is 180
     days from the date of issuance (on a date prior to 30 days prior to the
     Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date) of such Commercial Letter of
     Credit or (b) that is otherwise unacceptable to the applicable Issuing
     Lender in its reasonable discretion; provided, however, that
                                          --------  -------      
     notwithstanding clause (X) but subject to the other restrictions of this
     subsection, Company may request the issuance (on a date prior to 30 days
     prior to the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date) of a Commercial
     Letter of Credit having an expiration date later than the time set forth in
     clause (X) if Company, at the time of such request, makes arrangements in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Lender thereof to cash
     collateralize such Letter of Credit, provided that Issuing Lender shall be
                                          --------                             
     under no

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
     obligation to issue such a Letter of Credit if it shall reasonably
     determine that such cash collateralization arrangements could reasonably be
     expected to be less favorable to Issuing Lender than the reimbursement
     arrangements hereunder with respect to other Letters of Credit.

     B.   Mechanics of Issuance.

          (i)    Notice of Issuance.  Whenever Company desires the issuance of a
                 ------------------                                             
     Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Notice of
     Issuance of Letter of Credit substantially in the form of Exhibit III
                                                               -----------
     annexed hereto no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) at least three
     Business Days (in the case of Standby Letters of Credit) or five Business
     Days (in the case of Commercial Letters of Credit), or in each case such
     shorter period as may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender in any particular
     instance, in advance of the proposed date of issuance.  The Notice of
     Issuance of Letter of Credit shall specify (a) the proposed date of
     issuance (which shall be a Business Day), (b) whether the Letter of Credit
     is to be a Standby Letter of Credit or a Commercial Letter of Credit, 
     (c) the face amount of the Letter of Credit, (d) in the case of a Letter of
     Credit which Company requests to be denominated in a currency other than
     Dollars, the currency in which Company requests such Letter of Credit to be
     issued, (e) the expiration date of the Letter of Credit, (f) the name and
     address of the beneficiary, and (g) either the verbatim text of the
     proposed Letter of Credit or the proposed terms and conditions thereof,
     including a precise description of any documents to be presented by the
     beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the expiration
     date of the Letter of Credit, would require the Issuing Lender to make
     payment under the Letter of Credit; provided that the Issuing Lender, in
                                         --------                            
     its reasonable discretion, may require changes in the text of the proposed
     Letter of Credit or any such documents; and provided, further that no
                                                 --------  -------        
     Letter of Credit shall require payment against a conforming draft to be
     made thereunder on the same business day (under the laws of the
     jurisdiction in which the office of the Issuing Lender to which such draft
     is required to be presented is located) that such draft is presented if
     such presentation is made after 10:00 A.M. (in the time zone of such office
     of the Issuing Lender) on such business day.

          Company shall notify the applicable Issuing Lender (and Administrative
     Agent, if Administrative Agent is not such Issuing Lender) prior to the
     issuance of any Letter of Credit in the event that any of the matters to
     which Company is required to certify in the applicable Notice of Issuance
     of Letter of Credit is no longer true and correct as of the proposed date
     of issuance of such Letter of Credit, and upon the issuance of any Letter
     of Credit Company shall be deemed to have re-certified, as of the date of
     such issuance, as to the matters to which Company is required to certify in
     the applicable Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit.

          (ii)   Determination of Issuing Lender.  Upon receipt by 
                 -------------------------------
     Administrative Agent of a Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit pursuant
     to subsection 3.1B(i) requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, in the
     event Administrative Agent elects to issue such Letter of Credit,
     Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify Company, and

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
     Administrative Agent shall be the Issuing Lender with respect thereto.  In
     the event that Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, elects not to
     issue such Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify
     Company, whereupon Company may request any other Lender to issue such
     Letter of Credit by delivering to such Lender a copy of the applicable
     Notice of Issuance of Letter of Credit.  Any Lender so requested to issue
     such Letter of Credit shall promptly notify Company and Administrative
     Agent whether or not, in its sole discretion, it has elected to issue such
     Letter of Credit, and any such Lender which so elects to issue such Letter
     of Credit shall be the Issuing Lender with respect thereto.  In the event
     that all other Lenders shall have declined to issue such Letter of Credit,
     notwithstanding the prior election of Administrative Agent not to issue
     such Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall be obligated to issue
     such Letter of Credit and shall be the Issuing Lender with respect thereto,
     notwithstanding the fact that the Letter of Credit Usage with respect to
     such Letter of Credit and with respect to all other Letters of Credit
     issued by Administrative Agent, when aggregated with Administrative Agent's
     outstanding Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans, may exceed Administrative
     Agent's Revolving Loan Commitment then in effect; provided that
                                                       --------     
     Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit
     denominated in a foreign currency which in the judgment of Administrative
     Agent is not readily and freely available.

          (iii)  Issuance of Letter of Credit.  Upon satisfaction or waiver (in
                 ----------------------------                                  
     accordance with subsection 10.6) of the conditions set forth in subsection
     4.3, the Issuing Lender shall issue the requested Letter of Credit in
     accordance with the Issuing Lender's standard operating procedures.

          (iv)   Notification to Lenders.  Upon the issuance of any Letter of
                 -----------------------                                     
     Credit the applicable Issuing Lender shall promptly notify Administrative
     Agent and each other Lender of such issuance, which notice shall be
     accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit.  Promptly after receipt of
     such notice (or, if Administrative Agent is the Issuing Lender, together
     with such notice), Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the
     amount of such Lender's respective participation in such Letter of Credit,
     determined in accordance with subsection 3.1C.

          (v)    Reports to Lenders.  Within 15 days after the end of each 
                 ------------------
     calendar quarter ending after the Closing Date, so long as any Letter of
     Credit shall have been outstanding during such calendar quarter, each
     Issuing Lender shall deliver to each other Lender a report setting forth
     for such calendar quarter the daily aggregate amount available to be drawn
     under the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender that were
     outstanding during such calendar quarter.

     C.   Lenders' Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit.  Immediately
upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender having a Revolving Loan
Commitment shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have irrevocably purchased
from the Issuing Lender a participation in such Letter of Credit and any
drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Share
(with respect to the Revolving Loan Commitments) of the

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn
thereunder.  On the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, the Issuing
Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, irrevocably repurchase from
each Lender such Lender's participation in the Letters of Credit issued by such
Issuing Lender pursuant to the last proviso to subsection 3.1A(iii) or the last
proviso to subsection 3.1a(iv) to the extent any such Letter of Credit remains
outstanding and any amounts remain undrawn thereunder.

3.2  Letter of Credit Fees.
     --------------------- 

     Company agrees to pay the following amounts with respect to Letters of
Credit issued hereunder:

          (i)    with respect to each Standby Letter of Credit, (a) a fronting
     fee, payable directly to the applicable Issuing Lender for its own account,
     equal to 1/8 of 1% per annum of the daily amount available to be drawn
     under such Standby Letter of Credit and (b) a letter of credit fee, payable
     to Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders having Revolving Loan
     Exposure, equal to the product of (x) the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin
     and (y) the daily amount available to be drawn under such Standby Letter of
     Credit, each such fronting fee or letter of credit fee to be payable in
     arrears on and to (but excluding) each February 28, May 31, August 31 and
     November 30 of each year and computed on the basis of a 360-day year for
     the actual number of days elapsed;

          (ii)   with respect to each Commercial Letter of Credit, (a) a
     fronting fee, payable directly to the applicable Issuing Lender for its own
     account, equal to 1/8 of 1% per annum of the daily amount available to be
     drawn under such Commercial Letter of Credit and (b) a letter of credit
     fee, payable to Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders having
     Revolving Loan Exposure, equal to the product of (x) the Applicable
     Eurodollar Rate Margin and (y) the daily amount available to be drawn under
     such Commercial Letter of Credit, each such fronting fee or letter of
     credit fee to be payable in arrears on and to (but excluding) each 
     February 28, May 31, August 31 and November 30 of each year and computed on
     the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed; and

          (iii)  with respect to the issuance, amendment or transfer of each
     Letter of Credit and each payment of a drawing made thereunder (without
     duplication of the fees payable under clauses (i) and (ii) above),
     documentary and processing charges payable directly to the applicable
     Issuing Lender for its own account in accordance with such Issuing Lender's
     standard schedule for such charges in effect at the time of such issuance,
     amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

For purposes of calculating any fees payable under clauses (i) and (ii) of this
subsection 3.2, (1) the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of
Credit shall be determined as of the close of business on any date of
determination and (2) any amount described in such clauses which is denominated
in a currency other than Dollars shall be valued based on the applicable
Exchange Rate for such currency as of the applicable date of determination.
Promptly upon

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
receipt by Administrative Agent of any amount described in clause (i)(b) or
(ii)(b) of this subsection 3.2, Administrative Agent shall distribute to each
Lender its Pro Rata Share of such amount.

3.3  Drawings and Reimbursement of Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit.
     ------------------------------------------------------------------ 

     A.   Responsibility of Issuing Lender With Respect to Drawings.  In
determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the
beneficiary thereof, the Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to examine the
documents delivered under such Letter of Credit with reasonable care so as to
ascertain whether they appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms
and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

     B.   Reimbursement by Company of Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit.  In
the event an Issuing Lender has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of
Credit issued by it, such Issuing Lender shall immediately notify Company and
Administrative Agent, and Company shall reimburse such Issuing Lender on or
before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is
honored (the "Reimbursement Date") in an amount in Dollars (which amount, in
the case of a drawing under a Letter of Credit which is denominated in a
currency other than Dollars, shall be calculated by reference to the applicable
Exchange Rate) and in same day funds equal to the amount of such honored
drawing; provided that, anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary
         --------                                                           
notwithstanding, (i) unless Company shall have notified Administrative Agent and
such Issuing Lender prior to 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date such
drawing is honored that Company intends to reimburse such Issuing Lender for the
amount of such honored drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving
Loans, Company shall be deemed to have given a timely Notice of Borrowing to
Administrative Agent requesting Lenders to make Revolving Loans that are Base
Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount in Dollars (which amount, in
the case of a drawing under a Letter of Credit which is denominated in a
currency other than Dollars, shall be calculated by reference to the applicable
Exchange Rate) equal to the amount of such honored drawing and (ii) subject to
satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in subsection 4.2B, Lenders
shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans
in the amount of such honored drawing, the proceeds of which shall be applied
directly by Administrative Agent to reimburse such Issuing Lender for the amount
of such honored drawing; and provided, further that if for any reason proceeds
                             --------  -------                                
of Revolving Loans are not received by such Issuing Lender on the Reimbursement
Date in an amount equal to the amount of such honored drawing, Company shall
reimburse such Issuing Lender, on demand, in an amount in same day funds equal
to the excess of the amount of such honored drawing over the aggregate amount of
such Revolving Loans, if any, which are so received.  Nothing in this 
subsection 3.3B shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to
make Revolving Loans on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,
and Company shall retain any and all rights it may have against any Lender
resulting from the failure of such Lender to make such Revolving Loans under
this subsection 3.3B.

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
     C.   Payment by Lenders of Unreimbursed Amounts Paid Under Letters of
Credit.

          (i)    Payment by Lenders.  In the event that Company shall fail for
                 ------------------
     any reason to reimburse any Issuing Lender as provided in subsection 3.3B
     in an amount (calculated, in the case of a drawing under a Letter of Credit
     denominated in a currency other than Dollars, by reference to the
     applicable Exchange Rate) equal to the amount of any drawing honored by
     such Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit issued by it, such Issuing
     Lender shall promptly notify each other Lender of the unreimbursed amount
     of such honored drawing and of such other Lender's respective participation
     therein based on such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loan
     Commitments. Each Lender shall make available to such Issuing Lender an
     amount equal to its respective participation, in Dollars and in same day
     funds, at the office of such Issuing Lender specified in such notice, not
     later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) on the first business day (under
     the laws of the jurisdiction in which such office of such Issuing Lender is
     located) after the date notified by such Issuing Lender. In the event that
     any Lender fails to make available to such Issuing Lender on such business
     day the amount of such Lender's participation in such Letter of Credit as
     provided in this subsection 3.3C, such Issuing Lender shall be entitled to
     recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest
     thereon at the rate customarily used by such Issuing Lender for the
     correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at
     the Base Rate. Nothing in this subsection 3.3C shall be deemed to prejudice
     the right of any Lender to recover from any Issuing Lender any amounts made
     available by such Lender to such Issuing Lender pursuant to this 
     subsection 3.3C in the event that it is determined by the final judgment of
     a court of competent jurisdiction that the payment with respect to a Letter
     of Credit by such Issuing Lender in respect of which payment was made by
     such Lender constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part
     of such Issuing Lender.

          (ii)   Distribution to Lenders of Reimbursements Received From
                 -------------------------------------------------------
     Company. In the event any Issuing Lender shall have been reimbursed by
     -------
     other Lenders pursuant to subsection 3.3C(i) for all or any portion of any
     drawing honored by such Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit issued by
     it, such Issuing Lender shall distribute to each other Lender which has
     paid all amounts payable by it under subsection 3.3C(i) with respect to
     such honored drawing such other Lender's Pro Rata Share of all payments
     subsequently received by such Issuing Lender from Company in reimbursement
     of such honored drawing when such payments are received. Any such
     distribution shall be made to a Lender at its primary address set forth
     below its name on the appropriate signature page hereof or at such other
     address as such Lender may request.

     D.   Interest on Amounts Paid Under Letters of Credit.

          (i)    Payment of Interest by Company.  Company agrees to pay to each
                 ------------------------------                                
     Issuing Lender, with respect to drawings honored under any Letters of
     Credit issued by it, interest on the amount paid by such Issuing Lender in
     respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored
     to but excluding the date such amount

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
     is reimbursed by Company (including any such reimbursement out of the
     proceeds of Revolving Loans pursuant to subsection 3.3B) at a rate equal to
     (a) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding
     the Reimbursement Date, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin
                                           ----                                
     for Revolving Loans and (b) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in
     excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable under this Agreement with
     respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans.  Interest payable
     pursuant to this subsection 3.3D(i) shall be computed on the basis of a
     365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be, for the actual number of days
     elapsed in the period during which it accrues and shall be payable on
     demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing
     under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full.

          (ii)   Distribution of Interest Payments by Issuing Lender.  Promptly
                 ---------------------------------------------------           
     upon receipt by any Issuing Lender of any payment of interest pursuant to
     subsection 3.3D(i) with respect to a drawing honored under a Letter of
     Credit issued by it, (a) such Issuing Lender shall distribute to each other
     Lender, out of the interest received by such Issuing Lender in respect of
     the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date
     on which such Issuing Lender is reimbursed for the amount of such drawing
     (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of Revolving Loans
     pursuant to subsection 3.3B), the amount that such other Lender would have
     been entitled to receive in respect of the letter of credit fee that would
     have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period
     pursuant to subsection 3.2 if no drawing had been honored under such Letter
     of Credit, and (b) in the event such Issuing Lender shall have been
     reimbursed by other Lenders pursuant to subsection 3.3C(i) for all or any
     portion of such honored drawing, such Issuing Lender shall distribute to
     each other Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under 
     subsection 3.3C(i) with respect to such honored drawing such other Lender's
     Pro Rata Share of any interest received by such Issuing Lender in respect
     of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by other Lenders for
     the period from the date on which such Issuing Lender was so reimbursed by
     other Lenders to but excluding the date on which such portion of such
     honored drawing is reimbursed by Company. Any such distribution shall be
     made to a Lender at its primary address set forth below its name on the
     appropriate signature page hereof or at such other address as such Lender
     may request.

3.4  Obligations Absolute.
     -------------------- 

     The obligation of Company to reimburse each Issuing Lender for drawings
honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it and to repay any Revolving
Loans made by Lenders pursuant to subsection 3.3B and the obligations of Lenders
under subsection 3.3C(i) shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be
paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all
circumstances including any of the following circumstances:

          (i)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;

          (ii)   the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
     which Company or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or
     any transferee of any Letter

                                       82
<PAGE>
 
     of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), any
     Issuing Lender or other Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a
     Lender, against Company, whether in connection with this Agreement, the
     transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including
     any underlying transaction between Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries and
     the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured);

          (iii)  any draft or other document presented under any Letter of
     Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any
     respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

          (iv)   any adverse change in the business, operations, properties,
     assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any
     of its Subsidiaries;

          (v)    any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any
     party thereto;

          (vi)   any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not
     similar to any of the foregoing; or

          (vii)  the fact that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

provided, in each case, that payment by the applicable Issuing Lender under the
- --------                                                                       
applicable Letter of Credit shall not have constituted bad faith, gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Lender under the circumstances
in question (as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction).

3.5  Indemnification; Nature of Issuing Lenders' Duties.
     -------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Indemnification.  In addition to amounts payable as provided in
subsection 3.6, Company hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save
harmless each Issuing Lender from and against any and all claims, demands,
liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable
fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel and allocated costs of internal
counsel) which such Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence,
direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by such Issuing
Lender, other than as a result of (a) the bad faith, gross negligence or willful
misconduct of such Issuing Lender as determined by a final judgment of a court
of competent jurisdiction or (b) subject to the following clause (ii), the
wrongful dishonor by such Issuing Lender of a proper demand for payment made
under any Letter of Credit issued by it or (ii) the failure of such Issuing
Lender to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any act
or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or
de facto government or governmental authority (all such acts or omissions herein
called "Governmental Acts").

                                       83
<PAGE>
 
     B.   Nature of Issuing Lenders' Duties.  As between Company and any Issuing
Lender, Company assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the
Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender by, the respective beneficiaries
of such Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the
foregoing, such Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for:  (i) the form,
validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document
submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of
any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all
respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the
validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or
purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or
benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to
be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) so long as such Issuing Lender
complies with its responsibilities under subsection 3.3A, failure of the
beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions
required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions,
interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail,
cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; 
(v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the
transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing
under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the 
misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds
of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising
from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Lender, including any
Governmental Acts, and none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the
vesting of, any of such Issuing Lender's rights or powers hereunder.

     In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific
provisions set forth in the first paragraph of this subsection 3.5B, any action
taken or omitted by any Issuing Lender under or in connection with the Letters
of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder,
if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put such Issuing Lender under any
resulting liability to Company.

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection 3.5,
Company shall retain any and all rights it may have against any Issuing Lender
for any liability arising out of the bad faith, gross negligence or willful
misconduct of such Issuing Lender, as determined by a final judgment of a court
of competent jurisdiction.

3.6  Increased Costs and Taxes Relating to Letters of Credit.
     ------------------------------------------------------- 

     Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.7B (which shall be controlling
with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Issuing
Lender or Lender shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest
error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any
law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or
in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the
introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order),
or any determination of a court or governmental authority, in each case that
becomes effective after the date hereof, or compliance by any Issuing Lender or
Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date
hereof by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority
(whether or not having the force of law):

                                       84
<PAGE>
 
          (i)    subjects such Issuing Lender or Lender (or its applicable
     lending or letter of credit office) to any additional Tax (other than any
     Tax on the overall net income of such Issuing Lender or Lender) with
     respect to the issuing or maintaining of any Letters of Credit or the
     purchasing or maintaining of any participations therein or any other
     obligations under this Section 3, whether directly or by such being imposed
     on or suffered by any particular Issuing Lender;

          (ii)   imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including
     any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special
     deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement in respect
     of any Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Lender or participations
     therein purchased by any Lender; or

          (iii)  imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax
     matter) on or affecting such Issuing Lender or Lender (or its applicable
     lending or letter of credit office) regarding this Section 3 or any Letter
     of Credit or any participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Issuing
Lender or Lender of agreeing to issue, issuing or maintaining any Letter of
Credit or agreeing to purchase, purchasing or maintaining any participation
therein or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Issuing Lender or
Lender (or its applicable lending or letter of credit office) with respect
thereto; then, in any case, Company shall promptly pay to such Issuing Lender or
Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such
additional amount or amounts as may be necessary to compensate such Issuing
Lender or Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or
receivable hereunder.  Such Issuing Lender or Lender shall deliver to Company a
written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating
the additional amounts owed to such Issuing Lender or Lender under this
subsection 3.6, which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties
hereto absent manifest error.


                                   SECTION 4.
                   CONDITIONS TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     The obligations of Lenders to make Loans and the issuance of Letters of
Credit hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions.


4.1  Conditions to Tranche A Term Loans and Recapitalization Revolving Loans.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 

     The obligations of Lenders to make the Tranche A Term Loans and any
Revolving Loans to be made on the Closing Date are, in addition to the
conditions precedent specified in subsection 4.2, subject to prior or concurrent
satisfaction of the following conditions:

     A.   Loan Party Documents.  On or before the Closing Date, Company shall,
and shall cause each other Loan Party to, deliver to Lenders (or to
Administrative Agent for Lenders

                                       85
<PAGE>
 
with sufficient originally executed copies, where appropriate, for each Lender
and its counsel) the following with respect to Company or such Loan Party, as
the case may be, each, unless otherwise noted, dated the Closing Date:

          (i)    Certified copies of the Certificate or Articles of
     Incorporation of such Person, together with a good standing certificate
     from the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation and each
     other state in which such Person is qualified as a foreign corporation to
     do business (except, with respect to Loan Parties other than Company, any
     such other state or states in which failure to be qualified could not,
     individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect (provided that no such state shall be a state in which real
                     --------
     property of the applicable Loan Party is located)) and, to the extent
     generally available, a certificate or other evidence of good standing as to
     payment of any applicable franchise or similar taxes from the appropriate
     taxing authority of each of such jurisdictions, each dated a recent date
     prior to the Closing Date;

          (ii)   Copies of the Bylaws of such Person, certified as of the
     Closing Date by such Person's corporate secretary or an assistant
     secretary;

          (iii)  Resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Person approving
     and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan
     Documents and Related Agreements to which it is a party, certified as of
     the Closing Date by the corporate secretary or an assistant secretary of
     such Person as being in full force and effect without modification or
     amendment;

          (iv)   Signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such
     Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

          (v)    Executed originals of the Loan Documents to which such Person
     is a party; and

          (vi)   Such other documents as Syndication Agent or Administrative
     Agent may reasonably request.

     B.   No Material Adverse Effect.  Since August 31, 1997, no Material
Adverse Effect (in the opinion of Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent)
shall have occurred.

     C.   Corporate and Capital Structure, Ownership, Management, Etc.

          (i)    Corporate Structure.  The corporate organizational structure of
                 -------------------                                            
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the Recapitalization
     Transactions, shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.1C annexed hereto.
                                            -------------                

          (ii)   Capital Structure and Ownership.  The capital structure and
                 -------------------------------                            
     ownership of Holdings and its Subsidiaries,  after giving effect to the
     Recapitalization Transactions,

                                       86
<PAGE>
 
     shall be reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative
     Agent in all respects and as set forth on Schedule 4.1C annexed hereto.
                                               -------------                

          (iii)  Employment Agreement.  Syndication Agent and Administrative
                 --------------------                                       
     Agent shall have received a duly executed copy of, and shall be reasonably
     satisfied with the form and substance of, the Employment Agreement.

     D.   Proceeds of Debt and Equity Capitalization of Merger Corp., Holdings
and Company.

          (i)    Equity Capitalization.  On or before the Closing Date, Bain, 
                 ---------------------
     the Other Investors and the Management Investors shall have made the Equity
     Contribution.

          (ii)   AXELs.  On the Closing Date, Company shall have borrowed
                 -----                                                   
     $330,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of AXELs under the AXEL Credit
     Agreement.

          (iii)  Senior Subordinated Notes.  On or before the Closing Date,
                 -------------------------                                 
     Company shall have issued and sold for Cash not less than $125,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes providing net Cash
     proceeds to Company of not less than $125,000,000.

          (iv)   Discount Notes.  On or before the Closing Date, Company shall
                 --------------                                               
     have issued and sold for Cash Discount Notes providing net Cash proceeds to
     Company of not less than $75,000,000.

          (v)    Use of Proceeds.  Company shall have provided evidence 
                 ---------------
     reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent that
     the proceeds of the debt and equity capitalization of Merger Corp. and
     Company described in the immediately preceding clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and
     (iv) have been irrevocably committed, prior to the application of the
     proceeds of the Recapitalization Revolving Loans, to the payment of a
     portion of the Recapitalization Financing Requirements.

     E.  Related Agreements; AXEL Credit Documents.

          (i)    The Bain Advisory Services Agreement, the Harvard Advisory
     Services Agreement and the Related Agreements shall each be reasonably
     satisfactory in form and substance to Syndication Agent and Administrative
     Agent.

          (ii)   Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent shall each have
     received a fully executed or conformed copy of the Bain Advisory Services
     Agreement, the Harvard Advisory Services Agreement and each Related
     Agreement and any documents executed in connection therewith, and the Bain
     Advisory Services Agreement, the Harvard Advisory Services Agreement and
     each Related Agreement shall be in full force and effect and no provision
     thereof related to payments thereunder shall have been modified

                                       87
<PAGE>
 
     or waived in any respect determined by Syndication Agent or Administrative
     Agent to be material, in each case without the consent of Syndication Agent
     and Administrative Agent.

          (iii)  Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent shall each have
     received a fully executed or conformed copy of the AXEL Credit Documents,
     including the AXEL Credit Agreement (and all exhibits and schedules
     thereto), any promissory notes evidencing the AXELs and the Intercreditor
     Agreement, each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent, and each such
     agreement and promissory note shall be in full force and effect.

     F.   Matters Relating to Existing Indebtedness of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries.

          (i)    Termination of Existing Credit Agreement and Related Liens;
                 -----------------------------------------------------------
     Existing Letters of Credit.  On the Closing Date, Holdings and its
     --------------------------                                        
     Subsidiaries shall have (a) repaid in full all Indebtedness outstanding
     under the Existing Credit Agreement, (b) terminated any commitments to lend
     or make other extensions of credit thereunder, (c) delivered to Syndication
     Agent and Administrative Agent all documents or instruments necessary to
     release all Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings
     and its Subsidiaries thereunder, and (d) made arrangements reasonably
     satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent with respect to
     the cancellation of any letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the
     issuance of Letters of Credit to support the obligations of Holdings and
     its Subsidiaries with respect thereto.

          (ii)   Consent Solicitation.  Pursuant to the Consent Solicitation,
                 --------------------                                        
     Holdings shall have obtained all such consents and amendments with respect
     to the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture as may be required to permit
     the consummation of the Recapitalization Transactions, the related
     financings (including the incurrence of the Obligations hereunder) and the
     other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

          (iii)  Consummation of Debt Tender Offer.  Holdings shall have
                 ---------------------------------                      
     repurchased all of the Existing Subordinated Notes tendered in the Debt
     Tender Offer for cash consideration in an aggregate amount not to exceed
     $220,000,000 plus any accrued and unpaid interest on such Existing
                  ----                                                 
     Subordinated Notes.

          (iv)   No Existing Indebtedness to Remain Outstanding.  Syndication
                 ----------------------------------------------              
     Agent and Administrative Agent shall have received an Officers' Certificate
     of Company stating that, after giving effect to the transactions described
     in this subsection 4.1F, the Loan Parties shall have no Indebtedness
     outstanding to Persons other than the Loan Parties other than Indebtedness
     under the Loan Documents, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Discount Notes
     and the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, Indebtedness with respect to
     Existing Subordinated Notes not tendered in the Debt Tender Offer, and
     Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 7.1 annexed hereto.
                               ------------                

                                       88
<PAGE>
 
     G.   Necessary Governmental Authorizations and Consents; Expiration of
Waiting Periods, Etc.  Holdings and Company shall have obtained all Governmental
Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are
necessary in connection with the Recapitalization Transactions, the Merger and
the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Related
Agreements, and the continued operation of the business conducted by Holdings
and its Subsidiaries in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the
consummation of the Recapitalization Transactions and the Merger, and each of
the foregoing shall be in full force and effect, in each case other than those
the failure to obtain or maintain which, either individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken
or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or
otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Recapitalization Transactions or the
Merger or the financing thereof.  No action, request for stay, petition for
review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the
foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take
action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired.

     H.   Consummation of Recapitalization Transactions and Merger.

          (i)    All conditions to the Recapitalization Transactions shall have
     been satisfied pursuant to documentation, including, without limitation,
     the Recapitalization Agreement and the Certificate of Merger, reasonably
     satisfactory to Syndication Agent or the fulfillment of such conditions
     shall have been waived with the consent of Syndication Agent, such consent
     not to be unreasonably withheld;

          (ii)   The aggregate cash consideration paid to the holders of equity
     interests in Holdings in respect of such equity interests in connection
     with the Merger shall not exceed $415,100,000;

          (iii)  the Merger shall have become effective in accordance with the
     terms of the Recapitalization Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the
     laws of the State of Delaware;

          (iv)   Holdings shall have issued not more than $25,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of Junior Subordinated Seller Notes in exchange
     for all preferred stock of Holdings outstanding immediately prior to the
     Closing Date;

          (v)    Transaction Costs shall not exceed $32,000,000; and

          (vi)   Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent shall have received
     an Officers' Certificate of Company and Holdings to the effect set forth in
     clauses (i)-(v) above and stating that Company and Holdings will proceed to
     consummate the Recapitalization Transactions immediately upon the making
     of the initial Tranche A Term Loans.

                                       89
<PAGE>
 
     I.   Closing Date Mortgages; Closing Date Mortgage Policies; Etc.  Agents
shall have received from Holdings, Company and each applicable Subsidiary
Guarantor:

          (i)    Closing Date Mortgages.  Fully executed and notarized Mortgages
                 ----------------------                                         
     (each a "Closing Date Mortgage" and, collectively, the "Closing Date
     Mortgages"), in proper form for recording in all appropriate places in all
     applicable jurisdictions, encumbering each Real Property Asset listed in
     Schedule 4.1I annexed hereto (each a "Closing Date Mortgaged Property"
     -------------                                                           
     and, collectively, the "Closing Date Mortgaged Properties");

          (ii)   Opinions of Local Counsel.  An opinion of counsel (which 
                 -------------------------
     counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent) in each state in which a Closing Date Mortgaged
     Property is located with respect to the enforceability of the form(s) of
     Closing Date Mortgages to be recorded in such state and such other matters
     as Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in
     each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Syndication
     Agent and Administrative Agent; provided, however, that Syndication Agent
                                     --------  -------
     and Administrative Agent may determine in their reasonable discretion that
     an opinion of counsel in any one or more of such states shall not be
     required hereunder;

          (iii)  Landlord Consents and Estoppels; Recorded Leasehold Interests.
                 -------------------------------------------------------------  
     In the case of each Closing Date Mortgaged Property consisting of a
     Leasehold Property, (a) a Landlord Consent and Estoppel with respect
     thereto and (b) evidence that such Leasehold Property is a Recorded
     Leasehold Interest;

          (iv)   Title Insurance.  (a) ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies 
                 ---------------
     or unconditional commitments therefor (the "Closing Date Mortgage
     Policies") issued by the Title Company with respect to the Closing Date
     Mortgaged Properties listed in Part A of Schedule 4.1I annexed hereto, in
                                              -------------
     amounts not less than the respective amounts designated therein with
     respect to any particular Closing Date Mortgaged Properties, insuring fee
     simple title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, each such Closing Date
     Mortgaged Property vested in such Loan Party and assuring Administrative
     Agent that the applicable Closing Date Mortgages create valid and
     enforceable First Priority mortgage Liens on the respective Closing Date
     Mortgaged Properties encumbered thereby, which Closing Date Mortgage
     Policies (1) shall include an endorsement for mechanics' liens, for future
     advances (in each case, if available) under this Agreement and for any
     other matters reasonably requested by Syndication Agent or Administrative
     Agent and (2) shall provide for affirmative insurance and such reinsurance
     as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing in
     form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent; and (b) evidence reasonably satisfactory to
     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent that such Loan Party has 
     (i) delivered to the Title Company all certificates and affidavits required
     by the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the Closing Date
     Mortgage Policies and (ii) paid to the Title Company or to the appropriate
     governmental authorities all expenses and premiums of the Title Company in
     connection with the issuance of the

                                       90
<PAGE>
 
     Closing Date Mortgage Policies and all recording and stamp taxes (including
     mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with
     recording the Closing Date Mortgages in the appropriate real estate
     records;

          (v)  Copies of Documents Relating to Title Exceptions.  Copies of all
               ------------------------------------------------                
     recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to
     in the Closing Date Mortgage Policies or in the title reports delivered
     pursuant to subsection 4.1I(iv); and

          (vi) Matters Relating to Flood Hazard Properties.  (a) Evidence, which
               -------------------------------------------                      
     may be in the form of a surveyor's note on a survey or a report from a
     flood hazard search firm, as to whether (1) any Closing Date Mortgaged
     Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) the community in which any such
     Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood
     Insurance Program, (b) if there are any such Flood Hazard Properties, such
     Loan Party's written acknowledgement of receipt of written notification
     from Administrative Agent (1) as to the existence of each such Flood Hazard
     Property and (2) as to whether the community in which each such Flood
     Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance
     Program, and (c) in the event any such Flood Hazard Property is located in
     a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program,
     evidence that Company has obtained flood insurance in respect of such Flood
     Hazard Property to the extent required under the applicable regulations of
     the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     J.   Security Interests in Personal and Mixed Property.  To the extent not
otherwise satisfied pursuant to subsection 4.1I, each of Syndication Agent and
Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
Holdings, Company and Subsidiary Guarantors shall have taken or caused to be
taken all such actions, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and
delivered all such agreements, documents and instruments, and made or caused to
be made all such filings and recordings (other than the filing or recording of
items described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) below) that may be necessary or,
in the reasonable opinion of Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent,
desirable in order to create in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit
of Lenders, a valid and (upon such filing and recording) perfected First
Priority security interest in the entire personal and mixed property Collateral.
Such actions shall include the following:

          (i)  Schedules to Collateral Documents.  Delivery to Administrative
               ---------------------------------                             
     Agent of accurate and complete schedules to all of the applicable
     Collateral Documents.

          (ii) Stock Certificates and Instruments.  Delivery to Administrative
               ----------------------------------                             
     Agent of (a) certificates (which certificates shall be accompanied by
     irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank and otherwise
     satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent) representing
     all capital stock pledged pursuant to the Holdings Pledge Agreement,
     Company Pledge Agreement and Subsidiary Pledge Agreement and (b) all
     promissory notes or other instruments (duly endorsed, where appropriate, in
     a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent) evidencing any Collateral;

                                       91
<PAGE>
 
          (iii)  Lien Searches and UCC Termination Statements.  Delivery to
                 --------------------------------------------              
     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent of (a) the results of a recent
     search, by a Person reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent, of all effective UCC financing statements and fixture
     filings and all judgment and tax lien filings which may have been made with
     respect to any personal or mixed property of any Loan Party, together with
     copies of all such filings disclosed by such search, and (b) UCC
     termination statements duly executed by all applicable Persons for filing
     in all applicable jurisdictions as may be necessary to terminate any
     effective UCC financing statements or fixture filings disclosed in such
     search (other than any such financing statements or fixture filings in
     respect of Liens permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to the terms of
     this Agreement).

          (iv)   UCC Financing Statements and Fixture Filings.  Delivery to
                 --------------------------------------------              
     Administrative Agent of UCC financing statements and, where appropriate,
     fixture filings, duly executed by each applicable Loan Party with respect
     to all personal and mixed property Collateral of such Loan Party, for
     filing in all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of
     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the
     security interests created in such Collateral pursuant to the Collateral
     Documents;

          (v)    PTO Cover Sheets, Etc.  Delivery to Administrative Agent of all
                 ---------------------                                          
     cover sheets or other documents or instruments required to be recorded with
     the PTO in order to create or perfect Liens in respect of any U.S. patents,
     federally registered trademarks or copyrights, or applications for any of
     the foregoing, included among the IP Collateral; and

          (vi)   Opinions of Local Counsel.  Delivery to Syndication Agent and
                 -------------------------                                    
     Administrative Agent of an opinion of counsel under the laws of each
     jurisdiction for which an opinion is delivered under subsection 4.1I(ii)
     and in which any Loan Party or any personal or mixed property Collateral is
     located with respect to the creation and perfection of the security
     interests in favor of Administrative Agent in such Collateral and such
     other matters governed by the laws of such jurisdiction regarding such
     security interests as Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent may
     reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administra tive Agent.

     K.   Environmental Reports.  Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent
shall have received (i) a Phase I environmental assessment for each of the
Facilities listed in Schedule 4.1K annexed hereto (collectively, the "Phase I
                     -------------                                            
Report") which (a) substantially complies with the ASTM Standard Practice for
Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process, E
1527, and (b) was conducted no more than six months prior to the Closing Date by
ENSR or one or more environmental consulting firms reasonably satisfactory to
Administrative Agent and (ii) a summary prepared by ENVIRON Corporation (or
another firm reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) of all such Phase
I Reports.

                                       92
<PAGE>
 
     L.   Financial Statements; Pro Forma Balance Sheet.  On or before the
Closing Date, Lenders shall have received from Company (i) audited consolidated
financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for Fiscal Years 1995 and
1996 and unaudited consolidated financial statements of Holding and its
Subsidiaries for Fiscal Year 1994, consisting of consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for such Fiscal Years, (ii) unaudited consolidated financial statements of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal month and Fiscal Quarter ended
subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements delivered
pursuant to clause (i), consisting of consolidated balance sheets and the
related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows
for such periods (except for statements of cash flows for each such monthly
period), all in reasonable detail and certified by the principal financial
officer or principal accounting officer of Holdings that they fairly present, in
all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and
normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes, and (iii) pro forma
consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the date of
the most recent consolidated balance sheet delivered pursuant to clause (ii),
prepared in accordance with GAAP and reflecting the consummation of the
Recapitalization Transactions and the Merger, the related financings and the
other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements
as if such transactions had occurred on such date, which pro forma financial
statements shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lenders.

     M.   Financial Projections.  Lenders shall have received financial
projections reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Syndication Agent
and Lenders for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period from the Closing
Date through November 2007.

     N.   Solvency Assurances.  On the Closing Date, Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have received (i) a letter from Valuation
Research Corporation, dated the Closing Date and addressed to Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent and Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent and with appropriate attachments,
and (ii) a Financial Condition Certificate dated the Closing Date, substantially
in the form of Exhibit XII annexed hereto (with such changes thereto as shall be
               -----------                                                      
approved by Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent in the exercise of their
reasonable discretion) and with appropriate attachments, in each case
demonstrating that, after giving effect to the consummation of the
Recapitalization Transactions and the Merger, the related financings and the
other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Related
Agreements, Holdings and its Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

     O.   Evidence of Insurance.  Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent
shall have received a certificate from Company's insurance broker or other
evidence satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained
pursuant to subsection 6.4 is in full force and effect and that Administrative
Agent on behalf of Lenders has been named as additional insured and/or loss
payee thereunder to the extent required under subsection 6.4.

                                       93
<PAGE>
 
     P.   Opinions of Counsel to Loan Parties.  Lenders and their respective
counsel shall have received (i) originally executed copies of one or more
favorable written opinions of Kirkland & Ellis, counsel for Loan Parties, and of
Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP, special Ohio counsel for Loan Parties, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Syndication
Agent and its counsel, dated as of the Closing Date and setting forth
substantially the matters in the opinions designated in Exhibit VIII annexed
                                                        ------------        
hereto and as to such other matters as or Syndication Agent and acting on behalf
of Lenders may reasonably request and (ii) evidence satisfactory to Syndication
Agent that Company has requested such counsel to deliver such opinions to
Lenders.

     Q.   Opinions of Syndication Agent's Counsel.  Lenders shall have received
originally executed copies of one or more favorable written opinions of
O'Melveny & Myers LLP, counsel to Syndication Agent, dated as of the Closing
Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit IX annexed hereto and as to such
                                   ----------                              
other matters as Syndication Agent may reasonably request.

     R.   Opinions of Counsel Delivered Under Related Agreements.
Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent and its counsel shall have received
copies of each of the opinions of counsel delivered to the parties under the
Related Agreements, together with a letter from each such counsel (to the extent
not inconsistent with such counsel's established internal policies) authorizing
Lenders to rely upon such opinion to the same extent as though it were addressed
to Lenders.

     S.   Fees and Expenses.  Company shall have paid to Syndication Agent and
Administrative Agent, for distribution (as appropriate) to Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent and Lenders, the fees payable on the Closing Date referred
to in subsection 2.3 and all reasonable expenses for which invoices have been
presented on or before the Closing Date.

     T.   Representations and Warranties; Performance of Agreements.  Company
shall have delivered to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent an Officers'
Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent
and Administrative Agent, to the effect that the representations and warranties
in Section 5 hereof are true, correct and complete in all material respects on
and as of the Closing Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that
date (or, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate
to an earlier date, that such representations and warranties were true, correct
and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier date) and that
Holdings and Company shall have performed in all material respects all
agreements and satisfied all conditions which this Agreement provides shall be
performed or satisfied by them on or before the Closing Date except as otherwise
disclosed to and agreed to in writing by Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent
and Requisite Lenders.

     U.   Completion of Proceedings.  All corporate and other proceedings taken
or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all
documents incidental thereto not previously found acceptable by Administrative
Agent, acting on behalf of Lenders, or Syndication Agent and its counsel shall
be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to

                                       94
<PAGE>
 
Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent and such counsel, and Administrative
Agent, Syndication Agent and such counsel shall have received all such
counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as Administrative
Agent or Syndication Agent may reasonably request.

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is understood and
agreed that the documents and other items set forth on Schedule 6.12 annexed
                                                       -------------        
hereto shall be delivered after the Closing Date in accordance with and to the
extent required under subsection 6.12.

     Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement and funding
its Tranche A Term Loan Commitment and Recapitalization Revolving Loan on the
Closing Date, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to
and approved (as long as substantially in the form delivered to Lenders
including any changed pages thereto delivered to Lenders), each Loan Document
and each other document required to be approved by Requisite Lenders or Lenders,
as applicable.

4.2  Conditions to All Loans.
     ----------------------- 

     The obligations of Lenders to make Loans on each Funding Date are subject
to the following further conditions precedent:

     A.   Administrative Agent shall have received on or before that Funding
Date, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 2.1B, an originally
executed Notice of Borrowing, in each case signed by the chief executive
officer, the principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer or
the treasurer of Company or by any authorized employee of Company designated by
any of the above-described officers on behalf of Company in a writing delivered
to Administrative Agent.

     B.   As of that Funding Date:

          (i)   The representations and warranties contained herein and in the
     other Loan Documents shall be true, correct and complete in all material
     respects on and as of that Funding Date to the same extent as though made
     on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and
     warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such
     representations and warranties shall have been true, correct and complete
     in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

          (ii)  No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result
     from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated by such Notice of
     Borrowing that would constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event of
     Default;

          (iii) No order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or
     governmental authority shall purport to enjoin or restrain any Lender from
     making the Loans to be made by it on that Funding Date;

                                       95
<PAGE>
 
          (iv) The making of the Loans requested on such Funding Date shall not
     violate any law including Regulation G, Regulation T, Regulation U or
     Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and

          (v)  There shall not be pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or
     Company, threatened, any action, suit, proceeding, governmental
     investigation or arbitration against or affecting Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that
     has not been disclosed by Holdings or Company in writing pursuant to
     subsection 5.6 or 6.1(x) prior to the making of the last preceding Loans
     (or, in the case of the initial Loans, prior to the execution of this
     Agreement), and there shall have occurred no development not so disclosed
     in any such action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or
     arbitration so disclosed, that, in either event, in the reasonable opinion
     of Administrative Agent or of Requisite Lenders, would be expected to have
     a Material Adverse Effect or be inconsistent with the financial statements,
     balance sheets or financial projections delivered in accordance with
     subsection 4.1L or 4.1M; and no injunction or other restraining order shall
     have been issued and no hearing to cause an injunction or other restraining
     order to be issued shall be pending or noticed with respect to any action,
     suit or proceeding seeking to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation
     of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the
     transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the making of Loans
     hereunder.

4.3  Conditions to Letters of Credit.
     ------------------------------- 

     The issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder (whether or not the
applicable Issuing Lender is obligated to issue such Letter of Credit) is
subject to the following conditions precedent:

          A.  On or before the date of issuance of the initial Letter of Credit
     pursuant to this Agreement, the initial Loans shall have been made.

          B.  On or before the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit,
     Administrative Agent shall have received, in accordance with the provisions
     of subsection 3.1B(i), an originally executed Notice of Issuance of Letter
     of Credit, in each case signed by the chief executive officer, the
     principal financial officer, the principal accounting officer or the
     treasurer of Company or by any authorized employee of Company designated by
     any of the above-described officers on behalf of Company in a writing
     delivered to Administrative Agent, together with all other information
     specified in subsection 3.1B(i) and such other documents or information as
     the applicable Issuing Lender may reasonably require in connection with the
     issuance of such Letter of Credit.

          C.  On the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, all conditions
     precedent described in subsection 4.2B shall be satisfied to the same
     extent as if the issuance of such Letter of Credit were the making of a
     Loan and the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit were a Funding Date.

                                       96
<PAGE>
 
                                  SECTION 5.
             HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the
Loans, to induce Issuing Lenders to issue Letters of Credit and to induce other
Lenders to purchase participations therein, Holdings and Company represent and
warrant to each Lender, on the date of this Agreement, on each Funding Date and
on the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, that the following statements
are true, correct and complete:

5.1  Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing, Business and
     ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Subsidiaries.
     ------------ 

     A.   Organization and Powers.  Each Loan Party is a corporation organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation as specified in Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto.  Each Loan Party has
                              ------------                                     
all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties,
to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to
enter into the Loan Documents and Related Agreements to which it is a party and
to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby.

     B.   Qualification and Good Standing.  Each Loan Party is qualified to do
business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located
and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in
jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not
had and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     C.   Conduct of Business.  Holdings and its Subsidiaries are engaged only
in the businesses permitted to be engaged in pursuant to subsection 7.13.

     D.   Subsidiaries.  All of the Subsidiaries of Holdings as of the Closing
Date are identified in Schedule 5.1 annexed hereto.  The capital stock of each
                       ------------                                           
of Holdings' Subsidiaries any portion of the capital stock of which is pledged
under the Collateral Documents is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable and none of such capital stock constitutes Margin Stock.  Each
of the Subsidiaries of Holdings is a corporation organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation,
has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its
properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be
conducted, and is qualified to do business and in good standing in every
jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out
its business and operations, in each case except where failure to be so
qualified or in good standing or a lack of such corporate power and authority
has not had and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule 5.1 annexed
                                                          ------------        
hereto (as so supplemented) correctly sets forth, as of the Closing Date, the
ownership interest of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries in each of the
Subsidiaries of Holdings identified therein.

                                       97
<PAGE>
 
5.2  Authorization of Borrowing, etc.
     --------------------------------

     A.   Authorization of Borrowing.  The execution, delivery and performance
of the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of each Loan Party that is a party
thereto.

     B.   No Conflict.  The execution, delivery and performance by Loan Parties
of the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements to which they are parties and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and such
Related Agreements do not (i) violate any provision of any law or any
governmental rule or regulation applicable to Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries, the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Holdings
or any of its Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court or
other agency of government binding on Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii)
conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of
time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any
Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than any Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in favor of
Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), or (iv) require any approval of
stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual
Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or
consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date and disclosed in
writing to Lenders.

     C.   Governmental Consents.  The execution, delivery and performance by
Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not
require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other
action to, with or by, any federal, state or other govern mental authority or
regulatory body except to the extent obtained or made and except for those
filings made to perfect Liens under the Collateral Documents.  The execution,
delivery and performance by Loan Parties of the Related Agreements to which they
are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the such
Related Agreements do not require any registration with, consent or approval of,
or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any federal, state or other
governmental authority or regulatory body except (i) to the extent obtained or
made or (ii) where the failure to obtain or make any of the foregoing,
individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     D.   Binding Obligation.  Each of the Loan Documents and Related Agreements
has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto
and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable
against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles
relating to enforceability.

                                       98
<PAGE>
 
     E.   Valid Issuance of Holdings Capital Stock, Senior Subordinated Notes,
Discount Notes, and Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.

          (i)    Holdings Common Stock. Holdings Common Stock issued on the
                 ---------------------
     Closing Date after giving effect to the Merger, when issued and delivered,
     will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The issuance
     and sale of such Holdings Common Stock, upon such issuance and sale, will
     either (a) have been registered or qualified under applicable federal and
     state securities laws or (b) be exempt therefrom.

          (ii)   Senior Subordinated Notes and Discount Notes.  Company has the
                 --------------------------------------------                  
     corporate power and authority to issue the Senior Subordinated Notes and
     the Discount Notes.  The Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes,
     when issued and paid for, will be the legally valid and binding obligations
     of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with their respective
     terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
     moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights
     generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.  The
     subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount
     Notes will be enforceable against the holders thereof, and the Loans and
     all other monetary Obligations hereunder are and will be within the
     definition of "Senior Debt" included in such provisions.  The Senior
     Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes, when issued and sold, will
     either (a) have been registered or qualified under applicable federal and
     state securities laws or (b) be exempt therefrom.

          (iii)  Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.  Holdings has the corporate
                 --------------------------------                             
     power and authority to issue the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.  The
     Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, when issued and paid for, will be the
     legally valid and binding obligations of Holdings, enforceable against
     Holdings in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating
     to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles
     relating to enforceability.  The subordination provisions of the Junior
     Subordinated Seller Notes will be enforceable against the holders thereof,
     and the Loans and all other monetary Obligations hereunder are and will be
     within the definition of "Senior Debt" included in such provisions.  The
     Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, when issued and sold, will either (a)
     have been registered or qualified under applicable federal and state
     securities laws or (b) be exempt therefrom.

5.3  Financial Condition.
     ------------------- 

     Company has heretofore delivered to Lenders, at Lenders' request, the
following financial statements and information:  (i) the audited consolidated
balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each of Fiscal Years 1996
and 1995, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries for Fiscal Year 1994 and the related consolidated statements of
income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for
each such Fiscal Year and (ii) the unaudited consolidated and consolidating
balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal month and Fiscal
Quarter ended subsequent to the date of the most

                                       99
<PAGE>
 
recent financial statements referred to in clause (i) and the related unaudited
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each such period (except for statements of
cash flows for each such monthly period).  All such statements were prepared in
conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial
position (on a consolidated basis) of the entities described in such financial
statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and
cash flows (on a consolidated basis) of the entities described therein for each
of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial
statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and
the absence of footnotes.  On the Closing Date, Holdings and Company do not (and
will not following the funding of the initial Loans) have any Contingent
Obligation, contingent liability or liability for taxes, long-term lease or
unusual forward or long-term commitment that is not reflected in the foregoing
financial statements or the notes thereto and which in any such case is material
in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition
(financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

5.4  No Material Adverse Change.
     -------------------------- 

     Since August 31, 1997, no event or change has occurred that has caused or
evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5  Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property.
     ----------------------------------------- 

     A.   Title to Properties; Liens.  Holdings and its Subsidiaries have (i)
good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real
property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests
in real or personal property), (iii) valid licenses in (in the case of licensed
intangible properties), or (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal
property), all of their respective properties and assets reflected in the most
recent financial statements referred to in subsection 5.3 or in the most recent
financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection 6.1, in each case subject
to Permitted Encumbrances and Liens permitted under subsection 7.2 and except
for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the
ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under subsection 7.7.
Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets
are free and clear of Liens.

     B.   Real Property.  As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.5 annexed hereto
                                                  ------------               
contains a true, accurate and complete list of (i) all Real Property Assets
owned in fee simple by any Loan Party and (ii) all leases, subleases or
assignments of leases (together with all amendments, modifications, supplements,
renewals or extensions of any thereof) affecting each Real Property Asset of any
Loan Party, regardless of whether such Loan Party is the landlord or tenant
(whether directly or as an assignee or successor in interest) under such lease,
sublease or assignment.  As of the Closing Date, except as specified in Schedule
                                                                        --------
5.5 annexed hereto, each agreement referenced in clause (ii) of the immediately
- ---                                                                            
preceding sentence is in full force and effect and Holdings and Company do not
have knowledge of any default that has occurred and is continuing thereunder
(except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults,
if any, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect), and
each such agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of each
applicable Loan

                                      100
<PAGE>
 
Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except
as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally
or by equitable principles.

5.6  Litigation; Adverse Facts.
     ------------------------- 

     There are no actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations or governmental
investigations (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any federal, state, municipal
or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality, domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims) that
are pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or Company, threatened against or
affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any
of its Subsidiaries and that, individually or in the aggregate, would
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings
nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in violation of any applicable laws
(including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, would
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) is
subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs,
injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state,
municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate,
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7  Payment of Taxes.
     ---------------- 

     Except to the extent permitted by subsection 6.3, all federal, state and
other material tax returns and reports of Holdings and its Subsidiaries required
to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all taxes shown on such
tax returns to be due and payable and all assessments, fees and other
governmental charges upon Holdings and its Subsidiaries and upon their
respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due
and payable have been paid when due and payable.  Holdings and Company know of
no proposed material tax assessment against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
which is not being actively contested by Holdings or such Subsidiary in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided that such reserves or other
                                      --------                            
appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP
shall have been made or provided therefor.

5.8  Performance of Agreements; Materially Adverse Agreements.
     -------------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the
performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or
conditions contained in any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition
exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would
constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of
such default or defaults, if any, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     B.   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or is
otherwise subject to any agreements or instruments or any charter or other
internal restrictions which, individually

                                      101
<PAGE>
 
or in the aggregate, compliance with which could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9  Governmental Regulation.
     ----------------------- 

     Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the
Interstate Commerce Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other
federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur
Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations
unenforceable.

5.10 Securities Activities.
     --------------------- 

     A.   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally,
or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

     B.   Following application of the proceeds of each Loan, not more than 25%
of the value of the assets (either of Holdings only or of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of subsection
7.2 or 7.7 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or
instrument, between Company and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender,
relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of subsection 8.2, will be Margin
Stock.

5.11 Employee Benefit Plans.
     ---------------------- 

     A.   Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all
material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and
the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each
Employee Benefit Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each
Employee Benefit Plan.  Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify
under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code is so qualified.

     B.   No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur which
has or would reasonably be expected to result in a liability to Holdings or any
of its Subsidiaries in excess of $7,500,000.

     C.   Except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the Internal
Revenue Code, the aggregate liabilities with respect to health or welfare
benefits (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) provided or promised
for any retired or former employee of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries do not
exceed $10,000,000.

     D.   As of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount
of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA),
individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans, does not exceed
$10,000,000.

                                      102
<PAGE>
 
     E.   As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan for
which the actuarial report is available, the potential liability of Holdings,
its Subsidiaries and their respective ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal
from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 of ERISA), when
aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all
Multiemployer Plans, based on information available pursuant to Section 4221(e)
of ERISA, does not exceed $10,000,000.

5.12 Certain Fees.
     ------------ 

     Except as set forth on Schedule 5.12 annexed hereto, no broker's or
                            -------------                               
finder's fee or commission will be payable with respect to this Agreement or any
of the transactions contemplated hereby, and Holdings and Company hereby
indemnifies Lenders against, and agrees that it will hold Lenders harmless from,
any claim, demand or liability for any such broker's or finder's fees alleged to
have been incurred in connection herewith or therewith and any expenses
(including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) arising in
connection with any such claim, demand or liability.

5.13 Environmental Protection.
     ------------------------ 

     Except as set forth on Schedule 5.13 annexed hereto:
                            -------------                

          (i)    Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their
     respective Facilities or operations are subject to any outstanding written
     order, consent decree or settlement agreement with any Person relating to
     (a) any Environmental Law, (b) any Environmental Claim, or (c) any
     Hazardous Materials Activity that, in the case of (a), (b) or (c),
     individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect;

          (ii)   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any
     letter or written request for information from any governmental agency
     under Section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
     Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 9604) or any comparable
     state law;

          (iii)  To Holdings' and Company's knowledge, there are no and have
     been no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities which
     could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim
     against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the
     aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (iv)   Holdings maintains an environmental management system designed
     to maintain compliance with Environmental Laws and correct any incidents of
     non-compliance;

                                      103
<PAGE>
 
          (v)  Compliance with all current or reasonably foreseeable future
     requirements pursuant to or under Environmental Laws would not,
     individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to give rise to a
     Material Adverse Effect; and

          (vi) No event or condition has occurred or is occurring with respect
     to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law,
     any Release of Hazardous Materials, or any Hazardous Materials Activity
     which individually or in the aggregate has had or would reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.14 Employee Matters.
     ---------------- 

     There is no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened involving
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

5.15 Solvency.
     -------- 

     Each Loan Party is and, upon the incurrence of any Obligations by such Loan
Party on any date on which this representation is made, will be, Solvent.

5.16 Matters Relating to Collateral.
     ------------------------------ 

     A.   Creation, Perfection and Priority of Liens.  The execution and
delivery of the Collateral Documents by Loan Parties, together with (i) the
actions taken on or prior to the date hereof pursuant to subsections 4.1I, 4.1J,
6.8 and 6.9 and (ii) the delivery to Collateral Agent of any Pledged Collateral
not delivered to Collateral Agent at the time of execution and delivery of the
applicable Collateral Document (all of which Pledged Collateral has been so
delivered) are effective to create in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit
of Lenders, as security for the respective Secured Obligations (as defined in
the applicable Collateral Document in respect of any Collateral), a valid and
perfected First Priority Lien on all of the Collateral, and all filings and
other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and maintain the perfection and
First Priority status of such Liens have been duly made or taken and remain in
full force and effect, other than the filing of any UCC financing statements
delivered to Collateral Agent for filing (but not yet filed) and the periodic
filing of UCC continuation statements in respect of UCC financing statements
filed by or on behalf of Collateral Agent.

     B.   Governmental Authorizations.  No authorization, approval or other
action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or
regulatory body is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Loan Party
of the Liens purported to be created in favor of Collateral Agent pursuant to
any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) the exercise by Collateral Agent of any
rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether specifically granted or
created pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or created or provided for
by applicable law), except for filings or recordings contemplated by subsection
5.16A and except as may be required, in connection with the disposition of any
Pledged Collateral, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of
securities.

                                      104
<PAGE>
 
     C.   Absence of Third-Party Filings.  Except such as may have been filed in
favor of Collateral Agent as contemplated by subsection 5.16A, (i) no effective
UCC financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect
covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording
office, except with respect to Permitted Encumbrances and Liens permitted under
subsection 7.2A, and (ii) no effective filing covering all or any part of the IP
Collateral is on file in the PTO.

     D.   Margin Regulations.  The pledge of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to
the Collateral Documents does not violate Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     E.   Information Regarding Collateral.  All information supplied to
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent by or on behalf of any Loan Party with
respect to any of the Collateral (in each case taken as a whole with respect to
any particular Collateral) is accurate and complete in all material respects.

5.17 Related Agreements.
     ------------------ 

     A.   Delivery of Related Agreements.  Company has delivered to Lenders
complete and correct copies of each Related Agreement and of all exhibits and
schedules thereto.

     B.   Seller's Warranties.  Except to the extent otherwise set forth herein
or in the schedules hereto, each of the representations and warranties given by
Holdings and Zell to Merger Corp. in the Recapitalization Agreement is true and
correct as of the date hereof (or as of any earlier date to which such
representation and warranty specifically relates) and will be true and correct
as of the Closing Date (or as of such earlier date, as the case may be), in each
case subject to the qualifications set forth in the schedules to the
Recapitalization Agreement, in each case except to the extent that the cause of
any failure of any such representation or warranty to be true and correct,
either individually or in the aggregate with the causes of the failures of any
other such representations and warranties to be true and correct, would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     C.   Warranties of Merger Corp.  Subject to the qualifications set forth
therein, each of the representations and warranties given by Merger Corp. to
Holdings and Zell in the Recapitalization Agreement is true and correct as of
the date hereof and will be true and correct as of the Closing Date, in each
case except to the extent that the cause of any failure of any such
representation or warranty to be true and correct, either individually or in the
aggregate with the causes of the failures of any other such representations and
warranties to be true and correct, would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

     D.   Survival.  Notwithstanding anything in the Recapitalization Agreement
to the contrary, the representations and warranties of Holdings and Company set
forth in subsections 5.17B and 5.17C shall, solely for purposes of this
Agreement, survive the Closing Date for the benefit of Lenders.

                                      105
<PAGE>
 
5.18 Disclosure.
     ---------- 

     All representations and warranties of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
and all information contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum or in
any Loan Document or Related Agreement or in any other document, certificate or
written statement furnished to Lenders by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, taken as a whole, are true and correct in all material respects and
do not omit to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Company, in the case
of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein (taken as a whole) not misleading in light of the
circumstances in which the same were made.  Any projections and pro forma
financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith
estimates and assumptions believed by Holdings and Company to be reasonable at
the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to
future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the
period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected
results.  There are no facts known (or which should upon the reasonable exercise
of diligence be known) to Holdings or Company (other than matters of a general
economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and that have not been disclosed
herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to
Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.19 Subordination of Seller Notes and Shareholder Subordinated Notes.
     ---------------------------------------------------------------- 

     The subordination provisions of any Permitted Seller Notes and Shareholder
Subordinated Notes are enforceable against the holders thereof, and the Loans
and other Obligations hereunder are and will be within the definition of
"Senior Indebtedness" or "Senior Debt", as applicable, included in such
provisions.


                                   SECTION 6.
                 HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Holdings and Company covenant and agree that, so long as any of the
Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of
the Loans and other Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations
with respect to claims, losses or liabilities which have not yet arisen and are
not yet due and payable) and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of
Credit, unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise give prior written consent,
Holdings and Company shall perform, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries
to perform, all covenants in this Section 6.

6.1  Financial Statements and Other Reports.
     -------------------------------------- 

     Holdings will maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a
system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound
business practices to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity
with GAAP.  Company will deliver to

                                      106
<PAGE>
 
Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender (and Administrative
Agent will, after receipt thereof, deliver to each Lender):

          (i)    Monthly Financials:  as soon as available and in any event 
                 ------------------
     within 30 days after the end of each month ending after the date which is
     six months after the Closing Date, the consolidated balance sheet of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related
     consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such month and for the period from the
     beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, setting
     forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the
     corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding
     figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, to the extent
     prepared on a monthly basis, all in reasonable detail and certified by the
     principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of Holdings
     that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition
     of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results
     of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject
     to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and the
     absence of footnotes;

          (ii)   Quarterly Financials:  as soon as available and in any event
                 --------------------                                        
     within 50 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, (a) the consolidated
     balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal
     Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
     equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal
     Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal
     Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in
     comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of
     the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial
     Plan for the current Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and certified by
     the principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of Holdings
     that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition
     of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results
     of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject
     to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and the
     absence of footnotes, and (b) a narrative report describing the operations
     of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the form prepared for presentation to
     senior management for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the
     beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal
     Quarter; provided, however, that Company may deliver to Administrative
              --------  -------                                            
     Agent in lieu of such narrative report copies of the unaudited quarterly
     report filed by Holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
     Form 10-Q in respect of such Fiscal Quarter;

          (iii)  Year-End Financials:  as soon as available and in any event
                 -------------------                                        
     within 95 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (a) the consolidated
     balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal
     Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
     equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal
     Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding
     figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the
     Financial Plan for the

                                      107
<PAGE>
 
     Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements, all in reasonable detail
     and certified by the principal financial officer or principal accounting
     officer of Holdings that they fairly present, in all material respects, the
     financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates
     indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
     periods indicated, (b) a narrative report describing the operations of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the form prepared for presentation to
     senior management for such Fiscal Year, provided, however, that Company may
                                             --------  -------                  
     deliver to Administrative Agent in lieu of such narrative report copies of
     the report filed by Holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
     Form 10-K in respect of such Fiscal Year, and (c) in the case of such
     consolidated financial statements, a report thereon of an Independent
     Public Accountant, which report shall be unqualified, shall express no
     doubts about the ability of Holdings and its Subsidiaries to continue as a
     going concern, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements
     fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
     position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the
     results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated
     in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years
     (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the
     examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated
     financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted
     auditing standards;

          (iv)   Officers' and Compliance Certificates:  together with each
                 -------------------------------------                     
     delivery of financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant
     to subdivisions (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (a) an Officers' Certificate of
     Holdings stating that the signers have reviewed the terms of this Agreement
     and have made, or caused to be made under their super vision, a review in
     reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by such financial
     statements and that such review has not disclosed the existence during or
     at the end of such accounting period, and that the signers do not have
     knowledge of the existence as at the date of such Officers' Certificate, of
     any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential
     Event of Default, or, if any such condition or event existed or exists,
     specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action
     Holdings has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;
     and (b) a Compliance Certificate demonstrating in reasonable detail
     compliance during and at the end of the applicable accounting periods with
     the restrictions contained in Section 7, in each case to the extent
     compliance with such restrictions is required to be tested at the end of
     the applicable accounting period;

          (v)    Reconciliation Statements; MIS Accounting Changes:  (a) if, 
                 -------------------------------------------------
     as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those
     used in the preparation of the audited financial statements referred to in
     subsection 5.3, the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii)
     of this subsection 6.1 will differ in any material respect from the
     consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant
     to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and
     policies been made, then (1) together with the first delivery of financial
     statements pursuant to subdivision (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii) of this
     subsection 6.1 following such change, consolidated financial

                                      108
<PAGE>
 
     statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for (y) the current Fiscal Year
     to the effective date of such change and (z) the two full Fiscal Years
     immediately preceding the Fiscal Year in which such change is made, in each
     case prepared on a pro forma basis as if such change had been in effect
     during such periods, and (2) together with each delivery of financial
     statements pursuant to subdivision (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii) of this
     subsection 6.1 following such change, a written statement of the principal
     accounting officer or principal financial officer of Holdings setting forth
     the differences (including any differences that would affect any
     calculations relating to the financial covenants set forth in subsection
     7.6) which would have resulted if such financial statements had been
     prepared without giving effect to such change; and (b) if Company changes
     its method of accounting for Year 2000 Expenditures, MIS Upgrade
     Expenditures, EITF 97-13 Expenditures or Other MIS Expenditures, then,
     together with each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to subdivision
     (iv) of this subsection 6.1 following such change, a schedule setting forth
     in reasonable detail (1) the adjustments to the calculation of Consolidated
     Adjusted EBITDA and Consolidated Capital Expenditures due to such
     accounting change and (2) the effect of such accounting changes on the
     calculation of compliance with the covenants in subsections 7.6C and 7.8;

          (vi)   Accountants' Certification:  together with each delivery of
                 --------------------------                                 
     consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant
     to subdivision (iii) above, a written statement by the independent
     certified public accountants giving the report thereon (a) stating that
     their audit examination has included a review of the terms of this
     Agreement and the other Loan Documents as they relate to accounting
     matters, (b) stating whether, in connection with their audit examination,
     any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential
     Event of Default of a financial nature has come to their attention and, if
     such a condition or event has come to their attention, specifying the
     nature and period of existence thereof; provided that such accountants
                                             --------                      
     shall not be liable by reason of any failure to obtain knowledge of any
     such Event of Default or Potential Event of Default that would not be
     disclosed in the course of their audit examination, and (c) stating that
     based on their audit examination nothing has come to their attention that
     causes them to believe either or both that the information contained in the
     certificates delivered therewith pursuant to subdivision (iv) above is not
     correct or that the matters set forth in the Compliance Certificates
     delivered therewith pursuant to clause (b) of subdivision (iv) above for
     the applicable Fiscal Year are not stated in accordance with the terms of
     this Agreement;

          (vii)  Accountants' Reports:  promptly upon receipt thereof (unless
                 --------------------                                        
     restricted by applicable professional standards), copies of all reports
     submitted to Holdings by independent certified public accountants in
     connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the financial
     statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries made by such accountants,
     including any comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in
     connection with their annual audit;

          (viii) SEC Filings and Press Releases:  promptly upon their becoming
                 ------------------------------                               
     available, copies of (a) all financial statements, reports, notices and
     proxy statements sent or made

                                      109
<PAGE>
 
     available generally by Holdings to analysts or its security holders or by
     any Subsidiary of Holdings to analysts or its security holders other than
     Holdings or another Subsidiary of Holdings, (b) all regular and periodic
     reports and all registration statements (other than on Form S-8 or a
     similar form) and prospectuses, if any, filed by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission or any governmental or private regulatory authority,
     and (c) all press releases and other written, publicly announced notices by
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries concerning material developments in
     the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

          (ix)   Events of Default, etc.:  promptly upon any Responsible Officer
                 -----------------------                                        
     of Holdings or Company obtaining knowledge (a) of any condition or event
     that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, or
     becoming aware that any Lender has given any notice (other than to
     Administrative Agent) or taken any other action with respect to a claimed
     Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, (b) that any Person has
     given any notice to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other
     action with respect to a claimed default or event or condition of the type
     referred to in subsection 8.2, (c) of any condition or event that would be
     required to be disclosed in a current report filed by Holdings or Company
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 8-K (Items 1, 2, 4, 5
     and 6 of such Form as in effect on the date hereof) if Holdings or Company
     were required to file such reports under the Exchange Act, or (d) of the
     occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in
     any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, an Officers'
     Certificate specifying the nature and period of existence of such
     condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given or action taken
     by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default,
     Potential Event of Default, default, event or condition, and what action
     Holdings or Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect
     thereto;

          (x)    Litigation or Other Proceedings:  promptly upon any Responsible
                 -------------------------------                                
     Officer of Holdings or Company obtaining knowledge of (a) the institution
     of, or non-frivolous threat of, any action, suit, proceeding (whether
     administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or
     arbitration against or affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any
     property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively,
     ``Proceedings'') not previously disclosed in writing by Holdings or Company
     to Lenders or (b) any material development in any Proceeding that, in any
     case:

                (1)    if adversely determined, has a reasonable possibility of
          giving rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or

                (2)    seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of,
          or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the
          transactions contemplated hereby;

                                      110
<PAGE>
 
     written notice thereof together with such other information as may be
     reasonably available to Holdings or Company to enable Lenders and their
     counsel to evaluate such matters;

          (xi)   ERISA Events:  promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence
                 ------------
     of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event, a written notice
     specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its
     Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is
     taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action
     taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of
     Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto;

          (xii)  ERISA Notices:  with reasonable promptness, copies of (a) each
                 -------------                                                 
     Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series)
     filed by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA
     Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension
     Plan, as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request; (b) all notices
     received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
     ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA
     Event; and (c) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or
     filings relating to any Employee Benefit Plan as Administrative Agent shall
     reasonably request;

          (xiii) Financial Plans:  as soon as practicable and in any event no
                 ---------------                                             
     later than 30 days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated
     plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year and the next succeeding
     Fiscal Year (the ``Financial Plan'' for such Fiscal Years), including (a) a
     forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated
     statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for
     each such Fiscal Year, together with a pro forma Compliance Certificate for
                                            --- -----                           
     the first such Fiscal Year and an explanation of the assumptions on which
     such forecasts are based, and (b) such other information regarding such
     projections as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

          (xiv)  Insurance:  as soon as practicable and in any event by the last
                 ---------                                                      
     day of each Fiscal Year, a report in form and substance satisfactory to
     Administrative Agent outlining all material changes made to insurance
     coverage maintained as of the Closing Date or the date of the most recent
     such report by Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

          (xv) New Subsidiaries:  promptly upon any Person becoming a Subsidiary
               ----------------                                                 
     of Holdings, a written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (a)
     the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of Holdings and (b) the
     ownership and debt and equity capitalization of such Subsidiary;

          (xvi)  Material Contracts:  promptly, and in any event within ten
                 ------------------                                        
     Business Days after any Material Contract of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries is terminated or amended in a manner that is materially
     adverse to Holdings or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, or any new
     Material Contract is entered into, a written statement describing

                                      111
<PAGE>
 
     such event with copies of such material amendments or new contracts, and an
     explanation of any actions being taken with respect thereto; and

          (xvii) Other Information:  with reasonable promptness, such other
                 -----------------                                         
     information and data with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as
     from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent.

6.2  Corporate Existence, etc.
     -------------------------

     Except as permitted under subsection 7.7, Holdings will, and will cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and
effect its corporate existence and all rights and franchises material to its
business; provided, however that neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries
          --------  -------                                                  
shall be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of
Directors of Holdings or such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Holdings or
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is not
disadvantageous in any material respect to Holdings, such Subsidiary or Lenders.

6.3  Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation.
     ---------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Holdings will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all
federal, state and other material taxes, assessments and other governmental
charges imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any
of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty accrues thereon, and
all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for
sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien
upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine
shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided that no such charge or claim
                                        --------                             
need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (1) such reserve or
other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with
GAAP shall have been made therefor and (2) in the case of a charge or claim
which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest
proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the
Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim.

     B.   Holdings will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file
or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person
(other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries).

6.4  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Application of Net
     --------------------------------------------------------
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.
     ------------------------------- 

     A.   Maintenance of Properties.  Company will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working
order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted, all
material properties used or useful in the business of Company and its
Subsidiaries (including all Intellectual Property) and from

                                      112
<PAGE>
 
time to time will make or cause to be made all repairs, renewals and
replacements thereof which are useful, customary or appropriate for companies in
similar businesses.

     B.   Insurance.  Company will maintain or cause to be maintained, with
financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third
party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty
insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the
assets, properties and businesses of Company and its Subsidiaries as may
customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by corporations
of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such
amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such
risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for
corporations similarly situated in the industry.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Company will maintain or cause to be maintained (i)
flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a
community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each
case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, and (ii) replacement value property insurance on the
Collateral under such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in
such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are in
accordance with normal industry practice.  Each such policy of insurance related
to property damage, casualty or business interruption shall (a) name
Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders as an additional insured
thereunder as its interests may appear and (b) in the case of each business
interruption and casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or
endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative
Agent, that names Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders as the loss
payee thereunder for any covered loss in excess of $1,000,000 and provides for
at least 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent of any
modification or cancellation of such policy.

     C.   Application of Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.

          (i)    Business Interruption Insurance.  Upon receipt by Company or 
                 -------------------------------
     any of its Subsidiaries of any business interruption insurance proceeds
     constituting Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, (a) so long as no Event
     of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Company or such
     Subsidiary may retain and apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds
     for working capital purposes, and (b) if an Event of Default shall have
     occurred and be continuing, Company shall within ten Business Days of the
     receipt thereof apply an amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation
     Proceeds to prepay the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall
     be reduced) as provided in subsection 2.4B(iii)(b);

          (ii)   Casualty Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.  Within ten Business
                 ----------------------------------------                      
     Days of receipt by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds other than from business interruption
     insurance, (a) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing and so long as the aggregate amount of Net Asset Sale Proceeds
     and Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received from the Closing Date to
     the date of determination does not exceed $25,000,000, Company may deliver
     to Administrative Agent an Officers' Certificate setting forth (1) that
     portion of

                                      113
<PAGE>
 
     such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (the "Proposed Insurance
     Reinvestment Proceeds") that Company or such Subsidiary intends to use (or
     enter into a contract to use) within 270 days of such date of receipt to
     pay or reimburse the costs of repairing, restoring or replacing the assets
     in respect of which such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds were received
     or to reinvest in Eligible Assets and (2) the proposed use of the Proposed
     Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds and such other information with respect to
     such proposed use as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and
     Company shall, or shall cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to, promptly
     and diligently apply such Proposed Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds to pay
     or reimburse the costs of repairing, restoring or replacing the assets in
     respect of which such Proposed Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds were
     received or to reinvestment in Eligible Assets or, to the extent the
     aggregate amount of Net Asset Proceeds and Net Insurance/Condemnation
     Proceeds received from the Closing Date to the date of determination exceed
     $5,000,000 and are not so applied, to prepay the Loans (and/or the
     Revolving Loan Commitments shall be reduced) as provided in subsection
     2.4B(iii)(b), and (b) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing, Company shall apply an amount equal to such Net Insurance/
     Condemnation Proceeds to prepay the Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan
     Commitments shall be reduced) as provided in subsection 2.4B(iii)(b).

          (iii)  Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Received by Administrative
                 --------------------------------------------------------------
     Agent.  Within ten Business Days of receipt by Administrative Agent of any
     -----                                                                     
     Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as loss payee, (a) if and to the extent
     Company or Company would have been required to apply such Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (if it had received them directly) to
     prepay the Loans and/or reduce the Revolving Loan Commitments,
     Administrative Agent shall, and Company hereby authorizes Administrative
     Agent to, apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to prepay the
     Loans (and/or the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be reduced) as provided
     in subsection 2.4B(iii)(b), and (b) to the extent the foregoing clause (a)
     does not apply, Administrative Agent shall deliver such Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to Company, and Company shall, or shall
     cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to, promptly apply such Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the costs of repairing, restoring, or
     replacing the assets in respect of which such Net Insurance/Condemnation
     Proceeds were received or to reinvestment in Eligible Assets.

6.5  Inspection Rights; Audits of Inventory and Accounts Receivable; Lender
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Meeting.
     ------- 

     A.   Inspection Rights.  Holdings shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, permit any authorized representatives designated by any Lender
to visit and inspect any of the properties of Holdings or of any of its
Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial
and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and
accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants
(provided that Holdings or Company may, if they so choose, be present at or
participate in any such discussion), all upon reasonable notice and at such
reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be
requested; provided, however, that each Lender shall coordinate with
           --------  -------                                        

                                      114
<PAGE>
 
Administrative Agent the frequency and timing of such visits and inspections so
as to reasonably minimize the burden imposed on Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

     B.   Audits of Inventory and Accounts Receivable.  Holdings shall, and
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any authorized representatives
designated by Administrative Agent to conduct one audit of all Inventory and
accounts receivable of Loan Parties during each twelve-month period after the
Closing Date, each such audit to be in scope and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent, all upon reasonable
notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours as may
reasonably be requested.

     C.   Lender Meeting.  Company will, upon the request of Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders, participate in a meeting of
Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at
Company's corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by
Holdings and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by Company
and Administrative Agent.

6.6  Compliance with Laws, etc.
     --------------------------

     Holdings shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply,
with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of
any governmental authority (including all Environmental Laws), except where
noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to cause, individually or in the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.7  Environmental Review and Investigation, Disclosure, Etc.; Company's Actions
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Regarding Hazardous Materials Activities, Environmental Claims and
     ------------------------------------------------------------------
     Violations of Environmental Laws.
     -------------------------------- 

     A.   Environmental Review and Investigation.  Holdings and Company agree
that Administrative Agent may, (i) at any time a fact, event or condition arises
that, in Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, Administrative Agent
determines could give rise to environmental liabilities that would materially
adversely affect any material Facility, retain, at Company's expense, an
independent professional consultant to review any environmental audits,
investigations, analyses and reports relating to Hazardous Materials at such
Facility prepared by or for Company and (ii) in the event (a) Administrative
Agent reasonably believes that Company or Holdings has breached any
representation, warranty or covenant contained in subsection 5.6, 5.13, 6.6 or
6.7 or that there has been a material violation of Environmental Laws at any
Facility or by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries at any other location conduct
its own investigation of such breach or violation or (b) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, conduct its own investigation of any Facility;
provided that, in the case of any Facility no longer owned, leased, operated or
- --------                                                                       
used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, Company and Holdings shall only be
obligated to use their reasonable best efforts to obtain permission for
Administrative Agent's professional consultant to conduct an investigation of
such Facility.  For purposes of conducting an investigation pursuant to clause
(ii) of the preceding sentence, Company and Holdings hereby grant to
Administrative Agent and its agents,

                                      115
<PAGE>
 
employees, consultants and contractors the right to enter into or onto any
Facilities currently owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries and to perform such tests on such property (including taking
samples of soil, groundwater and suspected asbestos-containing materials) as are
reasonably necessary in connection therewith (to the extent, at any Facility
leased by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, such actions are permitted by the
owner of such Facility).  Any such investigation of any Facility shall be
conducted, unless otherwise agreed to by Holdings and Administrative Agent,
during normal business hours and, to the extent reasonably practicable, shall be
conducted so as not to interfere with the ongoing operations at such Facility or
to cause any damage or loss to any property at such Facility.  Holdings, Company
and Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree that any report of any
investigation conducted at the request of Administrative Agent pursuant to this
subsection 6.7A will be obtained and shall be used by Administrative Agent and
Lenders for the purposes of Lenders' internal credit decisions, to monitor and
police the Loans and to protect Lenders' security interests, if any, created by
the Loan Documents.  Administrative Agent agrees to deliver a copy of any such
report to Company with the understanding that Company and Holdings acknowledge
and agree that (x) they will indemnify and hold harmless Administrative Agent
and each Lender from any costs, losses or liabilities relating to Holdings' or
Company's use of or reliance on such report, (y) neither Administrative Agent
nor any Lender makes any representation or warranty with respect to such report,
and (z) by delivering such report to Company, neither Administrative Agent nor
any Lender is requiring or recommending the implementation of any suggestions or
recommendations contained in such report.

     B.   Environmental Disclosure.  Company will deliver to Administrative
Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender (and Administrative Agent will,
after receipt thereof, deliver to each Lender):

          (i) Environmental Audits and Reports.  As soon as practicable
              --------------------------------                         
     following receipt thereof, copies of all material environmental audits,
     investigations, analyses and reports of any kind or character, whether
     prepared by personnel of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or by
     independent consultants, governmental authorities or any other Persons,
     with respect to environmental matters at any Facility that could reasonably
     be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (ii) Notice of Certain Releases, Remedial Actions, Etc.  Promptly upon
               --------------------------------------------------               
     the occurrence thereof, written notice describing in reasonable detail (a)
     any Release required to be reported to any federal, state or local
     governmental or regulatory agency under any applicable Environmental Laws
     unless such Release could not reasonably be expected to result in a
     Material Adverse Effect, (b) any remedial action taken by Company, Holdings
     or any other Person in response to (1) any Hazardous Materials Activities
     the existence of which would reasonably be expected to result in one or
     more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a
     Material Adverse Effect, or (2) any Environmental Claims of which Holdings
     or any of its Subsidiaries has notice that, individually or in the
     aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
     Effect, and (c) Company's or Holdings' discovery of any occurrence or
     condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility
     that would

                                      116
<PAGE>
 
     reasonably be expected to cause such Facility or any part thereof to be
     subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy,
     transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws.

          (iii)  Written Communications Regarding Environmental Claims,
                 ------------------------------------------------------
     Releases, Etc.  As soon as practicable following the sending or receipt
     --------------                                                         
     thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any and all
     written communications with respect to (a) any Environmental Claims that,
     individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to give rise
     to a Material Adverse Effect, (b) any Release required to be reported to
     any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency unless such
     Release could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
     Effect, and (c) any request for information from any governmental agency
     that suggests such agency is investigating whether Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for any Hazardous Materials
     Activity unless such Hazardous Materials Activity could not reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (iv) Notice of Certain Proposed Actions Having Environmental Impact.
               --------------------------------------------------------------  
     Prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail (a) any proposed
     acquisition of stock, assets, or property by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to (1) expose Holdings or
     any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims that could
     reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a
     Material Adverse Effect or (2) affect the ability of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all material Governmental
     Authorizations required under any Environmental Laws for their respective
     operations and (b) any proposed action to be taken by Holdings or any of
     its Subsidiaries to modify current operations in a manner that would
     reasonably be expected to subject Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to
     any material additional obligations or requirements under any Environmental
     Laws where such obligations or reimbursements would reasonably be expected
     to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (v) Other Information.  With reasonable promptness, such other
              -----------------                                         
     documents and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested
     by Administrative Agent in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to
     this subsection 6.7.

     C.   Holdings' and Company's Actions Regarding Hazardous Materials
Activities, Environmental Claims and Violations of Environmental Laws.

          (i) Remedial Actions Relating to Hazardous Materials Activities.
              -----------------------------------------------------------  
     Holdings shall promptly undertake, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
     promptly to undertake, any and all investigations, studies, sampling,
     testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response actions
     necessary to remove, remediate, clean up or abate any Hazardous Materials
     Activity on, under or about any Facility that is in violation of any
     Environmental Laws or that presents a material risk of giving rise to an
     Environmental Claim that would, in either case, reasonably be expected to
     have a Material Adverse Effect.  In the event Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries undertakes any

                                      117
<PAGE>
 
     such action with respect to any Hazardous Materials, Holdings or such
     Subsidiary shall conduct and complete such action in material compliance
     with all applicable Environmental Laws and in accordance an all material
     respects with the policies, orders and directives of all federal, state and
     local governmental authorities except when, and only to the extent that,
     Holdings' or such Subsidiary's liability with respect to such Hazardous
     Materials Activity is being contested in good faith by Holdings or such
     Subsidiary.

          (ii) Actions with Respect to Environmental Claims and Violations of
               --------------------------------------------------------------
     Environmental Laws.  Holdings shall promptly take, and shall cause each of
     ------------------                                                        
     its Subsidiaries promptly to take, any and all actions necessary to (i)
     cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by Holdings or its
     Subsidiaries where such violation would reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect and (ii) make an appropriate response to any
     Environmental Claim against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (of which
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has notice) where such Environmental
     Claim would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and
     discharge any obligations it may have to any Person thereunder.

6.8  Execution of Subsidiary Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral Documents
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     by Future Subsidiaries.
     ---------------------- 

     A.   Execution of Subsidiary Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral
Documents.  In the event that any Domestic Subsidiary which is an Excluded
Subsidiary as of the Closing Date ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary or any
Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of Company after the date hereof, Company
will promptly notify Administrative Agent of that fact and cause such Subsidiary
to execute and deliver to Collateral Agent counterparts of the Subsidiary
Guaranty, Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, Subsidiary Security Agreement and
Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement and to take all such further
actions and execute all such further documents and instruments (including
actions, documents and instruments comparable to those described in subsection
4.1J) as may be reasonably necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of
Administrative Agent, desirable to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of Lenders, a valid and perfected First Priority Lien on all of the
personal and mixed property assets of such Subsidiary described in the
applicable forms of Collateral Documents.

     B.   Subsidiary Charter Documents, Legal Opinions, Etc.  Company shall
deliver to Administrative Agent, together with such Loan Documents, (i)
certified copies of such Subsidiary's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation,
together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation and each other state in which such Person is
qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and, to the extent generally
available, a certificate or other evidence of good standing as to payment of any
applicable franchise or similar taxes from the appropriate taxing authority of
each of such jurisdictions, each to be dated a recent date prior to their
delivery to Administrative Agent, (ii) a copy of such Subsidiary's Bylaws,
certified by its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as of a recent
date prior to their delivery to Administrative Agent, (iii) a certificate
executed by the secretary

                                      118
<PAGE>
 
or an assistant secretary of such Subsidiary as to (a) the fact that the
attached resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary approving and
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of such Loan Documents are
in full force and effect and have not been modified or amended and (b) the
incumbency and signatures of the officers of such Subsidiary executing such Loan
Documents, and (iv) to the extent requested by Administrative Agent, a favorable
opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Administrative Agent and its counsel, as to (a) the due
organization and good standing of such Subsidiary, (b) the due authorization,
execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of such Loan Documents, (c) the
enforceability of such Loan Documents against such Subsidiary, (d) such other
matters (including matters relating to the creation and perfection of Liens in
any Collateral pursuant to such Loan Documents) as Administrative Agent may
reasonably request, all of the foregoing to be reasonably satisfactory in form
and substance to Administrative Agent and its counsel.

6.9  Conforming Leasehold Interests; Matters Relating to Additional Real
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
     Property Collateral.
     ------------------- 

     A.   Conforming Leasehold Interests.  If Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries acquires any Material Leasehold Property, Holdings shall, use
commercially reasonable efforts to, or shall cause such Subsidiary to use
commercially reasonable efforts to, cause such Leasehold Property to be a
Conforming Leasehold Interest.

     B.   Additional Mortgages, Etc.  From and after the Closing Date, in the
event that (i) Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor acquires any fee interest in
real property or any Material Leasehold Property or (ii) at the time any Person
becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Person owns or holds any fee interest in
real property or any Material Leasehold Property, in either case excluding any
such Real Property Asset the encumbrancing of which requires the consent of any
applicable lessor or (in the case of clause (ii) above) then-existing senior
lienholder, where Holdings and its Subsidiaries are unable, after exercising
commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain such lessor's or senior lienholder's
consent (any such non-excluded Real Property Asset described in the foregoing
clause (i) or (ii) being an "Additional Mortgaged Property"), Holdings or such
Subsidiary Guarantor shall deliver to Administrative Agent, as soon as
practicable after such Person acquires such Additional Mortgaged Property or
becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, the following:

          (i) Additional Mortgage.  A fully executed and notarized Mortgage (an
              -------------------                                              
     "Additional Mortgage"), in proper form for recording in all appropriate
     places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering the interest of such
     Loan Party in such Additional Mortgaged Property;

          (ii) Opinions of Counsel.  (a)  A favorable opinion of counsel to such
               -------------------                                              
     Loan Party, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and
     its counsel, as to the due authorization, execution and delivery by such
     Loan Party of such Additional Mortgage and such other matters as
     Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (b) if required by
     Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be

                                      119
<PAGE>
 
     reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) in the state in which such
     Additional Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the enforceability
     of such Additional Mortgage and such other matters (including any matters
     governed by the laws of such state regarding personal property security
     interests in respect of any Collateral related to such Additional Mortgaged
     Property) as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in each case in
     form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

          (iii)  Landlord Consent and Estoppel; Recorded Leasehold Interest.  In
                 ----------------------------------------------------------     
     the case of an Additional Mortgaged Property consisting of a Leasehold
     Property, (a) a Landlord Consent and Estoppel and (b) evidence that such
     Leasehold Property is a Recorded Leasehold Interest;

          (iv)   Title Insurance.  (a) If required by Administrative Agent, an
                 ---------------                                              
     ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy or an unconditional commitment
     therefor (an "Additional Mortgage Policy") issued by the Title Company
     with respect to such Additional Mortgaged Property, in an amount reasonably
     satisfactory to Administrative Agent, insuring fee simple title to, or a
     valid leasehold interest in, such Additional Mortgaged Property vested in
     such Loan Party and assuring Administrative Agent that such Additional
     Mortgage creates a valid and enforceable First Priority mortgage Lien on
     such Additional Mortgaged Property, subject only to a standard survey
     exception, which Additional Mortgage Policy (1) shall include an
     endorsement for mechanics' liens, for future advances (in each case, if
     available) under this Agreement and for any other matters reasonably
     requested by Administrative Agent and (2) shall provide for affirmative
     insurance and such reinsurance as Administrative Agent may reasonably
     request, all of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
     to Administrative Agent; and (b) evidence satisfactory to Administrative
     Agent that such Loan Party has (i) delivered to the Title Company all
     certificates and affidavits required by the Title Company in connection
     with the issuance of the Additional Mortgage Policy and (ii) paid to the
     Title Company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses
     and premiums of the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the
     Additional Mortgage Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including
     mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with
     recording the Additional Mortgage in the appropriate real estate records;
     provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall allow for such
     reasonable revisions to the applicable Mortgage and shall otherwise take
     such steps as are reasonable and customary to minimize recording, mortgage
     recording, stamp, documentary and intangible taxes, at Company's cost;

          (v)    Title Report.  If no Additional Mortgage Policy is required
                 ------------
     with respect to such Additional Mortgaged Property, a title report issued
     by the Title Company with respect thereto, last updated not more than 30
     days prior to the date such Additional Mortgage is to be recorded and
     reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent;

                                      120
<PAGE>
 
          (vi)  Copies of Documents Relating to Title Exceptions.  Copies of all
                ------------------------------------------------                
     recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to
     in the Additional Mortgage Policy or title report delivered pursuant to
     clause (iv) or (v) above;

          (vii) Matters Relating to Flood Hazard Properties.  (a) Evidence,
                -------------------------------------------                
     which may be in the form of a surveyor's note on a survey or a report from
     a flood hazard search firm, as to (1) whether such Additional Mortgaged
     Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) if so, whether the community in
     which such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the
     National Flood Insurance Program, (b) if such Additional Mortgaged Property
     is a Flood Hazard Property, such Loan Party's written acknowledgement of
     receipt of written notification from Administrative Agent (1) that such
     Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) as to
     whether the community in which such Flood Hazard Property is located is
     participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, and (c) in the event
     such Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property that is
     located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance
     Program, evidence that Holdings or Company has obtained flood insurance in
     respect of such Flood Hazard Property to the extent required under the
     applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
     System; and

          (viii)  Environmental Audit.  If required by Administrative Agent,
                  -------------------                                       
     reports and other information, in form, scope and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to Administrative Agent and prepared by environmental
     consultants reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, concerning any
     environmental hazards or liabilities to which Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries may be subject with respect to such Additional Mortgaged
     Property.

     C.   Real Estate Appraisals.  Holdings shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, permit an independent real estate appraiser satisfactory to
Administrative Agent, upon reasonable notice, to visit and inspect any
Additional Mortgaged Property for the purpose of preparing an appraisal of such
Additional Mortgaged Property satisfying the requirements of any applicable laws
and regulations (in each case to the extent required under such laws and
regulations as determined by Administrative Agent in its discretion).

6.10 Interest Rate Protection.
     ------------------------ 

     At all times after the date which is 60 days after the Closing Date,
Company shall maintain in effect one or more Interest Rate Agreements with
respect to the Loans, each such Interest Rate Agreement to be for a term and in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent, which Interest
Rate Agreements shall effectively limit the Unadjusted Eurodollar Rate Component
(as hereinafter defined) of the interest costs to Company with respect to an
aggregate notional principal amount of not less than 50% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans outstanding from time to time
(based on the assumption that such notional principal amount was a Eurodollar
Rate Loan with an Interest Period of three months) to a rate equal to not more
than 8.0% per annum.  For purposes of this subsection 6.10, the term
"Unadjusted Eurodollar Rate Component" means that component of the interest

                                      121
<PAGE>
 
costs to Company in respect of a Eurodollar Rate Loan that is based upon the
rate obtained pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar
Rate.

6.11 Additional Foreign Subsidiary Collateral.
     ---------------------------------------- 

     If, following a change in the relevant provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code, counsel for Company acceptable to Administrative Agent does not within 30
days after a request from Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders deliver
evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent with
respect to any Foreign Subsidiary which has not already had all of its capital
stock pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, that (i) a pledge of 66-2/3%
or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of
such Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote, and of any promissory note issued by
such Foreign Subsidiary to Holdings or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries, and
(ii) the entering into by such Foreign Subsidiary of a guaranty in substantially
the form of the Subsidiary Guaranty, in any such case would cause the
undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for Federal
income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign
Subsidiary's United States parent for Federal income tax purposes, then:  in the
case of a failure to deliver the evidence described in clause (i) above, that
portion of such Foreign Subsidiary's outstanding capital stock or any promissory
notes so issued by such Foreign Subsidiary, in each case not theretofore pledged
pursuant to the Collateral Documents, shall be pledged to Collateral Agent
pursuant to the Collateral Documents (or another pledge agreement in
substantially similar form, if necessary), and in the case of a failure to
deliver the evidence described in clause (ii) above, such Foreign Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver the Subsidiary Guaranty and other Collateral Documents
(or other guaranty and security agreements in substantially similar form, if
necessary), granting Collateral Agent a security interest in all of such Foreign
Subsidiary's real, mixed and personal property and securing the Obligations, in
each case to the extent that such pledge of capital stock and notes and entry
into such guaranty and related documents is permitted by the laws of the
applicable foreign jurisdictions.

6.12 Post-Closing Deliveries.
     ----------------------- 

     Company shall cause any actions set forth on Schedule 6.12 annexed hereto
                                                  -------------               
to be taken within the time period(s) specified on such Schedule 6.12 and in
                                                        -------------       
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and
Syndication Agent.


                                   SECTION 7.
                   HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     Holdings and Company covenant and agree that, so long as any of the
Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of
the Loans and other Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations
with respect to claims, losses or liabilities which have not yet arisen and are
not yet due and payable) and the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of
Credit, unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise give prior written

                                      122
<PAGE>
 
consent, Holdings and Company shall perform, and shall cause each of their
Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 7.

7.1  Indebtedness.
     ------------ 

     Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become
or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any Indebtedness,
except:

          (i)   Company may become and remain liable with respect to the
     Obligations;

          (ii)  Holdings and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Contingent Obligations permitted by subsection 7.4 and, upon any
     matured obligations actually arising pursuant thereto, the Indebtedness
     corresponding to the Contingent Obligations so extinguished;

          (iii) Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to (a) Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases and (b)
     Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under subsection 7.2A(iv), provided
                                                                        --------
     that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) and (b),
     together with the amount of any purchase money Indebtedness and Capital
     Lease obligations of the type permitted under subsection 7.1(xiii), shall
     not exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;

          (iv)  Company may become and remain liable with respect to
     Indebtedness to any wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary, and any wholly owned
     Domestic Subsidiary may become and remain liable with respect to
     Indebtedness to Company or any other wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary;
     provided that (a) all such intercompany Indebtedness shall be evidenced by
     --------         
     promissory notes, (b) all such intercompany Indebtedness owed by Company to
     any such Subsidiary shall be subordinated in right of payment to the
     payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the applicable
     promissory notes or an intercompany subordination agreement, and (c) any
     payment by any such Subsidiary of Company under any guaranty of the
     Obligations shall result in a pro tanto reduction of the amount of any
                                   --- ----- 
     intercompany Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Company or to any of
     such Subsidiary Guarantors for whose benefit such payment is made;

          (v)   (a) Company and any wholly owned Subsidiary of Company may
     become and remain liable with respect to Indebtedness to any wholly owned
     Foreign Subsidiary, and (b) any wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary (x) may
     remain liable with respect to Indebtedness to Company or to any of the
     Subsidiary Guarantors set forth on Schedule 7.1(v) annexed hereto in
                                        --------------- 
     amounts not to exceed the respective amounts set forth on such Schedule and
     (y) may become and remain liable with respect to additional Indebtedness to
     Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the aggregate outstanding
     amount of such Indebtedness under this clause (y), plus the aggregate
                                                        ----
     amount of Investments of the type permitted under subsection 7.3(xiii),
     does not exceed (1) $15,000,000 at any

                                      123
<PAGE>
 
     time from the Closing Date through Fiscal Year 1998, (2) $25,000,000 at any
     time during Fiscal Year 1999, or (3) $30,000,000 at any time during Fiscal
     Year 2000 and thereafter; provided that (1) all intercompany Indebtedness
                               --------                                       
     described in clause (b) shall be evidenced by promissory notes, and (2) all
     intercompany Indebtedness described in clause (a) owed by Company or any
     Subsidiary Guarantor to any wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary shall be
     subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations
     pursuant to the terms of the applicable promissory notes or an intercompany
     subordination agreement; provided further, however, that Company or any
                              -------- -------  -------                     
     Subsidiary Guarantor may make additional intercompany loans in excess of
     such amounts to any wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary so long as the
     conditions in clause (1) of the preceding proviso are met and the Excess
     Proceeds Amount immediately prior to the making of such loan equals or
     exceeds the principal amount of such loan;

          (vi)    Holdings and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable
     with respect to Indebtedness evidenced by the AXEL Credit Documents;

          (vii)   Company may become and remain liable with respect to
     Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount
     Notes;

          (viii)  Holdings may become and remain liable with respect to
     Indebtedness evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes issued by
     Holdings on the Closing Date and any additional Junior Subordinated Seller
     Notes issued in lieu of the payment of cash interest thereon in accordance
     with the terms thereof;

          (ix)    Company may become and remain liable with respect to Permitted
     Seller Notes issued as consideration in Permitted Acquisitions; provided
                                                                     --------
     that the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Seller Notes shall not
     exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

          (x)     Holdings may remain liable with respect to any portion of the
     Existing Subordinated Notes not tendered pursuant to the Debt Tender Offer;

          (xi)    Holdings may become and remain liable with respect to
     Shareholder Subordinated Notes issued in lieu of cash payments permitted
     under subsection 7.5(x) to repurchase capital stock of Holdings held by
     terminated employees and officers, provided that the aggregate principal
                                        --------                             
     amount of Shareholder Subordinated Notes shall not exceed $3,000,000 at any
     time outstanding;

          (xii)   Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings may become and remain liable
     with respect to Indebtedness under lines of credit extended after the
     Closing Date to any such Foreign Subsidiary by Persons other than Holdings
     or any or its Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which Indebtedness are used for
     such Foreign Subsidiary's working capital purposes, provided that the
                                                         --------         
     aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding at any time
     for all such Foreign Subsidiaries (such Indebtedness being the "Foreign
     Subsidiary Working Capital Indebtedness") shall not exceed the Foreign

                                      124
<PAGE>
 
     Borrowing Base Amount in effect at such time minus the amount of any
                                                  -----                  
     outstanding Contingent Obligations of the type permitted under subsection
     7.4(viii);

          (xiii)  Subject to the applicable restrictions of subsections 7.1(iii)
     and 7.1(xvi), Company or any Subsidiary of Company acquired pursuant to a
     Permitted Acquisition may become or remain liable with respect to
     Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of Company existing at the time of acquisition
     by Company or a Subsidiary of a Subsidiary or assets pursuant to a
     Permitted Acquisition, provided that (a) such Indebtedness was not incurred
                            --------                                            
     in connection with or in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition, (b)
     such Indebtedness does not constitute debt for borrowed money (other than
     debt for borrowed money incurred in connection with industrial revenue or
     industrial development bond financings), it being understood and agreed
     that Capital Lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness shall not
     constitute debt for borrowed money for purposes of this clause (xiii), and
     (c) at the time of such Permitted Acquisition such Indebtedness does not
     exceed 10% of the total value of the assets of the Subsidiary so acquired,
     or of the assets so acquired, as the case may be; provided, however, that
                                                       --------  -------      
     (a) the aggregate amount of any such Capital Lease obligations and purchase
     money Indebtedness, together with the aggregate amount of other
     Indebtedness of the type permitted under subsection 7.1(iii), in each case
     at any time outstanding, shall not exceed the maximum amount set forth in
     such subsection, and (ii) the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness
     other than Capital Lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness,
     together with other Indebtedness of the type permitted under subsection
     7.1(xvi), in each case at any time outstanding, shall not exceed the
     maximum amount set forth in such subsection;

          (xiv)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Indebtedness consisting of the financing in the ordinary course
     of business of insurance premiums with respect to coverage required to be
     maintained under subsection 6.4;

          (xv)    Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, may remain liable
     with respect to Indebtedness described in Schedule 7.1(xv) annexed hereto;
                                               ----------------                

          (xvi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Indebtedness not otherwise permitted under this subsection;
     provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together
     --------                                                                   
     with (a) the maximum aggregate liability, contingent or otherwise, with
     respect to Contingent Obligations incurred pursuant to subsection 7.4(viii)
     and (b) the amount of any Indebtedness of the type permitted under
     subsection 7.1(xiii) (other than Capital Lease obligations and purchase
     money Indebtedness), shall not exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding;
     and

          (xvii)  Subsidiaries of Company may become and remain liable with
     respect to Indebtedness consisting of a converted equity Investment by
     Company or another Subsidiary of Company in such Subsidiaries, provided
                                                                    --------
     that the underlying equity Investment was permitted hereunder at the time
     of such conversion.

                                      125
<PAGE>
 
7.2  Liens and Related Matters.
     ------------------------- 

     A.   Prohibition on Liens.  Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to
exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind
(including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts
receivable) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or file or permit the
filing of, or permit to remain in effect, any financing statement or other
similar notice of any Lien with respect to any such property, asset, income or
profits under the Uniform Commercial Code of any State or under any similar
recording or notice statute, except:

          (i)    Permitted Encumbrances;

          (ii)   Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents in favor of
     the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and/or the lenders
     under the AXEL Credit Agreement securing Loan Parties' obligations under
     this Agreement, the AXEL Credit Agreement and/or under Interest Rate
     Agreements with any such Lenders and/or lenders or their respective
     affiliates; provided that such Liens for the benefit of the lenders under
                 --------                                                     
     the AXEL Credit Agreement shall at all times secure the Obligations;

          (iii)  Liens arising in connection with Capital Leases permitted under
     subsection 7.1(iii)(a); provided that no such Lien shall extend to or cover
                             --------                                           
     any Collateral or assets other than the assets subject to such Capital
     Leases;

          (iv)   Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by subsection 7.1(iii)(b)
     incurred (a) to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any
     real property or tangible personal property assets acquired or held by
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     provided that (1) such Liens shall be created within 180 days after the
     --------                                                               
     acquisition, construction or improvement of such assets, and (2) the
     principal amount of Indebtedness secured by any such Liens shall at no time
     exceed 100%, and the proceeds of such Indebtedness shall be used to provide
     not less than 75%, of the original purchase price of such asset or the
     amount expended to construct or improve such asset, as the case may be; or
     (b) to renew, extend or refinance any Indebtedness described in clause
     (a); provided that the amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the
          --------                                                             
     amount of Indebtedness so renewed, extended or refinanced which is unpaid
     and outstanding immediately prior to such renewal, extension or
     refinancing; and provided further, that in the case of clause (a) or (b),
                      -------- -------                                        
     (1) such Liens attach solely to the assets financed with such Indebtedness,
     (2) no recourse may be had under the Indebtedness secured by such Lien
     against any Person other than the borrower of such Indebtedness for the
     payment of principal, interest, fees, costs or premium on such Indebtedness
     or for any claim based thereon, and (3) the financial covenants under any
     Indebtedness secured by such Liens are, in each case, no more restrictive
     than those set forth in this Agreement;

                                      126
<PAGE>
 
          (v)   Liens on real property or personal property assets of Foreign
     Subsidiaries of Holdings securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiaries
     (other than Indebtedness of the type permitted to be incurred pursuant to
     subsection 7.1(v)) permitted under this Agreement; and

          (vi)  Other Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to
     exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding.

     B.   Equitable Lien in Favor of Lenders.  If Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its properties or
assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Liens excepted by
the provisions of subsection 7.2A, it shall make or cause to be made effective
provision whereby the Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and
ratably with any and all other Indebtedness secured thereby as long as any such
Indebtedness shall be so secured; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                  --------                                     
this covenant shall not be construed as a consent by Requisite Lenders to the
creation or assumption of any such Lien not permitted by the provisions of
subsection 7.2A.

     C.   No Further Negative Pledges.  Except with respect to specific property
encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness or to be sold pursuant
to an executed agreement with respect to an Asset Sale, neither Holdings nor any
of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement (other than the New Sub Debt
Indentures, the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes or any other agreement
prohibiting only the creation of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness)
prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or
assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

     D.   No Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions to Holdings or Other
Subsidiaries.  Except as provided herein, Holdings will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
ability of any such Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other
distributions on any of such Subsidiary's capital stock owned by Holdings or any
other Subsidiary of Holdings, (ii) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such
Subsidiary to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, (iii) make loans or
advances to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, or (iv) transfer any
of its property or assets to Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings,
except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a)
applicable law, (b) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (c) customary
provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a
leasehold interest of Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) customary
provisions restricting assignment of any licensing agreement entered into by
Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (e) the
New Sub Debt Indentures and the AXEL Credit Documents, (f) customary provisions
restricting the transfer of assets subject to Liens permitted under subsections
7.2A(iii) and 7.2A(iv), and (g) any document or instrument evidencing Foreign
Subsidiary Working Capital Indebtedness permitted under subsection 7.1(xii) so
long as such encumbrance or restriction only applies to the Foreign Subsidiary
of Holdings incurring such Indebtedness.

                                      127
<PAGE>
 
7.3  Investments; Joint Ventures.
     --------------------------- 

     Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any
Joint Venture, except:

          (i)    Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments in
     Cash Equivalents;

          (ii)   Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings may make and own Investments
     in Foreign Cash Equivalents;

          (iii)  Holdings may continue to own the Investments owned by it as of
     the Closing Date in Company, and Company and its Subsidiaries may continue
     to own the Investments owned by them as of the Closing Date in any
     Subsidiaries of Company and make additional Investments in such
     Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors;

          (iv)   Holdings and its Subsidiaries may own Investments in their
     respective Subsidiaries to the extent that such Investments reflect an
     increase in the value of such Subsidiaries;

          (v)    Company and its Subsidiaries may make intercompany loans to the
     extent permitted under subsections 7.1(iv) and 7.1(v);

          (vi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make Consolidated Capital
     Expenditures permitted by subsection 7.8;

          (vii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may continue to own the
     Investments owned by them and described in Schedule 7.3(vii) annexed
                                                -----------------        
     hereto;

          (viii) Company and its Subsidiaries may make loans and advances to
     employees, officers, executives or consultants to Company and its
     Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of Company and its
     Subsidiaries as presently conducted for the purpose of purchasing capital
     stock of Holdings so long as no cash is paid by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of such capital stock;

          (ix)   Company and its Subsidiaries may acquire and hold receivables
     owing to it, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and
     payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms
     (including the dating of receivables) of Company or any such Subsidiary;

          (x)    Company and its Subsidiaries may acquire and own Investments
     (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or
     reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent
     obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in
     the ordinary course of business;

                                      128
<PAGE>
 
          (xi)    Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
     consisting of deposits made in the ordinary course of business consistent
     with past practices to secure the performance of leases;

          (xii)   Holdings may make equity contributions to the capital of
     Company;

          (xiii)  Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries may make and own
     Investments consisting of cash capital contributions (in addition to cash
     contributions made prior to the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule
                                                                   --------
     7.3(xiii) annexed hereto) to Foreign Subsidiaries of Company, or the
     ---------                                                           
     capitalization or forgiveness of any Indebtedness owed to them by a Foreign
     Subsidiary and outstanding under subsection 7.1(v); provided that the sum
                                                         --------             
     of (x) aggregate amount of such contributions, capitalization and
     forgiveness made after the Closing Date, plus (y) the aggregate outstanding
                                              ----                              
     principal amount of Indebtedness of the type permitted under subsection
     7.1(v), shall not exceed the amounts set forth in subsection 7.1(v) at the
     times set forth therein;

          (xiv)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments in
     Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to Permitted Acquisitions under subsection
     7.7(xiv);

          (xv)    Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
     consisting of notes received in connection with any Asset Sale limited to
     20% of the total sale price of the assets sold in such Asset Sale; provided
                                                                        --------
     that the aggregate principal amount of such notes at any time outstanding
     shall not exceed $5,000,000;

          (xvi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments in
     any Person which (a) (1) result in the creation of an account arising in
     the ordinary course of Company's or such Subsidiary's business or (2)
     result from the restructure, reorganization or similar composition of trade
     account obligations which arose in the ordinary course of business and
     which are owing to Company or such Subsidiary from financially distressed
     debtors, and (b) are, in each case, subject to the Lien in favor of
     Collateral Agent under the Collateral Documents;

          (xvii)  Holdings and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments
     permitted under subsection 7.7(xi), 7.7(xii) and 7.7(xiii);

          (xviii) Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own the Investments
     described in Schedule 7.3(xviii) annexed hereto; provided that the
                  -------------------                 --------         
     aggregate amount of such Investments shall not exceed $5,000,000;

          (xix)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments in
     wholly owned Domestic Subsidiaries of Company consisting of intercompany
     Indebtedness of such Subsidiaries converted to equity Investments, provided
                                                                        --------
     that the underlying intercompany Indebtedness was permitted hereunder at
     the time of such conversion;

                                      129
<PAGE>
 
          (xx)    Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own Investments not
     otherwise permitted under this subsection 7.3 so long as immediately prior
     to the making of each such Investment the Excess Proceeds Amount exceeds
     the amount of such Investment being made; and

          (xxi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may make and own other
     Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $10,000,000.

7.4  Contingent Obligations.
     ---------------------- 

     Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create or become or remain liable with respect to any
Contingent Obligation, except:

          (i)    Subsidiaries of Company may become and remain liable with
     respect to Contingent Obligations in respect of the Subsidiary Guaranty,
     and Holdings may become and remain liable with respect to Contingent
     Obligations in respect of the Holdings Guaranty;

          (ii)   Company may become and remain liable with respect to Contingent
     Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit;

          (iii)  Company may become and remain liable with respect to Contingent
     Obligations under Hedge Agreements required under subsection 6.10;

          (iv)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Contingent Obligations in respect of (a) customary
     indemnification and purchase price adjustment obligations incurred in
     connection with Asset Sales or other sales of assets, (b) endorsements of
     instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business,
     and (c) standard contractual indemnities entered into in the ordinary
     course of business;

          (v)    Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Contingent Obligations under guarantees in the ordinary course
     of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and
     licensees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

          (vi)   Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, may remain liable
     with respect to Contingent Obligations described in Schedule 7.4 annexed
                                                         ------------        
     hereto;

          (vii)  Subsidiary Guarantors may become and remain liable with respect
     to Contingent Obligations arising under their subordinated guaranties of
     the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes as set forth in the
     New Sub Debt Indentures;

          (viii) Subject to the limitations set forth in subsection 7.1(xii),
     Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with respect to
     Contingent Obligations

                                      130
<PAGE>
 
     consisting of guaranties by Company of Foreign Subsidiary Working Capital
     Indebtedness (including letters of credit issued for the account of Company
     and its Subsidiaries and in favor of lenders in respect of any such Foreign
     Subsidiary Working Capital Indebtedness);

          (ix)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Contingent Obligations consisting of guarantees of obligations
     of any Subsidiary of Company under any worker's compensation self-insurance
     program of such Subsidiary administered in accordance with applicable law
     relating to worker's compensation;

          (x)    Holdings and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Contingent Obligations consisting of (a) guarantees by Holdings
     and its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, leases and other contractual
     obligations permitted to be incurred by Company or its wholly owned
     Domestic Subsidiaries and (b) guarantees by Foreign Subsidiaries of
     Holdings of Indebtedness, leases and other contractual obligations
     permitted to be incurred by other wholly owned Foreign Subsidiaries of
     Holdings; and

          (xi)   Company and its Subsidiaries may become and remain liable with
     respect to Contingent Obligations not otherwise permitted under this
     subsection; provided that the maximum aggregate liability, contingent or
                 --------                                                    
     otherwise, of Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of all such
     Contingent Obligations, together with the aggregate principal amount of
     Indebtedness of Company and its Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to
     subsection 7.1(ix), shall at no time exceed $20,000,000.

7.5  Restricted Junior Payments.
     -------------------------- 

     Holdings and Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their
respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or
set apart any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment; provided that (i) any
                                                     --------             
Subsidiary of Company can pay dividends to Company or any wholly owned
Subsidiary of Company, (ii) Company may make dividends to Holdings necessary to
consummate the Recapitalization Transactions on the Closing Date, (iii) Holdings
and Company may make any Restricted Junior Payments in accordance with the terms
of, and only to the extent required by, the Recapitalization Agreement, (iv)
Company may make (x) regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of the
Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes in accordance with the terms
of, and only to the extent required by, and subject to the subordination
provisions contained in, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes,
respectively, and the applicable New Sub Debt Indenture, and (y) so long as (1)
no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or shall be caused thereby, (2) Holdings and Company shall be in
compliance, on a pro forma basis giving effect thereto, with the covenants set
forth in subsection 7.6 hereof and (3) the ratio of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
to Consolidated Cash Interest Expense (after giving effect thereto) shall equal
or exceed 3.5:1.00 (and Company shall have delivered to Administrative Agent an
Officer's Certificate (together with supporting information therefor), in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, certifying to the
effect of clauses (1), (2) and (3)), regularly scheduled payments of interest
accruing after delivery of such certificate in

                                      131
<PAGE>
 
respect of the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes in accordance with the terms of,
and only to the extent required by, and subject to the subordination provisions
contained in, the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, (v) Company may make
Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings to the extent required for Holdings to
make, and Holdings may make, regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect
of the Shareholder Subordinated Notes in accordance with the terms of, and only
to the extent required by, and subject to the subordination provisions contained
in, such Shareholder Subordinated Notes, as applicable, (vi) Company may make
scheduled interest payments in respect of Permitted Seller Notes permitted under
subsection 7.1(ix) in accordance with the terms of such Permitted Seller Notes;
(vii) so long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing or would be caused thereby, Company may make Restricted Junior
Payments of amounts to the extent required for Holdings to, and Holdings may,
repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise prepay or retire any Existing
Subordinated Notes not tendered pursuant to the Debt Tender Offer on terms (set
forth in the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture or otherwise) no less
favorable in any material respect to Holdings, Company and Lenders than the
terms of the Debt Tender Offer, (viii) Company may make Restricted Junior
Payments to Holdings, and Holdings may make Restricted Junior Payments, (a) in
an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,500,000 in any Fiscal Year, to the extent
necessary to permit Holdings to pay general administrative costs and expenses
and (b) to the extent necessary to permit Holdings to discharge the consolidated
tax liabilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, (ix) so long as no Potential
Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
Company may make Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings, and Holdings may make
Restricted Junior Payments, (a) to permit the payment of the Bain Management
Fees under the Bain Advisory Services Agreement and (b) to permit the payment of
the Harvard Management Fees under the Harvard Advisory Services Agreement, and
(x) Company may make Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings to the extent
required for Holdings to make, and Holdings may make, Restricted Junior Payments
in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12,500,000 in any Fiscal Year to the
extent necessary to make repurchases of capital stock (and options or warrants
to purchase such capital stock) of Holdings from employees (a) upon termination
(including by reason of death, disability or retirement) of such employees or
(b) pursuant to a contractual obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries,
provided that such amount shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of all
- --------                                                                 
principal and interest payments made on any Shareholder Subordinated Notes
permitted under subsection 7.1(xi) in such Fiscal Year; and, provided further,
                                                             -------- ------- 
that any Restricted Junior Payments by Company to Holdings permitted under this
subsection shall be applied by Holdings for the purposes specified in this
subsection.

7.6  Financial Covenants.
     ------------------- 

     A.   Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio.  Holdings and Company shall not
permit the ratio of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to (ii) Consolidated
Interest Expense (excluding therefrom, for purposes of this subsection 7.6A
                  ---------                                                
only, the amount of any amortization of deferred financing costs, interest on
deferred compensation or payments made to obtain Interest Rate Agreements which
would otherwise be included in Consolidated Interest Expense) for any four-
Fiscal Quarter period ending during any of the periods set forth below to be
less than the correlative ratio indicated:

                                      132
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               ===============================================
                                                 Minimum  
                                                 Interest  
                                                 Coverage  
                        Period                    Ratio    
               ===============================================
                <S>                              <C>
                Closing Date - 8/15/00             1.5:1   
               -----------------------------------------------
                8/16/00 - 5/15/01                  1.6:1   
               -----------------------------------------------
                5/16/01 - 2/15/02                  1.7:1   
               -----------------------------------------------
                2/16/02 - 11/15/02                 1.8:1   
               -----------------------------------------------
                11/16/02 and thereafter            1.9:1   
               ===============================================
</TABLE>

     B.   Maximum Leverage Ratio.  Holdings and Company shall not permit the
Leverage Ratio of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter ending during any of the
periods set forth below to exceed the correlative ratio indicated: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               ===============================================
                                                  Maximum
                        Period                Leverage Ratio
               ===============================================
                <S>                           <C>
                Closing Date - 11/15/98            7.4:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                11/16/98 - 2/15/99                 7.3:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 2/16/99 - 8/15/99                 7.0:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 8/16/99 - 11/15/99                6.9:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                11/16/99 - 2/15/00                 6.8:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 2/16/00 - 5/15/00                 6.7:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 5/16/00 - 8/15/00                 6.6:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 8/16/00 - 11/15/00                6.5:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                11/16/00 - 5/15/01                 6.1:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 5/16/01 - 8/15/01                 6.0:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 8/16/01 - 11/15/01                5.9:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                11/16/01 - 2/15/02                 5.6:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 2/16/02 - 8/15/02                 5.5:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                 8/16/02 - 11/15/02                5.4:1
               -----------------------------------------------
                11/16/02 and thereafter            5.1:1
               ===============================================
</TABLE>

                                      133
<PAGE>
 
C.   Minimum Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA. Holdings and Company shall not permit
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any four-Fiscal Quarter period ending during
any period set forth below to be less than the correlative amount indicated: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               ================================================
                                                 Minimum
                                          Consolidated Adjusted
                        Period                   EBITDA
               ================================================
                <S>                           <C>
                Closing Date - 2/15/99        $ 92,500,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 2/16/99 - 5/15/99            $ 95,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 5/16/99 - 8/15/99            $ 97,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 8/16/99 - 2/15/00            $ 97,500,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 2/16/00 - 5/15/00            $ 99,500,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 5/16/00 - 8/15/00            $101,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 8/16/00 - 11/15/00           $104,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                11/16/00 - 2/15/01            $105,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 2/16/01 - 5/15/01            $107,500,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 5/16/01 - 8/15/01            $109,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 8/16/01 - 11/15/01           $111,500,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                11/16/01 - 2/15/02            $113,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 2/16/02 - 5/15/02            $115,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 5/16/02 - 8/15/02            $116,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                 8/16/02 - 11/15/02           $118,000,000
               ------------------------------------------------
                11/16/02 and thereafter       $120,000,000
               ================================================
</TABLE>

D.   Certain Calculations. With respect to any period during which a Permitted
Acquisition occurs, for purposes of determining compliance with the financial
covenants set forth in this subsection 7.6, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and
Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated with respect to such periods
and such New Business on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments
arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction,
are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each
case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X
promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission as of January 1, 1997, which would include
cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and
similar restructuring charges whether (x) resulting from decisions made

                                      134
<PAGE>
 
by Company or (y) implemented by the management of the New Business within the
six-month period immediately preceding the closing of such Permitted Acquisition
(provided that the cost savings described in clause (y) are supportable and
quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business), which pro
forma adjustments shall be certified by the principal financial officer or
principal accounting officer of Company) using the historical financial
statements of the New Business so acquired or to be acquired and the
consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries which shall
be reformulated (i) as if such Permitted Acquisition, and any acquisitions which
have been consummated during such period, and any Indebtedness or other
liabilities incurred in connection with any such acquisition had been
consummated or incurred at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such
Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement
period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest
rates applicable to outstanding Loans during such period), and (ii) otherwise in
conformity with certain procedures to be agreed upon between Administrative
Agent and Company, all such calculations to be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

7.7  Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Asset Sales and Recapitalizations.
     --------------------------------------------------------------------- 

     Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, alter
the corporate, capital or legal structure of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries, or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or
liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or
dissolution), or convey, sell, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor),
transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or any part of its business, property or assets, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, or acquire by purchase or otherwise all or
substantially all the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other
evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of
business of any Person, except:

          (i)   any Subsidiary of Company may be merged with or into Company or
     any wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor, or be liquidated, wound up or
     dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be
     conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one
     transaction or a series of transactions, to Company or any wholly owned
     Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that, in the case of such a merger involving
                           --------                                             
     Company, Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation, and in
     the case of any other such merger, such wholly owned Subsidiary Guarantor
     shall be the continuing or surviving corporation;

          (ii)  any Foreign Subsidiary of Company may be merged with or into any
     wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved,
     or all or any part of its business, property or assets may be conveyed,
     sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a
     series of transactions, to any wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary; provided
                                                                     --------
     that (i) in the case of such a merger, such wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary
     shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and (ii) in each case, the
     stock of such wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary is pledged pursuant to, and
     to the extent required under, the Collateral Documents;

                                      135
<PAGE>
 
          (iii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may make Consolidated Capital
     Expenditures permitted under subsection 7.8;

          (iv)   Company and its Subsidiaries may dispose of obsolete,
     uneconomical, negligible, worn out or surplus property (including
     Intellectual Property) in the ordinary course of business;

          (v)    Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or otherwise dispose of
     assets in transactions that do not constitute Asset Sales; provided that
                                                                --------     
     the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least
     equal to the fair market value thereof;

          (vi)   subject to subsection 7.12, Company and its Subsidiaries may
     make Asset Sales of assets having a fair market value not in excess of
     $20,000,000; provided that (x) the consideration received for such assets
                  --------                                                    
     shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof; (y)
     not less than 80% of the consideration received shall be cash; and (z) the
     proceeds of such Asset Sales shall be applied as required by subsection
     2.4B(iii)(a);

          (vii)  Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or discount, in each case
     without recourse, accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of
     business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof;
     provided that the aggregate amount of such accounts receivable sold
     --------                                                           
     pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed in any Fiscal Year 10% of
     the accounts receivable of Company and its Subsidiaries recorded for the
     preceding Fiscal Year;

          (viii) Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or exchange specific
     items of equipment, so long as the purpose of each such sale or exchange is
     to acquire (and results within 90 days of such sale or exchange in the
     acquisition of) replacement items of equipment which are the functional
     equivalent of the item of equipment so sold or exchanged;

          (ix)   Company and its Subsidiaries may, in the ordinary course of
     business, license as licensee or licensor patents, trademarks, copyrights
     and know-how to or from third Persons, so long as any such license by
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries in its capacity as licensor is permitted
     to be assigned pursuant to the Collateral Documents (to the extent that a
     security interest in such patents, trademarks, copyrights and know-how is
     granted thereunder) and does not otherwise prohibit the granting of a Lien
     by Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Collateral Documents
     in the Intellectual Property covered by such license;

          (x)    Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or otherwise transfer
     inventory to their respective Subsidiaries for resale by such Subsidiaries,
     and Subsidiaries of Company may sell or otherwise transfer inventory to
     Company for resale by Company so long as the security interest granted to
     the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents

                                      136
<PAGE>
 
     in the inventory so transferred shall remain in full force and effect and
     perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to
     such transfer);

          (xi)   Company may contribute cash to one or more wholly owned
     Domestic Subsidiaries formed after the Closing Date, so long as the
     aggregate amount of such cash so contributed to each such Domestic
     Subsidiary does not exceed $1,000,000;

          (xii)  Company and its Domestic Subsidiaries may transfer assets
     (other than inventory) to wholly owned Foreign Subsidiaries so long as (x)
     the aggregate fair market value of all such assets (other than intellectual
     property) so transferred (determined in good faith by the Board of
     Directors or senior management of Company) to all such Foreign Subsidiaries
     on and after the Closing Date does not exceed $2,000,000 and (y) the
     aggregate fair market value of all Intellectual Property so transferred
     (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or senior management of
     Company) to all such Foreign Subsidiaries on and after the Closing Date
     does not exceed $1,000,000;

          (xiii) any Domestic Subsidiary of Company may transfer assets (other
     than accounts receivable and inventory) to Company or to any other wholly
     owned Domestic Subsidiary of Company so long as the security interests
     granted to Collateral Agent of Lenders pursuant to the Collateral Documents
     in the assets so transferred shall remain in full force and effect and
     perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to
     such transfer); and

          (xiv)  Company or any Subsidiary of Company may make acquisitions of
     assets and businesses (including acquisitions of the capital stock or other
     equity interests of another Person), provided that:
                                          --------      

                 (a)  immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such
          acquisition, Company and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with
          the provisions of subsection 7.13 hereof;

                 (b)  if such acquisition is structured as a stock acquisition,
          then either (A) the Person so acquired becomes a wholly owned
          Subsidiary of Company or (B) such Person is merged with and into
          Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary of Company (with Company or such
          wholly owned Subsidiary being the surviving corporation in such
          merger), and in any case, all of the provisions of subsection 6.8 have
          been complied with in respect of such Person;

                 (c)  the only consideration paid in connection with such
          Permitted Acquisition shall consist of cash, Holdings Common Stock or
          Permitted Seller Notes;

                 (d)  (1) Company shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis
          giving effect to the proposed acquisition, with the covenants set
          forth in subsection 7.6 hereof, (2) the ratio (calculated on a pro
          forma basis giving effect to the proposed

                                      137
<PAGE>
 
          acquisition) of (x) the principal amount of any Revolving Loans
          borrowed to finance such acquisition to (y) the New Business EBITDA of
          the acquired business shall not exceed 3.5 to 1.0, (3) the ratio
          (calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to the proposed
          acquisition) of (x) the principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred
          by Holdings and its Subsidiaries to finance such acquisition plus all
                                                                       ----    
          Indebtedness of such New Business existing at the time of such
          acquisition for which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall be
          liable immediately following such acquisition, to (y) the New Business
          EBITDA of the acquired business shall not exceed 5.5 to 1.0, and (4)
          no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred
          and be continuing at the time of such acquisition or shall be caused
          thereby; and Company shall have delivered to Administrative Agent an
          Officer's Certificate (together with supporting information therefor),
          in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent,
          certifying as to the foregoing; and

                 (e) any assets acquired pursuant to such acquisition shall be
          subject to a First Priority Lien in favor of Collateral Agent on
          behalf of Lenders pursuant to the Collateral Documents;

          (xv)   Holdings and its Subsidiaries may consummate the
     Recapitalization Transactions:

          (xvi)  Holdings may issue Holdings Common Stock to the extent
     otherwise not prohibited under the provisions hereof.

7.8  Consolidated Capital Expenditures.
     --------------------------------- 

     A.   Holdings and Company shall not, and shall not permit their respective
Subsidiaries to, make or incur Consolidated Capital Expenditures, in any Fiscal
Year indicated below, in an aggregate amount in excess of the corresponding
amount (as adjusted in accordance with the provisos hereto, the "Maximum
Consolidated Capital Expenditures Amount") set forth below opposite such Fiscal
Year; provided that the Maximum Consolidated Capital Expenditures Amount for any
      --------                                                                  
Fiscal Year shall be increased by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the
excess, if any, of the Maximum Consolidated Capital Expenditures Amount for the
previous Fiscal Year (prior to adjustment in accordance with this proviso) over
the actual amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such previous Fiscal
Year and (y) 50% of the Maximum Consolidated Capital Expenditures Amount (prior
to adjustment in accordance with this proviso) for such previous Fiscal Year
(the amount of such increase described in this proviso being the "Carryforward"
from such preceding Fiscal Year):

                                      138
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             =====================================================
                                      Maximum Consolidated
                    Fiscal Year       Capital Expenditures
             =====================================================
                    <S>               <C>
                       1998                $25,500,000
             ----------------------------------------------------- 
                       1999                $19,000,000
             -----------------------------------------------------  
                       2000                $18,500,000
             -----------------------------------------------------  
                       2001                $20,500,000
             ----------------------------------------------------- 
                2002 and thereafter        $23,000,000
             =====================================================
</TABLE>

; and provided further, that the Maximum Consolidated Capital Expenditures
      -------- -------                                                    
Amount for each Fiscal Year shall be increased upon the consummation of the
acquisition of a New Business as follows:

          (i)  for the Fiscal Year during which such acquisition is consummated,
     the Maximum Consolidated Capital Expenditures Amount shall be increased by
     an amount equal to the product of (a) a fraction obtained by dividing the
     number of days remaining in such Fiscal Year (following such acquisition)
     by 365, multiplied by (b) 2.0% of the actual historical revenues of the New
             -------------                                                      
     Business for the most recently ended twelve-month period (the "Acquired
     LTM Revenue") prior to such acquisition; and

          (ii) for each Fiscal Year thereafter, the Maximum Consolidated Capital
     Expenditures Amount shall be increased by an amount equal to 2.0% of the
     Acquired LTM Revenue of such New Business.

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent
any EITF 97-13 Expenditures, Year 2000 Expenditures or Other MIS Expenditures
are added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA by virtue of Schedule 1.1(i),
                                                            --------------- 
such amounts added in calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be added to
Consolidated Capital Expenditures for purposes of determining compliance with
this subsection 7.8A.

     B.   Company and its Subsidiaries may make additional Consolidated Capital
Expenditures consisting of MIS Upgrade Expenditures at any time during Fiscal
Years 1998 through 2001 in an aggregate amount for all such Fiscal Years not to
exceed $12,000,000, and in an aggregate amount for any such Fiscal Year not to
exceed 75% of such amount (it being understood that MIS Upgrade Expenditures may
exceed the amounts set forth in this subsection 7.8B so long as Consolidated
Capital Expenditures, including any such excess, do not exceed the limitations
set forth in subsection 7.8A).

     C.   Notwithstanding anything in this subsection to the contrary, so long
as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or shall be caused thereby, Company and its Subsidiaries may make
Consolidated Capital Expenditures at any time in an aggregate amount equal to
the Excess Proceeds Amount at such time (which Consolidated

                                      139
<PAGE>
 
Capital Expenditures shall not be included in any determination of Consolidated
Capital Expenditures under subsection 7.8A).

7.9  Sales and Lease-Backs.
     --------------------- 

     Except for the transactions described on Schedule 7.9 annexed hereto,
                                              ------------                
Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety
with respect to any lease, whether an Operating Lease or a Capital Lease, of any
property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, (i) which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has sold or transferred
or is to sell or transfer to any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries) or (ii) which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries intends to use
for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to
be sold or transferred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person
(other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, only 85% of the Net Asset Sale
Proceeds of the sale-leaseback transaction described on Schedule 7.9 shall be
                                                        ------------         
applied as required by subsection 2.4B(iii)(a).

7.10 Sale or Discount of Receivables.
     ------------------------------- 

     Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, sell with recourse, or discount or otherwise sell for
less than the face value thereof, any of its notes or accounts receivable;
provided, however, that Company and its Subsidiaries may, in the exercise of
- --------  -------                                                           
their reasonable business judgment in connection with efforts to collect amounts
owed thereunder, discount or sell (to the extent permitted under subsection
7.7(vii)) for less than the face value thereof any accounts receivable.

7.11 Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates.
     --------------------------------------------- 

     Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including
the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any
service) with any holder of 5% or more of any class of equity Securities of
Holdings or with any Affiliate of Holdings or of any such holder, on terms that
are less favorable to Holdings or that Subsidiary, as the case may be, than
those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not such a holder
or Affiliate; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) any
              --------                                                          
transaction between Holdings and any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries or between
any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries, (ii) any payment from Company to Holdings
expressly permitted under subsection 7.5, (iii) the payment of Management Fees
to Bain under the Bain Advisory Services Agreement, (iv) the payment of Harvard
Management Fees under the Harvard Advisory Services Agreement, (v) any
employment agreement entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business, (vi) any issuance of capital stock of Holdings in
connection with employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans
of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of
business, (vii) any of the Recapitalization Transactions,

                                      140
<PAGE>
 
or (viii) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the Boards of
Directors of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

7.12 Disposal of Subsidiary Stock.
     ---------------------------- 

     Except for any sale of 100% of the capital stock or other equity Securities
of any of its Subsidiaries in compliance with the provisions of subsection
7.7(vi), Holdings shall not:

          (i)  directly or indirectly sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber
     or dispose of any shares of capital stock or other equity Securities of any
     of its Subsidiaries, except to qualify directors if required by applicable
     law; or

          (ii) permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly to sell,
     assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any shares of capital
     stock or other equity Securities of any of its Subsidiaries (including such
     Subsidiary), except to Company, another Subsidiary of Holdings (subject to
     the restrictions on such disposition otherwise imposed hereinunder), or to
     qualify directors if required by applicable law.

7.13 Conduct of Business.
     ------------------- 

     From and after the Closing Date, Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than (i) the businesses
engaged in by Company and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and similar or
related or supportive businesses and (ii) such other lines of business as may be
consented to by Requisite Lenders.  Holdings shall engage in no business and
have no assets (including Intellectual Property) other than (i) owning the stock
of Company, (ii) the issuance of and activities related to the maintenance and
servicing of the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes and Shareholder Subordinated
Notes as permitted hereunder, (iii) the entering into, and the performance of
its obligations under, the Holdings Guaranty, the Holdings Pledge Agreement, the
Holdings Security Agreement, the Related Agreements to which it is a party, the
Bain Advisory Services Agreement and the AXEL Credit Documents, (iv) the receipt
of Cash dividends or Cash distributions from Company in accordance with the
provisions hereof, and (v) activities associated with expenses paid with any
dividends paid to Holdings which are permitted under subsection 7.5.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holdings may engage in activities incidental to
(a) the maintenance of its corporate existence in compliance with applicable
law, (b) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the
foregoing activities and (c) entering into, and performing its obligations
under, this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

7.14 Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements; Amendments of Documents
     --------------------------------------------------------------------
     Relating to Subordinated Indebtedness; "Designated Senior Debt".
     ---------------------------------------------------------------

     A.   Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements.  None of Holdings,
Company nor any of their respective Subsidiaries will agree to any amendment to,
or waive any of its rights under, the Bain Advisory Services Agreement, the
Harvard Advisory Services Agreement or any Related Agreement (other than any
Related Agreement evidencing or governing any

                                      141
<PAGE>
 
Subordinated Indebtedness) after the Closing Date if any such amendment or
waiver would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be
materially adverse to Lenders without in each case obtaining the prior written
consent of Requisite Lenders to such amendment or waiver.

     B.   Amendments of Documents Relating to Subordinated Indebtedness.
Holdings and Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, amend or otherwise change the terms of any Subordinated
Indebtedness, or make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change
thereto, if the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the interest
rate on such Subordinated Indebtedness, change (to earlier dates) any dates upon
which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change any event of
default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than to
eliminate any such event of default or increase any grace period related
thereto), change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof,
change the subordination provisions of such Subordinated Indebtedness (or of any
guaranty thereof), or change any collateral therefor (other than to release such
collateral), or if the effect of such amendment or change, together with all
other amendments or changes made, is to increase materially the obligations of
the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the holders of such
Subordinated Indebtedness (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf)
which would be materially adverse to Holdings, Company or Lenders.

     C.   Amendments of AXEL Credit Documents.  Holdings and Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, amend or otherwise
change the terms of any of the AXEL Credit Documents, or make any payment
consistent with an amendment thereof or a change thereto, that would have the
effect of (i) changing (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of
principal or interest are due on the AXELs, (ii) reducing the percentage
specified in the definition of "Requisite Lenders" in the AXEL Credit
Agreement, or (iii) changing the prepayment provisions of the AXEL Credit
Agreement in a manner that disproportionately disadvantages the Lenders
relative to the lenders under the AXEL Credit Agreement or confers additional
rights on the lenders under the AXEL Credit Agreement which would be adverse to
Lenders, without the prior written consent of Requisite Lenders under this
Agreement.

     D.   Designation of "Designated Senior Debt".  Holdings and Company shall
not designate any Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Debt" (as defined in the
New Sub Debt Indentures or the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes) for purposes of
the New Sub Debt Indentures or the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes without the
prior written consent of Requisite Lenders.

7.15 Fiscal Year
     -----------

     Holdings and Company shall not change their Fiscal Year-end from the Sunday
nearest to November 30.

                                      142
<PAGE>
 
                                  SECTION 8.
                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     If any of the following conditions or events ("Events of Default") shall
occur:

8.1  Failure to Make Payments When Due.
     --------------------------------- 

     Failure by Company to pay any installment of principal of any Loan
when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary
prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; failure by Company to pay when
due any amount payable to an Issuing Lender in reimbursement of any drawing
under a Letter of Credit; or failure by Company to pay any interest on any Loan
or any fee or any other amount due under this Agreement within three days after
the date due; or

8.2  Default in Other Agreements.
     --------------------------- 

     (i) Failure of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to pay when due any
principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of one or
more items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in subsection
8.1) or Contingent Obligations in an individual principal amount of $5,000,000
or more or with an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or more, in each
case beyond the end of any grace period provided therefor; or (ii) breach or
default by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any other
material term of (a) one or more items of Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations
in the individual or aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (i) above
or (b) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to
such item(s) of Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s), if the effect of such
breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that
Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s) (or a trustee on behalf of such holder
or holders) to cause, that Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s) to become or
be declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity
of any underlying obligation, as the case may be (upon the giving or receiving
of notice, lapse of time, both, or otherwise); or

8.3  Breach of Certain Covenants.
     --------------------------- 

     Failure of Holdings or Company to perform or comply with any term or
condition contained in subsection 2.5 or 6.2 or Section 7 of this Agreement;
provided, however, that such failure with respect to the covenants contained in
- --------  -------                                                              
subsections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 shall not constitute an Event of Default for
ten days after such failure so long as Company is diligently pursuing the cure
of such failure; or

8.4  Breach of Warranty.
     ------------------ 

     Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made by
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any Loan Document or in any statement or
certificate at any time given by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in writing
pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false
in any material respect on the date as of which made; or

                                      143
<PAGE>
 
8.5  Other Defaults Under Loan Documents.
     ----------------------------------- 

     Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any
term contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, other than
any such term referred to in any other subsection of this Section 8, and such
default shall not have been remedied or waived within 30 days after the earlier
of (i) an officer of Holdings, Company or such Loan Party becoming aware of such
default or (ii) receipt by Holdings, Company and such Loan Party of notice from
Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

8.6  Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.
     -----------------------------------------------------

     (i) A court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or
order for relief in respect of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than
Immaterial Subsidiaries) in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or
under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or
hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar
relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an
involuntary case shall be commenced against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) under the Bankruptcy Code or under any
other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in
effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for
the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or
other officer having similar powers over Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than Immaterial Subsidiaries), or over all or a substantial part of its
property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary
appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Holdings or
any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) for all or a
substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or
similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the
property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial
Subsidiaries), and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue
for 60 days unless dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

8.7  Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.
     ---------------------------------------------------

     (i) Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial
Subsidiaries) shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or
commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or
shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to
the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law,
or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) shall
make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) shall be unable, or shall fail
generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such
debts become due; or the Board of Directors of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise
authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to in clause (i)
above or this clause (ii); or

                                      144
<PAGE>
 
8.8  Judgments and Attachments.
     ------------------------- 

     Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process
involving (i) in any individual case an amount in excess of $5,000,000 or (ii)
in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of $10,000,000 (in either case
not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated
insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and shall
remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 60 days (or
in any event later than five days prior to the date of any proposed sale
thereunder); or

8.9  Dissolution.
     ----------- 

     Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries decreeing the dissolution or split up of Holdings or that
Subsidiary and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in
excess of 30 days; or

8.10  Employee Benefit Plans.
      ---------------------- 

      There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the
aggregate results in or might reasonably be expected to result in liability of
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $7,500,000 during the term of
this Agreement; or

8.11  Change in Control.
      ----------------- 

      (i) Holdings shall cease to own 100% of the capital stock of Company; or
(ii) Bain and the Other Investors shall cease to have a presently exercisable
right to vote at least 51% of all issued and outstanding equity Securities of
Holdings entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote
for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Holdings; or (iii) Bain
and the Other Investors shall cease to beneficially own at least 51% of the
economic value of Holdings; or (iv) a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of Company shall not be Continuing Directors; or (v) Bain shall (a)
cease to have a presently exercisable right to vote more of the issued and
outstanding equity Securities of Holdings entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board
of Directors of Holdings than any one of the Other Investors, or (b) cease to
beneficially own a greater percentage of the economic value of Holdings than the
percentage beneficially owned by any one of the Other Investors; or (vi) the
ratio of (a) either (x) the percentage of the issued and outstanding equity
Securities of Holdings or (y) the percentage of the economic value of Holdings,
in each case held by Bain at any time, to (b) either (x) the percentage of the
issued and outstanding equity Securities of Holdings or (y) the percentage of
the economic value of Holdings, in each case held by Bain on the Closing Date
after giving effect to the Recapitalization Transactions, shall at any time be
less than .50:1.0; or (vii) a "Change of Control" under either of the New Sub
Debt Indentures shall occur; or

                                      145
<PAGE>
 
8.12 Invalidity of Guaranties; Failure of Security; Repudiation of Obligations.
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

     At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) any Guaranty for
any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations (other than
inchoate indemnification obligations with respect to claims, losses or
liabilities which have not yet arisen and are not yet due and payable), shall
cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms)
or shall be declared to be null and void, (ii) any Collateral Document shall
cease to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of
Collateral thereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, the
satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification
obligations with respect to claims, losses or liabilities which have not yet
arisen and are not yet due and payable) or any other termination of such
Collateral Document in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof) or shall be
declared null and void, or Administrative Agent shall not have or shall cease to
have a valid and perfected First Priority Lien in any Collateral purported to be
covered thereby having a fair market value, individually or in the aggregate,
exceeding $2,000,000, in each case for any reason other than the failure of
Administrative Agent or any Lender to take any action within its control, or
(iii) any Loan Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan
Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability,
including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Loan Document to
which it is a party; or

8.13 Failure to Consummate Recapitalization or Merger.
     ------------------------------------------------ 

     The Recapitalization Transactions or the Merger shall not be consummated in
accordance with this Agreement and the applicable Related Agreements on the
Closing Date, or the Recapitalization Transactions or the Merger shall be
unwound, reversed or otherwise rescinded in whole or in part for any reason:

THEN (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in subsection 8.6
or 8.7, each of (a) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the
Loans, (b) an amount equal to the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn
under all Letters of Credit then outstanding (whether or not any beneficiary
under any such Letter of Credit shall have presented, or shall be entitled at
such time to present, the drafts or other documents or certificates required to
draw under such Letter of Credit), and (c) all other Obligations shall
automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand,
protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived by Holdings and Company, and the obligation of each Lender to make any
Loan, the obligation of Administrative Agent to issue any Letter of Credit and
the right of any Lender to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon
terminate, and (ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any other
Event of Default, Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request or with
the written consent of Requisite Lenders, by written notice to Company, declare
all or any portion of the amounts described in clauses (a) through (c) above to
be, and the same shall forthwith become, immediately due and payable, and the
obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, the obligation of Administrative
Agent to issue any Letter of Credit and the right of any Lender to issue any
Letter of Credit hereunder shall thereupon terminate; provided that the
                                                      --------         
foregoing shall not affect

                                      146
<PAGE>
 
in any way the obligations of Lenders under subsection 3.3C(i) or the
obligations of Lenders to purchase participations in any unpaid Swing Line Loans
as provided in subsection 2.1A(iii).

     Any amounts described in clause (b) above, when received by Administrative
Agent, shall be held by Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement and shall be applied as therein provided.

     Notwithstanding anything contained in the second preceding paragraph, if at
any time within 60 days after an acceleration of the Loans pursuant to clause
(ii) of such paragraph Company shall pay all arrears of interest and all
payments on account of principal which shall have become due otherwise than as a
result of such acceleration (with interest on principal and, to the extent
permitted by law, on overdue interest, at the rates specified in this Agreement)
and all Events of Default and Potential Events of Default (other than non-
payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Loans, in each case
which is due and payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be remedied or
waived pursuant to subsection 10.6, then Requisite Lenders, by written notice to
Company, may at their option rescind and annul such acceleration and its
consequences; but such action shall not affect any subsequent Event of Default
or Potential Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.  The
provisions of this paragraph are intended merely to bind Lenders to a decision
which may be made at the election of Requisite Lenders and are not intended,
directly or indirectly, to benefit Holdings or Company, and such provisions
shall not at any time be construed so as to grant Holdings or Company the right
to require Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder or to preclude
Administrative Agent or Lenders from exercising any of the rights or remedies
available to them under any of the Loan Documents, even if the conditions set
forth in this paragraph are met.


                                   SECTION 9.
                                     AGENTS

9.1  Appointment.
     ----------- 

     A.   Appointment of Agents.  GSCP is hereby appointed Syndication Agent
hereunder, and each Lender hereby authorizes Syndication Agent to act as its
agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.  Morgan Guaranty is hereby appointed Administrative Agent hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes
Administrative Agent to act as its agent in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  BTCo. is hereby appointed Documentation
Agent hereunder.  Each Lender hereby authorizes and confirms the appointment by
Administrative Agent of Morgan Guaranty as Collateral Agent under the
Intercreditor Agreement and each Lender hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to
act as its agent in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and
the other Loan Documents.  Each Agent hereby agrees to act upon the express
conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as
applicable.  The provisions of this Section 9 are solely for the benefit of
Agents and Lenders and Company shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary
of any of the provisions thereof.  In performing its functions and duties under
this Agreement, each Agent

                                      147
<PAGE>
 
shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be
deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust
with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.  Each of Syndication Agent,
without consent of or notice to any party hereto, may assign any and all of its
rights or obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates.  As of the date on
which Syndication Agent notifies Company that it has concluded its primary
syndication of the Loans and Commitments, all obligations of GSCP, in its
capacity as Syndication Agent hereunder, shall terminate.  BTCo., in its
capacity as Documentation Agent, shall have no obligations hereunder.

     B.   Appointment of Supplemental Collateral Agents.  It is the purpose of
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of
any law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking
corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such
jurisdiction.  It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement
of any of the Loan Documents, or in case Administrative Agent deems that by
reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any
of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan
Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in
connection therewith, it may be necessary that Administrative Agent appoint an
additional individual or institution as a separate trustee, co-trustee,
collateral agent or collateral co-agent (any such additional individual or
institution being referred to herein individually as a "Supplemental Collateral
Agent" and collectively as "Supplemental Collateral Agents").

     In the event that Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Collateral
Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege
or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to Administrative Agent
with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such
Supplemental Collateral Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary
to enable such Supplemental Collateral Agent to exercise such rights, powers and
privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with
respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the
Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such
Supplemental Collateral Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either
Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, and (ii) the
provisions of this Section 9 and of subsections 10.2 and 10.3 that refer to
Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Collateral
Agent and all references therein to Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be
references to Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, as
the context may require.

     Should any instrument in writing from Holdings, Company or any other Loan
Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by
Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to
him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, Holdings or Company shall,
or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all
such instruments promptly upon request by Administrative Agent.  In case any
Supplemental Collateral Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become
incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges
and duties of such Supplemental

                                      148
<PAGE>
 
Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised
by Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral
Agent.

9.2  Powers and Duties; General Immunity.
     ----------------------------------- 

     A.   Powers; Duties Specified.  Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each
Agent to take such action on such Lender's behalf and to exercise such powers,
rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are
specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof,
together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental
thereto.  Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are
expressly specified in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each Agent
may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or
through its agents or employees.  No Agent shall have, by reason of this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship in
respect of any Lender; and nothing in this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to
impose upon any Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

     B.   No Responsibility for Certain Matters.  No Agent shall be responsible
to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity,
enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements
made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any
financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other
documents furnished or made by any of Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of
Holdings or Company to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Loan
Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial
condition or business affairs of Holdings or Company or any other Person liable
for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain
or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions,
provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Loan Documents or as
to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible
existence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default.  Anything
contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Administrative
Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of
outstanding Loans or the Letter of Credit Usage or the component amounts
thereof.

     C.   Exculpatory Provisions.  None of Agents nor any of their respective
officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders
for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of
the Loan Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent's gross negligence
or willful misconduct.  Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or
the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection
with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or from the exercise of
any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless
and until such Agent, in the case of any Agent other than the Collateral Agent,
shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Lenders (or
such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under subsection
10.6) or, in the case of the Collateral Agent, in

                                      149
<PAGE>
 
accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, and, upon receipt of such
instructions from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be)
or in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be, such
Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or
to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such
instructions.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each
Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon
any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and
correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and
shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and
judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and its Subsidiaries),
accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no
Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result
of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting under this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in the case of any Agent other
than the Collateral Agent, in accordance with the instructions of Requisite
Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions
under subsection 10.6) or, in the case of the Collateral Agent, in accordance
with the Intercreditor Agreement.

     D.   Agent Entitled to Act as Lender.  The agency hereby created shall in
no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or
obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder.
With respect to its participation in the Loans and the Letters of Credit, each
Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and
may exercise the same as though it were not performing the duties and functions
delegated to it hereunder, and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" or any similar
term shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent
in its individual capacity.  Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits
from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust,
financial advisory or other business with Holdings, Company or any of their
Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may
accept fees and other consideration from Holdings and Company for services in
connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the
same to Lenders.

9.3  Representations and Warranties; No Responsibility For Appraisal of Credit
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     worthiness.
     ---------- 

     Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent
investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries in connection with the making of the Loans and the issuance of
Letters of Credit hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its
own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.  No
Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing
basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders
or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect
thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at
any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with
respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to
Lenders.

                                      150
<PAGE>
 
9.4  Right to Indemnity.
     ------------------ 

     Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to
indemnify each Agent, to the extent that such Agent shall not have been
reimbursed by Company or Holdings, for and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind
or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against
such Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its
duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity
as such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of
                      --------                                                  
such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for
any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become
impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not
commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is
furnished; provided that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to
           --------                                                           
indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty,
action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender's
Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided, further, that this sentence shall not be
                            --------                                          
deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability,
obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or
disbursement described in the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence.

9.5  Successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender.
     ---------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Successor Administrative Agent.  Administrative Agent may resign at
any time by giving 30 days' prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Company,
and Administrative Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by an
instrument or concurrent instruments in writing delivered to Company and
Administrative Agent and signed by Requisite Lenders.  Upon any such notice of
resignation or any such removal, Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon
five Business Days' notice to Company, to appoint a successor Administrative
Agent with the consent of Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld).  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent
hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative
Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent and the
retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations under this Agreement.  After any retiring or removed Administrative
Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions
of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted
to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

     B.   Successor Swing Line Lender.  Any resignation or removal of
Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 9.5A shall also constitute the
resignation or removal of Morgan Guaranty or its successor as Swing Line Lender,
and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to subsection 9.5A
shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Swing Line
Lender for all purposes hereunder.  In such event (i) Company shall

                                      151
<PAGE>
 
prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the retiring or removed Agent in
its capacity as Swing Line Lender, (ii) upon such prepayment, the retiring or
removed Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing
Line Note held by it to Company for cancellation, and (iii) if so requested by
the successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender in accordance with
subsection 2.1E, Company shall issue a new Swing Line Note to the successor
Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender substantially in the form of Exhibit
                                                                        -------
IX annexed hereto, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan Commitment
- --                                                                          
then in effect and with other appropriate insertions.

9.6  Collateral Documents and Guaranty.
     --------------------------------- 

     Each Lender hereby further authorizes Administrative Agent, on behalf of
and for the benefit of Lenders, to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and
each Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
provided that Administrative Agent shall not enter into or consent to any
- --------                                                                 
material amendment, modification, termination or waiver of the Intercreditor
Agreement without the prior consent of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders
as may be required to give such instructions under subsection 10.6).  Each
Lender hereby further authorizes Collateral Agent (and under the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement Collateral Agent is authorized), on behalf of and for
the benefit of Lenders, to enter into each Collateral Document as secured party
and to be the agent for and representative of the Lenders under the Guaranties,
and each Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of each Collateral Document and
each Guaranty; provided that Collateral Agent shall not enter into or consent to
               --------                                                         
any material amendment, modification, termination or waiver of the Intercreditor
Agreement without the prior consent of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders
as may be required to give such instructions under subsection 10.6) ; provided
                                                                      --------
further, however, that, without further written consent or authorization from
- -------  -------                                                             
Lenders, Collateral Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to
(a) release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of a
sale or other disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement or as permitted
or required under the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Documents or to
which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such
consent under subsection 10.6) have otherwise consented or (b) release any
Subsidiary Guarantor from the Subsidiary Guaranty if all of the capital stock of
such Subsidiary Guarantor is sold to any Person pursuant to a sale or other
disposition permitted hereunder or as permitted under the Intercreditor
Agreement or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be
required to give such consent under subsection 10.6) have otherwise consented;
provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall require consent to
- --------  -------                                                          
release from the Subsidiary Guaranty any Person which, immediately after such
sale, shall be a Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is obligated to and will
enter into the Subsidiary Guaranty.  Anything contained in any of the Loan
Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Company, Administrative Agent,
Collateral Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (X) no Lender shall have any
right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral under any Collateral
Document or to enforce the Subsidiary Guaranty, it being understood and agreed
that all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents and the
Guaranties may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent for the benefit of
Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof, and (Y) in the event of a
foreclosure by Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or
private sale, Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may be

                                      152
<PAGE>
 
the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and Collateral
Agent, as agent for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Secured
Party or Secured Parties in its or their respective individual capacities unless
Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the
purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for
all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and
apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for
any collateral payable by Collateral Agent at such sale.


                                  SECTION 10.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Assignments and Participations in Loans and Letters of Credit.
     ------------------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   General.  Subject to subsection 10.1B, each Lender shall have the
right at any time to (i) sell, assign or transfer to any Eligible Assignee, or
(ii) sell participations to any Person in, all or any part of its Commitments or
any Loan or Loans made by it or its Letters of Credit or participations therein
or any other interest herein or in any other Obligations owed to it; provided
                                                                     --------
that no such sale, assignment, transfer or participation shall, without the
consent of Company, require Company to file a registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission or apply to qualify such sale, assignment,
transfer or participation under the securities laws of any state; provided,
                                                                  -------- 
further that no such sale, assignment or transfer described in clause (i) above
- -------                                                                        
shall be effective unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting such sale,
assignment or transfer shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and
recorded in the Register as provided in subsection 10.1B(ii); provided, further
                                                              --------  -------
that no such sale, assignment, transfer or participation of any Letter of Credit
or any participation therein may be made separately from a sale, assignment,
transfer or participation of a corresponding interest in the Revolving Loan
Commitment and the Revolving Loans of the Lender effecting such sale,
assignment, transfer or participation; and provided, further that, anything
                                           --------  -------               
contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Swing Line Loan Commitment
and the Swing Line Loans of Swing Line Lender may not be sold, assigned or
transferred as described in clause (i) above to any Person other than a
successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender to the extent contemplated
by subsection 9.5.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection 10.1, no
Lender shall, as between Company and such Lender, be relieved of any of its
obligations hereunder as a result of any sale, assignment or transfer of, or any
granting of participations in, all or any part of its Commitments or the Loans,
the Letters of Credit or participations therein, or the other Obligations owed
to such Lender.

     B.   Assignments.

          (i) Amounts and Terms of Assignments.  Each Commitment, Loan, Letter
              --------------------------------                                
     of Credit or participation therein, or other Obligation may (a) be assigned
     in any amount to another Lender, or to an Affiliate of the assigning Lender
     or another Lender, with the giving of notice to Company and Administrative
     Agent, or (b) be assigned in an aggregate amount of not less than
     $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount as shall constitute

                                      153
<PAGE>
 
     the aggregate amount of the Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit and
     participations therein, and other Obligations of the assigning Lender) to
     any other Eligible Assignee with the consent of Company and Administrative
     Agent (which consent of Company and Administrative Agent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that, unless otherwise agreed
                                        --------                              
     to in writing by Company and Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender
     shall have, immediately after giving effect to such assignment, not less
     than an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 in Commitments, Loans and Letter of
     Credit; and provided further, however, that (x) upon the occurrence and
                 -------- -------  -------                                  
     during the continuance of an Event of Default, or (y) in the case of
     assignments by GSCP or Morgan Guaranty, or (z) in the case of an assignment
     of a funded Tranche A Term Loan, an assignment in accordance with this
     clause (b) may be made without the consent of Company or Administrative
     Agent, upon the giving of notice to Company and Administrative Agent.  To
     the extent of any such assignment in accordance with either clause (a) or
     (b) above, the assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations with
     respect to its Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or participations
     therein, or other Obligations or the portion thereof so assigned.  The
     parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative
     Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment
     Agreement, together with a processing and recordation fee of $500 in the
     case of assignments pursuant to clause (a) above and assignments by GSCP or
     Morgan Guaranty, and $2000 in the case of all other assignments and such
     forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to United
     States federal income tax withholding matters as the assignee under such
     Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver to Administrative Agent
     pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii)(a).  Upon such execution, delivery,
     acceptance and recordation, from and after the effective date specified in
     such Assignment Agreement, (y) the assignee thereunder shall be a party
     hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been
     assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, shall have the rights
     and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (z) the assigning Lender
     thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have
     been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, relinquish its
     rights (other than any rights which survive the termination of this
     Agreement under subsection 10.9B) and be released from its obligations
     under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment Agreement covering
     all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender's rights and
     obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party
     hereto; provided that, anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to
             --------                                                         
     the contrary notwithstanding, if such Lender is the Issuing Lender with
     respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit such Lender shall continue to
     have all rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender with respect to such
     Letters of Credit until the cancellation or expiration of such Letters of
     Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder).  The
     Commitments hereunder shall be modified to reflect the Commitment of such
     assignee and any remaining Commitment of such assigning Lender and, if any
     such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Notes hereunder, the
     assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as
     promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Notes, if any,
     to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon new Notes shall, if
     so requested by the assignee and/or the assigning Lenders in accordance
     with Subsection 2.1E, be issued to the assignee and/or to the assigning

                                      154
<PAGE>
 
     Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit IV, Exhibit V or Exhibit VI
                                          ----------  ---------    ----------
     annexed hereto, as the case may be, with appropriate insertions, to reflect
     the new Commitments and/or outstanding Tranche A Term Loan, as the case may
     be, of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

          (ii)   Acceptance by Administrative Agent; Recordation in Register.
                 -----------------------------------------------------------  
     Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement executed by an assigning Lender
     and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with
     the processing and recordation fee referred to in subsection 10.1B(i) and
     any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States
     federal income tax withholding matters that such assignee may be required
     to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii)(a),
     Administrative Agent shall, if Administrative Agent has and Company have
     consented to the assignment evidenced thereby (in each case to the extent
     such consent is required pursuant to subsection 10.1B(i)), (a) accept such
     Assignment Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof as provided therein
     (which acceptance shall evidence any required consent of Administrative
     Agent to such assignment), (b) record the information contained therein in
     the Register, and (c) give prompt notice thereof to Company.
     Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment Agreement
     delivered to and accepted by it as provided in this subsection 10.1B(ii).

     C.   Participations.  The holder of any participation, other than an
Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to
require such Lender to take or  omit to take any action hereunder except action
directly affecting (i) the extension of the scheduled final maturity date of any
Loan allocated to such participation or (ii) a reduction of the principal amount
of or the rate of interest or fees payable on any Loan allocated to such
participation, and all amounts payable by Company hereunder (including amounts
payable to such Lender pursuant to subsections 2.6D, 2.7 and 3.6) shall be
determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation.  Company and each
Lender hereby acknowledge and agree that, solely for purposes of subsections
10.4 and 10.5, (a) any participation will give rise to a direct obligation of
Company to the participant and (b) the participant shall be considered to be a
"Lender".

     D.   Assignments to Federal Reserve Banks and Fund Trustees.  In addition
to the assignments and participations permitted under the foregoing provisions
of this subsection 10.1, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of
its Loans, the other Obligations owed to such Lender, and its Notes to any
Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular
issued by such Federal Reserve Bank, and with the consent of Company and
Administrative Agent any Lender which is an investment fund may pledge all or
any portion of its Notes or Loans to its trustee in support of its obligations
to such trustee; provided that (i) no Lender shall, as between Company and such
                 --------                                                      
Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such
assignment and pledge and (ii) in no event shall such Federal Reserve Bank or
trustee be considered to be a "Lender" or be entitled to require the assigning
Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

                                      155
<PAGE>
 
     E.   Information.  Each Lender may furnish any information concerning
Company and its Subsidiaries in the possession of that Lender from time to time
to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and
participants), subject to subsection 10.19.

     F.   Representations of Lenders.  Each Lender listed on the signature pages
hereof hereby represents and warrants (i) that it is an Eligible Assignee
described in clause (A) of the definition thereof; (ii) that it has experience
and expertise in the making of loans such as the Loans; and (iii) that it will
make its Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and
without a view to distribution of such Loans within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being
understood that, subject to the provisions of this subsection 10.1, the
disposition of such Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain
within its exclusive control). Each Lender that becomes a party hereto pursuant
to an Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to agree that the representations and
warranties of such Lender contained in Section 2(c) of such Assignment Agreement
are incorporated herein by this reference.

10.2 Expenses.
     -------- 

     Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated,
Company agrees to pay promptly (i) all the actual and reasonable costs and
expenses of preparation of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments
(requested by or for the benefit of Company), waivers or other modifications
thereto; (ii) all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Company
(including any opinions requested by Lenders as to any legal matters arising
hereunder) and of Company's performance of and compliance with all agreements
and conditions on its part to be performed or complied with under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents including with respect to confirming compliance
with environmental, insurance and solvency requirements; (iii) the reasonable
fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Syndication Agent and counsel to
Administrative Agent (in each case including allocated costs of internal
counsel) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and
administration of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments (requested by
or for the benefit of Company), waivers or other modifications thereto and any
other documents or matters requested by Company; (iv) all the reasonable costs
and reasonable expenses of creating and perfecting Liens in favor of Collateral
Agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to any Collateral Document, including filing
and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees,
title insurance premiums, and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of
counsel to Syndication Agent, counsel to Administrative Agent and counsel to
Collateral Agent and of counsel providing any opinions that Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Requisite Lenders may request in
respect of the Collateral Documents or the Liens created pursuant thereto; (v)
all the reasonable costs and reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees,
expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants or appraisers and any
environmental or other consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by
Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent and their respective counsel) of
obtaining and reviewing any appraisals provided for under subsection 6.9C, any
environmental audits or reports provided for under subsection 4.1K or 6.9B(ix)
and any audits or reports provided for under subsection 6.5B with respect to
Inventory and accounts receivable of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (vi) all the

                                      156
<PAGE>
 
reasonable costs and reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees,
expenses and disbursements of any consultants, advisors and agents employed or
retained by Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent and its counsel) in
connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (vii) all
other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Syndication Agent or
Administrative Agent in connection with the syndication of the Commitments and
the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Loan Documents and any
consents, amendments (requested by or for the benefit of Company), waivers or
other modifications thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby; and
(viii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, all costs and expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees (including allocated costs of internal
counsel) and costs of settlement, incurred by Syndication Agent, Administrative
Agent and Lenders in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments
due from any Loan Party hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by reason of
such Event of Default (including in connection with the sale of, collection
from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the
Guaranties Subsidiary Guaranty) or in connection with any refinancing or
restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the
nature of a "work-out" or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy
proceedings.

10.3 Indemnity.
     --------- 

     In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to subsection 10.2, whether
or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, Company agrees to
defend (subject to Indemnitees' selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold
harmless Agents (including Collateral Agent) and Lenders, and the officers,
partners, directors, trustees, employees, agents and affiliates of any of Agents
(including Collateral Agent) and Lenders (collectively called the
"Indemnitees"), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities (as
hereinafter defined); provided that Company shall not have any obligation to any
                      --------                                                  
Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent
such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct of that Indemnitee as determined by a final, non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

     As used herein, "Indemnified Liabilities" means, collectively, any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages),
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims (including Environmental Claims),
costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling, testing,
abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response action necessary to
remove, remediate, clean up or abate any Hazardous Materials Activity), expenses
and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable
fees and disburse disbursements of counsel for Indemnitees in connection with
any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened
by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party
or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees
in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect or consequential and
whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or
regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or
regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on
contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against
any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the Related Agreements or the
transactions contemplated hereby

                                      157
<PAGE>
 
or thereby (including Lenders' agreement to make the Loans hereunder or the use
or intended use of the proceeds thereof or the issuance of Letters of Credit
hereunder or the use or intended use of any thereof, or any enforcement of any
of the Loan Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other
realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranties)),
(ii) the statements contained in the commitment letter delivered by any Lender
to Company with respect thereto, or (iii) any Environmental Claim or any
Hazardous Materials Activity relating to or arising from, directly or
indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice
of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

     To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold
harmless set forth in this subsection 10.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in
part because they are violative of any law or public policy, Company shall
contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under
applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities
incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

10.4 Set-Off; Security Interest in Deposit Accounts.
     ---------------------------------------------- 

     In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and
not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Event of Default each Lender is hereby authorized by Company
at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of Collateral Agent,
without notice to Company or to any other Person (other than Collateral Agent),
any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and
to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including Indebtedness
evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not
including trust accounts or payroll accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any
time held or owing by that Lender to or for the credit or the account of Company
against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of Company which are
then due and payable to that Lender under this Agreement, the Letters of Credit
and participations therein and the other Loan Documents, including all claims of
any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement, the
Letters of Credit and participations therein or any other Loan Document,
irrespective of whether or not that Lender shall have made any demand hereunder
which are then due and payable.  Company hereby further grants to Collateral
Agent and each Lender a security interest in all deposits and accounts
maintained with Collateral Agent or such Lender as security for the Obligations.

     Company, the Lenders and Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree
that the provisions of this subsection 10.4 are subject to the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.  To the extent that any Lender is required pursuant to
the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement to turn over to the Collateral
Agent any payments otherwise subject to the provisions of this subsection 10.4,
such payments shall not be subject to the provisions of this subsection 10.4.

10.5 Ratable Sharing.
     --------------- 

     Lenders hereby agree among themselves that if any of them shall, whether by
voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied
in accordance with the

                                      158
<PAGE>
 
terms of this Agreement), by realization upon security, through the exercise of
any right of set-off or banker's lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the
enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents or otherwise, or as adequate
protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code,
receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of
principal, interest, amounts payable in respect of Letters of Credit, fees and
other amounts then due and owing to that Lender hereunder or under the other
Loan Documents (collectively, the "Aggregate Amounts Due" to such Lender)
which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of
the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such
proportionately greater payment shall (i) notify Administrative Agent and each
other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (ii) apply a portion of such
payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased
from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such
seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other
Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by
all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided that if
                                                                --------        
all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing
Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or
reorganization of Company or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and
the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such
purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
Company expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any
holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of
banker's lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing
by Company to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were
owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.

     Company, the Lenders and Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree
that the provisions of this subsection 10.5 are subject to the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.  To the extent that any Lender is required pursuant to
the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement to turn over to the Collateral
Agent any payments otherwise subject to the provisions of this subsection 10.5,
such payments shall not be subject to the provisions of this subsection 10.5.

10.6 Amendments and Waivers.
     ---------------------- 

     A.   No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of
the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by Company therefrom, shall in
any event be effective without the written concurrence of Requisite Lenders;
                                                                            
provided that no such amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent
- --------                                                                     
shall, without the consent of each Lender (with Obligations directly affected in
the case of the following clause (i)):  (i) extend the scheduled final maturity
of any Loan or Note, or waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment set
forth in subsection 2.4A, or extend the stated expiration date of any Letter of
Credit beyond the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date, or reduce the rate
of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest
rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to subsection 2.2E) or any commitment fees
or letter of credit fees payable hereunder, or extend the time for payment of
any such interest or fees, or reduce the principal amount of any Loan or any
reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit, (ii) amend, modify,

                                      159
<PAGE>
 
terminate or waive any provision of this subsection 10.6, (iii) reduce the
percentage specified in the definition of "Requisite Lenders" (it being
understood that, with the consent of Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of
credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of
"Requisite Lenders" on substantially the same basis as the Tranche A Term Loan
Commitments, the Tranche A Term Loans, the Revolving Loan Commitments and the
Revolving Loans are included on the Closing Date), (iv) release all or
substantially all of the Collateral or Holdings from the Holdings Guaranty all
or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from the Subsidiary Guaranty
except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents, or (v) consent to the
assignment or transfer by Company of any of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement; provided, further that no such amendment, modification,
                --------  -------                                      
termination or waiver shall (1) increase the Commitments of any Lender over the
amount thereof then in effect, or extend the duration thereof, without the
consent of such Lender (it being understood that no amendment, modification or
waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Potential Event of Default or Event
of Default shall constitute an increase or extension in the Commitment of any
Lender, and that no increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any
Lender shall constitute an increase in such Commitment of such Lender); (2)
amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of subsection 2.1A(iii) or any
other provision of this Agreement relating to the Swing Line Loan Commitment or
the Swing Line Loans without the consent of Swing Line Lender; (3) amend the
definition of "Requisite Class Lenders" without the consent of Requisite Class
Lenders of each Class, or alter the required application of any repayments or
prepayments as between Classes pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iv) without the
consent of Requisite Class Lenders of each Class which is being allocated a
lesser repayment or prepayment as a result thereof (although Requisite Lenders
may waive, in whole or in part, any mandatory prepayment so long as the
application, as between Classes, of any portion of such prepayment which is
still required to be made is not altered); (4) amend, modify, terminate or waive
any obligation of Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters
of Credit as provided in subsection 3.1C without the written concurrence of
Administrative Agent and of each Issuing Lender which has a Letter of Credit
then outstanding or which has not been reimbursed for a drawing under a Letter
of Credit issued it; or (5) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of
Section 9 as the same applies to any Agent (including the Collateral Agent), or
any other provision of this Agreement as the same applies to the rights or
obligations of any Agent (including the Collateral Agent), in each case without
the consent of such Agent (including the Collateral Agent).

     B.   Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the
concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or
consents on behalf of that Lender.  Any waiver or consent shall be effective
only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was
given.  No notice to or demand on Company in any case shall entitle Company to
any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any
amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance
with this subsection 10.6 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time
outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by Company, on Company.

                                      160
<PAGE>
 
10.7  Independence of Covenants.
      ------------------------- 

      All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a
particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the
fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within
the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of an Event
of Default or Potential Event of Default if such action is taken or condition
exists.

10.8  Notices.
      ------- 

      Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other
communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and
may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail
or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in
person or by courier service, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three
Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid
and properly addressed; provided that notices to Syndication Agent or
                        --------                                     
Administrative Agent shall not be effective until received.  For the purposes
hereof, the address of each party hereto shall be as set forth under such
party's name on the signature pages hereof or (i) as to Holdings, Company and
Administrative Agent, such other address as shall be designated by such Person
in a written notice delivered to the other parties hereto and (ii) as to each
other party, such other address as shall be designated by such party in a
written notice delivered to Administrative Agent.

10.9  Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements.
      ------------------------------------------------------ 

      A.   All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall
survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans
and the issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder.

      B.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or implied by law to the
contrary, the agreements of Company and Holdings set forth in subsections 2.6D,
2.7, 3.5A, 3.6, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in
subsections 9.2C, 9.4 and 10.5 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the
cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any
amounts drawn thereunder, and the termination of this Agreement.

10.10 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.
      ----------------------------------------------------- 

      No failure or delay on the part of Administrative Agent or any Lender in
the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan
Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a
waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further
exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  All rights and
remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

                                      161
<PAGE>
 
10.11  Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.
       ------------------------------- 

       Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation
to marshal any assets in favor of Company or any other party or against or in
payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that Company makes a
payment or payments to Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to Administrative
Agent for the benefit of Lenders), or Administrative Agent or Lenders enforce
any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or
payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside
and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any
bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable
cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof
originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor
or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as
if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had
not occurred.

10.12  Severability.
       ------------ 

       In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement or the Notes
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of
such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

10.13  Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights.
       ---------------------------------------------------------- 

       The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be
responsible for the obligations or Commitments of any other Lender hereunder.
Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by
Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a
partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The
amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and
independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its
rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other
Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

10.14  Headings.
       -------- 

       Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included herein for
convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement
for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

10.15  Applicable Law.
       -------------- 

       THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW

                                      162
<PAGE>
 
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

10.16  Successors and Assigns.
       ---------------------- 

       This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders (it being understood that
Lenders' rights of assignment are subject to subsection 10.1).  Neither
Holdings' or Company's rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein
may be assigned or delegated by Holdings or Company without the prior written
consent of all Lenders.

10.17  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.
       ---------------------------------------------- 

       ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST COMPANY OR HOLDINGS ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS
THEREUNDER, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT
JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND
DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY AND HOLDINGS, FOR THEMSELVES AND IN
CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY

          (I)    ACCEPT GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE
       JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS;

          (II)   WAIVE ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS;

          (III)  AGREE THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY
       SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT
       REQUESTED, TO HOLDINGS AND COMPANY AT THEIR ADDRESSES PROVIDED IN
       ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 10.8;

          (IV)   AGREE THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE IS
       SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER COMPANY IN ANY SUCH
       PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND
       BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT;

          (V)    AGREE THAT LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY
       OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST COMPANY IN
       THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND

          (VI)   AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBSECTION 10.17 RELATING TO
       JURISDICTION AND VENUE SHALL BE BINDING AND

                                      163
<PAGE>
 
       ENFORCEABLE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMISSIBLE UNDER NEW YORK GENERAL
       OBLIGATIONS LAW SECTION 5-1402 OR OTHERWISE.

10.18  Waiver of Jury Trial.
       -------------------- 

       EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS
RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS
BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE
LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. The scope of this waiver
is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in
any court and that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including
contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and
statutory claims. Each party hereto acknowledges that this waiver is a material
inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each has already relied
on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to
rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each party hereto further
warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel
and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following
consultation with legal counsel. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY
NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN
WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SUBSECTION 10.18 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF
THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS,
RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS
MADE HEREUNDER. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a
written consent to a trial by the court.

10.19  Confidentiality.
       --------------- 

       Each Lender shall hold all non-public information obtained pursuant to
the requirements of this Agreement which has been identified as confidential by
Company in accordance with such Lender's customary procedures for handling
confidential information of this nature and in accordance with prudent lending
or investing practices, it being understood and agreed by Company and Holdings
that in any event a Lender may make disclosures to Affiliates of such Lender or
disclosures reasonably required by any bona fide assignee, transferee or
participant in connection with the contemplated assignment or transfer by such
Lender of any Loans or any participations therein or by any direct or indirect
contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) in swap
agreements (provided that such swap counterparties and advisors are advised of
            --------
and agree to be bound by the provisions of this subsection 10.19) or disclosures
required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or by
the NAIC or pursuant to legal process; provided that, unless specifically
                                       --------
prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall notify Company of
any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than
any such request in connection with any examination of the financial

                                      164
<PAGE>
 
condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such
non-public information prior to disclosure of such information; and provided,
                                                                    -------- 
further that in no event shall any Lender be obligated or required to return any
- -------                                                                         
materials furnished by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

10.20  Counterparts; Effectiveness.
       --------------------------- 

       This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements
hereto or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts
and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may
be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single
counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same
document. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a
counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Company and
Administrative Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and
authorization of delivery thereof.


                 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

                                      165
<PAGE>
 
   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as
                        of the date first written above.

          COMPANY:
                         SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY



                         By:  /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE 
                              ---------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:

          HOLDINGS:
                         SEALY CORPORATION



                         By:  /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                              ---------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:

                         Notice Address:
                                          Sealy Corporation
                                          Halle Building, 10th Floor
                                          1228 Euclid Avenue
                                          Cleveland, Ohio  44115
                                          Attention: Ronald Stolle
                                          Telephone:    (216) 522-1310
                                          Facsimile:    (216) 736-8172
 
                                          with a copy to:
 
                                          Bain Capital, Inc.
                                          Two Copley Place
                                          Boston, MA  02116
                                          Attention:    Michael Krupka
                                                        Paige Daly
                                          Telephone:    (617) 572-2753
                                                        (617) 572-3261
                                          Facsimile:    (617) 572-3274
 
                                          and:
 
                                          Kirkland & Ellis
                                          200 East Randolph Drive
                                          Chicago, IL  60601
                                          Attention:    Linda Riley Myers
                                          Telephone:    (312) 861-2322
                                          Facsimile:    (312) 861-2200


                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
          AGENTS AND LENDERS:

                              GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                              individually and as Syndication Agent



                              By:
                                  --------------------------------
                                  Authorized Signatory


                              Notice Address:

                              Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.
                              c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
                              85 Broad Street
                              New York, New York  10004
                              Attention: Douglas Hitchner
                              Telephone: 212-902-2004
                              Telecopy:  212-357-1500


                                      S-2
<PAGE>
 
                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                         individually and as Administrative Agent



                         By:
                              -------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:

                         Notice Address:

                              Morgan Guaranty of New York
                              60 Wall Street
                              New York, New York  10260
                              Attention: Steve Hannan
                                         Vice President
                              Telephone: (212) 648-7679
                              Telecopy:  (212) 648-5005

                         with a copy to:


                              Morgan Guaranty of New York
                              c/o J.P. Morgan Services Inc.
                              500 Stanton Christiana Road
                              Newark, DE  19713
                              Attention: Nicole Pedicone
                                         Credit Administrator
                              Telephone: (302) 634-1912
                              Telecopy:  (302) 634-4300



                                      S-3
<PAGE>
 
                         BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                         individually and as Documentation Agent



                         By:  /s/ MARY KAY COYLE
                              ----------------------------------------- 
                              Name:
                              Title:

                         Notice Address:
                              
                              Bankers Trust
                              130 Liberty Street
                              New York, NY  10006
                              Attention: Mary Kay Coyle
                              Telephone: (212) 250-9074 
                              Facsimile: (212) 250-7218

                                     S-4 
<PAGE>
 
                                SCHEDULE 1.1(i)

                               Addbacks to EBITDA
                               ------------------



     Without duplication:

     (i)    MIS Upgrade Expenditures, Year 2000 Expenditures, EITF 97-13
            Expenditures and Other MIS Expenditures, in each case to the extent
            deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income;

     (ii)   any bad debt and factoring losses incurred specifically with respect
            to the bankruptcy of Montgomery Ward;

     (iii)  items classified as unusual or nonrecurring gains and losses
            (including restructuring costs, severance and relocation costs, any
            one-time expenses related to (or resulting from) any merger,
            recapitalization or Permitted Acquisition);

     (iv)   one-time compensation charges, including any arising from any
            recapitalization of Holdings' special bonus program or existing
            stock options, performance share or restricted stock plans resulting
            from any merger or recapitalization transaction or expensed in any
            period prior to the consummation of the Merger;

     (v)    non-recurring cash restructuring charges incurred in connection with
            the Recapitalization Transactions and related transactions to the
            extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income; provided
                                                                    -------- 
            that such charges are incurred on or before December 18, 1998 and do
            not exceed in the aggregate the sum of (a) premiums paid in
            connection with the Debt Tender Offer plus (b) $1,000,000;

     (vi)   non-recurring cash restructuring charges incurred in connection with
            Permitted Acquisitions to the extent deducted in determining
            Consolidated Net Income; and

     (vii)  Bain Management Fees (excluding any portion thereof representing
                                  ---------                                 
            reimbursement of expenses or fees for acquisitions, financings or
            divestitures) paid during such period under the Bain Advisory
            Services Agreement, and any Harvard Management Fees (excluding any
                                                                 ---------
            portion thereof representing reimbursement of expenses paid during
            such period);

     (viii) non-recurring cash charges incurred prior to June 18, 1999 in
            connection with the relocation of any of Company's facilities and
            transition expenses related


                                   1.1(i)-1
<PAGE>
 
            thereto, but only to the extent that such non-recurring charges do
            not exceed $6,000,000; and

     (ix)   to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income,
            premiums and transaction costs on Existing Subordinated Notes not
            tendered in the Debt Tender Offer.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5
                                                                    ------------

                                                                       EXECUTION

================================================================================

                           AXEL(SM*) CREDIT AGREEMENT

         



                         DATED AS OF DECEMBER 18, 1997


                                     AMONG


                            SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY,
                                  AS BORROWER,


                               SEALY CORPORATION,
                                 AS GUARANTOR,


                           THE LENDERS LISTED HEREIN,
                                  AS LENDERS,


                      GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                       AS ARRANGER AND SYNDICATION AGENT,


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                            AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,

                                      AND

                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                             AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT

================================================================================

         *   AXEL is a registered service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.
<PAGE>
 
                            SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

                             AXEL CREDIT AGREEMENT

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 

                                                                            Page
<S>  <C>                                                                    <C> 
                                   SECTION 1.
                                 DEFINITIONS................................   2

1.1  Certain Defined Terms..................................................   2
1.2  Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes  
     of Calculations Under Agreement........................................  49
1.3  Other Definitional Provisions and Rules of          
     Construction...........................................................  49
1.4  Changes in GAAP........................................................  50

                                   SECTION 2.
                 AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS.................  50
2.1  Commitments; Making of Loans; the Register; Notes......................  50
2.2  Interest on the Loans..................................................  54
2.3  Fees...................................................................  58
2.4  Repayments and Prepayments; General Provisions Regarding 
     Payments; Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under   
     Guaranties.............................................................  58
2.5  Use of Proceeds........................................................  71
2.6  Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans.....................  72
2.7  Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy...............................  74
2.8  Obligation of Lenders to Mitigate......................................  78
2.9  Removal or Replacement of a Lender.....................................  78

                                   SECTION 3.
                             CONDITIONS TO LOANS............................  80
3.1  Conditions to Loans....................................................  80

                                   SECTION 4.
           HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...........  90

4.1  Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing, Business and
     Subsidiaries...........................................................  90
4.2  Authorization of Borrowing, etc........................................  91
4.3  Financial Condition....................................................  93
4.4  No Material Adverse Change.............................................  93
4.5  Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property..............................  93
4.6  Litigation; Adverse Facts..............................................  94
4.7  Payment of Taxes.......................................................  94
4.8  Performance of Agreements; Materially Adverse Agreements...............  95
4.9  Governmental Regulation................................................  95
</TABLE> 

                                      (i)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>   <C>                                                                   <C> 
4.10  Securities Activities.................................................  95
4.11  Employee Benefit Plans................................................  95
4.12  Certain Fees..........................................................  96
4.13  Environmental Protection..............................................  96
4.14  Employee Matters......................................................  97
4.15  Solvency..............................................................  97
4.16  Matters Relating to Collateral........................................  97
4.17  Related Agreements....................................................  98
4.18  Disclosure............................................................  99
4.19  Subordination of Seller Notes and Shareholder                          
      Subordinated Notes....................................................  99

                                  SECTION 5.
                HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS...............  99
5.1   Financial Statements and Other Reports................................ 100
5.2   Corporate Existence, etc.............................................. 105
5.3   Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation........................ 105
5.4   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Application of Net 
      Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds....................................... 106
5.5   Inspection Rights; Audits of Inventory and Accounts Receivable; 
      Lender Meeting........................................................ 107
5.6   Compliance with Laws, etc............................................. 108
5.7   Environmental Review and Investigation, Disclosure, Etc.; Company's 
      Actions Regarding Hazardous Materials Activities, Environmental
      Claims and Violations of Environmental Laws........................... 108
5.8   Execution of Subsidiary Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral 
      Documents by Future Subsidiaries...................................... 111
5.9   Conforming Leasehold Interests; Matters Relating to Additional Real 
      Property Collateral................................................... 112
5.10  Interest Rate Protection.............................................. 114
5.11  Additional Foreign Subsidiary Collateral.............................. 115

                                   SECTION 6.
                        COMPANY'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS........................ 115
6.1   Restricted Payments................................................... 116
6.2   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
      Subsidiaries.......................................................... 119
6.3   Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock............ 120
6.4   Asset Sales........................................................... 123
6.5   Transactions with Affiliates.......................................... 123
6.6   Liens................................................................. 125
6.7   Conduct of Business................................................... 126
6.8   Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.............................. 126
6.9   Successor Corporation................................................. 127
</TABLE> 

                                      (ii)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>   <C>                                                                   <C>
6.10  Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements; Amendments of 
      Documents Relating to Subordinated Indebtedness; Designation of 
      "Designated Senior Debt".............................................. 127

                                   SECTION 7.
                              EVENTS OF DEFAULT............................. 128
7.1   Failure to Make Interest Payments When Due............................ 128
7.2   Failure to Make Principal Payments When Due........................... 128
7.3   Other Defaults Under Loan Documents; Breach of Warranty............... 129
7.4   Default in Other Agreements........................................... 129
7.5   Judgments and Attachments............................................. 129
7.6   Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.................... 130
7.7   Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.................. 130
7.8   Change in Control..................................................... 130
7.9   Invalidity of Guaranties; Failure of Security; Repudiation of
      Obligations........................................................... 131

                                   SECTION 8.
                                   AGENTS................................... 132
8.1   Appointment........................................................... 132
8.2   Powers and Duties; General Representations and Warranties; No
      Immunity.............................................................. 134
8.3   Responsibility For Appraisal of Creditworthiness...................... 135
8.4   Right to Indemnity.................................................... 135
8.5   Successor Administrative Agent........................................ 136
8.6   Collateral Documents and Guaranty..................................... 136

                                   SECTION 9.
                                MISCELLANEOUS............................... 137
9.1   Assignments and Participations in Loans............................... 137
9.2   Expenses.............................................................. 140
9.3   Indemnity............................................................. 141
9.4   Set-Off; Security Interest in Deposit Accounts........................ 142
9.5   Ratable Sharing....................................................... 143
9.6   Amendments and Waivers................................................ 143
9.7   Independence of Covenants............................................. 144
9.8   Notices............................................................... 145
9.9   Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements................ 145
9.10  Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative................. 145
9.11  Marshalling; Payments Set Aside....................................... 145
9.12  Severability.......................................................... 146
9.13  Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights............ 146
9.14  Headings.............................................................. 146
</TABLE> 

                                     (iii)
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>   <C>                                                                   <C> 
9.15  Applicable Law........................................................ 146
9.16  Successors and Assigns................................................ 146
9.17  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process........................ 147
9.18  Waiver of Jury Trial.................................................. 147
9.19  Confidentiality....................................................... 148
9.20  Counterparts; Effectiveness........................................... 148
 
      Signature pages                                                        S-1
</TABLE>

                                      (iv)
<PAGE>
 
                                    EXHIBITS


I     FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING
II    FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION
III   [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
IV    FORM OF AXEL SERIES B NOTE
V     FORM OF AXEL SERIES C NOTE
VI    FORM OF AXEL SERIES D NOTE
VII   FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
VIII  FORM OF OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO LOAN PARTIES
IX    FORM OF OPINION OF O'MELVENY & MYERS LLP
X     FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
XI    FORM OF CERTIFICATE RE NON-BANK STATUS
XII   FORM OF FINANCIAL CONDITION CERTIFICATE
XIII  FORM OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT
XIV   FORM OF COMPANY PLEDGE AGREEMENT
XV    FORM OF COMPANY SECURITY AGREEMENT
XVI   FORM OF COMPANY PATENT AND TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
XVII  FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY
XVIII FORM OF SUBSIDIARY PLEDGE AGREEMENT
XIX   FORM OF SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT
XX    FORM OF SUBSIDIARY PATENT AND TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT
XXI   FORM OF HOLDINGS GUARANTY
XXII  FORM OF HOLDINGS PLEDGE AGREEMENT
XXIII FORM OF HOLDINGS SECURITY AGREEMENT
XXIV  FORM OF MORTGAGE
XXV   FORM OF COLLATERAL ACCESS AGREEMENT
XXVI  FORM OF SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS

                                      (v)
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULES


1.1(i)   ADDBACKS TO EBITDA
1.1(ii)  RECAPITALIZATION TRANSACTIONS
2.1      LENDERS' COMMITMENTS AND PRO RATA SHARES
3.1C     CORPORATE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE; OWNERSHIP
3.1F     CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
3.1I     CLOSING DATE MORTGAGED PROPERTIES
3.1K     CLOSING DATE ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
4.1      SUBSIDIARIES OF COMPANY
4.5      REAL PROPERTY
4.12     CERTAIN FEES
4.13     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
5.12     POST-CLOSING DELIVERIES

                                      (vi)
<PAGE>
 
                            SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY

                         AXEL(SM)* CREDIT AGREEMENT

         

     This AXEL CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of December 18, 1997 and entered
into by and among SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY, an Ohio corporation ("Company"),
SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT
PARTNERS L.P. ("GSCP"), as arranger and syndication agent (in such capacity,
"Syndication Agent"), THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE
PAGES HEREOF (each individually referred to herein as a "Lender" and
collectively as "Lenders"), MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
("Morgan Guaranty"), as administrative agent for Lenders (in such capacity,
"Administrative Agent"), and BANKERS TRUST COMPANY ("BTCo."), as
documentation agent (in such capacity, "Documentation Agent").


                                R E C I T A L S
                                - - - - - - - -

     WHEREAS, Bain and the Other Investors have formed Sandman Merger
Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Merger Corp."), for the purpose of
engaging with Holdings and Company in a series of Recapitalization Transactions,
including the Merger (capitalized terms used herein having the meanings assigned
to those terms in subsection 1.1), whereby Bain and the Other Investors will
acquire not less than 75% of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding
capital stock of Holdings;

     WHEREAS, Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, has requested
Lenders to extend, and Lenders have agreed to extend, certain credit facilities
in an aggregate principal amount of $330,000,000 to Company, the proceeds of
which will be used, together with (i) the proceeds of $130,400,000 in aggregate
principal amount of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement, (ii)
$128,700,000 in proceeds of the Equity Contribution, (iii) not less than
$125,000,000 in cash proceeds of the issuance and sale of the Senior
Subordinated Notes, (iv) not less than $75,000,000 in cash proceeds of the
issuance and sale of the Discount Notes, and (v) the issuance of $25,000,000 in
aggregate principal amount of Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, to permit
consummation of the Merger, to refinance certain existing Indebtedness of
Holdings, to repurchase certain existing Indebtedness of Holdings pursuant to
the Debt Tender Offer, and to pay related fees and expenses;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Recapitalization Transactions, (i) Merger Corp.
will merge with and into Holdings, with Holdings being the surviving corporation
and the owner of 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Company, and (ii) the
capital stock of each direct Subsidiary

- --------------------
*   AXEL is a registered service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.
<PAGE>
 
of Holdings (other than Company) immediately prior to the Closing Date will be
contributed to the capital of Company so that following such contribution,
Company shall be the only direct Subsidiary of Holdings;

     WHEREAS, Company desires to secure all of the Obligations hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents by granting to Administrative Agent, on behalf of
Lenders, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of its real, personal and
mixed property, including a pledge of all of the capital stock of each of its
Domestic Subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of each of its Foreign
Subsidiaries which is directly owned by Company; and

     WHEREAS, Holdings and all Subsidiaries of Company other than the Excluded
Subsidiaries desire to guarantee the Obligations hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents and to secure their guaranties by granting to Administrative
Agent, on behalf of Lenders, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of their
respective real, personal and mixed property, including (i) a pledge of all of
the capital stock of Company and (ii) a pledge of all of the capital stock of
each Domestic Subsidiary and 65% of the capital stock of each Foreign Subsidiary
which is directly owned by a Subsidiary Guarantor:

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements,
provisions and covenants herein contained, Company, Holdings, Lenders and Agents
agree as follows:


                                   SECTION 1.
                                  DEFINITIONS

1.1  Certain Defined Terms.
     --------------------- 

     The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following
     meanings:

          "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its
     Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company or that is assumed by Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of assets from
     such Person, in each case excluding any Indebtedness incurred by such
     Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such
     Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Company or such acquisition.

          "Acquired Subsidiary Debt" means Indebtedness of Company or any
     Subsidiary of Company incurred or assumed in connection with a Permitted
     Acquisition existing at the time of acquisition by Company or a Subsidiary
     of a Subsidiary or assets pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, provided
                                                                    --------
     that (i) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with or in
     anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) such Indebtedness does not
     constitute debt for borrowed money (other than debt for borrowed money
     incurred in connection with industrial revenue or industrial development
     bond financings), it being understood and agreed that Capital Lease
     Obligations and purchase

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     money Indebtedness shall not constitute debt for borrowed money for
     purposes of this definition, and (iii) at the time of such Permitted
     Acquisition such Indebtedness does not exceed 10% of the total value of the
     assets of the Subsidiary so acquired, or of the assets so acquired, as the
     case may be.

          "Additional Mortgage" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 5.9.

          "Additional Mortgaged Property" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 5.9.

          "Adjusted Eurodollar Rate" means, for any Interest Rate
     Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate
     Loan, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) the arithmetic average
                                          --------                           
     (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16 of one percent) of the offered
     quotations, if any, to first class banks in the interbank Eurodollar market
     by Reference Lenders for U.S. dollar deposits of amounts in same day funds
     comparable to the respective principal amounts of the Eurodollar Rate Loans
     of Reference Lenders for which the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is then being
     determined (which principal amount shall be deemed to be $1,000,000 in the
     case of any Reference Lender not making, converting to or continuing such a
     Eurodollar Rate Loan) with maturities comparable to such Interest Period as
     of approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on such Interest Rate
     Determination Date by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the stated
                        --                                 -----           
     maximum rate of all reserve requirements (including any marginal,
     emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves) applicable on such
     Interest Rate Determination Date to any member bank of the Federal Reserve
     System in respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" as defined in Regulation
     D (or any successor category of liabilities under Regulation D); provided
                                                                      --------
     that if any Reference Lender fails to provide Administrative Agent with its
     aforementioned quotation then the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be
     determined based on the quotation(s) provided to Administrative Agent by
     the other Reference Lender(s).

          "Administrative Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement and also means and includes any successor
     Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to subsection 8.5.

          "Affected Lender" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 2.6C.

          "Affiliate" means a Person who directly or indirectly through one or
     more intermediaries controls, or controlled by, or is under common control
     with, such Person.  The term "control" means the possession directly or
     indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
     and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting
     securities, by contract or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
     Person (other than Company or any Subsidiary of Company) in whom a
     Securitization Entity makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified
     Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
          "Agent" means, individually, each of Syndication Agent, Administrative
     Agent and Documentation Agent, and for the purposes of Section 8 only
     (except as expressly noted), Collateral Agent, and "Agents" means
     Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent and Documentation Agent, and for
     the purposes of Section 8 only (except as expressly noted), Collateral
     Agent, collectively.

          "Agreement" means this AXEL Credit Agreement dated as of December
     18, 1997, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
     time to time.

          "Applicable Leverage Ratio" means, with respect to any date of
     determination, the Leverage Ratio set forth in the Pricing Certificate (as
     defined below) in effect for the Pricing Period (as defined below) in which
     such date of determination occurs.  For purposes of this definition, (i)
     "Pricing Certificate" means an Officer's Certificate of Company
     certifying as to the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal
     Quarter and setting forth the calculation of such Leverage Ratio in
     reasonable detail, which Officer's Certificate may be delivered to
     Administrative Agent at any time on or after the date of delivery by
     Company of the Compliance Certificate (the "Related Compliance
     Certificate") with respect to the period ending on the last day of such
     Fiscal Quarter pursuant to subsection 5.1(iv), and (ii) "Pricing Period"
     means each period commencing on the first Business Day after the delivery
     to Administrative Agent of a Pricing Certificate and ending on the first
     Business Day after the next Pricing Certificate is delivered to
     Administrative Agent; provided that, anything contained in this definition
                           --------                                            
     to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) the first Pricing Period for purposes
     of calculating the Applicable Leverage Ratio shall commence no earlier than
     the date which is nine months after the Closing Date, and the Pricing
     Certificate in respect of such first Pricing Period may be delivered at any
     time on or after such nine-month anniversary date and shall relate to the
     most recent financial statements delivered by Company to Administrative
     Agent prior to such date pursuant to subsection 5.1(ii) or 5.1(iii), (b)
     the Applicable Leverage Ratio for the period from the Closing Date to but
     excluding the date of commencement of such first Pricing Period shall be
     deemed to be 6.4:1.00 for purposes of making the relevant calculation
     referred to above, and (c) in the event that, after the commencement of
     such first Pricing Period, (X) Company fails to deliver a Pricing
     Certificate to Administrative Agent setting forth the Leverage Ratio as of
     the last day of any Fiscal Quarter on or before the last day on which
     Company is required to deliver the Related Compliance Certificate (such
     last day being the "Cutoff Date") and (Y) Administrative Agent determines
     (each such determination being an "Agent Determination") on or after the
     Cutoff Date (on the basis of the Related Compliance Certificate or a
     Pricing Certificate delivered after the Cutoff Date) that the Applicable
     Leverage Ratio that would have been in effect if Company had delivered a
     Pricing Certificate on the Cutoff Date is greater than the Leverage Ratio
     set forth in the most recent Pricing Certificate actually delivered by
     Company, then (1) the Applicable Leverage Ratio in effect for purposes of
     making the relevant calculation referred to above for the period from the
     Cutoff Date to the date of delivery by Company of the next Pricing
     Certificate (or, if earlier, the next date on which an Agent Determination
     is made) shall be the Leverage Ratio determined pursuant to the Agent
     Determination and

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     (2) on the first Business Day after Administrative Agent delivers written
     notice to Company of any Agent Determination, Company shall pay to
     Administrative Agent, for distribution (as appropriate) to Lenders, an
     aggregate amount equal to the additional interest, letter of credit fees
     and commitment fees Company would have been required to pay in respect of
     all applicable Loans, Letters of Credit or Commitments in respect of which
     any interest or fees have been paid by Company during the period from the
     Cutoff Date to the date such notice is given by Administrative Agent to
     Company if the amount of such interest and fees had been calculated using
     the Applicable Leverage Ratio based on such Agent Determination.

          "Applicable Base Rate Margin" means (a) for the period from the
     Closing Date up to (but excluding) the date of commencement of the first
     Pricing Period, 1.50% per annum for AXELs Series B, 1.75% per annum for
     AXELs Series C and 2.00% per annum for AXELs Series D, and (b) for any date
     thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the percentage set forth below
     opposite the Applicable Leverage Ratio in effect as of such date of
     determination, any change in any such Applicable Base Rate Margin to be
     effective on the date of any corresponding change in the Applicable
     Leverage Ratio.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       ==========================================================    
                                                                     
       APPLICABLE           APPLICABLE    APPLICABLE   APPLICABLE    
        LEVERAGE             BASE RATE     BASE RATE    BASE RATE     
         RATIO              MARGIN FOR    MARGIN FOR     MARGIN      
                               AXELS         AXELS      FOR AXELS     
                             SERIES B      SERIES C      SERIES D     
                                                                     
       ==========================================================    
       <S>                 <C>           <C>           <C>           
       greater than or        1.50%         1.75%        2.00%       
          equal to                                                     
          5.75:1.00                                                    
       ----------------------------------------------------------    
          less than           1.25%         1.50%        1.75%       
        5.75:1.00 but                                                
       greater than or                                              
          equal to                                                     
          5.25:1.00                                                    
       ----------------------------------------------------------    
         less than            1.00%         1.25%        1.50%       
         5.25:1.00                                                    
       ==========================================================     
</TABLE>

          "Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin" means (a) for the period from
     the Closing Date up to (but excluding) the date of commencement of the
     first Pricing Period, 2.50% per annum for AXELs Series B, 2.75% per annum
     for AXELs Series C and 3.00% per annum for AXELs Series D, and (b) for any
     date thereafter, a rate per annum equal to the percentage set forth below
     opposite the Applicable Leverage Ratio in effect as of such date of
     determination, any change in any such Applicable Eurodollar Rate

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
     Margin to be effective on the date of any corresponding change in the
     Applicable Leverage Ratio.

<TABLE>                                                      
<CAPTION>                                                    
       =============================================================
                                                                    
           APPLICABLE       APPLICABLE    APPLICABLE   APPLICABLE   
            LEVERAGE          EURO-         EURO-        EURO-      
              RATIO          DOLLAR        DOLLAR       DOLLAR      
                              RATE          RATE          RATE      
                            MARGIN FOR    MARGIN FOR     MARGIN     
                              AXELS         AXELS      FOR AXELS    
                            SERIES B      SERIES C      SERIES D    
                                                                    
       =============================================================
       <S>                 <C>           <C>           <C>          
       greater than or        2.50%         2.75%        3.00%      
          equal to                                                  
         5.75:1.00                                                  
       -------------------------------------------------------------
          less than           2.25%         2.50%        2.75%       
        5.75:1.00 but                                                
       greater than or                                               
           equal to                                                  
          5.25:1.00                                                  
       -------------------------------------------------------------
          less than           2.00%         2.25%        2.50%       
          5.25:1.00                                                 
       ============================================================= 
</TABLE>

          "Asset Acquisition" means (a) an Investment by Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary of Company in any other Person if, as a result of
     such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of
     Company, or shall be merged with or into Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company, or (b) the acquisition by Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company of all or substantially all of the assets of any
     other Person or any division or line of business of any other Person.

          "Asset Sale" means the sale by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
     to any Person other than Holdings or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries
     of (i) any of the stock of any of Holdings' Subsidiaries, (ii)
     substantially all of the assets of any division or line of business of
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any other assets (whether
     tangible or intangible) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than
     (a) inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and (b) any such
     other assets to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of such
     assets (at the time of sale thereof) sold in any single transaction or
     related series of transactions is equal to $500,000 or less); provided,
                                                                   -------- 
     however, that Asset Sales shall not include (1) any sale or discount, in
     -------                                                                 
     each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary
     course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or
     collection thereof, (2) any sale or exchange of specific items of
     equipment, so long as the purpose of each such sale or exchange is to
     acquire (and

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
     results within 90 days of such sale or exchange in the acquisition of)
     replacement items of equipment which are the functional equivalent of the
     item of equipment so sold or exchanged, (3) the leasing (pursuant to
     operating leases in the ordinary course of business) or licensing of real
     or personal property, including intellectual property, or (4) disposals of
     obsolete, uneconomical, negligible, worn out or surplus property in the
     ordinary course of business.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section 6 only (and any
     other defined terms as and to the extent used in Section 6), "Asset Sale"
     means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease
     (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of
     business), assignment or other transfer for value by Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company of (a) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary
     of Company or (b) any other property or assets of Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company other than in the ordinary course of business;
     provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not include (i) a transaction or
     series of related transactions for which Company or its Restricted
     Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $1,000,000, (ii)
     the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all
     substantially all of the assets of Company as permitted by subsection 6.8
     hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (iii) the
     sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable
     arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the
     compromise or collection thereof, (iv) the factoring of accounts receivable
     arising in the ordinary course of business pursuant to arrangements
     customary in the industry, (v) the licensing of intellectual property, (vi)
     disposals or replacements of obsolete, uneconomical, negligible, worn out
     or surplus property in the ordinary course of business, (vii) the sale,
     lease conveyance, disposition or other transfer by Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary of assets or property to one or more Restricted
     Subsidiaries in connection with Investments permitted by subsection 6.1
     hereof, and (viii) sales of accounts receivable, equipment and related
     assets (including contract rights) of the type specified in the definition
     of "Qualified Securitization Transaction" to a Securitization Entity for
     the fair market value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal
     to 75% of the fair market value thereof.  For the purposes of clause
     (viii), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash.

          "Assignment Agreement" means an Assignment Agreement in
     substantially the form of Exhibit X annexed hereto.
                               ---------                

          "AXEL Series B" means a Loan made by a Lender to Company as an
     amortization extended loan pursuant to subsection 2.1A(i), and "AXELs
     Series B" means any such Loan or Loans, collectively.

          "AXEL Series B Commitment" means the commitment of a Lender to make
     an AXEL Series B to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(i), and "AXEL
     Series B Commitments" means such commitments of all Lenders in the
     aggregate.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
          "AXEL Series B Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender as of any
     date of determination (i) prior to the funding of the AXELs Series B, that
     Lender's AXEL Series B Commitment and (ii) after the funding of the AXELs
     Series B, the outstanding principal amount of the AXEL Series B of that
     Lender.

          "AXEL Series B Lender" means a Lender holding an outstanding AXEL
     Series B or having an AXEL Series B Commitment, and "AXEL Series B
     Lenders" means any such Lender or Lenders, collectively.

          "AXEL Series B Notes" means any promissory notes of Company issued
     pursuant to subsection 2.1E to evidence the AXELs Series B of any Lenders,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit IV annexed hereto, as they may be
                                  ----------                               
     amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "AXEL Series C" means a Loan made by a Lender to Company as an
     amortization extended loan pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii), and "AXELs
     Series C" means any such Loan or Loans, collectively.

          "AXEL Series C Commitment" means the commitment of a Lender to make
     an AXEL Series C to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(ii), and "AXEL
     Series C Commitments" means such commitments of all Lenders in the
     aggregate.

          "AXEL Series C Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender as of any
     date of determination (i) prior to the funding of the AXELs Series C, that
     Lender's AXEL Series C Commitment and (ii) after the funding of the AXELs
     Series C, the outstanding principal amount of the AXEL Series C of that
     Lender.

          "AXEL Series C Lender" means a Lender holding an outstanding AXEL
     Series C or having an AXEL Series C Commitment, and "AXEL Series C
     Lenders" means any such Lender or Lenders, collectively.

          "AXEL Series C Notes" means any promissory notes of Company issued
     pursuant to subsection 2.1E to evidence the AXELs Series C of any Lenders,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit V annexed hereto, as they may be
                                  ---------                               
     amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "AXEL Series D" means a Loan made by a Lender to Company as an
     amortization extended loan pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii), and "AXELs
     Series D" means any such Loan or Loans, collectively.

          "AXEL Series D Commitment" means the commitment of a Lender to make
     an AXEL Series D to Company pursuant to subsection 2.1A(iii), and "AXEL
     Series D Commitments" means such commitments of all Lenders in the
     aggregate.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
          "AXEL Series D Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender as of any
     date of determination (i) prior to the funding of the AXELs Series D, that
     Lender's AXEL Series D Commitment and (ii) after the funding of the AXELs
     Series D, the outstanding principal amount of the AXEL Series D of that
     Lender.

          "AXEL Series D Lender" means a Lender holding an outstanding AXEL
     Series D or having an AXEL Series D Commitment, and "AXEL Series D
     Lenders" means any such Lender or Lenders, collectively.

          "AXEL Series D Notes" means any promissory notes of Company issued
     pursuant to subsection 2.1E to evidence the AXELs Series D of any Lenders,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit VI annexed hereto, as they may be
                                  ----------                               
     amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          "Bain" means Bain Capital, Inc. and/or one or more of its
     Affiliates.

          "Bain Advisory Services Agreement" means that certain Advisory
     Services Agreement by and among Company, Holdings and Bain, in the form
     delivered to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent prior to the
     Closing Date and as such agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented
     or otherwise modified from time to time to the extent permitted under
     subsection 6.10A.

          "Bain Management Fees" means the fees (including one-time fees
     payable in connection with acquisitions, divestitures and financings) and
     expenses payable by Holdings to Bain pursuant to the Bain Advisory Services
     Agreement.
 
          "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled
     "Bankruptcy", as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

          "Bankruptcy Law" means the Bankruptcy Code or any similar federal or
     state law for the relief of debtors.

          "Base Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect
     from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the
     higher of:

               (i)  the rate of interest announced publicly by Morgan Guaranty
          in New York, New York, from time to time, as Morgan Guaranty's base
          rate; and
 
               (ii) 1/2 of 1% per annum above the Federal Funds Effective Rate.

          "Base Rate Loans" means Loans bearing interest at rates determined
     by reference to the Base Rate as provided in subsection 2.2A.

          "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or
     any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
          "BTCo." has the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to
     this Agreement.

          "Business Day" means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day
     which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a
     day on which banking institutions located in such state are authorized or
     required by law or other governmental action to close, and (ii) with
     respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection
     with the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or any Eurodollar Rate Loans, any day
     that is a Business Day described in clause (i) above and that is also a day
     for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank
     market.

          "Capital Lease", as applied to any Person, means any lease of any
     property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that,
     in conformity with GAAP, would be required to be accounted for as a capital
     lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

          "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination
     thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capital
     Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance
     sheet in accordance with GAAP.

          "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
     stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
     shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
     designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or
     limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether
     general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that
     confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
     of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

          "Carryforward" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     Revolving Credit Agreement.

          "Cash" means money, currency or a credit balance in a Deposit
     Account.

          "Cash Equivalents" means:  (i) marketable direct obligations issued
     by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or
     issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the
     United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of
     acquisition thereof; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state
     of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
     state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from
     the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one
     of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Ratings
     Group ("S&P") or Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); (iii)
     commercial paper maturity no more than one year from the date of creation
     thereof and at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-l
     from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody's; (iv) certificates of deposit or
     bankers' acceptances (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar
     instruments) maturing

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank
     organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
     thereof or the District of Columbia, Japan or any member of the European
     Economic Community or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date
     of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than
     $200,000,000; (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven
     days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above
     entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause
     (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money market funds which invest
     substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in
     clauses (i) through (v) above.

          "Certificate of Merger" means the Certificate of Merger dated as of
     December 18, 1997 by and between Merger Corp. and Holdings, in the form
     delivered to Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent and Lenders prior to
     or concurrently with their execution of this Agreement and as such
     Certificate of Merger may be amended from time to time thereafter to the
     extent permitted under subsection 6.10A.

          "Certificate re Non-Bank Status" means a certificate substantially
     in the form of Exhibit XI annexed hereto delivered by a Lender to
                    ----------                                        
     Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii).

          "Class" means, as applied to Lenders, each of the following classes
     of Lenders:  (i) Lenders having AXEL Series B Exposure, (ii) Lenders having
     AXEL Series C Exposure, and (iii) Lenders having AXEL Series D Exposure.

          "Closing Date" means the date on or before February 16, 1998, on
     which the initial Loans are made.

          "Closing Date Mortgage" has the meaning assigned to that term in
     subsection 3.1I.

          "Closing Date Mortgaged Property" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 3.1I.

          "Collateral" means, collectively, all of the real, personal and
     mixed property (including capital stock) in which Liens are purported to be
     granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the
     Obligations.

          "Collateral Access Agreement" means any landlord waiver, mortgagee
     waiver, bailee letter or any similar acknowledgement or agreement of any
     landlord or mortgagee in respect of any Real Property Asset where any
     Collateral is located or any warehouseman or processor in possession of any
     Inventory of any Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXV
                                                               -----------
     annexed hereto with such changes thereto as may be agreed to by
     Administrative Agent in the reasonable exercise of its discretion.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
          "Collateral Agent" means Morgan Guaranty acting in its capacity as
     collateral agent under the applicable Collateral Documents on behalf of the
     Lenders and the Persons party to the Intercreditor Agreement (other than
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries), and also means and includes any successor
     collateral agent appointed pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

          "Collateral Documents" means the Holdings Security Agreement, the
     Holdings Pledge Agreement, the Company Pledge Agreement, the Company
     Security Agreement, the Company Patent and Trademark Security Agreement,
     the Intercreditor Agreement, the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, the
     Subsidiary Security Agreement, the Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security
     Agreement, the Mortgages and all other instruments or documents delivered
     by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan
     Documents in order to grant to Collateral Agent, on behalf of Lenders, a
     Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Loan Party as security
     for the Obligations.

          "Commercial Letter of Credit" means any letter of credit or similar
     instrument issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment
     mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or
     services by Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
     business of Company or such Subsidiary.

          "Commitments" means the commitments of Lenders to make Loans as set
     forth in subsection 2.1A.

          "Company" has the meaning assigned to such term in the introduction
     to this Agreement.

          "Company Patent and Trademark Security Agreement" means the Company
     Patent and Trademark Security Agreement executed and delivered by Company
     and Collateral Agent on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of
     Exhibit XVI annexed hereto, as such Company Patent and Trademark Security
     -----------                                                              
     Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
     from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Company Pledge Agreement" means the Company Pledge Agreement
     executed and delivered by Company and Collateral Agent on the Closing Date,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit XIV annexed hereto, as such Company
                                  -----------                                
     Pledge Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise
     modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Company Security Agreement" means the Company Security Agreement
     executed and delivered by Company and Collateral Agent on the Closing Date,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit XV annexed hereto, as such Company
                                  ----------                                
     Security Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise
     modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
          "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the
     form of Exhibit X annexed hereto delivered to Administrative Agent by
             ---------                                                    
     Company pursuant to subsection 5.1(iv).

          "Confidential Information Memorandum" means that certain
     Confidential Information Memorandum prepared by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and JP
     Morgan relating to the Loans, the Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans
     dated November 1997.

          "Conforming Leasehold Interest" means any Recorded Leasehold
     Interest as to which the lessor has substantially agreed in writing for the
     benefit of Administrative Agent (which writing has been delivered to
     Administrative Agent), whether under the terms of the applicable lease,
     under the terms of a Landlord Consent and Estoppel, or otherwise, to the
     matters described in the definition of "Landlord Consent and Estoppel,"
     which interest, if a subleasehold or sub-subleasehold interest, is not
     subject to any contrary restrictions contained in a superior lease or
     sublease.

          "Consent Solicitation" means the solicitation by Holdings, from the
     holders of outstanding Existing Subordinated Notes, of consents to certain
     amendments to the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture in accordance with
     the terms of the Debt Tender Offer Materials.

          "Consolidated Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, the sum
     of (i) the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other
     consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of
     Capital Leases which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries) by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during that
     period that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in "purchases of
     property, plant or equipment" or comparable items reflected in the
     consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;
     provided, however, that the following shall in any event be excluded from
     --------  -------                                                        
     the definition of Consolidated Capital Expenditures:  (a) any such
     expenditures made with, or subsequently reimbursed out of, the proceeds of
     insurance, condemnation awards (or payments in lieu thereof), indemnity
     payments or payments in respect of judgments or settlements received from
     third parties for purposes of replacing or repairing the assets in respect
     of which such proceeds, awards or payments were received, so long as such
     expenditures are commenced within 270 days of the later of the occurrence
     of the damage to or loss of the assets being replaced or repaired and the
     receipt of such proceeds, awards or payments in respect thereof and (b) any
     such expenditures constituting the reinvestment of proceeds from the sales
     of assets in equipment or other productive assets of Company and its
     Subsidiaries, so long as such expenditures are commenced within 270 days of
     the receipt of such proceeds; and provided further, however, that
                                       -------- -------  -------      
     Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include any expenditures made
     by Company or any of its Subsidiaries to acquire in a Permitted Acquisition
     the business, property or fixed assets of any Person, or the stock or other
     evidence of beneficial ownership of any Person that, as a result of such
     acquisition, becomes a Subsidiary of Company or a Joint Venture to which
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
     "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" means, for any period, IR
     Consolidated Interest Expense for such period excluding, however, any
                                                   ---------  -------     
     interest expense not payable in Cash (including interest expense paid in
     kind and amortization of discount, of deferred financing fees, of premiums
     paid on Hedge Agreements and of debt issuance costs).

          "Consolidated Current Assets" means, as at any date of
     determination, the total assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a
     consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current assets in
     conformity with GAAP, excluding Cash, Cash Equivalents and deferred income
     taxes to the extent otherwise included in current assets.

          "Consolidated Current Liabilities" means, as at any date of
     determination, the total liabilities of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a
     consolidated basis which may properly be classified as current liabilities
     in conformity with GAAP, excluding the current portions of Funded Debt
                              ---------                                    
     (including accrued but unpaid interest) and any Revolving Loans and
     deferred income taxes to the extent otherwise included in current
     liabilities.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any
     period, the sum (without duplication) of such Person's (i) Consolidated Net
     Income and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced
     thereby, (A) all income taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for
     such period, (B) Consolidated Interest Expense, (C) Consolidated Noncash
     Charges, (D) all one-time cash compensation payments made in connection
     with the Recapitalization Transactions, (E) any payments related to
     addressing the Company's or any Restricted Subsidiary's "Year 2000"
     information systems issue, (F) all bad debt and factoring losses incurred
     specifically with respect to the bankruptcy of Montgomery Ward and (G) EITF
     97-13 Expenditures.

          "Consolidated Excess Cash Flow" means, for any period, an amount (if
     positive) equal to (i) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for
     such period of (a) IR Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, (b) the Consolidated
     Working Capital Adjustment and (c) payments made to Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries as an adjustment to purchase price after the Closing Date
     under the Recapitalization Agreement, minus (ii) the sum, without
                                           -----                      
     duplication, of the amounts for such period (to the extent not financed
     with the proceeds of related financings) of (a) voluntary and scheduled
     repayments of IR Consolidated Total Debt (excluding repayments of the
     Revolving Loans except to the extent the Revolving Loan Commitments are
     permanently reduced in connection with such repayments), (b) Consolidated
     Capital Expenditures (net of any proceeds of any related financings with
     respect to such expenditures) plus (or minus, if negative), so long as the
                                   ----     -----                              
     Revolving Credit Agreement is in effect, the Carryforward for such period
     to be carried forward to the next period less the Carryforward (if any) for
                                              ----                              
     the preceding period carried forward to the current period, (c)
     Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, (d) payments made by Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries as an adjustment to purchase price after the Closing Date
     under the Recapitalization Agreement, (e) any payments made during such
     period with respect to items set forth on Schedule 1.1(i)
                                               ---------------

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
     annexed hereto, and (f) the provision for current taxes based on income of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries and payable in cash with respect to such
     period, including taxes payable in cash within 90 days following the end of
     such period, (g) non-cash charges added in calculating Consolidated
     Adjusted EBITDA in a prior period to the extent such non-cash charges are
     paid in cash in the current period, and (h) to the extent not otherwise
     deducted in determining Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, tender payments,
     fees and expenses paid during such period in connection with the exchange
     of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes, cash payments made
     during such period with respect to non-current liabilities and cash
     payments made during such period with respect to restructuring reserves and
     expenditures with respect to Permitted Acquisitions.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to
     any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the most
     recent four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
     are available (the "Four-Quarter Period") ending on or prior to the date of
     the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed
     Charge Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date") to Consolidated Fixed
     Charges of such Person for the Four-Quarter Period. In addition to and
     without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition,
     Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be calculated
     after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation
     to (i) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any preferred
     stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the
     application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment of other
     Indebtedness or redemption of other preferred stock occurring during the
     Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-
     Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such
     incurrence, repayment, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the
     application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the
     Four-Quarter Period and (ii) any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition
     (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the
     need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted
     Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or
     otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any
     Consolidated EBITDA (including any Pro Forma Cost Savings associated with
     any such Asset Acquisition) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at
     any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or
     prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition
     (including the incurrence of, or assumption of or liability for, any such
     Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the
     Four-Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     directly or indirectly Guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the
     preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed
     Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person
     had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness.
     Furthermore, in calculating Consolidated Fixed Charges for purposes of
     determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this Consolidated
     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness
     determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will
     continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at
     a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
     interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; (2) if
     interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may
     optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime
     or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates,
     then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to
     have been in effect during the Four-Quarter Period; and (3) notwithstanding
     clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating
     basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to
     Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum
     resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

          "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for
     any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Interest
     Expense (before amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs) plus (ii)
     the amount of all cash dividend payments on any series of preferred stock
     of such Person plus (iii) the amount of all dividend payments on any series
     of Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock or Permitted Domestic
     Subsidiary Preferred Stock; provided that with respect to any series of
     preferred stock that was not paid cash dividends during such period but
     that is eligible to be paid cash dividends during any period prior to the
     maturity date of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes, cash
     dividends shall be deemed to have been paid with respect to such series of
     preferred stock during such period for purposes of clause (ii) of this
     definition.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person
     for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate of all
     cash and non-cash interest expense with respect to all outstanding
     Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the
     net costs associated with Interest Swap Obligations, for such period
     determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, (ii) the
     consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, and (iii) the
     interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or
     scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in
     accordance with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Net Income" of Company means, for any period, the
     aggregate net income (or loss) of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
     for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with
     GAAP, provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) gains and losses
     from Asset Sales (without regard to the $1,000,000 limitation set forth in
     the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto and
     the related tax effects according to GAAP, (b) gains and losses due solely
     to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to
     GAAP, (c) items classified as a cumulative effect accounting change or
     extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains and losses (including, without
     limitation, severance, relocation and other restructuring costs), and the
     related tax effects according to GAAP, (d) the net income (or loss) of any
     Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction accrued prior to the
     date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Company or is merged or
     consolidated with Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company, (e) the
     net income of any

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
     Restricted Subsidiary of Company to the extent that the declaration of
     dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of Company
     of that income is restricted by contract, operation, operation of law or
     otherwise, (f) the net loss of any Person, other than a Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company, (g) the net income of any Person, other than a
     Restricted Subsidiary of Company, except to the extent of cash dividends or
     distributions paid to Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Company by such
     Person, (h) only for purposes of clause (c)(i) of the first paragraph of
     subsection 6.1, any amounts included pursuant to clause (c)(iii) of the
     first paragraph of subsection 6.1, and (i) one time non-cash compensation
     charges, including any arising from existing stock options resulting from
     any merger or recapitalization transaction.  For purposes of clause (c)(i)
     of the first paragraph of subsection 6.1, Consolidated Net Income shall be
     reduced by any cash dividends paid with respect to any series of Designated
     Preferred Stock.

          "Consolidated Noncash Charges" means, with respect to any Person for
     any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash
     expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing
     Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, determined on a
     consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP excluding any such non-cash
     charge constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any such non-cash
     charge which requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any
     future period.

          "Consolidated Working Capital" means, as at any date of determination,
     the excess of Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated Current
     Liabilities.

          "Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment" means, for any period on a
     consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which
     Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or
     is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period.

          "Contingent Obligation", as applied to any Person, means any direct
     or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (i) with
     respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other obligation of another
     if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the
     Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such
     obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or
     discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with,
     or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in
     part) against loss in respect thereof, (ii) with respect to any letter of
     credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is
     otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings, or (iii) under Hedge
     Agreements.  Contingent Obligations shall include (a) the direct or
     indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in
     the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or
     sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another, (b) the
     obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless
     of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, and (c)
     any liability of such Person for the obligation of another through any
     agreement (contingent or otherwise) (X) to purchase, repurchase or
     otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide
     funds for the payment or discharge of

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
     such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases,
     capital contributions or otherwise) or (Y) to maintain the solvency or any
     balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if,
     in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (X) or (Y) of this
     sentence, the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the
     preceding sentence.  The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be equal
     to (A) the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported
     or, if less, the amount to which such Contingent Obligation is specifically
     limited, or (B) if neither amount in clause (A) is stated or determinable,
     the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming
     such Person is required to perform) as determined by such Person in good
     faith.  Contingent Obligations shall not include standard contractual
     indemnities entered into in the ordinary course of business.

          "Continuing Director" shall mean, as of any date of determination,
     any member of the Board of Directors of Company who (i) was a member of
     such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or (ii) was nominated for
     election or elected to such Board of Directors with the affirmative vote of
     Bain and the Other Investors.

          "Contractual Obligation", as applied to any Person, means any
     provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any material
     indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or
     other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of
     its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

          "Credit Facilities" means one or more debt facilities (including
     this Agreement and the Revolving Credit Agreement) or commercial paper
     facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for
     revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including
     through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose
     entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables)
     and/or letters of credit.

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
     swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
     protect Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company against
     fluctuations in currency values.

          "Debt Tender Offer" means the offer by Holdings to repurchase up to
     100% of its outstanding Existing Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Debt
     Tender Offer Materials.

          "Debt Tender Offer Materials" means the Offer to Purchase and Consent
     Solicitation Statement dated November 18, 1997 relating to the Debt Tender
     Offer and the accompanying Consent and Letter of Transmittal.

          "Deposit Account" means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like
     account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like
     organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate
     of deposit.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
          "Designated Noncash Consideration" means any non-cash consideration
     received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
     with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash
     Consideration pursuant to an Officers' Certificate executed by the
     principal executive officer and the principal financial officer of the
     Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. Such Officers' Certificate shall
     state the basis of such valuation, which shall be a report of a nationally
     recognized investment banking firm with respect to the receipt in one or a
     series of related transactions of Designated Noncash Consideration with a
     fair market value in excess of $10,000,000.

          "Designated Preferred Stock" means Preferred Stock that is so
     designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers'
     Certificate executed by the principal executive officer and the principal
     financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof, the cash
     proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause
     (iii) of the first paragraph of subsection 6.1.

          "Discount Note Indenture" means the indenture pursuant to which the
     Discount Notes are issued, as such indenture may be amended from time to
     time to the extent permitted under subsection 6.10B.

          "Discount Notes" means the $128,000,000 in aggregate principal
     amount of 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due December 15, 2007
     of Company issued pursuant to the Discount Note Indenture.

          "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or
     by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it
     is exchangeable, at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the
     happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
     sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the
     holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91
     days after the date on which the Senior Subordinated Notes mature;
     provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would constitute
     Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to
     require Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
     Change of Control (as defined in the New Sub Debt Indentures) or an Asset
     Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital
     Stock provide that Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital
     Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption
     complies with subsection 6.1.

          "Documentation Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement.

          "Dollars" and the sign "$" mean the lawful money of the United
     States of America.

          "Domestic Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of Company which is
     organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
          "EITF 97-13 Expenditures" means expenses associated with reengineering
     efforts in connection with Company's MIS projects.

          "Eligible Assignee" means (A) (i) a commercial bank organized under
     the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) a savings and loan
     association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States
     or any state thereof; (iii) a commercial bank organized under the laws of
     any other country or a political subdivision thereof; provided that (x)
                                                           --------         
     such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States
     or (y) such bank is organized under the laws of a country that is a member
     of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political
     subdivision of such country; and (iv) any other entity which is an
     "accredited investor" (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities
     Act) which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses including
     insurance companies, funds, investment companies and lease financing
     companies; and (B) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and, with
     respect to any Lender that is an investment fund that invests in commercial
     loans, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that
     is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by
     an Affiliate of such investment advisor; provided that no Affiliate of
                                              --------                     
     Holdings shall be an Eligible Assignee.

          "Employee Benefit Plan" means any "employee benefit plan" as
     defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was maintained or contributed
     to by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA
     Affiliates.

          "Employment Agreement" means the Employment Agreement between
     Company and Ron Jones providing for his exclusive employment by Company, in
     the form provided to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent pursuant to
     subsection 3.1C on or prior to the Closing Date.

          "Environmental Claim" means any investigation, notice, notice of
     violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or
     other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any governmental
     authority or any other Person, arising (i) pursuant to or in connection
     with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (ii) in
     connection with any Hazardous Materials or any actual or alleged Hazardous
     Materials Activity, or (iii) in connection with any actual or alleged
     damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the
     environment.

          "Environmental Laws" means any and all current or future statutes,
     ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental
     Authorizations, or any other requirements of governmental authorities
     relating to (i) environmental matters, including those relating to any
     Hazardous Materials Activity, (ii) the generation, use, storage,
     transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (iii) occupational
     safety and health, industrial hygiene, land use or the protection of human,
     plant or animal health or welfare from environmental hazards (including
     Hazardous Materials), in any manner applicable to Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries or any Facility, including the Comprehensive Environmental
     Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 9601 et seq.),
                                                                   -- ---   

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
     the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. (S) 1801 et seq.),
                                                                    -- ---   
     the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 6901 et seq.),
                                                                    -- ---   
     the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. (S) 1251 et seq.), the
                                                                 -- ---       
     Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control
                                       -- ---                                
     Act (15 U.S.C. (S) 2601 et seq.), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and
                             -- ---                                          
     Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. (S)136 et seq.), the Occupational Safety and
                                      -- ---                               
     Health Act (29 U.S.C. (S) 651 et seq.), the Oil Pollution Act (33 U.S.C.
                                   -- ---                                    
     (S) 2701 et seq.) and the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know
              -- ---                                                         
     Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 11001 et seq.), each as amended or supplemented, any
                              -- ---                                        
     analogous present or future state or local statutes or laws, and any
     regulations promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing.

          "Equity Contribution" means, collectively, (i) the contribution by
     Bain and the Other Investors to Merger Corp. of cash in exchange for all of
     the outstanding common stock of Merger Corp. and (ii) the rollover equity
     contribution by the Management Investors, in the aggregate amount of
     $128,700,000.

          "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
     other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that
     is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
     as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, and the
     regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

          "ERISA Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation
     which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning
     of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a
     member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a
     member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the
     meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person
     is a member; and (iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the
     meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that
     Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or
     business described in clause (ii) above is a member. Any former ERISA
     Affiliate of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall continue to be
     considered an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or such Subsidiary within the
     meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an
     ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or such Subsidiary and with respect to
     liabilities arising after such period for which Holdings or such Subsidiary
     could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA.

          "ERISA Event" means (i) a "reportable event" within the meaning of
     Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to
     any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice
     to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the
     minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with
     respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with
     Section 412(d) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its
     due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the Internal
     Revenue Code

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
     with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required
     contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the
     administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA
     of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination
     described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Holdings, any
     of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any
     Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of
     any such Pension Plan resulting in liability pursuant to Section 4063 or
     4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate
     any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which might
     constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment
     of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of
     liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
     ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason
     of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of
     Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA
     Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of
     Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is
     any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its
     Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice from any
     Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to
     Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has
     terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of
     an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on Holdings or
     any of its Subsidiaries of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under
     Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section
     502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee
     Benefit Plan; (ix) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine
     claims for benefits) against any Employee Benefit Plan other than a
     Multiemployer Plan or the assets thereof, or against Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (x) receipt from
     the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan
     (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section
     401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the
     Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any
     Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of
     the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to
     Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the Internal Revenue Code or pursuant to
     ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan.

          "Eurodollar Rate Loans" means Loans bearing interest at rates
     determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate as provided in
     subsection 2.2A.

          "Event of Default" means each of the events set forth in Section 7.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
     from time to time, and any successor statute.

          "Excluded Subsidiaries" means, collectively, (i) all Foreign
     Subsidiaries which are not Subsidiary Guarantors and (ii) Advanced Sleep
     Products, a California corporation, Sealy Components--Pads, Inc., a
     Delaware corporation, Sealy Mattress

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
     Company of San Diego, a California corporation, Sealy Connecticut, Inc., a
     Connecticut corporation, and Sealy Mattress Company of S.W. Virginia, a
     Virginia corporation; provided, however, that no Domestic Subsidiary shall
                           --------  -------                                   
     be an Excluded Subsidiary if, after the Closing Date, it acquires assets
     with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate.

          "Existing Credit Agreement" means that certain Second Restated
     Credit Agreement dated as of February 25, 1997, by and among Holdings, as
     borrower, certain financial institutions, Banque Paribas, as documentation
     agent, Nationsbank, N.A., as syndication agent, and Bank of America
     Illinois, as administrative agent, as amended prior to the Closing Date.

          "Existing Subordinated Note Indenture" means the indenture pursuant
     to which the Existing Subordinated Notes were issued, as amended pursuant
     to the Consent Solicitation and as such indenture may be further amended
     from time to time to the extent permitted under subsection 6.10B.

          "Existing Subordinated Notes" means Holdings's $200,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003.

          "Facilities" means any and all real property (including all buildings,
     fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or
     heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates.

          "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating
     interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average
     of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
     Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for
     such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding
     Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is
     not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the
     quotations for such day on such transactions received by Administrative
     Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by
     Administrative Agent.

          "Financial Plan" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection
     5.1(xiii).

          "First Priority" means, with respect to any Lien purported to be
     created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that (i)
     such Lien has priority over any other Lien on such Collateral (other than
     Liens permitted under subsection 6.6(iii) or 6.6(iv)) and (ii) such Lien is
     the only Lien (other than Permitted Encumbrances and Liens permitted
     pursuant to subsection 6.6) to which such Collateral is subject.

          "Fiscal Quarter" means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
          "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
     ending on the Sunday nearest to November 30th of each calendar year.  For
     purposes of this Agreement, any particular Fiscal Year shall be designated
     by reference to the calendar year in which such Fiscal Year ends.

          "Flood Hazard Property" means a Mortgaged Property located in an area
     designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special
     flood or mud slide hazards.

          "Foreign Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of Company other than a
     Domestic Subsidiary.

          "Four-Quarter Period" has the meaning specified in the definition of
     Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

          "Funded Debt", as applied to any Person, means all Indebtedness of
     that Person which by its terms or by the terms of any instrument or
     agreement relating thereto matures more than one year from, or is directly
     renewable or extendable at the option of that Person to a date more than
     one year from (including an option of that Person under a revolving credit
     or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend credit over
     a period of one year or more from), the date of the creation thereof.

          "Funding and Payment Office" means (i) the office of Administrative
     Agent located at 500 Station Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware or (ii) such
     other office of Administrative Agent as may from time to time hereafter be
     designated as such in a written notice delivered by Administrative Agent to
     Company and each Lender.

          "GAAP" means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof
     set forth in subsections 1.2 and 1.4, generally accepted accounting
     principles set forth in opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
     Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
     Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved
     by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case as the
     same are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

          "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
     instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
     indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge
     of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in
     respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

          "Guaranties" means the Holdings Guaranty and the Subsidiary Guaranty.

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
          "Governmental Authorization" means any permit, license, authorization,
     plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any federal,
     state or local governmental authority, agency or court.

          "GSCP" has the meaning assigned to that term in the introduction to
     this Agreement.

          "Harvard Advisory Services Agreement" means that certain Management
     Services Agreement by and between Holdings and Harvard Private Capital
     Holdings, Inc., in the form delivered to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent prior to on the Closing Date and as such agreement may
     thereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time
     to the extent permitted under subsection 6.10A.

          "Harvard Management Fees" means the fees and expenses payable by
     Holdings to Harvard Private Capital Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the Harvard
     Advisory Services Agreement.

          "Hazardous Materials" means (i) any chemical, material or substance at
     any time defined in any statute or regulation as or included in the
     definition in any statute or regulation of "hazardous substances",
     "hazardous wastes", "hazardous materials", "extremely hazardous waste",
     "acutely hazardous waste", "radioactive waste", "biohazardous waste",
     "pollutant", "toxic pollutant", "contaminant", "restricted hazardous
     waste", "infectious waste", "toxic substances", or any other term or
     expression intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of
     properties harmful to health, safety or the indoor or outdoor environment
     (including harmful properties such as ignitability, corrosivity,
     reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive toxicity, "TCLP
     toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or words of similar meaning and regulatory
     effect under any applicable Environmental Laws); (ii) any oil, petroleum,
     petroleum fraction or petroleum derived substance; (iii) any drilling
     fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the exploration,
     development or production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal
     resources; (iv) any flammable substances or explosives; (v) any radioactive
     materials; (vi) any asbestos-containing materials; (vii) urea formaldehyde
     foam insulation; (viii) polychlorinated biphenyls, including any oil or
     dielectric fluid containing polychlorinated biphenyls; (ix) pesticides; and
     (x) any other chemical, material or substance which could pose a hazard to
     the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any Persons in the
     vicinity of any Facility or to the indoor or outdoor environment.

          "Hazardous Materials Activity" means any past, present or future
     activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including
     the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, migration, Release,
     threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation,
     processing, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal,
     disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective
     action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
          "Hedge Agreement" means an Interest Rate Agreement or a Currency
     Agreement designed to hedge against fluctuations in interest rates or
     currency values, respectively.

          "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
     obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements,
     interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements (including
     Interest Swap Obligations) and (ii) other agreements or arrangements
     designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates
     (including Currency Agreements).

          "Holdings" has the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals of
     this Agreement.

          "Holdings Common Stock" means, collectively, (i) the Class A Common
     Stock of Holdings, par value $.01 per share, (ii) the Class B Common Stock
     of Holdings, par value $.01 per share, (iii) the Class L Common Stock of
     Holdings, par value $.01 per share, and (iv) the Class M Common Stock of
     Holdings, par value $.01 per share.

          "Holdings Guaranty" means the Holdings Guaranty executed and delivered
     by Holdings on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXI
                                                                   -----------
     annexed hereto, as such Holdings Guaranty may thereafter be amended,
     supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted
     thereunder and hereunder.

          "Holdings Pledge Agreement" means the Holdings Pledge Agreement
     executed and delivered by Holdings and Collateral Agent on the Closing
     Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXII annexed hereto, as such
                                        ------------                        
     Holdings Pledge Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or
     otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Holdings Security Agreement" means the Holdings Security Agreement
     executed and delivered by Holdings and Collateral Agent on the Closing
     Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXIII annexed hereto, as such
                                        -------------                        
     Holdings Security Agreement may thereafter be amended, supplemented or
     otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Indebtedness", as applied to any Person, means (i) all indebtedness
     for borrowed money, (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to
     Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance
     sheet in conformity with GAAP, (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted
     representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations
     for borrowed money, (iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the
     deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding any such
     obligations incurred under ERISA and any accrued expenses or trade
     payables), (a) which obligation in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a
     liability on the balance sheet of such Person or (b) which purchase price
     is evidenced by a note or similar written instrument, and (v) all
     indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by
     that

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
     Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have
     been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person.
     The amount of any Indebtedness which is non-recourse to the obligor
     thereunder or to any other obligor and for which recourse is limited to an
     identified asset or assets shall be equal to the lesser of (1) the stated
     amount of such obligation and (2) fair market value of such asset or
     assets. Obligations under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements
     constitute (X) in the case of Hedge Agreements, Contingent Obligations, and
     (Y) in all other cases, Investments, and in neither case constitute
     Indebtedness.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section 6 only (and any
     other defined terms as and to the extent used in Section 6), "Indebtedness"
     means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether
     or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds,
     notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
     reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances or
     representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid
     of the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging
     Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or
     trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing (other than
     letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon
     a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as
     all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person
     (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the
     extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by such Person of any
     indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of any Indebtedness
     outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof, in the
     case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and (ii) the
     principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more
     than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. For purposes
     of calculating the amount of Indebtedness of a Securitization Entity
     outstanding as of any date, the face or notional amount of any interest in
     receivables or equipment that is outstanding as of such date shall be
     deemed to be Indebtedness but any such interests held by Affiliates of such
     Securitization Entity shall be excluded for purposes of such calculation.

          "Indemnitee" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection 9.3.

          "Independent Public Accountant" means any of the five largest public
     accounting firms in the United States selected by Holdings.

          "Initial Period" means the period commencing on and including the
     Closing Date and ending on (but excluding) the earlier of (i) the date on
     which Syndication Agent notifies Company that it has concluded its primary
     syndication of the Loans and Commitments and (ii) the date which is 30 days
     after the Closing Date.

          "Initial Public Offering" means the first underwritten public offering
     of Qualified Capital Stock by either Holdings or Company pursuant to a
     registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in
     accordance with the

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
     Securities Act for aggregate net cash proceeds of a least $50,000,000;
     provided that in the event the Initial Public Offering is consummated by
     Holdings, Holdings contributes to the common equity capital of Company at
     least $50,000,000 of the net cash proceeds of the Initial Public Offering.

          "Intellectual Property" means all patents, trademarks, tradenames,
     copyrights, technology, know-how and processes which are used in the
     conduct of the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as currently
     conducted that are material to the condition (financial or otherwise),
     business or operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          "Intercreditor Agreement" means that certain Intercreditor Agreement
     executed and delivered by Administrative Agent, Morgan Guaranty, as
     administrative agent for lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement, and
     Collateral Agent on the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit
                                                                        -------
     XIII annexed hereto, as such Intercreditor Agreement may thereafter be
     ----                                                                  
     amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted
     thereunder and hereunder.

          "Interest Payment Date" means (i) with respect to any Base Rate
     Loan, each February 28, May 31, August 31 and November 30 of each year,
     commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and (ii)
     with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest
     Period applicable to such Loan; provided that in the case of each Interest
                                     --------                                  
     Period of longer than three months, "Interest Payment Date" shall also
     include each date that is three months, or an integral multiple thereof,
     after the commencement of such Interest Period.

          "Interest Period" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection
     2.2B.

          "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate swap agreement,
     interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other
     similar agreement or arrangement to which Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries is a party.

          "Interest Rate Determination Date" means, with respect to any Interest
     Period, the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest
     Period.

          "Interest Swap Obligation" means the obligations of any Person,
     pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or
     indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic
     payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of
     interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made
     by such other Persons calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of
     interest on the same notional amount.

          "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any
     successor statute, and the regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue
     Service thereunder.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
          "Inventory" means, with respect to any Person as of any date of
     determination, all goods, merchandise and other personal property which are
     then held by such Person for sale or lease, including raw materials and
     work in process.

          "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by
     such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct
     or indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other
     obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission,
     travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary
     course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of
     Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items
     that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared
     in accordance with GAAP. If Company or any Subsidiary of Company sells or
     otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect
     Subsidiary of Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or
     disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of Company, Company
     shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or
     disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such
     Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in
     the final paragraph of subsection 6.1.

          "IP Collateral" means, collectively, the Collateral under the Company
     Patent and Trademark Security Agreement and the Subsidiary Patent and
     Trademark Security Agreement.

          "IR Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of
     the amounts for such period of (i) IR Consolidated Net Income, (ii) IR
     Consolidated Interest Expense, together with any non-cash interest expense
     with respect to the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes not included in IR
     Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) provisions for taxes based on income
     (including, without duplication, foreign withholding taxes), (iv) total
     depreciation expense, (v) total amortization expense, (vi) other non-cash
     items reducing IR Consolidated Net Income less other non-cash items
                                               ----                     
     increasing IR Consolidated Net Income, (vii) to the extent deducted in
     determining IR Consolidated Net Income, those items described on Schedule
                                                                      --------
     1.1(i) annexed hereto, and (viii) the cumulative effect of accounting
     ------                                                               
     changes to the extent such changes result in a reduction of IR Consolidated
     Net Income less the cumulative effect of accounting changes to the extent
                ----                                                          
     such changes result in an increase in IR Consolidated Net Income, all of
     the foregoing as determined on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP.

          "IR Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, total cash
     and non-cash interest expense (including that portion attributable to
     Capital Leases in accordance with GAAP and capitalized interest) of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with
     GAAP with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and
     charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance
     financing, net costs under Interest Rate Agreements, commitment fees
     accrued under subsection 2.3A and any

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
     administrative agent's fees payable to Administrative Agent, but excluding,
                                                                      --------- 
     however, any amounts referred to in subsection 2.3 payable to Agents and
     -------                                                                 
     Lenders on or before the Closing Date and any non-cash interest expense
     with respect to the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.

          "IR Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income
     (or loss) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such
     period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with
     GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (i) the income (or loss) of any
           --------                                                             
     Person (other than a Subsidiary of Holdings) in which any other Person
     (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest,
     except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions
     actually paid to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during
     such period, (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the
     date it becomes a Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated
     with Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person's assets are
     acquired by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the income of any
     Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of
     dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not
     at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any
     agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
     governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary, (iv) any after-tax
     gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of
     any Pension Plan, and (v) (to the extent not included in clauses (i)
     through (iv) above) any net extraordinary gains or net extraordinary
     losses.

          "IR Consolidated Total Debt" means, as at any date of determination,
     the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Holdings
     and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
     GAAP, excluding, however, the principal amount (including paid-in-kind
           ---------  -------                                              
     interest) of the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.

          "Joint Venture" means a joint venture, partnership or other similar
     arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form;
                                                                        
     provided that in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be
     --------                                                                 
     considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

          "Junior Subordinated Seller Notes" means the Junior Subordinated
     Seller Notes issued in the initial principal amount of $25,000,000 on the
     Closing Date by Holdings in favor of Zell, and any additional amount of
     such notes as are permitted to be issued hereunder, as such notes may be
     amended from time to time to the extent permitted under subsection 6.10C.

          "Landlord Consent and Estoppel" means, with respect to any Leasehold
     Property, a letter, certificate or other instrument in writing from the
     lessor under the related lease, reasonably satisfactory in form and
     substance to Administrative Agent, pursuant to which such lessor
     substantially agrees, for the benefit of Administrative Agent, (i) that
     without any further consent of such lessor or any further action on the
     part

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     of the Loan Party holding such Leasehold Property, such Leasehold Property
     may be encumbered pursuant to a Mortgage and may be assigned to the
     purchaser at a foreclosure sale or in a transfer in lieu of such a sale
     (and to a subsequent third party assignee if Administrative Agent, any
     Lender, or an Affiliate of either so acquires such Leasehold Property),
     (ii) that such lessor shall not terminate such lease as a result of a
     default by such Loan Party thereunder without first giving Administrative
     Agent notice of such default and at least 60 days (or, if such default
     cannot reasonably be cured by Administrative Agent within such period, such
     longer period as may reasonably be required) to cure such default, (iii) to
     the matters contained in a Collateral Access Agreement, and (iv) to such
     other matters relating to such Leasehold Property as Administrative Agent
     may reasonably request; provided, however, that Administrative Agent may
                             --------  -------                               
     determine in its reasonable discretion that any one or more of the
     agreements set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) are not required to be
     included in a Landlord Consent and Estoppel with respect to a particular
     Leasehold Property.

          "Leasehold Property" means any leasehold interest of any Loan Party
     as lessee under any lease of real property, other than any such leasehold
     interest designated from time to time by Administrative Agent in its
     reasonable discretion as not being required to be included in the
     Collateral.

          "Lender" and "Lenders" means the persons identified as "Lenders"
     and listed on the signature pages of this Agreement, together with their
     successors and permitted assigns pursuant to subsection 9.1; provided that
                                                                  --------     
     the term "Lenders", when used in the context of a particular Commitment,
     shall mean Lenders having that Commitment.

          "Leverage Ratio" means the ratio of (i) IR Consolidated Total Debt
     as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter to (ii) IR Consolidated Adjusted
     EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period then ended, in each case as set
     forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered by Company to
     Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (iv) of subsection 5.1.; provided,
                                                                      -------- 
     however, that with respect to any period during which a Permitted
     -------                                                          
     Acquisition occurs, for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio, IR 
     Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall, for purposes of this definition, (i) be
     calculated with respect to such four-Fiscal Quarter period and the acquired
     New Business on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising
     out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction,
     are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in
     each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-
     X promulgated under the Securities Act, as interpreted by the staff of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission as of January 1, 1997, which would
     include cost savings resulting from head count reduction, closure of
     facilities and similar restructuring charges whether (x) resulting from
     decisions made by Company or (y) implemented by the management of the New
     Business within the six-month period immediately preceding the closing of
     such Permitted Acquisition (provided that the cost savings described in
                                 --------                                   
     clause (y) are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting
     records of such business), which pro forma adjustments shall be certified
     by the principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of
     Company) using the historical financial statements of

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
     all entities or assets so acquired or to be acquired, which shall be
     reformulated (a) as if such acquisition and any Indebtedness or other
     liabilities incurred in connection with such acquisition had been
     consummated or incurred at the beginning of such period (and assuming that
     such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable
     measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted
     average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding Loans during such
     period), and (b) otherwise in conformity with certain procedures to be
     agreed upon between Administrative Agent and Company, all such calculations
     to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative
     Agent, and (ii) be calculated with respect to such New Business as if all
     references to Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the definitions of IR
     Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and its components were references to such New
     Business for such period; provided, however, that any cost savings which
                               --------  -------                             
     would otherwise be given effect as a result of the foregoing shall not be
     given effect until such cost savings are actually realized.

          "Lien" means any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security
     interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale
     or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and
     any agreement to give any security interest) and any option, trust or other
     preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the
     foregoing.

          "Loan" or "Loans" means one or more of the AXELs Series B, AXELs
     Series C or AXELs Series D or any combination thereof.

          "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranties and
     the Collateral Documents.

          "Loan Party" means each of Holdings, Company and any of Company's
     Subsidiaries from time to time executing a Loan Document, and "Loan
     Parties" means all such Persons, collectively.

          "Management Investors" means certain management officers and
     employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries disclosed to Syndication Agent
     and Administrative Agent.

          "Margin Stock" has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation U
     of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from
     time to time.

          "Marketable Securities" means publicly traded debt or equity
     securities that are listed for trading on a national securities exchange
     and that were issued by a corporation whose debt securities are rated in
     one of the three highest rating categories by either S&P or Moody's.

          "Material Adverse Effect" means (i) a material adverse effect upon
     the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or prospects of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
     or (ii) the impairment of the ability

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
     of any Loan Party to perform, or of Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent
     or Lenders to enforce, the Obligations; provided that consummation of the
                                             --------                         
     Recapitalization Transactions in accordance with the terms of the
     Recapitalization Agreement shall not be deemed to have a Material Adverse
     Effect for purposes of subsection 4.4.
 
          "Material Contract" means any contract or arrangement to which
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Loan
     Documents) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to
     renew would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          "Material Leasehold Property" means a Leasehold Property reasonably
     determined by Administrative Agent to be of material value as Collateral or
     of material importance to the operations of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, excepting any such Leasehold
                   --------  -------                                    
     Properties set forth on Schedule 4.1I annexed hereto, no Leasehold Property
                             -------------                                      
     with respect to which the aggregate amount of all rents payable during any
     one Fiscal Year never exceeds $250,000 shall be a "Material Leasehold
     Property".

          "Merger" means the merger of Merger Corp. with and into Holdings in
     accordance with the terms of the Recapitalization Agreement and the
     Certificate of Merger, with Holdings being the surviving corporation in
     such merger.

          "Merger Corp." has the meaning assigned to that term in the recitals
     of this Agreement.

          "MIS Upgrade Expenditures" means expenditures relating to the
     upgrade of Company's MIS systems to the extent these expenditures would
     have been capitalized by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with
     their accounting policies in effect on the Closing Date.

          "Morgan Guaranty" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement.

          "Mortgage" means (i) a security instrument (whether designated as a
     deed of trust or a mortgage or by any similar title) executed and delivered
     by any Loan Party, substantially in the form of Exhibit XXIV annexed hereto
                                                     ------------               
     or in such other form as may be approved by Administrative Agent in its
     reasonable discretion, in each case with such changes thereto as may be
     recommended by Administrative Agent's local counsel based on local laws or
     customary local mortgage or deed of trust practices, or (ii) at
     Administrative Agent's option, in the case of an Additional Mortgaged
     Property, an amendment to an existing Mortgage, in form reasonably
     satisfactory to Administrative Agent, adding such Additional Mortgaged
     Property to the Real Property Assets encumbered by such existing Mortgage,
     in either case as such security instrument or amendment may be amended,
     supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
          "Mortgages" means all such instruments, including the Closing Date
     Mortgages and any Additional Mortgages, collectively.

          "Mortgaged Property" means a Closing Date Mortgaged Property or an
     Additional Mortgaged Property.

          "Multiemployer Plan" means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a
     "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

          "NAIC" means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

          "Net Asset Sale Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale,
     Cash payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment
     pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but
     only as and when so received) received from such Asset Sale, net of any
     bona fide costs incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, including (i)
     income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years
     of the date of such Asset Sale as a result of any gain recognized in
     connection with such Asset Sale and (ii) payment of the outstanding
     principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any
     Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock
     or assets in question and that is repaid as a result of such Asset Sale.

          "Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds" means any Cash payments or
     proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (i) under any
     business interruption or casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered
     loss thereunder or (ii) as a result of the taking of any assets of Holdings
     or any of its Subsidiaries by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent
     domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets
     to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, in each case
     net of any actual and documented costs incurred by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims
     of Holdings or such Subsidiary in respect thereof.

          "New Business" means any assets or business acquired by Company or
     any of its Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition.

          "New Sub Debt Indentures" means, collectively, the Senior
     Subordinated Note Indenture and the Discount Note Indenture.

          "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the
     Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support
     of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
     constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a
     guarantor or otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default
     with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may
     have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would
     permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other
     Indebtedness of the

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
     Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such
     other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or
     payable prior to its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the lenders
     have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the
     stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

          "Notes" means one or more of the AXEL Series B Notes, AXEL Series C
     Notes or AXEL Series D Notes or any combination thereof.

          "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice substantially in the form of
     Exhibit I annexed hereto delivered by Company to Administrative Agent
     ---------                                                            
     pursuant to subsection 2.1B with respect to a proposed borrowing.

          "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice substantially in
     the form of Exhibit II annexed hereto delivered by Company to
                 ----------                                       
     Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.2D with respect to a proposed
     conversion or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the
     interest rate with respect to the Loans specified therein.

          "Obligations" means all obligations of every nature of each Loan
     Party from time to time owed to Agents, Lenders or their respective
     Affiliates or any of them under the Loan Documents, whether for principal,
     interest, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

          "Officers' Certificate" means, as applied to any corporation, a
     certificate executed on behalf of such corporation by its chairman of the
     board (if an officer) or its president or one of its vice presidents and by
     its principal financial officer or principal accounting officer or its
     treasurer; provided that every Officers' Certificate with respect to the
                --------                                                     
     compliance with a condition precedent to the making of any Loans hereunder
     shall include (i) a statement that the officer or officers making or giving
     such Officers' Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or
     other provisions contained in this Agreement relating thereto, (ii) a
     statement that, in the opinion of the signers, they have made or have
     caused to be made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
     enable them to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
     condition has been complied with, and (iii) a statement as to whether, in
     the opinion of the signers, such condition has been complied with.

          "Operating Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease
     (including leases that may be terminated by the lessee at any time) of any
     property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is not a Capital Lease
     other than any such lease under which that Person is the lessor.

          "Other Investors" means Harvard Private Capital Holdings, Inc.,
     BancBoston Investments, Inc., Chase Equity Associates, L.P. and CIBC WG
     Argosy Merchant Fund 2, L.L.C..

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
          "Other MIS Expenditures" means all expenditures, other than MIS
     Upgrade Expenditures, EITF 97-13 Expenditures and Year 2000 Expenditures,
     relating to Holdings' and its Subsidiaries' MIS systems.

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
     successor thereto.

          "Pension Plan" means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a
     Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue
     Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

          "Permitted Acquisition" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     Revolving Credit Agreement; provided, however, that after the Revolving
                                 --------  -------                          
     Credit Agreement ceases to be in effect, "Permitted Acquisition" shall
     mean  any acquisition of a business or all or substantially all of the
     assets of a business permitted at the time of such acquisition under the
     Revolving Credit Agreement and any acquisition thereafter permitted under
     this Agreement.

          "Permitted Business" means any business that derives a majority of
     its revenues from the manufacture, distribution and sale of mattresses,
     foundation and other bedding products and activities that are reasonably
     similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or
     expansion of, the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement.

          "Permitted Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock" means any series of
     Preferred Stock of a domestic Restricted Subsidiary of Company that
     constitutes Qualified Capital Stock and has a fixed dividend rate, the
     liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate
     amount of Indebtedness of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred
     pursuant to clause (xvi) of subsection 6.4 does not exceed $30,000,000;
     provided that such amount shall increase to $50,000,000 upon consummation
     of an Initial Public Offering.

          "Permitted Encumbrances" means the following types of Liens
     (excluding any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n)
     of the Internal Revenue Code or by ERISA, any such Lien relating to or
     imposed in connection with any Environmental Claim, and any such Lien
     expressly prohibited by any applicable terms of any of the Collateral
     Documents):

               (i)   Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
          claims the payment of which is not, at the time, required by
          subsection 5.3;

               (ii)  statutory Liens of landlords, statutory Liens of banks and
          rights of set-off, statutory Liens of carriers, warehousemen,
          mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed
          by law, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (a)
          for amounts not yet overdue or (b)

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
          for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts
          overdue for a period in excess of 5 days) are being contested in good
          faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as (1) such reserves or
          other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP
          shall have been made for any such contested amounts, and (2) in the
          case of a Lien with respect to any portion of the Collateral, such
          contest proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any
          portion of the Collateral on account of such Lien;

               (iii)   Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of
          business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment
          insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the
          performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
          bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts,
          performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations
          (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money), so long
          as no foreclosure, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced
          with respect to any portion of the Collateral on account thereof;

               (iv)    any attachment or judgment Lien not constituting (a) an
          Event of Default under subsection 8.8 of the Revolving Credit
          Agreement or (b) after the Revolving Credit Agreement ceases to be in
          full force and effect, an Event of Default hereunder;

               (v)     leases or subleases granted to third parties in
          accordance with any applicable terms of the Collateral Documents and
          not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of
          the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or resulting in a
          material diminution in the value of any Collateral as security for the
          Obligations;

               (vi)    easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments,
          and other defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do
          not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary
          conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or
          result in a material diminution in the value of any Collateral as
          security for the Obligations;

               (vii)   any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under
          any lease permitted by the Revolving Credit Agreement or, after the
          Revolving Credit Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect, by
          this Agreement, (b) restriction or encumbrance that the interest or
          title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to, or (c)
          subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such
          lease to any restriction or encumbrance referred to in the preceding
          clause (b), so long as the holder of such restriction or encumbrance
          agrees to recognize the rights of such lessee or sublessee under such
          lease;

               (viii)  Liens arising from filing UCC financing statements
          relating solely to leases permitted by this Agreement;

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
                (ix)   Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising
          as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection
          with the importation of goods;

                (x)    any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested
          in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of
          any real property;

                (xi)   Liens securing obligations (other than obligations
          representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating,
          reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary
          course of business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

                (xii)  licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual
          property rights granted by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the
          ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material
          respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or such
          Subsidiary; and

                (xiii) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in the
          Closing Date Mortgage Policies.

          "Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock" means any series of
     Preferred Stock of a foreign Restricted Subsidiary of Company that
     constitutes Qualified Capital Stock and has a fixed dividend rate, the
     liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate
     amount of Indebtedness of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of Company
     incurred pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted
     Indebtedness, does not exceed $15,000,000; provided that such amount shall
                                                --------                       
     increase to $30,000,000 million upon consummation of an Initial Public
     Offering.

          "Permitted Investments" means (i) Investments by Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary of Company in any Restricted Subsidiary of Company
     (whether existing on the date of this Indenture or created thereafter) or
     in any other Person (including by means of any transfer of cash or other
     property) if as a result of such Investment such Person shall become a
     Restricted Subsidiary of Company that is a Subsidiary Guarantor or a
     Foreign Subsidiary and Investments in Company by any Restricted Subsidiary
     of Company, (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii) Investments existing on
     the date hereof, (iv) loans and advances to employees and officers of
     Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business,
     (v) accounts receivable created or acquired in the ordinary course of
     business, (vi) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered
     into in the ordinary course of Company's businesses and otherwise in
     compliance with this Agreement, (vii) Investments in Unrestricted
     Subsidiaries in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed
     $20,000,000; (viii) Investments in securities of trade creditors or
     customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar
     arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or
     customers, (ix) guarantees by Company of Indebtedness otherwise permitted
     to be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries of Company under this Agreement,
     (x) additional

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
     Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all
     other Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at that time
     outstanding, not to exceed 5% of Total Assets at the time of such
     Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at
     the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value),
     (xi) any Investment by Company or a Subsidiary of Company in a
     Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any
     other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
     provided that any Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a
     Purchase Money Note or an equity interest, (xii) any transaction to the
     extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by, and made in
     accordance with, clause (b) of subsection 6.5 (other than transactions
     described in clause (v) of such clause (b)), (xiii) Investments the payment
     for which consists exclusively of Qualified Capital Stock of Company and
     (xiv) Investments received by Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as
     consideration for asset sales, including Asset Sales; provided that in the
     case of an Asset Sale, such Asset Sale is effected in compliance with
     subsection 6.4.

          "Permitted Seller Note" means any promissory note of Company or any
     of its Subsidiaries constituting a "Permitted Seller Note" under the
     Revolving Credit Agreement.

          "Person" means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited
     partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited
     liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures,
     associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts,
     business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and
     governments (whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, and
     including political subdivisions thereof) and agencies or other
     administrative or regulatory bodies thereof.

          "Pledged Collateral" means, collectively, the "Pledged Collateral"
     as defined in the Holdings Pledge Agreement, the Company Pledge Agreement
     and the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement.

          "Potential Event of Default" means a condition or event that, after
     notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

          "Preferred Stock" of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of
     any class or series (however designated) that ranks prior, as to payment of
     dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or
     involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to
     shares of Capital Stock of any other class or series of such Person.

          "Principals" means Bain and any other stockholder of Holdings that
     owns at least 10% of the outstanding Equity Interests of Holdings as of the
     date hereof.

          "Pro Forma Cost Savings" means, with respect to any period, the
     reduction in costs that occurred during the Four-Quarter Period or after
     the end of the Four-Quarter

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
     Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date that were (i) directly
     attributable to an Asset Acquisition and calculated on a basis that is
     consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and
     applied as of January 1, 1997 or (ii) implemented by the business that was
     the subject any such Asset Acquisition within six months of the date of the
     Asset Acquisition and that are supportable and quantifiable by the
     underlying accounting records of such business, as if, in the case of each
     of clause (i) and (ii), all such reductions in costs had been effected as
     of the beginning of such period.

          "Pro Rata Share" means (i) with respect to all payments,
     computations and other matters relating to the AXEL Series B Commitment or
     the AXEL Series B of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (x)
                                                                 --------    
     the AXEL Series B Exposure of that Lender by (y) the aggregate AXEL Series
                                               --                              
     B Exposure of all Lenders, (ii) with respect to all payments, computations
     and other matters relating to the AXEL Series C Commitment or the AXEL
     Series C of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the AXEL
                                                        --------             
     Series C Exposure of that Lender by (y) the aggregate AXEL Series C
                                      --                                
     Exposure of all Lenders, (iii) with respect to all payments, computations
     and other matters relating to the AXEL Series D Commitment or the AXEL
     Series D of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the AXEL
                                                        --------             
     Series D Exposure of that Lender by (y) the aggregate AXEL Series D
                                      --                                
     Exposure of all Lenders, and (iv) for all other purposes with respect to
     each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the sum of the AXEL
                                             --------                        
     Series B Exposure of that Lender plus the AXEL Series C Exposure of that
                                      ----                                   
     Lender plus the AXEL Series D Exposure of that Lender by (y) the sum of the
            ----                                           --                   
     aggregate AXEL Series B Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate AXEL
                                                     ----                   
     Series C Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate AXEL Series D Exposure
                                      ----                                     
     of all Lenders, in any such case as the applicable percentage may be
     adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to subsection 9.1.  The initial
     Pro Rata Share of each Lender for purposes of each of clauses (i), (ii),
     (iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence is set forth opposite the name of
     that Lender in Schedule 2.1 annexed hereto.
                    ------------                

          "PTO" means the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any
     successor or substitute office in which filings are necessary in order to
     create or perfect Liens on any IP Collateral.

          "Purchase Money Note" means a promissory note of a Securitization
     Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Company
     or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company in connection with a Qualified
     Securitization Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available
     to the Securitization Entity, other than amounts required to be established
     as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of
     interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts
     paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables or
     newly acquired equipment.

          "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not
     Disqualified Stock.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
          "Qualified Securitization Transaction" means any transaction or
     series of transactions pursuant to which Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization
     Entity (in the case of a transfer by Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in case of a transfer by a
     Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts
     receivable or equipment (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the
     future) of Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets
     related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such
     accounts receivable and equipment, all contracts and contract rights and
     all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable
     and equipment, proceeds of such accounts receivable and equipment and other
     assets (including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in
     respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection
     with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and
     equipment.

          "Real Property Asset" means, at any time of determination, any
     interest then owned by any Loan Party in any real property.

          "Recapitalization Agreement" means that certain Agreement and Plan
     of Merger dated as of October 30, 1997, by and among Holdings, Merger Corp.
     and Zell, in the form delivered to Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent
     and Lenders prior to their execution of this Agreement and as such
     agreement may be amended from time to time thereafter to the extent
     permitted under subsection 6.10A.

          "Recapitalization Financing Requirements" means the aggregate of all
     amounts necessary to finance the Recapitalization Transactions.

          "Recapitalization Revolving Loans" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 2.5A.

          "Recapitalization Transactions" means the series of transactions
     described in Schedule 1.1(ii) annexed hereto, together with (i) the
                  ----------------                                      
     contribution by Holdings to Company of the capital stock of each of the
     Subsidiaries of Holdings indicated on such Schedule, (ii) the repurchase of
     the Existing Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Debt Tender Offer and the
     repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement,
     (iii) the amendment of the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture pursuant to
     the Consent Solicitation, (iv) the Merger, and (v) the payment of
     Transaction Costs and the other transactions contemplated by the
     Recapitalization Agreement.

          "Recorded Leasehold Interest" means a Leasehold Property with
     respect to which a Record Document (as hereinafter defined) has been
     recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in Administrative Agent's
     reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice of such Leasehold Property
     to third-party purchasers and encumbrancers of the affected real property.
     For purposes of this definition, the term "Record Document" means, with
     respect to any Leasehold Property, (a) the lease evidencing such Leasehold
     Property or a memorandum thereof, executed and

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
     acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (b)
     if such Leasehold Property was acquired or subleased from the holder of a
     Recorded Leasehold Interest, the applicable assignment or sublease
     document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form
     sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise
     in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

          "Reference Lenders" means Morgan Guaranty and BTCo.

          "Register" has the meaning assigned to that term in subsection 2.1D.

          "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
     Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

          "Related Agreements" means, collectively, the Recapitalization
     Agreement, the Certificate of Merger, the Stockholders Agreement, the
     Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, the New Sub Debt Indentures, the Discount
     Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Existing Subordinated Note
     Indenture, the Existing Subordinated Notes and the Debt Tender Offer
     Materials.

          "Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping,
     pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal,
     dumping, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or
     outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels,
     containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Materials),
     including the migration of any Hazardous Materials through the air, soil,
     surface water or groundwater.

          "Requisite Class Lenders" means, at any time of determination (i)
     for the Class of Lenders having AXEL Series B Exposure, Lenders having or
     holding at least 51% of the aggregate AXEL Series B Exposure of all
     Lenders, (ii) for the Class of Lenders having AXEL Series C Exposure,
     Lenders having or holding at least 51% of the aggregate AXEL Series C
     Exposure of all Lenders, and (iii) for the Class of Lenders having AXEL
     Series D Exposure, Lenders having or holding at least 51% of the aggregate
     AXEL Series D Exposure of all Lenders.

          "Requisite Lenders" means Lenders having or holding more than 50% of
     the sum of the aggregate AXEL Series B Exposure of all Lenders plus the
                                                                    ----    
     aggregate AXEL Series C Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate AXEL
                                                     ----                   
     Series D Exposure of all Lenders.

          "Responsible Officer" means any of the chairman of the board (if an
     officer), the president, any senior or executive vice president, the
     general counsel, its principal financial officer or principal accounting
     officer, the secretary or the treasurer of Holdings or, as applicable, any
     Subsidiary of Holdings.

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
          "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted
     Investment.

          "Restricted Junior Payment" means (i) any dividend or other
     distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of
     stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding, except a
     dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock to the holders of
     that class, (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar
     payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of
     any shares of any class of stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter
     outstanding, (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender
     of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of
     any class of stock of Holdings or Company now or hereafter outstanding, and
     (iv) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or
     interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-
     substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with
     respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

          "Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any Subsidiary of the
     referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "Revolving Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement
     dated as of even date herewith, by and among Company, Holdings, GSCP, as
     arranger and syndication agent, Morgan Guaranty, as administrative agent,
     and BTCo., as documentation agent, as such Credit Agreement may be amended,
     supplemented, refinanced, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time
     to time to the extent permitted under subsection 6.10C.

          "Revolving Credit Documents" means the Revolving Credit Agreement,
     the promissory notes issued thereunder and each other document executed in
     connection with the Revolving Credit Agreement.

          "Revolving Loan Commitments" has the meaning assigned to that term
     in the Revolving Credit Agreement.

          "Revolving Loans" means the senior secured revolving loans of
     Company made from time to time under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

          "Secured Parties" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     Intercreditor Agreement.

          "Securities" means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting
     trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any 
     profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds,
     debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebted ness, secured or
     unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any
     instruments commonly known as "securities" or any certificates of interest,
     shares or

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
     participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or
     acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of
     the foregoing.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from
     time to time, and any successor statute.

          "Securitization Entity" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Company
     (or another Person in which Company or any Subsidiary of Company makes an
     Investment and to which Company or any Subsidiary of Company transfers
     accounts receivable or equipment and related assets) that engages in no
     activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts
     receivable or equipment and that is designated by the Board of Directors
     (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity (a) no portion of the
     Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which
     (i) is guaranteed by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company
     (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and
     interest on, Indebtedness)) pursuant to Standard Securitization
     Undertakings, (ii) is recourse to or obligates Company or any Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard
     Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company, directly or indirectly,
     contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant
     to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (B) with which neither Company nor
     any Restricted Subsidiary of Company has any material contract, agreement,
     arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to
     Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at
     the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Company, other than fees
     payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing
     receivables of such entity, and (c) to which neither Company nor any
     Restricted Subsidiary of Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve
     such entity's financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain
     levels of operating results.  Any such designation by the Board of
     Directors shall be evidenced to Administrative Agent by filing with
     Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of
     Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
     certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

          "Senior Subordinated Note Indenture" means the indenture pursuant to
     which the Senior Subordinated Notes are issued, as such indenture may be
     amended from time to time to the extent permitted under subsection 6.10B.

          "Senior Subordinated Notes" means the $125,000,000 in aggregate
     principal amount of 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2007
     of Company issued pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

          "Shareholder Subordinated Note" means any promissory note of
     Holdings or Company constituting a "Shareholder Subordinated Note" under
     the Revolving Credit Agreement.

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
          "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a
     "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation
     S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in
     effect on the date of this Agreement.

          "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person, that as of the date of
     determination both (A) (i) the then fair saleable value of the property
     (sold as a going concern) of such Person is (y) greater than the total
     amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person and
     (z) not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable
     liabilities on such Person's then existing debts as they become absolute
     and matured considering all financing alternatives and potential asset
     sales reasonably available to such Person; (ii) such Person's capital is
     not unreasonably small in relation to its business or any contemplated or
     undertaken transaction; and (iii) such Person does not intend to incur, or
     believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond
     its ability to pay such debts as they become due; and (B) such Person is
     "solvent" within the meaning given that term and similar terms under
     applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances.  For
     purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any
     time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and
     circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can
     reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

          "Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations,
     warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Company or any
     Subsidiary of Company that are reasonably customary in an accounts
     receivable or equipment transactions.

          "Stockholders Agreement" means that certain Stockholders Agreement
     by and among Holdings, Bain, the Other Investors, Zell and the Management
     Investors, in the form delivered to Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent
     and Lenders prior to their execution of this Agreement and as such
     agreement may be amended from time to time thereafter to the extent
     permitted under subsection 6.10A.

          "Subordinated Indebtedness" means (i) the Indebtedness of Company
     evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes, (ii) the
     Indebtedness of Holdings evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes
     and any Existing Subordinated Notes not tendered pursuant to the Debt
     Tender Offer, (iii) the Indebtedness of Company evidenced by any Permitted
     Seller Notes and Shareholder Subordinated Notes, and (iv) any other
     Indebtedness of Holdings, Company or any of their Subsidiaries subordinated
     in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to documentation
     containing maturities, amortization schedules, covenants, defaults,
     remedies, subordination provisions and other material terms in form and
     substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Requisite
     Lenders.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
     partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other
     business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares
     of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the
     occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
     the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other
     Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause
     the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned
     or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the
     other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.

          "Subsidiary Guarantor" means any Subsidiary of Holdings, other than
     Company, that executes and delivers a counterpart of the Subsidiary
     Guaranty on the Closing Date or from time to time thereafter pursuant to
     subsection 5.8.

          "Subsidiary Guaranty" means the Subsidiary Guaranty executed and
     delivered by all Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than Company and the
     Excluded Subsidiaries) on the Closing Date and to be executed and delivered
     by additional Subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time thereafter in
     accordance with subsection 5.8, substantially in the form of Exhibit XVII
                                                                  ------------
     annexed hereto, as such Subsidiary Guaranty may hereafter be amended,
     supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted
     thereunder and hereunder.

          "Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement" means each
     Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement executed and delivered
     by each existing Subsidiary Guarantor and Collateral Agent on the Closing
     Date and executed and delivered by any additional Subsidiary Guarantor from
     time to time thereafter in accordance with subsection 5.8, substantially in
     the form of Exhibit XX annexed hereto, as such Subsidiary Patent and
                 ----------                                              
     Trademark Security Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise
     modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Subsidiary Pledge Agreement" means the Subsidiary Pledge Agreement
     executed and delivered by each existing Subsidiary Guarantor and Collateral
     Agent on the Closing Date and executed and delivered by any additional
     Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time thereafter in accordance with
     subsection 5.8, substantially in the form of Exhibit XVIII annexed hereto,
                                                  -------------                
     as such Subsidiary Pledge Agreement may be amended, supplemented or
     otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and hereunder.

          "Subsidiary Security Agreement" means the Subsidiary Security
     Agreement executed and delivered by each existing Subsidiary Guarantor and
     Collateral Agent on the Closing Date or executed and delivered by any
     additional Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time thereafter in accordance
     with subsection 5.8, substantially in the form of Exhibit XIX annexed
                                                       -----------        
     hereto, as such Subsidiary Security Agreement may be amended, supplemented
     or otherwise modified from time to time as permitted thereunder and
     hereunder.

          "Supplemental Collateral Agent" has the meaning assigned to that
     term in subsection 8.1D.

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
          "Syndication Agent" has the meaning assigned to that term in the
     introduction to this Agreement.

          "Tax" or "Taxes" means any present or future tax, levy, impost,
     duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever
     called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied,
     collected, withheld or assessed; provided that "Tax on the overall net
                                      --------                              
     income" of a Person shall be construed as a reference to a tax imposed by
     the jurisdiction in which that Person is organized or in which that
     Person's principal office (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its lending
     office) is located or in which that Person (and/or, in the case of a
     Lender, its lending office) is deemed to be doing business on all or part
     of the net income, profits or gains (whether worldwide, or only insofar as
     such income, profits or gains are considered to arise in or to relate to a
     particular jurisdiction, or otherwise) of that Person (and/or, in the case
     of a Lender, its lending office).

          "Tax Allocation Agreement" means that certain tax allocation
     agreement entered into by Company and the other Persons named therein,
     dated as of December 18, 1997.

          "Title Company" means, collectively, Chicago Title Insurance Company
     and/or one or more other title insurance companies reasonably satisfactory
     to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent.

          "Tranche A Term Loans" means the senior secured term loans made as
     Tranche A Term Loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement, in the initial
     aggregate principal amount of $120,000,000.

          "Transaction Costs" means the fees, costs and expenses payable by
     Holdings and Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by
     the Loan Documents, the Revolving Credit Documents and the Related
     Agreements.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or
     equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is designated by
     the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a
     resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such
     Subsidiary: (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is
     not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Company unless the terms of any
     such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less
     favorable to Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
     obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Company; (c) is
     a Person with respect to which neither Company nor any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for
     additional Equity Interests or (y) to maintain or preserve such Person's
     financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels
     of operating results; (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or
     indirectly provided

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
     credit support for any Indebtedness of Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries; and (e) has at least one director on its board of directors
     that is not a director or executive officer of Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries and has at least one executive officer that is not
     a director or executive officer of Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be
     evidenced to Administrative Agent by filing with the Administrative Agent a
     certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to
     such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such
     designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by
     subsection 6.1. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to
     meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
     thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this
     Agreement and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be
     incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Company as of such date (and, if
     such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under
     subsection 6.1, Company shall be in default of such covenant).  The Board
     of Directors may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
     Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be
     an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Company of any
     outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such
     designation shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted
     under subsection 6.1, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
     designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference
     period, (ii) such Subsidiary shall comply with subsection 6.8 and (iii) no
     Potential Event of Default or Event of Default would be in existence
     following such designation.

          "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
     Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the
     sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
     remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required
     payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect
     thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth)
     that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (ii)
     the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

          "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such
     Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of
     which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned
     by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person
     and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Year 2000 Expenditures" means expenditures related to addressing
     Holdings' and its Subsidiaries' Year 2000 Manbase software systems issues.

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
            "Zell" means Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

1.2  Accounting Terms; Utilization of GAAP for Purposes of Calculations Under
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Agreement.
     --------- 

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all accounting
terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in
conformity with GAAP.  Financial statements and other information required to be
delivered by Company to Lenders pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (xiii)
of subsection 5.1 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the
time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation
statements provided for in subsection 5.1(v)).  Calculations in connection with
the definitions, covenants and other provisions of this Agreement shall utilize
accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the
financial statements referred to in subsection 4.3.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all computations
determining compliance with subsection 2.4 and Section 7, including the
definitions used therein, shall utilize accounting principles and policies in
effect at the time of the preparation of, and in conformity with those used to
prepare, the November 30, 1996 financial statements of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders, but shall not give effect to purchase
accounting adjustments required or permitted by APB 16 and its interpretations
(including non-cash write-ups and non-cash charges relating to inventory, fixed
assets and in-process research and development, in each case arising in
connection with any Permitted Acquisitions) and APB 17 and its interpretations
(including non-cash charges relating to intangibles and goodwill arising in
connection with any Permitted Acquisitions).

1.3  Other Definitional Provisions and Rules of Construction.
     ------------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise
requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.

     B.   References to "Sections" and "subsections" shall be to Sections
and subsections, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically
provided.

     C.   The use herein of the word "include" or "including", when
following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit
such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth
immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not
nonlimiting language (such as "without limitation" or "but not limited to"
or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be
deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest
possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

     D.   Each reference to a "Fiscal Quarter period" of a specified number of
Fiscal Quarters shall be a reference to a period of consecutive Fiscal Quarters
of such number.


1.4  Changes in GAAP.
     --------------- 

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
     In the event that a change in GAAP or other accounting principles and
policies after the date hereof affects in any material respect the calculations
of the compliance by Holdings and its Subsidiaries with the covenants contained
herein, Lenders, Company and Holdings agree to negotiate in good faith to amend
the affected covenants (and related definitions) to compensate for the effect of
such changes so that the restrictions, limitations and performance standards
effectively imposed by such covenants, as so amended, are substantially
identical to the restrictions, limitations and performance standards imposed by
such covenants as in effect on the date hereof; provided that if Requisite
                                                --------                  
Lenders, Company and Holdings fail to reach agreement with respect to such
amendment within a reasonable period of time following the date of effectiveness
of any such change, calculation of compliance by Holdings and its Subsidiaries
with the covenants contained herein shall be determined in accordance with GAAP
as in effect immediately prior to such change.


                                   SECTION 2.
                   AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

2.1  Commitments; Making of Loans; the Register; Notes.
     ------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Commitments.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of Holdings and Company
herein set forth, each Lender hereby severally agrees to make the Loans
described in subsections 2.1A(i), 2.1A(ii) and 2.1A(iii).

          (i)   AXELs Series B.  Each Lender severally agrees to lend to Company
                --------------                                                  
     on the Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the
     aggregate amount of the AXEL Series B Commitments to be used for the
     purposes identified in subsection 2.5A.  The amount of each Lender"s AXEL
     Series B Commitment is set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1 annexed
                                                           ------------        
     hereto and the aggregate amount of the AXEL Series B Commitments is
     $125,000,000; provided that the AXEL Series B Commitments of Lenders shall
                   --------                                                    
     be adjusted to give effect to any assignments of the AXEL Series B
     Commitments pursuant to subsection 9.1B.  Each Lender's AXEL Series B
     Commitment shall expire immediately and without further action on February
     16, 1998 if the AXELs Series B are not made on or before that date.
     Company may make only one borrowing under the AXEL Series B Commitments.
     Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(i) and subsequently repaid or
     prepaid may not be reborrowed.

          (ii)  AXELs Series C.  Each Lender severally agrees to lend to Company
                --------------                                                  
     on the Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the
     aggregate amount of the AXEL Series C Commitments to be used for the
     purposes identified in subsection 2.5A.  The amount of each Lender's AXEL
     Series C Commitment is set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1 annexed
                                                           ------------        
     hereto and the aggregate amount of the AXEL Series C Commitments is
     $90,000,000; provided that the AXEL Series C Commitments of Lenders shall
                  --------                                                    
     be adjusted to give effect to any assignments of the AXEL Series C
     Commitments pursuant to subsection 9.1B.  Each Lender's AXEL Series C
     Commitment

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
     shall expire immediately and without further action on February 16, 1998 if
     the AXELs Series C are not made on or before that date.  Company may make
     only one borrowing under the AXEL Series C Commitments.  Amounts borrowed
     under this subsection 2.1A(ii) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not
     be reborrowed.

          (iii) AXELs Series D.  Each Lender severally agrees to lend to
                --------------                                          
     Company on the Closing Date an amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of
     the aggregate amount of the AXEL Series D Commitments to be used for the
     purposes identified in subsection 2.5A.  The amount of each Lender's AXEL
     Series D Commitment is set forth opposite its name on Schedule 2.1 annexed
                                                           ------------        
     hereto and the aggregate amount of the AXEL Series D Commitments is
     $115,000,000; provided that the AXEL Series D Commitments of Lenders shall
                   --------                                                    
     be adjusted to give effect to any assignments of the AXEL Series D
     Commitments pursuant to subsection 9.1B.  Each Lender's AXEL Series D
     Commitment shall expire immediately and without further action on February
     16, 1998 if the AXELs Series D are not made on or before that date.
     Company may make only one borrowing under the AXEL Series D Commitments.
     Amounts borrowed under this subsection 2.1A(iii) and subsequently repaid or
     prepaid may not be reborrowed.

     B.   Borrowing Mechanics.  Loans shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of
$500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount; provided
                                                                      --------
that Loans made as Eurodollar Rate Loans with a particular Interest Period shall
be in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of
$100,000 in excess of that amount.  Company shall deliver to Administrative
Agent a Notice of Borrowing no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) at
least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Closing Date.  The Notice
of Borrowing shall specify (i) the proposed Closing Date (which shall be a
Business Day), (ii) the amount of each type of Loan requested, (iii) whether
such Loans shall be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (iv) in the
case of any Loans requested to be made as Eurodollar Rate Loans, the initial
Interest Period requested therefor.  Loans may be continued as or converted into
Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans in the manner provided in subsection
2.2D.  In lieu of delivering the above-described Notice of Borrowing, Company
may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of the
proposed borrowing under this subsection 2.1B; provided that such notice shall
                                               --------                       
be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of a Notice of Borrowing to
Administrative Agent on or before the Closing Date.

     Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to
Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that
Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly
authorized officer or other person authorized to borrow on behalf of Company or
for otherwise acting in good faith under this subsection 2.1B, and upon funding
of Loans by Lenders in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any such
telephonic notice Company shall have effected Loans hereunder.

     Company shall notify Administrative Agent prior to the funding of the Loans
in the event that any of the matters to which Company is required to certify in
the applicable Notice of Borrowing is no longer true and correct as of the
Closing Date, and the acceptance by Company

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
of the proceeds of any Loans shall constitute a re-certification by Company, as
of the Closing Date, as to the matters to which Company is required to certify
in the Notice of Borrowing.

     Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2.6B, 2.6C and 2.6G, a Notice
of Borrowing for a Eurodollar Rate Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof)
shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date,
and Company shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.

     C.   Disbursement of Funds.  All Loans under this Agreement shall be made
by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata
Shares, it being under stood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default
by any other Lender in that other Lender's obligation to make a Loan requested
hereunder nor shall the Commitment of any Lender to make the particular type of
Loan requested be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other
Lender in that other Lender's obligation to make a Loan requested hereun der.
Promptly after receipt by Administrative Agent of the Notice of Borrowing
pursuant to subsection 2.1B (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof),
Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.  Each
Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to Administrative Agent not
later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the Closing Date, in same day funds
in Dollars, at the Funding and Payment Office.  Upon satisfaction or waiver of
the conditions precedent specified in subsection 3.1, Administrative Agent shall
make the proceeds of such Loans available to Company on the Closing Date by
causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such
Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders, to be credited to the
account of Company at the Funding and Payment Office.

     Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to
the Closing Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to
Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender's Loan requested on the Closing
Date, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount
available to Administrative Agent on the Closing Date and Administrative Agent
may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to
Company a corresponding amount on the Closing Date.  If such corresponding
amount is not in fact made available to Administrative Agent by such Lender,
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on
demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the
Closing Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the
customary rate set by Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among
banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate.  If such Lender
does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon Administrative Agent's
demand therefor, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Company and Company
shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to Administrative Agent together
with interest thereon, for each day from the Closing Date until the date such
amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the rate payable under this Agreement
for Base Rate Loans.  Nothing in this subsection 2.1C shall be deemed to relieve
any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to
prejudice any rights that Company may have against any Lender as a result of any
default by such Lender hereunder.

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
     D.   The Register.

          (i)   Administrative Agent shall maintain, at its address referred to
     in subsection 9.8, a register for the recordation of the names and
     addresses of Lenders and the Commitments and Loans of each Lender from time
     to time (the "Register"). The Register shall be available for inspection
     by Company or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
     reasonable prior notice.

          (ii)  Administrative Agent shall record in the Register the AXEL
     Series B Commitment, AXEL Series C Commitment and AXEL Series D Commitment
     and the AXEL Series B, AXEL Series C, AXEL Series D from time to time of
     each Lender, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal
     amount of the AXEL Series B, AXEL Series C or AXEL Series D of each Lender.
     Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company and each
     Lender, absent manifest error; provided that failure to make any such
                                    -------- 
     recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any
     Lender's Commitments or Company's Obligations in respect of any applicable
     Loans.

          (iii) Each Lender shall record on its internal records (including
     the Notes held by such Lender) the amount of any AXEL Series B, AXEL Series
     C and AXEL Series D made by it and each payment in respect thereof.  Any
     such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Company, absent
     manifest error; provided that failure to make any such recordation, or any
                     --------                                                  
     error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender's Commitments or
     Company's Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; and provided,
                                                                   -------- 
     further that in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any
     -------                                                                    
     Lender's records, the recordations in the Register shall govern and be
     conclusive and binding on such Lender, absent manifest error.

          (iv)  Company, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat
     the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of
     the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes
     hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or Loan shall
     be effective, in each case unless and until an Assignment Agreement
     effecting the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been accepted by
     Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register as provided in subsection
     9.1B(ii).  Prior to such recordation, all amounts owed with respect to the
     applicable Commitment or Loan shall be owed to the Lender listed in the
     Register as the owner thereof, and any request, authority or consent of any
     Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or
     consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and
     binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the
     corresponding Commitments or Loans.

          (v)   Company hereby designates Morgan Guaranty to serve as Company's
     agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this
     subsection 2.1D, and Company hereby agrees that, to the extent Morgan
     Guaranty serves in such capacity,

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
     Morgan Guaranty and its officers, directors, employees, agents and
     affiliates shall constitute Indemnitees for all purposes under subsection
     9.3.

     E.   Optional Notes.  If so requested by any Lender by written notice to
Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at least two Business Days prior
to the Closing Date or at any time thereafter, Company shall execute and deliver
to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any
Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to subsection 9.1) on the
Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly
after Company's receipt of such notice) a promissory note or promissory notes to
evidence such Lender's AXEL Series B, AXEL Series C or AXEL Series D,
substantially in the form of Exhibit IV, Exhibit V or Exhibit VI annexed hereto,
                             ----------  ---------    ----------                
respectively, with appropriate insertions.

2.2  Interest on the Loans.
     --------------------- 

     A.   Rate of Interest.  Subject to the provisions of subsections 2.6 and
2.7, each Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from
the date made through maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate
determined by reference to the Base Rate or the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.  The
basis for determining the interest rate with respect to any Loan may be changed
from time to time pursuant to subsection 2.2D.  If on any day a Loan is
outstanding with respect to which notice has not been delivered to
Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement specifying
the applicable basis for determining the rate of interest, then for that day
that Loan shall bear interest determined by reference to the Base Rate.

          (i)   Subject to the provisions of subsections 2.2E and 2.7, the AXELs
     Series B shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

                (a) if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Base Rate plus
                                                                          ----
          the Applicable Base Rate Margin for AXELs Series B; or

                (b) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Adjusted
          Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin for AXELs
                          ----                                                
          Series B.

          (ii)  Subject to the provisions of subsections 2.2E and 2.7, the AXELs
     Series C shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

                (a) if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Base Rate plus
                                                                          ----
          the Applicable Base Rate Margin for AXELs Series C; or

                (b) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Adjusted
          Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin for AXELs
                          ----                                                
          Series C.

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
          (iii) Subject to the provisions of subsections 2.2E and 2.7, the
     AXELs Series D shall bear interest through maturity as follows:

                (a) if a Base Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Base Rate plus
                                                                          ----
          the Applicable Base Rate Margin for AXELs Series D; or

                (b) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, then at the sum of the Adjusted
          Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin for AXELs
                          ----                                                
          Series D.

       B. Interest Periods.  In connection with each Eurodollar Rate Loan,
          -----------------                                               
Company may, pursuant to the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, select an interest period (each an "Interest Period")
to be applicable to such Loan, which Interest Period shall be, at Company"s
option, either a one-, two-, three- or six-month period or, if deposits in the
interbank Eurodollar market are generally available for such period (as
determined by each Lender making, converting to or continuing such Eurodollar
Rate Loan), a two-week or twelve-month period; provided that:
                                               --------      

          (i)   the initial Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan shall
     commence on the Closing Date, in the case of a Loan initially made as a
     Eurodollar Rate Loan, or on the date specified in the applicable Notice of
     Conversion/Continuation, in the case of a Loan converted to a Eurodollar
     Rate Loan;

          (ii)  in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods
     applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan continued as such pursuant to a Notice
     of Conversion/Continuation, each successive Interest Period shall commence
     on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

          (iii) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is
     not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next
     succeeding Business Day; provided that, if any Interest Period would
                              --------                                   
     otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the
     month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such
     Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;

          (iv)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a
     calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
     day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall,
     subject to clause (v) of this subsection 2.2B, end on the last Business Day
     of a calendar month;

          (v)   no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the AXELs
     Series B shall extend beyond December 15, 2004, no Interest Period with
     respect to any portion of the AXELs Series C shall extend beyond December
     15, 2005, and no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the AXELs
     Series D shall extend beyond December 15, 2006;

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
          (vi)   no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the AXELs
     Series B, AXELs Series C or AXELs Series D shall extend beyond a date on
     which Company is required to make a scheduled payment of principal of the
     AXELs Series B, AXELs Series C or AXELs Series D, as the case may be,
     unless the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of AXELs Series B,
     AXELs Series C or AXELs Series D, as the case may be, that are Base Rate
     Loans plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of AXELs Series B, AXELs
           ----                                                            
     Series C or AXELs Series D as the case may be, that are Eurodollar Rate
     Loans with Interest Periods expiring on or before such date equals or
     exceeds the principal amount required to be paid on the AXELs Series B,
     AXELs Series C or AXELs Series D, as the case may be, on such date;

          (vii)  Company shall not select an Interest Period of longer than one
     month prior to the end of the Initial Period;

          (viii) there shall be no more than twelve (12) Interest Periods
     outstanding at any time; and

          (ix)   in the event Company fails to specify an Interest Period for
     any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
     Conversion/Continuation, Company shall be deemed to have selected an
     Interest Period of one month.

     C.   Interest Payments.  Subject to the provisions of subsection 2.2E,
interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on and to each Interest
Payment Date applicable to that Loan, upon any prepayment of that Loan (to the
extent accrued on the amount being prepaid) and at maturity (including final
maturity).

     D.   Conversion or Continuation.  Subject to the provisions of subsection
2.6, Company shall have the option (i) to convert at any time all or any part of
its outstanding Loans equal to $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in
excess of that amount from Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by
reference to one basis to Loans bearing interest at a rate determined by
reference to an alternative basis or (ii) upon the expiration of any Interest
Period applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion of
such Loan equal to $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of
that amount as a Eurodollar Rate Loan; provided, however, that a Eurodollar Rate
                                       --------  -------                        
Loan may only be converted into a Base Rate Loan on the expiration date of an
Interest Period applicable thereto; and provided further, however, that Loans
                                        -------- -------  -------            
may not be continued as or converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans with an Interest
Period longer than one month prior to the end of the Initial Period.

     Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation at any time after
the Closing Date to Administrative Agent no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City
time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion date (in
the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan) and at least three Business Days
in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a
conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan).  A Notice of
Conversion/Continuation shall specify (i) the proposed conversion/continuation
date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount and type of the Loan to be
converted/continued,

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
(iii) the nature of the proposed conversion/continuation, (iv) in the case of a
conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the requested
Interest Period, and (v) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a
Eurodollar Rate Loan, that no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing.  In lieu of delivering the above-described Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, Company may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice
by the required time of any proposed conversion/continuation under this
subsection 2.2D; provided that such notice shall be promptly confirmed in
                 --------                                                
writing by delivery of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to Administrative
Agent on or before the proposed conversion/continuation date.  Upon receipt of
written or telephonic notice of any proposed conversion/continuation under this
subsection 2.2D, Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit such notice by
telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender.

     Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to
Company in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that
Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly
authorized officer or other person authorized to act on behalf of Company or for
otherwise acting in good faith under this subsection 2.2D, and upon conversion
or continuation of the applicable basis for determining the interest rate with
respect to any Loans in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to any such
telephonic notice Company shall have effected a conversion or continuation, as
the case may be, hereunder.

     Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2.6B, 2.6C and 2.6G, a Notice
of Conversion/Continuation for conversion to, or continuation of, a Eurodollar
Rate Loan (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on and
after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and Company shall be bound
to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.

     E.   Post-Maturity Interest.  Any principal payments on the Loans not paid
when due and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments
on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder not paid when due, in
each case whether at stated maturity, by notice of prepayment, by acceleration
or otherwise, shall, if Requisite Lenders so elect in writing, thereafter bear
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the
Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable on demand at a rate
which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable at
maturity under this Agreement with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the
case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2% per annum in
excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for Base Rate
Loans); provided that, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, upon the expiration
        --------                                                                
of the Interest Period in effect at the time any such increase in interest rate
is effective such Eurodollar Rate Loans shall thereupon become Base Rate Loans
and shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is 2% per
annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable under this Agreement for
Base Rate Loans.  Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest
provided for in this subsection 2.2E is not a permitted alternative to timely
payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise
prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
     F.   Computation of Interest.  Interest on the Loans shall be computed (i)
in the case of Base Rate Loans, on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as
the case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, on the basis of
a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period
during which it accrues.  In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the
making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such
Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurodollar Rate Loan to such Base Rate
Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such
Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or,
with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such Eurodollar Rate Loan, as the
case may be, shall be excluded; provided that if a Loan is repaid on the same
                                --------                                     
day on which it is made, one day's interest shall be paid on that Loan.

2.3  Fees.
     ---- 

     Company agrees to pay to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent such
fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between Company,
Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent.

2.4  Repayments and Prepayments; General Provisions Regarding Payments;
     ------------------------------------------------------------------
     Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under Guaranties.
     ------------------------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Scheduled Payments of Loans.

          (i)    Scheduled Payments of AXELs Series B.  Company shall make
                 ------------------------------------                     
     principal payments on the AXELs Series B in installments on the dates and
     in the amounts set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=========================================
                                            SCHEDULED REPAYMENT
                         DATE                OF AXELS SERIES B
                ==================================================
                   <S>                      <C>
                     March 15, 1998              $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                     June 15, 1998               $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                   September 15, 1998            $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                    December 15, 1998            $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                     March 15, 1999              $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                     June 15, 1999               $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                   September 15, 1999            $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                    December 15, 1999            $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                     March 15, 2000              $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                     June 15, 2000               $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 

</TABLE> 

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                ==================================================
                                              SCHEDULED REPAYMENT
                         DATE                  OF AXELS SERIES B
                   <S>                        <C> 
                   September 15, 2000            $   150,000
                ==================================================
                   December 15, 2000             $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2001              $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2001               $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2001            $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2001             $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2002              $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2002               $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2002            $   150,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                   December 15, 2002             $   150,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2003              $ 7,500,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2003               $ 7,500,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2003            $ 7,500,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2003             $ 7,500,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2004              $23,000,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2004               $23,000,000
                --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2004            $23,000,000
                -------------------------------------------------- 
                   December 15, 2004             $23,000,000
                ==================================================
</TABLE>

     ; provided that the scheduled installments of principal of the AXELs Series
       --------                                                                 
     B set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or
     mandatory prepayments of the AXELs Series B in accordance with subsection
     2.4B(iii); and provided, further that the AXELs Series B and all other
                    --------  -------                                      
     amounts owed hereunder with respect to the AXELs Series B shall be paid in
     full no later than December 15, 2004, and the final installment payable by
     Company in respect of the AXELs Series B on such date shall be in an
     amount, if such amount is different from that specified above, sufficient
     to repay all amounts owing by Company under this Agreement with respect to
     the AXELs Series B.

          (ii)   Scheduled Payments of AXELs Series C.  Company shall make
                 ------------------------------------                     
     principal payments on the AXELs Series C in installments on the dates and
     in the amounts set forth below:

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               ================================================
                                            SCHEDULED REPAYMENT
                       DATE                  OF AXELS SERIES C
               ================================================
                   <S>                           <C>
                     March 15, 1998              $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------ 
                     June 15, 1998               $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 1998            $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 1998             $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------ 
                     March 15, 1999              $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 1999               $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 1999            $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 1999             $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2000              $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2000               $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2000            $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2000             $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2001              $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2001               $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2001            $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2001             $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2002              $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2002               $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2002            $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2002             $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2003              $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2003               $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2003            $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2003             $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2004              $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2004               $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2004            $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2004             $   100,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2005              $21,800,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2005               $21,800,000
               ------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2005            $21,800,000
               ------------------------------------------------ 

</TABLE> 

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

               ==================================================
                                             SCHEDULED REPAYMENT
                         DATE                 IF AXELS SERIES C
               ==================================================
                   <S>                       <C>        
                   December 15, 2005             $21,800,000
               ==================================================
</TABLE>

     ; provided that the scheduled installments of principal of the AXELs Series
       --------                                                                 
     C set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or
     mandatory prepayments of the AXELs Series C in accordance with subsection
     2.4B(iii); and provided, further that the AXELs Series C and all other
                    --------  -------                                      
     amounts owed hereunder with respect to the AXELs Series C shall be paid in
     full no later than December 15, 2005, and the final installment payable by
     Company in respect of the AXELs Series C on such date shall be in an
     amount, if such amount is different from that specified above, sufficient
     to repay all amounts owing by Company under this Agreement with respect to
     the AXELs Series C.

          (iii)  Scheduled Payments of AXELs Series D.  Company shall make
                 ------------------------------------                     
     principal payments on the AXELs Series D in installments on the dates and
     in the amounts set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               ==================================================
                                             SCHEDULED REPAYMENT
                        DATE                  OF AXELS SERIES D
               ==================================================
                   <S>                   <C>
                     March 15, 1998              $   125,000
               -------------------------------------------------- 
                     June 15, 1998               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 1998            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 1998             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 1999              $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 1999               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 1999            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 1999             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2000              $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2000               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2000            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2000             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2001              $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2001               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2001            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2001             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2002              $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2002               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
</TABLE> 

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

               ==================================================
                                             SCHEDULED REPAYMENT
                         DATE                 OF AXELS SERIES D
               ==================================================
                   <S>                       <C> 
                   September 15, 2002            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2002             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2003              $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2003               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2003            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2003             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2004              $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2004               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2004            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2004             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2005              $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2005               $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2005            $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   December 15, 2005             $   125,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     March 15, 2006              $27,750,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                     June 15, 2006               $27,750,000
               --------------------------------------------------  
                   September 15, 2006            $27,750,000
               -------------------------------------------------- 
                   December 15, 2006             $27,750,000
               ==================================================
</TABLE>

     ; provided that the scheduled installments of principal of the AXELs Series
       --------                                                                 
     D set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or
     mandatory prepayments of the AXELs Series D in accordance with subsection
     2.4B(iii); and provided, further that the AXELs Series D and all other
                    --------  -------                                      
     amounts owed hereunder with respect to the AXELs Series D shall be paid in
     full no later than December 15, 2006, and the final installment payable by
     Company in respect of the AXELs Series D on such date shall be in an
     amount, if such amount is different from that specified above, sufficient
     to repay all amounts owing by Company under this Agreement with respect to
     the AXELs Series D.

     B.   Prepayments.

          (i)    Voluntary Prepayments.
                 --------------------- 

                 (a) Notice of Prepayment.  Company may, upon written or
                     --------------------                               
          telephonic notice on the date of prepayment, in the case of Base Rate
          Loans, and three Business Days prior written or telephonic notice, in
          the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case given to
          Administrative Agent by 12:00 Noon (New York

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
          City time) on the date required and, if given by telephone, promptly
          confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (which original written
          or telephonic notice Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by
          telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender), at any time and from time
          to time prepay any Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an
          aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of
          $100,000 in excess of that amount.  Notice of prepayment having been
          given as aforesaid, the principal amount of the Loans specified in
          such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date
          specified therein.  Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as
          specified in subsection 2.4B(iii).

                 (b)   Prepayment Fees. If any portion of the AXELs Series B,
                       ---------------
          AXELs Series C or AXELs Series D is prepaid (1) pursuant to clause (a)
          of subsection 2.4B(i), or (2) pursuant to clause (a), (b), (c), (d),
          (e) or (g) of subsection 2.4B(ii), in any such case within eighteen
          months after the Closing Date, Company shall pay to Administrative
          Agent, for distribution to the holders of the Loans so prepaid, in
          accordance with their applicable Pro Rata Shares, a fee equal to 1% of
          the principal amount of Loans so prepaid during the period commencing
          on the Closing Date and ending eighteen months after the Closing Date.

          (ii)   Mandatory Prepayments.  The Loans shall be prepaid in the 
                 ---------------------
     amounts and under the circumstances set forth below, all such prepayments
     to be applied as set forth below or as more specifically provided in
     subsection 2.4B(iii).

                 (a)   Prepayments From Net Asset Sale Proceeds.  No later than
                       ----------------------------------------
          the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Company or any
          of its Subsidiaries of any Net Asset Sale Proceeds in respect of any
          Asset Sale, Company shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount
          equal to such Net Asset Sale Proceeds; provided, however, that upon
                                                 --------  -------
          receipt by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any such Net Asset
          Sale Proceeds, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and
          be continuing and to the extent that the aggregate amount of Net Asset
          Sale Proceeds and Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds from the Closing
          Date through the date of determination does not exceed $25,000,000,
          Company may deliver to Administrative Agent an Officers' Certificate
          setting forth (1) that portion of such Net Asset Sale Proceeds (such
          portion being the "Proposed Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds") that
          Company or such Subsidiary intends to reinvest (or enter into a
          contract to reinvest) in equipment or other productive assets of the
          general type used in the business (including capital stock of a
          corporation engaged in such business) of Company and its Subsidiaries
          (such equipment and other assets being "Eligible Assets") within 
          270 days of such date of receipt and (2) the proposed use of such
          Proposed Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds and such other information
          with respect to such reinvestment as Administrative Agent may
          reasonably request, and Company shall, or shall cause one or more of
          its Subsidiaries to, promptly and diligently

                                       63
<PAGE>
 
          apply such Proposed Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds to such
          reinvestment purposes; provided, however, that at Company's option,
                                 --------  -------                           
          such Proposed Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds may be applied to
          prepay outstanding Revolving Loans (without a reduction in Revolving
          Loan Commitments) to the full extent thereof.  In addition, Company
          shall, no later than 270 days after receipt of such Proposed Asset
          Sale Reinvestment Proceeds that have not theretofore been applied to
          the Obligations, make an additional prepayment of the Loans in the
          full amount of all such Proposed Asset Sale Reinvestment Proceeds that
          have not theretofore been so reinvested in Eligible Assets; provided
                                                                      --------
          that Company shall not be required to make any prepayment of the Loans
          to the extent that the sum of Net Asset Sale Proceeds plus Net
                                                                ----    
          Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds from the Closing Date through the date
          of determination does not exceed $5,000,000.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, if at the time of any required prepayment under this
          subsection the Leverage Ratio is not more than 4.0 to 1.0, Company
          shall only be required to prepay 75% of the amount which it would
          otherwise be required to prepay hereunder; provided, however, that if
                                                     --------  -------         
          Company is required to apply any portion of Net Asset Sale Proceeds to
          prepay Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Senior
          Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes (under the terms of the New
          Sub Debt Indentures), then notwithstanding anything contained in this
          Agreement to the contrary (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iii)(c)
          hereof), Company shall apply such Net Asset Sale Proceeds to the
          prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans and the Loans pro rata
          according to the respective outstanding principal amount, if any, of
          each, then to the prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction
          of Revolving Loan Commitments in accordance with the provisions of the
          Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case so as to eliminate or
          minimize any obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness evidenced by
          the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

                 (b)   Prepayments from Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.  No
                       ----------------------------------------------------     
          later than the tenth Business Day following the date of receipt by
          Administrative Agent or by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any
          Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds that are required to be applied to
          prepay the Loans pursuant to the provisions of subsection 5.4C,
          Company shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the
          amount of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds minus (if (1) no
                                                             -----           
          Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) Company
          shall have delivered to Administrative Agent, on or before such tenth
          Business Day, the Officers' Certificate described in subsection
          5.4C(ii)), any Proposed Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds; provided,
                                                                   -------- 
          however, that at Company's option, such Proposed Insurance
          -------                                                   
          Reinvestment Proceeds may be applied to prepay outstanding Revolving
          Loans (without a reduction in Revolving Loan Commitments) to the full
          extent thereof.  In addition, no later than 270 days after receipt of
          any Proposed Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds, Company shall prepay the
          Loans in an amount equal to the amount of any such Proposed Insurance
          Reinvestment Proceeds that have not theretofore been applied to the
          costs of repairing, restoring or replacing the applicable assets of
          Company or its

                                       64
<PAGE>
 
          Subsidiaries or reinvested in Eligible Assets; provided that Company
                                                         --------             
          shall not be required to make any prepayment of the Loans to the
          extent that the sum of Net Asset Sale Proceeds plus Net
                                                         ----    
          Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds from the Closing Date through the date
          of determination does not exceed $5,000,000.  Notwithstanding the
          foregoing, if at the time of any required prepayment under this
          subsection the Leverage Ratio is not more than 4.0 to 1.0, Company
          shall only be required to prepay 75% of the amount which it would
          otherwise be required to prepay hereunder; provided, however, that if
                                                     --------  -------         
          Company is required to apply any portion of Net Insurance/Condemnation
          Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement
          or the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes (under the
          terms of the New Sub Debt Indentures), then notwithstanding anything
          contained in this Agreement to the contrary (but subject to 
          subsection 2.4B(iii)(c) hereof), Company shall apply such Net
          Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the prepayment of the Tranche A
          Term Loans and the Loans pro rata according to the respective
          outstanding principal amount, if any, of each, then to the prepayment
          of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments
          in accordance with the provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement,
          in each case so as to eliminate or minimize any obligation to prepay
          any such Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes or
          the Discount Notes.

                 (c)   Prepayments Due to Reversion of Surplus Assets of Pension
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
          Plans.  On the date of reversion to Company or any of its Subsidiaries
          -----                                                                 
          of any surplus assets of any pension plan of Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries, Company shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount
          (such amount being the "Net Pension Proceeds") equal to 100% of such
          returned surplus assets, net of transaction costs and expenses
          incurred in obtaining such return, including incremental taxes payable
          as a result thereof.  If Company is required to apply any portion of
          Net Pension Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit
          Agreement or the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes
          (under the terms of the New Sub Debt Indentures), then notwithstanding
          anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary (but subject to
          subsection 2.4B(iii)(c) hereof), Company shall apply such Net Pension
          Proceeds to the prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans and the Loans
          pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amount, if
          any, of each, then to the prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the
          reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments in accordance with the
          provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case so as to
          eliminate or minimize any obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness
          evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

                 (d)   Prepayments Due to Issuance of Debt.  On the date of 
                       -----------------------------------
          receipt by Holdings, Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries
          of the Cash proceeds of any Indebtedness, including debt Securities of
          Holdings, Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than
          the Loans and any other Indebtedness permitted under subsection 7.1 of
          the Revolving Credit Agreement (such

                                       65
<PAGE>
 
          proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other
          reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including
          reasonable legal fees and expenses, being the "Net Indebtedness
          Proceeds")), Company shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount
          equal to such Net Indebtedness Proceeds; provided, however, that
                                                   --------  -------      
          payment or acceptance of the amounts provided for in this 
          subsection 2.4B(ii)(d) shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of
          Default resulting from the incurrence of such Indebtedness or
          otherwise prejudice any rights or remedies of Agents or Lenders. If
          Company is required to apply any portion of Net Indebtedness Proceeds
          to prepay Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement or the
          Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes (under the terms of
          the New Sub Debt Indentures), then notwithstanding anything contained
          in this Agreement to the contrary (but subject to subsection
          2.4B(iii)(c) hereof), Company shall apply such Net Indebtedness
          Proceeds to the prepayment of the Tranche A Term Loans and the Loans
          pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amount, if
          any, of each, then to the prepayment of Revolving Loans and/or the
          reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments in accordance with the
          provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case so as to
          eliminate or minimize any obligation to prepay any such Indebtedness
          evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Discount Notes.

                 (e)   Prepayments Due to Issuance of Equity Securities.  On the
                       ------------------------------------------------         
          date of receipt by Holdings or Company of Cash proceeds (any such
          proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other
          reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including
          reasonable legal fees and expenses, being "Net Equity Proceeds")
          from the issuance of any equity Securities of Holdings or Company
          after the Closing Date (other than (A) capital contributions by
          Holdings and Company, and (B) issuances of Holdings Common Stock 
          (x) to employees, officers, directors and consultants of Holdings and
          its Subsidiaries to the extent such Holdings Common Stock constitutes
          compensation to such individuals, (y) to Bain or the Other Investors
          to the extent the Cash proceeds thereof are not in excess of
          $25,000,000, and (z) as payment of all or any portion of the purchase
          price of a business or assets in a Permitted Acquisition), Company
          shall prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to: (i) 50% (or,
          if the Leverage Ratio is not more than 4.0 to 1.0 on the date such Net
          Equity Proceeds are received, 25%) of such Net Equity Proceeds if such
          Net Equity Proceeds are derived from a non-public sale of equity
          Securities of Holdings or Company or (ii) 75% (or, if the Leverage
          Ratio is not more than 4.0 to 1.0 on the date such Net Equity Proceeds
          are received, 50%) of such Net Equity Proceeds if such Net Equity
          Proceeds are derived from the sale of equity Securities of Holdings or
          Company through a public offering. If Company is required to apply any
          portion of Net Equity Proceeds to prepay Indebtedness under the
          Revolving Credit Agreement or the Senior Subordinated Notes or the
          Discount Notes (under the terms of the New Sub Debt Indentures), then
          notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary
          (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iii)(c) hereof), Company shall apply
          such Net Equity Proceeds to the prepayment of the Tranche

                                       66
<PAGE>
 
          A Term Loans and the Loans pro rata according to the respective
          outstanding principal amount, if any, of each, then to the prepayment
          of Revolving Loans and/or the reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments
          in accordance with the provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement,
          in each case so as to eliminate or minimize any obligation to prepay
          any such Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes or
          the Discount Notes.

                 (f)   Prepayments from Consolidated Excess Cash Flow.  In the
                       ----------------------------------------------
          event that there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal
          Year (commencing with Fiscal Year 1998), Company shall, no later than
          90 days after the end of such Fiscal Year, prepay the Loans in an
          aggregate amount equal to 75% (or, if the Leverage Ratio is not more
          than 4.0 to 1.0 on the last day of any such Fiscal Year, 50%) of such
          Consolidated Excess Cash Flow. If Company is required to apply any
          portion of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow to prepay Indebtedness under
          the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Senior Subordinated Notes or the
          Discount Notes (under the terms of the New Sub Debt Indentures), then
          notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary
          (but subject to subsection 2.4B(iii)(c) hereof), Company shall apply
          such portion of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow first, to the prepayment
                                                        -----
          of the Tranche A Term Loans to the full extent thereof, and second, to
                                                                      ------
          the Loans pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal
          amount, if any, of each, then to the prepayment of Revolving Loans
          and/or the reduction of Revolving Loan Commitments in accordance with
          the provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement, in each case so as
          to eliminate or minimize any obligation to prepay any such
          Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes or the
          Discount Notes.

                 (g)   Calculations of Net Proceeds Amounts; Additional 
                       ------------------------------------------------
          Prepayments Based on Subsequent Calculations. Concurrently with any
          --------------------------------------------
          prepayment of the Loans pursuant to subsections 2.4B(ii)(a)-(f),
          Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Officers' Certificate
          demonstrating the calculation of the amount (the "Net Proceeds
          Amount") of the applicable Net Asset Sale Proceeds, Net
          Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Net Pension Proceeds, Net
          Indebtedness Proceeds or Net Equity Proceeds (as such terms are
          defined in subsections 2.4B(ii)(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e),
          respectively) or the applicable Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as the
          case may be, that gave rise to such prepayment and/or reduction. In
          the event that Company shall subsequently determine that the actual
          Net Proceeds Amount was greater than the amount set forth in such
          Officers' Certificate, Company shall promptly make an additional
          prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to the amount of such
          excess, and Company shall concurrently therewith deliver to
          Administrative Agent an Officers' Certificate demonstrating the
          derivation of the additional Net Proceeds Amount resulting in such
          excess.

                                       67
<PAGE>
 
          (iii)  Application of Prepayments.
                 -------------------------- 

                 (a)   Application of Voluntary Prepayments by Type of Loans and
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
          Order of Maturity.  Any voluntary prepayments of the Loans pursuant to
          -----------------                                                     
          subsection 2.4B(i) shall be applied to prepay the AXELs Series B, the
          AXELs Series C and the AXELs Series D on a pro rata basis (in
          accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof)
          and to reduce the scheduled installments of principal of the AXELs
          Series B, the AXELs Series C and the AXELs Series D set forth in
          subsections 2.4A(i), 2.4A(ii) and 2.4A(iii) on a pro rata basis (in
          accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof);
          provided, however, that so long as any Tranche A Term Loans are
          --------  -------                                              
          outstanding, any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to subsection
          2.4B(i) shall be applied to the repayment of the Tranche A Term Loans
          and the Loans on a pro rata basis according to the respective
          outstanding principal amounts thereof.

                 (b)   Application of Mandatory Prepayments of Loans to AXELs
                       ------------------------------------------------------
          Series B, AXELs Series C and AXELs Series D and the Scheduled
          -------------------------------------------------------------
          Installments of Principal Thereof. Any mandatory prepayments of the
          ---------------------------------
          Loans pursuant to subsection 2.4B(ii) shall be applied to prepay the
          AXELs Series B, the AXELs Series C and the AXELs Series D on a pro
          rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal
          amounts thereof) and shall be applied on a pro rata basis (in
          accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof)
          to each scheduled installment of principal of the AXELs Series B, the
          AXELs Series C or the AXELs Series D, as the case may be, set forth in
          subsection 2.4A(i), 2.4A(ii) or 2.4A(iii), respectively, that is
          unpaid at the time of such prepayment.

                 (c)   Waiver of Certain Mandatory Prepayments.  Anything 
                       ---------------------------------------
          contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, so long as any
          Tranche A Term Loans are outstanding, in the event Company is required
          to make any mandatory prepayment (a "Waivable Mandatory Prepayment")
          of the AXELs Series B, AXELs Series C and/or AXELs Series D pursuant
          to subsection 2.4B(ii), (X) not less than three Business Days prior to
          the date (the "Required Prepayment Date") on which Company is
          required to make such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment, Company shall
          notify Administrative Agent of the amount of such prepayment, and
          Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter notify each Lender
          holding an outstanding AXEL Series B, AXEL Series C or AXEL Series D
          of the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such Waivable
          Mandatory Prepayment and such Lender's option to refuse such amount,
          (Y) each such Lender may exercise such option by giving written notice
          to Company and Administrative Agent of its election to do so on or
          before the first Business Day (the "Cutoff Date") prior to the
          Required Prepayment Date (it being understood that any Lender which
          does not notify Company and Administrative Agent of its election to
          exercise such option on or before the Cutoff Date shall be deemed to
          have elected, as of the Cutoff Date, not to exercise such option), and
          (Z) on the

                                       68
<PAGE>
 
          Required Prepayment Date, Company shall pay to Administrative Agent
          the amount of the Waivable Mandatory Prepayment, which amount shall be
          applied (1) in an amount equal to that portion of the Waivable
          Mandatory Prepayment payable to those Lenders that have elected not to
          exercise such option, to prepay the AXELs Series B, AXELs Series C
          and/or AXELs Series D of such Lenders (which prepayment shall be
          applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the AXELs 
          Series B, AXELs Series C and AXELs Series D in accordance with
          subsection 2.4B(iii)(b)) and (2) in an amount equal to that portion of
          the Waivable Mandatory Prepayment otherwise payable to those Lenders
          that have elected to exercise such option, to prepay the Tranche A
          Term Loans in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Credit
          Agreement.

                 (d)   Application of Prepayments to Base Rate Loans and 
                       -------------------------------------------------
          Eurodollar Rate Loans. Considering AXELs Series B, AXELs Series C and
          ---------------------
          AXELs Series D being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall
          be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before
          application to Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which
          minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by Company
          pursuant to subsection 2.6D.

     C.   General Provisions Regarding Payments.

          (i)    Manner and Time of Payment.  All payments by Company of 
                 --------------------------
     principal, interest, fees and other Obligations hereunder and under the
     Notes shall be made in Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff
     or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to
     Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the
     date due at the Funding and Payment Office for the account of Lenders;
     funds received by Administrative Agent after that time on such due date
     shall be deemed to have been paid by Company on the next succeeding
     Business Day. Company hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to charge its
     accounts with Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be
     made to Administrative Agent of all principal, interest, fees and expenses
     due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in its accounts
     for that purpose).

          (ii)   Application of Payments to Principal and Interest.  All 
                 -------------------------------------------------
     payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan shall include
     payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or
     prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect
     of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such
     Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest before application to
     principal.

          (iii)  Apportionment of Payments.  Aggregate principal and interest
                 -------------------------                                   
     payments in respect of the Loans shall be apportioned among all outstanding
     Loans to which such payments relate, in each case proportionately to
     Lenders' respective Pro Rata Shares.  Administrative Agent shall promptly
     distribute to each Lender, at its primary address set forth below its name
     on the appropriate signature page hereof or at such other address as such
     Lender may request, its Pro Rata Share of all such payments received by

                                       69
<PAGE>
 
     Administrative Agent and the commitment fees of such Lender when received
     by Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.3.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing provisions of this subsection 2.4C(iii), if, pursuant to the
     provisions of subsection 2.6C, any Notice of Conversion/Continuation is
     withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base
     Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any Eurodollar Rate Loans,
     Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments
     received thereafter.

          (iv)   Payments on Business Days.  Whenever any payment to be made
                 -------------------------                                  
     hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day,
     such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such
     extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of
     interest hereunder or of the commitment fees hereunder, as the case may be.

          (v)    Notation of Payment.  Each Lender agrees that before disposing
                 -------------------
     of any Note held by it, or any part thereof (other than by granting
     participations therein), that Lender will make a notation thereon of all
     Loans evidenced by that Note and all principal payments previously made
     thereon and of the date to which interest thereon has been paid; provided
                                                                      --------
     that the failure to make (or any error in the making of) a notation of any
     Loan made under such Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the
     obligations of Company hereunder or under such Note with respect to any
     Loan or any payments of principal or interest on such Note.

     D.   Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Payments Under Guaranties.

          (i)    Application of Proceeds of Collateral.  Except as provided in
                 -------------------------------------                        
     subsections 2.4B(ii)(a) and 2.4B(ii)(b) with respect to prepayments from
     Net Asset Sale Proceeds and Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, all
     proceeds received by Administrative Agent in respect of any sale of,
     collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the
     Collateral under any Collateral Document may, in the discretion of
     Administrative Agent, be held by Administrative Agent as Collateral for,
     and/or (then or at any time thereafter) applied in full or in part by
     Administrative Agent against, the applicable Secured Obligations (as
     defined in such Collateral Document) in the following order of priority:

                 (a)   To the payment of all costs and expenses of such sale,
          collection or other realization, including all expenses, liabilities
          and advances made or incurred by Administrative Agent and its agents
          and counsel in connection therewith, and all amounts for which
          Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification under such
          Collateral Document and all advances made by Administrative Agent
          thereunder for the account of the applicable Loan Party, and to the
          payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Administrative
          Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy under
          such Collateral Document, all in accordance with the terms of this
          Agreement and such Collateral Document;

                                       70
<PAGE>
 
                 (b)   thereafter, to the extent of any excess such proceeds, to
          the payment of all other such Secured Obligations then due and owing
          for the ratable benefit of the holders thereof; and

                 (c)   thereafter, to the extent of any excess such proceeds, to
          the payment to or upon the order of such Loan Party or to whosoever
          may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of
          competent jurisdiction may direct.

          (ii)   Application of Payments Under Guaranties.  All payments 
                 ----------------------------------------
     received by Administrative Agent under either Guaranty shall be applied
     promptly from time to time by Administrative Agent in the following order
     of priority:

                 (a)   To the payment of the costs and expenses of any
          collection or other realization under such the Guaranty, including all
          expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by Administrative
          Agent and its agents and counsel in connection therewith, all in
          accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Guaranty;

                 (b)   thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments, to
          the payment of all other Guarantied Obligations (as defined in such
          Guaranty) for the ratable benefit of the holders thereof; and

                 (c)   thereafter, to the extent of any excess such payments, to
          the payment to Holdings or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor or to
          whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court
          of competent jurisdiction may direct.

2.5  Use of Proceeds.
     --------------- 

     A.   Recapitalization Financing Requirements.  The Loans, $120,000,000 in
principal amount of Tranche A Term Loans and up to $10,400,000 in aggregate
principal amount of Revolving Loans made under the Revolving Credit Agreement on
the Closing Date (the "Recapitalization Revolving Loans"), together with the
proceeds of the debt and equity capitalization of Holdings and Company described
in subsections 3.1D(i), (iii) and (iv) shall be applied by Holdings and Company
to fund the Recapitalization Financing Requirements.

     B.   Margin Regulations.  No portion of the proceeds of any borrowing under
this Agreement shall be used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any
manner that might cause the borrowing or the application of such proceeds to
violate Regulation G, Regulation U, Regulation T or Regulation X of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board or
to violate the Exchange Act, in each case as in effect on the date or dates of
such borrowing and such use of proceeds.

                                       71
<PAGE>
 
2.6  Special Provisions Governing Eurodollar Rate Loans.
     -------------------------------------------------- 

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the
following provisions shall govern with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans as to
the matters covered:

     A.   Determination of Applicable Interest Rate.  As soon as practicable
after 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date,
Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest
error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that
shall apply to the Eurodollar Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then
being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give
notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and
each Lender.

     B.   Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate.  In the event that
Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final
and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate
Determination Date with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, that by reason of
circumstances affecting the interbank Eurodollar market adequate and fair means
do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the
basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, Administrative
Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed
in writing) to Company and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no
Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans until such time as
Administrative Agent notifies Company and Lenders that the circumstances giving
rise to such notice no longer exist and (ii) any Notice of
Conversion/Continuation given by Company with respect to the Loans in respect of
which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Company.

     C.   Illegality or Impracticability of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  In the event
that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be
final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be made only
after consultation with Company and Administrative Agent) that the making,
maintaining or continuation of its Eurodollar Rate Loans (i) has become unlawful
as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, treaty,
governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any
such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the
force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful)
or (ii) has become impracticable, or would cause such Lender material hardship,
as a result of contingencies occurring after the date of this Agreement which
materially and adversely affect the interbank Eurodollar market or the position
of such Lender in that market, then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be
an "Affected Lender" and it shall on that day give notice (by telefacsimile or
by telephone confirmed in writing) to Company and Administrative Agent of such
determination (which notice Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each
other Lender).  Thereafter (a) the obligation of the Affected Lender to make
Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until
such notice shall be withdrawn by the Affected Lender, (b) to the extent such
determination by the Affected Lender relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then
being requested by Company pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, the Affected Lender shall make such Loan as (or convert
such Loan to, as the case

                                       72
<PAGE>
 
may be) a Base Rate Loan, (c) the Affected Lender's obligation to maintain its
outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans (the "Affected Loans") shall be terminated
at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect
with respect to the Affected Loans or when required by law, and (d) the Affected
Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans on the date of such
termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an
Affected Lender as described above relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being
requested by Company pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of
Conversion/Continuation, Company shall have the option, subject to the
provisions of subsection 2.6D, to rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation as to all Lenders by giving notice (by telefacsimile or
by telephone confirmed in writing) to Administrative Agent of such rescission on
the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of its determination as
described above (which notice of rescission Administrative Agent shall promptly
transmit to each other Lender).  Except as provided in the immediately preceding
sentence, nothing in this subsection 2.6C shall affect the obligation of any
Lender other than an Affected Lender to make or maintain Loans as, or to convert
Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     D.   Compensation For Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods.
Company shall compensate each Lender, promptly upon written request by that
Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts),
for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid
by that Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its
Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by that
Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds) which
that Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by that
Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date
specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or a telephonic request for
borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does
not occur on a date specified therefor in a Notice of Conversion/Continuation or
a telephonic request for conversion or continuation, (ii) if any prepayment
(including any prepayment pursuant to subsection 2.4B(i)) or other principal
payment or any conversion of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date
prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan, (iii) if
any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date
specified in a notice of prepayment given by Company, or (iv) as a consequence
of any other default by Company in the repayment of its Eurodollar Rate Loans
when required by the terms of this Agreement.

     E.   Booking of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Subject to its obligations under
subsection 2.8, any Lender may make, carry or transfer Eurodollar Rate Loans at,
to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an
Affiliate of that Lender.

     F.   Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Calculation
of all amounts payable to a Lender under this subsection 2.6 and under
subsection 2.7A shall be made as though that Lender had actually funded each of
its relevant Eurodollar Rate Loans through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit
bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to clause (i) of the definition
of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such Eurodollar
Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and

                                       73
<PAGE>
 
through the transfer of such Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of that
Lender to a domestic office of that Lender in the United States of America;
provided, however, that each Lender may fund each of its Eurodollar Rate Loans
- --------  -------                                                             
in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only
for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this subsection 2.6 and
under subsection 2.7A.

     G.   Eurodollar Rate Loans After Default.  After the occurrence of and
during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) Company may not elect to
have a Loan be made or maintained as, or converted to, a Eurodollar Rate Loan
after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for that Loan and
(ii) subject to the provisions of subsection 2.6D, any Notice of Borrowing or
Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Company with respect to a requested
borrowing or conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall be deemed
to be rescinded by Company.

2.7  Increased Costs; Taxes; Capital Adequacy.
     ---------------------------------------- 

     A.   Compensation for Increased Costs and Taxes.  Subject to the provisions
of subsection 2.7B (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters
covered thereby), in the event that any Lender shall determine (which
determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding
upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation
or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or
application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or
governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or
governmental authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date
hereof, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive
issued or made after the date hereof by any central bank or other governmental
or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law):

          (i)    subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any
     additional Tax (other than any Tax on the overall net income of such
     Lender) with respect to this Agreement or any of its obligations hereunder
     or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of
     principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder;

          (ii)   imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including
     any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special
     deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against
     assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of,
     or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other
     acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than any such
     reserve or other requirements with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans that
     are reflected in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate); or

          (iii)  imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax
     matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or
     its obligations hereunder or the interbank Eurodollar market;

                                       74
<PAGE>
 
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of
agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount
received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with
respect thereto; then, in any such case, Company shall promptly pay to such
Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such
additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a
different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its
sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender
for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable
hereunder.  Such Lender shall deliver to Company (with a copy to Administrative
Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for
calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this 
subsection 2.7A, which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all
parties hereto absent manifest error.

     B.   Withholding of Taxes.

          (i)    Payments to Be Free and Clear.  All sums payable by Company 
                 -----------------------------
     under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall (except to the
     extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any
     deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax (other than a Tax on the
     overall net income of any Lender) imposed, levied, collected, withheld or
     assessed by or within the United States of America or any political
     subdivision in or of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction
     from or to which a payment is made by or on behalf of Company or by any
     federation or organization of which the United States of America or any
     such jurisdiction is a member at the time of payment.

          (ii)   Grossing-up of Payments.  If Company or any other Person is
                 -----------------------                                    
     required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any such
     Tax from any sum paid or payable by Company to Administrative Agent or any
     Lender under any of the Loan Documents:

                 (a)   Company shall notify Administrative Agent of any such
          requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as Company
          becomes aware of it;

                 (b)   Company shall pay any such Tax before the date on which
          penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to
          pay is imposed on Company) for its own account or (if that liability
          is imposed on Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be)
          on behalf of and in the name of Administrative Agent or such Lender;

                 (c)   the sum payable by Company in respect of which the
          relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be
          increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of
          that deduction, withholding or payment, Administrative Agent or such
          Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal
          to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or
          payment been required or made; and

                                       75
<PAGE>
 
                 (d)   within 30 days after paying any sum from which it is
          required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within 30
          days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by
          clause (b) above to pay, Company shall deliver to Administrative Agent
          evidence satisfactory to the other affected parties of such deduction,
          withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant
          taxing or other authority;

     provided that no such additional amount shall be required to be paid to any
     --------                                                                   
     Lender under clause (c) above except to the extent that any change after
     the date hereof (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages
     hereof) or after the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which
     such Lender became a Lender (in the case of each other Lender) in any such
     requirement for a deduction, withholding or payment as is mentioned therein
     shall result in an increase in the rate of such deduction, withholding or
     payment from that in effect at the date of this Agreement or at the date of
     such Assignment Agreement, as the case may be, in respect of payments to
     such Lender.

          (iii)  Evidence of Exemption from U.S. Withholding Tax.
                 ----------------------------------------------- 

                 (a)   Each Lender that is organized under the laws of any
          jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or other
          political subdivision thereof (for purposes of this subsection
          2.7B(iii), a "Non-US Lender") shall deliver to Administrative Agent
          for transmission to Company, on or prior to the Closing Date (in the
          case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof) or on or
          prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it
          becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other
          times as may be necessary in the determination of Company or
          Administrative Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its
          discretion), (1) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service 
          Form 1001 or 4224 (or any successor forms), properly completed and
          duly executed by such Lender, together with any other certificate or
          statement of exemption required under the Internal Revenue Code or the
          regulations issued thereunder to establish that such Lender is not
          subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income
          tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal,
          interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Loan
          Documents or (2) if such Lender is not a "bank" or other Person
          described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and cannot
          deliver either Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or 4224 pursuant to
          clause (1) above, a Certificate re Non-Bank Status together with two
          original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or any successor
          form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, together
          with any other certificate or statement of exemption required under
          the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations issued thereunder to
          establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding
          of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to
          such Lender of interest payable under any of the Loan Documents.

                                       76
<PAGE>
 
                 (b)   Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates
          or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax
          withholding matters pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii)(a) hereby agrees,
          from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such
          forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or
          change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other
          evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such
          Lender shall promptly (1) deliver to Administrative Agent for
          transmission to Company two new original copies of Internal Revenue
          Service Form 1001 or 4224, or a Certificate re Non-Bank Status and two
          original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8, as the case may
          be, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, together with
          any other certificate or statement of exemption required in order to
          confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or
          withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to
          payments to such Lender under the Loan Documents or (2) notify
          Administrative Agent and Company of its inability to deliver any such
          forms, certificates or other evidence.

                 (c)   Company shall not be required to pay any additional
          amount to any Non-US Lender under clause (c) of subsection 2.7B(ii) if
          such Lender shall have failed to satisfy the requirements of clause
          (a) or (b)(1) of this subsection 2.7B(iii); provided that if such
          Lender shall have satisfied the requirements of subsection
          2.7B(iii)(a) on the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on
          the signature pages hereof) or on the date of the Assignment Agreement
          pursuant to which it became a Lender (in the case of each other
          Lender), nothing in this subsection 2.7B(iii)(c) shall relieve Company
          of its obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant to clause (c)
          of subsection 2.7B(ii) in the event that, as a result of any change in
          any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order,
          or any change in the interpretation, administration or application
          thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms,
          certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the
          fact that such Lender is not subject to withholding as described in
          subsection 2.7B(iii)(a).

     C.   Capital Adequacy Adjustment.  If any Lender shall have determined that
the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the date hereof of
any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital
adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration
thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender
(or its applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive
regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such
governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the
effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any
corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to,
such Lender's Loans or Commitments or other obligations hereunder with respect
to the Loans to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling
corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in,
applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of
such Lender or such controlling corporation

                                       77
<PAGE>
 
with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five Business
Days after receipt by Company from such Lender of the statement referred to in
the next sentence, Company shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or
amounts as will compensate such Lender or such controlling corporation on an
after-tax basis for such reduction. Such Lender shall deliver to Company (with a
copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable
detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, which statement
shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

2.8  Obligation of Lenders to Mitigate.
     --------------------------------- 

     Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of
such Lender responsible for administering the Loans of such Lender becomes aware
of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause
such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to
receive payments under subsection 2.7, it will, to the extent not inconsistent
with the internal policies of such Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory
restrictions, use reasonable efforts (i) to make, issue, fund or maintain the
Commitments of such Lender or the affected Loans of such Lender through another
lending office of such Lender, or (ii) take such other measures as such Lender
may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause
such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional
amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to
subsection 2.7 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender
in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such
Commitments or Loans through such other lending office or in accordance with
such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise materially
adversely affect such Commitments or Loans or the interests of such Lender;
                                                                           
provided that such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other lending
- --------                                                                     
office pursuant to this subsection 2.8 unless Company agrees to pay all
incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other
lending office as described in clause (i) above.  A certificate as to the amount
of any such expenses payable by Company pursuant to this subsection 2.8 (setting
forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by
such Lender to Company (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.

2.9  Removal or Replacement of a Lender.
     ---------------------------------- 

     A.   Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,
in the event that:

          (i)      (a) any Lender (an "Increased-Cost Lender") shall give
     notice to Company that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such
     Lender is entitled to receive payments under subsection 2.7, (b) the
     circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or
     which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect,
     and (c) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five Business
     Days after Company's request for such withdrawal; or

                                       78
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)     (a) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification,
     termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions of
     this Agreement as contemplated by clauses (i) through (v) of the first
     provision to subsection 9.6A, the consent of Requisite Lenders shall have
     been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a
     "Non-Consenting Lender") whose consent is required shall not have been
     obtained, and (b) the failure to obtain Non-Consenting Lenders' consents
     does not result solely from the exercise of Non-Consenting Lenders' rights
     (and the withholding of any required consents by Non-Consenting Lenders)
     pursuant to the second provision to subsection 9.6A;

then, and in each such case, Company shall have the right, at its option, to
remove or replace the applicable Increased-Cost Lender or Non-Consenting Lender
(the "Terminated Lender") to the extent permitted by subsection 2.9B.

     B.   Company may, by giving written notice to Administrative Agent and any
Terminated Lender of its election to do so:

          (i)      elect to prepay any outstanding Loans made by such Terminated
     Lender, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other
     amounts payable to such Terminated Lender hereunder pursuant to subsection
     2.6 or subsection 2.7 or otherwise; provided that the written consent of
                                         --------                            
     Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders (which consent shall not be
     unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required in order for Company to
     make the election set forth in this clause (i); or

          (ii)     elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated
     Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans in full
     to one or more Eligible Assignees (each a "Replacement Lender") in
     accordance with the provisions of subsection 9.1B; provided that (a) on the
                                                        --------     
     date of such assignment, Company shall pay any amounts payable to such
     Terminated Lender pursuant to subsection 2.6 or subsection 2.7 or otherwise
     as if it were a prepayment and (b) in the event such Terminated Lender is a
     Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time
     of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated
     Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender;

provided that Company may not make either of the elections set forth in clauses
- --------                                                                       
(i) or (ii) above with respect to any Non-Consenting Lender unless Company also
makes one of such elections with respect to each other Terminated Lender which
is a Non-Consenting Lender.

     C.   Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender
pursuant to clause (i) of subsection 2.9B, such Terminated Lender shall no
longer constitute a "Lender" for purposes of this Agreement; provided that any
                                                               --------         
rights of such Terminated Lender to indemnification under this Agreement
(including under subsections 2.6D, 2.7, 9.2 and 9.3) shall survive as to such
Terminated Lender.

                                       79
<PAGE>
 
                                  SECTION 3.
                              CONDITIONS TO LOANS

     The obligations of Lenders to make Loans are subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions.

3.1  Conditions to Loans.
     ------------------- 

     The obligations of Lenders to make the Loans are subject to prior or
concurrent satisfaction of the following conditions:

     A.   Loan Party Documents. On or before the Closing Date, Company shall,
and shall cause each other Loan Party to, deliver to Lenders (or to
Administrative Agent for Lenders with sufficient originally executed copies,
where appropriate, for each Lender and its counsel) the following with respect
to Company or such Loan Party, as the case may be, each, unless otherwise noted,
dated the Closing Date:

          (i)      Certified copies of the Certificate or Articles of
     Incorporation of such Person, together with a good standing certificate
     from the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation and each
     other state in which such Person is qualified as a foreign corporation to
     do business (except, with respect to Loan Parties other than Company, any
     such other state or states in which failure to be qualified could not,
     individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
     Adverse Effect (provided that no such state shall be a state in which real
                     --------                                                  
     property of the applicable Loan Party is located)) and, to the extent
     generally available, a certificate or other evidence of good standing as to
     payment of any applicable franchise or similar taxes from the appropriate
     taxing authority of each of such jurisdictions, each dated a recent date
     prior to the Closing Date;

          (ii)     Copies of the Bylaws of such Person, certified as of the
     Closing Date by such Person's corporate secretary or an assistant
     secretary;

          (iii)    Resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Person
     approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the
     Loan Documents and Related Agreements to which it is a party, certified as
     of the Closing Date by the corporate secretary or an assistant secretary of
     such Person as being in full force and effect without modification or
     amendment;

          (iv)     Signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such
     Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

          (v)      Executed originals of the Loan Documents to which such Person
     is a party; and

                                       80
<PAGE>
 
          (vi)     Such other documents as Syndication Agent or Administrative
     Agent may reasonably request.

     B.   No Material Adverse Effect.  Since August 31, 1997, no Material
Adverse Effect (in the opinion of Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent)
shall have occurred.

     C.   Corporate and Capital Structure, Ownership, Management, Etc.

          (i)      Corporate Structure. The corporate organizational structure
                   --------------------
     of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the
     Recapitalization Transactions, shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.1C
     annexed hereto.                                         -------------
                                       
          (ii)     Capital Structure and Ownership.  The capital structure and
                   -------------------------------                            
     ownership of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, after giving effect to the
     Recapitalization Transactions, shall be reasonably satisfactory to
     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent in all respects and as set forth
     on Schedule 4.1C annexed hereto.
        -------------                

          (iii)    Employment Agreement.  Syndication Agent and Administrative
                   --------------------                                       
     Agent shall have received a duly executed copy of, and shall be reasonably
     satisfied with the form and substance of, the Employment Agreement.

     D.   Proceeds of Debt and Equity Capitalization of Merger Corp., Holdings
and Company.

          (i)      Equity Capitalization. On or before the Closing Date, Bain,
                   ----------------------
     the Other Investors and the Management Investors shall have made the Equity
     Contribution.


          (ii)     Tranche A Term Loans and Recapitalization Revolving Loans. On
                   ----------------------------------------------------------
     the Closing Date, Company shall have borrowed $120,000,000 in aggregate
     principal amount of Tranche A Term Loans and $10,400,000 in aggregate
     principal amount of Revolving Loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

          (iii)    Senior Subordinated Notes.  On or before the Closing Date,
                   -------------------------                                 
     Company shall have issued and sold for Cash not less than $125,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes providing net Cash
     proceeds to Company of not less than $125,000,000.

          (iv)     Discount Notes.  On or before the Closing Date, Company shall
                   --------------                                               
     have issued and sold for Cash Discount Notes providing net Cash proceeds to
     Company of not less than $75,000,000.

          (v)      Use of Proceeds. Company shall have provided evidence
                   ----------------
     reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent that
     the proceeds of the debt and equity capitalization of Merger Corp. and
     Company described in the immediately preceding clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and
     (iv) have been irrevocably committed, prior to the 

                                       81
<PAGE>
 
     application of the proceeds of the Recapitalization Revolving Loans, to the
     payment of a portion of the Recapitalization Financing Requirements.

     E.   Related Agreements; AXEL Credit Documents.

          (i)      The Bain Advisory Services Agreement, the Harvard Advisory
     Services Agreement and the Related Agreements shall each be reasonably
     satisfactory in form and substance to Syndication Agent and Administrative
     Agent.

          (ii)     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent shall each have
     received a fully executed or conformed copy of the Bain Advisory Services
     Agreement, the Harvard Advisory Services Agreement and each Related
     Agreement and any documents executed in connection therewith, and the Bain
     Advisory Services Agreement, the Harvard Advisory Services Agreement and
     each Related Agreement shall be in full force and effect and no provision
     thereof related to payments thereunder shall have been modified or waived
     in any respect determined by Syndication Agent or Administrative Agent to
     be material, in each case without the consent of Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent.

          (iii)    Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent shall each have
     received a fully executed or conformed copy of the Revolving Credit
     Documents, including the Revolving Credit Agreement (and all exhibits and
     schedules thereto), any promissory notes evidencing the Loans and the
     Intercreditor Agreement, each of which shall be in form and substance
     reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent, and
     each such agreement and promissory note shall be in full force and effect.

     F.   Matters Relating to Existing Indebtedness of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries.

          (i)      Termination of Existing Credit Agreement and Related Liens;
                   -----------------------------------------------------------
     Existing Letters of Credit.  On the Closing Date, Holdings and its
     --------------------------                                        
     Subsidiaries shall have (a) repaid in full all Indebtedness outstanding
     under the Existing Credit Agreement, (b) terminated any commitments to lend
     or make other extensions of credit thereunder, (c) delivered to Syndication
     Agent and Administrative Agent all documents or instruments necessary to
     release all Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings
     and its Subsidiaries thereunder, and (d) made arrangements reasonably
     satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent with respect to
     the cancellation of any letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the
     issuance of letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Agreement to
     support the obligations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries with respect
     thereto.

          (ii)     Consent Solicitation.  Pursuant to the Consent Solicitation,
                   --------------------                                        
     Holdings shall have obtained all such consents and amendments with respect
     to the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture as may be required to permit
     the consummation of the Recapitalization Transactions, the related
     financings (including the incurrence of the Obligations hereunder) and the
     other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

                                       82
<PAGE>
 
          (iii)    Consummation of Debt Tender Offer. Holdings shall have
                   ----------------------------------
     repurchased all of the Existing Subordinated Notes tendered in the Debt
     Tender Offer for cash consideration in an aggregate amount not to exceed
     $220,000,000 plus any accrued and unpaid interest on such Existing
                  ----
     Subordinated Notes.

          (iv)     No Existing Indebtedness to Remain Outstanding.  Syndication
                   ----------------------------------------------              
     Agent and Administrative Agent shall have received an Officers' Certificate
     of Company stating that, after giving effect to the transactions described
     in this subsection 3.1F, the Loan Parties shall have no Indebtedness
     outstanding to Persons other than the Loan Parties other than Indebtedness
     under the Loan Documents, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Discount Notes
     and the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, Indebtedness with respect to
     Existing Subordinated Notes not tendered in the Debt Tender Offer, and
     Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 3.1F annexed hereto.
                               -------------                

     G.   Necessary Governmental Authorizations and Consents; Expiration of
Waiting Periods, Etc.  Holdings and Company shall have obtained all Governmental
Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are
necessary in connection with the Recapitalization Transactions, the Merger and
the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Related
Agreements, and the continued operation of the business conducted by Holdings
and its Subsidiaries in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the
consummation of the Recapitalization Transactions and the Merger, and each of
the foregoing shall be in full force and effect, in each case other than those
the failure to obtain or maintain which, either individually or in the
aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
All applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken
or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or
otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Recapitalization Transactions or the
Merger or the financing thereof.  No action, request for stay, petition for
review or rehearing, reconsideration, or appeal with respect to any of the
foregoing shall be pending, and the time for any applicable agency to take
action to set aside its consent on its own motion shall have expired.

     H.   Consummation of Recapitalization Transactions and Merger.

          (i)      All conditions to the Recapitalization Transactions shall
     have been satisfied pursuant to documentation, including, without
     limitation, the Recapitalization Agreement and the Certificate of Merger,
     reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent or the fulfillment of such
     conditions shall have been waived with the consent of Syndication Agent,
     such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;

          (ii)     The aggregate cash consideration paid to the holders of
     equity interests in Holdings in respect of such equity interests in
     connection with the Merger shall not exceed $415,100,000;

          (iii)    the Merger shall have become effective in accordance with the
     terms of the Recapitalization Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the
     laws of the State of Delaware;

                                       83
<PAGE>
 
          (iv)     Holdings shall have issued not more than $25,000,000 in
     aggregate principal amount of Junior Subordinated Seller Notes in exchange
     for all preferred stock of Holdings outstanding immediately prior to the
     Closing Date;

          (v)      Transaction Costs shall not exceed $32,000,000; and

          (vi)     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent shall have
     received an Officers' Certificate of Company and Holdings to the effect set
     forth in clauses (i)-(v) above and stating that Company and Holdings will
     proceed to consummate the Recapitalization Transactions immediately upon
     the making of the initial Tranche A Term Loans.

     I.   Closing Date Mortgages; Closing Date Mortgage Policies; Etc.  Agents
shall have received from Holdings, Company and each applicable Subsidiary
Guarantor:

          (i)      Closing Date Mortgages. Fully executed and notarized
                   -----------------------
     Mortgages (each a "Closing Date Mortgage" and, collectively, the
     "Closing Date Mortgages"), in proper form for recording in all
     appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering each Real
     Property Asset listed in Schedule 3.1I annexed hereto (each a "Closing
                              -------------
     Date Mortgaged Property" and, collectively, the "Closing Date Mortgaged
     Properties");

          (ii)     Opinions of Local Counsel. An opinion of counsel (which
                   --------------------------
     counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent) in each state in which a Closing Date Mortgaged
     Property is located with respect to the enforceability of the form(s) of
     Closing Date Mortgages to be recorded in such state and such other matters
     as Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in
     each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Syndication
     Agent and Administrative Agent; provided, however, that Syndication Agent
                                     --------  -------
     and Administrative Agent in their reasonable discretion that an opinion of
     counsel in any one or more of such states shall not be required hereunder;

          (iii)    Landlord Consents and Estoppels; Recorded Leasehold
                   ---------------------------------------------------
     Interests. In the case of each Closing Date Mortgaged Property consisting
     ----------
     of a Leasehold Property, (a) a Landlord Consent and Estoppel with respect
     thereto and (b) evidence that such Leasehold Property is a Recorded
     Leasehold Interest;

          (iv)     Title Insurance. (a) ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies
                   ----------------
     or unconditional commitments therefor (the "Closing Date Mortgage
     Policies") issued by the Title Company with respect to the Closing Date
     Mortgaged Properties listed in Part A of Schedule 3.1I annexed hereto, in
                                              -------------
     amounts not less than the respective amounts designated therein with
     respect to any particular Closing Date Mortgaged Properties, insuring fee
     simple title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, each such Closing Date
     Mortgaged Property vested in such Loan Party and assuring Administrative
     Agent that the applicable Closing Date Mortgages create valid and
     enforceable First Priority mortgage Liens on the respective Closing Date
     Mortgaged Properties encumbered

                                       84
<PAGE>
 
     thereby, which Closing Date Mortgage Policies (1) shall include an
     endorsement for mechanics' liens, for future advances (in each case, if
     available) under this Agreement and for any other matters reasonably
     requested by Syndication Agent or Administrative Agent and (2) shall
     provide for affirmative insurance and such reinsurance as Administrative
     Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing in form and substance
     reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent; and
     (b) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent that such Loan Party has (i) delivered to the Title
     Company all certificates and affidavits required by the Title Company in
     connection with the issuance of the Closing Date Mortgage Policies and (ii)
     paid to the Title Company or to the appropriate governmental authorities
     all expenses and premiums of the Title Company in connection with the
     issuance of the Closing Date Mortgage Policies and all recording and stamp
     taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in
     connection with recording the Closing Date Mortgages in the appropriate
     real estate records;

          (v)      Copies of Documents Relating to Title Exceptions. Copies of
                   -------------------------------------------------
     all recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred
     to in the Closing Date Mortgage Policies or in the title reports delivered
     pursuant to subsection 3.1I(iv); and

          (vi)     Matters Relating to Flood Hazard Properties. (a) Evidence,
                   --------------------------------------------
     which may be in the form of a surveyor's note on a survey or a report from
     a flood hazard search firm, as to whether (1) any Closing Date Mortgaged
     Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) the community in which any such
     Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood
     Insurance Program, (b) if there are any such Flood Hazard Properties, such
     Loan Party's written acknowledgement of receipt of written notification
     from Administrative Agent (1) as to the existence of each such Flood Hazard
     Property and (2) as to whether the community in which each such Flood
     Hazard Property is located is participating in the National Flood Insurance
     Program, and (c) in the event any such Flood Hazard Property is located in
     a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program,
     evidence that Company has obtained flood insurance in respect of such Flood
     Hazard Property to the extent required under the applicable regulations of
     the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     J.   Security Interests in Personal and Mixed Property.  To the extent not
otherwise satisfied pursuant to subsection 3.1I, each of Syndication Agent and
Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that
Holdings, Company and Subsidiary Guarantors shall have taken or caused to be
taken all such actions, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and
delivered all such agreements, documents and instruments, and made or caused to
be made all such filings and recordings (other than the filing or recording of
items described in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) below) that may be necessary or,
in the reasonable opinion of Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent,
desirable in order to create in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit
of Lenders, a valid and (upon such filing and recording) perfected First
Priority security interest in the entire personal and mixed property Collateral.
Such actions shall include the following:

                                       85
<PAGE>
 
          (i)      Schedules to Collateral Documents. Delivery to Administrative
                   ----------------------------------
     Agent of accurate and complete schedules to all of the applicable
     Collateral Documents.

          (ii)     Stock Certificates and Instruments. Delivery to
                   -----------------------------------
     Administrative Agent of (a) certificates (which certificates shall be
     accompanied by irrevocable undated stock powers, duly endorsed in blank and
     otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent)
     representing all capital stock pledged pursuant to the Holdings Pledge
     Agreement, Company Pledge Agreement and Subsidiary Pledge Agreement and (b)
     all promissory notes or other instruments (duly endorsed, where
     appropriate, in a manner satisfactory to Administrative Agent) evidencing
     any Collateral;

          (iii)    Lien Searches and UCC Termination Statements.  Delivery to
                   --------------------------------------------              
     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent of (a) the results of a recent
     search, by a Person reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent and
     Administrative Agent, of all effective UCC financing statements and fixture
     filings and all judgment and tax lien filings which may have been made with
     respect to any personal or mixed property of any Loan Party, together with
     copies of all such filings disclosed by such search, and (b) UCC
     termination statements duly executed by all applicable Persons for filing
     in all applicable jurisdictions as may be necessary to terminate any
     effective UCC financing statements or fixture filings disclosed in such
     search (other than any such financing statements or fixture filings in
     respect of Liens permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to the terms of
     this Agreement).

          (iv)     UCC Financing Statements and Fixture Filings.  Delivery to
                   --------------------------------------------              
     Administrative Agent of UCC financing statements and, where appropriate,
     fixture filings, duly executed by each applicable Loan Party with respect
     to all personal and mixed property Collateral of such Loan Party, for
     filing in all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of
     Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the
     security interests created in such Collateral pursuant to the Collateral
     Documents;

          (v)      PTO Cover Sheets, Etc. Delivery to Administrative Agent of
                   ----------------------
     all cover sheets or other documents or instruments required to be recorded
     with the PTO in order to create or perfect Liens in respect of any U.S.
     patents, federally registered trademarks or copyrights, or applications for
     any of the foregoing, included among the IP Collateral; and

          (vi)     Opinions of Local Counsel.  Delivery to Syndication Agent and
                   -------------------------                                    
     Administrative Agent of an opinion of counsel under the laws of each
     jurisdiction for which an opinion is delivered under subsection 3.1I(ii)
     and in which any Loan Party or any personal or mixed property Collateral is
     located with respect to the creation and perfection of the security
     interests in favor of Administrative Agent in such Collateral and such
     other matters governed by the laws of such jurisdiction regarding such
     security interests as Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent may
     reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent.

                                       86
<PAGE>
 
     K.   Environmental Reports.  Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent
shall have received (i) a Phase I environmental assessment for each of the
Facilities listed in Schedule 3.1K annexed hereto (collectively, the "Phase I
                     -------------                                            
Report") which (a) substantially complies with the ASTM Standard Practice for
Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process, E
1527, and (b) was conducted no more than six months prior to the Closing Date by
ENSR or one or more environmental consulting firms reasonably satisfactory to
Administrative Agent and (ii) a summary prepared by ENVIRON Corporation (or
another firm reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) of all such Phase
I Reports.

     L.   Financial Statements; Pro Forma Balance Sheet.  On or before the
Closing Date, Lenders shall have received from Company (i) audited consolidated
financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for Fiscal Years 1995 and
1996 and unaudited consolidated financial statements of Holding and its
Subsidiaries for Fiscal Year 1994, consisting of consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for such Fiscal Years, (ii) unaudited consolidated financial statements of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal month and Fiscal Quarter ended
subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements delivered
pursuant to clause (i), consisting of consolidated balance sheets and the
related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows
for such periods (except for statements of cash flows for each such monthly
period), all in reasonable detail and certified by the principal financial
officer or principal accounting officer of Holdings that they fairly present, in
all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries
as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and
normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes, and (iii) pro forma
consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the date of
the most recent consolidated balance sheet delivered pursuant to clause (ii),
prepared in accordance with GAAP and reflecting the consummation of the
Recapitalization Transactions and the Merger, the related financings and the
other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements
as if such transactions had occurred on such date, which pro forma financial
statements shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lenders.

     M.   Financial Projections.  Lenders shall have received financial
projections reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Syndication Agent
and Lenders for Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period from the Closing
Date through November 2007.

     N.   Solvency Assurances.  On the Closing Date, Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have received (i) a letter from Valuation
Research Corporation, dated the Closing Date and addressed to Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent and Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent and with appropriate attachments,
and (ii) a Financial Condition Certificate dated the Closing Date, substantially
in the form of Exhibit XII annexed hereto (with such changes thereto as shall be
               -----------                                                      
approved by Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent in the exercise of their
reasonable discretion) and with appropriate attachments, in each case
demonstrating that, after giving effect to the consummation of the
Recapitalization Transactions and the Merger, the related financings

                                       87
<PAGE>
 
and the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Related
Agreements, Holdings and its Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

     O.   Evidence of Insurance.  Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent
shall have received a certificate from Company's insurance broker or other
evidence satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained
pursuant to subsection 5.4 is in full force and effect and that Administrative
Agent on behalf of Lenders has been named as additional insured and/or loss
payee thereunder to the extent required under subsection 5.4.

     P.   Opinions of Counsel to Loan Parties.  Lenders and their respective
counsel shall have received (i) originally executed copies of one or more
favorable written opinions of Kirkland & Ellis, counsel for Loan Parties, and of
Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP, special Ohio counsel for Loan Parties, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Syndication
Agent and its counsel, dated as of the Closing Date and setting forth
substantially the matters in the opinions designated in Exhibit VIII annexed
                                                        ------------        
hereto and as to such other matters as or Syndication Agent and acting on behalf
of Lenders may reasonably request and (ii) evidence satisfactory to Syndication
Agent that Company has requested such counsel to deliver such opinions to
Lenders.

     Q.   Opinions of Syndication Agent's Counsel.  Lenders shall have received
originally executed copies of one or more favorable written opinions of
O'Melveny & Myers LLP, counsel to Syndication Agent, dated as of the Closing
Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit IX annexed hereto and as to such
                                   ----------                              
other matters as Syndication Agent may reasonably request.

     R.   Opinions of Counsel Delivered Under Related Agreements.
Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent and its counsel shall have received
copies of each of the opinions of counsel delivered to the parties under the
Related Agreements, together with a letter from each such counsel (to the extent
not inconsistent with such counsel's established internal policies) authorizing
Lenders to rely upon such opinion to the same extent as though it were addressed
to Lenders.

     S.   Fees and Expenses.  Company shall have paid to Syndication Agent and
Administrative Agent, for distribution (as appropriate) to Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent and Lenders, the fees payable on the Closing Date referred
to in subsection 2.3 and all reasonable expenses for which invoices have been
presented on or before the Closing Date.

     T.   Representations and Warranties; Performance of Agreements.  Company
shall have delivered to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent an Officers'
Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent
and Administrative Agent, to the effect that the representations and warranties
in Section 5 hereof are true, correct and complete in all material respects on
and as of the Closing Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that
date (or, to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate
to an earlier date, that such representations and warranties were true, correct
and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier date) and that
Holdings and Company shall have

                                       88
<PAGE>
 
performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions
which this Agreement provides shall be performed or satisfied by them on or
before the Closing Date except as otherwise disclosed to and agreed to in
writing by Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders.

     U.   Completion of Proceedings.  All corporate and other proceedings taken
or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all
documents incidental thereto not previously found acceptable by Administrative
Agent, acting on behalf of Lenders, or Syndication Agent and its counsel shall
be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative Agent and
Syndication Agent and such counsel, and Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent
and such counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified
copies of such documents as Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent may
reasonably request.

     V.   Notice of Borrowing.  Administrative Agent shall have received before
the Closing Date, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 2.1B, an
originally executed Notice of Borrowing, in each case signed by the chief
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or
the treasurer of Company or by any authorized employee of Company designated by
any of the above-described officers on behalf of Company in a writing delivered
to Administrative Agent.

     W.   Other Conditions.  As of the Closing Date:

          (i)      No event shall have occurred and be continuing or would
     result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated by such Notice
     of Borrowing that would constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event
     of Default;

          (ii)     No order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or
     governmental authority shall purport to enjoin or restrain any Lender from
     making the Loans to be made by it on the Closing Date;

          (iii)    The making of the Loans requested on the Closing Date shall
     not violate any law including Regulation G, Regulation T, Regulation U or
     Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and

          (iv)     There shall not be pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings
     or Company, threatened, any action, suit, proceeding, governmental
     investigation or arbitration against or affecting Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that
     has not been disclosed by Holdings or Company in writing pursuant to
     subsection 4.6 or 6.1(x) prior to the making of the last preceding Loans
     (or, in the case of the initial Loans, prior to the execution of this
     Agreement), and there shall have occurred no development not so disclosed
     in any such action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or
     arbitration so disclosed, that, in either event, in the reasonable opinion
     of Administrative Agent or of Requisite Lenders, would be expected to have
     a Material Adverse Effect or be inconsistent with the financial statements,
     balance sheets or financial projections delivered in accordance with
     subsection 3.1L or

                                       89
<PAGE>
 
     3.1M; and no injunction or other restraining order shall have been issued
     and no hearing to cause an injunction or other restraining order to be
     issued shall be pending or noticed with respect to any action, suit or
     proceeding seeking to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or
     to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement or the making of Loans hereunder.

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is understood and
agreed that the documents and other items set forth on Schedule 5.12 annexed
                                                       -------------        
hereto shall be delivered after the Closing Date in accordance with and to the
extent required under subsection 5.12.

     Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement and funding
its Commitments on the Closing Date, shall be deemed to have acknowledged
receipt of, and consented to and approved (as long as substantially in the form
delivered to Lenders including any changed pages thereto delivered to Lenders),
each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by Requisite
Lenders or Lenders, as applicable.


                                  SECTION 4.
            HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the
Loans, Holdings and Company represent and warrant to each Lender, on the date of
this Agreement and on the Closing Date, that the following statements are true,
correct and complete:

4.1  Organization, Powers, Qualification, Good Standing, Business and
     ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Subsidiaries.
     ------------ 

     A.   Organization and Powers.  Each Loan Party is a corporation organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
incorporation as specified in Schedule 4.1 annexed hereto.  Each Loan Party has
                              ------------                                     
all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties,
to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to
enter into the Loan Documents and Related Agreements to which it is a party and
to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby.

     B.   Qualification and Good Standing.  Each Loan Party is qualified to do
business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located
and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in
jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not
had and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     C.   Conduct of Business.  Holdings and its Subsidiaries are engaged only
in the businesses permitted to be engaged in pursuant to subsection 6.13.

     D.   Subsidiaries.  All of the Subsidiaries of Holdings as of the Closing
Date are identified in Schedule 4.1 annexed hereto.  The capital stock of each
                       ------------                                           
of Holdings' Subsidiaries any portion of the capital stock of which is pledged
under the Collateral Documents is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable and none of such capital stock constitutes

                                       90
<PAGE>
 
Margin Stock.  Each of the Subsidiaries of Holdings is a corporation organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective
jurisdiction of incorporation, has all requisite corporate power and authority
to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted
and as proposed to be conducted, and is qualified to do business and in good
standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever
necessary to carry out its business and operations, in each case except where
failure to be so qualified or in good standing or a lack of such corporate power
and authority has not had and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Schedule
                                                                        --------
4.1 annexed hereto (as so supplemented) correctly sets forth, as of the Closing
- ---                                                                            
Date, the ownership interest of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries in each of
the Subsidiaries of Holdings identified therein.

4.2  Authorization of Borrowing, etc.
     --------------------------------

     A.   Authorization of Borrowing.  The execution, delivery and performance
of the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of each Loan Party that is a party
thereto.

     B.   No Conflict.  The execution, delivery and performance by Loan Parties
of the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements to which they are parties and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and such
Related Agreements do not (i) violate any provision of any law or any
governmental rule or regulation applicable to Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries, the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Holdings
or any of its Subsidiaries or any order, judgment or decree of any court or
other agency of government binding on Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii)
conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of
time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of
its Subsidiaries, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any
Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than any Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in favor of
Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders), or (iv) require any approval of
stockholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual
Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or
consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date and disclosed in
writing to Lenders.

     C.   Governmental Consents.  The execution, delivery and performance by
Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not
require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other
action to, with or by, any federal, state or other governmental authority or
regulatory body except to the extent obtained or made and except for those
filings made to perfect Liens under the Collateral Documents.  The execution,
delivery and performance by Loan Parties of the Related Agreements to which they
are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the such
Related Agreements do not require any registration with, consent or approval of,
or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any federal, state or other
governmental authority or regulatory body except (i) to the extent obtained or
made or (ii) where the failure to obtain or make any of the foregoing,
individually or in the aggregate, is not reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

                                       91
<PAGE>
 
     D.   Binding Obligation.  Each of the Loan Documents and Related Agreements
has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto
and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable
against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws
relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles
relating to enforceability.

     E.   Valid Issuance of Holdings Capital Stock, Senior Subordinated Notes,
Discount Notes, and Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.

          (i)   Holdings Common Stock. Holdings Common Stock issued on the 
                ---------------------
     Closing Date after giving effect to the Merger, when issued and delivered,
     will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The issuance
     and sale of such Holdings Common Stock, upon such issuance and sale, will
     either (a) have been registered or qualified under applicable federal and
     state securities laws or (b) be exempt therefrom.

          (ii)  Senior Subordinated Notes and Discount Notes.  Company has the
                --------------------------------------------                  
     corporate power and authority to issue the Senior Subordinated Notes and
     the Discount Notes.  The Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes,
     when issued and paid for, will be the legally valid and binding obligations
     of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with their respective
     terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
     moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights
     generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.  The
     subordination provisions of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Discount
     Notes will be enforceable against the holders thereof, and the Loans and
     all other monetary Obligations hereunder are and will be within the
     definition of "Senior Debt" included in such provisions.  The Senior
     Subordinated Notes and the Discount Notes, when issued and sold, will
     either (a) have been registered or qualified under applicable federal and
     state securities laws or (b) be exempt therefrom.

          (iii) Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.  Holdings has the corporate
                --------------------------------                             
     power and authority to issue the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes.  The
     Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, when issued and paid for, will be the
     legally valid and binding obligations of Holdings, enforceable against
     Holdings in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating
     to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles
     relating to enforceability.  The subordination provisions of the Junior
     Subordinated Seller Notes will be enforceable against the holders thereof,
     and the Loans and all other monetary Obligations hereunder are and will be
     within the definition of "Senior Debt" included in such provisions.  The
     Junior Subordinated Seller Notes, when issued and sold, will either (a)
     have been registered or qualified under applicable federal and state
     securities laws or (b) be exempt therefrom.

                                       92
<PAGE>
 
4.3  Financial Condition.
     ------------------- 

     Company has heretofore delivered to Lenders, at Lenders' request, the
following financial statements and information:  (i) the audited consolidated
balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each of Fiscal Years 1996
and 1995, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries for Fiscal Year 1994 and the related consolidated statements of
income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for
each such Fiscal Year and (ii) the unaudited consolidated and consolidating
balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal month and Fiscal
Quarter ended subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements
referred to in clause (i) and the related unaudited consolidated statements of
income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for
each such period (except for statements of cash flows for each such monthly
period).  All such statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly
present, in all material respects, the financial position (on a consolidated
basis) of the entities described in such financial statements as at the
respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows (on a
consolidated basis) of the entities described therein for each of the periods
then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to
changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and the absence of
footnotes.  On the Closing Date, Holdings and Company do not (and will not
following the funding of the initial Loans) have any Contingent Obligation,
contingent liability or liability for taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward
or long-term commitment that is not reflected in the foregoing financial
statements or the notes thereto and which in any such case is material in
relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial
or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.4  No Material Adverse Change.
     -------------------------- 

     Since August 31, 1997, no event or change has occurred that has caused or
evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.5  Title to Properties; Liens; Real Property.
     ----------------------------------------- 

     A.   Title to Properties; Liens.  Holdings and its Subsidiaries have (i)
good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real
property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests
in real or personal property), (iii) valid licenses in (in the case of licensed
intangible properties), or (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal
property), all of their respective properties and assets reflected in the most
recent financial statements referred to in subsection 4.3 or in the most recent
financial statements delivered pursuant to subsection 5.1, in each case subject
to Permitted Encumbrances and Liens permitted under subsection 6.6 and except
for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the
ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under subsection 6.7.
Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets
are free and clear of Liens.

     B.   Real Property.  As of the Closing Date, Schedule 4.5 annexed hereto
                                                  ------------               
contains a true, accurate and complete list of (i) all Real Property Assets
owned in fee simple by any Loan Party and (ii) all leases, subleases or
assignments of leases (together with all amendments,

                                       93
<PAGE>
 
modifications, supplements, renewals or extensions of any thereof) affecting
each Real Property Asset of any Loan Party, regardless of whether such Loan
Party is the landlord or tenant (whether directly or as an assignee or successor
in interest) under such lease, sublease or assignment.  As of the Closing Date,
except as specified in Schedule 4.5 annexed hereto, each agreement referenced in
                       ------------                                             
clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence is in full force and effect
and Holdings and Company do not have knowledge of any default that has occurred
and is continuing thereunder (except where the consequences, direct or indirect,
of such default or defaults, if any, would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect), and each such agreement constitutes the legally valid
and binding obligation of each applicable Loan Party, enforceable against such
Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to
or limiting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles.

4.6  Litigation; Adverse Facts.
     ------------------------- 

     There are no actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations or governmental
investigations (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any federal, state, municipal
or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality, domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims) that
are pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or Company, threatened against or
affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any
of its Subsidiaries and that, individually or in the aggregate, would
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings
nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is in violation of any applicable laws
(including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, would
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) is
subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs,
injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state,
municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or
instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate,
would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.7  Payment of Taxes.
     ---------------- 

     Except to the extent permitted by subsection 5.3, all federal, state and
other material tax returns and reports of Holdings and its Subsidiaries required
to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all taxes shown on such
tax returns to be due and payable and all assessments, fees and other
governmental charges upon Holdings and its Subsidiaries and upon their
respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due
and payable have been paid when due and payable.  Holdings and Company know of
no proposed material tax assessment against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
which is not being actively contested by Holdings or such Subsidiary in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided that such reserves or other
                                      --------                            
appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP
shall have been made or provided therefor.

                                       94
<PAGE>
 
4.8  Performance of Agreements; Materially Adverse Agreements.
     -------------------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the
performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or
conditions contained in any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition
exists that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would
constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of
such default or defaults, if any, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     B.   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or is
otherwise subject to any agreements or instruments or any charter or other
internal restrictions which, individually or in the aggregate, compliance with
which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.9  Governmental Regulation.
     ----------------------- 

     Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under
the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the
Interstate Commerce Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other
federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur
Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations
unenforceable.

4.10 Securities Activities.
     --------------------- 

     A.   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally,
or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

     B.   Following application of the proceeds of each Loan, not more than 25%
of the value of the assets (either of Holdings only or of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of subsection
6.2 or 6.7 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or
instrument, between Company and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender,
relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of subsection 7.2, will be Margin
Stock.

4.11 Employee Benefit Plans.
     ---------------------- 

     A.   Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all
material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and
the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each
Employee Benefit Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each
Employee Benefit Plan.  Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify
under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code is so qualified.

     B.   No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur which
has or would reasonably be expected to result in a liability to Holdings or any
of its Subsidiaries in excess of $7,500,000.

                                       95
<PAGE>
 
     C.   Except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the Internal
Revenue Code, the aggregate liabilities with respect to health or welfare
benefits (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) provided or promised
for any retired or former employee of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries do not
exceed $10,000,000.

     D.   As of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount
of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA),
individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans, does not exceed
$10,000,000.

     E.   As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan for
which the actuarial report is available, the potential liability of Holdings,
its Subsidiaries and their respective ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal
from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 of ERISA), when
aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all
Multiemployer Plans, based on information available pursuant to Section 4221(e)
of ERISA, does not exceed $10,000,000.

4.12 Certain Fees.
     ------------ 

     Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12 annexed hereto, no broker's or
                            -------------                               
finder's fee or commission will be payable with respect to this Agreement or any
of the transactions contemplated hereby, and Holdings and Company hereby
indemnifies Lenders against, and agrees that it will hold Lenders harmless from,
any claim, demand or liability for any such broker's or finder's fees alleged to
have been incurred in connection herewith or therewith and any expenses
(including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) arising in
connection with any such claim, demand or liability.

4.13 Environmental Protection.
     ------------------------ 

     Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13 annexed hereto:
                            -------------                

          (i)    Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their
     respective Facilities or operations are subject to any outstanding written
     order, consent decree or settlement agreement with any Person relating to
     (a) any Environmental Law, (b) any Environmental Claim, or (c) any
     Hazardous Materials Activity that, in the case of (a), (b) or (c),
     individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect;

          (ii)   Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any
     letter or written request for information from any governmental agency
     under Section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
     Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. (S) 9604) or any comparable
     state law;

          (iii)  To Holdings' and Company's knowledge, there are no and have
     been no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities which
     could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim
     against Holdings or any of its

                                       96
<PAGE>
 
     Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

          (iv)   Holdings maintains an environmental management system designed
     to maintain compliance with Environmental Laws and correct any incidents of
     non-compliance;

          (v)    Compliance with all current or reasonably foreseeable future
     requirements pursuant to or under Environmental Laws would not,
     individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to give rise to a
     Material Adverse Effect; and

          (vi)   No event or condition has occurred or is occurring with respect
     to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law,
     any Release of Hazardous Materials, or any Hazardous Materials Activity
     which individually or in the aggregate has had or would reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.14 Employee Matters.
     ---------------- 

     There is no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened involving
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

4.15 Solvency.
     -------- 

     Each Loan Party is and, upon the incurrence of any Obligations by such Loan
Party on any date on which this representation is made, will be, Solvent.

4.16 Matters Relating to Collateral.
     ------------------------------ 

     A.   Creation, Perfection and Priority of Liens.  The execution and
delivery of the Collateral Documents by Loan Parties, together with (i) the
actions taken on or prior to the date hereof pursuant to subsections 3.1I, 3.1J,
5.8 and 5.9 and (ii) the delivery to Collateral Agent of any Pledged Collateral
not delivered to Collateral Agent at the time of execution and delivery of the
applicable Collateral Document (all of which Pledged Collateral has been so
delivered) are effective to create in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit
of Lenders, as security for the respective Secured Obligations (as defined in
the applicable Collateral Document in respect of any Collateral), a valid and
perfected First Priority Lien on all of the Collateral, and all filings and
other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and maintain the perfection and
First Priority status of such Liens have been duly made or taken and remain in
full force and effect, other than the filing of any UCC financing statements
delivered to Collateral Agent for filing (but not yet filed) and the periodic
filing of UCC continuation statements in respect of UCC financing statements
filed by or on behalf of Collateral Agent.

     B.   Governmental Authorizations.  No authorization, approval or other
action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or
regulatory body is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Loan Party
of the Liens purported to be created in favor

                                       97
<PAGE>
 
of Collateral Agent pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) the
exercise by Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any
Collateral (whether specifically granted or created pursuant to any of the
Collateral Documents or created or provided for by applicable law), except for
filings or recordings contemplated by subsection 4.16A and except as may be
required, in connection with the disposition of any Pledged Collateral, by laws
generally affecting the offering and sale of securities.

     C.   Absence of Third-Party Filings.  Except such as may have been filed in
favor of Collateral Agent as contemplated by subsection 4.16A, (i) no effective
UCC financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect
covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording
office, except with respect to Permitted Encumbrances and Liens permitted under
subsection 6.2A, and (ii) no effective filing covering all or any part of the IP
Collateral is on file in the PTO.

     D.   Margin Regulations.  The pledge of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to
the Collateral Documents does not violate Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

     E.   Information Regarding Collateral.  All information supplied to
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent by or on behalf of any Loan Party with
respect to any of the Collateral (in each case taken as a whole with respect to
any particular Collateral) is accurate and complete in all material respects.

4.17 Related Agreements.
     ------------------ 

     A.   Delivery of Related Agreements.  Company has delivered to Lenders
complete and correct copies of each Related Agreement and of all exhibits and
schedules thereto.

     B.   Seller's Warranties.  Except to the extent otherwise set forth herein
or in the schedules hereto, each of the representations and warranties given by
Holdings and Zell to Merger Corp. in the Recapitalization Agreement is true and
correct as of the date hereof (or as of any earlier date to which such
representation and warranty specifically relates) and will be true and correct
as of the Closing Date (or as of such earlier date, as the case may be), in each
case subject to the qualifications set forth in the schedules to the
Recapitalization Agreement, in each case except to the extent that the cause of
any failure of any such representation or warranty to be true and correct,
either individually or in the aggregate with the causes of the failures of any
other such representations and warranties to be true and correct, would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     C.   Warranties of Merger Corp.  Subject to the qualifications set forth
therein, each of the representations and warranties given by Merger Corp. to
Holdings and Zell in the Recapitalization Agreement is true and correct as of
the date hereof and will be true and correct as of the Closing Date, in each
case except to the extent that the cause of any failure of any such
representation or warranty to be true and correct, either individually or in the
aggregate with the

                                       98
<PAGE>
 
causes of the failures of any other such representations and warranties to be
true and correct, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     D.   Survival.  Notwithstanding anything in the Recapitalization Agreement
to the contrary, the representations and warranties of Holdings and Company set
forth in subsections 4.17B and 4.17C shall, solely for purposes of this
Agreement, survive the Closing Date for the benefit of Lenders.

4.18 Disclosure.
     ---------- 

     All representations and warranties of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
and all information contained in the Confidential Information Memorandum or in
any Loan Document or Related Agreement or in any other document, certificate or
written statement furnished to Lenders by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, taken as a whole, are true and correct in all material respects and
do not omit to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Company, in the case
of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein (taken as a whole) not misleading in light of the
circumstances in which the same were made.  Any projections and pro forma
financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith
estimates and assumptions believed by Holdings and Company to be reasonable at
the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to
future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the
period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected
results.  There are no facts known (or which should upon the reasonable exercise
of diligence be known) to Holdings or Company (other than matters of a general
economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and that have not been disclosed
herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to
Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.19 Subordination of Seller Notes and Shareholder Subordinated Notes.
     ---------------------------------------------------------------- 

     The subordination provisions of any Permitted Seller Notes and Shareholder
Subordinated Notes are enforceable against the holders thereof, and the Loans
and other Obligations hereunder are and will be within the definition of
"Senior Indebtedness" or "Senior Debt", as applicable, included in such
provisions.


                                   SECTION 5.
                 HOLDINGS' AND COMPANY'S AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Holdings and Company covenant and agree that, so long as any of the
Commitments hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of
the Loans and other Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations
with respect to claims, losses or liabilities which have not yet arisen and are
not yet due and payable), unless Requisite Lenders

                                       99
<PAGE>
 
shall otherwise give prior written consent, Holdings and Company shall perform,
and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this
Section 5.

5.1  Financial Statements and Other Reports.
     -------------------------------------- 

     Holdings will maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a
system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound
business practices to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity
with GAAP.  Company will deliver to Administrative Agent, with sufficient copies
for each Lender (and Administrative Agent will, after receipt thereof, deliver
to each Lender):

          (i)    Monthly Financials:  as soon as available and in any event 
                 ------------------
     within 30 days after the end of each month ending after the date which is
     six months after the Closing Date, the consolidated balance sheet of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related
     consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such month and for the period from the
     beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, setting
     forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the
     corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding
     figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, to the extent
     prepared on a monthly basis, all in reasonable detail and certified by the
     principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of Holdings
     that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition
     of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results
     of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject
     to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and the
     absence of footnotes;

          (ii)   Quarterly Financials:  as soon as available and in any event
                 --------------------                                        
     within 50 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, (a) the consolidated
     balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal
     Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
     equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal
     Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal
     Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in
     comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of
     the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial
     Plan for the current Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and certified by
     the principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of Holdings
     that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition
     of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results
     of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject
     to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments and the
     absence of footnotes, and (b) a narrative report describing the operations
     of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the form prepared for presentation to
     senior management for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the
     beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal
     Quarter; provided, however, that Company may deliver to Administrative
              --------  -------                                            
     Agent in lieu of such narrative report copies of the unaudited quarterly
     report filed by

                                      100
<PAGE>
 
     Holdings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-Q in
     respect of such Fiscal Quarter;

          (iii)  Year-End Financials:  as soon as available and in any event
                 -------------------                                        
     within 95 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, (a) the consolidated
     balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal
     Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
     equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal
     Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding
     figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the
     Financial Plan for the Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements,
     all in reasonable detail and certified by the principal financial officer
     or principal accounting officer of Holdings that they fairly present, in
     all material respects, the financial condition of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations
     and their cash flows for the periods indicated, (b) a narrative report
     describing the operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in the form
     prepared for presentation to senior management for such Fiscal Year,
     provided, however, that Company may deliver to Administrative Agent in lieu
     --------  -------                                                          
     of such narrative report copies of the report filed by Holdings with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K in respect of such Fiscal
     Year, and (c) in the case of such consolidated financial statements, a
     report thereon of an Independent Public Accountant, which report shall be
     unqualified, shall express no doubts about the ability of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries to continue as a going concern, and shall state that such
     consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects,
     the consolidated financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at
     the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash
     flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis
     consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such
     financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in
     connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in
     accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;

          (iv)   Officers' and Compliance Certificates:  together with each
                 -------------------------------------                     
     delivery of financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant
     to subdivisions (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (a) an Officers' Certificate of
     Holdings stating that the signers have reviewed the terms of this Agreement
     and have made, or caused to be made under their super vision, a review in
     reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by such financial
     statements and that such review has not disclosed the existence during or
     at the end of such accounting period, and that the signers do not have
     knowledge of the existence as at the date of such Officers' Certificate, of
     any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential
     Event of Default, or, if any such condition or event existed or exists,
     specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action
     Holdings has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;
     and (b) a Compliance Certificate demonstrating in reasonable detail
     compliance during and at the end of the applicable accounting periods with
     the restrictions contained in Section 6, in each case to the extent
     compliance with such restrictions is required to be tested at the end of
     the applicable accounting period;

                                      101
<PAGE>
 
          (v)    Reconciliation Statements; MIS Accounting Changes:  (a) if, 
                 -------------------------------------------------
     as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those
     used in the preparation of the audited financial statements referred to in
     subsection 4.3, the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to subdivisions (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii)
     of this subsection 5.1 will differ in any material respect from the
     consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant
     to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and
     policies been made, then (1) together with the first delivery of financial
     statements pursuant to subdivision (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii) of this
     subsection 5.1 following such change, consolidated financial statements of
     Holdings and its Subsidiaries for (y) the current Fiscal Year to the
     effective date of such change and (z) the two full Fiscal Years immediately
     preceding the Fiscal Year in which such change is made, in each case
     prepared on a pro forma basis as if such change had been in effect during
     such periods, and (2) together with each delivery of financial statements
     pursuant to subdivision (i), (ii), (iii) or (xiii) of this subsection 5.1
     following such change, a written statement of the principal accounting
     officer or principal financial officer of Holdings setting forth the
     differences (including any differences that would affect any calculations
     relating to the financial covenants set forth in subsection 6) which would
     have resulted if such financial statements had been prepared without giving
     effect to such change; and (b) if Company changes its method of accounting
     for Year 2000 Expenditures, MIS Upgrade Expenditures, EITF 97-13
     Expenditures or Other MIS Expenditures, then, together with each Compliance
     Certificate delivered pursuant to subdivision (iv) of this subsection 5.1
     following such change, a schedule setting forth in reasonable detail the
     adjustments to the calculation of IR Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA due to
     such accounting change.

          (vi)   Accountants' Certification:  together with each delivery of
                 --------------------------                                 
     consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant
     to subdivision (iii) above, a written statement by the independent
     certified public accountants giving the report thereon (a) stating that
     their audit examination has included a review of the terms of this
     Agreement and the other Loan Documents as they relate to accounting
     matters, (b) stating whether, in connection with their audit examination,
     any condition or event that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential
     Event of Default of a financial nature has come to their attention and, if
     such a condition or event has come to their attention, specifying the
     nature and period of existence thereof; provided that such accountants
                                             --------                      
     shall not be liable by reason of any failure to obtain knowledge of any
     such Event of Default or Potential Event of Default that would not be
     disclosed in the course of their audit examination, and (c) stating that
     based on their audit examination nothing has come to their attention that
     causes them to believe either or both that the information contained in the
     certificates delivered therewith pursuant to subdivision (iv) above is not
     correct or that the matters set forth in the Compliance Certificates
     delivered therewith pursuant to clause (b) of subdivision (iv) above for
     the applicable Fiscal Year are not stated in accordance with the terms of
     this Agreement;

          (vii)  Accountants' Reports:  promptly upon receipt thereof (unless
                 --------------------                                        
     restricted by applicable professional standards), copies of all reports
     submitted to Holdings by inde-

                                      102
<PAGE>
 
     pendent certified public accountants in connection with each annual,
     interim or special audit of the financial statements of Holdings and its
     Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including any comment letter
     submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their annual
     audit;

          (viii) SEC Filings and Press Releases:  promptly upon their becoming
                 ------------------------------                               
     available, copies of (a) all financial statements, reports, notices and
     proxy statements sent or made available generally by Holdings to analysts
     or its security holders or by any Subsidiary of Holdings to analysts or its
     security holders other than Holdings or another Subsidiary of Holdings, (b)
     all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements (other
     than on Form S-8 or a similar form) and prospectuses, if any, filed by
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with
     the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental or private
     regulatory authority, and (c) all press releases and other written,
     publicly announced notices by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
     concerning material developments in the business of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries;

          (ix)   Events of Default, etc.:  promptly upon any Responsible Officer
                 -----------------------                                        
     of Holdings or Company obtaining knowledge (a) of any condition or event
     that constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, or
     becoming aware that any Lender has given any notice (other than to
     Administrative Agent) or taken any other action with respect to a claimed
     Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, (b) that any Person has
     given any notice to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other
     action with respect to a claimed default or event or condition of the type
     referred to in subsection 7.2, (c) of any condition or event that would be
     required to be disclosed in a current report filed by Holdings or Company
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 8-K (Items 1, 2, 4, 5
     and 6 of such Form as in effect on the date hereof) if Holdings or Company
     were required to file such reports under the Exchange Act, or (d) of the
     occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in
     any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, an Officers'
     Certificate specifying the nature and period of existence of such
     condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given or action taken
     by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default,
     Potential Event of Default, default, event or condition, and what action
     Holdings or Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect
     thereto;

          (x)    Litigation or Other Proceedings:  promptly upon any Responsible
                 -------------------------------                                
     Officer of Holdings or Company obtaining knowledge of (a) the institution
     of, or non-frivolous threat of, any action, suit, proceeding (whether
     administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or
     arbitration against or affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any
     property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively,
     "Proceedings") not previously disclosed in writing by Holdings or Company
     to Lenders or (b) any material development in any Proceeding that, in any
     case:

                 (1)   if adversely determined, has a reasonable possibility of
          giving rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or

                                      103
<PAGE>
 
                 (2)   seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of,
          or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the
          transactions contemplated hereby;

     written notice thereof together with such other information as may be
     reasonably available to Holdings or Company to enable Lenders and their
     counsel to evaluate such matters;

          (xi)   ERISA Events:  promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence
                 ------------
     of or forthcoming occurrence of any ERISA Event, a written notice
     specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its
     Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is
     taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action
     taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of
     Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto;

          (xii)  ERISA Notices:  with reasonable promptness, copies of (a) each
                 -------------                                                 
     Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series)
     filed by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA
     Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension
     Plan, as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request; (b) all notices
     received by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective
     ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA
     Event; and (c) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or
     filings relating to any Employee Benefit Plan as Administrative Agent shall
     reasonably request;

          (xiii) Financial Plans:  as soon as practicable and in any event no
                 ---------------                                             
     later than 30 days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated
     plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year and the next succeeding
     Fiscal Year (the "Financial Plan" for such Fiscal Years), including (a) a
     forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated
     statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for
     each such Fiscal Year, together with a pro forma Compliance Certificate for
                                            --- -----                           
     the first such Fiscal Year and an explanation of the assumptions on which
     such forecasts are based, and (b) such other information regarding such
     projections as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

          (xiv)  Insurance:  as soon as practicable and in any event by the last
                 ---------                                                      
     day of each Fiscal Year, a report in form and substance satisfactory to
     Administrative Agent outlining all material changes made to insurance
     coverage maintained as of the Closing Date or the date of the most recent
     such report by Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

          (xv)   New Subsidiaries:  promptly upon any Person becoming a 
                 ----------------
     Subsidiary of Holdings, a written notice setting forth with respect to such
     Person (a) the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of Holdings
     and (b) the ownership and debt and equity capitalization of such
     Subsidiary;

                                      104
<PAGE>
 
          (xvi)  Material Contracts:  promptly, and in any event within ten
                 ------------------                                        
     Business Days after any Material Contract of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries is terminated or amended in a manner that is materially
     adverse to Holdings or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, or any new
     Material Contract is entered into, a written statement describing such
     event with copies of such material amendments or new contracts, and an
     explanation of any actions being taken with respect thereto; and

          (xvii) Other Information:  with reasonable promptness, such other
                 -----------------                                         
     information and data with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as
     from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent.

5.2  Corporate Existence, etc.
     -------------------------

     Except as permitted under subsection 6.7, Holdings will, and will cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and
effect its corporate existence and all rights and franchises material to its
business; provided, however that neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries
          --------  -------                                                  
shall be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of
Directors of Holdings or such Subsidiary shall determine that the preservation
thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Holdings or
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and that the loss thereof is not
disadvantageous in any material respect to Holdings, such Subsidiary or Lenders.

5.3  Payment of Taxes and Claims; Tax Consolidation.
     ---------------------------------------------- 

     A.   Holdings will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all
federal, state and other material taxes, assessments and other governmental
charges imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any
of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty accrues thereon, and
all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for
sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien
upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine
shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided that no such charge or claim
                                        --------                             
need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (1) such reserve or
other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with
GAAP shall have been made therefor and (2) in the case of a charge or claim
which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest
proceedings conclusively operate to stay the sale of any portion of the
Collateral to satisfy such charge or claim.

     B.   Holdings will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file
or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person
(other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries).

                                      105
<PAGE>
 
5.4  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Application of Net
     --------------------------------------------------------
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.
     ------------------------------- 

     A.   Maintenance of Properties.  Company will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working
order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted, all
material properties used or useful in the business of Company and its
Subsidiaries (including all Intellectual Property) and from time to time will
make or cause to be made all repairs, renewals and replacements thereof which
are useful, customary or appropriate for companies in similar businesses.

     B.   Insurance.  Company will maintain or cause to be maintained, with
financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third
party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty
insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the
assets, properties and businesses of Company and its Subsidiaries as may
customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by corporations
of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such
amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such
risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for
corporations similarly situated in the industry.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Company will maintain or cause to be maintained (i)
flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a
community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each
case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, and (ii) replacement value property insurance on the
Collateral under such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in
such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are in
accordance with normal industry practice.  Each such policy of insurance related
to property damage, casualty or business interruption shall (a) name
Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders as an additional insured
thereunder as its interests may appear and (b) in the case of each business
interruption and casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or
endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Administrative
Agent, that names Administrative Agent for the benefit of Lenders as the loss
payee thereunder for any covered loss in excess of $1,000,000 and provides for
at least 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent of any
modification or cancellation of such policy.

     C.   Application of Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.

          (i) Business Interruption Insurance.  Upon receipt by Company or any
              -------------------------------                                 
     of its Subsidiaries of any business interruption insurance proceeds
     constituting Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, (a) so long as no Event
     of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Company or such
     Subsidiary may retain and apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds
     for working capital purposes, and (b) if an Event of Default shall have
     occurred and be continuing, within ten Business Days of the receipt thereof
     Company shall apply an amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation
     Proceeds to prepay the Loans as provided in subsection 2.4B(ii)(b);

                                      106
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)  Casualty Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.  Within ten Business
                ----------------------------------------                      
     Days of receipt by Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds other than from business interruption
     insurance, (a) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing and so long as the aggregate amount of Net Asset Sale Proceeds
     and Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received from the Closing Date to
     the date of determination does not exceed $25,000,000, Company may deliver
     to Administrative Agent an Officers' Certificate setting forth (1) that
     portion of such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (the "Proposed
     Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds") that Company or such Subsidiary intends
     to use (or enter into a contract to use) within 270 days of such date of
     receipt to pay or reimburse the costs of repairing, restoring or replacing
     the assets in respect of which such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds
     were received or to reinvest in Eligible Assets and (2) the proposed use of
     the Proposed Insurance Reinvestment Proceeds and such other information
     with respect to such proposed use as Administrative Agent may reasonably
     request, and Company shall, or shall cause one or more of its Subsidiaries
     to, promptly and diligently apply such Proposed Insurance Reinvestment
     Proceeds to pay or reimburse the costs of repairing, restoring or replacing
     the assets in respect of which such Proposed Insurance Reinvestment
     Proceeds were received or to reinvestment in Eligible Assets or, to the
     extent the aggregate amount of Net Asset Proceeds and Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received from the Closing Date to the date
     of determination exceed $5,000,000 and are not so applied, to prepay the
     Loans as provided in subsection 2.4B(ii)(b), and (b) if an Event of Default
     shall have occurred and be continuing, Company shall apply an amount equal
     to such Net Insurance/ Condemnation Proceeds to prepay the Loans as
     provided in subsection 2.4B(ii)(b).

          (iii) Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds Received by Administrative
                --------------------------------------------------------------
     Agent.   Upon receipt by Administrative Agent of any Net
     -----                                                   
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds as loss payee, (a) if and to the extent
     Company or Company would have been required to apply such Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds (if it had received them directly) to
     prepay the Loans, Administrative Agent shall, and Company hereby authorizes
     Administrative Agent to, apply such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds
     within ten Business Days of receipt thereof to prepay the Loans as provided
     in subsection 2.4B(ii)(b), and (b) to the extent the foregoing clause (a)
     does not apply, Administrative Agent shall deliver such Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to Company, and Company shall, or shall
     cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to, promptly apply such Net
     Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the costs of repairing, restoring, or
     replacing the assets in respect of which such Net Insurance/Condemnation
     Proceeds were received or to reinvestment in Eligible Assets.

5.5  Inspection Rights; Audits of Inventory and Accounts Receivable; Lender
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
     Meeting.
     ------- 

     A.   Inspection Rights.  Holdings shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, permit any authorized representatives designated by any Lender
to visit and inspect any of the properties of Holdings or of any of its
Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial
and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and

                                      107
<PAGE>
 
accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants
(provided that Holdings or Company may, if they so choose, be present at or
participate in any such discussion), all upon reasonable notice and at such
reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be
requested; provided, however, that each Lender shall coordinate with
           --------  -------                                        
Administrative Agent the frequency and timing of such visits and inspections so
as to reasonably minimize the burden imposed on Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

     B.   Audits of Inventory and Accounts Receivable.  Holdings shall, and
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any authorized representatives
designated by Administrative Agent to conduct one audit of all Inventory and
accounts receivable of Loan Parties during each twelve-month period after the
Closing Date, each such audit to be in scope and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent, all upon reasonable
notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours as may
reasonably be requested.

     C.   Lender Meeting.  Company will, upon the request of Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders, participate in a meeting of
Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at
Company's corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by
Holdings and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by Company
and Administrative Agent.

5.6  Compliance with Laws, etc.
     --------------------------

     Holdings shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply,
with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of
any governmental authority (including all Environmental Laws), except where
noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to cause, individually or in the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7  Environmental Review and Investigation, Disclosure, Etc.; Company's Actions
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Regarding Hazardous Materials Activities, Environmental Claims and
     ------------------------------------------------------------------
     Violations of Environmental Laws.
     -------------------------------- 

     A.   Environmental Review and Investigation.  Holdings and Company agree
that Administrative Agent may, (i) at any time a fact, event or condition arises
that, in Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion, Administrative Agent
determines could give rise to environmental liabilities that would materially
adversely affect any material Facility, retain, at Company's expense, an
independent professional consultant to review any environmental audits,
investigations, analyses and reports relating to Hazardous Materials at such
Facility prepared by or for Company and (ii) in the event (a) Administrative
Agent reasonably believes that Company or Holdings has breached any
representation, warranty or covenant contained in subsection 4.6, 4.13, 5.6 or
5.7 or that there has been a material violation of Environmental Laws at any
Facility or by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries at any other location conduct
its own investigation of such breach or violation or (b) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, conduct its own investigation of any Facility;
provided that, in the case of any Facility no longer owned, leased, operated or
- --------                                                                       
used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries,

                                      108
<PAGE>
 
Company and Holdings shall only be obligated to use their reasonable best
efforts to obtain permission for Administrative Agent's professional consultant
to conduct an investigation of such Facility.  For purposes of conducting an
investigation pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, Company and
Holdings hereby grant to Administrative Agent and its agents, employees,
consultants and contractors the right to enter into or onto any Facilities
currently owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries
and to perform such tests on such property (including taking samples of soil,
groundwater and suspected asbestos-containing materials) as are reasonably
necessary in connection therewith (to the extent, at any Facility leased by
Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, such actions are permitted by the owner of
such Facility).  Any such investigation of any Facility shall be conducted,
unless otherwise agreed to by Holdings and Administrative Agent, during normal
business hours and, to the extent reasonably practicable, shall be conducted so
as not to interfere with the ongoing operations at such Facility or to cause any
damage or loss to any property at such Facility.  Holdings, Company and
Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree that any report of any
investigation conducted at the request of Administrative Agent pursuant to this
subsection 5.7A will be obtained and shall be used by Administrative Agent and
Lenders for the purposes of Lenders' internal credit decisions, to monitor and
police the Loans and to protect Lenders' security interests, if any, created by
the Loan Documents.  Administrative Agent agrees to deliver a copy of any such
report to Company with the understanding that Company and Holdings acknowledge
and agree that (x) they will indemnify and hold harmless Administrative Agent
and each Lender from any costs, losses or liabilities relating to Holdings' or
Company's use of or reliance on such report, (y) neither Administrative Agent
nor any Lender makes any representation or warranty with respect to such report,
and (z) by delivering such report to Company, neither Administrative Agent nor
any Lender is requiring or recommending the implementation of any suggestions or
recommendations contained in such report.

     B.   Environmental Disclosure.  Company will deliver to Administrative
Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender (and Administrative Agent will,
after receipt thereof, deliver to each Lender):

          (i)  Environmental Audits and Reports.  As soon as practicable
               --------------------------------                         
     following receipt thereof, copies of all material environmental audits,
     investigations, analyses and reports of any kind or character, whether
     prepared by personnel of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or by
     independent consultants, governmental authorities or any other Persons,
     with respect to environmental matters at any Facility that could reasonably
     be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (ii) Notice of Certain Releases, Remedial Actions, Etc.  Promptly upon
               --------------------------------------------------               
     the occurrence thereof, written notice describing in reasonable detail (a)
     any Release required to be reported to any federal, state or local
     governmental or regulatory agency under any applicable Environmental Laws
     unless such Release could not reasonably be expected to result in a
     Material Adverse Effect, (b) any remedial action taken by Company, Holdings
     or any other Person in response to (1) any Hazardous Materials Activities
     the existence of which would reasonably be expected to result in one or
     more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a
     Material Adverse Effect, or (2) any

                                      109
<PAGE>
 
     Environmental Claims of which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has
     notice that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected
     to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) Company's or Holdings'
     discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or
     in the vicinity of any Facility that would reasonably be expected to cause
     such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any material
     restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof
     under any Environmental Laws.

          (iii)  Written Communications Regarding Environmental Claims,
                 ------------------------------------------------------
     Releases, Etc.  As soon as practicable following the sending or receipt
     --------------                                                         
     thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any and all
     written communications with respect to (a) any Environmental Claims that,
     individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to give rise
     to a Material Adverse Effect, (b) any Release required to be reported to
     any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency unless such
     Release could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
     Effect, and (c) any request for information from any governmental agency
     that suggests such agency is investigating whether Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for any Hazardous Materials
     Activity unless such Hazardous Materials Activity could not reasonably be
     expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (iv)   Notice of Certain Proposed Actions Having Environmental Impact.
                 -------------------------------------------------------------- 
     Prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail (a) any proposed
     acquisition of stock, assets, or property by Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to (1) expose Holdings or
     any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims that could
     reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a
     Material Adverse Effect or (2) affect the ability of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all material Governmental
     Authorizations required under any Environmental Laws for their respective
     operations and (b) any proposed action to be taken by Holdings or any of
     its Subsidiaries to modify current operations in a manner that would
     reasonably be expected to subject Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to
     any material additional obligations or requirements under any Environmental
     Laws where such obligations or reimbursements would reasonably be expected
     to have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (v)    Other Information.  With reasonable promptness, such other
                 -----------------                                         
     documents and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested
     by Administrative Agent in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to
     this subsection 5.7.

     C.   Holdings' and Company's Actions Regarding Hazardous Materials
Activities, Environmental Claims and Violations of Environmental Laws.

          (i)    Remedial Actions Relating to Hazardous Materials Activities.
                 -----------------------------------------------------------  
     Holdings shall promptly undertake, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
     promptly to undertake, any and all investigations, studies, sampling,
     testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response actions
     necessary to remove, remediate, clean up or abate

                                      110
<PAGE>
 
     any Hazardous Materials Activity on, under or about any Facility that is in
     violation of any Environmental Laws or that presents a material risk of
     giving rise to an Environmental Claim that would, in either case,
     reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  In the event
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries undertakes any such action with respect
     to any Hazardous Materials, Holdings or such Subsidiary shall conduct and
     complete such action in material compliance with all applicable
     Environmental Laws and in accordance an all material respects with the
     policies, orders and directives of all federal, state and local
     governmental authorities except when, and only to the extent that,
     Holdings' or such Subsidiary's liability with respect to such Hazardous
     Materials Activity is being contested in good faith by Holdings or such
     Subsidiary.

          (ii) Actions with Respect to Environmental Claims and Violations of
               --------------------------------------------------------------
     Environmental Laws.  Holdings shall promptly take, and shall cause each of
     ------------------                                                        
     its Subsidiaries promptly to take, any and all actions necessary to (i)
     cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by Holdings or its
     Subsidiaries where such violation would reasonably be expected to have a
     Material Adverse Effect and (ii) make an appropriate response to any
     Environmental Claim against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (of which
     Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has notice) where such Environmental
     Claim would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and
     discharge any obligations it may have to any Person thereunder.


5.8  Execution of Subsidiary Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral Documents
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
     by Future Subsidiaries.
     ---------------------- 

     A.   Execution of Subsidiary Guaranty and Personal Property Collateral
Documents.  In the event that any Domestic Subsidiary which is an Excluded
Subsidiary as of the Closing Date ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary or any
Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of Company after the date hereof, Company
will promptly notify Administrative Agent of that fact and cause such Subsidiary
to execute and deliver to Collateral Agent counterparts of the Subsidiary
Guaranty, Subsidiary Pledge Agreement, Subsidiary Security Agreement and
Subsidiary Patent and Trademark Security Agreement and to take all such further
actions and execute all such further documents and instruments (including
actions, documents and instruments comparable to those described in subsection
3.1J) as may be reasonably necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of
Administrative Agent, desirable to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of Lenders, a valid and perfected First Priority Lien on all of the
personal and mixed property assets of such Subsidiary described in the
applicable forms of Collateral Documents.

     B.   Subsidiary Charter Documents, Legal Opinions, Etc.  Company shall
deliver to Administrative Agent, together with such Loan Documents, (i)
certified copies of such Subsidiary's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation,
together with a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation and each other state in which such Person is
qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and, to the extent generally

                                      111
<PAGE>
 
available, a certificate or other evidence of good standing as to payment of any
applicable franchise or similar taxes from the appropriate taxing authority of
each of such jurisdictions, each to be dated a recent date prior to their
delivery to Administrative Agent, (ii) a copy of such Subsidiary's Bylaws,
certified by its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as of a recent
date prior to their delivery to Administrative Agent, (iii) a certificate
executed by the secretary or an assistant secretary of such Subsidiary as to (a)
the fact that the attached resolutions of the Board of Directors of such
Subsidiary approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of
such Loan Documents are in full force and effect and have not been modified or
amended and (b) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of such Subsidiary
executing such Loan Documents, and (iv) to the extent requested by
Administrative Agent, a favorable opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary, in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and its counsel,
as to (a) the due organization and good standing of such Subsidiary, (b) the due
authorization, execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of such Loan Documents,
(c) the enforceability of such Loan Documents against such Subsidiary, (d) such
other matters (including matters relating to the creation and perfection of
Liens in any Collateral pursuant to such Loan Documents) as Administrative Agent
may reasonably request, all of the foregoing to be reasonably satisfactory in
form and substance to Administrative Agent and its counsel.

5.9  Conforming Leasehold Interests; Matters Relating to Additional Real
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
     Property Collateral.
     ------------------- 

     A.   Conforming Leasehold Interests.  If Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries acquires any Material Leasehold Property, Holdings shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to, or shall cause such Subsidiary to use
commercially reasonable efforts to, cause such Leasehold Property to be a
Conforming Leasehold Interest.

     B.   Additional Mortgages, Etc.  From and after the Closing Date, in the
event that (i) Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor acquires any fee interest in
real property or any Material Leasehold Property or (ii) at the time any Person
becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Person owns or holds any fee interest in
real property or any Material Leasehold Property, in either case excluding any
such Real Property Asset the encumbrancing of which requires the consent of any
applicable lessor or (in the case of clause (ii) above) then-existing senior
lienholder, where Holdings and its Subsidiaries are unable, after exercising
commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain such lessor's or senior lienholder's
consent (any such non-excluded Real Property Asset described in the foregoing
clause (i) or (ii) being an "Additional Mortgaged Property"), Holdings or such
Subsidiary Guarantor shall deliver to Administrative Agent, as soon as
practicable after such Person acquires such Additional Mortgaged Property or
becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, the following:

          (i) Additional Mortgage.  A fully executed and notarized Mortgage (an
              -------------------                                              
     "Additional Mortgage"), in proper form for recording in all appropriate
     places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering the interest of such
     Loan Party in such Additional Mortgaged Property;

                                      112
<PAGE>
 
          (ii)   Opinions of Counsel.  (a)  A favorable opinion of counsel to
                 -------------------
     such Loan Party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
     Administrative Agent and its counsel, as to the due authorization,
     execution and delivery by such Loan Party of such Additional Mortgage and
     such other matters as Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (b)
     if required by Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel (which counsel
     shall be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent) in the state in
     which such Additional Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the
     enforceability of such Additional Mortgage and such other matters
     (including any matters governed by the laws of such state regarding
     personal property security interests in respect of any Collateral related
     to the Additional Mortgaged Property) as Administrative Agent may
     reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

          (iii)  Landlord Consent and Estoppel; Recorded Leasehold Interest.  In
                 ----------------------------------------------------------     
     the case of an Additional Mortgaged Property consisting of a Leasehold
     Property, (a) a Landlord Consent and Estoppel and (b) evidence that such
     Leasehold Property is a Recorded Leasehold Interest;

          (iv)   Title Insurance.  (a) If required by Administrative Agent, an
                 ---------------                                              
     ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy or an unconditional commitment
     therefor (an "Additional Mortgage Policy") issued by the Title Company
     with respect to such Additional Mortgaged Property, in an amount reasonably
     satisfactory to Administrative Agent, insuring fee simple title to, or a
     valid leasehold interest in, such Additional Mortgaged Property vested in
     such Loan Party and assuring Administrative Agent that such Additional
     Mortgage creates a valid and enforceable First Priority mortgage Lien on
     such Additional Mortgaged Property, subject only to a standard survey
     exception, which Additional Mortgage Policy (1) shall include an
     endorsement for mechanics' liens, for future advances  (in each case, if
     available) under this Agreement and for any other matters reasonably
     requested by Administrative Agent and (2) shall provide for affirmative
     insurance and such reinsurance as Administrative Agent may reasonably
     request, all of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
     to Administrative Agent; and (b) evidence satisfactory to Administrative
     Agent that such Loan Party has (i) delivered to the Title Company all
     certificates and affidavits required by the Title Company in connection
     with the issuance of the Additional Mortgage Policy and (ii) paid to the
     Title Company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses
     and premiums of the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the
     Additional Mortgage Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including
     mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with
     recording the Additional Mortgage in the appropriate real estate records;
     provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall allow for such
     --------  -------                                                
     reasonable revisions to the applicable Mortgage and shall otherwise take
     such steps as are reasonable and customary to minimize recording, mortgage
     recording, stamp, documentary and intangible taxes, at Company's cost;

          (v)    Title Report.  If no Additional Mortgage Policy is required
                 ------------
     with respect to such Additional Mortgaged Property, a title report issued
     by the Title Company with

                                      113
<PAGE>
 
     respect thereto, last updated not more than 30 days prior to the date such
     Additional Mortgage is to be recorded and reasonably satisfactory in form
     and substance to Administrative Agent;

          (vi)   Copies of Documents Relating to Title Exceptions. Copies of all
                 ------------------------------------------------
     recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to
     in the Additional Mortgage Policy or title report delivered pursuant to
     clause (iv) or (v) above;

          (vii)  Matters Relating to Flood Hazard Properties.  (a) Evidence,
                 -------------------------------------------                
     which may be in the form of a surveyor's note on a survey or a report from
     a flood hazard search firm, as to (1) whether such Additional Mortgaged
     Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) if so, whether the community in
     which such Flood Hazard Property is located is participating in the
     National Flood Insurance Program, (b) if such Additional Mortgaged Property
     is a Flood Hazard Property, such Loan Party's written acknowledgement of
     receipt of written notification from Administrative Agent (1) that such
     Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property and (2) as to
     whether the community in which such Flood Hazard Property is located is
     participating in the National Flood Insurance Program, and (c) in the event
     such Additional Mortgaged Property is a Flood Hazard Property that is
     located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance
     Program, evidence that Holdings or Company has obtained flood insurance in
     respect of such Flood Hazard Property to the extent required under the
     applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
     System; and

          (viii) Environmental Audit.  If required by Administrative Agent,
                 -------------------                                       
     reports and other information, in form, scope and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to Administrative Agent and prepared by environmental
     consultants reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, concerning any
     environmental hazards or liabilities to which Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries may be subject with respect to such Additional Mortgaged
     Property.

     C.   Real Estate Appraisals.  Holdings shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, permit an independent real estate appraiser satisfactory to
Administrative Agent, upon reasonable notice, to visit and inspect any
Additional Mortgaged Property for the purpose of preparing an appraisal of such
Additional Mortgaged Property satisfying the requirements of any applicable laws
and regulations (in each case to the extent required under such laws and
regulations as determined by Administrative Agent in its discretion).

5.10 Interest Rate Protection.
     ------------------------ 

     At all times after the date which is 60 days after the Closing Date,
Company shall maintain in effect one or more Interest Rate Agreements with
respect to the Loans, each such Interest Rate Agreement to be for a term and in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Syndication Agent, which Interest
Rate Agreements shall effectively limit the Unadjusted Eurodollar Rate Component
(as hereinafter defined) of the interest costs to Company with respect to an
aggregate notional principal amount of not less than 50% of the aggregate
principal

                                      114
<PAGE>
 
amount of the Tranche A Term Loans outstanding from time to time (based on the
assumption that such notional principal amount was a Eurodollar Rate Loan with
an Interest Period of three months) to a rate equal to not more than 8.0% per
annum.  For purposes of this subsection 5.10, the term "Unadjusted Eurodollar
Rate Component" means that component of the interest costs to Company in
respect of a Eurodollar Rate Loan that is based upon the rate obtained pursuant
to clause (i) of the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

5.11 Additional Foreign Subsidiary Collateral.
     ---------------------------------------- 

     If, following a change in the relevant provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code, counsel for Company acceptable to Administrative Agent does not within 30
days after a request from Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders deliver
evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent with
respect to any Foreign Subsidiary which has not already had all of its capital
stock pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, that (i) a pledge of 66-2/3%
or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of
such Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote, and of any promissory note issued by
such Foreign Subsidiary to Holdings or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries, and
(ii) the entering into by such Foreign Subsidiary of a guaranty in substantially
the form of the Subsidiary Guaranty, in any such case would cause the
undistributed earnings of such Foreign Subsidiary as determined for Federal
income tax purposes to be treated as a deemed dividend to such Foreign
Subsidiary's United States parent for Federal income tax purposes, then:  in the
case of a failure to deliver the evidence described in clause (i) above, that
portion of such Foreign Subsidiary's outstanding capital stock or any promissory
notes so issued by such Foreign Subsidiary, in each case not theretofore pledged
pursuant to the Collateral Documents, shall be pledged to Collateral Agent
pursuant to the Collateral Documents (or another pledge agreement in
substantially similar form, if necessary), and in the case of a failure to
deliver the evidence described in clause (ii) above, such Foreign Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver the Subsidiary Guaranty and other Collateral Documents
(or other guaranty and security agreements in substantially similar form, if
necessary), granting Collateral Agent a security interest in all of such Foreign
Subsidiary's real, mixed and personal property and securing the Obligations, in
each case to the extent that such pledge of capital stock and notes and entry
into such guaranty and related documents is permitted by the laws of the
applicable foreign jurisdictions.

5.12 Post-Closing Deliveries.
     ----------------------- 

     Company shall cause any actions set forth on Schedule 5.12 annexed hereto
                                                  -------------               
to be taken within the time period(s) specified on such Schedule 5.12 and in
                                                        -------------       
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and
Syndication Agent.


                                   SECTION 6.
                          COMPANY'S NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     Company covenants and agrees that, so long as any of the Commitments
hereunder shall remain in effect and until payment in full of all of the Loans
and other Obligations (other than

                                      115
<PAGE>
 
inchoate indemnification obligations with respect to claims, losses or
liabilities which have not yet arisen and are not yet due and payable), unless
Requisite Lenders shall otherwise give prior written consent, Company shall
perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in
this Section 6.

6.1  Restricted Payments.
     ------------------- 

     Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly:  (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other
payment or distribution on account of Company's Equity Interests (including,
without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving Company) or to the direct or indirect holders of Company's Equity
Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions
payable in Qualified Capital Stock of Company); (ii) purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving Company) any Equity
Interests of Company or any direct or indirect parent of Company; or (iii) make
any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in
clauses (i) through (iii) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted
Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted
Payment:

          (a) no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have
     occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

          (b) Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after
     giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made
     at the beginning of the applicable Four-Quarter Period, have been permitted
     to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
     Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
     paragraph of subsection 6.3 hereof; and

          (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
     other Restricted Payments made by Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
     after the date of this Agreement (excluding Restricted Payments permitted
     by clauses (3), (5), (6), (8) and (9) of the next succeeding paragraph), is
     less than the sum, without duplication, of (i) 50% of the Consolidated Net
     Income of Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the
     beginning of the first Fiscal Quarter commencing after the date of this
     Agreement to the end of Company's most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for
     which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
     Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is
     a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net
     cash proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash
     that would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business)
     received by Company since the date of this Agreement as a contribution to
     its common equity capital (other than from a Subsidiary or that were
     financed with loans from Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or from the
     issue or sale of Qualified Capital Stock (including Capital Stock issued
     upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or in exchange for
     outstanding Indebtedness) of Company (excluding any net proceeds from an
     Equity Offering or capital contribution to the extent used to repay

                                      116
<PAGE>
 
     Loans in accordance with the optional prepayment provisions hereunder) or
     from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of Company
     that have been converted into Qualified Capital Stock (other than Qualified
     Capital Stock (or Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities) sold
     to a Subsidiary of Company), plus (iii) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds
     (including the fair market value of property other than cash that would
     constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) of any (A) sale
     or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Company and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) dividend from, or the sale of the stock of,
     an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately
preceding paragraph will not prohibit (1) the payment of any dividend or the
consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of
declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the dividend or
payment of the redemption price, as the case may be, would have been permitted
on the date of declaration or notice; (2) if no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof, the
acquisition of any shares of Capital Stock of Company (the "Retired Capital
Stock"), either (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of
Company (the "Refunding Capital Stock"), or (ii) through the application of
the net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a
Subsidiary of Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of Company, and, in
the case of subclause (i) of this clause (2), if immediately prior to the
retirement of the Retired Capital Stock the declaration and payment of dividends
thereon was permitted under clause (3) of this paragraph, the declaration and
payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock in an aggregate amount per
year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was
declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such
retirement; provided that at the time of the declaration of any such dividends
            --------                                                          
on the Refunding Capital Stock, no Potential Event of Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof; (3) if no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the
declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the date
of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the declaration and payment of
dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and
payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph); provided that, at the
                                                           --------             
time of such issuance, Company, after giving effect to such issuance on a pro
forma basis, would have had a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at
least 2.0 to 1.0 for the most recent Four-Quarter Period; (4) payments to
Holdings for the purpose of permitting, and in an amount equal to the amount
required to permit, Holdings to redeem or repurchase Holdings's common equity or
options in respect thereof, in each case in connection with the repurchase
provisions of employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other
agreements to compensate management employees; provided that all such
                                               --------              
redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause (4) shall not exceed
$12,500,000 (which amount shall be increased by the amount of any net cash
proceeds received from the sale since the date of this Agreement of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to members of Company's management
team that have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments
pursuant to the terms of the preceding paragraph (c) and by the cash proceeds of
any

                                      117
<PAGE>
 
"key-man" life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or
repurchases) in the aggregate since the date of this Agreement; provided
                                                                --------
further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Company from members of
- -------                                                                        
management of Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with
such a repurchase of Capital Stock of Holdings will not be deemed to constitute
a Restricted Payment under this Agreement; (5) the making of distributions,
loans or advances to Holdings in an amount not to exceed $1,500,000 per annum in
order to permit Holdings to pay the ordinary operating expenses of Holdings
(including, without limitation, directors' fees, indemnification obligations,
professional fees and expenses, but excluding any payments on or repurchases of
Junior Subordinated Seller Notes); (6) payments to Holdings in respect of taxes
pursuant to the terms of the Tax Allocation Agreement as in effect on the date
of this Agreement and as amended from time to time pursuant to amendments that
do not increase the amounts payable by Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries thereunder; (7) if no Potential Event of Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof and Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with subsection
6.3 hereof, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$12,500,000 since the date of this Agreement; (8) repurchases of Capital Stock
deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock
represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; (9) distributions to
Holdings to fund the Recapitalization Transactions; and (10) if no Potential
Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof, payments or distributions to Holdings to
the extent required for Holdings to repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
prepay any Existing Subordinated Notes not tendered pursuant to the Debt Tender
Offer on terms (set forth in the Existing Subordinated Note Indenture or
otherwise) no less favorable in any material respect to Holdings, Company and
Lenders than the terms of the Debt Tender Offer.

     In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent
to the date of this Agreement in accordance with clause (c) of the immediately
preceding paragraph, (a) amounts expended pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (4), and
(7) shall be included in such calculation; provided such expenditures pursuant
                                           --------                           
to clause (4) shall not be included to the extent of the cash proceeds received
by Company from any "key-man" life insurance policies and (b) amounts expended
pursuant to clauses (3), (5), (6), (8), (9) or (10) shall be excluded from such
calculation.

     The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Potential Event of
Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments
by Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash)
in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the
time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted
Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant.  All such outstanding
Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the
fair market value of such Investments at the time of such designation. Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

                                      118
<PAGE>
 
     The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities
proposed to be transferred or issued by Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

6.2  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
     -------------------------------------------------------------- 

     Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other
distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock, (b) make loans or advances
or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to Company or any other
Restricted Subsidiary of Company or (c) transfer any of its property or assets
to Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Company, except for such
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (1) applicable law;
(2) the Loan Documents or the New Sub Debt Indentures; (3) nonassignment
provisions of any contract or any lease entered into in the ordinary course of
business; (4) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance
or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of
any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so
acquired; (5) agreements existing on the date of this Agreement (including,
without limitation, the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Existing Subordinated
Note Indenture); (6) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien
permitted under the applicable Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; (7)
restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted
under this Agreement to any Person pending the closing of such sale; (8) any
agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person that is in effect
on the date such Person is acquired by Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
Company; (9) any Purchase Money Note, or other Indebtedness or other contractual
requirements of a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such
                            --------                                          
Securitization Entity; (10) any agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness
or Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock (whether or not outstanding) of
Foreign Subsidiaries of Company that was permitted by this Agreement to be
incurred; (11) other Indebtedness or Domestic Subsidiary Preferred Stock
permitted to be incurred subsequent to the date of this Agreement pursuant to
the provisions of subsection 6.3; provided that any such restrictions are
                                  --------                               
ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness or preferred
stock being incurred or issued (under the relevant circumstances); (12)
restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (13) any
encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses
(1) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, modifications,
                        --------                                     
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Company's Board of Directors, no
more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions
than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such
amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding,
replacement or refinancing.

                                      119
<PAGE>
 
6.3  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
     ---------------------------------------------------------- 

     Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise
become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to
(collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness and Company shall not issue any
Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Company may incur
                                     --------  -------                        
Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock if (i) no Potential Event of
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or
as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness or the issuance of
any such Disqualified Stock and (ii) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for Company's most recently ended Four-Quarter Period would have been at
least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom) as if the additional Indebtedness had
been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, at the beginning of
such Four-Quarter Period.

     The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant will not apply to
the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
"Permitted Indebtedness"):

          (i)    the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Discount Notes and, in each
     case, the guarantees thereof required thereunder;

          (ii)   Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Revolving Credit
     Agreement and the other Revolving Credit Documents in an aggregate
     principal amount at any time outstanding (with letters of credit being
     deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability
     of Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $220,000,000 less
     (A) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of Securitization Entities at the
     time outstanding less (B) the amount of all optional or mandatory principal
     payments of the Tranche A Term Loans actually made by Company or any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Agreement (excluding any
     such payments to the extent refinanced at the time of payment under a
     Credit Facility) and (C) further reduced by any repayments of revolving
     credit borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement that are accompanied
     by a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder;

          (iii)  the incurrence of Indebtedness and/or the issuance of Permitted
     Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock by Foreign Subsidiaries of Company,
     which together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred
     pursuant to this clause (iii) and the aggregate liquidation value of all
     Permitted Foreign Subsidiary Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause
     (iii), does not exceed $15,000,000 at any one time outstanding; provided
                                                                     --------
     that such amount shall increase to $30,000,000 upon the consummation of an
     Initial Public Offering;

          (iv)   other Indebtedness of Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding
     on the date of this Agreement for so long as such Indebtedness remains
     outstanding;

                                      120
<PAGE>
 
          (v)    Interest Swap Obligations of Company covering Indebtedness of
     Company; provided that any Indebtedness to which any such Interest Swap
              --------                                                      
     Obligations correspond is otherwise permitted to be incurred under the
     applicable Indenture; and provided further, that such Interest Swap
                               -------- -------                         
     Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of Company, to protect
     Company from fluctuation in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness;

          (vi)   Indebtedness of Company under Currency Agreements;

          (vii)  the incurrence by Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
     of intercompany Indebtedness between or among Company and any of its
     Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) if Company is the
                              --------  -------                            
     obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated
     to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations and (ii) (A) any
     subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any
     such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than Company or a Subsidiary
     thereof and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a
     Person that is not either Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall
     be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness
     by Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not
     permitted by this clause (vii);

          (viii) the incurrence of Acquired Indebtedness of Restricted
     Subsidiaries of Company to the extent Company could have incurred such
     Indebtedness in accordance with the first paragraph of this covenant on the
     date such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness;

          (ix)   Guarantees by Company and the Guarantors of each other's
     Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred
                   --------                                                   
     under this Agreement and the New Sub Debt Indentures;

          (x)    Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred by
     Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase,
     lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether
     through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person
     owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to
     exceed 5% of Total Assets at the time of any incurrence thereof (including
     any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto);

          (xi)   Indebtedness incurred by Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters
     of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without
     limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers' compensation claims or
     self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type
     obligations regarding workers' compensation claims;

          (xii)  Indebtedness arising from agreements of Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary of Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase
     price, earn out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or
     assumed in connection with the

                                      121
<PAGE>
 
     disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of Company,
     other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all
     or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the
     purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable
                                            --------                           
     liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the
     gross proceeds actually received by Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
     in connection with such disposition;

          (xiii) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and
     completion guarantees provided by Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
     Company in the ordinary course of business;

          (xiv)  any refinancing, modification, replacement, renewal,
     restatement, refunding, deferral, extension, substitution, supplement,
     reissuance or resale of existing or future Indebtedness (other than
     intercompany Indebtedness), including any additional Indebtedness incurred
     to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such
     existing or future Indebtedness as in effect at the time of issuance
     thereof ("Required Premiums") and fees in connection therewith
     ("Refinancing Indebtedness"); provided that any such event shall not 
                                   --------
     (1) directly or indirectly result in an increase in the aggregate principal
     amount of Permitted Indebtedness (except to the extent such increase is a
     result of a simultaneous incurrence of additional Indebtedness (A) to pay
     Required Premiums and related fees or (B) otherwise permitted to be
     incurred hereunder) of Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and
     (2) create Indebtedness with a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the
     time such Indebtedness is incurred that is less than the Weighted Average
     Life to Maturity at such time of the Indebtedness being refinanced,
     modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended,
     substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold (except that this subclause
     (2) will not apply in the event the Indebtedness being refinanced,
     modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended,
     substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold was originally incurred in
     reliance upon clause (xvi) of this paragraph);

          (xv)   the incurrence by a Securitization Entity of Indebtedness in a
     Qualified Securitization Transaction that is Non-Recourse Debt with respect
     to Company and its other Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Standard
     Securitization Undertakings);

          (xvi)  the incurrence of additional Indebtedness by Company or any of
     its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or the issuance of Permitted Domestic
     Subsidiary Preferred Stock by Company's Domestic Subsidiaries or other
     Subsidiary Guarantors which together with the aggregate principal amount of
     other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xvi) and the aggregate
     liquidation value of all other Permitted Domestic Subsidiary Preferred
     Stock issued pursuant to this clause (xvi), does not exceed $30,000,000 at
     any one time outstanding; provided that such amount shall increase to
                               --------                                   
     $50,000,000 upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

     For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event
that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Indebtedness

                                      122
<PAGE>
 
described in clauses (i) through (xvi) above or is entitled to be incurred
pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Company shall, in its sole
discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with
this covenant. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue
discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional
Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified
Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock
will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of
Disqualified Stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case,
                                                  --------                    
that the amount thereof is included in Consolidated Fixed Charges of Company as
accrued.

6.4  Asset Sales.
     ----------- 

     Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) Company or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset
Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise
disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), (ii) at
least 75% of the consideration received by Company or the Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be cash or Cash Equivalents;
provided that the amount of (a) any liabilities (as shown on Company's or such
- --------                                                                      
Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet) of Company or any such
Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Loans) that are assumed by the transferee of any such
assets, (b) any notes or other obligations received by Company or any such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted by
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash
received) and (c) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration
received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to
exceed 10% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash
Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash
Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for the purposes of
this provision, and (iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, Company shall
apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Asset Sale Proceeds
relating to such Asset Sale in accordance with subsection 2.4B(ii)(a).

6.5  Transactions with Affiliates.
     ---------------------------- 

     A.   Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to occur any
transaction or series or related transactions (including, without limitation,
the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any
service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $2,500,000 (an "Affiliate Transaction"), other than
(x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under subsection 6.5B below and 
(y) Affiliate Transactions on terms that are not materially less favorable than
those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at
such time on an arm's length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of
Company; provided, however, that for a transaction or series of related
         --------  -------                                             
transactions

                                      123
<PAGE>
 
with an aggregate value of $7,500,000 or more, at Company's option, either (i) a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Company shall
determine in good faith that such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not
materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in
a comparable transaction at such time on an arm's-length basis from a Person
that is not an Affiliate of Company or (ii) the Board of Directors of Company or
any such Restricted Subsidiary party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have
received an opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that
such Affiliate Transaction is on terms not materially less favorable than those
that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such
time on an arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of Company;
and provided, further, that for an Affiliate Transaction with an aggregate value
    --------  -------                                                           
of $10,000,000 or more the Board of Directors of Company or any such Restricted
Subsidiary party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have received an opinion
from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate
Transaction is on terms not materially less favorable those that might
reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an
arm's-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of Company.

     B.   The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) reasonable fees and
compensation paid to and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors,
employee or consultants of Company or any Subsidiary as determined in good faith
by Company's Board of Directors or senior management; (ii) transactions
exclusively between or among Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such
transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the applicable Indenture; 
(iii) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
(iv) any agreement as in effect as of the date of this Agreement or any
amendment or replacement thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby
(including pursuant to any amendment or replacement thereto) so long as any such
amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in
any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the date of
this Agreement; (v) Restricted Payments permitted by this Agreement; (vi) the
payment of customary annual management, consulting and advisory fees and related
expenses to the Principals and their Affiliates made pursuant to any financial
advisory, financing, underwriting or placement agreement or in respect of other
investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or
divestitures which are approved by the Board of Directors of Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary in good faith; (viii) payments or loans to employees or
consultants that are approved by the Board of Directors of Company in good
faith, (ix) the existence of, or the performance by Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders
agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement
related thereto) to which it is a party as of the date of this Agreement and any
similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that
                                                       --------  -------
the existence of, or the performance by Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing
agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the date of this
Agreement shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the
terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not disadvantageous to the
Lenders in any material respect; (x) transactions permitted by, and complying
with, subsection 6.8 hereof; and (xi) transactions with customers, clients,
suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of

                                      124
<PAGE>
 
goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business (including,
without limitation, pursuant to joint venture agreements) and otherwise in
compliance with the terms hereof which are fair to Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of
Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable
as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party.

6.6  Liens.
     ----- 

     A.   Prohibition on Liens.  Company shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Liens of any kind against or upon any of its property or assets, or any proceeds
therefrom, except:

          (i)    Permitted Encumbrances;

          (ii)   Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents in favor of
     the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and/or the lenders
     under the Revolving Credit Agreement securing Loan Parties' obligations
     under this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement and/or under Interest
     Rate Agreements with any such Lenders and/or lenders or their respective
     affiliates; provided that such Liens for the benefit of the lenders under
                 --------                                                     
     the Revolving Credit Agreement shall at all times secure the Obligations;

          (iii)  Liens arising in connection with Capital Leases; provided that
                                                                  --------     
     no such Lien shall extend to or cover any Collateral or assets other than
     the assets subject to such Capital Leases;

          (iv)   Liens securing Indebtedness incurred (a) to finance the
     acquisition, construction or improvement of any real property or tangible
     personal property assets acquired or held by Company or any of its
     Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided that (1) such
                                                      --------              
     Liens shall be created within 180 days after the acquisition, construction
     or improvement of such assets, and (2) the principal amount of Indebtedness
     secured by any such Liens shall at no time exceed 100%, and the proceeds of
     such Indebtedness shall be used to provide not less than 75%, of the
     original purchase price of such asset or the amount expended to construct
     or improve such asset, as the case may be; or (b) to renew, extend or
     refinance any Indebtedness described in clause (a); provided that the
                                                         --------         
     amount of any such Indebtedness does not exceed the amount of Indebtedness
     so renewed, extended or refinanced which is unpaid and outstanding
     immediately prior to such renewal, extension or refinancing; and provided
                                                                      --------
     further, that in the case of clause (a) or (b), (1) such Liens attach
     -------                                                              
     solely to the assets financed with such Indebtedness, (2) no recourse may
     be had under the Indebtedness secured by such Lien against any Person other
     than the borrower of such Indebtedness for the payment of principal,
     interest, fees, costs or premium on such Indebtedness or for any claim
     based thereon, and (3) the financial covenants under any Indebtedness
     secured by such Liens are, in each case, no more restrictive than those set
     forth in the Revolving Credit

                                      125
<PAGE>
 
     Agreement (for so long as the Revolving Credit Agreement is in full force
     and effect) and this Agreement;

          (v)    Liens on real property or personal property assets of Foreign
     Subsidiaries of Holdings securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiaries
     (other than intercompany Indebtedness) permitted under the Revolving Credit
     Agreement (for so long as the Revolving Credit Agreement is in full force
     and effect) and this Agreement; and

          (vi)   other Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to
     exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding.

       Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the amount of
Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases and purchase money Indebtedness
secured by Liens permitted under clauses (iii) and (iv) above shall not exceed
at any time outstanding (A) $20,000,000 minus (B) the amount of any Acquired
                                        -----                               
Subsidiary Debt.

     B.   Equitable Lien in Favor of Lenders.  If Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its properties or
assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Liens excepted by
the provisions of subsection 6.6A, it shall make or cause to be made effective
provision whereby the Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and
ratably with any and all other Indebtedness secured thereby as long as any such
Indebtedness shall be so secured; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                  --------                                     
this covenant shall not be construed as a consent by Requisite Lenders to the
creation or assumption of any such Lien not permitted by the provisions of
subsection 6.6A.

6.7  Conduct of Business.
     ------------------- 

     Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, engage in any businesses a majority of whose revenues are not derived from
the same or reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable
extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Agreement.

6.8  Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.
     ---------------------------------------- 

     Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not Company
is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one
or more related transactions, to another corporation, Person or entity unless
(i) Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or the Person formed by
or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Company) or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of
the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the
entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than Company) or the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes
all

                                      126
<PAGE>
 
the obligations of Company under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
pursuant to a instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative
Agent; (iii) immediately after such transaction no Potential Event of Default or
Event of Default exists; and (iv) except in the case of a merger of Company with
or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Company and except in the case of a merger
entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating Company in another
jurisdiction, Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than Company), or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
made will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
Four-Quarter Period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the first paragraph of subsection 6.3.

6.9  Successor Corporation.
     --------------------- 

     Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
Company in accordance with subsection 6.8 hereof, the successor corporation
formed by such consolidation or into or with which Company is merged or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of
such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents referring to
"Company" shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to Company),
and may exercise every right and power of Company under this Agreement and the
Loan Documents with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named
as Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be
                   --------  -------
relieved from its obligation to pay the Obligations except in the case of a sale
of all of Company's assets that meets the requirements of subsection 6.8.

6.10 Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements; Amendments of Documents
     --------------------------------------------------------------------
     Relating to Subordinated Indebtedness; Designation of "Designated Senior
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Debt".
     ----- 

     A.   Amendments or Waivers of Certain Agreements.  None of Holdings,
Company nor any of their respective Subsidiaries will agree to any amendment to,
or waive any of its rights under, the Bain Advisory Services Agreement, the
Harvard Advisory Services Agreement or any Related Agreement (other than any
Related Agreement evidencing or governing any Subordinated Indebtedness) after
the Closing Date if any such amendment or waiver would, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to Lenders without in
each case obtaining the prior written consent of Requisite Lenders to such
amendment or waiver.

     B.   Amendments of Documents Relating to Subordinated Indebtedness.
Holdings and Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to, amend or otherwise change the terms of any Subordinated
Indebtedness, or make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change
thereto, if the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the interest
rate on such Subordinated Indebtedness, change (to earlier dates) any dates

                                      127
<PAGE>
 
upon which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change any event
of default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than
to eliminate any such event of default or increase any grace period related
thereto), change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof,
change the subordination provisions of such Subordinated Indebtedness (or of any
guaranty thereof), or change any collateral therefor (other than to release such
collateral), or if the effect of such amendment or change, together with all
other amendments or changes made, is to increase materially the obligations of
the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the holders of such
Subordinated Indebtedness (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf)
which would be materially adverse to Holdings, Company or Lenders.

     C.   Amendments of Revolving Credit Documents.  Holdings and Company shall
not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, amend or
otherwise change the terms of any of the Revolving Credit Documents, or make any
payment consistent with an amendment thereof or a change thereto, that would
have the effect of (i) changing (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments
of principal or interest are due on the loans under the Revolving Credit
Agreement or requiring the earlier payment of letter of credit reimbursement
obligations, (ii) reducing the percentage specified in the definition of
"Requisite Lenders" in the Revolving Credit Agreement, or (iii) changing the
prepayment provisions of the Revolving Credit Agreement in a manner that
disproportionately disadvantages the Lenders relative to the lenders under the
Revolving Credit Agreement or confers additional rights on the lenders under the
Revolving Credit Agreement which would be adverse to Lenders, without the prior
written consent of Requisite Lenders under this Agreement.

     D.   Designation of "Designated Senior Debt".  Holdings and Company shall
not designate any Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Debt" (as defined in the
New Sub Debt Indentures or the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes) for purposes of
the New Sub Debt Indentures or the Junior Subordinated Seller Notes without the
prior written consent of Requisite Lenders.

                                   SECTION 7.
                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     If any of the following conditions or events ("Events of Default") shall
occur:

7.1  Failure to Make Interest Payments When Due.
     ------------------------------------------ 

     Failure to pay interest or fees on any Loans when the same becomes due and
payable if the default continues for a period of three (3) days; or

7.2  Failure to Make Principal Payments When Due.
     ------------------------------------------- 

     Failure to pay the principal of any Loans when such principal becomes due
and payable, at maturity, as a result of mandatory prepayment or otherwise; or

                                      128
<PAGE>
 
7.3  Other Defaults Under Loan Documents; Breach of Warranty.
     ------------------------------------------------------- 

     A default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or
agreement contained herein or in the Loan Documents if the default continues for
a period of 30 days after Company receives written notice specifying the default
(and demanding that such default be remedied) from Administrative Agent or from
Requisite Lenders; or any representation, warranty, certification or other
statement made by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any Loan Document or in
any statement or certificate at any time given by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or
therewith shall be false in any material respect on the date as of which made;
or

7.4  Default in Other Agreements.
     --------------------------- 

     (i) Failure of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to pay when due any
principal of or interest on or any other amount payable in respect of the
Revolving Credit Agreement or one or more items of Indebtedness (other than the
Loans) or Contingent Obligations in an individual principal amount of $5,000,000
or more or with an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or more, in each
case beyond the end of any grace period provided therefor; or (ii) breach or
default by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any other
material term of (a) the Revolving Credit Agreement, (b) one or more items of
Indebtedness or Contingent Obligations in the individual or aggregate principal
amounts referred to in clause (i) above or (c) any loan agreement, mortgage,
indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness or
Contingent Obligation(s), if the effect of such breach or default is to cause,
or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness or Contingent
Obligation(s) (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, that
Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation(s) to become or be declared due and
payable prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying
obligation, as the case may be (upon the giving or receiving of notice, lapse of
time, both, or otherwise), and either (X) such default or breach under clause
(i) or (ii) continues for a period of twenty (20) Business Days and remains
uncured and unwaived for such period or (Y) such Indebtedness or Contingent
Obligation is either already at its final maturity in accordance with its terms
or  has been accelerated; or (iii) failure to pay at final stated maturity
(giving effect to any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any
Indebtedness of Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a
Securitization Entity), which failure continues for at least 10 days, or the
acceleration of the maturity of any such Indebtedness, which acceleration
remains uncured and unrescinded for at least 10 days, if the aggregate principal
amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or
which has been accelerated, aggregates $20,000,000 or more at any time; or

7.5  Judgments and Attachments.
     ------------------------- 

     One or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $20,000,000 shall
have been rendered against Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and
such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days
after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; or

                                      129
<PAGE>
 
7.6  Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.
     ---------------------------------------------------

     Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries
that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or
within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

          (i)    commences a voluntary case;

          (ii)   consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
     involuntary case;

          (iii)  consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or
     substantially all of its property;

          (iv)   makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

          (v)    generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

7.7  Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, etc.
     -----------------------------------------------------

     A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that:

          (i)    is for relief against Company or any of its Significant
     Subsidiaries or any  group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
     constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

          (ii)   appoints a Custodian of Company or any of its Significant
     Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
     constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the
     property of Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of
     Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant
     Subsidiary; or

          (iii)  orders the liquidation of Company or any of its Significant
     Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would
     constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains
     unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

7.8  Change in Control.
     ----------------- 

     (i) Holdings shall cease to own 100% of the capital stock of Company; or
(ii) Bain and the Other Investors shall cease to have a presently exercisable
right to vote at least 51% of all issued and outstanding equity Securities of
Holdings entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote
for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Holdings; or (iii) Bain
and the Other Investors shall cease to beneficially own at least 51% of the
economic value of Holdings; or (iv) a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of Company shall

                                      130
<PAGE>
 
not be Continuing Directors; or (v) Bain shall (a) cease to have a presently
exercisable right to vote more of the issued and outstanding equity Securities
of Holdings entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Holdings than any
one of the Other Investors, or (b) cease to beneficially own a greater
percentage of the economic value of Holdings than the percentage beneficially
owned by any one of the Other Investors; or (vi) the ratio of (a) either (x) the
percentage of the issued and outstanding equity Securities of Holdings or 
(y) the percentage of the economic value of Holdings, in each case held by Bain
at any time, to (b) either (x) the percentage of the issued and outstanding
equity Securities of Holdings or (y) the percentage of the economic value of
Holdings, in each case held by Bain on the Closing Date after giving effect to
the Recapitalization Transactions, shall at any time be less than .50:1.0; or
(vii) a "Change of Control" under either of the New Sub Debt Indentures shall
occur; or

7.9  Invalidity of Guaranties; Failure of Security; Repudiation of Obligations.
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

     At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) any Guaranty for
any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations (other than
inchoate indemnification obligations with respect to claims, losses or
liabilities which have not yet arisen and are not yet due and payable), shall
cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms)
or shall be declared to be null and void, (ii) any Collateral Document shall
cease to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of
Collateral thereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, the
satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification
obligations with respect to claims, losses or liabilities which have not yet
arisen and are not yet due and payable) or any other termination of such
Collateral Document in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof) or shall be
declared null and void, or Administrative Agent shall not have or shall cease to
have a valid and perfected First Priority Lien in any Collateral purported to be
covered thereby having a fair market value, individually or in the aggregate,
exceeding $2,000,000, in each case for any reason other than the failure of
Administrative Agent or any Lender to take any action within its control, or
(iii) any Loan Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan
Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability,
including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Loan Document to
which it is a party;

THEN (i) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in subsection 7.6
or 7.7, each of (a) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the
Loans, and (b) all other Obligations shall automatically become immediately due
and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Holdings and Company, and the
obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, shall thereupon terminate, and 
(ii) upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any other Event of
Default, Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request or with the
written consent of Requisite Lenders, by written notice to Company, declare all
or any portion of the amounts described in clauses (a) and (b) above to be, and
the same shall forthwith become, immediately due and payable.

                                      131
<PAGE>
 
     Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding paragraph, if at any
time within 60 days after an acceleration of the Loans pursuant to clause 
(ii) of such paragraph Company shall pay all arrears of interest and all
payments on account of principal which shall have become due otherwise than as a
result of such acceleration (with interest on principal and, to the extent
permitted by law, on overdue interest, at the rates specified in this Agreement)
and all Events of Default and Potential Events of Default (other than non-
payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the Loans, in each case
which is due and payable solely by virtue of acceleration) shall be remedied or
waived pursuant to subsection 9.6, then Requisite Lenders, by written notice to
Company, may at their option rescind and annul such acceleration and its
consequences; but such action shall not affect any subsequent Event of Default
or Potential Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. The
provisions of this paragraph are intended merely to bind Lenders to a decision
which may be made at the election of Requisite Lenders and are not intended,
directly or indirectly, to benefit Holdings or Company, and such provisions
shall not at any time be construed so as to grant Holdings or Company the right
to require Lenders to rescind or annul any acceleration hereunder or to preclude
Administrative Agent or Lenders from exercising any of the rights or remedies
available to them under any of the Loan Documents, even if the conditions set
forth in this paragraph are met.


                                   SECTION 8.
                                    AGENTS

8.1  Appointment.
     ----------- 

     A.   Appointment of Agents.  GSCP is hereby appointed Syndication Agent
hereunder, and each Lender hereby authorizes Syndication Agent to act as its
agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.  Morgan Guaranty is hereby appointed Administrative Agent hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes
Administrative Agent to act as its agent in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  BTCo. is hereby appointed Documentation
Agent hereunder.  Each Lender hereby authorizes and confirms the appointment by
Administrative Agent of Morgan Guaranty as Collateral Agent under the
Intercreditor Agreement and each Lender hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to
act as its agent in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and
the other Loan Documents.  Each Agent hereby agrees to act upon the express
conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as
applicable.  The provisions of this Section 9 are solely for the benefit of
Agents and Lenders and Company shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary
of any of the provisions thereof.  In performing its functions and duties under
this Agreement, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not
assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or
relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.
Each of Syndication Agent, without consent of or notice to any party hereto, may
assign any and all of its rights or obligations hereunder to any of its
Affiliates.  As of the date on which Syndication Agent notifies Company that it
has concluded its primary syndication of the Loans and Commitments, all
obligations of GSCP, in its capacity as Syndication Agent

                                      132
<PAGE>
 
hereunder, shall terminate.  BTCo., in its capacity as Documentation Agent,
shall have no obligations hereunder.

     B.   Appointment of Supplemental Collateral Agents.  It is the purpose of
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of
any law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking
corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such
jurisdiction.  It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement
of any of the Loan Documents, or in case Administrative Agent deems that by
reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any
of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan
Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in
connection therewith, it may be necessary that Administrative Agent appoint an
additional individual or institution as a separate trustee, co-trustee,
collateral agent or collateral co-agent (any such additional individual or
institution being referred to herein individually as a "Supplemental Collateral
Agent" and collectively as "Supplemental Collateral Agents").

     In the event that Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Collateral
Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege
or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to Administrative Agent
with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such
Supplemental Collateral Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary
to enable such Supplemental Collateral Agent to exercise such rights, powers and
privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with
respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the
Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such
Supplemental Collateral Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either
Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, and (ii) the
provisions of this Section 8 and of subsections 9.2 and 9.3 that refer to
Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Collateral
Agent and all references therein to Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be
references to Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, as
the context may require.

     Should any instrument in writing from Holdings, Company or any other Loan
Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by
Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to
him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, Holdings or Company shall,
or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all
such instruments promptly upon request by Administrative Agent.  In case any
Supplemental Collateral Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become
incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges
and duties of such Supplemental Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by
law, shall vest in and be exercised by Administrative Agent until the
appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral Agent.

                                      133
<PAGE>
 
8.2  Powers and Duties; General Immunity.
     ----------------------------------- 

     A.   Powers; Duties Specified.  Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each
Agent to take such action on such Lender's behalf and to exercise such powers,
rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are
specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof,
together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental
thereto.  Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are
expressly specified in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  Each Agent
may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or
through its agents or employees.  No Agent shall have, by reason of this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship in
respect of any Lender; and nothing in this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to
impose upon any Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

     B.   No Responsibility for Certain Matters.  No Agent shall be responsible
to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity,
enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements
made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any
financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other
documents furnished or made by any of Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of
Holdings or Company to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Loan
Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial
condition or business affairs of Holdings or Company or any other Person liable
for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain
or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions,
provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Loan Documents or as
to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible
existence of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default.  Anything
contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Administrative
Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of
outstanding Loans or the component amounts thereof.

     C.   Exculpatory Provisions.  None of Agents nor any of their respective
officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders
for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of
the Loan Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent's gross negligence
or willful misconduct.  Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or
the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection
with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or from the exercise of
any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless
and until such Agent, in the case of any Agent other than the Collateral Agent,
shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Lenders (or
such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under subsection
9.6) or, in the case of the Collateral Agent, in accordance with the
Intercreditor Agreement, and, upon receipt of such instructions from Requisite
Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be) or in accordance with the
Intercreditor Agreement, as the case may be, such Agent shall be entitled to act
or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power,
discretion or authority, in accordance

                                      134
<PAGE>
 
with such instructions.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing,
(i) each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or
persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on
opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and its
Subsidiaries), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by
it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any
Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from
acting under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in the case of
any Agent other than the Collateral Agent, in accordance with the instructions
of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such
instructions under subsection 9.6) or, in the case of the Collateral Agent, in
accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

     D.   Agent Entitled to Act as Lender.  The agency hereby created shall in
no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or
obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder.
With respect to its participation in the Loans, each Agent shall have the same
rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
though it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it
hereunder, and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" or any similar term shall,
unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its
individual capacity.  Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial
advisory or other business with Holdings, Company or any of their Affiliates as
if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and
other consideration from Holdings and Company for services in connection with
this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

8.3  Representations and Warranties; No Responsibility For Appraisal of Credit
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     worthiness.
     ---------- 

     Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent
investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries in connection with the making of the Loans and that it has made and
shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and
its Subsidiaries.  No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either
initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such
appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other
information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the
making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have
any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any
information provided to Lenders.

8.4  Right to Indemnity.
     ------------------ 

     Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to
indemnify each Agent, to the extent that such Agent shall not have been
reimbursed by Company or Holdings, for and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind

                                      135
<PAGE>
 
or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against
such Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its
duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity
as such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of
                      --------                                                  
such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for
any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become
impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not
commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is
furnished; provided that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to
           --------                                                           
indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty,
action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender's
Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided, further, that this sentence shall not be
                            --------                                          
deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability,
obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or
disbursement described in the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence.

8.5  Successor Administrative Agent.
     ------------------------------ 

     Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving 30 days' prior
written notice thereof to Lenders and Company, and Administrative Agent may be
removed at any time with or without cause by an instrument or concurrent
instruments in writing delivered to Company and Administrative Agent and signed
by Requisite Lenders.  Upon any such notice of resignation or any such removal,
Requisite Lenders shall have the right, upon five Business Days' notice to
Company, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent with the consent of Company
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Upon the acceptance of any
appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative
Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or
removed Administrative Agent and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent
shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement.  After
any retiring or removed Administrative Agent's resignation or removal hereunder
as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 8 shall inure to its
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

8.6  Collateral Documents and Guaranty.
     --------------------------------- 

     Each Lender hereby further authorizes Administrative Agent, on behalf of
and for the benefit of Lenders, to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and
each Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
provided that Administrative Agent shall not enter into or consent to any
- --------                                                                 
material amendment, modification, termination or waiver of the Intercreditor
Agreement without the prior consent of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders
as may be required to give such instructions under subsection 9.6).  Each Lender
hereby further authorizes Collateral Agent (and under the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement Collateral Agent is authorized), on behalf of and for
the benefit of Lenders, to enter into each Collateral Document as secured party
and to be the agent for and representative of the Lenders under the

                                      136
<PAGE>
 
Guaranties, and each Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of each Collateral
Document and each Guaranty; provided that Collateral Agent shall not enter into
                            --------                                           
or consent to any material amendment, modification, termination or waiver of the
Intercreditor Agreement without the prior consent of Requisite Lenders (or such
other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under subsection
9.6); provided further, however, that, without further written consent or
      -------- -------  -------                                          
authorization from Lenders, Collateral Agent may execute any documents or
instruments necessary to (a) release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral
that is the subject of a sale or other disposition of assets permitted by this
Agreement or as permitted or required under the Intercreditor Agreement or the
Collateral Documents or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may
be required to give such consent under subsection 9.6) have otherwise consented
or (b) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from the Subsidiary Guaranty if all of
the capital stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor is sold to any Person pursuant to
a sale or other disposition permitted hereunder or as permitted under the
Intercreditor Agreement or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as
may be required to give such consent under subsection 9.6) have otherwise
consented; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall require
           --------  -------                                               
consent to release from the Subsidiary Guaranty any Person which, immediately
after such sale, shall be a Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which is obligated
to and will enter into the Subsidiary Guaranty.  Anything contained in any of
the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Company, Administrative
Agent, Collateral Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (X) no Lender shall
have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral under any
Collateral Document or to enforce the Subsidiary Guaranty, it being understood
and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents
and the Guaranties may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent for the benefit
of Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof, and (Y) in the event of
a foreclosure by Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public
or private sale, Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser of
any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and Collateral Agent, as agent
for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Secured Party or Secured
Parties in its or their respective individual capacities unless Requisite
Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of
bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any
portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of
the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral
payable by Collateral Agent at such sale.

                                   SECTION 9.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

9.1  Assignments and Participations in Loans.
     --------------------------------------- 

     A.   General.  Subject to subsection 9.1B, each Lender shall have the right
at any time to (i) sell, assign or transfer to any Eligible Assignee, or 
(ii) sell participations to any Person in, all or any part of its Commitments or
any Loan or Loans made by it or any other interest herein or in any other
Obligations owed to it; provided that no such sale, assignment, transfer or
                        --------                                           
participation shall, without the consent of Company, require Company to file a
registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission or apply to
qualify such sale, assignment, transfer or participation under the securities
laws of any state; provided, further that
                   --------  -------     

                                      137
<PAGE>
 
no such sale, assignment or transfer described in clause (i) above shall be
effective unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting such sale,
assignment or transfer shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and
recorded in the Register as provided in subsection 9.1B(ii).  Except as
otherwise provided in this subsection 9.1, no Lender shall, as between Company
and such Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of
any sale, assignment or transfer of all or any part of its Commitments or the
Loans or the other Obligations owed to such Lender.

     B.   Assignments.

          (i)    Amounts and Terms of Assignments.  Each Commitment, Loan or 
                 --------------------------------
     other Obligation may (a) be assigned in any amount to another Lender, or to
     an Affiliate of the assigning Lender or another Lender, with the giving of
     notice to Company and Administrative Agent, or (b) be assigned in an
     aggregate amount of not less than $5,000,000 (or such lesser amount as
     shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Commitments, Loans and other
     Obligations of the assigning Lender) to any other Eligible Assignee with
     the consent of Company and Administrative Agent (which consent of Company
     and Administrative Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
     provided that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Company and
     --------                                                           
     Administrative Agent, the assigning Lender shall have, immediately after
     giving effect to such assignment, not less than an aggregate amount of
     $5,000,000 in Commitments and Loans; and provided further, however, that
                                              -------- -------  -------      
     (x) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
     or (y) in the case of assignments by GSCP or Morgan Guaranty, or (z) in the
     case of an assignment of a funded Loan, an assignment in accordance with
     this clause (b) may be made without the consent of Company or
     Administrative Agent, upon the giving of notice to Company and
     Administrative Agent.  To the extent of any such assignment in accordance
     with either clause (a) or (b) above, the assigning Lender shall be relieved
     of its obligations with respect to its Commitments, Loans, Letters of
     Credit or participations therein, or other Obligations or the portion
     thereof so assigned.  The parties to each such assignment shall execute and
     deliver to Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the
     Register, an Assignment Agreement, together with a processing and
     recordation fee of $500 in the case of assignments pursuant to clause 
     (a) above and assignments by GSCP or Morgan Guaranty, and $2000 in the case
     of all other assignments and such forms, certificates or other evidence, if
     any, with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters
     as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver
     to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii)(a). Upon such
     execution, delivery, acceptance and recordation, from and after the
     effective date specified in such Assignment Agreement, (y) the assignee
     thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and
     obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment
     Agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and
     (z) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and
     obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment
     Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the
     termination of this Agreement under subsection 9.9B) and be released from
     its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the

                                      138
<PAGE>
 
     case of an Assignment Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of an
     assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender
     shall cease to be a party hereto).  The Commitments hereunder shall be
     modified to reflect the Commitment of such assignee and any remaining
     Commitment of such assigning Lender and, if any such assignment occurs
     after the issuance of any Notes hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon
     the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as
     practicable, surrender its applicable Notes, if any, to Administrative
     Agent for cancellation, and thereupon new Notes shall, if so requested by
     the assignee and/or the assigning Lenders in accordance with 
     Subsection 2.1E, be issued to the assignee and/or to the assigning Lender,
     substantially in the form of Exhibit IV, Exhibit V or Exhibit VI annexed
                                  ----------  ---------    ----------        
     hereto, as the case may be, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new
     Commitments and/or outstanding Loans, as the case may be, of the assignee
     and/or the assigning Lender.

          (ii)   Acceptance by Administrative Agent; Recordation in Register.
                 -----------------------------------------------------------  
     Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement executed by an assigning Lender
     and an assignee representing that it is an Eligible Assignee, together with
     the processing and recordation fee referred to in subsection 9.1B(i) and
     any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States
     federal income tax withholding matters that such assignee may be required
     to deliver to Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection 2.7B(iii)(a),
     Administrative Agent shall, if Administrative Agent has and Company have
     consented to the assignment evidenced thereby (in each case to the extent
     such consent is required pursuant to subsection 9.1B(i)), (a) accept such
     Assignment Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof as provided therein
     (which acceptance shall evidence any required consent of Administrative
     Agent to such assignment), (b) record the information contained therein in
     the Register, and (c) give prompt notice thereof to Company.
     Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment Agreement
     delivered to and accepted by it as provided in this subsection 9.1B(ii).

     C.   Participations.  The holder of any participation, other than an
Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to
require such Lender to take or  omit to take any action hereunder except action
directly affecting (i) the extension of the scheduled final maturity date of any
Loan allocated to such participation or (ii) a reduction of the principal amount
of or the rate of interest or fees payable on any Loan allocated to such
participation, and all amounts payable by Company hereunder (including amounts
payable to such Lender pursuant to subsections 2.6D and 2.7) shall be determined
as if such Lender had not sold such participation.  Company and each Lender
hereby acknowledge and agree that, solely for purposes of subsections 9.4 and
9.5, (a) any participation will give rise to a direct obligation of Company to
the participant and (b) the participant shall be considered to be a "Lender".

     D.   Assignments to Federal Reserve Banks and Fund Trustees.  In addition
to the assignments and participations permitted under the foregoing provisions
of this subsection 9.1, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of
its Loans, the other Obligations owed to such Lender, and its Notes to any
Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any operating circular
issued by such Federal Reserve Bank, and with the consent of Company and

                                      139
<PAGE>
 
Administrative Agent any Lender which is an investment fund may pledge all or
any portion of its Notes or Loans to its trustee in support of its obligations
to such trustee; provided that (i) no Lender shall, as between Company and such
                 --------                                                      
Lender, be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such
assignment and pledge and (ii) in no event shall such Federal Reserve Bank or
trustee be considered to be a "Lender" or be entitled to require the assigning
Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

     E.   Information.  Each Lender may furnish any information concerning
Company and its Subsidiaries in the possession of that Lender from time to time
to assignees and participants (including prospective assignees and
participants), subject to subsection 9.19.

     F.   Representations of Lenders.  Each Lender listed on the signature pages
hereof hereby represents and warrants (i) that it is an Eligible Assignee
described in clause (A) of the definition thereof; (ii) that it has experience
and expertise in the making of loans such as the Loans; and (iii) that it will
make its Loans for its own account in the ordinary course of its business and
without a view to distribution of such Loans within the meaning of the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being
understood that, subject to the provisions of this subsection 9.1, the
disposition of such Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain
within its exclusive control).  Each Lender that becomes a party hereto pursuant
to an Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to agree that the representations and
warranties of such Lender contained in Section 2(c) of such Assignment Agreement
are incorporated herein by this reference.

9.2  Expenses.
     -------- 

     Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated,
Company agrees to pay promptly (i) all the actual and reasonable costs and
expenses of preparation of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments
(requested by or for the benefit of Company), waivers or other modifications
thereto; (ii) all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Company
(including any opinions requested by Lenders as to any legal matters arising
hereunder) and of Company's performance of and compliance with all agreements
and conditions on its part to be performed or complied with under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents including with respect to confirming compliance
with environmental, insurance and solvency requirements; (iii) the reasonable
fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Syndication Agent and counsel to
Administrative Agent (in each case including allocated costs of internal
counsel) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and
administration of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments (requested by
or for the benefit of Company), waivers or other modifications thereto and any
other documents or matters requested by Company; (iv) all the reasonable costs
and reasonable expenses of creating and perfecting Liens in favor of Collateral
Agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to any Collateral Document, including filing
and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees,
title insurance premiums, and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of
counsel to Syndication Agent, counsel to Administrative Agent and counsel to
Collateral Agent and of counsel providing any opinions that Syndication Agent,
Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or Requisite Lenders may request in
respect of the Collateral Documents or the Liens created

                                      140
<PAGE>
 
pursuant thereto; (v) all the reasonable costs and reasonable expenses
(including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors,
accountants or appraisers and any environmental or other consultants, advisors
and agents employed or retained by Administrative Agent or Syndication Agent and
their respective counsel) of obtaining and reviewing any appraisals provided for
under subsection 5.9C, any environmental audits or reports provided for under
subsection 3.1K or 5.9B(ix) and any audits or reports provided for under
subsection 5.5B with respect to Inventory and accounts receivable of Holdings
and its Subsidiaries; (vi) all the reasonable costs and reasonable expenses
(including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any consultants,
advisors and agents employed or retained by Administrative Agent or Collateral
Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of
the Collateral; (vii) all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by
Syndication Agent or Administrative Agent in connection with the syndication of
the Commitments and the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Loan
Documents and any consents, amendments (requested by or for the benefit of
Company), waivers or other modifications thereto and the transactions
contemplated thereby; and (viii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default,
all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees (including
allocated costs of internal counsel) and costs of settlement, incurred by
Syndication Agent, Administrative Agent and Lenders in enforcing any Obligations
of or in collecting any payments due from any Loan Party hereunder or under the
other Loan Documents by reason of such Event of Default (including in connection
with the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the
Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranties) or in connection with any
refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this
Agreement in the nature of a "work-out" or pursuant to any insolvency or
bankruptcy proceedings.

9.3  Indemnity.
     --------- 

     In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to subsection 9.2, whether
or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, Company agrees to
defend (subject to Indemnitees' selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold
harmless Agents (including Collateral Agent) and Lenders, and the officers,
partners, directors, trustees, employees, agents and affiliates of any of Agents
(including Collateral Agent) and Lenders (collectively called the
"Indemnitees"), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities (as
hereinafter defined); provided that Company shall not have any obligation to any
                      --------                                                  
Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent
such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct of that Indemnitee as determined by a final, non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

     As used herein, "Indemnified Liabilities" means, collectively, any and
all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource
damages), penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims (including Environmental
Claims), costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling,
testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response action
necessary to remove, remediate, clean up or abate any Hazardous Materials
Activity), expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Indemnitees in
connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding
commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall

                                      141
<PAGE>
 
be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses
incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect
or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws,
statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws,
statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or
equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred
by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or
arising out of (i) this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the Related
Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including
Lenders' agreement to make the Loans hereunder or the use or intended use of the
proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including any
sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the
enforcement of the Guaranties)), (ii) the statements contained in the commitment
letter delivered by any Lender to Company with respect thereto, or (iii) any
Environmental Claim or any Hazardous Materials Activity relating to or arising
from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land
ownership, or practice of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

     To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold
harmless set forth in this subsection 9.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in
part because they are violative of any law or public policy, Company shall
contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under
applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities
incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

9.4  Set-Off; Security Interest in Deposit Accounts.
     ---------------------------------------------- 

     In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and
not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Event of Default each Lender is hereby authorized by Company
at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of Collateral Agent,
without notice to Company or to any other Person (other than Collateral Agent),
any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and
to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including Indebtedness 
evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not
including trust accounts or payroll accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any
time held or owing by that Lender to or for the credit or the account of Company
against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of Company which are
then due and payable to that Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or
connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, irrespective of
whether or not that Lender shall have made any demand hereunder which are then
due and payable.  Company hereby further grants to Collateral Agent and each
Lender a security interest in all deposits and accounts maintained with
Collateral Agent or such Lender as security for the Obligations.

     Company, the Lenders and Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree
that the provisions of this subsection 9.4 are subject to the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.  To the extent that any Lender is required pursuant to
the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement to turn over to the Collateral
Agent any payments otherwise subject to the provisions of this subsection 9.4,
such payments shall not be subject to the provisions of this subsection 9.4.

                                      142
<PAGE>
 
9.5  Ratable Sharing.
     --------------- 

     Lenders hereby agree among themselves that if any of them shall, whether by
voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), by realization upon security,
through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker's lien, by counterclaim
or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents or
otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral
under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the
aggregate amount of principal, interest, amounts payable in respect of Letters
of Credit, fees and other amounts then due and owing to that Lender hereunder or
under the other Loan Documents (collectively, the "Aggregate Amounts Due" to
such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender
in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender
receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (i) notify Administrative
Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (ii) apply a
portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to
have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the
receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts
Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due
shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to
them; provided that if all or part of such proportionately greater payment
      --------                                                            
received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon
the bankruptcy or reorganization of Company or otherwise, those purchases shall
be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be
returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but
without interest.  Company expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and
agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all
rights of banker's lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all
monies owing by Company to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that
holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.

     Company, the Lenders and Administrative Agent hereby acknowledge and agree
that the provisions of this subsection 9.5 are subject to the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.  To the extent that any Lender is required pursuant to
the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement to turn over to the Collateral
Agent any payments otherwise subject to the provisions of this subsection 9.5,
such payments shall not be subject to the provisions of this subsection 9.5.

9.6  Amendments and Waivers.
     ---------------------- 

     A.   No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of
the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by Company therefrom, shall in
any event be effective without the written concurrence of Requisite Lenders;
provided that no such amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent
- --------                                                                     
shall, without the consent of each Lender (with Obligations directly affected in
the case of the following clause (i)):  (i) extend the scheduled final maturity
of any Loan or Note, waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment set forth
in subsection 2.4A(i), 2.4(A)(ii) or 2.4A(iii), or reduce the rate of interest
on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate
applicable to any Loan pursuant to

                                      143
<PAGE>
 
subsection 2.2E) or any fees payable hereunder, or extend the time for payment
of any such interest or fees, or reduce the principal amount of any Loan, (ii)
amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of this subsection 9.6, (iii)
reduce the percentage specified in the definition of "Requisite Lenders" (it
being understood that, with the consent of Requisite Lenders, additional
extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the
determination of "Requisite Lenders" on substantially the same basis as the
AXEL Series B Commitments, AXELs Series B, AXEL Series C Commitments, AXELs
Series C, AXEL Series D Commitments and AXELs Series D are included on the
Closing Date), (iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or
Holdings from the Holdings Guaranty or all or substantially all of the
Subsidiary Guarantors from the Subsidiary Guaranty except as expressly provided
in the Loan Documents, or (v) consent to the assignment or transfer by Company
of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, further
                                                           --------  -------
that no such amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall (1) increase
the Commitments of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect, or extend
the duration thereof, without the consent of such Lender (it being understood
that no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant,
Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase or
extension in the Commitment of any Lender, and that no increase in the available
portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall constitute an increase in such
Commitment of such Lender); (2) amend the definition of "Requisite Class
Lenders" without the consent of Requisite Class Lenders of each Class, or alter
the required application of any repayments or prepayments as between Classes
pursuant to subsection 2.4B(iii) without the consent of Requisite Class Lenders
of each Class which is being allocated a lesser repayment or prepayment as a
result thereof (although Requisite Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any
mandatory prepayment so long as the application, as between Classes, of any
portion of such prepayment which is still required to be made is not altered);
or (3) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 8 as the same
applies to any Agent (including the Collateral Agent), or any other provision of
this Agreement as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent
(including the Collateral Agent), in each case without the consent of such Agent
(including the Collateral Agent).

     B.   Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the
concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or
consents on behalf of that Lender.  Any waiver or consent shall be effective
only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was
given.  No notice to or demand on Company in any case shall entitle Company to
any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any
amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance
with this subsection 9.6 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time
outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by Company, on Company.

9.7  Independence of Covenants.
     ------------------------- 

     All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a
particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the
fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within
the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of an Event
of Default or Potential Event of Default if such action is taken or condition
exists.

                                      144
<PAGE>
 
9.8  Notices.
     ------- 

     Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other
communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and
may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail
or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in
person or by courier service, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three
Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid
and properly addressed; provided that notices to Syndication Agent or
                        --------                                     
Administrative Agent shall not be effective until received.  For the purposes
hereof, the address of each party hereto shall be as set forth under such
party's name on the signature pages hereof or (i) as to Holdings, Company and
Administrative Agent, such other address as shall be designated by such Person
in a written notice delivered to the other parties hereto and (ii) as to each
other party, such other address as shall be designated by such party in a
written notice delivered to Administrative Agent.

9.9  Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements.
     ------------------------------------------------------ 

     A.   All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall
survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans
and the issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder.

     B.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or implied by law to the
contrary, the agreements of Company and Holdings set forth in subsections 2.6D,
2.7, 9.2, 9.3 and 9.4 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in subsections
8.2C, 8.4 and 9.5 shall survive the payment of the Loans and the termination of
this Agreement.

9.10 Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.
     ----------------------------------------------------- 

     No failure or delay on the part of Administrative Agent or any Lender in
the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan
Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a
waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further
exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  All rights and
remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.

9.11 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.
     ------------------------------- 

     Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation
to marshal any assets in favor of Company or any other party or against or in
payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that Company makes a
payment or payments to Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to Administrative
Agent for the benefit of Lenders), or Administrative Agent or Lenders enforce
any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or
payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside
and/or required to be repaid to

                                      145
<PAGE>
 
a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state
or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such
recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied,
and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived
and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not
been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

9.12 Severability.
     ------------ 

     In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement or the Notes
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of
such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

9.13 Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders' Rights.
     ---------------------------------------------------------- 

     The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be
responsible for the obligations or Commitments of any other Lender hereunder.
Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by
Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a
partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The
amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and
independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its
rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other
Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

9.14 Headings.
     -------- 

     Section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included herein for
convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement
for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

9.15 Applicable Law.
     -------------- 

     THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH,
THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 OF THE
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK), WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS
OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

9.16 Successors and Assigns.
     ---------------------- 

     This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders (it being understood that
Lenders' rights of assignment are subject to subsection 9.1).  Neither Holdings'
or Company's rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may

                                      146
<PAGE>
 
be assigned or delegated by Holdings or Company without the prior written
consent of all Lenders.

9.17 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.
     ---------------------------------------------- 

     ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST COMPANY OR HOLDINGS ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS
THEREUNDER, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT
JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK.  BY EXECUTING AND
DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY AND HOLDINGS, FOR THEMSELVES AND IN
CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY

          (I)    ACCEPT GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE
     JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS;

          (II)   WAIVE ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS;

          (III)  AGREE THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY
     SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT
     REQUESTED, TO HOLDINGS AND COMPANY AT THEIR ADDRESSES PROVIDED IN
     ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 9.8;

          (IV)   AGREE THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE IS
     SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER COMPANY IN ANY SUCH
     PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND
     BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT;

          (V)    AGREE THAT LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY
     OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST COMPANY IN
     THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; AND

          (VI)   AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBSECTION 9.17 RELATING TO
     JURISDICTION AND VENUE SHALL BE BINDING AND ENFORCEABLE TO THE FULLEST
     EXTENT PERMISSIBLE UNDER NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SECTION 5-1402 OR
     OTHERWISE.

9.18 Waiver of Jury Trial.
     -------------------- 

     EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE
RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT
OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN
THEM RELATING

                                      147
<PAGE>
 
TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER
RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED.  The scope of this waiver is intended to
be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any court and
that relate to the subject matter of this transaction, including contract
claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common law and
statutory claims.  Each party hereto acknowledges that this waiver is a material
inducement to enter into a business relationship, that each has already relied
on this waiver in entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to
rely on this waiver in their related future dealings.  Each party hereto further
warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel
and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following
consultation with legal counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT
MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN
WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SUBSECTION 9.18 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF
THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS,
RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS
MADE HEREUNDER.  In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a
written consent to a trial by the court.

9.19 Confidentiality.
     --------------- 

     Each Lender shall hold all non-public information obtained pursuant to the
requirements of this Agreement which has been identified as confidential by
Company in accordance with such Lender's customary procedures for handling
confidential information of this nature and in accordance with prudent lending
or investing practices, it being understood and agreed by Company and Holdings
that in any event a Lender may make disclosures to Affiliates of such Lender or
disclosures reasonably required by any bona fide assignee, transferee or
participant in connection with the contemplated assignment or transfer by such
Lender of any Loans or any participations therein or by any direct or indirect
contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) in swap
agreements (provided that such swap counterparties and advisors are advised of
            --------                                                          
and agree to be bound by the provisions of this subsection 9.19) or disclosures
required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or by
the NAIC or pursuant to legal process; provided that, unless specifically
                                       --------                          
prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender shall notify Company of
any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than
any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition
of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-
public information prior to disclosure of such information; and provided,
                                                                -------- 
further that in no event shall any Lender be obligated or required to return any
- -------                                                                         
materials furnished by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

9.20 Counterparts; Effectiveness.
     --------------------------- 

     This Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto
or in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties

                                      148
<PAGE>
 
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute
but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple
separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature
pages are physically attached to the same document.  This Agreement shall become
effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties
hereto and receipt by Company and Administrative Agent of written or telephonic
notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.


                 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

                                      149
<PAGE>
 
   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as
of the date first written above.

          COMPANY:
                         SEALY MATTRESS COMPANY



                         By: /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                             --------------------------------------------------
                             Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                             Title: 

          HOLDINGS:
                         SEALY CORPORATION



                         By:  /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                             --------------------------------------------------
                             Name: Ronald H. Stolle
                             Title:

                         Notice Address:

                                         Sealy Corporation
                                         Halle Building, 10th Floor
                                         1228 Euclid Avenue
                                         Cleveland, Ohio 44115
                                         Attention:  Ronald Stolle
                                         Telephone:  (216) 522-1310
                                         Facsimile:  (216) 736-8172
                                         
                                         with a copy to:
                                         
                                         Bain Capital, Inc.
                                         Two Copley Place
                                         Boston, MA 02116
                                         Attention:  Michael Krupka
                                                     Paige Daly
                                         Telephone:  (617) 572-2753
                                                     (617) 572-3261
                                         Facsimile:  (617) 572-3274
                                         
                                         and:
                                         
                                         Kirkland & Ellis
                                         200 East Randolph Drive
                                         Chicago, IL 60601
                                         Attention:  Linda Riley Myers
                                         Telephone:  (312) 861-2322
                                         Facsimile:  (312) 861-2200

                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
          AGENTS AND LENDERS:

                         GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
                         individually and as Syndication Agent



                         By:
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              Authorized Signatory


                         Notice Address:

                         Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P.
                         c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
                         85 Broad Street
                         New York, New York 10004
                         Attention:
                         Telecopy:

                                      S-2
<PAGE>
 
                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                         individually and as Administrative Agent



                         By:
                              ------------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:

                         Notice Address:

                              Morgan Guaranty of New York
                              60 Wall Street
                              New York, New York 10260
                              Attention: Steve Hannan
                                         Vice President
                              Telephone: (212) 648-7679
                              Telecopy:  (212) 648-5005

                         with a copy to:


                              Morgan Guaranty of New York
                              c/o J.P. Morgan Services Inc.
                              500 Stanton Christiana Road
                              Newark, DE 19713
                              Attention: Nicole Pedicone
                                         Credit Administrator
                              Telephone: (302) 634-1912
                              Telecopy:  (302) 634-4300

                                      S-3
<PAGE>
 
                         BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                         individually and as Documentation Agent



                         By:  /s/ MARY KAY COYLE
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:

                         Notice Address:
                        
                              Bankers Trust
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              130 Liberty Street 
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              New York, NY  10006 
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              Attention: Mary Kay Coyle 
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              Telephone: (212) 250-9094
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              Facsimile: (212) 250-7218
                              ------------------------------------------------
                                      
                                      S-4
<PAGE>
 
                                SCHEDULE 1.1(i)

                              Addbacks to EBITDA
                              ------------------


     Without duplication:

     (i)     MIS Upgrade Expenditures, Year 2000 Expenditures, EITF 97-13
             Expenditures and Other MIS Expenditures, in each case to the extent
             deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income;

     (ii)    any bad debt and factoring losses incurred specifically with
             respect to the bankruptcy of Montgomery Ward;

     (iii)   items classified as unusual or nonrecurring gains and losses
             (including restructuring costs, severance and relocation costs, any
             one-time expenses related to (or resulting from) any merger,
             recapitalization or Permitted Acquisition);

     (iv)    one-time compensation charges, including any arising from any
             recapitalization of Holdings' special bonus program or existing
             stock options, performance share or restricted stock plans
             resulting from any merger or recapitalization transaction or
             expensed in any period prior to the consummation of the Merger;

     (v)     non-recurring cash restructuring charges incurred in connection
             with the Recapitalization Transactions and related transactions to
             the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income;
             provided that such charges are incurred on or before December 18,
             --------     
             1998 and do not exceed in the aggregate the sum of (a) premiums
             paid in connection with the Debt Tender Offer plus (b) $1,000,000;
                                                           ----

     (vi)    non-recurring cash restructuring charges incurred in connection
             with Permitted Acquisitions to the extent deducted in determining
             Consolidated Net Income; and

     (vii)   Bain Management Fees (excluding any portion thereof representing
                                   ---------                                 
             reimbursement of expenses or fees for acquisitions, financings or
             divestitures) paid during such period under the Bain Advisory
             Services Agreement, and any Harvard Management Fees (excluding any
                                                                  ---------
             portion thereof representing reimbursement of expenses paid during
             such period);

     (viii)  non-recurring cash charges incurred prior to June 18, 1999 in
             connection with the relocation of any of Company's facilities and
             transition expenses related thereto, but only to the extent that
             such non-recurring charges do not exceed $6,000,000; and

     (ix)    to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income,
             premiums and transaction costs on Existing Subordinated Notes not
             tendered in the Debt Tender Offer.

                                   1.1(i)-1
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
                                 -------------


2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 30, 1997, by and among
       the Registrant, Sandman Merger Corporation and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

2.2    First Amendment to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of 
       December 18, 1997, by and among the Registrant, Sandman Merger 
       Corporation and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

4.1    Indenture, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and among Sealy Mattress
       Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York,
       describing the Series A and Series B 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes 
       due 2007

4.2    Indenture, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and among Sealy Mattress 
       Company, the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York, 
       describing the Series A and Series B 10-7/8% Senior Subordinated 
       Discount Notes due 2007

4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 1997, by and
       between the Registrant and The Bank of New York

10.1   Dealer Manager Agreement, dated as of November 18, 1997, among Sandman
       Merger Corporation, the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

10.2   Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1997, by and among Sealy
       Mattress Company, the Guarantors named therein, Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
       J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated

10.3   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1997, by and 
       among Sealy Mattress Company, the Guarantors named therein, Goldman,
       Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated

10.4   Credit Agreement

10.5   AXEL Credit Agreement

10.6   [Change of Control Agreement]

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

                   AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of the
1st day of August, 1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and RONALD L. JONES (the "Employee").

                                  WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the "Agreement")
as hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.  EMPLOYMENT TERM.
         --------------- 

         (a)  During the period specified in Subsection l(b) hereof (the
              "Employment Term"), the Company shall employ the Employee, and
              the Employee shall serve the Company, as President and Chief
              Executive Officer, based on the terms and subject to the
              conditions set forth herein.  This Agreement replaces that
              certain letter employment agreement between the Parties dated as
              of March 4, 1996.  Such letter employment agreement is hereby
              terminated effective as of the date hereof.

         (b)  The Employment Term shall commence on the date of this Agreement.
              Thereafter it shall end as follows:

              (i)   there shall be an initial period ending on the third (3rd)
                    anniversary of the date of this Agreement, subject to the
                    provision of Subsection 1(b)(ii) below;

              (ii)  after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
                    the Employment Term shall be extended one calendar day for
                    each calendar day that the Employee is employed by the
                    Company after such first anniversary so that the remaining
                    Employment Term after such first anniversary shall always be
                    two (2) years; and

              (iii) provided that the Employment Term may terminate prior to
                    the date specified above in this Subsection 1(b) as
                    provided in Section 4 hereof.

         2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
              --------------------------------------                          
Employment Term, the Employee shall:
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              (a) Hold the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of
                  the Company reporting to the Board of Directors of the Company
                  (the "Board");

              (b) Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
                  customarily possessed by the Chief Executive Officer of a
                  major corporation and such additional duties as may be
                  assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board which
                  are consistent with the position of Chief Executive Officer of
                  a major corporation;

              (c) Adhere to such reasonable written policies and directives, and
                  such reasonable unwritten policies and directives as are of
                  common knowledge to executive officers of the Company, as may
                  be promulgated from time to time by the Board and which are
                  applicable to executive officers of the Company;

              (d) Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider
                  trading policy of the Company in effect at the time of the
                  investment; and

              (e) Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent
                  to the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
                  objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor
                  indirectly act as an employee of or render any business,
                  commercial, or professional services to any other person, firm
                  or organization for compensation, without the prior written
                  approval of the Board.

         Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.  Furthermore, service by the Employee on the boards of directors of
up to two noncompeting companies shall not be deemed to be a violation of this
agreement, provided such service does not interfere with the performance of the
Employee's duties hereunder.

         3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee
              --------------------------                                        
on behalf of the Company during the Employment Term, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

              (a) The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
                  according to the Company's then current practice for paying
                  its executive officers in effect from time to time during the
                  Employment Term, an annual base salary at the initial rate of
                  Five Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($530,000.00). This
                  salary shall be subject to annual review, in December of each
                  year commencing in December 1997, by the Human Resources
                  Committee of the Board
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  (the "Committee) and may be increased, but not decreased, to
                  the extent, if any, that the Committee may determine.

              (b) The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
                  Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the
                  provisions of the Bonus Plan as in effect as of the date of
                  this Agreement. The Employee's Target annual bonus, as
                  established by the Committee under the Bonus Plan as of the
                  date of this Agreement, will be eighty percent (80%) (his
                  "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of annual base salary, with
                  a range of zero percent (0%) to one hundred and twenty percent
                  (120%) of annual base salary.

              (c) The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
                  benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
                  Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit
                  Plan, Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term
                  Disability Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan
                  or PPO, Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing
                  Plan, the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and the 1997
                  Stock Option Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time
                  and in which the Company's executive officers, or employees in
                  general, are eligible to participate. This Subsection 3(c)
                  shall not be deemed to prevent participation in any special
                  plan or arrangement providing special benefits to the Employee
                  which are not available to other employees. Such participation
                  shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
                  applicable plan documents. As is more fully set forth in
                  Section 7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to
                  duplicative payments under this Agreement and the Executive
                  Severance Benefit Plan.

              (d) Without limiting the generality of Subsection 3(c) above, for
                  so long as such coverage shall be available to the executive
                  officers of the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to
                  participate in the Company's Group Term Life Insurance Plan
                  with a death benefit to be provided at the level of one and
                  one half (1 1/2) times annual base salary at Company expense,
                  plus extended coverage with a death benefit to be provided of
                  at least the level in effect on the date of this Agreement for
                  the Employee under such Plan at the Employee's discretion and
                  expense.

              (e) The Employee shall be entitled to take, during each one-year
                  period commencing with December 1, 1996, during the Employment
                  Term, vacation time equal to the greater of (i) four weeks, or
                  (ii) the amount of vacation time to which the Employee is
                  entitled under the Company's vacation policy applicable to its
                  executive officers.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              (f) The Employee shall be entitled to an automobile allowance of
                  not less than Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($7,500.00)
                  per year and a personal financial planning allowance of not
                  less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per year.

              (g) In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm the
                  Employee's entitlement to sixty seven thousand six hundred and
                  thirty-five (67,635) restricted shares of Class A Common Stock
                  of the Company ("Class A Shares") pursuant to the Restricted
                  Stock Grant Agreement dated as of March 4, 1996, between the
                  Parties (the "Restricted Stock Agreement") and options to
                  purchase five hundred and eighty-seven thousand three hundred
                  and forty-two (587,342) additional Class A Shares at the
                  exercise price of Seven and 23/100 Dollars ($7.23) per Class A
                  Share, all vesting at a rate of twenty-five percent (25%) per
                  year (unless accelerated as hereinafter provided) commencing
                  March 4, 1996, pursuant to that Stock Option Agreement dated
                  as of March 4, 1996, between the Parties (the "First Option
                  Agreement"). The Parties also do hereby confirm the grant of
                  options to purchase seventy-five thousand (75,000) additional
                  Class A Shares at an exercise price of Nine and 60/100 Dollars
                  ($9.60) under the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan, pursuant
                  to that certain Stock Option Agreement dated as of December 4,
                  1996, between the Parties (the "Second Option Agreement"). The
                  Parties agree that (a) such restricted Class A Shares and such
                  options are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any shares or
                  options which may be granted under any other plan or
                  arrangement of the Company after the date of this Agreement,
                  and (b) the Restricted Stock Agreement, the First Option
                  Agreement, the Second Option Agreement, and the related
                  Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder Agreement") dated as
                  of March 4, 1996, between the Parties (such four (4)
                  agreements being hereinafter referred to collectively as the
                  "Pre-existing Agreements"), all remain in full force and
                  effect except as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding
                  the foregoing, to the extent that any provision contained
                  herein is inconsistent with the terms of any of the Pre-
                  existing Agreements, the terms of this Agreement shall be
                  controlling.
 
         4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  As indicated in Subsection 1(b)(iii),
              -------------------------                                        
the Employment Term may terminate prior to the date specified in Subsections
1(b)(i) and 1(b)(ii) as follows:

              (a) The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
                  further notice upon the death of the Employee.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              (b) The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
                  effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
                  termination for "Cause". For these purposes, "Cause" shall
                  mean the following:

                  (i)   Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                        written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                        criminal act constituting a felony;

                  (ii)  Commission by the Employee of a material breach or
                        material default of any of the Employee's agreements or
                        obligations under any provision of this Agreement,
                        including, without limitation, the Employee's agreements
                        and obligations under Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and
                        Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, which is not cured
                        in all material respects within thirty (30) days after
                        the Board gives written notice thereof to the Employee;
                        or

                  (iii) Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                        Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                        omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                        negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                        material economic harm to the Company or has a
                        materially adverse effect on the Company's operations,
                        properties or business relationships.

              (c) The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated by the
                  Company upon the Employee's disability, if the Employee is
                  prevented from performing the Employee's duties hereunder by
                  reason of physical or mental incapacity for a period of one
                  hundred eighty (180) consecutive days in any period of two
                  consecutive fiscal years of the Company, but the Employee
                  shall be entitled to full compensation and benefits hereunder
                  until the close of such one hundred and eighty (180) day
                  period.

              (d) The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
                  without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written
                  notice.

              (e) The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
                  immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
                  "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

              (f) The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
                  Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              (g) For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
                  occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base
                  salary of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage
                  or maximum annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee
                  under the Bonus Plan, (ii) any reduction in the position,
                  authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material
                  reduction in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the
                  Company, (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the
                  aggregate "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided
                  to the Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided
                  that any material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits
                  that is required by law or applies generally to all employees
                  of the Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined
                  hereunder), (v) any change in the Employee's reporting
                  relationship, (vi) any relocation of the Employee's principal
                  place of work with the Company to a place more than twenty-
                  five (25) miles from the geographical center of Cleveland,
                  Ohio, other than a relocation to a location which is within
                  twenty-five (25) miles from the geographical center of
                  Greensboro, North Carolina, or (vii) the material breach or
                  material default by the Company of any of its agreements or
                  obligations under any provision of this Agreement. As used in
                  this Subsection 4(g), an "adverse change or material
                  reduction" in the aggregate Minimum Benefits shall be deemed
                  to result from any reduction or any series of reductions
                  which, in the aggregate, exceeds five percent (5%) of the
                  value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits determined as of the
                  date of this Agreement. As used in this Subsection 4(g),
                  Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental death, long
                  term disability, short term disability, medical, dental, and
                  vision benefits and the Company's expense reimbursement
                  policy. The Employee shall give written notice to the Company
                  on or before the date of termination of employment for Good
                  Reason stating that the Employee is terminating employment
                  with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons for such
                  termination. If the Company does not object to such notice by
                  notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
                  following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
                  notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have
                  agreed that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties
                  agree that "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred
                  merely because the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of
                  another entity following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter
                  defined, provided the Employee continues to serve as the Chief
                  Executive Officer of such subsidiary or division and such
                  subsidiary or division is comparable in size to the
                  organization consisting of the Company and its subsidiaries.
                  The parties further agree that "Good Reason" will be deemed to
                  have occurred if the purchaser, in a Change of Control
                  transaction, does not assume this 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

         5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is
              ----------------------                                  
terminated, the following severance provisions will apply:

              (a) If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company
                  other than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good
                  Reason, then, through the remaining Employment Term as
                  specified in Subsection 1 (b) hereof, determined without
                  regard to Subsection 1(b)(iii) hereof, (such remaining
                  Employment Term calculated without regard to Subsection
                  1(b)(iii), and without regard to whether the Employee elects
                  accelerated payments of the Employee's annual base salary and
                  bonus in accordance with Subsection 5(a)(vi), is hereinafter
                  referred to as the "Payment Term") the Company shall:

                  (i)   continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                        then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                        Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary
                        has decreased during the one year period ending on the
                        Employee's termination of employment, at the highest
                        rate in effect during such one year period;

                  (ii)  continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan
                        as provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                        Company will:

                        (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for
                             the partial year period ending on the date of the
                             Employee's termination of employment calculated as
                             if the Employee had continued to be employed for
                             the entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                             percentage (calculated at the time and in the
                             manner customary as of the date of this Agreement,
                             but disregarding the termination of employment of
                             the Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's
                             annual base salary payable in accordance with
                             Subsection 3(a) hereof for the partial year period
                             ending on the Employee's termination of employment;
                             and

                        (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment
                             Term, a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual
                             Bonus Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's
                             annual base salary in the amount specified in
                             Subsection 5(a)(i) payable during the year 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             (or portion thereof) for which the bonus is being
                             calculated; with such amounts being payable when
                             bonuses under the Bonus Plan are customarily
                             payable, except that the final bonus shall be
                             payable with the final payment of the annual base
                             salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

                  (iii) continue in effect the medical and dental coverage, long
                        and short-term disability protection, and any life
                        insurance protection (including life insurance
                        protection being paid for by the Employee), being
                        provided to the Employee immediately prior to the
                        Employee's termination of employment, or if any of such
                        benefits have decreased during the one year period
                        ending on the Employee's termination of employment, at
                        the highest level in effect during such one year period;

                  (iv)  continue to pay the automobile allowance and the
                        personal financial planning allowance as provided in
                        Subsection 3(f) hereof;

                  (v)   pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                        from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm
                        at the level provided for the most senior executives,
                        provided that such outplacement services will be
                        provided for a one year period commencing on the date of
                        termination of employment regardless of the Payment
                        Term.

                  (vi)  In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                        and 5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request,
                        submitted in writing to the Company within five (5)
                        business days after the date of the Employee's
                        termination of employment:

                        (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                             annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                             5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                             following the Employee's termination of employment;
                             and

                        (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                             5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                             Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                             shall be calculated using the Employee's Target
                             Annual Bonus Percentage for all calculation
                             purposes.

              (b) If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
                  Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good
                  Reason, then no further compensation or benefits will be
                  provided to the Employee by the Company under this Agreement
                  following the date of such termination of employment other
                  than payment of compensation earned to the date of termination
                  of employment but not yet paid. As more fully and generally
                  provided in Section 16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not
                  be interpreted to deny the Employee any benefits to which he
                  may be entitled under any plan or arrangement of the Company
                  applicable to the Employee. Likewise, this Subsection 5(b)
                  shall not be interpreted to entitle the Employee to a bonus
                  under the Bonus Plan following the Employee's termination of
                  employment except as provided in the Bonus Plan which requires
                  employment on the last day of the Company's taxable year as a
                  condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for such year
                  except in the cases of death, disability or retirement at or
                  after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

              (c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
                  contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee
                  breaches any of the Employee's obligations under Section 9 or
                  10 hereof, no further severance payments or other benefits
                  will be payable to the Employee under this Section 5.

         6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
              ----------------- 

              (a) In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
                  ----------                                                    
                  this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
                  special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
                  that he may more fully focus on the issues related to such a
                  Change of Control, and to reward the Employee for the
                  substantial additional effort involved in a Change of Control.
                  The special benefits and protections are set forth in this
                  Section 6.

              (b) Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
                  -----------------                                            
                  subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
                  the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
                  "Transaction Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

                  (i)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date
                        of the Change of Control, the total amount of the
                        Transaction Bonus shall be calculated as follows:

                        (A)  The value of the Employee's equity consideration
                             referred to in Subsections 6(c)(i) and 6(c)(ii)
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             represented by the value of Employee's restricted
                             Class A Shares and the "spread" (the difference
                             between the fair market value of the Shares
                             underlying the options and the exercise price) of
                             the Employee's options for the Class A Shares shall
                             be calculated as of the date of the Change of
                             Control based on the per Class A Share "Change of
                             Control Valuation" (as hereinafter defined) paid in
                             (or implicit in) the Change of Control transaction
                             (and irrespective of any subsequent increases or
                             decreases in such value of the equity
                             consideration) (the "Equity Value");

                        (B)  If the Employee's Equity Value is less than Three
                             Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
                             ($3,500,000.00), the Transaction Bonus will equal
                             Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
                             ($3,500,000.00) minus the Equity Value;

                        (C)  If the Employee's Equity Value is Three Million
                             Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000.00) or
                             more, no Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the
                             Employee; and

                        (D)  If the Employee's Equity Value is greater than Four
                             Million Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars
                             ($4,700,000.00), the Employee shall not receive the
                             portion of such Equity Value, allocated as the
                             Employee shall elect among his equity interests, in
                             whatever form the Employee shall determine
                             (including by way of example only, the termination
                             of a portion of the Employee's options), in excess
                             of Four Million Seven Hundred Thousand Dollars
                             ($4,700,000.00).

                  (ii)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date
                        of the Change of Control and either is employed by the
                        Company on the first anniversary thereof or is not
                        employed by the Company on such first anniversary due to
                        the Employee's death or disability, the Transaction
                        Bonus shall be payable as follows:

                        (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                             day of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                             Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee
                             on such date; and
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                             first anniversary of the Change of Control, the
                             other one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall
                             be payable to the Employee on such date.

                        (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                             Company on the date of the Change of Control but,
                             due to the Employee's death or disability, the
                             Employee is no longer employed by the Company on
                             the first anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the
                             Employee's beneficiary in the event of the
                             Employee's death) shall nonetheless be entitled to
                             the other one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus,
                             which amount shall be payable on such first
                             anniversary.

                  (iii) If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the
                        date of the Change of Control or the date of the first
                        anniversary thereof due to the Employee's termination by
                        the Company other than for Cause or due to the
                        Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                        but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or
                        both such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be
                        entitled to a Transaction Bonus even though the Employee
                        is no longer then employed by the Company. Any
                        Transaction Bonus payable in accordance with this
                        Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an amount, and shall be
                        payable on a date, determined in accordance with
                        Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is applicable.

                  (iv)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the
                        date of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus
                        is payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                        6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                        (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be Three Million Five
                             Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000.00);

                        (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                             Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the
                             event of the Employee's death) on the date of the
                             Change of Control; and

                        (C)  Upon receipt of the Transaction Bonus, the Employee
                             (or the Employee's personal representative or
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death) shall
                         assign to the Company the Employee's restricted Class A
                         Shares and the Employee's stock options for Class A
                         Shares and any other Class A Shares or equity interest
                         in the Company which the Employee may then own,
                         regardless of how the Employee may have acquired such
                         restricted stock, options, Class A Shares or equity
                         interest.

               (v)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                    thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the Employee
                    in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof, the
                    following shall apply:

                    (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount calculated
                         in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                    (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                         upon the Employee's termination of employment with the
                         Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                         Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                         death) within ten (10) days following such termination
                         of employment.

               (vi) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
                    contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the Employee's
                    obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
                    Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations.  If  the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                      
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)  all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                    on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of whether
                    acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan
                    or under an individual agreement with the Company or
                    otherwise, will become and remain one hundred percent (100%)
                    vested;

               (ii) all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                    by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                    regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or 1997
                    Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                    Company or otherwise, will immediately become 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     and remain throughout the full remaining term of such
                     options one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully
                     exercisable, and such exercise then and thereafter shall be
                     available on a cashless basis such that the Employee may
                     receive the net value of the Employee's options
                     (represented by the amount by which the fair market value
                     of the Class A Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash
                     or Class A Shares as the Employee shall elect, without
                     outlay of cash but net of all applicable withholding taxes,
                     which taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                     taxing authorities;

               (iii) upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                     limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                     Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer any
                     Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                     Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement or
                     plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force and
                     effect, except for any registration rights in effect; and

               (iv)  if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                     transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide for
                     the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a portion,
                     as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to purchase
                     Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then owned by the
                     Employee, into an equity investment in the entity resulting
                     from Purchaser's transaction (the "Successor") on a tax
                     favored basis. The amount available for such investment
                     shall be an amount calculated on the basis of the per Share
                     price paid in the Change of Control transaction or series
                     of transactions or implicit in the valuation of the Change
                     of Control transaction, including all elements of
                     consideration paid or payable (the "Change of Control
                     Valuation").

               (v)  If the Purchaser permits the Employee to convert all (or a
                    portion) of the Employee's options to purchase Class A
                    Shares, as well as Class A Shares then owned by the
                    Employee, into such an equity investment in the Successor,
                    and if the Employee makes such an investment derived from
                    all or a portion of such options and/or Class A Shares (the
                    "Investment"), then the Employee shall, after the Change of
                    Control, have the right, at any time, upon notice to the
                    Successor, to sell the Investment to the Successor for a
                    cash payment equal to the greater of (x) the fair market
                    value of the Investment as of the date of the notice or (y)
                    the initial value of the Investment determined on the basis
                    of the 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                    Change of Control Valuation.

               (vi) If the purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                    not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee chooses
                    not to convert) all (or a portion) of the Employee's options
                    to purchase Class A Shares and Class A Shares then owned by
                    the Employee into equity in the Successor, then the Employee
                    shall exercise, at the time of the Change of Control, all
                    options the Employee holds for Class A Shares (such exercise
                    to provide cash rather than Class A Shares to the Employee
                    in accordance with the exercise procedure described in
                    Subsection 6(c)(ii) hereof), and to sell to the Company at
                    the time of the Change of Control all Class A Shares then
                    owned by the Employee, to the extent such options or Class A
                    Shares are not converted into equity in the Successor.  Such
                    exercise of options and sale of Class A Shares shall yield
                    an amount to the Employee determined by the Class A Share
                    Change of Control Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)  any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
                    Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., becomes
                    the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
                    Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
                    Company representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the
                    combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
                    securities; provided that a Change in Control shall not be
                    deemed to occur under this clause (i) by reason of (A) the
                    acquisition of securities by the Company or an employee
                    benefit plan (or any trust funding such a plan) maintained
                    by the Company, or (B) while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.
                    continues to beneficially own more than fifty percent (50%)
                    of the combined voting power of the Company's then
                    outstanding securities;

               (ii) during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be a
                    majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing Directors" as
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                     hereinafter defined; or

               (iii) there occurs (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company
                     with any other corporation, other than a merger or
                     consolidation which would result in the voting securities
                     of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto
                     continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or
                     by being converted into voting securities of the surviving
                     entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined
                     voting power of the voting securities of the Company or
                     such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such
                     merger or consolidation, or (B) the approval by the
                     stockholders of the Company of a plan of complete
                     liquidation of the Company, or (C) the sale or disposition
                     of the components manufacturing business which is
                     maintained by the Company and its subsidiaries as of the
                     date of this Agreement, or (D) the sale or disposition by
                     the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
                     Company's assets. For purposes of this Subsection
                     6(d)(iii), a sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
                     Company's assets includes a sale of more than fifty percent
                     (50%) of the aggregate value of the assets of the Company
                     and its subsidiaries or the sale of stock of one or more of
                     the Company's subsidiaries with an aggregate value in
                     excess of fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the
                     Company and its subsidiaries or any combination methods by
                     which more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value
                     of the Company and its subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" will
                     be deemed to occur:

                     (A) on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                         ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                         acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                         Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                         more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                         power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                         provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                         interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                         percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change of
                         Control;

                     (B) on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                         hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                         Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                    (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation, sale of the
                         components manufacturing business or sale of assets as
                         described in Subsection 6(d)(iii); or

                    (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                         liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)  For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                    means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                    business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                    or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation that
                    owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty percent
                    (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all
                    classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                    Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi) For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words "Continuing
                    Directors" mean individuals who at the beginning of any
                    period (not including any period prior to the date of this
                    Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and any new
                    director(s) whose election by the Board or nomination for
                    election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a
                    vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in
                    office who either were directors at the beginning of the
                    period or whose election or nomination for election was
                    previously so approved.

          (e)  Section 280G Protection.  The Company shall make a cash payment
               -----------------------                                        
               to the Employee at the time set forth below equal to the amount
               of excise taxes (i.e., the "excise tax gross-up payment") which
               Employee would be required to pay pursuant to Section 4999 of the
               Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), as a result
               of any payments made by or on behalf of the Company or any
               successor thereto resulting in an "excess parachute payment"
               within the meaning of Section 280G(b) of the Code.  In addition
               to the foregoing, the cash payment due to the Employee under this
               Subsection 6(e) shall be increased by the aggregate of the amount
               of federal, state and local income and excise taxes for which the
               Employee will be liable on account of the cash payment to be made
               under this Subsection 6(e), such that the Employee will receive
               the excise tax gross-up payment net of all income and excise
               taxes imposed on the Employee on account of the receipt of the
               excise tax gross-up payment. The computation of this payment
               shall be determined, at the expense of the Company, by an
               independent accounting, actuarial or consulting firm selected by
               the Company. 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               Payment of the cash amount set forth above shall be made at such
               time as the Company shall determine, in its sole discretion, but
               in no event later than the date five (5) business days before the
               due date, without regard to any extension, for filing the
               Employee's federal income tax return for the calendar year which
               includes the date as of which the aforementioned "excess
               parachute payments" are determined. Notwithstanding the
               foregoing, there shall be no duplication of payments by the
               Company under this Subsection 6(e) in respect of excise taxes
               under Section 4999 of the Code to the extent the Company is
               making cash payments in respect of such excise taxes for any
               other arrangement with the Employee. In the event that the
               Employee is ultimately assessed with excise taxes under Section
               4999 of the Code as a result of payments made by the Company or
               any successor thereto which exceed the amount of excise taxes
               used in computing the Employee's payment under this Subsection
               6(e), the Company or its successor shall indemnify the Employee
               for such additional excise taxes plus any additional excise
               taxes, income taxes, interest and penalties resulting from the
               additional excise taxes and the indemnity hereunder.

          (f)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company.   The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN. It is the intention of the Parties that this Agreement
          --------------                                                     
provide special benefits to the Employee. If at any time the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance benefits to the
Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive such better cash
severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits provided under
Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(vi), of this Agreement,
whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other benefits or
coverages available under this Agreement. If this Agreement would provide better
cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's Executive Severance
Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance benefits under this
Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages available under this
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Agreement. In such case, the cash severance benefits under this Agreement shall
be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.  PLAN AMENDMENTS. To the extent any provisions of this Agreement modify
         ---------------                                                       
the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the compensation
or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification as set forth
herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or arrangement as to
the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby consent to such
amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan, policy or
arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the Employee, or (c)
the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined in Section 14
hereof, to or on behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of
such Section 14.

     9.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Employee agrees that the Employee will
         ------------------------                                        
not, during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be advised by the Employee to keep such information
confidential) or make use of any of such confidential information except in the
performance of the Employee's duties or when required to do so by legal process,
by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the
Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee
thereof) that requires the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such
information. In the event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall so
advise the Company in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to or
otherwise resist such order. Upon the termination of the Employee's employment
with the Company, the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the Company any
and all proprietary literature, documents, correspondence, and other proprietary
materials and records furnished to or acquired by the Employee during the course
of such employment. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this
Section 9 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10. NON-COMPETITION. In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
         ---------------                                           
agrees that, during the Employment Term, and for one year thereafter, the
Employee shall not act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee,
substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business engaged to a
material extent in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or other bedding
products or (b) any other products which constitute more than ten percent (10%)
of the Company's revenues at the time in direct competition with the Company in
any market. The Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit
the Employee's ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period
provided for above, but acknowledges that 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


the Employee will receive sufficiently higher remuneration and other benefits
from the Company hereunder than the Employee would otherwise receive to justify
such restriction. The Employee acknowledges that the Employee understands the
effect of the provisions of this Section 10, and that the Employee has had
reasonable time to consider the effect of these provisions, and that the
Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity to consult an attorney with
respect to these provisions. The Company and the Employee consider the
restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable and necessary.
Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be unreasonable or
otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Parties intend
for such restrictions to be modified by such court so as to be reasonable and
enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully enforced. In the event
of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 10 by the Employee, the Company
will be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without bond or
security, sufficient to enforce the provisions hereof and the Company will be
entitled to pursue such other remedies at law or in equity which it deems
appropriate.

          11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications
               -------                                                     
provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given when hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

               (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

                    Chairman of the Board
                    Sealy Corporation
                    1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
                    Cleveland, Ohio 44115 - 1886

               (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

                    Mr. Ronald L. Jones
                    26600 George Zeiger Drive
                    Beachwood, OH  44122

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

          12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
               --------------------------                                       
and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


expressly assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company, as
contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. The
Company further agrees that, in the event of a sale or transfer of assets as
described in the preceding sentence, it shall be a condition precedent to the
consummation of any such transaction that the assignee or transferee expressly
assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No
rights or obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Employee other than the Employee's rights to compensation and
benefits, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law, except as
provided in this Section 12.

          The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof.  In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate.  In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of the Employee's incompetence,
reference in this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate,
to refer to the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

          13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
               ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

          14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event
               -------------------------------------------------               
this Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, and (b) had
the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for plans,
policies or arrangements of that type.  Furthermore, if such adverse consequence
would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee shall have
the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative Benefit.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 21
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


          15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of
               ------------------------------                               
Section 16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the
Parties with respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and
understandings of the Parties, whether oral or written. No modification,
amendment, or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
effective unless in writing, specifically referring hereto, and signed by both
Parties.

          16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
               -------------------------                                
provisions of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
Employee's continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive
or other plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its
executive officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such
rights as the Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock
or other agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which
the Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise
entitled to receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not
be reduced by this Agreement except as provided in Section 7 hereof with respect
to payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of
annual base salary are made hereunder.

          17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
               ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

          18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be
               -------------                                                
governed and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The
Parties agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of
an "employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

          19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
               ---------------                                            
payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.    Where
withholding applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless
withholding available to the Employee.

          20.  EXPENSE OF ENFORCEMENT.  The Company shall reimburse reasonable
               ----------------------                                         
attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Employee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement, even if his claims are not successful, provided they are not
ultimately determined by the court to be frivolous.

          21.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is
               --------------                                                 
fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the
performance 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 22
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

          22.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary
               ---------------------------                               
provision of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the
Employee, the Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the
Employee is entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates,
including, without limitation, Sealy, Inc.

          23.  NO MITIGATION OR OFFSET.   In the event of any termination of
               -----------------------                                      
employment, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment.
Amounts due the Employee under this Agreement shall not be offset by any
remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment he may obtain.

          24.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against
               -----------                                                      
the other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              SEALY CORPORATION


By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
    ---------------------------------------
    Kenneth L. Walker
    Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
                                     

                                     

                              EMPLOYEE

    /s/ RONALD L. JONES
    --------------------------------------- 
    Ronald L. Jones

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 25th day of
August, 1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and BRUCE G. BARMAN (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties")
desire to enter into this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter
set forth;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

          1.  EMPLOYMENT TERM.
              --------------- 

              (a)  During the period specified in Subsection l(b) hereof (the
                   "Employment Term"), the Company shall employ the Employee,
                   and the Employee shall serve the Company, as Vice President,
                                                                -------------- 
                   R & D, based on the terms and subject to the conditions set
                   -----
                   forth herein.

              (b)  The Employment Term shall commence on the date of this
                   Agreement. Thereafter it shall end as follows:

                   (i)   there shall be an initial period ending on the second
                         (2nd) anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
                         subject to the provision of Subsection 1(b)(ii) below;

                   (ii)  after the first anniversary of the date of this
                         Agreement, the Employment Term shall be extended one
                         calendar day for each calendar day that the Employee is
                         employed by the Company after such first anniversary so
                         that the remaining Employment Term after such first
                         anniversary shall always be one (1) year; and

                   (iii) provided that the Employment Term may terminate prior
                         to the date specified above in this Subsection 1(b) as
                         provided in Section 4 hereof.

          2.  POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES. At all times during the
              --------------------------------------
Employment Term, the Employee shall:

              (a)  Hold the position of Vice President, R & D reporting to
                                        ---------------------
                   the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "Chief
                   Executive
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   Officer");

              (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
                   customarily possessed by the Vice President, R & D of a
                                                ---------------------
                   major corporation and such additional duties as may be
                   assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of
                   Directors of the Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive
                   Officer which are consistent with the position of
                   Vice President, R & D of a major corporation;
                   ---------------------

              (c)  Adhere to such reasonable written policies and directives,
                   and such reasonable unwritten policies and directives as are
                   of common knowledge to executive officers of the Company, as
                   may be promulgated from time to time by the Board or the
                   Chief Executive Officer and which are applicable to executive
                   officers of the Company;

              (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider
                   trading policy of the Company in effect at the time of the
                   investment; and

              (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and
                   talent to the business, and to the furtherance of the
                   purposes and objectives, of the Company, and neither directly
                   nor indirectly act as an employee of or render any business,
                   commercial, or professional services to any other person,
                   firm or organization for compensation, without the prior
                   written approval of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

          Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

          3.  SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee
              --------------------------                                        
on behalf of the Company during the Employment Term, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

              (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
                   according to the Company's then current practice for paying
                   its executive officers in effect from time to time during the
                   Employment Term, an annual base salary at the initial rate of
                   One Hundred Seventy-One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars 
                   ---------------------------------------------
                   ($171,500.00). This salary shall be subject to annual review,
                     ----------
                   in December of each year commencing in December 1997, by the
                   Human Resources Committee of the Board (the "Committee) and
                   may be increased, but not decreased, to the extent, if any,
                   that the Committee may
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   determine.

              (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation
                   Annual Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the
                   provisions of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this
                   Agreement. The Employee's Target annual bonus, as established
                   by the Committee under the Bonus Plan as of the date of this
                   Agreement, is thirty-five percent (35%) (his "Target Annual
                   Bonus Percentage") of annual base salary, with a range of
                   zero percent (0%) to seventy percent (70%) of annual base
                   salary.

              (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such
                   other benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the
                   Company's Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance
                   Benefit Plan, Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long
                   Term Disability Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan,
                   Medical Plan or PPO, Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the
                   Profit Sharing Plan, the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock
                   Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan, as the Board may adopt
                   from time to time and in which the Company's executive
                   officers are eligible to participate. Such participation
                   shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
                   applicable plan documents. As is more fully set forth in
                   Section 7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to
                   duplicative payments under this Agreement and the Executive
                   Severance Benefit Plan.

              (d)  Without limiting the generality of Subsection 3(c) above, for
                   so long as such coverage shall be available to the executive
                   officers of the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to
                   participate in the Company's Group Term Life Insurance Plan
                   with a death benefit to be provided at the level of one and
                   one half (1 1/2) times annual base salary at Company expense,
                   plus extended coverage with a death benefit to be provided of
                   at least the level in effect on the date of this Agreement
                   for the Employee under such Plan at the Employee's discretion
                   and expense.

              (e)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during each one-year
                   period commencing with December 1, 1996, during the
                   Employment Term, vacation time equal to at least the greater
                   of (i) the amount of vacation time to which the Employee is
                   entitled per year as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii)
                   the amount of vacation time to which the Employee would have
                   become entitled if the Company's vacation policy in effect as
                   of the date of this Agreement and which is applicable to its
                   executive officers remained in effect throughout the
                   Employment Term.

              (f)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm the
                   Employee's
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   entitlement to a number of restricted shares of Class A
                   Common Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well as
                   options to purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to
                   various benefit plans or agreements with the Company. The
                   Parties agree that (a) such restricted Class A Shares and
                   such options are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any
                   shares or options which may be granted under any other plan
                   or arrangement of the Company after the date of this
                   Agreement, and (b) the various restricted stock agreements
                   and stock option agreements, and any related Stockholder
                   Agreement (the "Stockholder Agreement") between the Parties
                   (such agreements being hereinafter referred to collectively
                   as the "Pre-existing Agreements"), all remain in full force
                   and effect except as otherwise provided herein.
                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any
                   provision contained herein is inconsistent with the terms of
                   any of the Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of this
                   Agreement shall be controlling.

          4.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  As indicated in Subsection 1(b)(iii),
              -------------------------                                        
the Employment Term may terminate prior to the date specified in Subsections
1(b)(i) and 1(b)(ii) as follows:

              (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
                   further notice upon the death of the Employee.

              (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
                   effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
                   termination for "Cause". For these purposes, "Cause" shall
                   mean the following:

                   (i)   Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction
                         or written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                         criminal act constituting a felony;

                   (ii)  Commission by the Employee of a material breach or
                         material default of any of the Employee's agreements or
                         obligations under any provision of this Agreement,
                         including, without limitation, the Employee's
                         agreements and obligations under Subsections 2(a)
                         through 2(e) and Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement,
                         which is not cured in all material respects within
                         thirty (30) days after the Chief Executive Officer or
                         the designee thereof gives written notice thereof to
                         the Employee; or

                   (iii) Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                         Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                         omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                         negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                         material
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         economic harm to the Company or has a materially
                         adverse effect on the Company's operations, properties
                         or business relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated by the
               Company upon the Employee's disability, if the Employee is
               prevented from performing the Employee's duties hereunder by
               reason of physical or mental incapacity for a period of one
               hundred eighty (180) consecutive days in any period of two
               consecutive fiscal years of the Company, but the Employee shall
               be entitled to full compensation and benefits hereunder until the
               close of such one hundred and eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of Cleveland, Ohio, other than a relocation
               to a location which is within twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographic center of Greensboro, North Carolina, or (vi) the
               material breach or material default by the Company of any of its
               agreements or obligations under any provision of this Agreement.
               As used in this Subsection 4(g), an "adverse change or material
               reduction" in the aggregate Minimum Benefits shall be deemed to
               result from any reduction or any series of reductions which, in
               the aggregate, exceeds five 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                   percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
                   determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
                   Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance,
                   accidental death, long term disability, short term
                   disability, medical, dental, and vision benefits and the
                   Company's expense reimbursement policy. The Employee shall
                   give written notice to the Company on or before the date of
                   termination of employment for Good Reason stating that the
                   Employee is terminating employment with the Company and
                   specifying in detail the reasons for such termination. If the
                   Company does not object to such notice by notifying the
                   Employee in writing within five (5) days following the date
                   of the Company's receipt of the Employee's notice of
                   termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed that
                   such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
                   "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely
                   because the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of
                   another entity following a "Change of Control," as
                   hereinafter defined, provided the Employee continues to serve
                   as the Vice President, R & D of such subsidiary or
                          ---------------------
                   division and such subsidiary or division is comparable in
                   size to the organization consisting of the Company and its
                   subsidiaries. The parties further agree that "Good Reason"
                   will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser, in a Change
                   of Control transaction, does not assume this Agreement in
                   accordance with Section 12 hereof.

          5.  SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is
              ----------------------                                  
terminated, the following severance provisions will apply:

              (a)  If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company
                   other than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for
                   Good Reason, then, through the remaining Employment Term as
                   specified in Subsection 1(b) hereof, determined without
                   regard to Subsection 1(b)(iii) hereof, (such remaining
                   Employment Term calculated without regard to Subsection
                   1(b)(iii), and without regard to whether the Employee elects
                   accelerated payments of the Employee's annual base salary and
                   bonus in accordance with Subsection 5(a)(v), is hereinafter
                   referred to as the "Payment Term") the Company shall:

                   (i)   continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in
                         the then prevailing amount and at the times specified
                         in Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base
                         salary has decreased during the one year period ending
                         on the Employee's termination of employment, at the
                         highest rate in effect during such one year period;

                   (ii)  continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan
                         as 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                         Company will:

                         (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for
                              the partial year period ending on the date of the
                              Employee's termination of employment calculated as
                              if the Employee had continued to be employed for
                              the entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                              percentage (calculated at the time and in the
                              manner customary as of the date of this Agreement,
                              but disregarding the termination of employment of
                              the Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's
                              annual base salary payable in accordance with
                              Subsection 3(a) hereof for the partial year period
                              ending on the Employee's termination of
                              employment; and

                         (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment
                              Term, a bonus equal to the Employee's Target
                              Annual Bonus Percentage, multiplied by the
                              Employee's annual base salary in the amount
                              specified in Subsection 5(a)(i) payable during the
                              year (or portion thereof) for which the bonus is
                              being calculated; with such amounts being payable
                              when bonuses under the Bonus Plan are customarily
                              payable, except that the final bonus shall be
                              payable with the final payment of the annual base
                              salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

                   (iii) continue in effect the medical and dental coverage,
                         long and short-term disability protection, and any life
                         insurance protection (including life insurance
                         protection being paid for by the Employee), being
                         provided to the Employee immediately prior to the
                         Employee's termination of employment, or if any of such
                         benefits have decreased during the one year period
                         ending on the Employee's termination of employment, at
                         the highest level in effect during such one year
                         period;

                   (iv)  pay for executive outplacement services for the
                         Employee from a nationally recognized executive
                         outplacement firm at the level provided for vice-
                         presidents of major corporations, provided that such
                         outplacement services will be provided for a one year
                         period commencing on the date of termination of
                         employment regardless of the Payment Term; and

                   (v)   In lieu of the payments described in Subsections
                         5(a)(i) and
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted
                         in writing to the Company within five (5) business days
                         after the date of the Employee's termination of
                         employment:

                         (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                              annual base salary payments described in
                              Subsection 5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty
                              (30) days following the Employee's termination of
                              employment; and

                         (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                              5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                              Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A)
                              but shall be calculated using the Employee's
                              Target Annual Bonus Percentage for all calculation
                              purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid. As more fully and generally provided in Section 16
               hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny the
               Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any plan
               or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of the Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof,
               no further severance payments or other benefits will be payable
               to the Employee under this Section 5.

6.        CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               more fully focus on the issues related to such a Change of
               Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control. The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                     Bonus shall be equal to one hundred and fifty percent
                     (150%) of his annual base salary in the then prevailing
                     amount specified in Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such
                     annual base salary has decreased during the one year period
                     ending on his termination of employment, at the highest
                     rate in effect during such one year period; and

               (ii)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control and either is employed by the Company
                     on the first anniversary thereof or is not employed by the
                     Company on such first anniversary due to the Employee's
                     death or disability, the Transaction Bonus shall be payable
                     as follows:

                     (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                          of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                          Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                          such date; and

                     (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                          first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                          one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                          payable to the Employee on such date.

                     (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                          Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                          to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee is
                          no longer employed by the Company on the first
                          anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                          beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                          shall nonetheless be entitled to the other one-half
                          (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                          payable on such first anniversary.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              (iii)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either or
                     both of the date of the Change of Control and the date of
                     the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                     termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                     the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                     but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                     such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                     the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be payable on
                     the date or dates which are included in such Payment Term
                     even though the Employee is no longer then employed by the
                     Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in accordance with
                     this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an amount, and shall
                     be payable on a date, determined in accordance with
                     Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is applicable.

              (iv)   If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                     of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                     payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                     6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                     (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                          calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                     (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                          Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                          of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                          Control; and

                     (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee (or
                          the Employee's personal representative or beneficiary
                          in the event of the Employee's death) shall assign to
                          the Company the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                          and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares
                          and any other Class A Shares or equity interest in the
                          Company which the Employee may then own, regardless of
                          how the Employee may have acquired such restricted
                          stock, options, Class A Shares or equity interest. In
                          exchange therefore, the Company shall pay to the
                          Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                          of the Employee's death), on such date, an amount
                          equal to the value of the Employee's restricted Class
                          A Shares and the Employee's stock options for Class A
                          Shares, to the extent such options are exercisable and
                          such restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                          Shares or equity interest in the Company
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           which the Employee may then own. Such value shall be
                           calculated using the Class A Share Change of Control
                           Valuation as hereinafter defined. The value of the
                           exercisable stock options for this purpose shall be
                           the amount by which the value of the Class A Shares,
                           as so determined, exceeds the exercise price.

               (v)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                      thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the
                      Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof,
                      the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                      (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                           upon the Employee's termination of employment with
                           the Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                           Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                           death) within ten (10) days following such
                           termination of employment.

               (vi)   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
                      the contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the
                      Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no
                      further Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the
                      Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations.  If the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)    all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                      on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of
                      whether acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted
                      Stock Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                      Company or otherwise, will become and remain one hundred
                      percent (100%) vested;

               (ii)   all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                      by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                      regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or
                      1997 Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement
                      with the Company or otherwise, will immediately become and
                      remain throughout the full remaining term of such
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      options one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully
                      exercisable, and such exercise then and thereafter shall
                      be available on a cashless basis such that the Employee
                      may receive the net value of the Employee's options
                      (represented by the amount by which the fair market value
                      of the Class A Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash
                      or Class A Shares as the Employee shall elect, without
                      outlay of cash but net of all applicable withholding
                      taxes, which taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the
                      proper taxing authorities;

               (iii)  upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                      limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                      Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer
                      any Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                      Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement
                      or plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force
                      and effect, except for any registration rights in effect;
                      and

               (iv)   if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                      transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide
                      for the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a
                      portion, as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to
                      purchase Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then
                      owned by the Employee, into an equity investment in the
                      entity resulting from Purchaser's transaction (the
                      "Successor") on a tax favored basis. The amount available
                      for such investment shall be an amount calculated on the
                      basis of the per Share price paid in the Change of Control
                      transaction or series of transactions or implicit in the
                      valuation of the Change of Control transaction, including
                      all elements of consideration paid or payable (the "Change
                      of Control Valuation").

                (v)   If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                      not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee
                      chooses not to convert) all (or a portion) of the
                      Employee's options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A
                      Shares then owned by the Employee into equity in the
                      Successor, then the Employee shall exercise, at the time
                      of the Change of Control, all options the Employee holds
                      for Class A Shares (such exercise to provide cash rather
                      than Class A Shares to the Employee in accordance with the
                      exercise procedure described in Subsection 6(c)(ii)
                      hereof), and shall sell to the Company at the time of the
                      Change of Control all Class A Shares then owned by the
                      Employee, to the extent such options or Class A Shares are
                      not converted into equity 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      in the Successor. Such exercise of options and sale of
                      Class A Shares shall yield an amount to the Employee
                      determined by the Class A Share Change of Control
                      Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

                  (i) any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                      the Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is
                      or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-
                      3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                      securities of the Company representing twenty percent
                      (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the
                      Company's then outstanding securities; provided that a
                      Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur under this
                      clause (i) by reason of (A) the acquisition of securities
                      by the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any trust
                      funding such a plan) maintained by the Company, or (B)
                      while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially
                      own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                      power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

                 (ii) during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be
                      a majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing
                      Directors" as hereinafter defined; or

                (iii) the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                      consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                      other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                      the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                      immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                      by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                      securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                      percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                      securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                      outstanding immediately after such merger or
                      consolidation, or (B) approve a plan of complete
                      liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                      disposition by the Company of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets. 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       For purposes of this Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more
                       than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets includes
                       a sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
                       value of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries
                       or the sale of stock of one or more of the Company's
                       subsidiaries with an aggregate value in excess of fifty
                       percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and
                       its subsidiaries or any combination of methods by which
                       more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of
                       the Company and its subsidiaries is sold.

                 (iv)  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control"
                       will be deemed to occur:

                       (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or
                            greater ownership interest described in Subsection
                            6(d)(i) is acquired or, if later, the day on which
                            the Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially
                            own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined
                            voting power of the Company's then outstanding
                            securities, provided that a subsequent increase in
                            such ownership interest after it first equals or
                            exceeds twenty percent (20%) shall not be deemed a
                            separate Change of Control;

                       (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                            hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                            Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                       (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                            disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                            6(d)(iii); or

                       (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                            liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

                 (v)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                       means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                       business organization in an unbroken chain of
                       corporations or business organization ending with Sealy
                       Corporation that owns, directly or indirectly, stock
                       possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total
                       combined voting power of all classes of stock of Sealy
                       Corporation other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

                (vi)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                       "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the
                       beginning of any 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       period (not including any period prior to the date of
                       this Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and
                       any new director(s) whose election by the Board or
                       nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was
                       approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
                       directors then still in office who either were directors
                       at the beginning of the period or whose election or
                       nomination for election was previously so approved.

         (e)   Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company.   The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.  SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this
         --------------                                               
Agreement provide special benefits to the Employee.  If at any time the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance
benefits to the Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive
such better cash severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits
provided under Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this
Agreement, whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other
benefits or coverages available under this Agreement.  If this Agreement would
provide better cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's
Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance
benefits under this Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages
available under this Agreement.  In such case, the cash severance benefits under
this Agreement shall be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee
          ------------------------                                        
will not, during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, either directly
or indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation
any confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the
Company that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's
duties hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for
the Company to a person who will be advised by the Employee to keep such
information confidential) or make use of any of such confidential information
except in the performance of the Employee's duties or when required to do so by
legal process, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the
business of the Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including
a committee thereof) that requires the Employee to divulge, disclose or make
accessible such information. In the event that the Employee is so ordered, the
Employee shall so advise the Company in order to allow the Company the
opportunity to object to or otherwise resist such order. Upon the termination of
the Employee's employment with the Company, the Employee agrees to deliver
forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary literature, documents,
correspondence, and other proprietary materials and records furnished to or
acquired by the Employee during the course of such employment. In the event of a
breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by the Employee, the Company will
be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without bond or
security, sufficient to enforce the provisions hereof and the Company will be
entitled to pursue such other remedies at law or in equity which it deems
appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                           
agrees that, during the Employment Term, and for one year thereafter, unless the
Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), the Employee shall not act as a
proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder,
consultant, or partner in any business engaged to a material extent in the
manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or other bedding products or (b) any other
products which constitute more than ten percent (10%) of the Company's revenues
at the time in direct competition with the Company in any market. If, however,
the Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this covenant not to compete shall be
void upon the Employee's termination of employment. The Employee understands
that the foregoing restrictions may limit the Employee's ability to engage in
certain business pursuits during the period provided for above, but acknowledges
that the Employee will receive sufficiently higher remuneration and other
benefits from the Company hereunder than the Employee would otherwise receive to
justify such restriction. The Employee acknowledges that the Employee
understands the effect of the provisions of this Section 10, and that the
Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of these provisions, and
that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity to consult an
attorney with respect to these provisions. The Company and the Employee consider
the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable and necessary.
Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be unreasonable or
otherwise unenforceable by a court of
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


competent jurisdiction, the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified
by such court so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the
court, to be fully enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of
this Section 10 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications
          -------                                                     
provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given when hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               Dr. Bruce G. Barman
               8702 Scenic View Drive
               Broadview Heights, Ohio 44147

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
          --------------------------                             
and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further agrees that, in the
event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the preceding sentence, it
shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any such transaction that
the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities, obligations and
duties of the Company hereunder.  No rights or obligations of the Employee under
this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Employee other than the
Employee's rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by
will or operation of law, except as provided in this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof. In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event
          -------------------------------------------------               
this Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


and (b) had the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for
plans, policies or arrangements of that type. Furthermore, if such adverse
consequence would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee
shall have the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative
Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of
          ------------------------------                               
Section 16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the
Parties with respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and
understandings of the Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification,
amendment, or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
effective unless in writing, specifically referring hereto, and signed by both
Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
          -------------------------                                
provisions of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
Employee's continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive
or other plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its
executive officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such
rights as the Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock
or other agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Amounts which
the Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise
entitled to receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not
be reduced by this Agreement except as provided in Section 7 hereof with respect
to payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of
annual base salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be
          -------------                                                
governed and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The
Parties 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
          ---------------                                            
payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where
withholding applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless
withholding available to the Employee.

     20.  EXPENSE OF ENFORCEMENT.  The Company shall reimburse reasonable
          ----------------------                                         
attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Employee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement, even if his claims are not successful, provided they are not
ultimately determined by the court to be frivolous.

     21.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is
          --------------                                                 
fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any
agreement between it and any other person, firm or organization.

     22.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary
          ---------------------------                               
provision of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the
Employee, the Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the
Employee is entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates,
including, without limitation, Sealy, Inc.

     23.  NO MITIGATION OR OFFSET.   In the event of any termination of
          -----------------------                                      
employment, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment.
Amounts due the Employee under this Agreement shall not be offset by any
remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment he may obtain.

     24.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against
          -----------                                                      
the other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                       SEALY CORPORATION


                                       By: /s/ RONALD L. JONES
                                          -----------------------
                                          President & Chief Executive Officer
                                          


                                       EMPLOYEE

                                       /s/ BRUCE G. BARMAN
                                       -----------------------
                                       Vice President, R & D, 8/25/97

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8
                                                                    ------------

                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 12th day of August,
1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
and JEFFREY C. CLAYPOOL (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter set
forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT TERM.
          --------------- 

          (a)  During the period specified in Subsection l(b) hereof (the
               "Employment Term"), the Company shall employ the Employee, and
               the Employee shall serve the Company, as Vice President, Human
                                                        ---------------------
               Resources, based on the terms and subject to the conditions set
               ---------
               forth herein.

          (b)  The Employment Term shall commence on the date of this Agreement.
               Thereafter it shall end as follows:

               (i)   there shall be an initial period ending on the second (2nd)
                     anniversary of the date of this Agreement, subject to the
                     provision of Subsection 1(b)(ii) below;

               (ii)  after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
                     the Employment Term shall be extended one calendar day for
                     each calendar day that the Employee is employed by the
                     Company after such first anniversary so that the remaining
                     Employment Term after such first anniversary shall always
                     be one (1) year; and

               (iii) provided that the Employment Term may terminate prior
                     to the date specified above in this Subsection 1(b) as
                     provided in Section 4 hereof.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------                          
Employment Term, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold the position of Vice President, Human Resources reporting to
                                    -------------------------------
               the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               Officer");

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by the Vice President, Human Resources of a
                                            -------------------------------
               major corporation and such additional duties as may be assigned
               to the Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of
               the Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive Officer which
               are consistent with the position of Vice President, Human
                                                   ---------------------
               Resources of a major corporation;
               ---------

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable written policies and directives, and
               such reasonable unwritten policies and directives as are of
               common knowledge to executive officers of the Company, as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to executive officers of the
               Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS. For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------    
behalf of the Company during the Employment Term, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               executive officers in effect from time to time during the
               Employment Term, an annual base salary at the initial rate of
               One Hundred Eighty Five Thousand Dollars ($185,000.00). This
               --------------------------------           ----------
               salary shall be subject to annual review, in December of each
               year commencing in December 1997, by the Human Resources
               Committee of the Board (the "Committee) and may be increased, but
               not decreased, to the extent, if any, that the Committee may
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               determine.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The
               Employee's Target annual bonus, as established by the Committee
               under the Bonus Plan as of the date of this Agreement, is thirty-
               five percent (35%) (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of
               annual base salary, with a range of zero percent (0%) to seventy
               percent (70%) of annual base salary.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and the 1997 Stock Option
               Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in which the
               Company's executive officers are eligible to participate.  Such
               participation shall be subject to the terms and conditions set
               forth in the applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set
               forth in Section 7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to
               duplicative payments under this Agreement and the Executive
               Severance Benefit Plan.

          (d)  Without limiting the generality of Subsection 3(c) above, for so
               long as such coverage shall be available to the executive
               officers of the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to
               participate in the Company's Group Term Life Insurance Plan with
               a death benefit to be provided at the level of one and one half
               (1  1/2) times annual base salary at Company expense, plus
               extended coverage with a death benefit to be provided of at least
               the level in effect on the date of this Agreement for the
               Employee under such Plan at the Employee's discretion and
               expense.

          (e)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during each one-year
               period commencing with December 1, 1996, during the Employment
               Term, vacation time equal to at least the greater of (i) the
               amount of vacation time to which the Employee is entitled per
               year as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the amount of
               vacation time to which the Employee would have become entitled if
               the Company's vacation policy in effect as of the date of this
               Agreement and which is applicable to its executive officers
               remained in effect throughout the Employment Term.

          (f)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm the Employee's
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               entitlement to a number of restricted shares of Class A Common
               Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well as options to
               purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to various benefit
               plans or agreements with the Company.  The Parties agree that (a)
               such restricted Class A Shares and such options are in addition
               to, and not in lieu of, any shares or options which may be
               granted under any other plan or arrangement of the Company after
               the date of this Agreement, and (b) the various restricted stock
               agreements and stock option agreements, and any related
               Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder Agreement") between the
               Parties (such agreements being hereinafter referred to
               collectively as the "Pre-existing Agreements"), all remain in
               full force and effect except as otherwise provided herein.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any provision
               contained herein is inconsistent with the terms of any of the
               Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of this Agreement shall be
               controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  As indicated in Subsection 1(b)(iii), the
          -------------------------                                            
Employment Term may terminate prior to the date specified in Subsections 1(b)(i)
and 1(b)(ii) as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)   Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                     written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                     criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii)  Commission by the Employee of a material breach or material
                     default of any of the Employee's agreements or obligations
                     under any provision of this Agreement, including, without
                     limitation, the Employee's agreements and obligations under
                     Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and Sections 9 and 10 of this
                     Agreement, which is not cured in all material respects
                     within thirty (30) days after the Chief Executive Officer
                     or the designee thereof gives written notice thereof to the
                     Employee; or

               (iii) Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                     Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                     omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                     negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                     material 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     economic harm to the Company or has a materially adverse
                     effect on the Company's operations, properties or business
                     relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated by the
               Company upon the Employee's disability, if the Employee is
               prevented from performing the Employee's duties hereunder by
               reason of physical or mental incapacity for a period of one
               hundred eighty (180) consecutive days in any period of two
               consecutive fiscal years of the Company, but the Employee shall
               be entitled to full compensation and benefits hereunder until the
               close of such one hundred and eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of Cleveland, Ohio, other than a relocation
               to a location which is within twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographic center of Greensboro, North Carolina, or (vi) the
               material breach or material default by the Company of any of its
               agreements or obligations under any provision of this Agreement.
               As used in this Subsection 4(g), an "adverse change or material
               reduction" in the aggregate Minimum Benefits shall be deemed to
               result from any reduction or any series of reductions which, in
               the aggregate, exceeds five 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve as the Vice President, Human
               Resources of such subsidiary or division and such subsidiary or
               division is comparable in size to the organization consisting of
               the Company and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that
               "Good Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser,
               in a Change of Control transaction, does not assume this
               Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated,
          ----------------------                                              
the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the remaining Employment Term as specified in
               Subsection 1(b) hereof, determined without regard to Subsection
               1(b)(iii) hereof, (such remaining Employment Term calculated
               without regard to Subsection 1(b)(iii), and without regard to
               whether the Employee elects accelerated payments of the
               Employee's annual base salary and bonus in accordance with
               Subsection 5(a)(v), is hereinafter referred to as the "Payment
               Term") the Company shall:

               (i)   continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                     then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                     Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                     decreased during the one year period ending on the
                     Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate
                     in effect during such one year period;

               (ii)  continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan
                     as 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                     Company will:

                     (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                          partial year period ending on the date of the
                          Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                          the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                          entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                          percentage (calculated at the time and in the manner
                          customary as of the date of this Agreement, but
                          disregarding the termination of employment of the
                          Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's annual
                          base salary payable in accordance with Subsection 3(a)
                          hereof for the partial year period ending on the
                          Employee's termination of employment; and

                     (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term,
                          a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                          Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                          salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                          payable during the year (or portion thereof) for which
                          the bonus is being calculated; with such amounts being
                          payable when bonuses under the Bonus Plan are
                          customarily payable, except that the final bonus shall
                          be payable with the final payment of the annual base
                          salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii) continue in effect the medical and dental coverage, long
                     and short-term disability protection, and any life
                     insurance protection (including life insurance protection
                     being paid for by the Employee), being provided to the
                     Employee immediately prior to the Employee's termination of
                     employment, or if any of such benefits have decreased
                     during the one year period ending on the Employee's
                     termination of employment, at the highest level in effect
                     during such one year period;

               (iv)  pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                     from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm at
                     the level provided for vice-presidents of major
                     corporations, provided that such outplacement services will
                     be provided for a one year period commencing on the date of
                     termination of employment regardless of the Payment Term;
                     and

               (v)   In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                     and 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted in
                     writing to the Company within five (5) business days after
                     the date of the Employee's termination of employment:

                     (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                          annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                          5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                          following the Employee's termination of employment;
                          and

                     (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                          5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                          Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                          shall be calculated using the Employee's Target Annual
                          Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of the Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof,
               no further severance payments or other benefits will be payable
               to the Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               more fully focus on the issues related to such a Change of
               Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control. The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                     Bonus shall be equal to one hundred and fifty percent
                     (150%) of his annual base salary in the then prevailing
                     amount specified in Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such
                     annual base salary has decreased during the one year period
                     ending on his termination of employment, at the highest
                     rate in effect during such one year period; and

               (ii)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control and either is employed by the Company
                     on the first anniversary thereof or is not employed by the
                     Company on such first anniversary due to the Employee's
                     death or disability, the Transaction Bonus shall be payable
                     as follows:

                     (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                          of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                          Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                          such date; and

                     (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                          first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                          one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                          payable to the Employee on such date.

                     (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                          Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                          to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee is
                          no longer employed by the Company on the first
                          anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                          beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                          shall nonetheless be entitled to the other one-half
                          (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                          payable on such first anniversary.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               (iii) If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either or
                     both of the date of the Change of Control and the date of
                     the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                     termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                     the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                     but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                     such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                     the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be payable on
                     the date or dates which are included in such Payment Term
                     even though the Employee is no longer then employed by the
                     Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in accordance with
                     this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an amount, and shall
                     be payable on a date, determined in accordance with
                     Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is applicable.

               (iv)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                     of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                     payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                     6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                     (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                          calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                     (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                          Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                          of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                          Control; and

                     (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee (or
                          the Employee's personal representative or beneficiary
                          in the event of the Employee's death) shall assign to
                          the Company the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                          and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares
                          and any other Class A Shares or equity interest in the
                          Company which the Employee may then own, regardless of
                          how the Employee may have acquired such restricted
                          stock, options, Class A Shares or equity interest. In
                          exchange therefore, the Company shall pay to the
                          Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                          of the Employee's death), on such date, an amount
                          equal to the value of the Employee's restricted Class
                          A Shares and the Employee's stock options for Class A
                          Shares, to the extent such options are exercisable and
                          such restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                          Shares or equity interest in the Company 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                          which the Employee may then own. Such value shall be
                          calculated using the Class A Share Change of Control
                          Valuation as hereinafter defined. The value of the
                          exercisable stock options for this purpose shall be
                          the amount by which the value of the Class A Shares,
                          as so determined, exceeds the exercise price.

               (v)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                     thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the Employee
                     in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof, the
                     following shall apply:

                     (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                          calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                     (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                          upon the Employee's termination of employment with the
                          Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                          Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                          death) within ten (10) days following such termination
                          of employment.

               (vi)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
                     contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the Employee's
                     obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
                     Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations.  If the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)   all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                     on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of whether
                     acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan
                     or under an individual agreement with the Company or
                     otherwise, will become and remain one hundred percent
                     (100%) vested;

               (ii)  all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                     by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                     regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or 1997
                     Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                     Company or otherwise, will immediately become and remain
                     throughout the full remaining term of such 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     options one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully
                     exercisable, and such exercise then and thereafter shall be
                     available on a cashless basis such that the Employee may
                     receive the net value of the Employee's options
                     (represented by the amount by which the fair market value
                     of the Class A Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash
                     or Class A Shares as the Employee shall elect, without
                     outlay of cash but net of all applicable withholding taxes,
                     which taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                     taxing authorities;

               (iii) upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                     limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                     Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer any
                     Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                     Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement or
                     plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force and
                     effect, except for any registration rights in effect; and

               (iv)  if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                     transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide for
                     the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a portion,
                     as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to purchase
                     Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then owned by the
                     Employee, into an equity investment in the entity resulting
                     from Purchaser's transaction (the "Successor") on a tax
                     favored basis. The amount available for such investment
                     shall be an amount calculated on the basis of the per Share
                     price paid in the Change of Control transaction or series
                     of transactions or implicit in the valuation of the Change
                     of Control transaction, including all elements of
                     consideration paid or payable (the "Change of Control
                     Valuation").

               (v)   If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                     not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee chooses
                     not to convert) all (or a portion) of the Employee's
                     options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A Shares then
                     owned by the Employee into equity in the Successor, then
                     the Employee shall exercise, at the time of the Change of
                     Control, all options the Employee holds for Class A Shares
                     (such exercise to provide cash rather than Class A Shares
                     to the Employee in accordance with the exercise procedure
                     described in Subsection 6(c)(ii) hereof), and shall sell to
                     the Company at the time of the Change of Control all Class
                     A Shares then owned by the Employee, to the extent such
                     options or Class A Shares are not converted into equity
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     in the Successor. Such exercise of options and sale of
                     Class A Shares shall yield an amount to the Employee
                     determined by the Class A Share Change of Control
                     Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)   any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
                     Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is or
                     becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
                     under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                     securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%)
                     or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
                     outstanding securities; provided that a Change in Control
                     shall not be deemed to occur under this clause (i) by
                     reason of (A) the acquisition of securities by the Company
                     or an employee benefit plan (or any trust funding such a
                     plan) maintained by the Company, or (B) while Zell/Chilmark
                     Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially own more than fifty
                     percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company's
                     then outstanding securities;

               (ii)  during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be a
                     majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing Directors"
                     as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii) the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                     consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                     other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                     the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                     immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                     by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                     securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                     percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                     securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                     outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation,
                     or (B) approve a plan of complete liquidation of the
                     Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the
                     Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's
                     assets. 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     For purposes of this Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more
                     than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets includes a
                     sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
                     value of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries or
                     the sale of stock of one or more of the Company's
                     subsidiaries with an aggregate value in excess of fifty
                     percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                     subsidiaries or any combination of methods by which more
                     than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the
                     Company and its subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control"
                     will be deemed to occur:

                     (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                          ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                          acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                          Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                          more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                          power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                          provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                          interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                          percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change of
                          Control;

                     (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                          hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                          Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                     (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                          disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                          6(d)(iii); or

                     (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                          liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                     means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                     business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                     or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation that
                     owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty
                     percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of
                     all classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                     Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi)  For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words "Continuing
                     Directors" mean individuals who at the beginning of any
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     period (not including any period prior to the date of this
                     Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and any new
                     director(s) whose election by the Board or nomination for
                     election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a
                     vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in
                     office who either were directors at the beginning of the
                     period or whose election or nomination for election was
                     previously so approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company.   The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this
          --------------                                               
Agreement provide special benefits to the Employee.  If at any time the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance
benefits to the Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive
such better cash severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits
provided under Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this
Agreement, whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other
benefits or coverages available under this Agreement.  If this Agreement would
provide better cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's
Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance
benefits under this Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages
available under this Agreement.  In such case, the cash severance benefits under
this Agreement shall be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
          ------------------------                                             
not, during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be advised by the Employee to keep such information
confidential) or make use of any of such confidential information except in the
performance of the Employee's duties or when required to do so by legal process,
by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the
Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee
thereof) that requires the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such
information.  In the event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall
so advise the Company in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to
or otherwise resist such order.  Upon the termination of the Employee's
employment with the Company, the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the
Company any and all proprietary literature, documents, correspondence, and other
proprietary materials and records furnished to or acquired by the Employee
during the course of such employment. In the event of a breach or threatened
breach of this Section 9 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to
preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security,
sufficient to enforce the provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to
pursue such other remedies at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                                    
agrees that, during the Employment Term, and for one year thereafter, unless the
Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), the Employee shall not act as a
proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder,
consultant, or partner in any business engaged to a material extent in the
manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or other bedding products or (b) any other
products which constitute more than ten percent (10%) of the Company's revenues
at the time in direct competition with the Company in any market.  If, however,
the Employee has waived the  Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this covenant not to compete shall be
void upon the Employee's termination of employment.  The Employee understands
that the foregoing restrictions may limit the Employee's ability to engage in
certain business pursuits during the period provided for above, but acknowledges
that the Employee will receive sufficiently higher remuneration and other
benefits from the Company hereunder than the Employee would otherwise receive to
justify such restriction.  The Employee acknowledges that the Employee
understands the effect of the provisions of this Section 10, and that the
Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of these provisions, and
that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity to consult an
attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the Employee
consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable and
necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



competent jurisdiction, the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified
by such court so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the
court, to be fully enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of
this Section 10 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c).  Such waiver shall be irrevocable.  In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                              
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               Jeff Claypool
               2226 Fairfield Lane                
               Hudson, Ohio 44236

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                           
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) may be permitted assigns. No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law. The Company further agrees that, in the
event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the preceding sentence, it
shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any such transaction that
the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities, obligations and
duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or obligations of the Employee under
this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Employee other than the
Employee's rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by
will or operation of law, except as provided in this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof.  In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate.  In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------                    
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



and (b) had the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for
plans, policies or arrangements of that type. Furthermore, if such adverse
consequence would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee
shall have the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative
Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                                       
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                           
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided in Section 7 hereof with respect to payments
under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual base
salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                         
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                                    
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  EXPENSE OF ENFORCEMENT.  The Company shall reimburse reasonable
          ----------------------                                         
attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Employee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement, even if his claims are not successful, provided they are 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



not ultimately determined by the court to be frivolous.

     21.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                       
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     22.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                                         
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.

     23.  NO MITIGATION OR OFFSET.   In the event of any termination of
          -----------------------                                      
employment, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment.
Amounts due the Employee under this Agreement shall not be offset by any
remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment he may obtain.

     24.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against the
          -----------                                                          
other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                                       SEALY CORPORATION

                                       By:/s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          ------------------------
                                          Kenneth L. Walker
                                          Vice President, General
                                          Counsel & Secretary
                                          

                                       EMPLOYEE

 
                                        /s/ JEFFREY C. CLAYPOOL
                                       ---------------------------

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9
                                                                    ------------

                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 30th day of July,
1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
and GARY T. FAZIO (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter set
forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT TERM.
          --------------- 

          (a)  During the period specified in Subsection l(b) hereof (the
               "Employment Term"), the Company shall employ the Employee, and
               the Employee shall serve the Company, as Vice President of Sales
                                                        -----------------------
               based on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
               herein.

          (b)  The Employment Term shall commence on the date of this Agreement.
               Thereafter it shall end as follows:

               (i)   there shall be an initial period ending on the second (2nd)
                     anniversary of the date of this Agreement, subject to the
                     provision of Subsection 1(b)(ii) below;

               (ii)  after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
                     the Employment Term shall be extended one calendar day for
                     each calendar day that the Employee is employed by the
                     Company after such first anniversary so that the remaining
                     Employment Term after such first anniversary shall always
                     be one (1) year; and

               (iii) provided that the Employment Term may terminate prior
                     to the date specified above in this Subsection 1(b) as
                     provided in Section 4 hereof.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------                          
Employment Term, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold the position of Vice President of Sales reporting to the
                                    -----------------------
               Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               Officer");

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by the Vice President of Sales of a major
                                            -----------------------
               corporation and such additional duties as may be assigned to the
               Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the
               Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive Officer which are
               consistent with the position of Vice President of Sales of a 
                                               -----------------------
               major corporation;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable written policies and directives, and
               such reasonable unwritten policies and directives as are of
               common knowledge to executive officers of the Company, as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to executive officers of the
               Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS. For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------    
behalf of the Company during the Employment Term, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               executive officers in effect from time to time during the
               Employment Term, an annual base salary at the initial rate of Two
                                                                             ---
               Hundred Four Thousand, Five Hundred Dollars and Sixteen Cents
               -------------------------------------------------------------
               ($204,500.16). This salary shall be subject to annual review, in
                 ----------
               December of each year commencing in December 1997, by the Human
               Resources Committee of the Board (the "Committee) and may be
               increased, but not decreased, to the extent, if any, that the
               Committee may
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               determine.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The
               Employee's Target annual bonus, as established by the Committee
               under the Bonus Plan as of the date of this Agreement, is thirty-
               five percent (35%) (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of
               annual base salary, with a range of zero percent (0%) to seventy
               percent (70%) of annual base salary.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and the 1997 Stock Option
               Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in which the
               Company's executive officers are eligible to participate.  Such
               participation shall be subject to the terms and conditions set
               forth in the applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set
               forth in Section 7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to
               duplicative payments under this Agreement and the Executive
               Severance Benefit Plan.

          (d)  Without limiting the generality of Subsection 3(c) above, for so
               long as such coverage shall be available to the executive
               officers of the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to
               participate in the Company's Group Term Life Insurance Plan with
               a death benefit to be provided at the level of one and one half
               (1  1/2) times annual base salary at Company expense, plus
               extended coverage with a death benefit to be provided of at least
               the level in effect on the date of this Agreement for the
               Employee under such Plan at the Employee's discretion and
               expense.

          (e)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during each one-year
               period commencing with December 1, 1996, during the Employment
               Term, vacation time equal to at least the greater of (i) the
               amount of vacation time to which the Employee is entitled per
               year as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the amount of
               vacation time to which the Employee would have become entitled if
               the Company's vacation policy in effect as of the date of this
               Agreement and which is applicable to its executive officers
               remained in effect throughout the Employment Term.

          (f)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm the Employee's
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               entitlement to a number of restricted shares of Class A Common
               Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well as options to
               purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to various benefit
               plans or agreements with the Company.  The Parties agree that (a)
               such restricted Class A Shares and such options are in addition
               to, and not in lieu of, any shares or options which may be
               granted under any other plan or arrangement of the Company after
               the date of this Agreement, and (b) the various restricted stock
               agreements and stock option agreements, and any related
               Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder Agreement") between the
               Parties (such agreements being hereinafter referred to
               collectively as the "Pre-existing Agreements"), all remain in
               full force and effect except as otherwise provided herein.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any provision
               contained herein is inconsistent with the terms of any of the
               Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of this Agreement shall be
               controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  As indicated in Subsection 1(b)(iii), the
          -------------------------                                            
Employment Term may terminate prior to the date specified in Subsections 1(b)(i)
and 1(b)(ii) as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)   Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                     written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                     criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii)  Commission by the Employee of a material breach or material
                     default of any of the Employee's agreements or obligations
                     under any provision of this Agreement, including, without
                     limitation, the Employee's agreements and obligations under
                     Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and Sections 9 and 10 of this
                     Agreement, which is not cured in all material respects
                     within thirty (30) days after the Chief Executive Officer
                     or the designee thereof gives written notice thereof to the
                     Employee; or

               (iii) Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                     Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                     omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                     negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                     material 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     economic harm to the Company or has a materially adverse
                     effect on the Company's operations, properties or business
                     relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated by the
               Company upon the Employee's disability, if the Employee is
               prevented from performing the Employee's duties hereunder by
               reason of physical or mental incapacity for a period of one
               hundred eighty (180) consecutive days in any period of two
               consecutive fiscal years of the Company, but the Employee shall
               be entitled to full compensation and benefits hereunder until the
               close of such one hundred and eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of Cleveland, Ohio, other than a relocation
               to a location which is within twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographic center of Greensboro, North Carolina, or (vi) the
               material breach or material default by the Company of any of its
               agreements or obligations under any provision of this Agreement.
               As used in this Subsection 4(g), an "adverse change or material
               reduction" in the aggregate Minimum Benefits shall be deemed to
               result from any reduction or any series of reductions which, in
               the aggregate, exceeds five 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve as the Vice President of Sales of
                                                      -----------------------
               such subsidiary or division and such subsidiary or division is
               comparable in size to the organization consisting of the Company
               and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that "Good
               Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser, in a
               Change of Control transaction, does not assume this Agreement in
               accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated,
          ----------------------                                              
the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the remaining Employment Term as specified in
               Subsection 1(b) hereof, determined without regard to Subsection
               1(b)(iii) hereof, (such remaining Employment Term calculated
               without regard to Subsection 1(b)(iii), and without regard to
               whether the Employee elects accelerated payments of the
               Employee's annual base salary and bonus in accordance with
               Subsection 5(a)(v), is hereinafter referred to as the "Payment
               Term") the Company shall:

               (i)   continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                     then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                     Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                     decreased during the one year period ending on the
                     Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate
                     in effect during such one year period;

               (ii)  continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan
                     as 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                     Company will:

                     (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                          partial year period ending on the date of the
                          Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                          the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                          entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                          percentage (calculated at the time and in the manner
                          customary as of the date of this Agreement, but
                          disregarding the termination of employment of the
                          Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's annual
                          base salary payable in accordance with Subsection 3(a)
                          hereof for the partial year period ending on the
                          Employee's termination of employment; and

                     (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term,
                          a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                          Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                          salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                          payable during the year (or portion thereof) for which
                          the bonus is being calculated; with such amounts being
                          payable when bonuses under the Bonus Plan are
                          customarily payable, except that the final bonus shall
                          be payable with the final payment of the annual base
                          salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii) continue in effect the medical and dental coverage, long
                     and short-term disability protection, and any life
                     insurance protection (including life insurance protection
                     being paid for by the Employee), being provided to the
                     Employee immediately prior to the Employee's termination of
                     employment, or if any of such benefits have decreased
                     during the one year period ending on the Employee's
                     termination of employment, at the highest level in effect
                     during such one year period;

               (iv)  pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                     from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm at
                     the level provided for vice-presidents of major
                     corporations, provided that such outplacement services will
                     be provided for a one year period commencing on the date of
                     termination of employment regardless of the Payment Term;
                     and

               (v)   In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                     and 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted in
                     writing to the Company within five (5) business days after
                     the date of the Employee's termination of employment:

                     (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                          annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                          5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                          following the Employee's termination of employment;
                          and

                     (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                          5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                          Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                          shall be calculated using the Employee's Target Annual
                          Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of the Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof,
               no further severance payments or other benefits will be payable
               to the Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               more fully focus on the issues related to such a Change of
               Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control. The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                     Bonus shall be equal to one hundred and fifty percent
                     (150%) of his annual base salary in the then prevailing
                     amount specified in Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such
                     annual base salary has decreased during the one year period
                     ending on his termination of employment, at the highest
                     rate in effect during such one year period; and

               (ii)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control and either is employed by the Company
                     on the first anniversary thereof or is not employed by the
                     Company on such first anniversary due to the Employee's
                     death or disability, the Transaction Bonus shall be payable
                     as follows:

                     (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                          of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                          Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                          such date; and

                     (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                          first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                          one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                          payable to the Employee on such date.

                     (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                          Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                          to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee is
                          no longer employed by the Company on the first
                          anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                          beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                          shall nonetheless be entitled to the other one-half
                          (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                          payable on such first anniversary.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               (iii) If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either or
                     both of the date of the Change of Control and the date of
                     the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                     termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                     the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                     but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                     such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                     the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be payable on
                     the date or dates which are included in such Payment Term
                     even though the Employee is no longer then employed by the
                     Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in accordance with
                     this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an amount, and shall
                     be payable on a date, determined in accordance with
                     Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is applicable.

               (iv)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                     of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                     payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                     6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                     (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                          calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                     (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                          Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                          of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                          Control; and

                     (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee (or
                          the Employee's personal representative or beneficiary
                          in the event of the Employee's death) shall assign to
                          the Company the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                          and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares
                          and any other Class A Shares or equity interest in the
                          Company which the Employee may then own, regardless of
                          how the Employee may have acquired such restricted
                          stock, options, Class A Shares or equity interest. In
                          exchange therefore, the Company shall pay to the
                          Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                          of the Employee's death), on such date, an amount
                          equal to the value of the Employee's restricted Class
                          A Shares and the Employee's stock options for Class A
                          Shares, to the extent such options are exercisable and
                          such restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                          Shares or equity interest in the Company 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                          which the Employee may then own. Such value shall be
                          calculated using the Class A Share Change of Control
                          Valuation as hereinafter defined. The value of the
                          exercisable stock options for this purpose shall be
                          the amount by which the value of the Class A Shares,
                          as so determined, exceeds the exercise price.

               (v)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                     thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the Employee
                     in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof, the
                     following shall apply:

                     (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                          calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                     (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                          upon the Employee's termination of employment with the
                          Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                          Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                          death) within ten (10) days following such termination
                          of employment.

               (vi)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
                     contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the Employee's
                     obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
                     Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations.  If the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)   all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                     on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of whether
                     acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan
                     or under an individual agreement with the Company or
                     otherwise, will become and remain one hundred percent
                     (100%) vested;

               (ii)  all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                     by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                     regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or 1997
                     Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                     Company or otherwise, will immediately become and remain
                     throughout the full remaining term of such 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     options one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully
                     exercisable, and such exercise then and thereafter shall be
                     available on a cashless basis such that the Employee may
                     receive the net value of the Employee's options
                     (represented by the amount by which the fair market value
                     of the Class A Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash
                     or Class A Shares as the Employee shall elect, without
                     outlay of cash but net of all applicable withholding taxes,
                     which taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                     taxing authorities;

               (iii) upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                     limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                     Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer any
                     Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                     Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement or
                     plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force and
                     effect, except for any registration rights in effect; and

               (iv)  if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                     transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide for
                     the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a portion,
                     as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to purchase
                     Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then owned by the
                     Employee, into an equity investment in the entity resulting
                     from Purchaser's transaction (the "Successor") on a tax
                     favored basis. The amount available for such investment
                     shall be an amount calculated on the basis of the per Share
                     price paid in the Change of Control transaction or series
                     of transactions or implicit in the valuation of the Change
                     of Control transaction, including all elements of
                     consideration paid or payable (the "Change of Control
                     Valuation").

               (v)   If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                     not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee chooses
                     not to convert) all (or a portion) of the Employee's
                     options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A Shares then
                     owned by the Employee into equity in the Successor, then
                     the Employee shall exercise, at the time of the Change of
                     Control, all options the Employee holds for Class A Shares
                     (such exercise to provide cash rather than Class A Shares
                     to the Employee in accordance with the exercise procedure
                     described in Subsection 6(c)(ii) hereof), and shall sell to
                     the Company at the time of the Change of Control all Class
                     A Shares then owned by the Employee, to the extent such
                     options or Class A Shares are not converted into equity
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     in the Successor. Such exercise of options and sale of
                     Class A Shares shall yield an amount to the Employee
                     determined by the Class A Share Change of Control
                     Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)   any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
                     Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is or
                     becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
                     under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                     securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%)
                     or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
                     outstanding securities; provided that a Change in Control
                     shall not be deemed to occur under this clause (i) by
                     reason of (A) the acquisition of securities by the Company
                     or an employee benefit plan (or any trust funding such a
                     plan) maintained by the Company, or (B) while Zell/Chilmark
                     Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially own more than fifty
                     percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company's
                     then outstanding securities;

               (ii)  during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be a
                     majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing Directors"
                     as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii) the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                     consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                     other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                     the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                     immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                     by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                     securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                     percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                     securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                     outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation,
                     or (B) approve a plan of complete liquidation of the
                     Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the
                     Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's
                     assets. 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     For purposes of this Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more
                     than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets includes a
                     sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
                     value of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries or
                     the sale of stock of one or more of the Company's
                     subsidiaries with an aggregate value in excess of fifty
                     percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                     subsidiaries or any combination of methods by which more
                     than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the
                     Company and its subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control"
                     will be deemed to occur:

                     (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                          ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                          acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                          Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                          more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                          power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                          provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                          interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                          percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change of
                          Control;

                     (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                          hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                          Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                     (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                          disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                          6(d)(iii); or

                     (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                          liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                     means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                     business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                     or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation that
                     owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty
                     percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of
                     all classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                     Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi)  For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                    "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the beginning
                    of any 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                     period (not including any period prior to the date of this
                     Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and any new
                     director(s) whose election by the Board or nomination for
                     election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a
                     vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in
                     office who either were directors at the beginning of the
                     period or whose election or nomination for election was
                     previously so approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company.   The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this
          --------------                                               
Agreement provide special benefits to the Employee.  If at any time the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance
benefits to the Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive
such better cash severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits
provided under Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this
Agreement, whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other
benefits or coverages available under this Agreement.  If this Agreement would
provide better cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's
Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance
benefits under this Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages
available under this Agreement.  In such case, the cash severance benefits under
this Agreement shall be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
          ------------------------                                             
not, during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be advised by the Employee to keep such information
confidential) or make use of any of such confidential information except in the
performance of the Employee's duties or when required to do so by legal process,
by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the
Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee
thereof) that requires the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such
information.  In the event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall
so advise the Company in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to
or otherwise resist such order.  Upon the termination of the Employee's
employment with the Company, the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the
Company any and all proprietary literature, documents, correspondence, and other
proprietary materials and records furnished to or acquired by the Employee
during the course of such employment. In the event of a breach or threatened
breach of this Section 9 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to
preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security,
sufficient to enforce the provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to
pursue such other remedies at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                                    
agrees that, during the Employment Term, and for one year thereafter, unless the
Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), the Employee shall not act as a
proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder,
consultant, or partner in any business engaged to a material extent in the
manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or other bedding products or (b) any other
products which constitute more than ten percent (10%) of the Company's revenues
at the time in direct competition with the Company in any market.  If, however,
the Employee has waived the  Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this covenant not to compete shall be
void upon the Employee's termination of employment.  The Employee understands
that the foregoing restrictions may limit the Employee's ability to engage in
certain business pursuits during the period provided for above, but acknowledges
that the Employee will receive sufficiently higher remuneration and other
benefits from the Company hereunder than the Employee would otherwise receive to
justify such restriction.  The Employee acknowledges that the Employee
understands the effect of the provisions of this Section 10, and that the
Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of these provisions, and
that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity to consult an
attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the Employee
consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable and
necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



competent jurisdiction, the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified
by such court so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the
court, to be fully enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of
this Section 10 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c).  Such waiver shall be irrevocable.  In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                              
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               Gary T. Fazio
               6900 W. Hunting Hollow
               Hudson, Ohio  44236

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                           
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) may be permitted assigns. No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law. The Company further agrees that, in the
event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the preceding sentence, it
shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any such transaction that
the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities, obligations and
duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or obligations of the Employee under
this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Employee other than the
Employee's rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by
will or operation of law, except as provided in this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof.  In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate.  In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------                    
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



and (b) had the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for
plans, policies or arrangements of that type. Furthermore, if such adverse
consequence would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee
shall have the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative
Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                                       
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                           
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided in Section 7 hereof with respect to payments
under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual base
salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                         
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                                    
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  EXPENSE OF ENFORCEMENT.  The Company shall reimburse reasonable
          ----------------------                                         
attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Employee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement, even if his claims are not successful, provided they are 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



not ultimately determined by the court to be frivolous.

     21.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                       
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     22.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                                         
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.

     23.  NO MITIGATION OR OFFSET.   In the event of any termination of
          -----------------------                                      
employment, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment.
Amounts due the Employee under this Agreement shall not be offset by any
remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment he may obtain.

     24.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against the
          -----------                                                          
other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                                       SEALY CORPORATION

                                       By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                          ------------------------
                                           Kenneth L. Walker
                                           Vice President, General
                                           Counsel & Secretary

                                       EMPLOYEE

 
                                        /s/ GARY T. FAZIO
                                       ---------------------------

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.10
                                                                  -------------

                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 25th day of August,
1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
and DOUGLAS E. FELLMY (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter set
forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT TERM.
          --------------- 

          (a)  During the period specified in Subsection l(b) hereof (the
               "Employment Term"), the Company shall employ the Employee, and
               the Employee shall serve the Company, as VP, Operations,
               based on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
               herein.

          (b)  The Employment Term shall commence on the date of this Agreement.
               Thereafter it shall end as follows:

               (i)    there shall be an initial period ending on the second
                      (2nd) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, subject
                      to the provision of Subsection 1(b)(ii) below;

               (ii)   after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
                      the Employment Term shall be extended one calendar day for
                      each calendar day that the Employee is employed by the
                      Company after such first anniversary so that the remaining
                      Employment Term after such first anniversary shall always
                      be one (1) year; and

               (iii)  provided that the Employment Term may terminate prior to
                      the date specified above in this Subsection 1(b) as
                      provided in Section 4 hereof.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES. At all times during the
          --------------------------------------
Employment Term, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold the position of VP, Operations reporting to the Chief
               Executive Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive
               
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



               Officer");

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by the VP, Operations of a major
               corporation and such additional duties as may be assigned to the
               Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the
               Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive Officer which are
               consistent with the position of VP, Operations of a major
               corporation;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable written policies and directives, and
               such reasonable unwritten policies and directives as are of
               common knowledge to executive officers of the Company, as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to executive officers of the
               Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee
          --------------------------                                        
on behalf of the Company during the Employment Term, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               executive officers in effect from time to time during the
               Employment Term, an annual base salary at the initial rate of
               One Hundred Ninety-Eight Thousand Dollars ($198,000.00).  This
               salary shall be subject to annual review, in December of each
               year commencing in December 1997, by the Human Resources
               Committee of the Board (the "Committee) and may be increased, but
               not decreased, to the extent, if any, that the Committee may
               
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               determine.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The
               Employee's Target annual bonus, as established by the Committee
               under the Bonus Plan as of the date of this Agreement, is thirty-
               five percent (35%) (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of
               annual base salary, with a range of zero percent (0%) to seventy
               percent (70%) of annual base salary.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and the 1997 Stock Option
               Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in which the
               Company's executive officers are eligible to participate.  Such
               participation shall be subject to the terms and conditions set
               forth in the applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set
               forth in Section 7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to
               duplicative payments under this Agreement and the Executive
               Severance Benefit Plan.

          (d)  Without limiting the generality of Subsection 3(c) above, for so
               long as such coverage shall be available to the executive
               officers of the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to
               participate in the Company's Group Term Life Insurance Plan with
               a death benefit to be provided at the level of one and one half
               (1  1/2) times annual base salary at Company expense, plus
               extended coverage with a death benefit to be provided of at least
               the level in effect on the date of this Agreement for the
               Employee under such Plan at the Employee's discretion and
               expense.

          (e)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during each one-year
               period commencing with December 1, 1996, during the Employment
               Term, vacation time equal to at least the greater of (i) the
               amount of vacation time to which the Employee is entitled per
               year as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the amount of
               vacation time to which the Employee would have become entitled if
               the Company's vacation policy in effect as of the date of this
               Agreement and which is applicable to its executive officers
               remained in effect throughout the Employment Term.

          (f)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm the Employee's
               
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               entitlement to a number of restricted shares of Class A Common
               Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well as options to
               purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to various benefit
               plans or agreements with the Company.  The Parties agree that (a)
               such restricted Class A Shares and such options are in addition
               to, and not in lieu of, any shares or options which may be
               granted under any other plan or arrangement of the Company after
               the date of this Agreement, and (b) the various restricted stock
               agreements and stock option agreements, and any related
               Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder Agreement") between the
               Parties (such agreements being hereinafter referred to
               collectively as the "Pre-existing Agreements"), all remain in
               full force and effect except as otherwise provided herein.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any provision
               contained herein is inconsistent with the terms of any of
               the Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of this Agreement shall be
               controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  As indicated in Subsection 1(b)(iii),
          -------------------------                                        
the Employment Term may terminate prior to the date specified in Subsections
1(b)(i) and 1(b)(ii) as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)    Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                      written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                      criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii)   Commission by the Employee of a material breach or
                      material default of any of the Employee's agreements or
                      obligations under any provision of this Agreement,
                      including, without limitation, the Employee's agreements
                      and obligations under Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and
                      Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, which is not cured in
                      all material respects within thirty (30) days after the
                      Chief Executive Officer or the designee thereof gives
                      written notice thereof to the Employee; or

               (iii)  Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                      Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                      omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                      negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                      material 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      economic harm to the Company or has a materially adverse
                      effect on the Company's operations, properties or business
                      relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated by the
               Company upon the Employee's disability, if the Employee is
               prevented from performing the Employee's duties hereunder by
               reason of physical or mental incapacity for a period of one
               hundred eighty (180) consecutive days in any period of two
               consecutive fiscal years of the Company, but the Employee shall
               be entitled to full compensation and benefits hereunder until the
               close of such one hundred and eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of Cleveland, Ohio, other than a relocation
               to a location which is within twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographic center of Greensboro, North Carolina, or (vi) the
               material breach or material default by the Company of any of its
               agreements or obligations under any provision of this Agreement.
               As used in this Subsection 4(g), an "adverse change or material
               reduction" in the aggregate Minimum Benefits shall be deemed to
               result from any reduction or any series of reductions which, in
               the aggregate, exceeds five 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve as the VP, Operations of such
               subsidiary or division and such subsidiary or division is
               comparable in size to the organization consisting of the Company
               and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that "Good
               Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser, in a
               Change of Control transaction, does not assume this Agreement in
               accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is
          ----------------------                                  
terminated, the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the remaining Employment Term as specified in
               Subsection 1(b) hereof, determined without regard to Subsection
               1(b)(iii) hereof, (such remaining Employment Term calculated
               without regard to Subsection 1(b)(iii), and without regard to
               whether the Employee elects accelerated payments of the
               Employee's annual base salary and bonus in accordance with
               Subsection 5(a)(v), is hereinafter referred to as the "Payment
               Term") the Company shall:

               (i)  continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                    then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                    Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                    decreased during the one year period ending on the
                    Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate in
                    effect during such one year period;

               (ii) continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan
                    as 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                      Company will:

                      (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                           partial year period ending on the date of the
                           Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                           the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                           entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                           percentage (calculated at the time and in the manner
                           customary as of the date of this Agreement, but
                           disregarding the termination of employment of the
                           Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's annual
                           base salary payable in accordance with Subsection
                           3(a) hereof for the partial year period ending on the
                           Employee's termination of employment; and

                      (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term,
                           a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                           Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                           salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                           payable during the year (or portion thereof) for
                           which the bonus is being calculated; with such
                           amounts being payable when bonuses under the Bonus
                           Plan are customarily payable, except that the final
                           bonus shall be payable with the final payment of the
                           annual base salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii)  continue in effect the medical and dental coverage, long
                      and short-term disability protection, and any life
                      insurance protection (including life insurance protection
                      being paid for by the Employee), being provided to the
                      Employee immediately prior to the Employee's termination
                      of employment, or if any of such benefits have decreased
                      during the one year period ending on the Employee's
                      termination of employment, at the highest level in effect
                      during such one year period;

               (iv)   pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                      from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm
                      at the level provided for vice-presidents of major
                      corporations, provided that such outplacement services
                      will be provided for a one year period commencing on the
                      date of termination of employment regardless of the
                      Payment Term; and

               (v)    In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                      and 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                      5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted
                      in writing to the Company within five (5) business days
                      after the date of the Employee's termination of
                      employment:

                      (A) the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                          annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                          5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                          following the Employee's termination of employment;
                          and

                      (B) his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                          5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                          Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                          shall be calculated using the Employee's Target Annual
                          Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of the Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof,
               no further severance payments or other benefits will be payable
               to the Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               more fully focus on the issues related to such a Change of
               Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control. The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                      Bonus shall be equal to one hundred and fifty percent
                      (150%) of his annual base salary in the then prevailing
                      amount specified in Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such
                      annual base salary has decreased during the one year
                      period ending on his termination of employment, at the
                      highest rate in effect during such one year period; and

               (ii)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control and either is employed by the
                      Company on the first anniversary thereof or is not
                      employed by the Company on such first anniversary due to
                      the Employee's death or disability, the Transaction Bonus
                      shall be payable as follows:

                      (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                           of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                           Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                           such date; and

                      (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                           first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                           one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                           payable to the Employee on such date.

                      (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                           Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                           to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee
                           is no longer employed by the Company on the first
                           anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall nonetheless be entitled to the other one-half
                           (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                           payable on such first anniversary.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


               (iii)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either
                      or both of the date of the Change of Control and the date
                      of the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                      termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                      the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                      but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                      such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                      the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be payable on
                      the date or dates which are included in such Payment Term
                      even though the Employee is no longer then employed by the
                      Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in accordance with
                      this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an amount, and shall
                      be payable on a date, determined in accordance with
                      Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is applicable.

               (iv)   If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                      of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                      payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                      6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                      (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                           Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                           of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                           Control; and

                      (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee
                           (or the Employee's personal representative or
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall assign to the Company the Employee's restricted
                           Class A Shares and the Employee's stock options for
                           Class A Shares and any other Class A Shares or equity
                           interest in the Company which the Employee may then
                           own, regardless of how the Employee may have acquired
                           such restricted stock, options, Class A Shares or
                           equity interest. In exchange therefore, the Company
                           shall pay to the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death), on
                           such date, an amount equal to the value of the
                           Employee's restricted Class A Shares and the
                           Employee's stock options for Class A Shares, to the
                           extent such options are exercisable and such
                           restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                           Shares or equity interest in the Company
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           which the Employee may then own. Such value shall be
                           calculated using the Class A Share Change of Control
                           Valuation as hereinafter defined. The value of the
                           exercisable stock options for this purpose shall be
                           the amount by which the value of the Class A Shares,
                           as so determined, exceeds the exercise price.

               (v)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                      thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the
                      Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof,
                      the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                      (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                           upon the Employee's termination of employment with
                           the Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                           Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                           death) within ten (10) days following such
                           termination of employment.

               (vi)   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
                      the contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the
                      Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no
                      further Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the
                      Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations.  If the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)    all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                      on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of
                      whether acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted
                      Stock Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                      Company or otherwise, will become and remain one hundred
                      percent (100%) vested;

               (ii)   all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                      by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                      regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or
                      1997 Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement
                      with the Company or otherwise, will immediately become and
                      remain throughout the full remaining term of such
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      options one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully
                      exercisable, and such exercise then and thereafter shall
                      be available on a cashless basis such that the Employee
                      may receive the net value of the Employee's options
                      (represented by the amount by which the fair market value
                      of the Class A Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash
                      or Class A Shares as the Employee shall elect, without
                      outlay of cash but net of all applicable withholding
                      taxes, which taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the
                      proper taxing authorities;

               (iii)  upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                      limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                      Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer
                      any Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                      Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement
                      or plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force
                      and effect, except for any registration rights in effect;
                      and

               (iv)   if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                      transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide
                      for the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a
                      portion, as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to
                      purchase Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then
                      owned by the Employee, into an equity investment in the
                      entity resulting from Purchaser's transaction (the
                      "Successor") on a tax favored basis. The amount available
                      for such investment shall be an amount calculated on the
                      basis of the per Share price paid in the Change of Control
                      transaction or series of transactions or implicit in the
                      valuation of the Change of Control transaction, including
                      all elements of consideration paid or payable (the "Change
                      of Control Valuation").

               (v)    If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                      not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee
                      chooses not to convert) all (or a portion) of the
                      Employee's options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A
                      Shares then owned by the Employee into equity in the
                      Successor, then the Employee shall exercise, at the time
                      of the Change of Control, all options the Employee holds
                      for Class A Shares (such exercise to provide cash rather
                      than Class A Shares to the Employee in accordance with the
                      exercise procedure described in Subsection 6(c)(ii)
                      hereof), and shall sell to the Company at the time of the
                      Change of Control all Class A Shares then owned by the
                      Employee, to the extent such options or Class A Shares are
                      not converted into equity
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      in the Successor. Such exercise of options and sale of
                      Class A Shares shall yield an amount to the Employee
                      determined by the Class A Share Change of Control
                      Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)    any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                      the Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is
                      or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-
                      3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                      securities of the Company representing twenty percent
                      (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the
                      Company's then outstanding securities; provided that a
                      Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur under this
                      clause (i) by reason of (A) the acquisition of securities
                      by the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any trust
                      funding such a plan) maintained by the Company, or (B)
                      while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially
                      own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                      power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

               (ii)   during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be
                      a majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing
                      Directors" as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii)  the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                      consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                      other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                      the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                      immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                      by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                      securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                      percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                      securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                      outstanding immediately after such merger or
                      consolidation, or (B) approve a plan of complete
                      liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                      disposition by the Company of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets. 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      For purposes of this Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more
                      than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets includes
                      a sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
                      value of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries or
                      the sale of stock of one or more of the Company's
                      subsidiaries with an aggregate value in excess of fifty
                      percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and
                      its subsidiaries or any combination of methods by which
                      more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of
                      the Company and its subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)   For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control"
                      will be deemed to occur:

                      (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                           ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                           acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                           Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                           more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                           power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                           provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                           interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                           percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change
                           of Control;

                      (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                           hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                           Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                      (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                           disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                           6(d)(iii); or

                      (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                           liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)    For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                      means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                      business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                      or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation
                      that owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty
                      percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power
                      of all classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                      Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                      "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the
                      beginning of any 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      period (not including any period prior to the date of this
                      Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and any
                      new director(s) whose election by the Board or nomination
                      for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by
                      a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still
                      in office who either were directors at the beginning of
                      the period or whose election or nomination for election
                      was previously so approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company. The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this
          --------------                                               
Agreement provide special benefits to the Employee.  If at any time the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance
benefits to the Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive
such better cash severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits
provided under Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this
Agreement, whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other
benefits or coverages available under this Agreement.  If this Agreement would
provide better cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's
Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance
benefits under this Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages
available under this Agreement.  In such case, the cash severance benefits under
this Agreement shall be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of such Section 14.

     9.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee
         ------------------------                                        
will not, during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, either directly
or indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation
any confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the
Company that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's
duties hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for
the Company to a person who will be advised by the Employee to keep such
information confidential) or make use of any of such confidential information
except in the performance of the Employee's duties or when required to do so by
legal process, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the
business of the Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including
a committee thereof) that requires the Employee to divulge, disclose or make
accessible such information. In the event that the Employee is so ordered, the
Employee shall so advise the Company in order to allow the Company the
opportunity to object to or otherwise resist such order. Upon the termination of
the Employee's employment with the Company, the Employee agrees to deliver
forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary literature, documents,
correspondence, and other proprietary materials and records furnished to or
acquired by the Employee during the course of such employment. In the event of a
breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by the Employee, the Company will
be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without bond or
security, sufficient to enforce the provisions hereof and the Company will be
entitled to pursue such other remedies at law or in equity which it deems
appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the
          ---------------                                           
Employee agrees that, during the Employment Term, and for one year thereafter,
unless the Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity
considerations described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), the Employee shall not
act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial
stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business engaged to a material extent
in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or other bedding products or (b)
any other products which constitute more than ten percent (10%) of the Company's
revenues at the time in direct competition with the Company in any market.  If,
however, the Employee has waived the  Transaction Bonus and the equity
considerations described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this covenant not to
compete shall be void upon the Employee's termination of employment.  The
Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit the Employee's
ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period provided for
above, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficiently higher
remuneration and other benefits from the Company hereunder than the Employee
would otherwise receive to justify such restriction.  The Employee acknowledges
that the Employee understands the effect of the provisions of this Section 10,
and that the Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of these
provisions, and that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity to
consult an attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the
Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable
and necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


competent jurisdiction, the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified
by such court so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the
court, to be fully enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of
this Section 10 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications
          -------                                                     
provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given when hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               __________________________
               __________________________
               __________________________

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
          --------------------------                                       
and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further agrees that, in the
event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the preceding sentence, it
shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any such transaction that
the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities, obligations and
duties of the Company hereunder.  No rights or obligations of the Employee under
this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Employee other than the
Employee's rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by
will or operation of law, except as provided in this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof. In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event
          -------------------------------------------------               
this Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


and (b) had the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for
plans, policies or arrangements of that type. Furthermore, if such adverse
consequence would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee
shall have the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative
Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of
          ------------------------------                               
Section 16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the
Parties with respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and
understandings of the Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification,
amendment, or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
effective unless in writing, specifically referring hereto, and signed by both
Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
          -------------------------                                
provisions of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the
Employee's continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive
or other plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its
executive officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such
rights as the Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock
or other agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Amounts which
the Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise
entitled to receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not
be reduced by this Agreement except as provided in Section 7 hereof with respect
to payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of
annual base salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be
          -------------                                                
governed and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The
Parties agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of
an "employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
          ---------------                                            
payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where
withholding applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless
withholding available to the Employee.

     20.  EXPENSE OF ENFORCEMENT.  The Company shall reimburse reasonable
          ----------------------                                         
attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Employee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement, even if his claims are not successful, provided they are 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


not ultimately determined by the court to be frivolous.

     21.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is
          --------------                                                 
fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any
agreement between it and any other person, firm or organization.

     22.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary
          ---------------------------                               
provision of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the
Employee, the Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the
Employee is entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates,
including, without limitation, Sealy, Inc.

     23.  NO MITIGATION OR OFFSET.   In the event of any termination of
          -----------------------                                      
employment, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment.
Amounts due the Employee under this Agreement shall not be offset by any
remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment he may obtain.

     24.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against
          -----------                                                      
the other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              SEALY CORPORATION

                              By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                  _______________________
                                  KENNETH L. WALKER
                                  Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary


                              EMPLOYEE

 
                              /s/ DOUGLAS FELLMY 
                              _______________________

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11


                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 28th day of August,
1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
and DAVID J. MCILQUHAM (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter set
forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT TERM.
          --------------- 

          (a)  During the period specified in Subsection l(b) hereof (the
               "Employment Term"), the Company shall employ the Employee, and
               the Employee shall serve the Company, as VP, Marketing,
               based on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
               herein.

          (b)  The Employment Term shall commence on the date of this Agreement.
               Thereafter it shall end as follows:

                 (i)  there shall be an initial period ending on the second
                      (2nd) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, subject
                      to the provision of Subsection 1(b)(ii) below;

                (ii)  after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
                      the Employment Term shall be extended one calendar day for
                      each calendar day that the Employee is employed by the
                      Company after such first anniversary so that the remaining
                      Employment Term after such first anniversary shall always
                      be one (1) year; and

               (iii)  provided that the Employment Term may terminate prior to
                      the date specified above in this Subsection 1(b) as
                      provided in Section 4 hereof.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------               
Employment Term, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold the position of VP, Marketing reporting to the
               Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Officer");

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by the VP, Marketing of a major
               corporation and such additional duties as may be assigned to the
               Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the
               Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive Officer which are
               consistent with the position of VP, Marketing of a major
               corporation;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable written policies and directives, and
               such reasonable unwritten policies and directives as are of
               common knowledge to executive officers of the Company, as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to executive officers of the
               Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------                                        
behalf of the Company during the Employment Term, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               executive officers in effect from time to time during the
               Employment Term, an annual base salary at the initial rate of
               Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00). This salary shall be
               subject to annual review, in December of each year commencing in
               December 1997, by the Human Resources Committee of the Board (the
               "Committee) and may be increased, but not decreased, to the
               extent, if any, that the Committee may
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               determine.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The
               Employee's Target annual bonus, as established by the Committee
               under the Bonus Plan as of the date of this Agreement, is thirty-
               five percent (35%) (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of
               annual base salary, with a range of zero percent (0%) to seventy
               percent (70%) of annual base salary.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and the 1997 Stock Option
               Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in which the
               Company's executive officers are eligible to participate.  Such
               participation shall be subject to the terms and conditions set
               forth in the applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set
               forth in Section 7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to
               duplicative payments under this Agreement and the Executive
               Severance Benefit Plan.

          (d)  Without limiting the generality of Subsection 3(c) above, for so
               long as such coverage shall be available to the executive
               officers of the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to
               participate in the Company's Group Term Life Insurance Plan with
               a death benefit to be provided at the level of one and one half
               (1  1/2) times annual base salary at Company expense, plus
               extended coverage with a death benefit to be provided of at least
               the level in effect on the date of this Agreement for the
               Employee under such Plan at the Employee's discretion and
               expense.

          (e)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during each one-year
               period commencing with December 1, 1996, during the Employment
               Term, vacation time equal to at least the greater of (i) the
               amount of vacation time to which the Employee is entitled per
               year as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the amount of
               vacation time to which the Employee would have become entitled if
               the Company's vacation policy in effect as of the date of this
               Agreement and which is applicable to its executive officers
               remained in effect throughout the Employment Term.

          (f)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm the Employee's
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               entitlement to a number of restricted shares of Class A Common
               Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well as options to
               purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to various benefit
               plans or agreements with the Company.  The Parties agree that (a)
               such restricted Class A Shares and such options are in addition
               to, and not in lieu of, any shares or options which may be
               granted under any other plan or arrangement of the Company after
               the date of this Agreement, and (b) the various restricted stock
               agreements and stock option agreements, and any related
               Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder Agreement") between the
               Parties (such agreements being hereinafter referred to
               collectively as the "Pre-existing Agreements"), all remain in
               full force and effect except as otherwise provided herein.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any provision
               contained herein is inconsistent with the terms of any of the 
               Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of this Agreement shall be
               controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  As indicated in Subsection 1(b)(iii), the
          -------------------------                                        
Employment Term may terminate prior to the date specified in Subsections 1(b)(i)
and 1(b)(ii) as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

                 (i)  Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                      written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                      criminal act constituting a felony;

                (ii)  Commission by the Employee of a material breach or
                      material default of any of the Employee's agreements or
                      obligations under any provision of this Agreement,
                      including, without limitation, the Employee's agreements
                      and obligations under Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and
                      Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, which is not cured in
                      all material respects within thirty (30) days after the
                      Chief Executive Officer or the designee thereof gives
                      written notice thereof to the Employee; or

               (iii)  Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                      Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                      omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                      negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                      material 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      economic harm to the Company or has a materially adverse
                      effect on the Company's operations, properties or business
                      relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated by the
               Company upon the Employee's disability, if the Employee is
               prevented from performing the Employee's duties hereunder by
               reason of physical or mental incapacity for a period of one
               hundred eighty (180) consecutive days in any period of two
               consecutive fiscal years of the Company, but the Employee shall
               be entitled to full compensation and benefits hereunder until the
               close of such one hundred and eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of Cleveland, Ohio, other than a relocation
               to a location which is within twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographic center of Greensboro, North Carolina, or (vi) the
               material breach or material default by the Company of any of its
               agreements or obligations under any provision of this Agreement.
               As used in this Subsection 4(g), an "adverse change or material
               reduction" in the aggregate Minimum Benefits shall be deemed to
               result from any reduction or any series of reductions which, in
               the aggregate, exceeds five 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve as the VP, Marketing of such
               subsidiary or division and such subsidiary or division is
               comparable in size to the organization consisting of the Company
               and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that "Good
               Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser, in a
               Change of Control transaction, does not assume this Agreement in
               accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated,
          ----------------------                                  
the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the remaining Employment Term as specified in
               Subsection 1(b) hereof, determined without regard to Subsection
               1(b)(iii) hereof, (such remaining Employment Term calculated
               without regard to Subsection 1(b)(iii), and without regard to
               whether the Employee elects accelerated payments of the
               Employee's annual base salary and bonus in accordance with
               Subsection 5(a)(v), is hereinafter referred to as the "Payment
               Term") the Company shall:

                  (i)  continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                       then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                       Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                       decreased during the one year period ending on the
                       Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate
                       in effect during such one year period;

                 (ii)  continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan
                       as 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                       Company will:

                       (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for
                            the partial year period ending on the date of the
                            Employee's termination of employment calculated as
                            if the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                            entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                            percentage (calculated at the time and in the manner
                            customary as of the date of this Agreement, but
                            disregarding the termination of employment of the
                            Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's annual
                            base salary payable in accordance with Subsection
                            3(a) hereof for the partial year period ending on
                            the Employee's termination of employment; and

                       (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment
                            Term, a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual
                            Bonus Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's
                            annual base salary in the amount specified in
                            Subsection 5(a)(i) payable during the year (or
                            portion thereof) for which the bonus is being
                            calculated; with such amounts being payable when
                            bonuses under the Bonus Plan are customarily
                            payable, except that the final bonus shall be
                            payable with the final payment of the annual base
                            salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

                (iii)  continue in effect the medical and dental coverage, long
                       and short-term disability protection, and any life
                       insurance protection (including life insurance protection
                       being paid for by the Employee), being provided to the
                       Employee immediately prior to the Employee's termination
                       of employment, or if any of such benefits have decreased
                       during the one year period ending on the Employee's
                       termination of employment, at the highest level in effect
                       during such one year period;

                 (iv)  pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                       from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm
                       at the level provided for vice-presidents of major
                       corporations, provided that such outplacement services
                       will be provided for a one year period commencing on the
                       date of termination of employment regardless of the
                       Payment Term; and

                  (v)  In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                       and 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted in
                       writing to the Company within five (5) business days
                       after the date of the Employee's termination of
                       employment:

                      (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                           annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                           following the Employee's termination of employment;
                           and

                      (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                           Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                           shall be calculated using the Employee's Target
                           Annual Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of the Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof,
               no further severance payments or other benefits will be payable
               to the Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               more fully focus on the issues related to such a Change of
               Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control. The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

                  (i)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                       the Change of Control, the total amount of the
                       Transaction Bonus shall be equal to one hundred and fifty
                       percent (150%) of his annual base salary in the then
                       prevailing amount specified in Subsection 3(a) hereof, or
                       if such annual base salary has decreased during the one
                       year period ending on his termination of employment, at
                       the highest rate in effect during such one year period;
                       and

                 (ii)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                       the Change of Control and either is employed by the
                       Company on the first anniversary thereof or is not
                       employed by the Company on such first anniversary due to
                       the Employee's death or disability, the Transaction Bonus
                       shall be payable as follows:

                       (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                            day of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                            Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee
                            on such date; and

                       (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                            first anniversary of the Change of Control, the
                            other one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall
                            be payable to the Employee on such date.

                       (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                            Company on the date of the Change of Control but,
                            due to the Employee's death or disability, the
                            Employee is no longer employed by the Company on the
                            first anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the
                            Employee's beneficiary in the event of the
                            Employee's death) shall nonetheless be entitled to
                            the other one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus,
                            which amount shall be payable on such first
                            anniversary.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                (iii)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either
                       or both of the date of the Change of Control and the date
                       of the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                       termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                       the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                       but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or
                       both such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be
                       entitled to the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise
                       be payable on the date or dates which are included in
                       such Payment Term even though the Employee is no longer
                       then employed by the Company. Any Transaction Bonus
                       payable in accordance with this Subsection 6(b)(iii)
                       shall be in an amount, and shall be payable on a date,
                       determined in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iv) or
                       6(b)(v), whichever is applicable.

                 (iv)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the
                       date of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                       payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                       6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                       (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                            calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                       (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                            Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                            of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change
                            of Control; and

                       (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee
                            (or the Employee's personal representative or
                            beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                            shall assign to the Company the Employee's
                            restricted Class A Shares and the Employee's stock
                            options for Class A Shares and any other Class A
                            Shares or equity interest in the Company which the
                            Employee may then own, regardless of how the
                            Employee may have acquired such restricted stock,
                            options, Class A Shares or equity interest. In
                            exchange therefore, the Company shall pay to the
                            Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                            of the Employee's death), on such date, an amount
                            equal to the value of the Employee's restricted
                            Class A Shares and the Employee's stock options for
                            Class A Shares, to the extent such options are
                            exercisable and such restricted stock is vested, and
                            any other Class A Shares or equity interest in the
                            Company
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            which the Employee may then own. Such value shall be
                            calculated using the Class A Share Change of Control
                            Valuation as hereinafter defined. The value of the
                            exercisable stock options for this purpose shall be
                            the amount by which the value of the Class A Shares,
                            as so determined, exceeds the exercise price.

                  (v)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                       the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                       thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the
                       Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof,
                       the following shall apply:

                       (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                            calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);
                            and

                       (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining
                            unpaid upon the Employee's termination of employment
                            with the Company shall be paid to the Employee (or
                            the Employee's beneficiary in the event of the
                            Employee's death) within ten (10) days following
                            such termination of employment.

                 (vi)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
                       the contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the
                       Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no
                       further Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the
                       Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations.  If the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

                  (i)  all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the
                       Employee on the date of the Change of Control, regardless
                       of whether acquired under the 1996 Transitional
                       Restricted Stock Plan or under an individual agreement
                       with the Company or otherwise, will become and remain one
                       hundred percent (100%) vested;

                 (ii)  all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company,
                       owned by the Employee on the date of the Change of
                       Control, regardless of whether acquired under the 1989,
                       1992 or 1997 Stock Option Plan or under an individual
                       agreement with the Company or otherwise, will immediately
                       become and remain throughout the full remaining term of
                       such 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       options one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully
                       exercisable, and such exercise then and thereafter shall
                       be available on a cashless basis such that the Employee
                       may receive the net value of the Employee's options
                       (represented by the amount by which the fair market value
                       of the Class A Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash
                       or Class A Shares as the Employee shall elect, without
                       outlay of cash but net of all applicable withholding
                       taxes, which taxes shall be remitted by the Company to
                       the proper taxing authorities;

                (iii)  upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                       limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                       Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer
                       any Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                       Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement
                       or plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force
                       and effect, except for any registration rights in effect;
                       and

                 (iv)  if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                       transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide
                       for the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a
                       portion, as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to
                       purchase Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then
                       owned by the Employee, into an equity investment in the
                       entity resulting from Purchaser's transaction (the
                       "Successor") on a tax favored basis. The amount available
                       for such investment shall be an amount calculated on the
                       basis of the per Share price paid in the Change of
                       Control transaction or series of transactions or implicit
                       in the valuation of the Change of Control transaction,
                       including all elements of consideration paid or payable
                       (the "Change of Control Valuation").

                  (v)  If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction
                       does not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee
                       chooses not to convert) all (or a portion) of the
                       Employee's options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A
                       Shares then owned by the Employee into equity in the
                       Successor, then the Employee shall exercise, at the time
                       of the Change of Control, all options the Employee holds
                       for Class A Shares (such exercise to provide cash rather
                       than Class A Shares to the Employee in accordance with
                       the exercise procedure described in Subsection 6(c)(ii)
                       hereof), and shall sell to the Company at the time of the
                       Change of Control all Class A Shares then owned by the
                       Employee, to the extent such options or Class A Shares
                       are not converted into equity
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       in the Successor. Such exercise of options and sale of
                       Class A Shares shall yield an amount to the Employee
                       determined by the Class A Share Change of Control
                       Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

                  (i)  any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                       the Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.,
                       is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule
                       13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                       securities of the Company representing twenty percent
                       (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the
                       Company's then outstanding securities; provided that a
                       Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur under this
                       clause (i) by reason of (A) the acquisition of securities
                       by the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any trust
                       funding such a plan) maintained by the Company, or (B)
                       while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially
                       own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                       power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

                 (ii)  during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be
                       a majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing
                       Directors" as hereinafter defined; or

                (iii)  the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                       consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                       other than a merger or consolidation which would result
                       in the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                       immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                       by remaining outstanding or by being converted into
                       voting securities of the surviving entity) more than
                       eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the
                       voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                       outstanding immediately after such merger or
                       consolidation, or (B) approve a plan of complete
                       liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale
                       or disposition by the Company of more than fifty percent
                       (50%) of the Company's assets. 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       For purposes of this Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more
                       than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets includes
                       a sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate
                       value of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries
                       or the sale of stock of one or more of the Company's
                       subsidiaries with an aggregate value in excess of fifty
                       percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and
                       its subsidiaries or any combination of methods by which
                       more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of
                       the Company and its subsidiaries is sold.

                 (iv)  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control"
                       will be deemed to occur:

                       (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or
                            greater ownership interest described in Subsection
                            6(d)(i) is acquired or, if later, the day on which
                            the Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially
                            own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined
                            voting power of the Company's then outstanding
                            securities, provided that a subsequent increase in
                            such ownership interest after it first equals or
                            exceeds twenty percent (20%) shall not be deemed a
                            separate Change of Control;

                       (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                            hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                            Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                       (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                            disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                            6(d)(iii); or

                       (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                            liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

                  (v)  For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                       means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                       business organization in an unbroken chain of
                       corporations or business organization ending with Sealy
                       Corporation that owns, directly or indirectly, stock
                       possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total
                       combined voting power of all classes of stock of Sealy
                       Corporation other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

                 (vi)  For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                       "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the
                       beginning of any 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       period (not including any period prior to the date of
                       this Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and
                       any new director(s) whose election by the Board or
                       nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was
                       approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
                       directors then still in office who either were directors
                       at the beginning of the period or whose election or
                       nomination for election was previously so approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company.   The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.  SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this Agreement
         --------------                                               
provide special benefits to the Employee. If at any time the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance benefits to the
Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive such better cash
severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits provided under
Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this Agreement,
whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other benefits or
coverages available under this Agreement. If this Agreement would provide better
cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's Executive Severance
Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance benefits under this
Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages available under this
Agreement. In such case, the cash severance benefits under this Agreement shall
be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.  PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement modify
         ---------------                                                 
the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the compensation
or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification as set forth
herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or arrangement as to
the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby consent to such
amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan, policy or
arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the Employee, or (c)
the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined in Section 14
hereof, to or on 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of such Section 14.

     9.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
         ------------------------                                        
not, during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be advised by the Employee to keep such information
confidential) or make use of any of such confidential information except in the
performance of the Employee's duties or when required to do so by legal process,
by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the
Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee
thereof) that requires the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such
information.  In the event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall
so advise the Company in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to
or otherwise resist such order.  Upon the termination of the Employee's
employment with the Company, the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the
Company any and all proprietary literature, documents, correspondence, and other
proprietary materials and records furnished to or acquired by the Employee
during the course of such employment. In the event of a breach or threatened
breach of this Section 9 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to
preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security,
sufficient to enforce the provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to
pursue such other remedies at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                           
agrees that, during the Employment Term, and for one year thereafter, unless the
Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), the Employee shall not act as a
proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder,
consultant, or partner in any business engaged to a material extent in the
manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or other bedding products or (b) any other
products which constitute more than ten percent (10%) of the Company's revenues
at the time in direct competition with the Company in any market. If, however,
the Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations
described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this covenant not to compete shall be
void upon the Employee's termination of employment. The Employee understands
that the foregoing restrictions may limit the Employee's ability to engage in
certain business pursuits during the period provided for above, but acknowledges
that the Employee will receive sufficiently higher remuneration and other
benefits from the Company hereunder than the Employee would otherwise receive to
justify such restriction. The Employee acknowledges that the Employee
understands the effect of the provisions of this Section 10, and that the
Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of these provisions, and
that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity to consult an
attorney with respect to these provisions. The Company and the Employee consider
the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable and necessary.
Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be unreasonable or
otherwise unenforceable by a court of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

competent jurisdiction, the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified
by such court so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the
court, to be fully enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of
this Section 10 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                     
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               _________________________________
               _________________________________
               _________________________________

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                       
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns. No rights
or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law. The Company further agrees that, in the
event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the preceding sentence, it
shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any such transaction that
the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities, obligations and
duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or obligations of the Employee under
this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Employee other than the
Employee's rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by
will or operation of law, except as provided in this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof. In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect. In the event that any provision of this
Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties will
negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision that
will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------               
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof. The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and (b) had the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for
plans, policies or arrangements of that type. Furthermore, if such adverse
consequence would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee
shall have the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative
Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                               
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written. No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided in Section 7 hereof with respect to payments
under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual base
salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio. The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                            
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  EXPENSE OF ENFORCEMENT.  The Company shall reimburse reasonable
          ----------------------                                         
attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Employee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement, even if his claims are not successful, provided they are 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

not ultimately determined by the court to be frivolous.

     21.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                 
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     22.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                               
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.

     23.  NO MITIGATION OR OFFSET.   In the event of any termination of
          -----------------------                                      
employment, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment.
Amounts due the Employee under this Agreement shall not be offset by any
remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment he may obtain.

     24.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against the
          -----------                                                      
other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein. The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              SEALY CORPORATION

                              By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                  _______________________
                                  KENNETH L. WALKER
                                  Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

                              EMPLOYEE

 
                              /s/ D. MCILQUHAM
                              _______________________

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12
                                                                   -------------

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 1st day of August,
1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
and Lawrence J. Rogers (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter set
forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT TERM.
          --------------- 

          (a)  During the period specified in Subsection l(b) hereof (the
               "Employment Term"), the Company shall employ the Employee, and
               the Employee shall serve the Company, as Vice President,
               International, based on the terms and subject to the conditions
               set forth herein.

          (b)  The Employment Term shall commence on the date of this Agreement.
               Thereafter it shall end as follows:

               (i)   there shall be an initial period ending on the second
                     (2nd) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, subject to
                     the provision of Subsection 1(b)(ii) below;

               (ii)  after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement,
                     the Employment Term shall be extended one calendar day for
                     each calendar day that the Employee is employed by the
                     Company after such first anniversary so that the remaining
                     Employment Term after such first anniversary shall always
                     be one (1) year; and

               (iii) provided that the Employment Term may terminate prior to
                     the date specified above in this Subsection 1(b) as
                     provided in Section 4 hereof.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------
Employment Term, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold the position of Vice President, International reporting to
               the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive






<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              Officer");

          (b) Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
              customarily possessed by the Vice President, International of a
              major corporation and such additional duties as may be assigned to
              the Employee from time to time by the Board of Directors of the
              Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive Officer which are
              consistent with the position of Vice President, International of a
              major corporation;

          (c) Adhere to such reasonable written policies and directives, and
              such reasonable unwritten policies and directives as are of common
              knowledge to executive officers of the Company, as may be
              promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
              Officer and which are applicable to executive officers of the
              Company;

          (d) Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
              policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment; and

          (e) Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
              the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
              objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
              act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
              professional services to any other person, firm or organization
              for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
              or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee
          --------------------------                                        
on behalf of the Company during the Employment Term, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               executive officers in effect from time to time during the
               Employment Term, an annual base salary at the initial rate of Two
               Hundred Forty - Nine Thousand Five Hundred Canadian Dollars (CDN
               $249,500). This salary shall be subject to annual review, in
               December of each year commencing in December 1997, by the Human
               Resources Committee of the Board (the "Committee) and may be
               increased, but not decreased, to the extent, if any, that the
               Committee may
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               determine.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The
               Employee's Target annual bonus, as established by the Committee
               under the Bonus Plan as of the date of this Agreement, is thirty-
               five percent (35%) (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of
               annual base salary, with a range of zero percent (0%) to seventy
               percent (70%) of annual base salary.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and the 1997 Stock Option
               Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in which the
               Company's executive officers are eligible to participate.  Such
               participation shall be subject to the terms and conditions set
               forth in the applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set
               forth in Section 7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to
               duplicative payments under this Agreement and the Executive
               Severance Benefit Plan.

          (d)  Without limiting the generality of Subsection 3(c) above, for so
               long as such coverage shall be available to the executive
               officers of the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to
               participate in the Company's Group Term Life Insurance Plan with
               a death benefit to be provided at the level of one and one half
               (1  1/2) times annual base salary at Company expense, plus
               extended coverage with a death benefit to be provided of at least
               the level in effect on the date of this Agreement for the
               Employee under such Plan at the Employee's discretion and
               expense.

          (e)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during each one-year
               period commencing with December 1, 1996, during the Employment
               Term, vacation time equal to at least the greater of (i) the
               amount of vacation time to which the Employee is entitled per
               year as of the date of this Agreement, or (ii) the amount of
               vacation time to which the Employee would have become entitled if
               the Company's vacation policy in effect as of the date of this
               Agreement and which is applicable to its executive officers
               remained in effect throughout the Employment Term.

          (f)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm the Employee's
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               entitlement to a number of restricted shares of Class A Common
               Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well as options to
               purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to various benefit
               plans or agreements with the Company.  The Parties agree that (a)
               such restricted Class A Shares and such options are in addition
               to, and not in lieu of, any shares or options which may be
               granted under any other plan or arrangement of the Company after
               the date of this Agreement, and (b) the various restricted stock
               agreements and stock option agreements, and any related
               Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder Agreement") between the
               Parties (such agreements being hereinafter referred to
               collectively as the "Pre-existing Agreements"), all remain in
               full force and effect except as otherwise provided herein.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any provision
               contained herein is inconsistent with the terms of any of the 
               Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of this Agreement shall be
               controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  As indicated in Subsection 1(b)(iii),
          -------------------------                                        
the Employment Term may terminate prior to the date specified in Subsections
1(b)(i) and 1(b)(ii) as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)   Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                     written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                     criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii)  Commission by the Employee of a material breach or material
                     default of any of the Employee's agreements or obligations
                     under any provision of this Agreement, including, without
                     limitation, the Employee's agreements and obligations under
                     Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and Sections 9 and 10 of this
                     Agreement, which is not cured in all material respects
                     within thirty (30) days after the Chief Executive Officer
                     or the designee thereof gives written notice thereof to the
                     Employee; or

               (iii) Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                     Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                     omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                     negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                     material 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     economic harm to the Company or has a materially adverse
                     effect on the Company's operations, properties or business
                     relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated by the
               Company upon the Employee's disability, if the Employee is
               prevented from performing the Employee's duties hereunder by
               reason of physical or mental incapacity for a period of one
               hundred eighty (180) consecutive days in any period of two
               consecutive fiscal years of the Company, but the Employee shall
               be entitled to full compensation and benefits hereunder until the
               close of such one hundred and eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of Cleveland, Ohio, other than a relocation
               to a location which is within twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographic center of Greensboro, North Carolina, or (vi) the
               material breach or material default by the Company of any of its
               agreements or obligations under any provision of this Agreement.
               As used in this Subsection 4(g), an "adverse change or material
               reduction" in the aggregate Minimum Benefits shall be deemed to
               result from any reduction or any series of reductions which, in
               the aggregate, exceeds five 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve as the Vice President,
               International of such subsidiary or division and such subsidiary
               or division is comparable in size to the organization consisting
               of the Company and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree
               that "Good Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the
               purchaser, in a Change of Control transaction, does not assume
               this Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated,
          ----------------------                                  
the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the remaining Employment Term as specified in
               Subsection 1(b) hereof, determined without regard to Subsection
               1(b)(iii) hereof, (such remaining Employment Term calculated
               without regard to Subsection 1(b)(iii), and without regard to
               whether the Employee elects accelerated payments of the
               Employee's annual base salary and bonus in accordance with
               Subsection 5(a)(v), is hereinafter referred to as the "Payment
               Term") the Company shall:

               (i)  continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                    then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                    Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                    decreased during the one year period ending on the
                    Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate in
                    effect during such one year period;

               (ii) continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan
                    as 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                    Company will:

                    (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                         partial year period ending on the date of the
                         Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                         the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                         entire year except that the Employee's bonus percentage
                         (calculated at the time and in the manner customary as
                         of the date of this Agreement, but disregarding the
                         termination of employment of the Employee) shall be
                         applied to the Employee's annual base salary payable in
                         accordance with Subsection 3(a) hereof for the partial
                         year period ending on the Employee's termination of
                         employment; and

                    (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term, a
                         bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                         Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                         salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                         payable during the year (or portion thereof) for which
                         the bonus is being calculated; with such amounts being
                         payable when bonuses under the Bonus Plan are
                         customarily payable, except that the final bonus shall
                         be payable with the final payment of the annual base
                         salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii) continue in effect the medical and dental coverage, long
                     and short-term disability protection, and any life
                     insurance protection (including life insurance protection
                     being paid for by the Employee), being provided to the
                     Employee immediately prior to the Employee's termination of
                     employment, or if any of such benefits have decreased
                     during the one year period ending on the Employee's
                     termination of employment, at the highest level in effect
                     during such one year period;

               (iv)  pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                     from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm at
                     the level provided for vice-presidents of major
                     corporations, provided that such outplacement services will
                     be provided for a one year period commencing on the date of
                     termination of employment regardless of the Payment Term;
                     and

               (v)  In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                    and 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted in
                    writing to the Company within five (5) business days after
                    the date of the Employee's termination of employment:

                     (A) the Company will pay the total of the Employee's annual
                         base salary payments described in Subsection 5(a)(i) in
                         a single sum within thirty (30) days following the
                         Employee's termination of employment; and

                    (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                         5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                         Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                         shall be calculated using the Employee's Target Annual
                         Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of the Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof,
               no further severance payments or other benefits will be payable
               to the Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               more fully focus on the issues related to such a Change of
               Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control. The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                    Bonus shall be equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%)
                    of his annual base salary in the then prevailing amount
                    specified in Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base
                    salary has decreased during the one year period ending on
                    his termination of employment, at the highest rate in effect
                    during such one year period; and

               (ii) If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control and either is employed by the Company
                    on the first anniversary thereof or is not employed by the
                    Company on such first anniversary due to the Employee's
                    death or disability, the Transaction Bonus shall be payable
                    as follows:

                    (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                         of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                         Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                         such date; and

                    (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the first
                         anniversary of the Change of Control, the other one-
                         half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be payable to
                         the Employee on such date.

                    (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the Company
                         on the date of the Change of Control but, due to the
                         Employee's death or disability, the Employee is no
                         longer employed by the Company on the first anniversary
                         thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in
                         the event of the Employee's death) shall nonetheless be
                         entitled to the other one-half (1/2) of the Transaction
                         Bonus, which amount shall be payable on such first
                         anniversary.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (iii) If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either or
                     both of the date of the Change of Control and the date of
                     the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                     termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                     the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                     but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                     such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                     the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be payable on
                     the date or dates which are included in such Payment Term
                     even though the Employee is no longer then employed by the
                     Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in accordance with
                     this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an amount, and shall
                     be payable on a date, determined in accordance with
                     Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is applicable.

               (iv)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                     of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                     payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                     6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                     (A) The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount calculated
                         in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                     (B) The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                         Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event of
                         the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                         Control; and

                     (C) On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee (or
                         the Employee's personal representative or beneficiary
                         in the event of the Employee's death) shall assign to
                         the Company the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                         and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares and
                         any other Class A Shares or equity interest in the
                         Company which the Employee may then own, regardless of
                         how the Employee may have acquired such restricted
                         stock, options, Class A Shares or equity interest. In
                         exchange therefore, the Company shall pay to the
                         Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event of
                         the Employee's death), on such date, an amount equal to
                         the value of the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                         and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares, to
                         the extent such options are exercisable and such
                         restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                         Shares or equity interest in the Company
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         which the Employee may then own. Such value shall be
                         calculated using the Class A Share Change of Control
                         Valuation as hereinafter defined. The value of the
                         exercisable stock options for this purpose shall be the
                         amount by which the value of the Class A Shares, as so
                         determined, exceeds the exercise price.

               (v)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                    thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the Employee
                    in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof, the
                    following shall apply:

                    (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount calculated
                         in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                    (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                         upon the Employee's termination of employment with the
                         Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                         Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                         death) within ten (10) days following such termination
                         of employment.

               (vi) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
                    contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the Employee's
                    obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
                    Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations.  If the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)  all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                    on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of whether
                    acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan
                    or under an individual agreement with the Company or
                    otherwise, will become and remain one hundred percent (100%)
                    vested;

               (ii) all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company,
                    owned by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                    regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or 1997
                    Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                    Company or otherwise, will immediately become and remain
                    throughout the full remaining term of such 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     options one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully
                     exercisable, and such exercise then and thereafter shall be
                     available on a cashless basis such that the Employee may
                     receive the net value of the Employee's options
                     (represented by the amount by which the fair market value
                     of the Class A Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash
                     or Class A Shares as the Employee shall elect, without
                     outlay of cash but net of all applicable withholding taxes,
                     which taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                     taxing authorities;

               (iii) upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                     limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                     Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer any
                     Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                     Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement or
                     plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force and
                     effect, except for any registration rights in effect; and

               (iv)  if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                     transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide for
                     the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a portion,
                     as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to purchase
                     Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then owned by the
                     Employee, into an equity investment in the entity resulting
                     from Purchaser's transaction (the "Successor") on a tax
                     favored basis. The amount available for such investment
                     shall be an amount calculated on the basis of the per Share
                     price paid in the Change of Control transaction or series
                     of transactions or implicit in the valuation of the Change
                     of Control transaction, including all elements of
                     consideration paid or payable (the "Change of Control
                     Valuation").

               (v)   If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                     not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee chooses
                     not to convert) all (or a portion) of the Employee's
                     options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A Shares then
                     owned by the Employee into equity in the Successor, then
                     the Employee shall exercise, at the time of the Change of
                     Control, all options the Employee holds for Class A Shares
                     (such exercise to provide cash rather than Class A Shares
                     to the Employee in accordance with the exercise procedure
                     described in Subsection 6(c)(ii) hereof), and shall sell to
                     the Company at the time of the Change of Control all Class
                     A Shares then owned by the Employee, to the extent such
                     options or Class A Shares are not converted into equity
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     in the Successor. Such exercise of options and sale of
                     Class A Shares shall yield an amount to the Employee
                     determined by the Class A Share Change of Control
                     Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)   any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
                     Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is or
                     becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
                     under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                     securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%)
                     or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
                     outstanding securities; provided that a Change in Control
                     shall not be deemed to occur under this clause (i) by
                     reason of (A) the acquisition of securities by the Company
                     or an employee benefit plan (or any trust funding such a
                     plan) maintained by the Company, or (B) while Zell/Chilmark
                     Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially own more than fifty
                     percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company's
                     then outstanding securities;

               (ii)  during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be a
                     majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing Directors"
                     as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii) the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                     consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                     other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                     the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                     immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                     by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                     securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                     percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                     securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                     outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation,
                     or (B) approve a plan of complete liquidation of the
                     Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the
                     Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's
                     assets.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    For purposes of this Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more
                    than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets includes a
                    sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value
                    of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries or the
                    sale of stock of one or more of the Company's subsidiaries
                    with an aggregate value in excess of fifty percent (50%) of
                    the aggregate value of the Company and its subsidiaries or
                    any combination of methods by which more than fifty percent
                    (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                    subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv) For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control"
                    will be deemed to occur:

                    (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                         ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                         acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                         Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                         more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                         power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                         provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                         interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                         percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change of
                         Control;

                    (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                         hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                         Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                    (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                         disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                         6(d)(iii); or

                    (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                         liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)  For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                    means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                    business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                    or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation that
                    owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty percent
                    (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all
                    classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                    Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi) For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                    "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the beginning
                    of any 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    period (not including any period prior to the date of
                    this Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and any
                    new director(s) whose election by the Board or nomination
                    for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a
                    vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in
                    office who either were directors at the beginning of the
                    period or whose election or nomination for election was
                    previously so approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company.   The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this
          --------------                                               
Agreement provide special benefits to the Employee.  If at any time the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance
benefits to the Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive
such better cash severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits
provided under Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this
Agreement, whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other
benefits or coverages available under this Agreement.  If this Agreement would
provide better cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's
Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance
benefits under this Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages
available under this Agreement.  In such case, the cash severance benefits under
this Agreement shall be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee
          ------------------------                                        
will not, during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, either directly
or indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation
any confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the
Company that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's
duties hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for
the Company to a person who will be advised by the Employee to keep such
information confidential) or make use of any of such confidential information
except in the performance of the Employee's duties or when required to do so by
legal process, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the
business of the Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including
a committee thereof) that requires the Employee to divulge, disclose or make
accessible such information. In the event that the Employee is so ordered, the
Employee shall so advise the Company in order to allow the Company the
opportunity to object to or otherwise resist such order. Upon the termination of
the Employee's employment with the Company, the Employee agrees to deliver
forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary literature, documents,
correspondence, and other proprietary materials and records furnished to or
acquired by the Employee during the course of such employment. In the event of a
breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by the Employee, the Company will
be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, without bond or
security, sufficient to enforce the provisions hereof and the Company will be
entitled to pursue such other remedies at law or in equity which it deems
appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                           
agrees that, during the Employment Term, and for one year thereafter,
unless the Employee has waived the Transaction Bonus and the equity
considerations described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), the Employee shall not
act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial
stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business engaged to a material extent
in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or other bedding products or (b)
any other products which constitute more than ten percent (10%) of the Company's
revenues at the time in direct competition with the Company in any market.  If,
however, the Employee has waived the  Transaction Bonus and the equity
considerations described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this covenant not to
compete shall be void upon the Employee's termination of employment.  The
Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit the Employee's
ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period provided for
above, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficiently higher
remuneration and other benefits from the Company hereunder than the Employee
would otherwise receive to justify such restriction.  The Employee acknowledges
that the Employee understands the effect of the provisions of this Section 10,
and that the Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of these
provisions, and that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity to
consult an attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the
Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable
and necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

competent jurisdiction, the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified
by such court so as to be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the
court, to be fully enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of
this Section 10 by the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and
permanent injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications
          -------                                                     
provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given when hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:


               2113 Grenville Drive
               Oakville, Ontario
               Canada, LGH 347


or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
          --------------------------                                       
and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further agrees that, in the
event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the preceding sentence, it
shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any such transaction that
the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities, obligations and
duties of the Company hereunder.  No rights or obligations of the Employee under
this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Employee other than the
Employee's rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by
will or operation of law, except as provided in this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof.  In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate.  In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event
          -------------------------------------------------               
this Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and (b) had the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for
plans, policies or arrangements of that type. Furthermore, if such adverse
consequence would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee
shall have the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative
Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of
          ------------------------------                               
Section 16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the
Parties with respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and
understandings of the Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification,
amendment, or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be
effective unless in writing, specifically referring hereto, and signed by both
Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------   
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided in Section 7 hereof with respect to payments
under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual base
salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be
          -------------                                                
governed and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The
Parties agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of
an "employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                            
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  EXPENSE OF ENFORCEMENT.  The Company shall reimburse reasonable
          ----------------------                                         
attorney fees and expenses incurred by the Employee to enforce the provisions of
this Agreement, even if his claims are not successful, provided they are 
<PAGE>
PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

not ultimately determined by the court to be frivolous.

     21.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is
          --------------                                                 
fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any
agreement between it and any other person, firm or organization.

     22.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary
          ---------------------------                               
provision of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the
Employee, the Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the
Employee is entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates,
including, without limitation, Sealy, Inc.

     23.  NO MITIGATION OR OFFSET.   In the event of any termination of
          -----------------------                                      
employment, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment.
Amounts due the Employee under this Agreement shall not be offset by any
remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment he may obtain.

     24.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against
          -----------                                                      
the other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein. The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                   SEALY CORPORATION

                                   By:/s/ Kenneth L. Walker
                                      _______________________
                                       Kenneth L. Walker
                            
                                       Vice President, General Counsel &
                                       Secretary  

                                   EMPLOYEE
                                   

                                   /s/ L. J. Rogers
                                   ----------------

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13
                                                                   -------------



                          CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 3rd day of
September, 1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and JOHN G. BARTIK (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Change of Control Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter
set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   PROTECTED PERIOD.
          ---------------- 

          (a)  This Agreement is intended to provide the Employee with certain
               special benefits and to grant certain special protections so that
               the Employee may more fully focus on the issues related to a
               "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, and to reward the
               Employee for the substantial extra effort involved in a Change of
               Control.

          (b)  In order to provide the protections deemed necessary and
               appropriate by the Parties, the Parties agree to the
               establishment of a period during which such protections apply.
               Such period shall be referred to in this Agreement as the
               "Protected Period."  The Protected Period shall be as follows:

               (i)  The Protected Period shall be the one (1) year period
                    commencing on the date a Change of Control occurs and ending
                    on the first anniversary thereof; and

               (ii) Provided that, if the Employee's employment terminates prior
                    to a Change of Control, but such termination is "In
                    Connection With a Change of Control," as hereinafter
                    defined, the termination shall be deemed to have occurred
                    during the Protected Period and the Employee shall be
                    entitled to the benefits and protections set forth in this
                    Agreement.

          (c)  For purposes of this Agreement, and particularly Subsection 1(b)
               hereof, a termination shall be deemed to be "In Connection With a
               Change of Control" if:

               (i)  Such termination is at the request of the purchaser in the
                    Change of Control transaction; or
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii) Such termination is by the Company other than for Cause or
                    is by the Employee for Good Reason and reflects an intent by
                    the Company to avoid payment of benefits under this
                    Agreement notwithstanding the Employee's compliance with
                    Section 2 hereof;

               provided, however, that a termination otherwise defined in this
               Subsection 1(c) as In Connection With a Change of Control will
               not be deemed In Connection With a Change of Control unless a
               Change of Control occurs within six (6) months after the date of
               the Employee's termination of employment with the Company.

          (d)  The Parties agree that this Agreement is an agreement dealing
               only with benefits, rights and duties of the Parties during a
               Protected Period.  The Parties specifically agree that this
               Agreement is not intended to be and is not an employment
               agreement.  The Employee is, as of the date of this Agreement,
               and will remain, an employee at will, but subject to those
               special provisions herein set forth.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------                          
Protected Period, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold either (i) the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period or (ii) a
               position with the Company of greater duties, responsibilities and
               authority than the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period;

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by an employee of a major corporation in
               the position of the Employee and such additional duties as may be
               assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of
               Directors of the Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive
               Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive Officer") or the
               Employee's superior(s) which are consistent with the Employee's
               position;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable policies and directives as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to employees at the Employee's
               level with the Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------                                           
behalf of the Company during the Protected Period, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               employees at the level of the Employee in effect from time to
               time during the Protected Period, an annual base salary at a rate
               not less than that in effect at the commencement of the Protected
               Period.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement with a
               Target annual bonus as determined under the Bonus Plan as of the
               commencement of the Protected Period equal to the applicable
               percentage (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of annual base
               salary with a range as in effect as of such date.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and/or the 1997 Stock
               Option Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in
               which  the Company's employees at the level comparable to the
               Employee are eligible to participate.  Such participation shall
               be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
               applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set forth in Section
               7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to duplicative
               payments in this Agreement and the Executive Severance Plan.

          (d)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during the Protected
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Period, at least the amount of vacation time to which the
               Employee is entitled as of the date of this Agreement under the
               Company's vacation policy applicable to employees at the level
               comparable to the Employee or would have become entitled as of
               the applicable time if such vacation policy were still in effect
               throughout the Protected Period.

          (e)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm that the
               Employee may be entitled to a number of restricted  shares of
               Class A Common Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well
               as options to purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to
               various benefit plans or agreements with the Company.  The
               Parties agree that (a) such restricted Class A Shares and such
               options are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any shares or
               options which may be granted under any other plan or arrangement
               of the Company after the date of this Agreement, and (b) the
               various restricted stock agreements and stock option agreements,
               and any related Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder
               Agreement") between the Parties (such agreements being
               hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Pre-existing
               Agreements"), all remain in full force and effect except as
               otherwise provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the
               extent that any provision contained herein is inconsistent with
               the terms of any of the Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of
               this Agreement shall be controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. During a "Protected Period," the Employee's
          -------------------------
employment may be terminated as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)    Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                      written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                      criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii)   Commission by the Employee of a material breach or
                      material default of any of the Employee's agreements or
                      obligations under any provision of this Agreement,
                      including, without limitation, the Employee's agreements
                      and obligations under Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and
                      Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, which is not cured in
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      all material respects within thirty (30) days after the
                      Chief Executive Officer or the designee thereof gives
                      written notice thereof to the Employee; or

               (iii)  Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                      Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                      omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                      negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                      material economic harm to the Company or has a materially
                      adverse effect on the Company's operations, properties or
                      business relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated upon
               disability, if the Employee is prevented from performing the
               Employee's duties hereunder by reason of physical or mental
               incapacity for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive
               days in any period of two consecutive fiscal years of the
               Company, but the Employee shall be entitled to full compensation
               and benefits hereunder until the close of such one hundred and
               eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Cleveland, Ohio, or (vi) the material breach or material default
               by the Company of any of its agreements or obligations under any
               provision of this Agreement. As used in this Subsection 4(g), an
               "adverse change or material reduction" in the aggregate Minimum
               Benefits shall be deemed to result from any reduction or any
               series of reductions which, in the aggregate, exceeds five
               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve in the same capacity with such
               subsidiary or division as his capacity with the Company at the
               beginning of the Protected Period and such subsidiary or division
               is comparable in size to the organization consisting of the
               Company and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that
               "Good Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser,
               in a Change of Control transaction, does not assume this
               Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated
          ----------------------                                             
during a Protected Period, the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the  Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the one year period commencing on the date of the
               Employee's termination of employment (the "Payment Term") the
               Company shall:

               (i)    continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                      then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                      Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                      decreased during the one year period ending on the
                      Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate
                      in effect during such one year period;
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii)   continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan as
                      provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                      Company will:

                      (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                           partial year period ending on the date of the
                           Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                           the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                           entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                           percentage (calculated at the time and in the manner
                           customary as of the date of this Agreement, but
                           disregarding the termination of employment of the
                           Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's annual
                           base salary payable in accordance with Subsection
                           3(a) hereof for the partial year period ending on the
                           Employee's termination of employment; and

                      (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term,
                           a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                           Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                           salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                           payable during the year (or portion thereof) for
                           which the bonus is being calculated; with such
                           amounts being payable when bonuses under the Bonus
                           Plan are customarily payable, except that the final
                           bonus shall be payable with the final payment of the
                           annual base salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii)  pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                      from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm
                      at a level consistent with the employee's position,
                      provided that such outplacement services will be provided
                      for a six (6) month period commencing on the date of
                      termination of employment regardless of the Payment Term;
                      and

               (iv)   In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                      and 5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted
                      in writing to the Company within five (5) business days
                      after the date of the Employee's termination of
                      employment:

                      (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                           annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                           following the Employee's termination of
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           employment; and

                      (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                           Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                           shall be calculated using the Employee's Target
                           Annual Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of his obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
               severance payments or other benefits will be payable to the
               Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may more fully focus on the issues related to such a
               Change of Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control.  The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                      Bonus shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of his annual
                      base salary in the then prevailing amount specified in
                      Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                      decreased during the one year period ending on his
                      termination of employment, at the highest rate in effect
                      during such one year period; and.

               (ii)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control and either is employed by the
                      Company on the first anniversary thereof or is not
                      employed by the Company on such first anniversary due to
                      the Employee's death or disability, the Transaction Bonus
                      shall be payable as follows:

                      (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                           of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                           Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                           such date; and

                      (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                           first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                           one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                           payable to the Employee on such date.

                      (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                           Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                           to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee
                           is no longer employed by the Company on the first
                           anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall nevertheless be entitled to the other one-half
                           (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                           payable on such first anniversary.

               (iii)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either
                      or both of the date of the Change of Control and the date
                      of the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                      termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                      the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                      but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                      such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                      the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      payable on the date or dates which are included in such
                      Payment Term even though the Employee is no longer then
                      employed by the Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in
                      accordance with this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an
                      amount, and shall be payable on a date, determined in
                      accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever
                      is applicable.

               (iv)   If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                      of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                      payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                      6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                      (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                           Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                           of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                           Control; and

                      (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee
                           (or the Employee's personal representative or
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall assign to the Company the Employee's restricted
                           Class A Shares and the Employee's stock options for
                           Class A Shares and any other Class A Shares or equity
                           interest in the Company which the Employee may then
                           own, regardless of how the Employee may have acquired
                           such restricted stock, options, Class A Shares, or
                           equity interest. In exchange therefore, the Company
                           shall pay to the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death), on
                           such date, an amount equal to the value of the
                           Employee's restricted Class A Shares and the
                           Employee's stock options for Class A Shares, to the
                           extent such options are exercisable and such
                           restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                           Shares or equity interest in the Company which the
                           Employee may then own. Such value shall be calculated
                           using the Class A Share Change of Control Valuation
                           as hereinafter defined. The value of the exercisable
                           stock options for this purpose shall be the amount by
                           which the value of the Class A Shares, as so
                           determined, exceeds the exercise price.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (v)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                      thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the
                      Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof,
                      the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                      (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                           upon the Employee's termination of employment with
                           the Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                           Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                           death) within ten (10) days following such
                           termination of employment.

               (vi)   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
                      the contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the
                      Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no
                      further Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the
                      Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations. If  the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)    all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                      on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of
                      whether acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted
                      Stock Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                      Company or otherwise, will become and remain one hundred
                      percent (100%) vested;

               (ii)   all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                      by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                      regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or
                      1997 Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement
                      with the Company or otherwise, will immediately become and
                      remain throughout the full remaining term of such options
                      one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully exercisable,
                      and such exercise then and thereafter shall be available
                      on a cashless basis such that the Employee may receive the
                      net value of the Employee's options (represented by the
                      amount by which the fair market value of the Class A
                      Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash or Class A
                      Shares as the Employee shall elect, without outlay of cash
                      but net of all applicable withholding taxes, which
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                      taxing authorities;

               (iii)  upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                      limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                      Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer
                      any Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                      Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement
                      or plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force
                      and effect, except for any registration rights in effect;

               (iv)   if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                      transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide
                      for the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a
                      portion, as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to
                      purchase Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then
                      owned by the Employee, into an equity investment in the
                      entity resulting from Purchaser's transaction (the
                      "Successor") on a tax favored basis. The amount available
                      for such investment shall be an amount calculated on the
                      basis of the per Share price paid in the Change of Control
                      transaction or series of transactions or implicit in the
                      valuation of the Change of Control transaction, including
                      all elements of consideration paid or payable (the "Change
                      of Control Valuation").

               (v)    If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                      not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee
                      chooses not to convert) all (or a portion) of the
                      Employee's options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A
                      Shares then owned by the Employee into equity in the
                      Successor, then the Employee shall exercise, at the time
                      of the Change of Control, all options the Employee holds
                      for Class A Shares (such exercise to provide cash rather
                      than Class A Shares to the Employee in accordance with the
                      exercise procedure described in Subsection 6(c)(ii)
                      hereof), and shall sell to the Company at the time of the
                      Change of Control all Class A Shares then owned by the
                      Employee, to the extent such options or Class A Shares are
                      not converted into equity in the Successor. Such exercise
                      of options and sale of Class A Shares shall yield an
                      amount to the Employee determined by the Class A Share
                      Change of Control Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)    any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                      the Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is
                      or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-
                      3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                      securities of the Company representing twenty percent
                      (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the
                      Company's then outstanding securities; provided that a
                      Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur under this
                      clause (i) by reason of (A) the acquisition of securities
                      by the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any trust
                      funding such a plan) maintained by the Company, or (B)
                      while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially
                      own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                      power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

               (ii)   during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be
                      a majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing
                      Directors" as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii)  the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                      consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                      other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                      the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                      immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                      by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                      securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                      percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                      securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                      outstanding immediately after such merger or
                      consolidation, or (B) approve a plan of complete
                      liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                      disposition by the Company of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets. For purposes of this
                      Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets includes a sale of more than
                      fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the assets
                      of the Company and its subsidiaries or the sale of stock
                      of one or more of the Company's subsidiaries with an
                      aggregate value in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
                      aggregate value of the Company and its subsidiaries or any
                      combination of methods by which more than fifty percent
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                      subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)   For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" will
                      be deemed to occur:

                      (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                           ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                           acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                           Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                           more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                           power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                           provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                           interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                           percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change
                           of Control;

                      (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                           hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                           Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                      (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                           disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                           6(d)(iii); or

                      (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                           liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)    For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                      means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                      business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                      or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation
                      that owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty
                      percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power
                      of all classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                      Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                      "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the
                      beginning of any period (not including any period prior to
                      the date of this Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the
                      Board and any new director(s) whose election by the Board
                      or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders
                      was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
                      directors then still in office who either were directors
                      at the beginning of the period or whose election or
                      nomination for election was previously so 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company. The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this
          --------------                                               
Agreement provide special benefits to the Employee.  If at any time the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance
benefits to the Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive
such better cash severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits
provided under Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this
Agreement, whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other
benefits or coverages available under this Agreement.  If this Agreement would
provide better cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's
Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance
benefits under this Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages
available under this Agreement.  In such case, the cash severance benefits under
this Agreement shall be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on behalf of the Employee in accordance with the
provisions of such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
          ------------------------                                             
not, during the Protected Period or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

advised by the Employee to keep such information confidential) or make use of
any of such confidential information except in the performance of the Employee's
duties or when required to do so by legal process, by any governmental agency
having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any
administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) that requires
the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. In the
event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall so advise the Company
in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to or otherwise resist
such order. Upon the termination of the Employee's employment with the Company,
the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary
literature, documents, correspondence, and other proprietary materials and
records furnished to or acquired by the Employee during the course of such
employment. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                                    
agrees that, while employed during the Protected Period, and for one year after
the Employee's termination of employment, unless the Employee has waived the
Transaction Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and
6(c), the Employee shall not act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer,
employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business
engaged to a material extent in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or
other bedding products or (b) any other products which constitute more than ten
percent (10%) of the Company's revenues at the time in direct competition with
the Company in any market.  If, however, the Employee has waived the Transaction
Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this
covenant not to compete shall be void upon the Employee's termination of
employment.  The Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit
the Employee's ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period
provided for above, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficiently
higher remuneration and other benefits from the Company hereunder than the
Employee would otherwise receive to justify such restriction.  The Employee
acknowledges that the Employee understands the effect of the provisions of this
Section 10, and the Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of
these provisions, and that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity
to consult an attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the
Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable
and necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified by such court so as to
be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully
enforced.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 10 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

          During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of
Control, the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c).  Such waiver shall be irrevocable.  In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                              
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               John G. Bartik
               6822 Glenella Drive
               Seven Hills, Ohio 44131 

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                           
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

agrees that, in the event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the
preceding sentence, it shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any
such transaction that the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the
liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or
obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred
by the Employee other than the Employee's rights to compensation and benefits,
which may be transferred only by will or operation of law, except as provided in
this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof.  In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------                    
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, and (b) had
the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for plans,
policies or arrangements of that type.  Furthermore, if such adverse consequence
would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee shall have
the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                                       
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                           
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided for in Section 7 hereof with respect to
payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual
base salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                         
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                                    
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                       
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     21.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                                         
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     22.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against
          -----------                                                      
the other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                              SEALY CORPORATION

                              By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                  _______________________
                                  KENNETH L. WALKER
                                  Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

                              EMPLOYEE

 
                              /s/ JOHN G. BARTIK
                              _______________________
                              9/3/97

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14
                                                                   -------------

                          CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 4th day of
August, 1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and JAMES F. GOUGHENOUR (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Change of Control Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter
set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   PROTECTED PERIOD.
          ---------------- 

          (a)  This Agreement is intended to provide the Employee with certain
               special benefits and to grant certain special protections so that
               the Employee may more fully focus on the issues related to a
               "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, and to reward the
               Employee for the substantial extra effort involved in a Change of
               Control.

          (b)  In order to provide the protections deemed necessary and
               appropriate by the Parties, the Parties agree to the
               establishment of a period during which such protections apply.
               Such period shall be referred to in this Agreement as the
               "Protected Period."  The Protected Period shall be as follows:

               (i)  The Protected Period shall be the one (1) year period
                    commencing on the date a Change of Control occurs and ending
                    on the first anniversary thereof; and

               (ii) Provided that, if the Employee's employment terminates prior
                    to a Change of Control, but such termination is "In
                    Connection With a Change of Control," as hereinafter
                    defined, the termination shall be deemed to have occurred
                    during the Protected Period and the Employee shall be
                    entitled to the benefits and protections set forth in this
                    Agreement.

          (c)  For purposes of this Agreement, and particularly Subsection 1(b)
               hereof, a termination shall be deemed to be "In Connection With a
               Change of Control" if:

               (i)  Such termination is at the request of the purchaser in the
                    Change of Control transaction; or
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii) Such termination is by the Company other than for Cause or
                    is by the Employee for Good Reason and reflects an intent by
                    the Company to avoid payment of benefits under this
                    Agreement notwithstanding the Employee's compliance with
                    Section 2 hereof;

               provided, however, that a termination otherwise defined in this
               Subsection 1(c) as In Connection With a Change of Control will
               not be deemed In Connection With a Change of Control unless a
               Change of Control occurs within six (6) months after the date of
               the Employee's termination of employment with the Company.

          (d)  The Parties agree that this Agreement is an agreement dealing
               only with benefits, rights and duties of the Parties during a
               Protected Period.  The Parties specifically agree that this
               Agreement is not intended to be and is not an employment
               agreement.  The Employee is, as of the date of this Agreement,
               and will remain, an employee at will, but subject to those
               special provisions herein set forth.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------                          
Protected Period, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold either (i) the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period or (ii) a
               position with the Company of greater duties, responsibilities and
               authority than the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period;

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by an employee of a major corporation in
               the position of the Employee and such additional duties as may be
               assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of
               Directors of the Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive
               Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive Officer") or the
               Employee's superior(s) which are consistent with the Employee's
               position;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable policies and directives as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to employees at the Employee's
               level with the Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------                                           
behalf of the Company during the Protected Period, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               employees at the level of the Employee in effect from time to
               time during the Protected Period, an annual base salary at a rate
               not less than that in effect at the commencement of the Protected
               Period.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement with a
               Target annual bonus as determined under the Bonus Plan as of the
               commencement of the Protected Period equal to the applicable
               percentage (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of annual base
               salary with a range as in effect as of such date.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and/or the 1997 Stock
               Option Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in
               which  the Company's employees at the level comparable to the
               Employee are eligible to participate.  Such participation shall
               be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
               applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set forth in Section
               7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to duplicative
               payments in this Agreement and the Executive Severance Plan.

          (d)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during the Protected
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Period, at least the amount of vacation time to which the
               Employee is entitled as of the date of this Agreement under the
               Company's vacation policy applicable to employees at the level
               comparable to the Employee or would have become entitled as of
               the applicable time if such vacation policy were still in effect
               throughout the Protected Period.

          (e)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm that the
               Employee may be entitled to a number of restricted  shares of
               Class A Common Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well
               as options to purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to
               various benefit plans or agreements with the Company.  The
               Parties agree that (a) such restricted Class A Shares and such
               options are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any shares or
               options which may be granted under any other plan or arrangement
               of the Company after the date of this Agreement, and (b) the
               various restricted stock agreements and stock option agreements,
               and any related Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder
               Agreement") between the Parties (such agreements being
               hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Pre-existing
               Agreements"), all remain in full force and effect except as
               otherwise provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the
               extent that any provision contained herein is inconsistent with
               the terms of any of the Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of
               this Agreement shall be controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  During a "Protected Period," the
          -------------------------
Employee's employment may be terminated as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)  Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                    written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                    criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii) Commission by the Employee of a material breach or material
                    default of any of the Employee's agreements or obligations
                    under any provision of this Agreement, including, without
                    limitation, the Employee's agreements and obligations under
                    Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and Sections 9 and 10 of this
                    Agreement, which is not cured in 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    all material respects within thirty (30) days after the
                    Chief Executive Officer or the designee thereof gives
                    written notice thereof to the Employee; or

              (iii) Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the Employee's
                    duties under this Agreement, of acts or the omission of any
                    act, which both: (A) constitutes gross negligence or willful
                    misconduct and (B) results in material economic harm to the
                    Company or has a materially adverse effect on the Company's
                    operations, properties or business relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated upon
               disability, if the Employee is prevented from performing the
               Employee's duties hereunder by reason of physical or mental
               incapacity for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive
               days in any period of two consecutive fiscal years of the
               Company, but the Employee shall be entitled to full compensation
               and benefits hereunder until the close of such one hundred and
               eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Cleveland, Ohio, or (vi) the material breach or material default
               by the Company of any of its agreements or obligations under any
               provision of this Agreement. As used in this Subsection 4(g), an
               "adverse change or material reduction" in the aggregate Minimum
               Benefits shall be deemed to result from any reduction or any
               series of reductions which, in the aggregate, exceeds five
               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve in the same capacity with such
               subsidiary or division as his capacity with the Company at the
               beginning of the Protected Period and such subsidiary or division
               is comparable in size to the organization consisting of the
               Company and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that
               "Good Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser,
               in a Change of Control transaction, does not assume this
               Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated
          ----------------------                                             
during a Protected Period, the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the  Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the one year period commencing on the date of the
               Employee's termination of employment (the "Payment Term") the
               Company shall:

               (i)  continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                    then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                    Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                    decreased during the one year period ending on the
                    Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate in
                    effect during such one year period;
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii)  continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan as
                     provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                     Company will:

                    (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                         partial year period ending on the date of the
                         Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                         the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                         entire year except that the Employee's bonus percentage
                         (calculated at the time and in the manner customary as
                         of the date of this Agreement, but disregarding the
                         termination of employment of the Employee) shall be
                         applied to the Employee's annual base salary payable in
                         accordance with Subsection 3(a) hereof for the partial
                         year period ending on the Employee's termination of
                         employment; and

                    (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term, a
                         bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                         Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                         salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                         payable during the year (or portion thereof) for which
                         the bonus is being calculated; with such amounts being
                         payable when bonuses under the Bonus Plan are
                         customarily payable, except that the final bonus shall
                         be payable with the final payment of the annual base
                         salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii) pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                     from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm at
                     a level consistent with the employee's position, provided
                     that such outplacement services will be provided for a six
                     (6) month period commencing on the date of termination of
                     employment regardless of the Payment Term; and

               (iv)  In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                     and 5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted
                     in writing to the Company within five (5) business days
                     after the date of the Employee's termination of employment:

                     (A) the Company will pay the total of the Employee's annual
                         base salary payments described in Subsection 5(a)(i) in
                         a single sum within thirty (30) days following the
                         Employee's termination of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         employment; and

                    (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                         5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                         Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                         shall be calculated using the Employee's Target Annual
                         Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of his obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
               severance payments or other benefits will be payable to the
               Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may more fully focus on the issues related to such a
               Change of Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control.  The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                     Bonus shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of his annual
                     base salary in the then prevailing amount specified in
                     Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                     decreased during the one year period ending on his
                     termination of employment, at the highest rate in effect
                     during such one year period; and.

               (ii)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                     the Change of Control and either is employed by the Company
                     on the first anniversary thereof or is not employed by the
                     Company on such first anniversary due to the Employee's
                     death or disability, the Transaction Bonus shall be payable
                     as follows:

                     (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                          of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                          Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                          such date; and

                     (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                          first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                          one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                          payable to the Employee on such date.

                     (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                          Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                          to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee is
                          no longer employed by the Company on the first
                          anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                          beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                          shall nevertheless be entitled to the other one-half
                          (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                          payable on such first anniversary.

               (iii) If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either or
                     both of the date of the Change of Control and the date of
                     the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                     termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                     the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                     but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                     such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                     the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    payable on the date or dates which are included in such
                    Payment Term even though the Employee is no longer then
                    employed by the Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in
                    accordance with this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an
                    amount, and shall be payable on a date, determined in
                    accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is
                    applicable.

               (iv) If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                    of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is payable
                    to the Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii)
                    hereof, the following shall apply:

                    (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount calculated
                         in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                    (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                         Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event of
                         the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                         Control; and

                    (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee (or
                         the Employee's personal representative or beneficiary
                         in the event of the Employee's death) shall assign to
                         the Company the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                         and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares and
                         any other Class A Shares or equity interest in the
                         Company which the Employee may then own, regardless of
                         how the Employee may have acquired such restricted
                         stock, options, Class A Shares, or equity interest.  In
                         exchange therefore, the Company shall pay to the
                         Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event of
                         the Employee's death), on such date, an amount equal to
                         the value of the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                         and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares, to
                         the extent such options are exercisable and such
                         restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                         Shares or equity interest in the Company which the
                         Employee may then own. Such value shall be calculated
                         using the Class A Share Change of Control Valuation as
                         hereinafter defined. The value of the exercisable stock
                         options for this purpose shall be the amount by which
                         the value of the Class A Shares, as so determined,
                         exceeds the exercise price.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (v)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                    thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the Employee
                    in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof, the
                    following shall apply:

                    (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount calculated
                         in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                    (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                         upon the Employee's termination of employment with the
                         Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                         Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                         death) within ten (10) days following such termination
                         of employment.

               (vi) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
                    contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the Employee's
                    obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
                    Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations. If  the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)  all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                    on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of whether
                    acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan
                    or under an individual agreement with the Company or
                    otherwise, will become and remain one hundred percent (100%)
                    vested;

               (ii) all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                    by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                    regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or 1997
                    Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                    Company or otherwise, will immediately become and remain
                    throughout the full remaining term of such options one
                    hundred percent (100%) vested and fully exercisable, and
                    such exercise then and thereafter shall be available on a
                    cashless basis such that the Employee may receive the net
                    value of the Employee's options (represented by the amount
                    by which the fair market value of the Class A Shares exceeds
                    the exercise price) in cash or Class A Shares as the
                    Employee shall elect, without outlay of cash but net of all
                    applicable withholding taxes, which 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper taxing
                     authorities;

               (iii) upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                     limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                     Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer any
                     Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                     Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement or
                     plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force and
                     effect, except for any registration rights in effect;

               (iv)  if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                     transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide for
                     the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a portion,
                     as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to purchase
                     Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then owned by the
                     Employee, into an equity investment in the entity resulting
                     from Purchaser's transaction (the "Successor") on a tax
                     favored basis. The amount available for such investment
                     shall be an amount calculated on the basis of the per Share
                     price paid in the Change of Control transaction or series
                     of transactions or implicit in the valuation of the Change
                     of Control transaction, including all elements of
                     consideration paid or payable (the "Change of Control
                     Valuation").

               (v)   If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                     not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee chooses
                     not to convert) all (or a portion) of the Employee's
                     options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A Shares then
                     owned by the Employee into equity in the Successor, then
                     the Employee shall exercise, at the time of the Change of
                     Control, all options the Employee holds for Class A Shares
                     (such exercise to provide cash rather than Class A Shares
                     to the Employee in accordance with the exercise procedure
                     described in Subsection 6(c)(ii) hereof), and shall sell to
                     the Company at the time of the Change of Control all Class
                     A Shares then owned by the Employee, to the extent such
                     options or Class A Shares are not converted into equity in
                     the Successor. Such exercise of options and sale of Class A
                     Shares shall yield an amount to the Employee determined by
                     the Class A Share Change of Control Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)   any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
                     Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is or
                     becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
                     under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                     securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%)
                     or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then
                     outstanding securities; provided that a Change in Control
                     shall not be deemed to occur under this clause (i) by
                     reason of (A) the acquisition of securities by the Company
                     or an employee benefit plan (or any trust funding such a
                     plan) maintained by the Company, or (B) while Zell/Chilmark
                     Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially own more than fifty
                     percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company's
                     then outstanding securities;

               (ii)  during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be a
                     majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing Directors"
                     as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii) the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                     consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                     other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                     the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                     immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                     by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                     securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                     percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                     securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                     outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation,
                     or (B) approve a plan of complete liquidation of the
                     Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the
                     Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's
                     assets. For purposes of this Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale
                     of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's assets
                     includes a sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
                     aggregate value of the assets of the Company and its
                     subsidiaries or the sale of stock of one or more of the
                     Company's subsidiaries with an aggregate value in excess of
                     fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company
                     and its subsidiaries or any combination of methods by which
                     more than fifty percent 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                    subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv) For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" will
                    be deemed to occur:

                    (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                         ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                         acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                         Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                         more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                         power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                         provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                         interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                         percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change of
                         Control;

                    (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                         hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                         Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                    (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                         disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                         6(d)(iii); or

                    (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                         liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)  For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                    means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                    business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                    or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation that
                    owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty percent
                    (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all
                    classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                    Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi) For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words "Continuing
                    Directors" mean individuals who at the beginning of any
                    period (not including any period prior to the date of this
                    Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the Board and any new
                    director(s) whose election by the Board or nomination for
                    election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a
                    vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in
                    office who either were directors at the beginning of the
                    period or whose election or nomination for election was
                    previously so 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company. The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN.  It is the intention of the Parties that this
          --------------                                               
Agreement provide special benefits to the Employee.  If at any time the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance
benefits to the Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive
such better cash severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits
provided under Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this
Agreement, whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other
benefits or coverages available under this Agreement.  If this Agreement would
provide better cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's
Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance
benefits under this Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages
available under this Agreement.  In such case, the cash severance benefits under
this Agreement shall be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the
Company's Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on behalf of the Employee in accordance with the
provisions of such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
          ------------------------                                             
not, during the Protected Period or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

advised by the Employee to keep such information confidential) or make use of
any of such confidential information except in the performance of the Employee's
duties or when required to do so by legal process, by any governmental agency
having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any
administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) that requires
the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. In the
event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall so advise the Company
in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to or otherwise resist
such order. Upon the termination of the Employee's employment with the Company,
the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary
literature, documents, correspondence, and other proprietary materials and
records furnished to or acquired by the Employee during the course of such
employment. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                                    
agrees that, while employed during the Protected Period, and for one year after
the Employee's termination of employment, unless the Employee has waived the
Transaction Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and
6(c), the Employee shall not act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer,
employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business
engaged to a material extent in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or
other bedding products or (b) any other products which constitute more than ten
percent (10%) of the Company's revenues at the time in direct competition with
the Company in any market.  If, however, the Employee has waived the Transaction
Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this
covenant not to compete shall be void upon the Employee's termination of
employment.  The Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit
the Employee's ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period
provided for above, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficiently
higher remuneration and other benefits from the Company hereunder than the
Employee would otherwise receive to justify such restriction.  The Employee
acknowledges that the Employee understands the effect of the provisions of this
Section 10, and the Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of
these provisions, and that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity
to consult an attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the
Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable
and necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified by such court so as to
be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully
enforced.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 10 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                              
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               ___________________________________
               ___________________________________
               ___________________________________

 
or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                           
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

agrees that, in the event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the
preceding sentence, it shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any
such transaction that the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the
liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or
obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred
by the Employee other than the Employee's rights to compensation and benefits,
which may be transferred only by will or operation of law, except as provided in
this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof.  In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------                    
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, and (b) had
the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for plans,
policies or arrangements of that type.  Furthermore, if such adverse consequence
would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee shall have
the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                                       
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                           
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided for in Section 7 hereof with respect to
payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual
base salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                         
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                                    
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                       
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     21.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                                         
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     22.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against
          -----------                                                      
the other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                                 SEALY CORPORATION

                                 By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                     _______________________
                                     KENNETH L. WALKER
                                     Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

                                 EMPLOYEE

 
                                 /s/ JIM GOUGHENOUR
                                 _______________________
                                 8/4/97

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15
                                                                   -------------
                          CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 27th day of
August, 1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and RICHARD F. SOWERBY (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Change of Control Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter
set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   PROTECTED PERIOD.
          ---------------- 

          (a)  This Agreement is intended to provide the Employee with certain
               special benefits and to grant certain special protections so that
               the Employee may more fully focus on the issues related to a
               "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, and to reward the
               Employee for the substantial extra effort involved in a Change of
               Control.

          (b)  In order to provide the protections deemed necessary and
               appropriate by the Parties, the Parties agree to the
               establishment of a period during which such protections apply.
               Such period shall be referred to in this Agreement as the
               "Protected Period."  The Protected Period shall be as follows:

               (i)  The Protected Period shall be the one (1) year period
                    commencing on the date a Change of Control occurs and ending
                    on the first anniversary thereof; and

               (ii) Provided that, if the Employee's employment terminates prior
                    to a Change of Control, but such termination is "In
                    Connection With a Change of Control," as hereinafter
                    defined, the termination shall be deemed to have occurred
                    during the Protected Period and the Employee shall be
                    entitled to the benefits and protections set forth in this
                    Agreement.

          (c)  For purposes of this Agreement, and particularly Subsection 1(b)
               hereof, a termination shall be deemed to be "In Connection With a
               Change of Control" if:

               (i)  Such termination is at the request of the purchaser in the
                    Change of Control transaction; or
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii) Such termination is by the Company other than for Cause or
                    is by the Employee for Good Reason and reflects an intent by
                    the Company to avoid payment of benefits under this
                    Agreement notwithstanding the Employee's compliance with
                    Section 2 hereof;

               provided, however, that a termination otherwise defined in this
               Subsection 1(c) as In Connection With a Change of Control will
               not be deemed In Connection With a Change of Control unless a
               Change of Control occurs within six (6) months after the date of
               the Employee's termination of employment with the Company.

          (d)  The Parties agree that this Agreement is an agreement dealing
               only with benefits, rights and duties of the Parties during a
               Protected Period.  The Parties specifically agree that this
               Agreement is not intended to be and is not an employment
               agreement.  The Employee is, as of the date of this Agreement,
               and will remain, an employee at will, but subject to those
               special provisions herein set forth.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------                          
Protected Period, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold either (i) the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period or (ii) a
               position with the Company of greater duties, responsibilities and
               authority than the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period;

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by an employee of a major corporation in
               the position of the Employee and such additional duties as may be
               assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of
               Directors of the Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive
               Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive Officer") or the
               Employee's superior(s) which are consistent with the Employee's
               position;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable policies and directives as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to employees at the Employee's
               level with the Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------                                           
behalf of the Company during the Protected Period, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               employees at the level of the Employee in effect from time to
               time during the Protected Period, an annual base salary at a rate
               not less than that in effect at the commencement of the Protected
               Period.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement with a
               Target annual bonus as determined under the Bonus Plan as of the
               commencement of the Protected Period equal to the applicable
               percentage (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of annual base
               salary with a range as in effect as of such date.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and/or the 1997 Stock
               Option Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in
               which  the Company's employees at the level comparable to the
               Employee are eligible to participate.  Such participation shall
               be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
               applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set forth in Section
               7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to duplicative
               payments in this Agreement and the Executive Severance Plan.

          (d)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during the Protected
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Period, at least the amount of vacation time to which the
               Employee is entitled as of the date of this Agreement under the
               Company's vacation policy applicable to employees at the level
               comparable to the Employee or would have become entitled as of
               the applicable time if such vacation policy were still in effect
               throughout the Protected Period.

          (e)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm that the
               Employee may be entitled to a number of restricted  shares of
               Class A Common Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well
               as options to purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to
               various benefit plans or agreements with the Company.  The
               Parties agree that (a) such restricted Class A Shares and such
               options are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any shares or
               options which may be granted under any other plan or arrangement
               of the Company after the date of this Agreement, and (b) the
               various restricted stock agreements and stock option agreements,
               and any related Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder
               Agreement") between the Parties (such agreements being
               hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Pre-existing
               Agreements"), all remain in full force and effect except as
               otherwise provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the
               extent that any provision contained herein is inconsistent with
               the terms of any of the Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of
               this Agreement shall be controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. During a "Protected Period," the Employee's
          -------------------------
employment may be terminated as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)  Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                    written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                    criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii) Commission by the Employee of a material breach or material
                    default of any of the Employee's agreements or obligations
                    under any provision of this Agreement, including, without
                    limitation, the Employee's agreements and obligations under
                    Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and Sections 9 and 10 of this
                    Agreement, which is not cured in
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      all material respects within thirty (30) days after the
                      Chief Executive Officer or the designee thereof gives
                      written notice thereof to the Employee; or

               (iii)  Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                      Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                      omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                      negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                      material economic harm to the Company or has a materially
                      adverse effect on the Company's operations, properties or
                      business relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated upon
               disability, if the Employee is prevented from performing the
               Employee's duties hereunder by reason of physical or mental
               incapacity for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive
               days in any period of two consecutive fiscal years of the
               Company, but the Employee shall be entitled to full compensation
               and benefits hereunder until the close of such one hundred and
               eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Cleveland, Ohio, or (vi) the material breach or material default
               by the Company of any of its agreements or obligations under any
               provision of this Agreement. As used in this Subsection 4(g), an
               "adverse change or material reduction" in the aggregate Minimum
               Benefits shall be deemed to result from any reduction or any
               series of reductions which, in the aggregate, exceeds five
               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve in the same capacity with such
               subsidiary or division as his capacity with the Company at the
               beginning of the Protected Period and such subsidiary or division
               is comparable in size to the organization consisting of the
               Company and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that
               "Good Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser,
               in a Change of Control transaction, does not assume this
               Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated
          ----------------------                                             
during a Protected Period, the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the  Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the one year period commencing on the date of the
               Employee's termination of employment (the "Payment Term") the
               Company shall:

               (i)  continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                    then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                    Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                    decreased during the one year period ending on the
                    Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate in
                    effect during such one year period;
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              (ii)  continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan as
                    provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the Company
                    will:

                    (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                         partial year period ending on the date of the
                         Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                         the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                         entire year except that the Employee's bonus percentage
                         (calculated at the time and in the manner customary as
                         of the date of this Agreement, but disregarding the
                         termination of employment of the Employee) shall be
                         applied to the Employee's annual base salary payable in
                         accordance with Subsection 3(a) hereof for the partial
                         year period ending on the Employee's termination of
                         employment; and

                    (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term, a
                         bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                         Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                         salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                         payable during the year (or portion thereof) for which
                         the bonus is being calculated; with such amounts being
                         payable when bonuses under the Bonus Plan are
                         customarily payable, except that the final bonus shall
                         be payable with the final payment of the annual base
                         salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

              (iii) pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                    from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm at
                    a level consistent with the employee's position, provided
                    that such outplacement services will be provided for a six
                    (6) month period commencing on the date of termination of
                    employment regardless of the Payment Term; and

              (iv)       In lieu of the payments described in Subsections
                    5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request,
                    submitted in writing to the Company within five (5) business
                    days after the date of the Employee's termination of
                    employment:

                    (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's annual
                         base salary payments described in Subsection 5(a)(i) in
                         a single sum within thirty (30) days following the
                         Employee's termination of
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           employment; and

                      (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                           Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                           shall be calculated using the Employee's Target
                           Annual Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of his obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
               severance payments or other benefits will be payable to the
               Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may more fully focus on the issues related to such a
               Change of Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control.  The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                    Bonus shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of his annual
                    base salary in the then prevailing amount specified in
                    Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                    decreased during the one year period ending on his
                    termination of employment, at the highest rate in effect
                    during such one year period; and .

               (ii) If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control and either is employed by the Company
                    on the first anniversary thereof or is not employed by the
                    Company on such first anniversary due to the Employee's
                    death or disability, the Transaction Bonus shall be payable
                    as follows:

                    (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                         of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                         Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                         such date; and

                    (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the first
                         anniversary of the Change of Control, the other one-
                         half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be payable to
                         the Employee on such date.

                    (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the Company
                         on the date of the Change of Control but, due to the
                         Employee's death or disability, the Employee is no
                         longer employed by the Company on the first anniversary
                         thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in
                         the event of the Employee's death) shall nevertheless
                         be entitled to the other one-half (1/2) of the
                         Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be payable on
                         such first anniversary.

               (iii)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either
                      or both of the date of the Change of Control and the date
                      of the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                      termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                      the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                      but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                      such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                      the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    payable on the date or dates which are included in such
                    Payment Term even though the Employee is no longer then
                    employed by the Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in
                    accordance with this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an
                    amount, and shall be payable on a date, determined in
                    accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever is
                    applicable.

              (iv)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                    of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is payable
                    to the Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii)
                    hereof, the following shall apply:

                    (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount calculated
                         in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                    (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                         Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event of
                         the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                         Control; and

                    (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee (or
                         the Employee's personal representative or beneficiary
                         in the event of the Employee's death) shall assign to
                         the Company the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                         and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares and
                         any other Class A Shares or equity interest in the
                         Company which the Employee may then own, regardless of
                         how the Employee may have acquired such restricted
                         stock, options, Class A Shares, or equity interest.  In
                         exchange therefore, the Company shall pay to the
                         Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event of
                         the Employee's death), on such date, an amount equal to
                         the value of the Employee's restricted Class A Shares
                         and the Employee's stock options for Class A Shares, to
                         the extent such options are exercisable and such
                         restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                         Shares or equity interest in the Company which the
                         Employee may then own. Such value shall be calculated
                         using the Class A Share Change of Control Valuation as
                         hereinafter defined. The value of the exercisable stock
                         options for this purpose shall be the amount by which
                         the value of the Class A Shares, as so determined,
                         exceeds the exercise price.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (v)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                    the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                    thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the Employee
                    in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof, the
                    following shall apply:

                    (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount calculated
                         in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                    (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                         upon the Employee's termination of employment with the
                         Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                         Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                         death) within ten (10) days following such termination
                         of employment.

               (vi) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
                    contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the Employee's
                    obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
                    Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations. If  the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)  all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                    on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of whether
                    acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan
                    or under an individual agreement with the Company or
                    otherwise, will become and remain one hundred percent (100%)
                    vested;

               (ii) all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                    by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                    regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or 1997
                    Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                    Company or otherwise, will immediately become and remain
                    throughout the full remaining term of such options one
                    hundred percent (100%) vested and fully exercisable, and
                    such exercise then and thereafter shall be available on a
                    cashless basis such that the Employee may receive the net
                    value of the Employee's options (represented by the amount
                    by which the fair market value of the Class A Shares exceeds
                    the exercise price) in cash or Class A Shares as the
                    Employee shall elect, without outlay of cash but net of all
                    applicable withholding taxes, which
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                      taxing authorities;

               (iii)  upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                      limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                      Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer
                      any Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                      Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement
                      or plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force
                      and effect, except for any registration rights in effect;

               (iv)   if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                      transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide
                      for the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a
                      portion, as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to
                      purchase Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then
                      owned by the Employee, into an equity investment in the
                      entity resulting from Purchaser's transaction (the
                      "Successor") on a tax favored basis. The amount available
                      for such investment shall be an amount calculated on the
                      basis of the per Share price paid in the Change of Control
                      transaction or series of transactions or implicit in the
                      valuation of the Change of Control transaction, including
                      all elements of consideration paid or payable (the "Change
                      of Control Valuation").

                  (v) If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                      not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee
                      chooses not to convert) all (or a portion) of the
                      Employee's options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A
                      Shares then owned by the Employee into equity in the
                      Successor, then the Employee shall exercise, at the time
                      of the Change of Control, all options the Employee holds
                      for Class A Shares (such exercise to provide cash rather
                      than Class A Shares to the Employee in accordance with the
                      exercise procedure described in Subsection 6(c)(ii)
                      hereof), and shall sell to the Company at the time of the
                      Change of Control all Class A Shares then owned by the
                      Employee, to the extent such options or Class A Shares are
                      not converted into equity in the Successor. Such exercise
                      of options and sale of Class A Shares shall yield an
                      amount to the Employee determined by the Class A Share
                      Change of Control Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)    any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                      the Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is
                      or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-
                      3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                      securities of the Company representing twenty percent
                      (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the
                      Company's then outstanding securities; provided that a
                      Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur under this
                      clause (i) by reason of (A) the acquisition of securities
                      by the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any trust
                      funding such a plan) maintained by the Company, or (B)
                      while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially
                      own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                      power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

               (ii)   during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be
                      a majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing
                      Directors" as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii)  the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                      consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                      other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                      the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                      immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                      by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                      securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                      percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                      securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                      outstanding immediately after such merger or
                      consolidation, or (B) approve a plan of complete
                      liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                      disposition by the Company of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets. For purposes of this
                      Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets includes a sale of more than
                      fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the assets
                      of the Company and its subsidiaries or the sale of stock
                      of one or more of the Company's subsidiaries with an
                      aggregate value in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
                      aggregate value of the Company and its subsidiaries or any
                      combination of methods by which more than fifty percent
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                      subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)   For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" will
                      be deemed to occur:

                      (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                           ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                           acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                           Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                           more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                           power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                           provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                           interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                           percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change
                           of Control;

                      (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                           hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                           Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                      (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                           disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                           6(d)(iii); or

                      (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                           liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)    For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                      means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                      business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                      or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation
                      that owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty
                      percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power
                      of all classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                      Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                      "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the
                      beginning of any period (not including any period prior to
                      the date of this Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the
                      Board and any new director(s) whose election by the Board
                      or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders
                      was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
                      directors then still in office who either were directors
                      at the beginning of the period or whose election or
                      nomination for election was previously so
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company. The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN. It is the intention of the Parties that this Agreement
          --------------
provide special benefits to the Employee. If at any time the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance benefits to the
Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive such better cash
severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits provided under
Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this Agreement,
whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other benefits or
coverages available under this Agreement. If this Agreement would provide better
cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's Executive Severance
Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance benefits under this
Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages available under this
Agreement. In such case, the cash severance benefits under this Agreement shall
be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS. To the extent any provisions of this Agreement modify
          ---------------
the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the compensation
or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification as set forth
herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or arrangement as to
the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby consent to such
amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan, policy or
arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the Employee, or (c)
the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined in Section 14
hereof, to or on behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of
such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
          ------------------------                                             
not, during the Protected Period or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

advised by the Employee to keep such information confidential) or make use of
any of such confidential information except in the performance of the Employee's
duties or when required to do so by legal process, by any governmental agency
having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any
administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) that requires
the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. In the
event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall so advise the Company
in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to or otherwise resist
such order. Upon the termination of the Employee's employment with the Company,
the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary
literature, documents, correspondence, and other proprietary materials and
records furnished to or acquired by the Employee during the course of such
employment. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                                    
agrees that, while employed during the Protected Period, and for one year after
the Employee's termination of employment, unless the Employee has waived the
Transaction Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and
6(c), the Employee shall not act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer,
employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business
engaged to a material extent in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or
other bedding products or (b) any other products which constitute more than ten
percent (10%) of the Company's revenues at the time in direct competition with
the Company in any market.  If, however, the Employee has waived the Transaction
Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this
covenant not to compete shall be void upon the Employee's termination of
employment.  The Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit
the Employee's ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period
provided for above, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficiently
higher remuneration and other benefits from the Company hereunder than the
Employee would otherwise receive to justify such restriction.  The Employee
acknowledges that the Employee understands the effect of the provisions of this
Section 10, and the Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of
these provisions, and that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity
to consult an attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the
Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable
and necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified by such court so as to
be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully
enforced.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 10 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                              
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               ---------------------------------

               ---------------------------------

               ---------------------------------

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                           
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

agrees that, in the event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the
preceding sentence, it shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any
such transaction that the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the
liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or
obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred
by the Employee other than the Employee's rights to compensation and benefits,
which may be transferred only by will or operation of law, except as provided in
this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof. In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------                    
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, and (b) had
the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for plans,
policies or arrangements of that type.  Furthermore, if such adverse consequence
would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee shall have
the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                                       
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                           
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided for in Section 7 hereof with respect to
payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual
base salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                         
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                                    
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                       
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     21.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                                         
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     22.  SOLE REMEDY. The Parties agree that the remedies of each against the
          -----------
other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein. The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                              SEALY CORPORATION

                              By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                  _______________________
                                  Kenneth L. Walker
                                  Vice President,
                                  General Counsel & Secretary
                     
                              EMPLOYEE

                                /s/ RICHARD F. SOWERBY
                               _______________________

<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16
                                                                   -------------

                          CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 1st day of
August, 1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and RONALD H. STOLLE (the "Employee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Change of Control Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter
set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   PROTECTED PERIOD.
          ---------------- 

          (a)  This Agreement is intended to provide the Employee with certain
               special benefits and to grant certain special protections so that
               the Employee may more fully focus on the issues related to a
               "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, and to reward the
               Employee for the substantial extra effort involved in a Change of
               Control.

          (b)  In order to provide the protections deemed necessary and
               appropriate by the Parties, the Parties agree to the
               establishment of a period during which such protections apply.
               Such period shall be referred to in this Agreement as the
               "Protected Period."  The Protected Period shall be as follows:

               (i)    The Protected Period shall be the one (1) year period
                      commencing on the date a Change of Control occurs and
                      ending on the first anniversary thereof; and

               (ii)   Provided that, if the Employee's employment terminates
                      prior to a Change of Control, but such termination is "In
                      Connection With a Change of Control," as hereinafter
                      defined, the termination shall be deemed to have occurred
                      during the Protected Period and the Employee shall be
                      entitled to the benefits and protections set forth in this
                      Agreement.

          (c)  For purposes of this Agreement, and particularly Subsection 1(b)
               hereof, a termination shall be deemed to be "In Connection With a
               Change of Control" if:

               (i)    Such termination is at the request of the purchaser in the
                      Change of Control transaction; or
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii)   Such termination is by the Company other than for Cause or
                      is by the Employee for Good Reason and reflects an intent
                      by the Company to avoid payment of benefits under this
                      Agreement notwithstanding the Employee's compliance with
                      Section 2 hereof;

               provided, however, that a termination otherwise defined in this
               Subsection 1(c) as In Connection With a Change of Control will
               not be deemed In Connection With a Change of Control unless a
               Change of Control occurs within six (6) months after the date of
               the Employee's termination of employment with the Company.

          (d)  The Parties agree that this Agreement is an agreement dealing
               only with benefits, rights and duties of the Parties during a
               Protected Period.  The Parties specifically agree that this
               Agreement is not intended to be and is not an employment
               agreement.  The Employee is, as of the date of this Agreement,
               and will remain, an employee at will, but subject to those
               special provisions herein set forth.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------                          
Protected Period, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold either (i) the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period or (ii) a
               position with the Company of greater duties, responsibilities and
               authority than the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period;

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by an employee of a major corporation in
               the position of the Employee and such additional duties as may be
               assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of
               Directors of the Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive
               Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive Officer") or the
               Employee's superior(s) which are consistent with the Employee's
               position;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable policies and directives as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to employees at the Employee's
               level with the Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------                                           
behalf of the Company during the Protected Period, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               employees at the level of the Employee in effect from time to
               time during the Protected Period, an annual base salary at a rate
               not less than that in effect at the commencement of the Protected
               Period.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement with a
               Target annual bonus as determined under the Bonus Plan as of the
               commencement of the Protected Period equal to the applicable
               percentage (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of annual base
               salary with a range as in effect as of such date.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and/or the 1997 Stock
               Option Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in
               which  the Company's employees at the level comparable to the
               Employee are eligible to participate.  Such participation shall
               be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
               applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set forth in Section
               7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to duplicative
               payments in this Agreement and the Executive Severance Plan.

          (d)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during the Protected
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Period, at least the amount of vacation time to which the
               Employee is entitled as of the date of this Agreement under the
               Company's vacation policy applicable to employees at the level
               comparable to the Employee or would have become entitled as of
               the applicable time if such vacation policy were still in effect
               throughout the Protected Period.

          (e)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm that the
               Employee may be entitled to a number of restricted  shares of
               Class A Common Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well
               as options to purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to
               various benefit plans or agreements with the Company.  The
               Parties agree that (a) such restricted Class A Shares and such
               options are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any shares or
               options which may be granted under any other plan or arrangement
               of the Company after the date of this Agreement, and (b) the
               various restricted stock agreements and stock option agreements,
               and any related Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder
               Agreement") between the Parties (such agreements being
               hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Pre-existing
               Agreements"), all remain in full force and effect except as
               otherwise provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the
               extent that any provision contained herein is inconsistent with
               the terms of any of the Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of
               this Agreement shall be controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. During a "Protected Period," the Employee's
          -------------------------                                            
employment may be terminated as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)    Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                      written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                      criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii)   Commission by the Employee of a material breach or
                      material default of any of the Employee's agreements or
                      obligations under any provision of this Agreement,
                      including, without limitation, the Employee's agreements
                      and obligations under Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and
                      Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, which is not cured in
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      all material respects within thirty (30) days after the
                      Chief Executive Officer or the designee thereof gives
                      written notice thereof to the Employee; or

               (iii)  Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                      Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                      omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                      negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                      material economic harm to the Company or has a materially
                      adverse effect on the Company's operations, properties or
                      business relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated upon
               disability, if the Employee is prevented from performing the
               Employee's duties hereunder by reason of physical or mental
               incapacity for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive
               days in any period of two consecutive fiscal years of the
               Company, but the Employee shall be entitled to full compensation
               and benefits hereunder until the close of such one hundred and
               eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Cleveland, Ohio, or (vi) the material breach or material default
               by the Company of any of its agreements or obligations under any
               provision of this Agreement. As used in this Subsection 4(g), an
               "adverse change or material reduction" in the aggregate Minimum
               Benefits shall be deemed to result from any reduction or any
               series of reductions which, in the aggregate, exceeds five
               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve in the same capacity with such
               subsidiary or division as his capacity with the Company at the
               beginning of the Protected Period and such subsidiary or division
               is comparable in size to the organization consisting of the
               Company and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that
               "Good Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser,
               in a Change of Control transaction, does not assume this
               Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated
          ----------------------                                             
during a Protected Period, the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the  Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the one year period commencing on the date of the
               Employee's termination of employment (the "Payment Term") the
               Company shall:

               (i)    continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                      then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                      Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                      decreased during the one year period ending on the
                      Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate
                      in effect during such one year period;
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii)   continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan as
                      provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                      Company will:

                      (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                           partial year period ending on the date of the
                           Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                           the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                           entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                           percentage (calculated at the time and in the manner
                           customary as of the date of this Agreement, but
                           disregarding the termination of employment of the
                           Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's annual
                           base salary payable in accordance with Subsection
                           3(a) hereof for the partial year period ending on the
                           Employee's termination of employment; and

                      (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term,
                           a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                           Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                           salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                           payable during the year (or portion thereof) for
                           which the bonus is being calculated; with such
                           amounts being payable when bonuses under the Bonus
                           Plan are customarily payable, except that the final
                           bonus shall be payable with the final payment of the
                           annual base salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii)  pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                      from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm
                      at a level consistent with the employee's position,
                      provided that such outplacement services will be provided
                      for a six (6) month period commencing on the date of
                      termination of employment regardless of the Payment Term;
                      and

               (iv)   In lieu of the payments described in Subsections 5(a)(i)
                      and 5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request, submitted
                      in writing to the Company within five (5) business days
                      after the date of the Employee's termination of
                      employment:

                      (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                           annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                           following the Employee's termination of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           employment; and

                      (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                           Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                           shall be calculated using the Employee's Target
                           Annual Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of his obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
               severance payments or other benefits will be payable to the
               Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may more fully focus on the issues related to such a
               Change of Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control.  The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                      Bonus shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of his annual
                      base salary in the then prevailing amount specified in
                      Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                      decreased during the one year period ending on his
                      termination of employment, at the highest rate in effect
                      during such one year period; and.

               (ii)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control and either is employed by the
                      Company on the first anniversary thereof or is not
                      employed by the Company on such first anniversary due to
                      the Employee's death or disability, the Transaction Bonus
                      shall be payable as follows:

                      (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                           of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                           Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                           such date; and

                      (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                           first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                           one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                           payable to the Employee on such date.

                      (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                           Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                           to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee
                           is no longer employed by the Company on the first
                           anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall nevertheless be entitled to the other one-half
                           (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                           payable on such first anniversary.

               (iii)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either
                      or both of the date of the Change of Control and the date
                      of the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                      termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                      the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                      but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                      such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                      the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      payable on the date or dates which are included in such
                      Payment Term even though the Employee is no longer then
                      employed by the Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in
                      accordance with this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an
                      amount, and shall be payable on a date, determined in
                      accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever
                      is applicable.

               (iv)   If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                      of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                      payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                      6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                      (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                           Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                           of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                           Control; and

                      (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee
                           (or the Employee's personal representative or
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall assign to the Company the Employee's restricted
                           Class A Shares and the Employee's stock options for
                           Class A Shares and any other Class A Shares or equity
                           interest in the Company which the Employee may then
                           own, regardless of how the Employee may have acquired
                           such restricted stock, options, Class A Shares, or
                           equity interest. In exchange therefore, the Company
                           shall pay to the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death), on
                           such date, an amount equal to the value of the
                           Employee's restricted Class A Shares and the
                           Employee's stock options for Class A Shares, to the
                           extent such options are exercisable and such
                           restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                           Shares or equity interest in the Company which the
                           Employee may then own. Such value shall be calculated
                           using the Class A Share Change of Control Valuation
                           as hereinafter defined. The value of the exercisable
                           stock options for this purpose shall be the amount by
                           which the value of the Class A Shares, as so
                           determined, exceeds the exercise price.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (v)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                      thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the
                      Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof,
                      the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                      (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                           upon the Employee's termination of employment with
                           the Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                           Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                           death) within ten (10) days following such
                           termination of employment.

               (vi)   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
                      the contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the
                      Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no
                      further Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the
                      Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations. If  the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)    all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                      on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of
                      whether acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted
                      Stock Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                      Company or otherwise, will become and remain one hundred
                      percent (100%) vested;

               (ii)   all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                      by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                      regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or
                      1997 Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement
                      with the Company or otherwise, will immediately become and
                      remain throughout the full remaining term of such options
                      one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully exercisable,
                      and such exercise then and thereafter shall be available
                      on a cashless basis such that the Employee may receive the
                      net value of the Employee's options (represented by the
                      amount by which the fair market value of the Class A
                      Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash or Class A
                      Shares as the Employee shall elect, without outlay of cash
                      but net of all applicable withholding taxes, which 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                      taxing authorities;

               (iii)  upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                      limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                      Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer
                      any Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                      Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement
                      or plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force
                      and effect, except for any registration rights in effect;

               (iv)   if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                      transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide
                      for the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a
                      portion, as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to
                      purchase Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then
                      owned by the Employee, into an equity investment in the
                      entity resulting from Purchaser's transaction (the
                      "Successor") on a tax favored basis. The amount available
                      for such investment shall be an amount calculated on the
                      basis of the per Share price paid in the Change of Control
                      transaction or series of transactions or implicit in the
                      valuation of the Change of Control transaction, including
                      all elements of consideration paid or payable (the "Change
                      of Control Valuation").

               (v)    If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                      not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee
                      chooses not to convert) all (or a portion) of the
                      Employee's options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A
                      Shares then owned by the Employee into equity in the
                      Successor, then the Employee shall exercise, at the time
                      of the Change of Control, all options the Employee holds
                      for Class A Shares (such exercise to provide cash rather
                      than Class A Shares to the Employee in accordance with the
                      exercise procedure described in Subsection 6(c)(ii)
                      hereof), and shall sell to the Company at the time of the
                      Change of Control all Class A Shares then owned by the
                      Employee, to the extent such options or Class A Shares are
                      not converted into equity in the Successor. Such exercise
                      of options and sale of Class A Shares shall yield an
                      amount to the Employee determined by the Class A Share
                      Change of Control Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)    any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                      the Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is
                      or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-
                      3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                      securities of the Company representing twenty percent
                      (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the
                      Company's then outstanding securities; provided that a
                      Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur under this
                      clause (i) by reason of (A) the acquisition of securities
                      by the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any trust
                      funding such a plan) maintained by the Company, or (B)
                      while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially
                      own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                      power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

               (ii)   during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be
                      a majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing
                      Directors" as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii)  the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                      consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                      other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                      the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                      immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                      by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                      securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                      percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                      securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                      outstanding immediately after such merger or
                      consolidation, or (B) approve a plan of complete
                      liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                      disposition by the Company of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets. For purposes of this
                      Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets includes a sale of more than
                      fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the assets
                      of the Company and its subsidiaries or the sale of stock
                      of one or more of the Company's subsidiaries with an
                      aggregate value in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
                      aggregate value of the Company and its subsidiaries or any
                      combination of methods by which more than fifty percent
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                      subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)   For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" will
                      be deemed to occur:

                      (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                           ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                           acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                           Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                           more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                           power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                           provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                           interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                           percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change
                           of Control;

                      (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                           hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                           Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);

                      (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                           disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                           6(d)(iii); or

                      (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                           liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)    For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                      means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                      business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                      or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation
                      that owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty
                      percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power
                      of all classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                      Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                      "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the
                      beginning of any period (not including any period prior to
                      the date of this Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the
                      Board and any new director(s) whose election by the Board
                      or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders
                      was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
                      directors then still in office who either were directors
                      at the beginning of the period or whose election or
                      nomination for election was previously so 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company. The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN. It is the intention of the Parties that this Agreement
          --------------
provide special benefits to the Employee. If at any time the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance benefits to the
Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive such better cash
severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits provided under
Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this Agreement,
whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other benefits or
coverages available under this Agreement. If this Agreement would provide better
cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's Executive Severance
Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance benefits under this
Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages available under this
Agreement. In such case, the cash severance benefits under this Agreement shall
be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS.  To the extent any provisions of this Agreement
          ---------------                                                 
modify the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the
compensation or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification
as set forth herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or
arrangement as to the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby
consent to such amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan,
policy or arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the
Employee, or (c) the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined
in Section 14 hereof, to or on behalf of the Employee in accordance with the
provisions of such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
          ------------------------                                             
not, during the Protected Period or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

advised by the Employee to keep such information confidential) or make use of
any of such confidential information except in the performance of the Employee's
duties or when required to do so by legal process, by any governmental agency
having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any
administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) that requires
the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. In the
event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall so advise the Company
in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to or otherwise resist
such order. Upon the termination of the Employee's employment with the Company,
the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary
literature, documents, correspondence, and other proprietary materials and
records furnished to or acquired by the Employee during the course of such
employment. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                                    
agrees that, while employed during the Protected Period, and for one year after
the Employee's termination of employment, unless the Employee has waived the
Transaction Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and
6(c), the Employee shall not act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer,
employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business
engaged to a material extent in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or
other bedding products or (b) any other products which constitute more than ten
percent (10%) of the Company's revenues at the time in direct competition with
the Company in any market.  If, however, the Employee has waived the Transaction
Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this
covenant not to compete shall be void upon the Employee's termination of
employment.  The Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit
the Employee's ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period
provided for above, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficiently
higher remuneration and other benefits from the Company hereunder than the
Employee would otherwise receive to justify such restriction.  The Employee
acknowledges that the Employee understands the effect of the provisions of this
Section 10, and the Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of
these provisions, and that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity
to consult an attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the
Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable
and necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified by such court so as to
be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully
enforced.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 10 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                              
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

                           ------------------------ 
                           ------------------------
                           ------------------------ 

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                           
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

agrees that, in the event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the
preceding sentence, it shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any
such transaction that the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the
liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or
obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred
by the Employee other than the Employee's rights to compensation and benefits,
which may be transferred only by will or operation of law, except as provided in
this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof.  In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------                    
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, and (b) had
the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for plans,
policies or arrangements of that type.  Furthermore, if such adverse consequence
would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee shall have
the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                                       
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                           
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided for in Section 7 hereof with respect to
payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual
base salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                         
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                                    
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                       
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     21.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                                         
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     22.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against
          -----------                                                      
the other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein.  The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                                   SEALY CORPORATION

                                   By: /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                                       _______________________
                                       kenneth L. Walker
                                       Vice President, General
                                       Counsel & Secretary


                                   EMPLOYEE

                                   /s/ RONALD H. STOLLE
                                   _______________________
                                   Ronald H. Stolle



<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17
                                                                   -------------

                          CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT


     THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 11th day of
August, 1997, by and between SEALY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and KENNETH L. WALKER (the "Employee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee (collectively "the Parties") desire
to enter into this Change of Control Agreement (the "Agreement") as hereinafter
set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

     1.   PROTECTED PERIOD.
          ---------------- 

          (a)  This Agreement is intended to provide the Employee with certain
               special benefits and to grant certain special protections so that
               the Employee may more fully focus on the issues related to a
               "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, and to reward the
               Employee for the substantial extra effort involved in a Change of
               Control.

          (b)  In order to provide the protections deemed necessary and
               appropriate by the Parties, the Parties agree to the
               establishment of a period during which such protections apply.
               Such period shall be referred to in this Agreement as the
               "Protected Period."  The Protected Period shall be as follows:

               (i)    The Protected Period shall be the one (1) year period
                      commencing on the date a Change of Control occurs and
                      ending on the first anniversary thereof; and

               (ii)   Provided that, if the Employee's employment terminates
                      prior to a Change of Control, but such termination is "In
                      Connection With a Change of Control," as hereinafter
                      defined, the termination shall be deemed to have occurred
                      during the Protected Period and the Employee shall be
                      entitled to the benefits and protections set forth in this
                      Agreement.

          (c)  For purposes of this Agreement, and particularly Subsection 1(b)
               hereof, a termination shall be deemed to be "In Connection With a
               Change of Control" if:

               (i)    Such termination is at the request of the purchaser in the
                      Change of Control transaction; or
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii)   Such termination is by the Company other than for Cause or
                      is by the Employee for Good Reason and reflects an intent
                      by the Company to avoid payment of benefits under this
                      Agreement notwithstanding the Employee's compliance with
                      Section 2 hereof;

               provided, however, that a termination otherwise defined in this
               Subsection 1(c) as In Connection With a Change of Control will
               not be deemed In Connection With a Change of Control unless a
               Change of Control occurs within six (6) months after the date of
               the Employee's termination of employment with the Company.

          (d)  The Parties agree that this Agreement is an agreement dealing
               only with benefits, rights and duties of the Parties during a
               Protected Period.  The Parties specifically agree that this
               Agreement is not intended to be and is not an employment
               agreement.  The Employee is, as of the date of this Agreement,
               and will remain, an employee at will, but subject to those
               special provisions herein set forth.

     2.   POSITION, DUTIES, AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  At all times during the
          --------------------------------------                          
Protected Period, the Employee shall:

          (a)  Hold either (i) the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period or (ii) a
               position with the Company of greater duties, responsibilities and
               authority than the position with the Company that the Employee
               holds at the commencement of the Protected Period;

          (b)  Have those duties and responsibilities, and the authority,
               customarily possessed by an employee of a major corporation in
               the position of the Employee and such additional duties as may be
               assigned to the Employee from time to time by the Board of
               Directors of the Company (the "Board") or the Chief Executive
               Officer of the Company (the "Chief Executive Officer") or the
               Employee's superior(s) which are consistent with the Employee's
               position;

          (c)  Adhere to such reasonable policies and directives as may be
               promulgated from time to time by the Board or the Chief Executive
               Officer and which are applicable to employees at the Employee's
               level with the Company;

          (d)  Invest in the Company only in accordance with any insider trading
               policy of the Company in effect at the time of the investment;
               and

          (e)  Devote the Employee's entire business time, energy, and talent to
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               the business, and to the furtherance of the purposes and
               objectives, of the Company, and neither directly nor indirectly
               act as an employee of or render any business, commercial, or
               professional services to any other person, firm or organization
               for compensation, without the prior written approval of the Board
               or the Chief Executive Officer.

     Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Employee from devoting
reasonable periods of time to charitable and community activities or the
management of the Employee's investment assets, provided such activities do not
interfere with the performance by the Employee of the Employee's duties
hereunder.

     3.   SALARY, BONUS AND BENEFITS.  For services rendered by the Employee on
          --------------------------                                           
behalf of the Company during the Protected Period, the following salary, bonus
and benefits shall be provided to the Employee by the Company:

          (a)  The Company shall pay to the Employee, in equal installments,
               according to the Company's then current practice for paying its
               employees at the level of the Employee in effect from time to
               time during the Protected Period, an annual base salary at a rate
               not less than that in effect at the commencement of the Protected
               Period.

          (b)  The Employee shall participate in the Sealy Corporation Annual
               Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") in accordance with the provisions
               of that Plan as in effect as of the date of this Agreement with a
               Target annual bonus as determined under the Bonus Plan as of the
               commencement of the Protected Period equal to the applicable
               percentage (his "Target Annual Bonus Percentage") of annual base
               salary with a range as in effect as of such date.

          (c)  The Employee shall be eligible for participation in such other
               benefit plans, including, but not limited to, the Company's
               Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, Executive Severance Benefit Plan,
               Benefit Equalization Plan, Short-Term and Long Term Disability
               Plans, Group Term Life Insurance Plan, Medical Plan or PPO,
               Dental Plan, the 401(k) feature of the Profit Sharing Plan, the
               1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and/or the 1997 Stock
               Option Plan, as the Board may adopt from time to time and in
               which  the Company's employees at the level comparable to the
               Employee are eligible to participate.  Such participation shall
               be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
               applicable plan documents.  As is more fully set forth in Section
               7 hereof, the Employee shall not be entitled to duplicative
               payments in this Agreement and the Executive Severance Plan.

          (d)  The Employee shall be entitled to take, during the Protected
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Period, at least the amount of vacation time to which the
               Employee is entitled as of the date of this Agreement under the
               Company's vacation policy applicable to employees at the level
               comparable to the Employee or would have become entitled as of
               the applicable time if such vacation policy were still in effect
               throughout the Protected Period.

          (e)  In addition, the Parties do hereby further confirm that the
               Employee may be entitled to a number of restricted  shares of
               Class A Common Stock of the Company ("Class A Shares"), as well
               as options to purchase additional Class A Shares pursuant to
               various benefit plans or agreements with the Company.  The
               Parties agree that (a) such restricted Class A Shares and such
               options are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any shares or
               options which may be granted under any other plan or arrangement
               of the Company after the date of this Agreement, and (b) the
               various restricted stock agreements and stock option agreements,
               and any related Stockholder Agreement (the "Stockholder
               Agreement") between the Parties (such agreements being
               hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Pre-existing
               Agreements"), all remain in full force and effect except as
               otherwise provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the
               extent that any provision contained herein is inconsistent with
               the terms of any of the Pre-existing Agreements, the terms of
               this Agreement shall be controlling.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. During a "Protected Period," the Employee's
          -------------------------
employment may be terminated as follows:

          (a)  The Employee's employment hereunder will terminate without
               further notice upon the death of the Employee.

          (b)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               effective immediately upon giving written notice of such
               termination for "Cause".  For these purposes, "Cause" shall mean
               the following:

               (i)    Commission by the Employee (evidenced by a conviction or
                      written, voluntary and freely given confession) of a
                      criminal act constituting a felony;

               (ii)   Commission by the Employee of a material breach or
                      material default of any of the Employee's agreements or
                      obligations under any provision of this Agreement,
                      including, without limitation, the Employee's agreements
                      and obligations under Subsections 2(a) through 2(e) and
                      Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement, which is not cured in
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      all material respects within thirty (30) days after the
                      Chief Executive Officer or the designee thereof gives
                      written notice thereof to the Employee; or

               (iii)  Commission by the Employee, when carrying out the
                      Employee's duties under this Agreement, of acts or the
                      omission of any act, which both: (A) constitutes gross
                      negligence or willful misconduct and (B) results in
                      material economic harm to the Company or has a materially
                      adverse effect on the Company's operations, properties or
                      business relationships.

          (c)  The Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated upon
               disability, if the Employee is prevented from performing the
               Employee's duties hereunder by reason of physical or mental
               incapacity for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive
               days in any period of two consecutive fiscal years of the
               Company, but the Employee shall be entitled to full compensation
               and benefits hereunder until the close of such one hundred and
               eighty (180) day period.

          (d)  The Company may terminate the Employee's employment hereunder
               without Cause at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (e)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder effective
               immediately upon giving written notice of such termination for
               "Good Reason", as defined in Subsection 4(g) below.

          (f)  The Employee may terminate employment hereunder without Good
               Reason at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means the
               occurrence of (i) any reduction in either the annual base salary
               of the Employee or the Target Annual Bonus Percentage or maximum
               annual bonus percentage applicable to the Employee under the
               Bonus Plan, (ii) any material reduction in the position,
               authority or office of the Employee, (iii) any material reduction
               in the Employee's responsibilities or duties for the Company,
               (iv) any material adverse change or reduction in the aggregate
               "Minimum Benefits," as hereinafter defined, provided to the
               Employee as of the date of this Agreement (provided that any
               material reduction in such aggregate Minimum Benefits that is
               required by law or applies generally to all employees of the
               Company shall not constitute "Good Reason" as defined hereunder),
               (v) any relocation of the Employee's principal place of work with
               the Company to a place more than twenty-five (25) miles from the
               geographical center of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Cleveland, Ohio, or (vi) the material breach or material default
               by the Company of any of its agreements or obligations under any
               provision of this Agreement. As used in this Subsection 4(g), an
               "adverse change or material reduction" in the aggregate Minimum
               Benefits shall be deemed to result from any reduction or any
               series of reductions which, in the aggregate, exceeds five
               percent (5%) of the value of such aggregate Minimum Benefits
               determined as of the date of this Agreement. As used in this
               Subsection 4(g), Minimum Benefits are life insurance, accidental
               death, long term disability, short term disability, medical,
               dental, and vision benefits and the Company's expense
               reimbursement policy. The Employee shall give written notice to
               the Company on or before the date of termination of employment
               for Good Reason stating that the Employee is terminating
               employment with the Company and specifying in detail the reasons
               for such termination. If the Company does not object to such
               notice by notifying the Employee in writing within five (5) days
               following the date of the Company's receipt of the Employee's
               notice of termination, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed
               that such termination was for Good Reason. The parties agree that
               "Good Reason" will not be deemed to have occurred merely because
               the Company becomes a subsidiary or division of another entity
               following a "Change of Control," as hereinafter defined, provided
               the Employee continues to serve in the same capacity with such
               subsidiary or division as his capacity with the Company at the
               beginning of the Protected Period and such subsidiary or division
               is comparable in size to the organization consisting of the
               Company and its subsidiaries. The parties further agree that
               "Good Reason" will be deemed to have occurred if the purchaser,
               in a Change of Control transaction, does not assume this
               Agreement in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

     5.   SEVERANCE COMPENSATION.  If the Employee's employment is terminated
          ----------------------                                             
during a Protected Period, the following severance provisions will apply:

          (a)  If the  Employee's employment is terminated by the Company other
               than for Cause or is terminated by the Employee for Good Reason,
               then, through the one year period commencing on the date of the
               Employee's termination of employment (the "Payment Term") the
               Company shall:

               (i)    continue to pay the Employee's annual base salary in the
                      then prevailing amount and at the times specified in
                      Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                      decreased during the one year period ending on the
                      Employee's termination of employment, at the highest rate
                      in effect during such one year period;
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (ii)   continue the Employee's participation in the Bonus Plan as
                      provided in Subsection 3(b) hereof provided that the
                      Company will:

                      (A)  pay the Employee a bonus under the Bonus Plan for the
                           partial year period ending on the date of the
                           Employee's termination of employment calculated as if
                           the Employee had continued to be employed for the
                           entire year except that the Employee's bonus
                           percentage (calculated at the time and in the manner
                           customary as of the date of this Agreement, but
                           disregarding the termination of employment of the
                           Employee) shall be applied to the Employee's annual
                           base salary payable in accordance with Subsection
                           3(a) hereof for the partial year period ending on the
                           Employee's termination of employment; and

                      (B)  thereafter, during the remainder of the Payment Term,
                           a bonus equal to the Employee's Target Annual Bonus
                           Percentage, multiplied by the Employee's annual base
                           salary in the amount specified in Subsection 5(a)(i)
                           payable during the year (or portion thereof) for
                           which the bonus is being calculated; with such
                           amounts being payable when bonuses under the Bonus
                           Plan are customarily payable, except that the final
                           bonus shall be payable with the final payment of the
                           annual base salary under Subsection 5(a)(i) hereof;

               (iii)  pay for executive outplacement services for the Employee
                      from a nationally recognized executive outplacement firm
                      at a level consistent with the employee's position,
                      provided that such outplacement services will be provided
                      for a six (6) month period commencing on the date of
                      termination of employment regardless of the Payment Term;
                      and

               (iv)        In lieu of the payments described in Subsections
                      5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii) hereof, at the Employee's request,
                      submitted in writing to the Company within five (5)
                      business days after the date of the Employee's termination
                      of employment:

                      (A)  the Company will pay the total of the Employee's
                           annual base salary payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(i) in a single sum within thirty (30) days
                           following the Employee's termination of 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           employment; and

                      (B)  his Bonus Plan payments described in Subsection
                           5(a)(ii) shall be made at the same time as the
                           Employee's payment under Subsection 5(a)(vi)(A) but
                           shall be calculated using the Employee's Target
                           Annual Bonus Percentage for all calculation purposes.

          (b)  If the Employee's employment hereunder terminates due to the
               Employee's death, disability, termination by the Company for
               Cause or termination by the Employee other than for Good Reason,
               then no further compensation or benefits will be provided to the
               Employee by the Company under this Agreement following the date
               of such termination of employment other than payment of
               compensation earned to the date of termination of employment but
               not yet paid.   As more fully and generally provided in Section
               16 hereof, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to deny
               the Employee any benefits to which he may be entitled under any
               plan or arrangement of the Company applicable to the Employee.
               Likewise, this Subsection 5(b) shall not be interpreted to
               entitle the Employee to a bonus under the Bonus Plan following
               his termination of employment except as provided in the Bonus
               Plan which requires employment on the last day of the Company's
               taxable year as a condition to receipt of a bonus thereunder for
               such year except in the cases of death, disability or retirement
               at or after either age 62 with ten years of service or age 65.

          (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the
               contrary, other than Section 16 hereof, if the Employee breaches
               any of his obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no further
               severance payments or other benefits will be payable to the
               Employee under this Section 5.

     6.   CHANGE OF CONTROL.
          ----------------- 

          (a)  In General.  In the event of a Change of Control as defined in
               ----------                                                    
               this Section 6, the Employee shall become entitled to certain
               special benefits and shall have certain special protections so
               that he may more fully focus on the issues related to such a
               Change of Control, and to reward the Employee for the substantial
               additional effort involved in a Change of Control.  The special
               benefits and protections are set forth in this Section 6.

          (b)  Transaction Bonus.  In the event of a Change of Control, then
               -----------------                                            
               subject to the requirements set forth in this Subsection 6(b),
               the Employee will receive a cash transaction bonus (the
               "Transaction 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Page 9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               Bonus") calculated and payable as follows:

               (i)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control, the total amount of the Transaction
                      Bonus shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of his annual
                      base salary in the then prevailing amount specified in
                      Subsection 3(a) hereof, or if such annual base salary has
                      decreased during the one year period ending on his
                      termination of employment, at the highest rate in effect
                      during such one year period; and.

               (ii)   If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control and either is employed by the
                      Company on the first anniversary thereof or is not
                      employed by the Company on such first anniversary due to
                      the Employee's death or disability, the Transaction Bonus
                      shall be payable as follows:

                      (A)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the day
                           of the Change of Control, one-half (1/2) of the
                           Transaction Bonus shall be payable to the Employee on
                           such date; and

                      (B)  If the Employee is employed by the Company on the
                           first anniversary of the Change of Control, the other
                           one-half (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus shall be
                           payable to the Employee on such date.

                      (C)  Furthermore, if the Employee is employed by the
                           Company on the date of the Change of Control but, due
                           to the Employee's death or disability, the Employee
                           is no longer employed by the Company on the first
                           anniversary thereof, the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall nevertheless be entitled to the other one-half
                           (1/2) of the Transaction Bonus, which amount shall be
                           payable on such first anniversary.

               (iii)  If the Employee is not employed by the Company on either
                      or both of the date of the Change of Control and the date
                      of the first anniversary thereof due to the Employee's
                      termination by the Company other than for Cause or due to
                      the Employee's termination of employment for Good Reason,
                      but if the Employee's Payment Term includes either or both
                      such dates, the Employee shall nonetheless be entitled to
                      the Transaction Bonus which would otherwise be 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 10
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      payable on the date or dates which are included in such
                      Payment Term even though the Employee is no longer then
                      employed by the Company. Any Transaction Bonus payable in
                      accordance with this Subsection 6(b)(iii) shall be in an
                      amount, and shall be payable on a date, determined in
                      accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iv) or 6(b)(v), whichever
                      is applicable.

               (iv)   If the Employee is not employed by the Company on the date
                      of the Change of Control, but a Transaction Bonus is
                      payable to the Employee in accordance with Subsection
                      6(b)(iii) hereof, the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i);

                      (B)  The Transaction Bonus shall be paid in full to the
                           Employee (or the Employee's beneficiary in the event
                           of the Employee's death) on the date of the Change of
                           Control; and

                      (C)  On the date of the Change of Control, the Employee
                           (or the Employee's personal representative or
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death)
                           shall assign to the Company the Employee's restricted
                           Class A Shares and the Employee's stock options for
                           Class A Shares and any other Class A Shares or equity
                           interest in the Company which the Employee may then
                           own, regardless of how the Employee may have acquired
                           such restricted stock, options, Class A Shares, or
                           equity interest. In exchange therefore, the Company
                           shall pay to the Employee (or the Employee's
                           beneficiary in the event of the Employee's death), on
                           such date, an amount equal to the value of the
                           Employee's restricted Class A Shares and the
                           Employee's stock options for Class A Shares, to the
                           extent such options are exercisable and such
                           restricted stock is vested, and any other Class A
                           Shares or equity interest in the Company which the
                           Employee may then own. Such value shall be calculated
                           using the Class A Share Change of Control Valuation
                           as hereinafter defined. The value of the exercisable
                           stock options for this purpose shall be the amount by
                           which the value of the Class A Shares, as so
                           determined, exceeds the exercise price.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 11
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               (v)    If the Employee is employed by the Company on the date of
                      the Change of Control but not on the first anniversary
                      thereof, but a Transaction Bonus is payable to the
                      Employee in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(iii) hereof,
                      the following shall apply:

                      (A)  The Transaction Bonus shall be in the amount
                           calculated in accordance with Subsection 6(b)(i); and

                      (B)  The portion of the Transaction Bonus remaining unpaid
                           upon the Employee's termination of employment with
                           the Company shall be paid to the Employee (or the
                           Employee's beneficiary in the event of the Employee's
                           death) within ten (10) days following such
                           termination of employment.

               (vi)   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to
                      the contrary, if the Employee breaches any of the
                      Employee's obligations under Section 9 or 10 hereof, no
                      further Transaction Bonus payments will be payable to the
                      Employee.

          (c)  Equity Considerations. If  the Employee is employed by the
               ---------------------                                     
               Company on the day of the Change of Control, the Employee shall
               receive the following equity considerations:

               (i)    all restricted stock of the Company, owned by the Employee
                      on the date of the Change of Control, regardless of
                      whether acquired under the 1996 Transitional Restricted
                      Stock Plan or under an individual agreement with the
                      Company or otherwise, will become and remain one hundred
                      percent (100%) vested;

               (ii)   all stock options for Class A Shares of the Company, owned
                      by the Employee on the date of the Change of Control,
                      regardless of whether acquired under the 1989, 1992 or
                      1997 Stock Option Plan or under an individual agreement
                      with the Company or otherwise, will immediately become and
                      remain throughout the full remaining term of such options
                      one hundred percent (100%) vested and fully exercisable,
                      and such exercise then and thereafter shall be available
                      on a cashless basis such that the Employee may receive the
                      net value of the Employee's options (represented by the
                      amount by which the fair market value of the Class A
                      Shares exceeds the exercise price) in cash or Class A
                      Shares as the Employee shall elect, without outlay of cash
                      but net of all applicable withholding taxes, which
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 12
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      taxes shall be remitted by the Company to the proper
                      taxing authorities;

               (iii)  upon any such Change of Control transaction, all
                      limitations, restrictions or conditions relating to the
                      Employee's rights to receive, vote, own and/or transfer
                      any Class A Shares contained in any of the Pre-existing
                      Agreements or contained in any other document, agreement
                      or plan shall terminate and shall be of no further force
                      and effect, except for any registration rights in effect;

               (iv)   if permitted by the purchaser in the Change of Control
                      transaction (the "Purchaser"), the Company will provide
                      for the Employee the opportunity to convert all or a
                      portion, as he shall elect, of the Employee's options to
                      purchase Class A Shares as well as Class A Shares then
                      owned by the Employee, into an equity investment in the
                      entity resulting from Purchaser's transaction (the
                      "Successor") on a tax favored basis. The amount available
                      for such investment shall be an amount calculated on the
                      basis of the per Share price paid in the Change of Control
                      transaction or series of transactions or implicit in the
                      valuation of the Change of Control transaction, including
                      all elements of consideration paid or payable (the "Change
                      of Control Valuation").

               (v)    If the Purchaser in the Change of Control transaction does
                      not permit the Employee to convert (or the Employee
                      chooses not to convert) all (or a portion) of the
                      Employee's options to purchase Class A Shares and Class A
                      Shares then owned by the Employee into equity in the
                      Successor, then the Employee shall exercise, at the time
                      of the Change of Control, all options the Employee holds
                      for Class A Shares (such exercise to provide cash rather
                      than Class A Shares to the Employee in accordance with the
                      exercise procedure described in Subsection 6(c)(ii)
                      hereof), and shall sell to the Company at the time of the
                      Change of Control all Class A Shares then owned by the
                      Employee, to the extent such options or Class A Shares are
                      not converted into equity in the Successor. Such exercise
                      of options and sale of Class A Shares shall yield an
                      amount to the Employee determined by the Class A Share
                      Change of Control Valuation.

          (d)  Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the words
               ------------------                                           
               "Change of Control" means a change in control of the Company of a
               nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
               Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the
               date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act"), whether or not the
               Company is then subject to such reporting requirements; provided,
               that, without limitation, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
               have occurred if:

               (i)    any "person" (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
                      the Exchange Act), other than Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., is
                      or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-
                      3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                      securities of the Company representing twenty percent
                      (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the
                      Company's then outstanding securities; provided that a
                      Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur under this
                      clause (i) by reason of (A) the acquisition of securities
                      by the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any trust
                      funding such a plan) maintained by the Company, or (B)
                      while Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. continues to beneficially
                      own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                      power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

               (ii)   during any period of one (1) year there shall cease to be
                      a majority of the Board comprised of "Continuing
                      Directors" as hereinafter defined; or

               (iii)  the stockholders of the Company (A) approve a merger or
                      consolidation of the Company with any other corporation,
                      other than a merger or consolidation which would result in
                      the voting securities of the Company outstanding
                      immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either
                      by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
                      securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty
                      percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting
                      securities of the Company or such surviving entity
                      outstanding immediately after such merger or
                      consolidation, or (B) approve a plan of complete
                      liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                      disposition by the Company of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets. For purposes of this
                      Subsection 6(d)(iii), a sale of more than fifty percent
                      (50%) of the Company's assets includes a sale of more than
                      fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate value of the assets
                      of the Company and its subsidiaries or the sale of stock
                      of one or more of the Company's subsidiaries with an
                      aggregate value in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the
                      aggregate value of the Company and its subsidiaries or any
                      combination of methods by which more than fifty percent
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      (50%) of the aggregate value of the Company and its
                      subsidiaries is sold.

               (iv)   For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" will
                      be deemed to occur:

                      (A)  on the day on which a twenty percent (20%) or greater
                           ownership interest described in Subsection 6(d)(i) is
                           acquired or, if later, the day on which the
                           Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. ceases to beneficially own
                           more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting
                           power of the Company's then outstanding securities,
                           provided that a subsequent increase in such ownership
                           interest after it first equals or exceeds twenty
                           percent (20%) shall not be deemed a separate Change
                           of Control;

                      (B)  on the day on which "Continuing Directors," as
                           hereinafter defined, cease to be a majority of the
                           Board as described in Subsection 6(d)(ii);
                   
                      (C)  on the day of a merger, consolidation or sale or
                           disposition of assets as described in Subsection
                           6(d)(iii); or
                   
                      (D)  on the day of the approval of a plan of complete
                           liquidation as described in Subsection 6(d)(iii).

               (v)    For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the word "Company"
                      means Sealy Corporation, and, any other corporation or
                      business organization in an unbroken chain of corporations
                      or business organization ending with Sealy Corporation
                      that owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing fifty
                      percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power
                      of all classes of stock of Sealy Corporation other than
                      Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P.

               (vi)   For purposes of this Subsection 6(d), the words
                      "Continuing Directors" mean individuals who at the
                      beginning of any period (not including any period prior to
                      the date of this Agreement) of one (1) year constitute the
                      Board and any new director(s) whose election by the Board
                      or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders
                      was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
                      directors then still in office who either were directors
                      at the beginning of the period or whose election or
                      nomination for election was previously so
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      approved.

          (e)  Section 16 Protection.  If the Employee is subject to Section 16
               ---------------------                                           
               of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 16"), then to
               the extent the Employee would be deprived of the benefits of the
               equity considerations described herein or under any of the Pre-
               existing Agreements or under the 1989, 1992 or 1997 Stock Option
               Plan or the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan, as described
               above, or any other plan or arrangement regarding stock of the
               Company, by reason of such Section 16 or the Rules issued
               thereunder, the Employee shall be provided with the alternative
               of receiving a cash payment approximating the loss of such
               benefits under a cash compensation plan implemented by the
               Company. The Company agrees to have this Agreement, and
               specifically this Section 6 approved by the Board in compliance
               with Section 16 and Rule 16b-3 thereunder to ensure its
               enforceability.

     7.   SEVERANCE PLAN. It is the intention of the Parties that this Agreement
          --------------                                               
provide special benefits to the Employee. If at any time the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan would provide better cash severance benefits to the
Employee than this Agreement, the Employee may elect to receive such better cash
severance benefits in lieu of the cash severance benefits provided under
Subsections 5(a)(i) and 5(a)(ii), or Subsection 5(a)(v), of this Agreement,
whichever is applicable, while continuing to receive any other benefits or
coverages available under this Agreement. If this Agreement would provide better
cash severance benefits to the Employee than the Company's Executive Severance
Benefit Plan, the Employee shall receive the cash severance benefits under this
Agreement, as well as any other benefits or coverages available under this
Agreement. In such case, the cash severance benefits under this Agreement shall
be in lieu of the cash severance benefits payable under the Company's Executive
Severance Benefit Plan.

     8.   PLAN AMENDMENTS. To the extent any provisions of this Agreement modify
          ---------------                                                 
the terms of any existing plan, policy or arrangement affecting the compensation
or benefits of the Employee, as appropriate, (a) such modification as set forth
herein shall be deemed an amendment to such plan, policy or arrangement as to
the Employee, and both the Company and the Employee hereby consent to such
amendment, (b) the Company will appropriately modify such plan, policy or
arrangement to correspond to this Agreement with respect to the Employee, or (c)
the Company will provide an "Alternative Benefit," as defined in Section 14
hereof, to or on behalf of the Employee in accordance with the provisions of
such Section 14.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Employee agrees that the Employee will
          ------------------------                                             
not, during the Protected Period or at any time thereafter, either directly or
indirectly, disclose or make known to any other person, firm, or corporation any
confidential information, trade secret or proprietary information of the Company
that the Employee may acquire in the performance of the Employee's duties
hereunder (except in good faith in the ordinary course of business for the
Company to a person who will be 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

advised by the Employee to keep such information confidential) or make use of
any of such confidential information except in the performance of the Employee's
duties or when required to do so by legal process, by any governmental agency
having supervisory authority over the business of the Company or by any
administrative or legislative body (including a committee thereof) that requires
the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. In the
event that the Employee is so ordered, the Employee shall so advise the Company
in order to allow the Company the opportunity to object to or otherwise resist
such order. Upon the termination of the Employee's employment with the Company,
the Employee agrees to deliver forthwith to the Company any and all proprietary
literature, documents, correspondence, and other proprietary materials and
records furnished to or acquired by the Employee during the course of such
employment. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 9 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.

     10.  NON-COMPETITION.   In consideration of this Agreement, the Employee
          ---------------                                                    
agrees that, while employed during the Protected Period, and for one year after
the Employee's termination of employment, unless the Employee has waived the
Transaction Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and
6(c), the Employee shall not act as a proprietor, investor, director, officer,
employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner in any business
engaged to a material extent in the manufacture or sale of (a) mattresses or
other bedding products or (b) any other products which constitute more than ten
percent (10%) of the Company's revenues at the time in direct competition with
the Company in any market.  If, however, the Employee has waived the Transaction
Bonus and the equity consideration described in Subsections 6(b) and 6(c), this
covenant not to compete shall be void upon the Employee's termination of
employment.  The Employee understands that the foregoing restrictions may limit
the Employee's ability to engage in certain business pursuits during the period
provided for above, but acknowledges that the Employee will receive sufficiently
higher remuneration and other benefits from the Company hereunder than the
Employee would otherwise receive to justify such restriction.  The Employee
acknowledges that the Employee understands the effect of the provisions of this
Section 10, and the Employee has had reasonable time to consider the effect of
these provisions, and that the Employee was encouraged to and had an opportunity
to consult an attorney with respect to these provisions.  The Company and the
Employee consider the restrictions contained in this Section 10 to be reasonable
and necessary.  Nevertheless, if any aspect of these restrictions is found to be
unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Parties intend for such restrictions to be modified by such court so as to
be reasonable and enforceable and, as so modified by the court, to be fully
enforced.  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section 10 by
the Employee, the Company will be entitled to preliminary and permanent
injunctive relief, without bond or security, sufficient to enforce the
provisions hereof and the Company will be entitled to pursue such other remedies
at law or in equity which it deems appropriate.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     During the ten (10) day period ending on the date of a Change of Control,
the Employee may, by written notice to the Company, elect to waive his
Transaction Bonus and the equity considerations described in Subsections 6(b)
and 6(c). Such waiver shall be irrevocable. In the event of such a waiver, the
Employee's agreement not to compete with the Company as set forth in this
Section 10 shall be void upon his termination of employment.

     11.  NOTICES.  For purposes of this Agreement, all communications provided
          -------                                                              
for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when
hand delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

          (a)  If the notice is to the Company:

               Mr. Ronald L. Jones
               Chief Executive Officer
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

               With a copy to:

               Kenneth Walker, Esq.
               Vice President and General Counsel
               Sealy Corporation
               1228 Euclid Avenue - Tenth Floor
               Cleveland, Ohio 44115-1886

          (b)  If the notice is to the Employee:

               Ken Walker
               2889 Glengary Road
               Shaker Heights, Ohio 44120

or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in
writing and in accordance herewith; except that notices of change of address
shall be effective only upon receipt.

     12.  ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
          --------------------------                                           
inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors, heirs (in the case of the Employee) and permitted assigns.  No
rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or
transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be
assigned or transferred in connection with the sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or
transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and such assignee or transferee expressly assumes the liabilities,
obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either
contractually or as a matter of law.  The Company further 
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

agrees that, in the event of a sale or transfer of assets as described in the
preceding sentence, it shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of any
such transaction that the assignee or transferee expressly assumes the
liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or
obligations of the Employee under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred
by the Employee other than the Employee's rights to compensation and benefits,
which may be transferred only by will or operation of law, except as provided in
this Section 12.

     The Employee shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any
applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive
any compensation or benefits payable hereunder following the Employee's death by
giving the Company written notice thereof. In the absence of such a selection,
any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following the death of
the Employee shall be payable to the Employee's spouse, or if such spouse shall
not survive the Employee, to the Employee's estate. In the event of the
Employee's death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, reference in
this Agreement to the Employee shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to
the Employee's beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

     13.  INVALID PROVISIONS.  Any provision of this Agreement that is
          ------------------                                          
prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the
extent, of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining portions hereof and such remaining portions of this Agreement shall
continue to be in full force and effect.  In the event that any provision of
this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the Parties
will negotiate in good faith to replace such provision with another provision
that will be valid or enforceable and that is as close as practicable to the
provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

     14.  ALTERNATIVE SATISFACTION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS.  In the event this
          -------------------------------------------------                    
Agreement provides for payments or benefits to or on behalf of the Employee
which cannot be provided under the Company's benefit plans, policies or
arrangements either because such plans, policies or arrangements no longer exist
or no longer provide such benefits or because provision of such benefits to the
Employee would adversely affect the tax qualified or tax advantaged status of
such plans, policies or arrangements for the Employee or other participants
therein, the Company may provide the Employee with an "Alternative Benefit," as
defined in this Section 14, in lieu thereof.  The Alternative Benefit is a
benefit or payment which places the Employee and the Employee's dependents in at
least as good of an economic position as if the benefit promised by this
Agreement (a) were provided exactly as called for by this Agreement, and (b) had
the favorable economic, tax and legal characteristics customary for plans,
policies or arrangements of that type.  Furthermore, if such adverse consequence
would affect the Employee or the Employee's dependents, the Employee shall have
the right to require that the Company provide such an Alternative Benefit.

     15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION.  Subject to the provisions of Section
          ------------------------------                                       
16 hereof, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with
respect to the employment of the Employee by the Company and supersedes all
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and understandings of the
Parties, whether oral or written.  No modification, amendment, or waiver of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing,
specifically referring hereto, and signed by both Parties.

     16.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
          -------------------------                                           
of Section 15, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Employee's
continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company for its executive
officers, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the
Employee has or may have under any stock option, restricted stock or other
agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  Amounts which the
Employee or the Employee's dependents or beneficiaries are otherwise entitled to
receive under any such plan, policy, practice or program shall not be reduced by
this Agreement except as provided for in Section 7 hereof with respect to
payments under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan if cash payments of annual
base salary are made hereunder.

     17.  WAIVER OF BREACH.  The failure at any time to enforce any of the
          ----------------                                                
provisions of this Agreement or to require performance by the other party of any
of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or to affect either the validity of this Agreement or any
part of this Agreement or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each
and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement.

     18.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement has been made in, and shall be governed
          -------------                                                         
and construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Ohio.  The Parties
agree that this Agreement is not an "employee benefit plan" or part of an
"employee benefit plan" which is subject to the provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

     19.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable
          ---------------                                                    
under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to
be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  Where withholding
applies to Class A Shares, the Company shall make cashless withholding available
to the Employee.

     20.  REPRESENTATION.  The Company represents and warrants that it is fully
          --------------                                                       
authorized and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance
of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between
it and any other person, firm or organization.

     21.  SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision
          ---------------------------                                         
of this Agreement, to the extent it does not adversely affect the Employee, the
Company may provide the compensation and benefits to which the Employee is
entitled hereunder through one or more subsidiaries or affiliates, including,
without limitation, Sealy, Inc.
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         Page 20
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     22.  SOLE REMEDY.  The Parties agree that the remedies of each against the
          -----------                                                      
other for breach of this Agreement shall be limited to enforcement of this
Agreement and recovery of the amounts and remedies provided for herein. The
Parties, however, further agree that such limitation shall not prevent either
Party from proceeding against the other to recover for a claim other than under
this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                              SEALY CORPORATION

                              By: /s/ RONALD L. JONES
                                  _______________________
                                  RON JONES
                                  President & CEO


                              EMPLOYEE

                              /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
                              _______________________
                              KENNETH L. WALKER

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18
                                                                   -------------


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

            AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
            ------------------------------------------------------
                                      AND
                                      ---
                     TERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
                     -------------------------------------


          Reference is hereby made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
October 30, 1997, as amended, among Sealy Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), Sandman Merger Corporation, a transitory Delaware merger
      -------                                                            
corporation ("Purchaser"), and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited
              ---------                                                    
partnership, pursuant to which Purchaser will be merged with and into the
Company with the Company being the surviving corporation (the "Merger").
                                                               ------   

          Effective as of March 4, 1996, Ronald L. Jones (the "Executive")
                                                               ---------  
entered into a Stockholders Agreement with the Company (the "Stockholders
                                                             ------------
Agreement").
- ---------   

          Effective as of August 1, 1997, the Executive entered into an Amended
and Restated Employment Agreement with the Company (the "Employment Agreement").
                                                         --------------------   

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the provisions contained herein,
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties, conditioned on the consummation of the
Merger, hereto agree as follows:

          A.   Jones hereby acknowledges and agrees that the consummation of the
Merger will be a "Change of Control" for purposes of the Employment Agreement.

          B.   Jones and the Company hereby agree that, effective as of the
consummation of the Merger, the Employment Agreement shall be amended as
follows:

          1.   The phrase "the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan and the
               1997 Stock Option Plan" contained in subsection 3(c) is deleted
               in its entirety.

          2.   Subsection 3(g) is deleted in its entirety.

          3.   Subsection 6(d) is amended and restated in its entirety as
               follows:

               "(d) Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the
                    -----------------                                      
          words "Change of Control" means the merger (the "Merger") of Sandman
          Merger Corporation, a Delaware Corporation ("Sandman"), with and into
          the Company pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger
          dated October 30, 1997, as amended, among the Company, Sandman and
          Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to
          the contrary, other than the Merger,
<PAGE>
 
          no event or occurrence before, at or after the consummation of the
          Merger shall be deemed a "Change of Control" for purposes of this
          Agreement."

          4.   Subsection 6(f) is deleted in its entirety.

          5.   A new section 25 is added as follows:

               "25.  OPTION PLANS AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLANS.  The Employee
                     ---------------------------------------               
          hereby acknowledges that in connection with the Merger, (i) the
          Company will terminate (the "Termination of the Plans") the 1989 Stock
          Option Plan, the 1992 Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Stock Option Plan
          and the 1996 Transitional Restricted Stock Plan (collectively, the
          "Plans") and accordingly, after the consummation of the Merger, the
          Employee shall no longer be eligible to participate in the Plans and
          (ii) the Company and the Employee will terminate (the "Termination of
          Agreements") the Stock Option Agreement dated as of March 4, 1996
          between the Company and the Employee, the Restricted Stock Grant
          Agreement effective March 4, 1996 between the Company and the
          Employee, the Stockholders Agreement dated as of March 4, 1996 between
          the Company and the Employee, and the Nonqualified Stock Option
          Agreement dated July 21, 1997 between the Company and the Employee.
          The Employee hereby agrees that, notwithstanding anything contained
          herein to the contrary, the Termination of Plans and the Termination
          of Agreements (in each case, as well as each action, omission or
          occurrence in connection therewith or related thereto) is not a breach
          of this Agreement and is not and will not be a "Good Reason" for
          purposes of this Agreement as such term is defined in Subsection 4(g)
          hereof.

          C.   Effective as of the consummation of the Merger, the Stockholders
Agreement is hereby terminated.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement and Termination of Stockholders
Agreement as of December 17, 1997.


                                   /s/ RONALD L. JONES
                                   _____________________________________
                                   Ronald L. Jones                              


                                   SEALY CORPORATION


                                   By:_________________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.19
                                                                   -------------


                      AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
                      ----------------------------------


     WHEREAS, prior to the date hereof, each of the undersigned individuals (the
"Executives") entered into an Employment Agreement with Sealy Corporation, a
 ----------                                                                 
Delaware corporation (the "Company") (collectively, the "Employment
                           -------                       ----------
Agreements");
- ----------

     WHEREAS, on October 30, 1997, the Company entered into an Agreement and
Plan of Merger with Sandman Merger Corporation, a transitory Delaware merger
corporation ("Purchaser") and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited
              ---------                                                   
partnership, pursuant to which Purchaser will be merged with and into the
Company with the Company being the surviving corporation (the "Merger");
                                                               ------   

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the provisions contained herein, and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, CONDITIONED ON THE CONSUMMATION OF THE
MERGER, agree as follows:

     A.   The consummation of the Merger shall be a "Change of Control" for
purposes of the Employment Agreements and upon consummation of the Merger
("Closing") Subsection 6(d) thereof shall automatically be amended and restated
  -------
in its entirety as follows:


               "(d) Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement, the
                    -----------------                                      
          words "Change of Control" means the merger (the "Merger") of Sandman
          Merger Corporation, a Delaware Corporation ("Sandman"), with and into
          the Company pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger
          dated October 30, 1997, as amended, among the Company, Sandman and
          Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to
          the contrary, other than the Merger, no event or occurrence before, at
          or after the consummation of the Merger shall be deemed a "Change of
          Control" for purposes of this Agreement."

     B.   Each of the Executives upon the Closing shall be paid the Transaction
Bonus (as such term is defined in their Employment Agreement) pursuant to the
terms, extent and conditions provided in their individual Employment Agreement.

     C.   All stock options of the Company and all restricted stock of the
Company held by Executives shall fully vest and be paid out to the Executives by
the Company as of the Closing.

     D.   Upon payout of the stock options and restricted stock provided above
Subsection 6(e) of the Employment Agreement (relating to SEC Section 16
protection for stock based benefits) shall automatically be deleted in its
entirety and Subsection 3(f) of the Employment Agreement shall automatically be
amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
<PAGE>
 
               "OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLANS.  The Employee hereby
                ----------------------------------                      
          acknowledges that in connection with the Merger, the Company will
          terminate (the "Termination of the Plans") the 1989 Stock Option Plan,
          the 1992 Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Stock Option Plan an the 1996
          Transitional Restricted Stock Plan (collectively, the "Plans") and
          accordingly, after the consummation of the Merger, the Employee shall
          no longer be eligible to participate in the Plans. The Employee hereby
          agrees that, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
          contrary, the Termination of the Plans (as well as each action,
          omission or occurrence in connection therewith or related thereto) is
          not a breach of this Agreement and is not and will not be a "Good
          Reason" for purposes of this Agreement as such term is defined in
          Subsection 4(g) hereof."

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to
Employment Agreements as of December 17, 1997.

/s/ BRUCE BARMAN                         /s/ JEFFREY CLAYPOOL
______________________________________   _______________________________________
Bruce Barman                             Jeffrey Claypool


/s/ GARY FAZIO                           /s/ DOUGLAS FELLMY
______________________________________   _______________________________________
Gary Fazio                               Douglas Fellmy

 
/s/ DAVE MCILQUHAM                       /s/ LARRY ROGERS
______________________________________   _______________________________________
Dave McIlquham                           Larry Rogers


SEALY CORPORATION



By:  /s/ KENNETH L. WALKER
     _____________________________
     Name:   Kenneth L. Walker
     Title:  Vice President-General Counsel

                                       2

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20
                                                                   -------------



                      AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
                      ----------------------------------


     WHEREAS, prior to the date hereof, each of the undersigned individual (the
"Executives") entered into a Change of Control Agreement with Sealy Corporation,
 ----------                                                                     
a Delaware corporation (the "Company") (collectively, the "Change of Control
                             -------                       -----------------
Agreement");
- ---------   

     WHEREAS, on October 30, 1997, the Company entered into an Agreement and
Plan of Merger with Sandman Merger Corporation, a transitory Delaware merger
corporation ("Purchaser") and Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited
              ---------                                                   
partnership, pursuant to which Purchaser will be merged with and into the
Company with the Company being the surviving corporation (the "Merger");
                                                               ------   

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the provisions contained herein, and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, CONDITIONED ON THE CONSUMMATION OF THE
MERGER, agree as follows:

     A.   The consummation of the Merger shall be a "Change of Control" for
purposes of the Change of Control Agreement and upon consummation of the Merger
("Closing") Subsection 6(d) thereof shall automatically be amended and restated
  -------                                                                      
in its entirety as follows:

               "(d) Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, the words
                    -----------------
          "Change of Control" means the merger (the "Merger") of Sandman Merger
          Corporation, a Delaware Corporation ("Sandman"), with and into the
          Company pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger
          dated October 30, 1997, as amended, among the Company, Sandman and
          Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to
          the contrary, other than the Merger, no event or occurrence before, at
          or after the consummation of the Merger shall be deemed a "Change of
          Control" for purposes of this Agreement."

     B.   Upon the Closing, Executive shall be paid the Transaction Bonus (as
such term is defined in the Change of Control Agreement) pursuant to the terms,
extent and conditions provided in their individual Employment Agreement.

     C.   The Protection Period (as such term is defined in the Change of
Control Agreement) shall start to run on the date of the Closing.

     D.   All stock options of the Company and all restricted stock of the
Company held by Executives shall fully vest and be paid out to the Executives by
the Company as of the Closing.

     E.   Upon payout of the stock options and restricted stock provided above,
Subsection 6(e) of the Change of Control Agreement (relating to SEC Section 16
protection for stock based
<PAGE>
 
benefits) shall automatically be deleted in its entirety and Subsection 3(e) of
the Change of Control Agreement shall automatically be amended and restated in
its entirety as follows:

               "(e) OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLANS.  The Employee hereby
                    ----------------------------------                      
          acknowledges that in connection with the Merger, the Company will
          terminate (the "Termination of the Plans") the 1989 Stock Option Plan,
          the 1992 Stock Option Plan, the 1997 Stock Option Plan an the 1996
          Transitional Restricted Stock Plan (collectively, the "Plans") and
          accordingly, after the consummation of the Merger, the Employee shall
          no longer be eligible to participate in the Plans. The Employee hereby
          agrees that, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
          contrary, the Termination of the Plans (as well as each action,
          omission or occurrence in connection therewith or related thereto) is
          not a breach of this Agreement and is not and will not be a "Good
          Reason" for purposes of this Agreement as such term is defined in
          Subsection 4(g) hereof."

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to
Employment Agreements as of December 17, 1997.


                                    SEALY CORPORATION



                                    By:  _____________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:


Executive


______________________________
Name:

                                       2


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission